THE BRITISH SCIENCE GUILD

FOUNDED IN 1905 BY THE LATE
SIR NORMAN LOCKYER , K .c .B . , F .R .s .

President:
The Rt . Hon . LORD MONTAGU OF BEAULIEU , K .c .1 .E . , c .s .1 . , v .D . , D .L .

Past Presidents:

The Rt . Hon . VISCOUNT HALDANE , K .T . , o .M . , p .c . , F .R .s . , 1905-1913 .
The Rt. Hon. SIR WILLIAM MATHER, P.C., LL.D., 1913-1917.
The Rt . Hon . LORD SYDENHAM , G .c .s .1 . , G .c .M .G . , G .c .1 .E . , G «B .E . , F.R .s . , 1917-20 .

Trustees :

The Rt . Hon . LORD AVEBURY . The Rt . Hon . LORD BLYTH .

SIR CHARLES MACARA , BART . MR . ROBERT MOND .

Vice -Chairmen of Committees:
SIR HUGH BELL , BART . , c .B . The Hon . SIR JOHN COCKBURN , K .c .M .G .

SIR RICHARD GREGORY .

Hon . Treasurer : The Rt . Hon . LORD AVEBURY .
Hon. Assistant Treasurer: LADY LOCKYER.

Hon . Legal Advisers :
Messrs . ASHURST , MORRIS , CRISP & Co .

Hon . Secretary :

Lt . Col . W . A . J . O 'MEARA , c .M .G . , late R .E . ( Vice- President) .
Secretary : Miss A . D . L . LACEY .

Executive Committee.

THE PRESIDENT .

THE VICE-CHAIRMEN OF COMMITTEES .

THE HON . TREASURER .

THE HON . ASSISTANT TREASURER .

THE HON . SECRETARY .

THE RT. HON. LORD BLEDISLOE,

K .B .E . (Vice -President) .
SIR WILLIAM H . BRAGG , K .B .E . ,F .R .s .
SIR ROBERT WALEY COHEN , K .B .E .
SIR ROBERT HADFIELD , BART . , F .R .s .
SIR LYNDEN MACASSEY , K .B .E . , K .c .
SIR PHILIP MAGNUS , BART . , M .P .
MR . ROBERT MOND .
SIR ARTHUR W . MAYO-ROBSON , K .B .E .

c .B . , c .v .o . , D .sc .

PROFESSOR C. S. MYERS, F.R.S.
SIR ARTHUR NEWSHOLME , K .c .B .

THE RT. HON. SIR GILBERT PARKER,
BART., p.c. (Vice- President) .

MR . J . J . ROBINSON (Managing Editor
of the Journal of the Guild) .

COL. SIR RONALD Ross, K.C.B.,

K.C.M.G., F.R.S.

LADY SHAW.

DR . D . SOMMERVILLE .

MR . CARMICHAEL THOMAS .

DR . ETHEL N . THOMAS .

DR . R . M . WALMSLEY .

MRS. CARRINGTON WILDE.

COL . SIR JOHN S . YOUNG , c .v .o .

Offices :
6 , JOHN ST . , ADELPHT , LONDON , W .C .2 .

TELEPHONE: REGENT 5089.

Aims and Objects of the Guild.

THE BRITISH SCIENCE GUILD is not a scientific society, an
institute of industry, or an educational association, but a
national organisation in which the interests of science,
industry and education are represented, and their activities
co-ordinated for the common good. No technical qualifications
are required for membership ; and the rate of subscription cannot
prevent anyone from joining the Guild, and thus giving practical
support to its work.

Though the Guild has been in existence since 1905, the
objects for which it was founded have only recently been recog-
nis >d as essential points of a national programme . As stated
in 1905, they are as follows :

(1) To bring together as members of the Guild all those
throughout the Empire interested in science and scientific
method, in order, by joint action, to convince the people, by
means of publications and meetings, of the necessity of
applying the methods of science to all branches of human
endeavour, and thus to further the progress and increase the
welfare of the Empire.

(2) To bring before the Government the scientific aspects of
all matters affecting the national welfare .

(3) To promote and extend the application of scientific
principles to industrial and general purposes.

(4s) To promote scientific4 education by encouraging the
support of universities and other institutions where the
bounds of science are extended, or whsre new applications
of science are devised.

The attention lately given to science and industry in relation
to the State shows that these objects are at last being accepted ,
and that widespread sympathy exists with the aims of the
Guild.

In order to take advantage of this new attitude, in the
interests of national welfare, the Guild should be represented in
all parts of the Empire by members who will bring its aims
before the public by individual efforts, or through local com-
mittees combining the activities of science, industry and education.

Outline of Activities.

The Guild, soon after its formation, constituted Committees
to enquire into various matters which were at that date (1905)
held to be of importance; it has since then, from time to time,
constituted additional Committees to deal with new subjects and
questions as these have come into prominence .

These Committees, on which many distinguished representa-
tives of industry as well as of science and education have served ,
have investigated, inter alia, the following matters: —

Awards for Medical Discovery.
Agricultural Research in the United Kingdom .
The British Chemical Industries.
The British Dye Industry.

The Conservation of Natural Sources of Energy.
The Co-ordination of Charitable Effort.
The Design and Manufacture of Microscopes .
Explosives .

Fisheries Development.
The Introduction of the Metric System .
Medical Research, and many other Medical Questions.
The Patent Law (Proposed Amendments).
The Prevention of the Pollution of Rivers .
The Provision of Glass and other Laboratory Ware.
Technical Optics, and the Manufacture of Optical Instru-
ments .

The Synchronisation of Clocks.
Veterinary Research.
The Utilisation of Science in Public Departments.

Many very valuable reports have been prepared by these
Committees and placed in the hands of Ministers in charge of the
Government Departments particularly concerned with the
matters and questions dealt with in them .

Recommendations contained in the Reports of the Commit-
tees of the Guild have also been widely acted upon outside
Government Departments , and there is evidence that the value of
the work which the Guild has done, and is doing, is becoming
more widely appreciated as time proceeds. However, in order
that the Guild shall carry, in connection with the work it has
taken up , full weight in responsible quarters ,and that its activities
may be rendered more effective , an increase in its membership is
essential .

In 1918 and 1919 the Guild organised highly successful
Exhibitions of British Scientific Products, which were of much
assistance in promoting the interests of British science and
industry at a critical period.

Applications for Membership should be made to the Secre-
tary , British Science Guild , 6 , John St . ,Adelphi ,London , W .C .2 .
The rates of subscription are :

£ s. d.

Life Fellowship 10 10 0

Life Membership 5 0 0

Annual Fellowship 1 1 0

Annual Membership 0 10 0

Annual Membership for Firms .... 5 5 0

A CATALOGUE OF BRITISH
SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL BOOKS

A CATALOGUE

OF

BRITISH SCIENTIFIC
AND TECHNICAL BOOKS

Covering every Branch of Science and

Technology carefully Classified

and Indexed

PREPARED BY A COMMITTEE
OF THE BRITISH SCIENCE GUILD.

BRITISH SCIENCE GUILD

6, JOHN STREET, ADELPHI, LONDON, W.C. 2
1921.

THE COMMITTEE responsible for the preparation of the
Catalogue of British Scientific and Technical Books
consists of the following members of the British
Science Guild : —

SIR RICHARD GREGORY (Chairman).
SIR EDWARD BRABROOK, C.B.
MR. C. L. BRYANT.
DR. J. W. EVANS, F.R.S.
MR. L. W. FULCHER.

MR. J. S. HlGHFIELD.

MR. E. WYNDHAM HULME.
LADY LOCKYER.
DR. H. FORSTER MORLEY.
MR. P. PASSENGER.
MR. J. J. ROBINSON.

MR. ALAN A. CAMPBELL SWINTON, F.R.S.
MR. CARMICHAEL THOMAS.
MRS. WILSON.

COL. SIR JOHN S. YOUNG, C.V.O.
LT.-COL. W. A. J. O'MEARA, C.M.G. (Hon.
Secretary of the British Science Guild).

466602

PREFACE.

WHEN the first British Scientific Products Exhibi-
tion was organised by the British Science Guild,
in the year 1918, one of the stalls was devoted to
a display of scientific and technical books. So much
interest was taken in this exhibit that it was repeated in
the following year, and a selected list of such books was
published in the Catalogue of this Exhibition. Similar
lists have been issued by the Science Masters' Association
and the Association of Science Teachers, but the Guild's
list was intended to be of service to industry rather than
to education. It provided a handy guide to the chief
existing British books on science and technology and
proved of decided value to manufacturers seeking suit-
able works upon the particular subjects with which they
were concerned.

The list was reprinted and widely circulated by the
well-known scientific ,and technical booksellers, Messrs.
A. and F. Denny, and the many inquiries for it, or for a
more complete Catalogue of British books on science and
technology, led the British Science Guild to undertake
the preparation and publication of such a Catalogue. The
work was entrusted to a special committee which had at
the outset to decide whether an attempt should be made
to establish a standard of merit by which to determine
inclusion or exclusion of books in the Catalogue, or
whether all titles within the scope of the Catalogue should
be admitted. The conclusion reached was that it would
be more satisfactory to make the Catalogue a complete
record of scientific and technical books other than those
intended for primary schools, and elementary volumes of
like nature, in the current lists of publishers in the United
Kingdom, and obtainable through booksellers in the usual
way.

The Committee was fortunate in having among its
members Mr. P. Passenger, who not only possesses wide

Vll.

Preface.

knowledge and long experience in the handling of books
on science and technology, but is also keenly interested
in the cataloguing of them. Mr. Passenger undertook
the task of making on a uniform plan a card catalogue of
the full details of such books in the lists of British
publishers ; and the Committee is much indebted to him
for the care and attention he devoted to this work. In
order to secure uniformity in the bibliographic particulars,
it was necessary to invite the assistance of publishers, and
the Committee is glad to acknowledge that this aid was
readily given. It has thus been possible to state, for
each volume in the Catalogue, the author's name, title of
book, size of page, number of pages, date of last edition,
name of publisher, and price at the time (April, 1921)
when the Catalogue was sent to the printers.

The volume contains more than six thousand titles,
and their satisfactory classification required careful con-
sideration. About fifty main groups were eventually
decided upon and these were divided into nearly five
hundred sub-classes. Even when a scheme of classification
had been formed it was frequently difficult to determine
under which head to place a book, but the Committee
was fortunately able to secure additional assistance in
accomplishing this task and desires to express grateful
thanks for it. Prof. J. H. Ashworth, F.R.S., classified
the titles of biological books, Miss M. S. Aslin those on
agriculture, Prof. H. Wildon Carr dealt with books on
philosophy and Miss M. Punnett and Prof. T. P. Nunn
with those on mathematics. Other titles were classified
by members of the Committee.

The classification adopted is such that, so far as prac-
ticable, related subjects are placed near one another ; and
under each head or sub-head the titles are arranged
alphabetically according to author's names. It is thus
possible to see at a glance the volumes available in any
branch of science and technology. Following this
natural order, there is an aphabetical list of authors'
names, and a subject index, which should be of service in

viii.

Preface.

furnishing an easy guide to a book or group of books upon
a particular subject. For the preparation of this subject
index, the Committee gladly expresses its obligations to
Mr. G. S. Sweeting.

As to what are the best books available is often a
matter of individual preference, and the Committee has
made no attempt to exercise selective functions in this
matter. With the present complete Catalogue, however,
to show at a glance the actual works now obtainable, it is
much easier to ask an authority upon a specific subject to
indicate what he considers the most suitable books for
particular needs or purposes — whether educational or
industrial — than it would be in the absence of this list, and
the Guild would no doubt furnish such information to any
of its members who may desire guidance of this kind.

The British Science Guild believes that in producing
this Catalogue it is promoting the use of knowledge and
thereby furthering the development of education, science
and industry. The books themselves represent worthy
British scientific products and the Catalogue should be a
means of extending their use not only at home but also in
parts of the Empire overseas and in countries not yet
familiar with what we have to offer in scientific and tech-
nical literature. If support to this enterprise is sufficiently
encouraging, the Guild hopes to issue a revised edition of
the Catalogue annually and thus keep up-to-date a
publication which should prove of value to workers in
many fields.

R. A. GREGORY.

CLASSIFIED LIST OF CONTENTS.

SCIENCE IN GENERAL.

i. General and Popular

Science 1

ii. Biographies of Men of

Science , etc 2

iii. History of Science, Kdu-
cation, Learning, Com-
merce 4

PHILOSOPHY.

i . General and Historical . . 6

ii . Metaphysics 8

iii. Ethics 11

iv. Aesthetics 12

v. Logic 13

PSYCHOLOGY.

i. General and Historical .. 15
ii. Experimental and Physi-
ological Psychology . . 17
iii. Mental Development and

Child Study 18

iv. The Animal Mind .. .. 19
v . The Abnormal and Psycho-

Analysis 19

vi . Social Psychology . . . . 20

MATHEMATICS.

i. Collected Papers .. .. 21

ii. History 21

iii. Philosophy and Pedagogy

of Mathematics . . . . 22

iv . Examination Papers . . 22

v. Popular .. .... .. 22

vi . General Pure Mathematics 22

vii . Functions 23

viii . Vectors and Quaternions 23
ix. Applied Mathematics —

Dynamics , Physics , etc . 24
x. Practical Applied Mathe-
matics (Elementary) . . 24
xi. Algebra: a. Elementary 25

b. Higher Algebra,
Theory of Equations
and Quant ics . . . . 26

c. Determinants, The-
ory of Graphs , etc ... 27

xii. Calculus: a. Elementary 27

b. Differential and In-
tegral 28

c. Differential Equa-
tions , etc 29

xiii. Higher Geometry, Pure
and Analytical, and

Differential Geometry 29

xiv. Pure Geometry: a. Ele-
mentary 30

b . Conic Sections . . 31

c . Solid Geometry . . 32

d. Project ive Geometry 32
Analytical Geometry . . 32
Practical Geometry and

Graphics 33

Mensuration 33

Euclid 34

Non-Euclidean Geometry 34
Trigonometry : a . Elemen-
tary 34

b. Plane and Spherical 35

Arithmetic 36

Logarithms and Slide Rule 37
Mathematical and Physi-
cal Tables 37

Statistics 38

xv
xvi

xvii

xviii

xix

xx

xxi
xxii
xxiii

xxiv .
MECHANICS.

i. General ........ 39

ii. Statics and Dynamics .. 40
iii. Hydrostatics and Hydro-

dynamics ...... 42

iv. Applied Mechanics .. .. 42

v . Mechanism ...... 43

vi . Strength and Elasticity of

Materials . . * . . 43

vii. Mathematical Theory of

Elasticity ...... 44

viii. Theory and Design of

Structures ...... 44

ix . Gyrostat ics ...... 45

x . Measurements , Weights

and Calculations . . . . 45

MACHINE DRAWING, DESIGN,
DRAUGHTSMANSHIP .

i . General ........ 47

ii . Geometrical Drawing and
Designing, Hand-Let-
tering ........ 48

Contents.

CIVIL

ENGINEERING.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.

i.

General

72

i.
ii.

General
Estimates , Formulas , etc .

49
50

ii.

Power Transmission , Gear-

inrr

pyo

iii.

Surveying : Land and

Kn

iii.

ing

Compressed Air Power

to

iiia.

Tables and Calculations . .

ou
52

iv.

Transmission
Lubrication

74
74

iv.
v.

Roadmaking
Railways and Tramways :
Permanent Way and

52

v.
vi.
vii.

Lifting and Conveying . .
Foundry Work .
Machine Tools

74
74
75

vi.

Working
Hydraulics . Hydraulic
Engineering. Harbours.
River and Canal En-

52

viii.
ix.

X.

xi.

Wood Working Machinery
Welding, etc
Sheet Metal Work . .
Metals :

77
77
77

vii.
viii.

gineering
Irrigation
Shore Protection. Land
Reclamation

53
55

55

a . Forging
b . Coating
c. Gold and Silversmith's
Work

77
78

78

ix.

X.

xi.
xii.
xiii.

xiv.

XV.

xvi.

Hydraulic Motors
Pumps
Water Supply
Water Purification
Municipal Engineering :
Sanitary Science and
Plumbing
Illumination
Heating and Ventilating
Buildings
Refuse Disposal

56
56
56
57

57
59

60
60

xii.
xiii.
xiv.

XV.

xvi.
xvii.

xviii .
xix.

Horology
Motor Car Engineering . .
Motor Cycles
Heat Engines and Steam
Engines: Design, Con-
struction, Testing, etc.
Refrigeration
Stationary and Portable
Steam Engines
Locomotive Engineering
Valves and Valve Gearing

78
79
80

81

82

82
83
83

XX.

Steam Boilers : Construc-

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION.

tion and Management. .

84

XXI.

Marine Engines

85

i.

General

61

xxii.

Internal Combustion En-

ii.

Estimates , Quantities ,

gines

87

Supervision , Repairs . .

62

xxiii.

Turbines : Steam and Gas

89

iii.

Building Law. Arbitra-
tion

63

xxiv.

Engineering Reference
Books & Miscellaneous

89

iv.
v.

Building Materials
Carpentry , Woodwork and

64

AERONAUTICS.

Allied Trades . .

64

i.

Historical and General . .

91

vi.

Cob and Pis£ Work . .

65

ii.

Theory and Practice of

vii.

Bricks and Tiles, Artifi-

Flight

92

cial and Masonry Stone

65

iii.

Design and Construction

93

viii.

Cement . Concrete

66

iv.

Airscrews and Aerofoils . .

93

ix.

X.

Re-inforced Concrete
Iron and Steel Construc-

66

v.
vi.

Aero Engines
Aerial Navigation

94
94

tion

67

vii.

Reference Books for Avi-

xi.

Miscellaneous

68

ators

94

xii.

Town Planning

68

viii.

Balloons, Dirigibles, etc

95

xiii.

House Decoration, Paints

"DWVG

rc^s

etc

68

irrlio

i.

Collected Works and His-

NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND
SHIPBUILDING.

ii.

torical
General Works. .
a. Heat .. ..

96
96
99

i.

General ..

70

b. Thermodynamics

99

ii.

Miscellaneous

71

c. High Temperatures

99

Xll,

Contents.

d . Gases

e. Light

f. Physiological Optics
and Optical Instruments 101

g . Colour : Spectra . . . . 102

h. Sound 102

i. Properties of Matter .. 103
j . Molecular Physics . . . 103

iii. Relativity 104

iv . Current in Gases . . . . 104
v. X-Rays and Radio-Ac-
tivity 104

vi . Magnetism and Electric-
ity 106

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING .

i.
ii.

iii.
iv.
v.
vi.

vii.

viii.

ix.

x.

xi.
xii.
xiii,

xiv.

xv.

xvi.

xvii.

xviii ,

xix,

XX,

General Treatises
Electric Generation :

Power Plant
Switchboards and Acces-

100 b. Physical Chemistry 127
100 c . Colloids 128

d. Catalysis 128

e. Ferments . . . . 128

f. Electrolysis .. .. 128
vi. Inorganic Chemistry .. 129

vii . Laboratory Work and Arts 130
viii . Organic Chemistry . . . . 130
ix. Analytical Chemistry:

a . General 132

b. Qualitative Analysis 133

c. Quantitative Analy-
sis 133

d. Volumetric Analysis 134
x. Biological and Physiolog-
ical Chemistry . . . . 134

xi. Plant Constituents ., . 135

109

111

111

sories

Electric Generators and

Motors : General . . . . Ill
Continuous Current, and

Machinery 112

Alternating Current, and

Machinery 112

Transformers 113

Transmission 114

Testing 114

Electrical Measurements

and Instruments . . . . 115
Induction Coils and Bat-
teries 115

Electric Wiring and Fit-
ting 116

Electric Light and Illum-
ination 116

Electric Bells 117

Electric Traction .. ..117
Electrical Application to

the Motor Car .. ..118
Electro-Plating . . . . 118
Electric Welding .. ..119
Telephony and Telegraphy 119
Wireless Telegraphy and
Telephony 120

CHEMISTRY.

i. History 122

ii . General 122

iii. Organic and Inorganic,

for Medical Students 124
iv. Calculations and Refer-
ence Books 125

v . Theoretical and Physical :

a. Theoretical . 126

APPLIED AND INDUSTRIAL
CHEMISTRY.

i. General, including Chem-
ical Engineering . . . . 136

ii. Water 137

iii. Fermentation . Brewing.

Alcohol 137

iv. Sugar and its Manufacture 138
v . Cocoa and Chocolate . . 139
vi . Foods . Flour , and Bread

making , etc . . . . . 139
vii . Glues , Agglutinants , Case-
in, etc 139

Drugs and Disinfectants. . 139
Oils, Fats, Waxes, Soap

Manufacture . Margarine 139
Pigments, Paints, Varn-
ishes , Resins , etc .

viii,
ix.

x.
xi,

xiv.
xv.

xvi.
xvii.

xviii,

xix,
xx,

xxi,
xxii,
xxiii,
xxiv.

141
Rubber , Gutta Percha ,

etc 142

Fuels. Smoke Prevent ion,

etc 142

Liquid Fuels and their

Use 143

Producer Gas. Acetylene 143
Petroleum and Mineral

Oils 143

Coal . Briquetting , etc . 144
Gas Manufacture : Coal

Tar and its Products 145
Chemistry and Analysis of

Gas 146

Distribution of Gas 146

Peat 146

Dyestuffs and Dyeing 146

Ink Manufacture . . 148

Paper Making . . 148

Leather Manufacture and

Tanning 148

Contents.

xxv. Glass, Pottery and Cera-
mics 149

xxv i . Exp los ives and the ir Man -

ufacture 150

xxvii . Acids , Alkalies , Salt , etc . 150

xxviii . Utilisation of Waste Pro-
ducts ; Wood Products 15]

xxix. Miscellaneous Chemical

Manufactures . . . . 151

METALLURGY.

i. General and Miscellaneous 153

ii . Iron and Steel 153

iii. Non-Ferrous Metals and

Alloys 154

iv. Electro-Metallurgy .. 155

V. Analysis and Assaying . . 156

vi . Metallography 156

vii. Heat Treatment of Metals 155
viii. Foundry Work .. ..157

MILITARY SCIENCE AND

ENGINEERING. .. 158

ASTRONOMY.

i. Historical and Biograph-
ical 159

ii. General and Comprehen-
sive Treatises .. ..159

iii. The Moon 160

iv. Solar and Stellar .. .. 160

v . Astronomical Atlases . . 161

METEOROLOGY 162

MINERALOGY.

i . General 164

ii. Crystallography .. .. 164

iii. Economic Mineralogy .. 164

GEOLOGY.

i. General 166

ii. History 167

iii. Seismology and Endo-

genetic Structures . . 167
iv . Land Forms and Exogene-

tic Structures . . . . 167

v. Petrology 168

vi. Stratigraphy 168

vii. Geological Maps .. .. 168

viii. Topographical Geology .. 169

ix. Economic Geology .. .. 169

PALAEONTOLOGY.

i. General

ii . Palaeobotany

.. 170
.. 170

MINING.

i . General 171

ii. Coal Mining 172

iii. Blasting, Ventilation,

and Compressed Air . . 172
iv. Electricitv applied to

Mining' 173

v . Mining for Gold , Diamonds ,

etc 173

vi . Ore Dressing 174

GEOGRAPHY.

i . Teaching of Geography . . 175

ii . Historical Geography' . . 175

iii . Physiography 175

iv . Physical Geography 176

v . Map Work 176

vi. Commercial and Econo-
mic 176

vii . General : The World . . 177

viii. ,, British Empire 178

ix . Descriptive Regional . . 178

x. Miscellaneous 179

NAVIGATION AND SEAMAN -
SHIP.

i. Navigation and Nautical

Astronomy 180

ii. Examination Guides to
Navigation and Seaman-
ship 181

iii. Compass Work . . . . 181
iv. Nautical Tables and

Terms 181

v. Seamanship 182

vi. Marine Signalling .. .. 182
vii. Charts, Tides, Oceano-
graphy 182

BIOLOGY.

i . General 184

ii . Nature Study 184

iii. Natural History .. ..185

iv. Zoology and Morphology 185

v . Insects , Spiders , Ticks ' . . 187

vi. Other Invertebrates .. 190

vii. Vertebrates:

a. General 191

b . Fishes 191

c . Batrachians and Rep-
tiles 192

d. Birds 192

e . Mammals . . . . 193
viii. Geographical Distribu-
tion 193

xiv.

Contents.

ix. Evolution, Variation,
Heredity, Genetics Sex,

.. 193
196
196
197

Origin of Life
x . Cytology . . . .
xi . Microscopy
xii . Anthropology . .

BOTANY.

i. General 198

ii. Morphology, Physiology,

etc 201

iii. Geographic Distribution 203

iv . Algse 203

V . Fungi 204

vi . Ferns and Mosses . . . . 204

vii. Flora 205

FORESTRY 208

AGRICULTURE.

i. General 211

ii . Botany , including Poison -
ous Plants, Plant Dis-
eases and Pests .. .. 212

iii. Chemistry 213

iv. Geology 214

v. Zoology 214

vi . Bacteriology 214

vii . Economics 214

viii. Engineering 215

ix. History .. 215

x . Animal Husbandry :

a . Dairying " . . . . 215

b. Livestock .. ..216

c. Nutrition .. .. 217
xi. Field Crops 218

xii . Soils and Fertilisers . . 220

ANATOMY.

i . General : Practical , Surgi-
cal 221

ii. Embryology 222

iii. Histology 223

iv. Osteology; Neurology;

Glands 223

v . Surface Anatomy . . . . 224
vi . Artistic Anatomy . . . . 224
vii . Comparative Anatomy . . 224

PHYSIOLOGY.

i . General and Practical . . 225
ii . Chemical Physiology . . 227
iii. Nerves; Brain; Special

Senses 227

iv . Secretions ; Muscles ; Elec-
tro Physiology . . . . 227
v. Sexual Physiology, etc. 228

BACTERIOLOGY 229-

MEDICINE.

A. Historical, Biographical,

etc 231

B. Hygiene, Public Health,
Medical Jurisprudence .
Toxicology .

i. Hygiene 232

ii. Public Health 234

iii . Water Analysis . . . . 234
iv. Food Analysis and In-
spection 235

v. Epidemics, Medical Geo-
graphy, and Climato-
logy 236-

vi . Tropical Hygiene . . . . 236

vii . Sanitary Law 237

viii . Medical Jurisprudence . . 237
ix. Toxicology 238

c . Pathology .

i . Pathological Anatomy ,
Histology, Laboratory

Methods 239

ii. Examination of the Urine 239
iii. Post Mortem Examina-
tion 239

iv . General Pathology . . 239
v . Special Pathology . . 240'
vi. Hsematology 241

D . Practice ot Medicine .

i . General Treatises . . . . 241
ii. Clinical Medicine and

Diagnosis 243

iii . Infectious Diseases :

a . General Fevers . . 244

b. General Infectious
Diseases 245

c . Beri-beri . . . . 245

d. Cerebro-Spinal

Fever 245

e . Cholera 245

f . Diphtheria . . . . 245

g. Dysentery, Malarial
Diseases 245

h. Plague 246

i. Small-Pox .. .. 246

j . Tetanus 246

k. Typhoid Fever .. 246
1. Venereal Diseases;

Syphilis ; Gonorrhea 246
m . Yellow Fever . . 248
iv . Diseases due to Parasites 248
v. Constitutional Diseases :

a . Cancer 248

b. Rheumatism ; Gout 249^

xv.

Contents.

vi. Tuberculosis 249

vii. Diseases of the Nervous

System : xii .

a . General , including
Alcoholism . . . . 251

b. Diseases of the Brain
and Spinal Cord . . 252

c. Neurasthenia and xiii
other Special Dis- xiv,
orders of the Nervous

System 252

d. Nervous Disorders
caused by war . . . . 252

e. Mental Disorders,
Insanity, Psychiatry 253

viii. Diseases of the Blood,

Lymphatics , and Glands 254
ix. Diseases of the Heart and

Circulatory System . . 254
x. Diseases of the Respira-
tory System . . . . 255
xi. Diseases of the Digestive
System and of the

Stomach 256

xii. Diseases of the Liver and

Gall Bladder . . . . 256
xiii. Diseases of the Intestines 257
xiv. Diseases of the Rectum

and Peritoneum . . . . 257
xv. Diseases of the Genito-

Urinary System . . . . 257

xvi. D iseases of the Kidneys .. 257

xvii. Diseases of the Bladder .. 258

xviii . Diseases of the Abdomen 258

xix. Tropical Medicine .. .. 258

xx. Occupational Diseases .. 259

e. Gen ito -Urinary Or-
gans . . 266

Surgical Diseases :

a. Hernia 266

b . Tumours . . . . 267

c. Diseases of the Loco-
motive System . . 267

Orthopaedic Surgery . . 267
Deformities and their
Surgical Treatment . . 268

OPHTHALMOLOGY .

i.

ii.
iii.
iv,

v.

vi,
vii.
viii,

ix,
x,

xi

General Treatises and
Operative Ophthal-
mology 269

Examination of the Eye:
Ophthalmoscopy . . 270

Diseases of the Conjunc-
tiva 270

Diseases of the Lens:
Cataract

Diseases of the Optic
Nerve

Paralysis of the Eye

Wounds and Injuries

Glaucoma

Colour Blindness . .

Refraction and Optical
Defects

270

270
271
271
271
271

271

Tnerapeutics , Spectacles,

etc. .. ..271

SURGERY.

i. General Treatises .. .. 260
ii . Operative Surgery . . . . 261
iii. Diagnosis (including X-

Ray Diagnosis) . . . . 262
iv. Surgical Therapeutics and

Pathology 262

v. Anaesthetics 262

vi. Asepsis and Antisepsis .. 263

vii . Nursing , 263

viii. Fractures 263

ix. Minor Surgery; Bandag-
ing ; Emergencies . . 263
x. War Surgery: Gunshot

Wounds 264

xi. Regional Surgery:

a. Nead and Neck . . 265

b . Lungs and Heart . . 265

c . Abdomen . . . . 265

d . Amputations . . . . 266

OTOLOGY, RHINOLOGY,
LARYNGOLOGY.

i . General Treatises . . . . 273

ii. Diseases of the Ear. . . . 273

iii. Diseases of the Nose .. 274

iv . Diseases of the Throat . . 274

GYNAECOLOGY , OBSTETRICS ,
etc.

i. Diseases of Women. . .. 275
ii . Gynaecology :

a . Pathologv . . . . 275

b. General * 275

c. Diagnosis, Opera-
tions , Therapeutics . . 276

d. Disorders, Diseases 276

e. Cancer of the Breast 276
iii . Obstetrics :

a. General: Labour .. 276

b. Midwifery .. .. 277

c. Popular 278

xvi.

Contents.

DISEASES AND HYGIENE OF
CHILDREN.

i. General: Nutrition, etc. 279
ii . Diagnosis ; Diseases ;

Treatment 280

DENTISTRY.

i . General 282

ii. Anatomy and Physiology 282
iii. Medicine and Diseases .. 282
iv. Operative Dentistry .. 282
y . Mechanical and Metallurgy 283
vi. Materia Medica and The-
rapeutics 283

DERMATOLOGY (SKIN
DISEASES) 284

THERAPEUTICS.

i. General Treatises .. .. 285

ii . Prescribing 286

iii. Dietetics 286

iv . Mineral Waters . . . . 287
v. Massage and Movement

Cures 287

vi. Serum Therapy and Im-
munisation 287

vii . Vaccination : Salvarsan . . 288
viii . Tuberculin . . . . . . 288

ix. Climatotherapy, etc. .. 289
x. X-Rays, Radium, Ther-

motherapy 289

xi. Electro -Therapy .. .. 289
xii . Psycho -Therapeutics :

Hypnotism 290

PHARMACY AND MATERIA
MEDICA.

i . General 291

ii. Pharmacopoeias .. .. 291
iii. Materia Medica .. .. 292
iv . Pharmacology 292

NURSING.

General and Medical . . 294

VETERINARY.

i. Physiology and Anatomy 295
ii . Medicine and Surgery . . 295
iii . Therapeutics , Toxicology ,

etc 296

iv . General . . . . , . . . 296

TEXTILES .

i. Historical and Economic 297

ii. Raw Materials .. .. 297
iii. Spinning and Doubling:

a . Cotton 297

b. Woollen and
Worsted 298

c. Jute, Flax, Silk .. 298
iv . Weaving and Sizing . . 298

v . Dyeing and Printing . . 299
vi. Bleaching and Finishing 299
vii. Designing, Testing, Re-
search 300

viii. General Manufacture .. 300

ix. Textile Machinery .. .. 301
x . Calculations , Reference

Books , etc 301

xi . Lace , Embroidery , etc . . . 302
xii. Boot and Shoe Manufac-
ture 302

xiii . Leather Work 302

GRAPHIC ARTS.

i. Printing and its Allied

Branches 304

ii. The Book and Bookbind-
ing 305

iii. Paper and Stationery .. 305
iv . Miscellaneous 305

PHOTOGRAPHY.

i . Photography 307

ii . Photo-Micrography . . 308

iii . Cinematography . . . . 309

SCIENTIFIC MANAGEMENT,
etc.

i. Scientific and Works

Management . . . . 310
ii. Industrial Organisation. . 310
iii. Estimating and Costing. . 311

DICTIONARIES OF TECH-
NICAL TERMS IN ENGLISH
AND OTHER LANGUAGES 312

LIST OF PUBLISHERS . ,

315

INDEX OF AUTHORS, COL-
LABORATORS , AND TRANS-
LATORS 319

INDEX OF SUBJECTS

.. 365

xvii.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DETAILS.

Books that are out of print are not given , but where a new edition
is in course of preparation , it is so mentioned .

Where no edition is mentioned, the title refers to the first, as the
only edition. A further edition generally means that the text
of the book has been revised and brought up to the date given .

An 4 'impression" is a reprint of the original, or last edition, without
alteration .

Difficulty arises in some instances as to the date given. Certain
publishers give the date of the reprint of a book and not that of
the original publication ; but all the dates given in this Catalogue
are those of books obtainable when the Catalogue went to Press .

Where two dates are given , that in parenthesis is the date of the
last edition, the following date being the year the same edition
was reprinted .

Some important books appear to be old, but in various cases
essentials do not alter .

The sizes of books are designated in the usual way, and a list is
given below of the equivalent measurement in inches .

With very few exceptions , all books are bound in cloth covers .

The number of pages given to each book generally includes the
prefatory matter.

SIZES OF BOOKS.

The following are the approximate sizes in inches : —

Pott.Svo. .. 6J X 4 Pott.4to. .. 7} X 6J

Fcap.Svo. .. 6f X 4J Fcap.4to. .. 8J x 6f

Gl.Svo 7 X 4f

Cr.Svo 7| X 5 Cr.4to 10 X 7J

PostSvo 8x5 Post4to 10 X 8

DemySvo. .. 8|- x 5£ Demy4to. . . llj x 8f

(also known as « • 8vo . ' ')

Med.Svo. .. 9J X 6 Med.4to. .. 12 x 9£

Roy.Svo. .. 10 x 6J Roy.4to. . . 12J X 10

Super. Roy. 8vo. 10 J X7 Super Roy . 4to . 13f x 10J

Imp.Svo. .. 11 X 7£ Imp.4to. .. 15 X 11

SCIENCE IN GENERAL.

I. GENERAL AND POPULAR
SCIENCE.

Aliotta,A. The Idealistic Reaction
Against Science. Translated by
A. McCaskill. 8vo. Pp. 496.
1914. Macmillan. 15s.

Allbutt , Sir T . C . Science and Medie-
val Thought. Harveian Oration.
1900. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 116. 1901.
Cambridge University Press . 3s . Gd.

Amos , S . Science of Law . 9th edn .

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 437. 1909. Kegan

Paul. 7s. Gd.
Armstrong , H . E . The Teaching of

Scientific Method and other Papers

on Education . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo .

Pp.531. 1910. Macmillan. 6s. Gd

IBriggs, W. (edited by). General
Elementary Science . 3rd edn . 10th
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 412. 1920.
5s. Key, 2s. 3d. University Tu-
torial Press.

Clough , W . T . and Dunstan , A . E .
Elementary Science for Pupil Teach-
ers. Physics and Chemistry. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 191. 1907. Methuen.
3s. Gd.

Elementary Experimental Sci-
ence. Physics and Chemistry. 18th
edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.266. 1919.
Methuen . 4s .

Co-ordination of Scientific Pub-
lication, The . Faraday Society Re-
port. 1918. Demy 8vo. Pp. 30.
1918. Faraday Society. 3s.

Darwin , Sir G . H . Scientific Papers .
5 vols. Roy. 8vo. Cambridge
University Press.

Vol. 1. — Oceanic Tides and Lunar
Disturbance of Gravity . Pp . 477 .

1907. 20s. Vol.2.— Tidal Fric-
tion and Cosmogony. Pp. 532.

1908. 20s. Vol. 3. — Figures of
Equilibrium of Rotating Liquid
.and Geophysical Investigations.

Pp. 542. 1910. 20s. Vol. 4.—
Periodic Orbits and Miscellan-
eous Papers. Pp.609. 1911. 20s.
Vol. 5. — Memoirs by Sir F.
Darwin and E. W. Brown, Lec-
tures on Mill's Lunar Theory,
etc. Pp.137. 1916. 10s.

Dearie , N . B . Industrial Training :
with special reference to the Con-
ditions prevailing in London.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 609. 1914.
King. 10s. Gd.

Donnan, F. G. (Translated by).
International Language and Science .
Considerations on the Introduction
of an International Language into
Science. Demy 8vo. Pp. 95. 1910.
Constable . 2s .

Dunn, J. T., and Mundella, V. A.
General Elementary Science. An
Introductory Course for Students in
Schools and Technical Colleges.
2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 333.
1905. Methuen. 5s.

Fairweather, W. C. Foreign and
Colonial Patent Laws. Demy 8vo.
Pp.291. 1910. Constable. 10s. Gd.

Gibson, C. R. Scientific Ideas of
To-Day. Cr.Svo. Pp.342. 1920.
Seeley. 7s. Gd.

Glazebrook , Sir R . T . [Science and
Industry. Rede Lecture 1917.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 51. 1917. Cam-
bridge University Press. j Is. Gd.

Gregory, Sir R. A. Discovery; or,
The Spirit and Service of Science.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 347. 1918. Mac-
millan. 7s. Gd.

Griffiths , E . D . Housecraft Science .
Cr.Svo. Pp.192. 1917. Methuen.
3s. Gd.

Hodson , F . (edited by) . Broad Lines
in Science Teaching. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 267. 1911.
Christophers. 6s.

cn |4jt r> t '\ ;: J

Science in General

Huxley, T. H. Science and Educa-
tion. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 451. Mac-
millan. Qs.

—t Science and Hebrew Tradition.

Gl. 8vo. Pp. 372. Macmillan. 6*.

— — Science and Christian Tradition.
Gl. 8vo. Pp. 419. Macmillan.
6s.

Method and Results. Gl. 8vo.

Pp. 430. Macmillan. 6s.

Illingworth, S. R. The Co-opera-
tion of Science and Industry.
Pocket size. Pp.91. 1914. Griffin.
Is. Gd.

Joly, N. Man before Metals. 6th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 372. 1904.
Regan Paul. 7s. Gd.

Lodge , Sir O . J . Life and Matter .
2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.200. 1912.
Williams and Norgate. 2s. Gd.

Mivart, St. G. The Groundwork of
Science. A Study of Epistemol-
ogy. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 331.
1898. Murray. 7s. 6d.

Moulton, Lord. Science and War.

Rede Lecture 1919. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

60. 1919. Cambridge University

Press. 2s. Gd.
Peddle, R. A. Engineering and

Metallurgical Books 1907—1911.

British and American. Cr. 8vo.

Pp. 216. 1912. Grafton. 7s. Gd.

Poincare, H. Science and Method.

Translated by F.Maitland. Large

Cr . 8vo . Pp . 288 . N .D . Nelson .

6s.
Rignano, E. Essays in Scientific

Synthesis. Trans lated> by W. J.

Greenstreet . Demy 8vo . Pp . 254 .

1918. Allen and Unwin. 8s. Gd.

Seward , A . C . (edited by) . Science
and the Nation. Essays by Cam-
bridge Graduates . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
350. 1917. Cambridge University
Press . 5s .

Soddy.F. Science and Life . Aber-
deen Addresses. Demy 8vo. Pp.
241. 1920. Murray. 10s. Gd.

Strong, T. B. (edited by). Lec-
tures on the Method of Science,
delivered in Oxford, 1905, at the
request of the Delegates for the
Extension of University Teaching.
8vo. Pp. 250. 1906. Oxford:
Clarendon Press . 7s . 6d .

Swan, K. R. The Law and Com-
mercial Usage of Patents, Designs
and Trade Marks. Ex. Cr. Svo.
Pp . 402 . 1908. Constab le . 7s . Gd .

Thomson, J. A. The Introduction
to Science. Fcap. Svo. Pp. 256.
1911 . Williams and Norgate.
2,9. Gd.

The System of Animate Nature.

The Gifford Lectures 1915-1916.
2vols. Demy Svo. Pp.699. 1920.
Williams and Norgate. 30s.

Turnbull, A. (edited by). The Life
of Matter: An Inquiry and Adven-
ture. Demy Svo. Pp.324. 1919.
Williams & Norgate. 7s. Gd.

Westaway, F. W. Science and
Theology. Their Common Aims
and Methods . Roy . Svo . Pp . 359 .
1920. Blackie. 15s.

Scientific Method : its Philosophy

and its Practice. New edn. Super
Cr.Svo. Pp.426. 1919. Blackie.
10s. Gd.

Whitehead, A. N. The Organisa-
tion of Thought, Educational and1
Scientific. New imp. in prepara-
tion. Williams & Norgate.

Year Book of the Scientific and
Learned Societies of Great Brit-
ain and Ireland . A Record of the
Work done in Science, Literature
and Art during the Session 1919 —
1920, by numerous Societies and
Government Institutions, compiled
from Official Sources. 37th Annual
Issue. Demy Svo. Pp. 362.
Jan., 1921. Griffin, 15s.

li. BIOGRAPHIES OF MEN OF
SCIENCE, etc.

Bower , F . O . Joseph Dalton Hooker
(Pioneers of Progress). Cr. Svo.
Pp. 64. 1919. S.P.C.K. 2s.

Bridges, J. H. The Life and Work
of Roger Bacon . Cr . Svo . Pp . 174 .
1914. Williams & Norgate. 3s.

Bryant, W. W. Galileo. (Pioneers
of Progress). Cr. Svo. Pp. 64.
1918. S.P.C.K. 2s.

Crowther, J. A. Michael Faraday.
(Pioneers of Progress). Cr. 8vo..
Pp. 64. 1918. S.P.C.K. 2s.

Science in General

Darwin, Sir F. (edited by). Charles
Darwin : His Life told in an Auto-
biographical Chapter, and in a
selected Series of his Published
Letters. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
348. 1908. Murray. 7s. Qd.

Davis, A. Thomas H. Huxley.
Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. Dent.
3s. Qd.

Duncan, D. The Life and Letters
of Herbert Spencer. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 621. 1911. Williams & Nor-
gate . 6s .

Forbes, G. Memories of Sir David
Gill, Man and Astronomer. Demy
8vo. Pp. 418. 1916. Murray.
12s.

Fox,R.H. William Hunter : Anat-
omist, Physician, Obstetrician
(1718 — 1783). 8vo. Pp.83. 1901.
Lewis. 4s. Gd.

Godlee , Sir R . J . A Review of the
Life and Work of John Hunter.
DemySvo. Pp.48. 1913. Bale &
Danielsson. 2s. Qd.

Gray, A. Lord Kelvin. Small Cr.
8vo. Pp.317. Dent. 3s. Qd.

Heath, Sir T. L. Archimedes.
(Pioneers of Progress). Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 64. 1920. S.P.C.K. 2s.

Hogben, L. T. Alfred Russel

Wallace. The Story of a Great

Discoverer. (Pioneers of Progress).

Cr.Svo. Pp.64. 1918. S.P.C.K.

2s.
Hooker, Sir J . D . A Sketch of the

Life and Labour of Sir William

Hooker. Roy.8vo. Pp.90. 1903.

Oxford: Clarendon Press. Paper

Cover. 3s. Qd.
Huxley, L. The Life and Letters of

Sir Joseph Hooker. 2vols. Demy

8vo. Pp. 546., 569. 1918.

Murray . 36s .
Life and Letters of T.

H. Huxley. 3 vols. Gl. 8vo.

Macmillan. 18s.
Jackson, B. D. George Bentham.

Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 292. Dent.

3s. Qd.
Koenigsberger, L. Hermann von

Helmholtz. Translated by F. A.

Welby. 8vo. Pp. 458. 1906.

Oxford: Clarendon Press. 16s.

Leupp , F . E . George Westinghouse :
His Life and Achievements. Demy
8vo. Pp. 315. 1919. Murray.

155.

Little, A. G. (edited by). Roger
Bacon. Essays on the occasion of
the commemoration of the Seventh
Centenary of his birth. 8vo. Pp.
434. 1914. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 16s.

Lodge, Sir O.J. Pioneers of Science .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 404. 1893. Mac-
millan. 6s.

Lyddeker, R. Sir William H.
Flower. Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 189.
Dent. 3s. Gd.

Macpherson, H. Herschel. (Pion-
eers of Progress) . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 80 .
1919. S.P.C.K. 2s.

Miall , L . C . The Early Naturalists :
Their Lives and Work (1530—1789).
8vo. Pp.408. 1912. Macmillan.
10s.

Millington, J. P. John Dalton.
Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. Dent.

3s. Gd.

Mottelay , P . F ; The Life and Work
of Sir'Hiram S. Maxim. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 258. 1920. Lane. 7s. Gd.

Peacock, D. H. Joseph Priestley.
(Pioneers of Progress). Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 64. 1919. S.P.C.K. 2s.

Pearson, K. The Life, Letters, and
Labours of Francis Galton . Vol . I .
1822—1853. Cr. 4to. Pp. 258.
1914. Cambridge University Press .
30s.

Ramsay , Sir W . Life and Letters of
Joseph Black, M.D. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 160. 1918. Constable. 6s. Gd.

Schuster, Sir A., and Shipley, Sir
A . E . Britain 's Heritage of Science .
2nd edn. Pp.349. 1920. Constable.
14s.

Smiles , S . Lives of the Engineers ;
from the Earliest Period to the
Death of the Stephensons . 5 vols .
Cr.Svo. 1904.

Brindley, Vermuyden, Myddleton,
Perry — Early Engineers . Pp .
380.

Science in General

Smsaton and Rennie — Harbours,
Lighthouses, and Bridges. Pp.
459.

Metcalfe and Telford — History of
Roads. Pp. 412.

Boulton and Watt — The Steam

Engine. Pp.481.
George and Robert Stephenson —

The Locomotive. Pp. 466.

Murray . 5s . each .

Men of Invention and Industry.

7th imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.370. 1901.
Murray . 5s .

Industrial Biography: Iron-
workers and Tool-makers. Cr.
8vo. Pp.353. 1901. Murray. 5s.

Tatlow, J. Fifty Years of Railway
Life. Demy 8vo. Pp.223. 1920.
Transport, Ltd. 10s.

Thompson, J. S. and H. G.

Silvanus Phillips Thompson. His
Life and Letters . Demy 8vo . Pp .
372. 1920. Fisher Unwin. 21s.

Thomson, J. A. Herbert Spencer.
Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. Dent.
3s. Qd.

Thorpe , Sir T . E . Joseph Priestley .
Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 228. Dent.
8s. Qd.

Turner, A. L. Sir William Turner.
Professor of Anatomy, and Princi-
pal and Vice-Chancellor of the
University of Edinburgh. A Chap-
ter in Medical History . Demy 8vo .
Pp.531. 1919. Blackwood. 18s.

Ty ndall , J . Faraday as a D iscoverer .
5th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.208. 1894.
Longmans . 4s .

Vallery-Radot, R. The Life of
Pasteur. Demy 8vo. Pp. 505.
1919. Constable. 10s. Qd.

iii. HISTORY OF SCIENCE-
EDUCATION— LEARNING ,
COMMERCE, etc.

Adamson, J. W. A Short History

of Education. Demy 8vo. Pp.

370. 1919. Cambridge University

Press. 12s. 6d.
Pioneers of Modern Education

in the Seventeenth Century. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 307. 1905. Cambridge

University Press . 6s .

Albee, E. A History of English
Utilitarianism. Med.Svo. Pp.427.
1902. Allen and Unwin. 12s. Qd.

Avebury, Lord. A Short History of
Coins and Currency. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp.138. 1903. Murray. 2s. 6d.

Barnard, F. P. The Casting-
Counter and the Counting-Board.
A Chapter in the History of Numis-
matics and Earlv Arithmetic.
Demy 4to. Pp. 358. 1917. Ox-
ford : Clarendon Press . 63s .

Benn , , A . W . The History of English
Rationalism in the Nineteenth Cen-
tury . 2 Vols . 8vo . Pp . 478 . , 546 .
1 906 . Longmans . 22s . Qd .

Compayre", G. The History of
Pedagogy. Translated , with Intro-
duction, Notes, and Index by
W.H.Payne. 9th edn. Cr.Svo.
Pp.598. 1918. Allen and Unwin.
7s. Qd.

Cressy, E. Discoveries and Inven-
tions of the Twentieth Century.
8vo. Pp. 416. 1915. Rout ledge.
10*. 64.

Critchell, J. T., and Raymond, J.
History of the Frozen Meat Trade .
DemySvo. Pp.460. 1912. Con-
stable. 12s. Qd.

De Montmorency , J . E . G . State
Intervention in English Education.
A Short History from the Earliest
Times to 1833. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 398.
1902 . Cambridge University Press .
7s. Qd.

Draper, J. W. History of the Con-
flict between Religion" and Science.
25th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.395.. 1910.
Kegan Paul . 7s . Qd .

A History of the Intellectual

Development of Europe. 2 Vols.
Small Post 8vo. Pp. 438. 1914.
Bell. 12s.

Fletcher, Sir B. F. A History of
Architecture on the Comparative
Method . 5th edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
788. 1920. Batsford . " 25s .

Gardner, P. A History of Ancient
Coinage. 700 — 300 B.C. Svo. Pp.
480. 1918. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 18s.

Science in General

Kerr, J. Scottish Education, School
and University, from Early Times
to 1908. With an Addendum,
1908—1913. DemySvo. Pp.458.
1913 . Cambridge University Press .
4s. Qd.

Kirkup, T. A History of Socialism.
5th edn , revised and edited by E . R .
Pease. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 490. 1913.
Black. 7s. Qd.

Laurie, S . S . Studies in the History
of Educational Opinion from the
Renaissance. New Imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.267. 1905. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 7s. Qd.

Leach, A. F. Educational Charters
and Documents, 598 to 1099. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 582. 1909. Cambridge
University Press . 12s. Qd.

Leonard, E. M. The Early History
of English Poor Relief. Demy 8vo .
Pp. 418. 1900. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press . 1 Os .

Lewes, G. H. A Biographical
History of Philosophy from Thales
to Cornte. 8vo. Pp. 656. 1911.
Rout ledge. 6s.

Libby, W. An Introduction to the
History of Science . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
288. 1918. Harrap. 6s.

Mark, H. T. An Outline of the
History of Educational Theories in
England . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
139. 1906. Allen and Unwin. 3s.

Merz, J. T. A History of European
Thought in the Nineteenth Century.
4 Vols. Post 8vo. Vol. 1. 3rd

imp. Pp. 472. 1907. 10s. Qd.
Vol.2. 2nd imp. Pp.820. 1912.
15s. Vol.3. Pp.639. 1912. 15s.
Vol. 4. Pp. 847. 1914. 20s.
Black wood.

Page, W. (edited by). Commerce
and Industry. 2 Vols. Imp.Svo.

1919. Vol.1. A Historical Review
of the Economic Conditions of the
British Empire from the Peace of
Paris in 1815 to the Declaration of
War in 1914, based on Parliamen-
tary Debates. Pp. 508. 32s.
Vol . 2 . Tables of Statistics for the
British Empire from 1815. Pp.
259 . 24s . Constable .

Simpson, P.M. A History of Archi-
tectural Development. 3 Vols.
8vo . Vol . 1 . New imp . in prepara-
tion. 16s. Vol.2 Pp. 420. 1913.
12s. Qd. Vol.3. Pp.376. 1913.
12s. Qd. Longmans.

Thomson , J . A . Progress of Science
in the Century . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 536 .
1908. Chambers. 5s.

Webb, S. and B. The History of
Trade Unionism . Revised Edition ,
extended to 1920. 8vo. Pp. 802.

1920. Longmans. 21s.

Wood , Sir H . T . A History of the
Royal Society of Arts . Med . 8vo .
Pp. 558. 1913. Murray. 15s.

Woodward, W. H. Studies in Edu-
cation during the Age of the
Rena issance . 1 400 - 1 600 . Cr . 8 vo .
Pp.356. 1906. Cambridge Univer-
sitv Press. 6s.

PHILOSOPHY.

i. GENERAL AND HISTORICAL.

Adam , J . The Vitality of Platonism
and other Essays . Demy 8vo . Pp .
250. 1911. Cambridge University
Press . 9s .

Adam, Mrs. J. Plato: Moral and
Political Ideals. Roy. 16mo. Pp.
164. 1913. Cambridge University
2s. Qd.

Adamson, R. The Development of
Greek Philosophy, edited by W. R.
Sorley and R. P. Hardie. Demy
8vo. Pp.337. 1911. Blackwood.
10s. Qd.

Arnold, E. V. Roman Stoicism.
DemySvo. Pp.480. 1911. Cam-
bridge University Press. 12s. Gd.

Beare, J. I. Greek Theories of
Elementary Cognition from Alc-
maeon to Aristotle. 8vo. Pp.
362. 1906. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 12s. Qd.

Benn , A . W . The Greek Philosophers .
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 619.
1914. Murray. 21s.

History of Ancient Philosophy.

Cr.Svo. Pp.160. Watts. 3s. Qd.
History of Modern Philosophy.

Cr.Svo. Pp.160. Watts. 3s. Qd.

Bevan, J. O. Handbook of the
History and Development of Phil-
osophy. Cr.Svo. Pp.241. 1916.
Chapman and Hall. 5s.

Bonar, J. Philosophy and Political

Economy in some of Their Historical

Relations. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo.

Pp.410. 1909. Allen and Unwin.

12s. Qd.
Boutroux, E. Historical Studies in

Philosophy. Translated by F.

Rothwell. 8vo. Pp. 346. 1912.

Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

Burnet, J. Greek Philosophy . Part

1. Thales to Plato. 2nd imp.

8vo. Pp. 370. 1920. Macmillan.

12s. Gd.
Early Greek Philosophy. 3rd

edn. Square Demy 8vo. Pp.

384. 1920. Black. 30s.

Burns, C. D. The Growth of
Modern Philosophy. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
270. N.D. Sampson, Low. 6s.

Crozier, J. B. History of Intellec-
tual Development on the lines of
Modern Evolution. 8vo. Vol. 1.
Pp.564. 1912. 14s. Vol.3. Pp.
360. 1901. 10s. Qd. Longmans.

Dewey, J. Reconstruction in Phil-
osophy. Cr.Svo. Pp.230. 1921.
Un ivers ity of London Press . 7s . Qd .

De Wulf, M. History of Mediaeval
Philosophy. 8vo. Pp. 500. 1909.
Longmans . 11s.

Douglas , A . H . The Philosophy and
Psychology of Pietro Pomponazzi.
DemySvo. Pp.328. 1910. Cam-
bridge University Press. 7s. Qd.

Douglas, G. The Ethics of John

Stuart Mill. Post 8vo. Pp. 360.

1897. Blackwood. 6s.
John Stuart Mill : A Study of His

Philosophy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 289.

1895. Blackwood. 4s. Gd.

Erdmann, J. E. The History of
Philosophy . Translated and Edited
by W. S. Hough. 3 Vols. Med.
8vo . Vol . 1 . Ancient and Medieval
Philosophy. 4th edn. Pp. 719.
1915. Vol.2. Modem Philosophy.
6th edn. Pp.719. 1915. Vol.3.
Modern Philosophy since Hegel.
5th edn. Pp. 356. 1913. Allen
and Unwin. 15s. each Vol.

Figgis, J. N. Studies of Political
Thought from Gerson to Grotius.
1414-1625. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 266. 1916. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 6s.

Flint, R. Philosophy as Scientia
Scientiarum. A History of Classi-
fications of the Sciences . Pp . 350 .
1904. Blackwood. 10s. Gd.

Historical Philosophy in France

and French Belgium and Switzer-
land. 8vo. Pp. 734. 1893.
Blackwood. 21s.

Philosophy

Fraser, A. C. Biographia Philoso-
phica. Demy 8vo. Pp. 349.
1904. Blackwood. 6s.

Gomperz, T. Greek Thinkers: a
History of Ancient Philosophy.
Demy 8vo . 4 Vols . Vol . 1 . The
Beginnings. From Metaphysics to
Positive Science. The Age of En-
lightenment. Translated by L.
Magnus. Pp.610. 1906. Vol.2.
Socrates and the Socratics. Plato.
Translated by G. G. Berry. Vol.
3. Plato. Translated by G. G.
Berry. Vol.4. Aristotle and His
Successors. Translated by G. G.
Berry. Murray. 18s. each.

Hobhouse, L. T. Development and
Purpose. An Essay towards A
Philosophy of Evolution. 8vo.
Pp.405. 1913. Macmillan. 12s .Qd.

Hoffding , H . A History of Modern
Philosophy. A Sketch of the
History of Philosophy from the
close of the Renaissance to our own
day. Translated by B. E. Meyer.
2 Vols. 8vo. Pp. 550., 610. 1915.
Macmillan. 18s. each.

A Brief History of Modern Phil-
osophy. Translated by C. F.
Sanders. Cr.Svo. Pp.336. 1919.
Macmillan. 12s.

The Problems of Philosophy.

Translated by G. M. Fisher and a
Preface by W. James. Gl. 8vo.
Pp. 220. 1913. Macmillan. 7s.

The Philosophy of Religion.

Translated by B . E . Meyer . 8vo .
Pp.408. 1914. Macmillan. 15s.

Modern Philosophers: Lectures;

and Lectures on Bergson. Trans-
lated by A. C. Mason. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.332. 1915. Macmillan. 6s .6d.

Janet, P. and Se* allies, G. A

History of the Problems of Philoso-
phy. "Translated by A. Monahan.
Edited by H. Jones. 2 Vols.
DemySvo. 1902. Vol . 1 . Psycho-
logy. Pp.420. Vol.2. Physics,
Metaphysics , Theodicy . Pp . 390 .
Macmillan. 10s. each Vol.

Keary , G . F . The Pursuit of Reason .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 464. 1910.
Cambridge University Press. 10s.

Kelvin, Lord, and Tait, P. G.

Elements of Natural Philosophy.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 299.
1912 . Cambridge University Press .
12s.

A Treatise on Natural Philoso-
phy. Demy 8vo. Part 1. Pp.
515. 1912. 20s. Part 2. Pp.552.
1905. 20s. Cambridge University
Press .

Kiilpe, O. The Philosophy of the
Present in Germany. Translated
by M. Lyall and G. T. W. Patrick.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1913. Allen
and Unwin. 5s.

Introduction to Philosophy: A

Handbook for Students of Psycho-
logy, Logic, Ethics, Aesthetics,
and General Philosophy. Trans-
lated by W . B . Pillsbury and E . B .
Titchener. 4th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 256 . 1915 . Allen and Unwin .
6s.

Lindsay , J . A Philosophical System
of Theistic Idealism. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 543. 1917. Blackwood. 15s.

• Studies in European Philosophy.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 391. 1909.
Blackwood. 10s. Qd.

Lloyd, A. H. The Will to Doubt:

An Essay in Philosophy for the

General Thinker . Cr. 8vo. Pp. 285.

1907. Allen and Unwin. 5s.
Mayor, J. B. A Sketch of Ancient

Philosophy from Thales to Cicero.

5th imp. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 269.

1912 . Cambridge University Press .

4s. Qd.
Mercier, Cardinal. Manual of

Modern Scholastic Philosophy.

Translated by T. L. and S. A.

Parker. 2nd edn. 2 Vols. 8vo.

Pp. 600., 567. 1919. Kegan Paul.

12s. Qd per Vol.
Merz, J. T. A Fragment on the

Human Mind. Demy 8vo. Pp.

324. 1919. Blackwood. 12s. Qd.

Pringle-Pattison, A. S. Scottish
Philosophy. A Comparison of the
Scottish and German Answers to
Hume. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
238. 1907. Blackwood. 5s.

Radhakrishnan , S. The Reign of
Religion in Contemporary Philo-
sophy. DemySvo. Pp.475. 1920.
Macmillan. 12s.

Philosophy

Rappoport, S . Primer of Philosophy .
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 118. 1916.
Murray. Is. Qd.

Ritchie, D. G. Natural Rights: A
Criticism of Some Political and
Ethical Conceptions. 3rd edn.
Med. 8vo. Pp. 304. 1916. Allen
and Unwin. 12s. Qd.

Studies in Political and Social

Ethics . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 238 . 1908 .
Allen and Unwin. 5s.

Robertson, J. M. A Short History
of Freethought . 2 Vols . Demy
8 vo . Pp . 1 ,043 . Watts . 15s.

A Short History of Morals . Demy

8vo. Pp.460. 1920. Watts. 18s.

Ruggiero, G. De. Modern Philoso-
phy. Translated from the Italian
by A. H. Hannay and R. G.
Collingwood . Demy 8vo . Pp . 402 .
1921. Allen and Unwin. 16s.

Salter,W.M. First Steps in Philoso-
phy— Physical and Ethical. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 143. Allen
and Unwin 3s. Qd.

Seth, J. English Philosophers and
School of Philosophy. Large Cr.
8vo . Pp . 372 . Dent . 7s . Qd .

Sidgwick , H . Philosophy : Its Scope
and Relations. 8vo. Pp. 270.
1902. Macmillan. 8s.

Sorley , W . R . A History of English
Philosophy. Demy 8vo. Pp.396.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
20s.

Stace, W.T. A Critical History of
Greek Philosophy. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
400. 1920. Macmillan. 7s. Qd.

Stephen, D. J. Studies in Early
Indian Thought. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
183. 1918. Cambridge University
Press . 6s .

Stephen, Sir L. A History of Eng-
lish Thought in the Eighteenth
Century. 2 Vols. DemySvo. Pp.
466., 469. 1902. Murray. 28s.

Stewart , H . L . Questions of the Day
in Philosophy and Psychology.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 296. 1912.
Arnold. 10s. Qd.

Stockl , A . Handbook of the History
of Philosophy. 8vo. Pp. 452.
1911. Longmans. 10s. Qd.

Thomson, J. A. K. The Greek
Tradition: Essays in the Recon-
struction of Ancient Thought. Cr..
8vo. Pp. 224. 1915. Allen and
Unwin . 6s .

Walker, L. J. Theories of Know-
ledge, Absolutism, Pragmatism,
Realism. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
746. 1919. Longmans. 11s.

Webb , G . C . J . History of Philoso-
phy. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1919.
Williams and Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Weber, A. History of Philosophy.
Translated by F.Thilly. 8vo. Pp.
642. 1919. Longmans. 16s.

Whitehead, A. N. An Enquiry
Concerning the Principles of Natural
Knowledge. DemySvo. Pp.212.
1919 . Cambridge University Press .
14s.

The Concept of Nature: Tamer

Lectures delivered in Trinity Col-
lege, November, 1919. Demy 8vo.
Pp.212. 1920. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 14s.

Whittaker, T. The Neo-Platonists.
2nd edn . , with Supplement on the
Commentaries of Proclus. Demy
8vo. Pp. 334. 1914. Cambridge
University Press. 14s.

Zeller , E . Outlines of the History of
Greek Philosophy. Translated by
S. F. A lleyne and E. Abbott. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 380. 1914. Longmans.
12s.

ii. METAPHYSICS.

Alexander, S. Space, Time and
Deity (Gifford Lectures, 1916-1918).
2 Vols . 8vo . Pp . 362 . , 450 . 1920 .
Macmillan. 36s.

Arnold, R. B. Scientific Fact and
Metaphysical Reality. 8vo. Pp.
384. 1904. Macmillan. 10s.

Aveling , F . On the Consciousness of
the Universal and the Individual.
A Contribution to the Phenomen-
ology of the Thought Processes.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 265. 1912. Macmillan.

Philosophy

Baldwin, J. M. Thought and
Things: A Study of the Develop-
ment and Meaning of Thought, or
Genetic Logic . 3 Vols. Med. 8vo.
Vol.1. Functional Logic, or Genet-
ic Theory of Knowledge . Pp . 273 .
1906. Vol.2. Experimental Logic ,
or Genetic Theory of Thought.
Pp. 436. 1908. Vol.3. Interest
and Art, being Real Logic. Pp.
284. 1911. Allen and Unwin .
12s. 6<?.each.

Balsillie, D. An Examination of
Professor Bergson's Philosophy.
Cr.8vo. Pp.228. 1912. Williams
and Norgate. 5s.

Bergson, H. Matter and Memory.

Translated by N. M. Paul and W.

S. Palmer. 3rd edn. Med. 8vo.

Pp.339. 1919. Allen and Unwin.

12s. Gd.
Time and Free Will : An Essay on

the Immediate Data of Conscious-
ness . Translated by F . L . Pogson .

3rd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 252.

1913. Allen and Unwin . 12s. 6d.
Creative Evolution. Translated

by A. Mitchell. 6th imp. 8vo.

Pp. 440. 1920. Macmillan.

12s. Gd.
Mind Energy: Lectures and

Essays. Translated by H. W.

Carr. DemySvo. Pp.222. 1920.

Macmillan . 10s .

Bosanquet, B. The Philosophical
Theory of the State. 3rd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 382. 1920.
Macmillan. 15s.

The Value and Destiny of the

Individual (Gifford Lectures for
1912). 8vo. Pp. 363. 1913. Mac-
millan. 12s. Gd.

Implication and Linear Inference .

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1920. Mac-
millan. 7s. Gd.

Bradley , F . H . Essays on Truth and
Reality. 8vo. Pp. 496. 1914.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 12s. Gd.

Appearance and Reality : A Meta-
physical Essay. 6th imp. Med.
8vo. Pp. 628. 1916. Allen and
Unwin. 12s. Gd.

Broad , C . D . Perception , Physics ,
and Reality. An enquiry into the
information that Physical Science
can supply about the Real.

Demy " 8vo . Pp . 400 . 1 914 .
Cambridge University Press. 12s,

Bury, J. B. The Idea of Progress.
An Inquiry into its Origin and
Growth. 8vo. Pp. 393. 1920.
Macmillan. 14s.

Caldwell , W . Pragmatism and Ideal-
ism. Demy 8vo. Pp. 268. 1913.
Black. 7s. Gd.

Garr, H. W. The Philosophy of
Change. A Study of the Funda-
mental Principle of the Philosophy
of Bergson. 8vo. Pp.228. 1914.
Macmillan. 7s. Gd.
—The Philosophy of Benedetto-
Croce: The Problem of Art and
History. 8vo. P. 225. 1917.

Macmillan

8vo. p
. 7s. Gd.

Croce, B. What Is Living and
What is Dead of the Philosophy of
Hegel. Translated by D. Ainslie.
8vo. Pp.235. 1915. Macmillan.
10s.

Deussen, P. Elements of Meta-
physics. A Guide for Lectures and
Private Use. Translated by C. M.
Duff . 2nd imp . Cr . 8 vo . Pp . 362 .
1909. Macmillan. 7s.

Driesch, H. The Problem of Individ-
uality. 8vo. Pp. 94. 1914.
Macmillan. 4s. Gd.

- The History and Theory of
Vitalism. Translated by C. K.
Ogden. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 247. 1914.
Macmillan. 6s. Gd.

- The Science and Philosophy of
the Organism. The Gifford Lec-
tures, 1907-1908. 2 Vols. Demy
8vo. Pp.329., 381. 1908. Black.
10s. Gd. each.

Fuller, B. A. G. The Problem of
Evil in Plotinus. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
356. 1912. Cambridge University
Press. 7s. Gd.

Gibson, J. Locke's Theory of
Knowledge and Its Historical Re-
lations. Demy 8vo. Pp. 352.
1917 . Cambridge University Press .
10s. Gd.

Gibson , W . R . B . Rudolf Eucken 's
Philosophy of Life . 3rd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 188. 1915. Black.
4s. Gd.

Philosophy

\

<5ibson , W . R . B . Rudolf Eucken 's
The Meaning and Value of Life.
4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 155.
1916. Black. 4s. Gd.

Gunn, J. A. Bergson and His
Philosophy. Cr. 8vo.4 Pp. 212.
1920.J, Methuen. 6s.

flaldane,E. S., and Ross, G.R.T.

The Philosophical Works of Des-
cartes. Rendered into English.
2 Vols . Demy 8vo . Vol . 1 . Pp .
462. 1911. 12s. Gd. Vol. 2. Pp.
388. 1912. 14s. Cambridge
University Press.

Hartmann, E. Philosophy of the
Unconscious. Translated by W. C.
Coup land. 2ndedn. 3 Vols. Post
8vo. Pp. 404., 374., 368. 1903.
Kegan Paul. 37s. Gd.

Hegel , G . W . F . The Phenomonology
of Mind. Translated, with an
Introduction and Notes, by J. B.
Baillie. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Pp.
823. 1907. Allen and Unwin.
25s.

Hobhouse, L. T. Mind in Evolu-
tion. 2nd edn. 8vo.. Pp. 500.
1915. Macmillan. 12s. Gd.

The Theory of Knowledge. A

Contribution to some problems of
Logic and Metaphysics. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 647. 1896.
Methuen. 15s.

Morals in Evolution : A Study in

Comparative Ethics. 3rd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 664. 1915.
Chapman and Hall. 10s. Gd.

Holt, E. B. The Concept of Con-
sciousness. Demy 8vo. Pp. 343.
1914. Allen and Unwin. 12s. Gd.

Huxley, T. H. Hume, with Helps
to the Study of Berkeley . Gl . 8vo .
Pp. 320. Macmillan. 6s.

Jevons, F. B. Philosophy: what is
it? 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
4s.

Kitchin , D . B . Bergson for Beginners :
A Summary of His Philosophy.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.309. 1914.
Allen and Unwin. 6s.

Lossky, N. O. The Intuitive Basis
of Knowledge . An Epistemo logical
Enquiry. Translated by N. A.
Duddington. 8vo. Pp.450. 1919.
Macmillan. 16s.

Mackenzie, J. S. Outlines of
Metaphysics. 2nd edn. New imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 191. 1916. Mac-
millan. 5s.

Elements of Constructive Philoso-
phy. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp.
487. 1919. Allen and Unwin.
15s.

McTaggart, J. McT. E. The

Nature of Existence. Vol. 1.
Roy. 8vo. Pp.331. 1921. Cam-
bridge University Press. 22s. Gd.

A Commentary on Hegel's Logic.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 328. 1910.
Cambridge University Press. 12s.

Studies in Hegelian Cosmology.

2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 312.

1918. Cambr idge Un ivers ity Press .
8s.

— • — Studies in the Hegelian Dialectic.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 275. 1896.
Cambridge University Press. 8s.

Pearson, N. Some Problems of
Existence. Demy 8vo. Pp. 176.
1907. Arnold. 7s. 6d.

Richardson , G . A . Spiritual Plural-
ism and Recent Philosophy . Demy
8vo. Pp. 358. 1919. Cambridge
University Press. 14s.

Rickaby, J. First Principles of
Knowledge. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 428.

1919. Longmans. 8s.

General Metaphysics. New edn.

Cr.Svo. 1921. Longmans. 8s.

Ruhe, A., and Paul, N. M. Henri
Bergson : An Account of his life and
philosophy. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
253. 1914. Macmillan. 6s. Gd.

Russell , B . A Critical Exposition of
the Philosophy of Leibniz. Demy
8vo. Pp. 327. 1900. Cambridge
University Press . 9s .

Introduction to Mathematical

Philosophy . Demy 8vo . Pp . 208 .
1919. Allen and Unwin. 10s. Gd.

Slessor, H. H. The Nature of
Being. An Essay in Ontology.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 224. 1919.
Allen and Unwin. 10s. Gd.

10

Philosophy

Spencer, H. The Principles of
Biology. 2 Vols. 8vo. Williams
and Norgate. 18s. each Vol.

First Principles (A System of

Synthetic Philosophy) . 8vo .

Williams and Norgate. 5s.

Stebbing, L. S. Pragmatism and
French Voluntarism. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.180. 1914. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 2s. Qd.

Stewart, J. M'K. A Critical Ex-
position of Bergson's Philosophy.
2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 305. 1913.
Macmillan. 6s. Qd.

Taylor, A. E. Elements of Meta-
physics. 5th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.436. 1920. Methuen. l2s.Qd.

Varisco, B. The Great Problems.
Translated by R. C. Lodge. Med.
8vo. Pp. 370. 1914. Allen and
Unwin. 12s. Qd.

Ward, J. The Realm of Ends, or
Pluralism and Theism. Gifford
Lectures, 1907-10. 2nd edn., with
some replies to criticisms. Demy
8vo. Pp. 506. '1913. Cambridge
University Press. 21s.

Westermarck, E. The Origin and
Development of the Moral Ideas.
2nd edn . 2 Vols . 8vo . Pp . 740 . ,
884. 1912. Macmillan. 14*.
each Vol.

Widgery, A. G. Rudolf Eucken's
Life's Basis and Life's Ideals. The
Fundamentals of a New Philosophy
of Life. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.337. 1918. Black. 10s. Qd.

Williams , M . V . Six Essays on the
Platonic Theory of Knowledge.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1908. Cam-
bridge University Press. 3s.

Wodehouse , H . The Presentation of
Reality. Cr.Svo. Pp.174. 1910.
Cambridge University Press . 3s.

iii. ETHICS.

Benett, W. Justice and Happiness.
8vo. Pp. 140. 1911. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 3s. Qd.

JBosanquet, B. Some Suggestions in
Ethics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
262. 1919. Macmillan. 6s.

Croce , B . Philosophy of the Practi-
cal . Economic and Ethic . Trans-
lated by D . Ainslie . 8vo . Pp . 628 .
1913. Macmillan. 14s.

D'Arcy, G. F. A Short Study of
Ethics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
305. 1912. Macmillan. 6s. Qd.

Duprat, L. Morals: The Psycho-
Sociological Bases of Ethics . Trans-
lated from the French by W. J.
Greenstreet. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub.
Co. 7s. Qd.

Johnston, G. A. An Introduction
to Ethics for Training Colleges.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1915. Mac-
millan. 3s. Qd.

Jones, E. E.G. A Primer of Ethics.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 101. 1909.
Murray. Is. Qd.

Mackenzie, J. S. Lectures on

Humanism, with Special reference

to its Bearings on Sociology. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 243. 1907. Allen

and Unwin . 5s .
A Manual of Ethics. 5th edn.

llth imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 512.

1919. University Tutorial Press.

9s. Qd.
Outlines of Social Philosophy.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 280. 1918.

Allen and Unwin. 10s. Qd.

Moore, G. E. Ethics. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp. 256. 1912. Williams and
Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Muirhead, J. H. Chapters from
Aristotle's Ethics. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
319. 1900. Murray. 9s.

The Elements of Ethics. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 296. 1919. Murray.
4s. Qd.

German Philosophy in Relation

to the War. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 110.
1917. Murray. 4s. Qd.

Rickaby, J. Moral Philosophy,
Ethics and Natural Law. 4th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 396. 1921. Long-
mans . 8s .

Rogers, R. A. P. A Short History
of Ethics — Greek and Modern . 2nd
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 325. 1913.
Macmillan. 4s. Qd.

11

Philosophy

Ryland , F . Ethics : An Introductory
Manual for the Use of University
Students. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 220. 1914. Bell. 3s. Qd.

Schopenhauer, A. The Basis of
Morality. Translated by A. B.
Bullock. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
288. 1915. Allen and Unwin.
5s.

Seth, J. A Study of Ethical Princi-
ples. 14th edn. Post 8vo. Pp.
491. 1918. Blaekwood. 8s. Qd.

Sidgwick, H. Outlines of the

History of Ethics for English

Readers. 5th edn. New imp.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 254. 1915. Mac-

millan. 4s.
The Methods of Ethics . 7th edn .

8vo. Pp.556. 1913. Macmillan.

10s. Qd
Practical Ethics : A Collection of

Addresses and Essays. 2nd edn.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1909. Allen

and Unwin . 5s .

Sorley, W. R. Recent Tendencies

in Ethics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 146.

1904. Blaekwood. 2s. Qd.
The Ethics of Naturalism. 2nd

edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1904.

Blaekwood. 6s.
The Moral Life and Moral Worth.

Roy. 16mo. Pp. 147. 1911.

Cambridge University Press . 2s . Qd .
Moral Values and the Idea of

God. Gifford Lectures, 1914-15.

2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 554.

1921. Cambridge University

Press. 22s. Qd.

Spencer, H. The Principles of
Ethics . Vol . 1 . Pt . 1 . The Data
of Ethics ; Pt . 2 . The Inductions
of Ethics; Pt. 3. The Ethics of
Individual Life. 8vo. 15s. Vol.
2 . Pt . 4 . Justice ; Pt . 5 . Negative
Beneficence ; Pt . 6 . Positive Bene-
ficence. 8vo. 12s. Qd. Williams
and Norgate.

Taylor, A. E. The Problem of
Conduct. A Study in the Pheno-
menology of Ethics. 8vo. Pp.
509. 1901. Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

Urwick, E. J. A Philosophy of
Social Progress. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 254. 1920. Methuen.
7s. Qd.

Walston , Sir C . Truth . An Essay
in Moral Reconstruction. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.248. 1919. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press . 5s .

Ward, S. The Ways of Life: A
Study in Ethics. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
126. 1920. Oxford University
Press. 6s. Qd.

Whittaker, T. The Theory of
Abstract Ethics. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
136. 1916. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 4s. Qd.

Wundt, W. M. Ethics. 3 Vols.
Demy 8vo . Vol . 1 . Introduction :
The " Facts of the Moral Life .
Translated by J. H. Gulliver and
E . B . Titchener . 3rd edn . Pp . 339 . .
1908. Vol. 2. Ethical Systems:
The Development of Moral Theories
of the Universe. Translated by
M. F. Washburn. 3rd edn. Pp.
196. 1917. Vol.3. Principles of
Morality. Translated by M. F.
Washburn. Pp.308. 1914. Allen
and Unwin. 7s. Qd. each.

iv. AESTHETICS.

Bosanquet, B. Three Lectures on

Aesthetic. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp.128.

1915. Macmillan. 4s. Qd.
The History of Aesthetic. 4th

edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 502. 1917.

Allen and Unwin. 12s. Qd.

Clay, F. The Origin of the Sense of
Beauty. Large Post 8vo. Pp.
302. 1908. Murray. 7s. Gd.

Cook, Sir T. A. The Curves of
Life . An Account of Spiral Forma-
tions and their Application to
Growth in Nature, to Science, and
to Art. Roy.Svo. Pp.502. 1914.
Constable. 12s. Qd.

Croce, B. Aesthetic as Science of
Expression and General Linguistic.
Translated from the Italian by D.
Ainslie. 8vo. Pp. 436. 1909.
Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

Knight, W. The Philosophy of the
Beautiful. 2 Parts. Cr. 8vo.
Vol. 1. Pp. 288. 1916. Vol. 2.
Pp.281. 1914. Murray.} 4s. 6d.
each.

12

Philosophy

JLee , V . The Beautiful . Roy . 16mo .
Pp. 166. 1913. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 2s. Qd.

Rand, B. Shaftesbury's Second
Characters, or the Language of
Forms. Demy 8vo. Pp. 210.
1914. Cambridge University Press .
9s.

Sweet , H , The History of Language .
5th edn. Post 8vo. Pp. 148.
1920. Dent. Is. 9rf.

Tucker, T. G. Introduction to the
Natural History of Language.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 465. 1908.
Blackie. 10s. Qd.

Tiirck, H. The Man of Genuis.
Translated by G. J. Tamson.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 483. 1914.
Black. 12s. Qd.

Whitney , W . D . Life and Growth of
Language. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 336. 1902. Kegan Paul.
7s. Qd.

v. LOGIC.

Adamson, R. A Short Historv of
Logic. Edited by W. R. Sofley.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 276. 1911. Black-
wood. 7s. Qd.

Bain, A. Logic. 2 Pts. 3rd edn.
Part 1 . Deduction . Pp . 300 . 1910 .
5s. 6d. Part 2. Induction. Pp.
466. 1912. 7s. Qd. Longmans.

Bartlett, F. C. Exercises in Logic.
Cr.Svo. Pp.156. 1913. 4s. Key.
Pp. 142. 1914. 3s. University
Tutorial Press.

Bosanquet, B. Essentials of Logic.
8th imp . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 177 . 1920 .
Macmillan . 4s .

•Clarke, R. F. Logic. New edn.
Cr.Svo. 1921. Longmans. 8s.

Coffey, P. The Science of Logic:
an Inquiry into the Principles of
Accurate Thought and Scientific
Method. 2 Vols. 2nd imp. 8vo.
1918. Vol.1. Conception, Judg-
ment, and Inference. Pp. 466.
10s. Vol.2. Method, Science, and
Certitude. Pp. 368. 10s. Long-

Croce, B. Logic as the Science of
the Pure Concept. Translated by
D.Ainslie. 8vo. Pp.640. 1917.
Macmillan. 14s.

Gibson, W. R. B., and Klein, A.

The Problem of Logic . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 500. 1914. Black. 15s.
Holman, H., and Irvine, M. G. W.
Questions on Logic with Illustra-
tive Examples. 6th imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 130. 1916. 4s. Key. 4th
imp. Pp. 121. 1914. 3s. Uni-
versity Tutorial Press.

Jevons, W. S. Elementary Lessons
in Logic, Deductive and Induc-
tive . New imp . Pott . 8vo . Pp .
352. 1920. Macmillan. 4s.

Pure Logic: and other Minor

Works. Edited by R. Adam-
son and H. A. Jevons. 8vo. Pp.
314. 1890. Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

The Principles of Science:

Treatise on Logic and Scientific
Method . New imp . 8vo . Pp . 830 .
1920. Macmillan. 12s. Gd.

Studies in Deductive Logic . 2nd

edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 332. 1908.
Macmillan. 7s.

Jones, £. E. G. A New Law of

Thought and its Logical Bearings.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 86. 1911. Cam-
bridge University Press. 3s. Qd.

A Primer of Logic . Fcap . 8vo .

Pp.188. 1913. Murray. 2s.

Keynes , J . N . Stud ies and Exercises
in Formal Logic, including a gener-
alization of Logical processes in
their application to complex infer-
ences. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 572.
1906. Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

Mellone, S. H. An Introductory
Text-book of Logic. llth edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 414. 1919. Black-
wood. 7s. Qd.

Mill , J . S . A System of Logic . Cr .
(H 8vo. Pp. 638. 1919. Longmans.
7s. Qd.

Minto, W. Logic, Inductive and
Deductive. 9th imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.373. 1915. Murray. 5s.

Read, C. Logic. Deductive and
Inductive. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo-
Pp. 433. 1920. Simpkin, Mar.
shall. 7s. Qd.

13

Philosophy

Russell, B. Mysticism and Logic,
and other Essays. 3rd imp. 8vo.
Pp . 342 . 1919 . Longmans .Ss.Qd.

Russell, L. J. An Introduction to
Logic : from the Standpoint of
Education. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150.
1921. Macmillan. 3s. Qd.

Schiller, F . C . S . Formal Logic : A
Scientific and Social Problem . 8vo .
Pp.441. 1912. Macmillan. 10s.

Sidgwick, A. The Application of
Logic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 332. 1910.
Macmillan. 6s. Qd.

Fallacies : a View of Logic from

the Practical Side. 3rdedn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 391. 1901. Kegan
Paul. 7s. Qd.

Elementary Logic. Cr. 8vo.

Pp. 260. 1914. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 4s.

Sturt, H. The Principles of Under-
standing . An Introduction to Logic
from the standpoint of Personal
Idealism. Cr.Svo. Pp.313. 1915.
Cambridge University Press. 7s.

Venn , J . The Principles of Empirical

or Inductive Logic . 2nd edn . 8vo .

Pp. 624. 1907. Macmillan. 18s.
Symbolic Logic. 2nd edn. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 578. 1894. Macmillan.

12s. Qd.

Venn , J . The Logic of Chance . 3rd ..
edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 540. 1888.
Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

Welton, J. A Manual of Logic.
2vols. Cr.Svo. Vol. 1. De-
ductive Logic. 2nd edn. 5th imp.
Pp.457. 1912. 10s. Qd. Vol.2.
Fallacies , Deductive and Inductive .
6th imp. Pp.330. 1916. 8s. Qd..
University Tutorial Press.

Groundwork of Logic . 2nd imp .

Cr.Svo. Pp. 368. 1920. University
Tutorial Press. 5s.

and Monahan, A. J. Inter-
mediate Logic. 4th imp. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 530. 1920. University
Tutorial Press. 10s. Qd.

Windelband, W., and Ruge, A.

(edited by). Encyclopaedia of the
Philosophical Sciences. Vol. 1.
Logic . By various Authors . Trans-
lated by B. E. Meyer. 8vo. Pp.
280. 1913. Macmillan. 10s.

Wolf, A. Exercises in Logic and
Scientific Method . Fcap 8vo . Pp .
78. 1919. Allen and Unwin. 3s.

The Existential Import of

Categorical Prediction. Studies in
Logic. Cr. Svo. Pp. 176. 1905.
Cambridge University Press. 4s.

14

PSYCHOLOGY.

i. GENERAL AND HISTORICAL.

Bain, A. Mind and Body: the The-
ories of their Relation, llth edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 196. 1910. Kegan
Paul. 7s. 6d.

The Senses and the Intellect.

4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 736. 1894.
Longmans. 17s. Gd.

Mental and Moral Science :

A Compendium of Psychology and
Ethics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 788. 1884.
Longmans. 12s.

The Emotions and the Will.

4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 638. 1899.
Longmans. 17s. 6d.

Baldwin , J . M . History of Psychol-
ogy. 2 vols. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 323.
1913. Watts. 7s.

Ballard, P. B. Obliviscence and
Reminiscence. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 40.
1913. Cambridge University Press .

Bernstein. The Five Senses of Man .
8th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.321. 1910.
Kegan Paul. 7s. Gd.

Binet, A. The Mind and the Brain.
Cr . 8vo . Pp . 292 . 1907 . Kegan
Paul. 7s. Gd.

Bligh, S. M. Applications of
Psychology to Everyday Life. 3
vols. Pott. 8vo. The Desire for
Qualities. Pp.344. 1911. 3s. Qd.
The Direction of Desire . 4th imp .
Pp.372. 1919. 3s. Qd. The Abil-
ity to Converse . Pp. 340. 1912.
5s. Oxford University Press.

Brackenbury, L. A Primer of
Psychology. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 139.
1919. Murray. 2s.

Brett, G. S. A History of Psychol-
ogy: Ancient and Patristic. Demy
8vo. Pp. 388. 1912. Allen and
Unwin. 12s. Gd.

Bridger, A. E. Minds in Distress r
A Psychological Study of the Mas-
culine and Feminine Mind in Health,
and Disorder. 2nd. edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 193. 1913. Methuen. 5s.

Brunt, D. The Combination of
Observations. Demy 8vo. Pp.
230. 1917. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press . 1 Os .

Drever, J. Instinct in Man: a Con-
tribution to the Psychology of
Education. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 303 1921 . Cambridge University
Press. 10s. 6d.

Fuller, Sir B. The Science of Our-
selves. DemySvo. Pp.338. 1921.
Frowde and Hodder. 16s.

Glover, W. Know Your Own Mind..
A little book of Practical Psychol-
ogy. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.211. 1914.
Cambridge University Press . 3s .

Granger , F . S . Psychology : A Short
Account of the Human Mind . 4th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 243. 1909.
Methuen . 5s .

Hay ward , F . H . The Psychology of
Educational Administration and
Criticism. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 608.
Herbert Russell. 7s. 6d.

Hoffding, H. Outlines of Psychol-
ogy . Translated by M . E . Lowndes .
New imp. Cr. *8vo. Pp. 376.
1912. Macmillan. 7s.

Jones, A. J. Character in the Mak-
ing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1913.
Murray. 2s. 6d.

Loveday, T., and Green, J. A.

An Introduction to Psychology, for
the use of Students of Education.
3rd imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.272. 1915.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 6s.

McDougall, W. Psychology: the
Study of Behaviour. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp. ^250. 1920. Williams andi
Norgate. 2s. Gd.

13

Psychology

McDougall,W. Body and Mind : A
History and a Dsfence of Animism.
4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.404. 1911 .
Methuen. 12s. Gd.

MacNamara, N. C. Instinct and
Intelligence. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 21G.
1915. Frowde & Hodder. 7s. Gd.

Maher, M. Psychology, Empirical
and Rational. 9th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 632. 1919. Longmans. 11s.

McQueen, E. N. The Distribution
of Attention. Roy. 8vo. Pp.150.
1917 . Cambridge University Press .
5s.

Marett, R. R. Psychology and Folk
Lore. Cr. 8vo." Pp. 284. 1920.
Methuen. 7s. Gd.

Marshall , H . R . Consciousness . 8vo .
Pp. 700. 1909. Macmillan. 17s.

Maudsley, H. Organic to Human:
Psychological and Sociological . 8vo .
Pp. 394. 1916. Macmillan. 12s.

Mellone, S. H. Elements of Psych-
ology. 4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.503.
1919. Blackwood. 7s. Gd.

Merrington , E . M . The Problem of
Personality. A Critical and Con-
structive Study in the Light of
Recent Thought. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
239. 1916. Macmillan. 6s.

Mitchell, W. Structure and Growth
of the Mind. 8vo. Pp.548. 1907.
Macmillan. 12s. Gd.

Morgan, G. Lloyd. Psychology for
Teachers . 2nd edn . 3rd imp . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 307. 1906. Arnold.
5s.

An Introduction to Comparative

Psychology. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub.
Co. 7s. Gd.

Instinct and Experience. 2nd

edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 318. 1912.
Methuen . 6s .

Parsons , J . H . Mind and the Nation :
A Precis of Applied Psychology.
DemySvo. Pp.154. 1918. Paper
Covers. Bale and Danielsson.
7s. Gd.

Pearson , N . The Soul and Its Story .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 336. 1913.
Arnold. 10s. Gd.

Pillsbury, W. B. Attention. Med.
8vo. Pp. 346. 1908. Allen and
Unwin. 12s. Qd.

Ribot, T. The Psychology of the
Emotions. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub
Co. 7s. Gd.

Ryland, F. Psychology: An Intro-
ductory Manual for the use of Stu-
dents. 10th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
286. 1908. Bell. 4s. Qd.

Questions on Psychology,

Metaphysics and Ethics. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 143. 1887. Allen & Unwin.
3s. Gd.

Shand, A. F. The Foundations of
Character: being A Study of the
Tendencies of the Emotions and
Sentiments. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.
614. 1920. Macmillan. 20s.

Spencer, H. The Principles of
Psychology. 2vols. 8vo. Williams
& Norgate. 36s. .

Stout, G. F. The Groundwork of

Psychology. 6th imp. Cr. 8vo.

Pp . 256 . 1919 . University Tutorial

Press. 6s. Gd.
A Manual of Psychology. 3rd

edn. 8th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

788. 1920. University Tutorial

Press. 12s. Qd.

Strong, C. A. The Origin of Con-
sciousness : an Attempt to Conceive
the Mind as a Product of Evolution .
2nd imp. 8vo. Pp.333. (1918).
1920. Macmillan. 12s

Sully, J. Outlines of Psychology.
New edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.510. 1912.
Longmans. 10s. Gd.

The Teacher's Handbook of

Psychology. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.626. 1919. Longmans. 7s. Gd.

The Human Mind: A Text-
book of Psychology. 2 vols. 8vo.
Pp. 520., 406. 1892. Longmans.
21s.

My Life and Friends. A

Psychologist's Memories. Demy
8vo. Pp. 344. 1918. Fisher
Unwin. 12s. Gd.

Varisco,B. Know Thyself . Trans-
lated by G . Salvador! . Med . 8vo .
Pp. 327. 1915. Allen & Unwin.
12s. Gd.

16

Psychology

Villa , G . Contemporary Psychology .
Translated by H . Manacorda . Med .
8vo. Pp. 396. 1903. Allen &
Unwin. 12s. Qd.

Walker, C. E. Hereditary Charac-
ters and their Modes of Transmis-
sion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 252. 1910.
E. Arnold. 10s.

Ward, J. Psychological Principles.
2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 492.

1920 . Cambridge University Press .
26s.

Watt, H. J. The Psychology of

Sound. Roy.Svo. Pp.250. 1917.

Cambridge University Press . 10s . Qd
The Economy and Training

of Memory. 4th imp. Small Cr.

8vo. Pp. 136. 1915. Arnold. 2s.

Webb , E . Character and Intelligence .
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 109. 1915.
Cambridge University Press . 6s . Qd

Wingfield- Stratford, E. The Re-
construction of Mind. An Open
Way of Mind Training. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 246. 1921. Books, Ltd. 6s.

Wohlgemuth, A. On the After
Effect of Seen Movement. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 126. 1912. Cambridge
University Press. 5s.

Pleasure — Un -Pleasure : an ex-
perimental investigation on the
feeling-elements. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
260. 1919. Cambridge University
Press . 14s .

Wundt , W . M . Lectures on Human
and Animal Psychology. Trans-
lated by J . E . Creighton and E . B .
Titchener. 5th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 459. 1912. Allen & Unwin.
10s. Qd.

— — An Introduction to Psychology.
Translated by R. Pintner. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 198. 1912. Allen &
Unwin. 4s. Qd.

ii. EXPERIMENTAL AND

PHYSIOLOGICAL

PSYCHOLOGY.

Baines , A . E . The Origin and Prob-
lem of Life. A Psycho -Physio-
logical Study . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 1 10 .

1921. Routledge. 3s. Qd.

Ballard, P. B. Mental Tests. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 245. 1920. Hodder &
Stoughton . 6s .

Brown , W . Psychology and Psycho-
therapy. Cr.Svo. Pp.208. 1921.
Arnold. 8s. Qd.

and Thomson, G. H. The

Essentials of Mental Measurement.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 226. 1921.
Cambridge University Press. 21s.

Cowers , Sir W . R . Subjective Sen-
sations of Sight and Sound Abio-
trophy. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1904.
Churchill. 6s.

Kiilpe , O . Outlines of Psychology :
Based upon the Results of Experi-
mental Investigation. 3rd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.460. 1909. Allen
& Unwin. 12s. Qd.

McDougall, W. Physiological Psy-
chology. 5th edn. Pott. 8vo.
Pp.172. 1918. Dent. Is. 9d.

Macnaughten- Jones, H. Ambi-
dexterity and Mental Culture . Fcap .
8vo. Pp.102. 1914. Heinemann.
2s. Qd.

Mercier, C. Criminal Responsibil-
ity: from the point of view of
Psychology. 8vo. Pp.232. 1905.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s.

Muscio, B. Lectures on Industrial
Psychology. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 300 . 1920. Routledge . 6s . Qd .

Myers, C. S. An Introduction to
Experimental Psychology . Roy .
16mo. Pp.168. 1914. Cambridge
Un ivers ity Press . 2s . Qd .

A Text-book of Experimental

Psychology. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
2 Parts. 1911. Parti. Text-book.
Pp. 358. 9s. Part 2. Labora-
tory Exercises. Pp. 114. 6s.
Cambridge University Press. The
Two Parts, 13s. Qd.

Schulze, F. Experimental Psychol-
ogy and Pedagogy, for Teachers,
Normal Colleges, and Universities.
Translated by R. Pintner. Demy
8vo. Pp. 364. 1907. Allen &
Unwin. 15s.

Scripture , E . W . The New Psychol-
ogy. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub. Co.
7s. Qd.

17

Psychology

Storring, G. Mental Pathology in
its Relation to Normal Psychology.
Translated by T. Loveday. Demy
8vo. Pp. 298. 1907. Allen &
Unwin. 10*. Qd.

Stout, G. F. Analytic Psychology.
2 vols. 4th edn. Med. 8vo. Pp.
289., 314. 1918. Allen & Unwin.
21s.

Stratton, G. M. Theophrastus and
the Greek Physiological Psychology
before Aristotle. Demy 8vo. Pp.
227. 1917. Allen & Unwin.
8s. 6d.

Tansley , A . G . The New Psychology
and its Relation to Life. DemySvo.
Pp. 283. 1920. Allen & Unwin.
10s. Qd.

Traube, M. R., and Stockbridge,
F. P. Measure Your Mind. The
Mentimeter and How to Use It.
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 353. 1920.
Harrap. 10s. Qd.

Valentine, C. W. An Introduction
to Experimental Psychology, in
Relation to Education. 2nd imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1916. Uni-
versity Tutorial Press. 3s. Qd.

Weininger, O. Sex and Character.
Translated from the German. New
imp. DemySvo. Pp.356. 1919.
Heinemann. 12s. Qd.

Wundt , W . M . Principles of Physio-
logical Psychology. Translated by
E. B. Titchener. Vol. 1. The
Bodily Substrate of the Mental
Life . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo . Pp . 347 .
1910. Allen & Unwin. 12s.

Ziehen, T. Introduction to Physio-
logical Psychology. Translated by
C . C . Van Liew and O . W . Beyer .
Cr.Svo. Pp.280. 1918. Allen &
Unwin . 6s .

iii. MENTAL DEVELOPMENT
AND CHILD STUDY.

Bradby, M. K. The Logic of the
Unconscious Mind. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 330 . 1920 . Frowde & Hodder .
16s.

Claparede, E. Experimental Peda-
gogy and the Psychology of the
Child. Translated by M. Louch
and H . Holman . 4th edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 340. 1911. Arnold. 5s.

Dell , J . A . The Gateways of Know-
ledge. An Introduction to the-
Study of the Senses . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
183. 1912. Cambridge University
Press. 3s. Qd.

Dexter, S. G. F., and Garlick, A»
H. Psychology in the Schoolroom^
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 425. 1913. Long-
mans. 5s. Qd.

Drummond, M. The Dawn of
Mind. An Introduction to Child
Psychology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 191.
1918. Arnold. 3s. Qd.

Drummond, W. B. The Child:

its Nature and Nurture. Cr. 8vo.

Pp . 223 . Dent . 4s .
An Introduction to Child Study »

3rd imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.348. 1907.

Arnold . 6s .

Dumville, B. Fundamentals of
Psychology . A brief account of the
Nature and Development of Mental
Processes for Teachers. 3rd imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 392. 1917. Uni-
versity Tutorial Press. 6s. Qd.

Child Mind: An Introduction

to Psychology for Teacheis. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 222. 1919. University
Tutorial Press. 4s.

Keatinge, M. W. Suggestion in
Education. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 205. 1911. Black. 6s.

Kimmins, C. W. Children's Dreams..
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 126. 1920. Long-
mans . 5s .

Macdonald , G . The Child 's Inherit-
ance . Its Scientific and Imaginative
Meaning : or an Enquiry into the
Science of the Imagination . Demy
8vo. Pp. 339. 1910. Murray.
15s.

Meredith , G . M . The Bearings of
Modern Psychology on Educational
Theory and Practice. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.140. 1916. Constable. 3s. Qd.

Mott , F . W . Nature and Nurture in
Mental Development. Cr. Svo.
Pp.151. 1914. Murray. 6s.

Mumford, E. E. R. The Dawn of
Character in the Child. 7th imp.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 226. 1920. Long-
mans. 5s. Qd.

18

Psychology

Myers , C . S . Mind and Work . The
Psychological Factors in Industry
and Commerce . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 216 .
1920. University of London Press.
6s.

Reaney, M. J. The Psychology of
the Organized Group Game, with
special reference to its place in the
Play System and its educational
value. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 82. 1916.
Cambridge University Press. 6s.

Sandiford , P . The Mental and Phys-
ical Life of School Children. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 358. 1919. Longmans.
7s. Qd.

Slaughter, J. W. The Adolescent.
3rd. edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.100. 1919.
Allen & Unwin. 3s. Qd.

Sully , J . Studies of Childhood . 8vo .
Pp. 536. 1919. Longmans, 15s.

West, M. Education and Psychol-
ogy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 350. "l914.
Longmans . 8s . Qd .

iv. THE ANIMAL MIND .

Binet, A., and Fere, C. Animal
Magnetism. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 392. 1905. Kegan Paul.
7s. Qd.

Morgan, C. Lloyd. Animal Be-
haviour. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
352. 1920. E.Arnold. 8s. Qd.

Newland , G . B . What Is Instinct ?
Some Thoughts on Telepathy and
Sub-consciousness in Animals. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 217. 1916. Murray.
7s. Qd.

Romanes, G. J. Animal Intelli-
gence . 9th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
532. 1910. Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Smith, E. M. The Investigation of
Mind in Animals. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
206. 1915. Cambridge University
Press. 5s. Qd.

v. THE ABNORMAL AND
PSYCHO -ANALYSIS .

Bousfield , P . The Elements of Prac-
tical Psycho -Ana lysis. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 288. 1920. Kegan Paul.
10s. Qd.

Bradby, M. K. Psycho -Ana lysis
and Its Place in Life. 2nd imp.
DemySvo. Pp.278. 1920.Frowde
&Hodder. 10s. Qd.

Freud, S. On Dreams. Translated
from the German by M. D. Eder.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. Heinemann.
3s. Qd.

The Psychopathology of Every-
day Life. Translated by A. A.
Brill. 6th imp. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 342. 1920. Fisher Unwin.
12s. Qd.

Totem and Taboo: Resem-
blances between the Psychic
Lives of Savages and Neurotics.
Translated by A. A. Brill. 8vo.
Pp.280. 1919. Kegan Paul. 10s.
Qd.

The Interpretation of Dreams.

Translated by A. A. Brill. Demy

8vo. Pp. 410. 1920. Allen

& Unwin. 16s.
Wit and Its Relation to the

Unconscious. New imp. in the

Press . Fisher Unwin .

Hirsch, W. Genius and Degenera-
tion . A Psychological Study . Demy
8vo. Pp.342. 1896. Heinemann.
17s.

Jones, E. Papers on Psycho -Ana ly-
sis. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
726. 1920. Bailliere. 30s.

Jung, G. G. Collected Papers on
Analytical Psychology . Author-
ised Translation. Edited by C. E.
Long . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
520. 1917. Balliere. 18s.

Studies in Word- Association.

Experiments in the Diagnosis of
Psychopathological conditions app-
lied to normal and abnormal
persons. Translated by M. D.
Eder. Roy. 8vo. Pp.575. 1918.
Heinemann . 25s .

Leri, A. Commotions and Emotions
of War. Edited by Sir J. Collie.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 262. 1919. Uni-
versity of London Press . 7s . Qd .

Long , G . E . Collected Papers on the
Psychology of Fantasy . Demy 8vo .
Pp.228. 1920. Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

Low, B. Psycho-Analysis : A Brief
Account of the Freudian Theory.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.191. 1920.
Allen & Unwin. 6s.

Nicoll,M. Dream Psychology. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 209. 1920.
Frowde & Hodder . 7s .

19

Psychology

Ribot, T. Diseases of Memory: an
Essay in the Positive Psychology.
5th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 209 . 1906 .
Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Rivers, W. H. R. Instinct and the
Unconscious. A Contribution to &
Biological Theory of the Psycho-
Neuroses. Demy 8vo. Pp. 260.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
16s.

Sully, J. Illusions: a Psychological
Study. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
402. 1905. Kegan Paul 7s. Qd.

An Essay on Laughter: its

Forms , its Cause , its Development ,
and its Value. 8vo. Pp. 458. 1902.
Longmans . 6s .

Watts , F . Abnormal Psychology and
its Educational Applications. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 119. 1920. Allen &
Unwin. 7s. Qd.

Echo Personalities: A Short

Study of the Contributions of
Abnormal Psychology towards the
Solution of some of the Problems
of Normal Education . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
111. 1918. Allen & Unwin.
4s. Qd.

vi. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY.

Conway , Sir M . The Crowd in Peace
and War. Cr.Svo. Pp 340. 1915.
Longmans. 7s. Qd.

Le Bon, G. The Crowd : A Study of
the Popular Mind . 12th imp . 8vo .
Pp. 239. 1920. Fisher Unwin.
7s. Qd.

McDougall, W. An Introduction to
Social Psychology. 15th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.483. 1920. Methuen.
8s. Qd.

The Group Mind: A Sketch

of the Principles of Collective
Psychology with some attempt
to Apply them to the Interpretation
of National Life and Character.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1920. Cam-
bridge University Press. 21s.

Spencer, H. The Principles of Soci-
ology. Vol. 1 . Pt. 1 . The Data of
Sociology; Pt. 2. The Induction
of Sociology; Pt. 3. Domestic
Institutions. 8vo. 21s. Vol. 2.
Pt. 4. Ceremonial Institutions;
Pt.5. Political Institutions. 8vo.
18s. Vol.3. Pt.6. Ecclesiastical
Institutions; Pt. 7. Professional
Institutions; Pt. 8. Industrial
Institutions. 8vo. 16s. Williams
and Norgate.

Study of Sociology. 22nd edn.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 408. 1908. Kegan
Paul. 7s. Gd.

Trotter, W. Instincts of the Herd in
Peace and War. 2nd edn. Med.
8vo. Pp. 264. 1920. Fisher
Unwin. 8s. Gd.

Wallas, G. The Great Society: A
Psychological Analysis. New imp.
DemySvo. Pp.395. 1920. Mac-
millan. 10s.

Wundt, W. M. Elements of Folk
Psychology : Outlines of A Psycho-
logical History of the Development
of Mankind. Translated by E. L.
Schaub. Med.Svo. Pp.305. 1909.
Allen & Unwin. 15s.

20

MATHEMATICS.

i . COLLECTED PAPERS .

Andrews, T. The Scientific Papers
of the late Thomas Andrews . With
a Memoir by Profs. Tait and Crum
Brown. 8vo. Pp. 578. 1889.
Macmillan. 18s.

Barrow, I. Mathematical Works.
Edited by W . Whewell . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 339. 1860. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 7s. Gd.

Cayley, A. Collected Mathematical
Papers. Demy 4to. 1889 — 1899.
Vols . I to XIII . Pp . 600 approx .
each vol. 31s. Gd. each. Index.
Pp. 147. 1898. 16s. Cambridge
University Press.

Clifford, W. K. Mathematical
Papers. Edited by R. Tucker. In-
troduction by H . J . S . Smith . 8vo .
Pp. 740. 1882. Macmillan. 30s.

Hopkinson, J. Original Papers.
Edited by B. Hopkinson. 2 vols.
Demy 8vo. 1901. Vol. 1 . Techni-
cal Papers, Memoir. Pp. 360.
Vol.2. Scientific Papers . Pp.394.
Cambridge University Press. 13s.
Gd. each.

Kelvin, Lord. Mathematical and
Physical Papers. 6 vols. DemySvo.
Cambridge University Press. Vol.
1. Mainly 1841-53. Pp. 573.
1882. 21s /Vol. 2. Mainly 1853-56.
Pp. 418. 1884. 17s. Gd. Vol.
3. Elasticity, Heat, Electro-
Magnetism. Pp.540. 1890. 21s.
Vol . 4 . Hydrodynamics and Gener-
al Dynamics. Pp.579. 1910. 21s.
Vol . 5 . Thermodynamics , Cosmical
and Geological Physics, Molecular
and Crystalline Theory, Electro-
dynamics. Pp. 617. 1911. 21s.
Vol. 6. Voltaic Theory, Radio-
activity, Electrons , Navigation and
Tides, Miscellaneous. Pp. 386.
1911. 11s.

Knott, C. G. (edited by). The
Napier Tercentenary Memorial Vol-
ume ; Papers contributed to the
congress held at Edinburgh in July,

1914. 4to. Pp.454. 1915. Long-
mans. 21s.

Reynolds, O. Papers on Mechanical
and Physical Subjects. 3 vols.
Roy.Svo. Vol.1. Pp.431. 1900.
20s. Vol.2. Pp.338. 1880.27s.
6d. Vol.3. Pp.271. 1903. 15s.
Cambridge University Press .

Smith , H . J . S . Collected Mathem-
atical Papers. Edited with a
Mathematical Introduction by J.
W.L.Glaisher. 2 vols. 4to. Vol.
1. Pp. 690. Vol. 2. Pp. 728.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 63s.

Sylvester, J. J. Collected Mathe-
matical Papers. Edited by H. F.
Baker. 4 vols. Roy. 8vo. Vol.
1. Pp. 662. 1904. Vol.2. Pp.
747. 1908. Vol. 3. Pp. 703.
1909. Vol. 4. Pp. 783. 1912.
Cambridge University Press. 21s.
each.

Tait, P. G. Scientific Papers. 2 vols.
Demy 4to. Vol. 1. Pp. 514.
1898. Vol. 2. Pp. 500. 1900.
Cambridge University Press. 30s.
each .

ii. HISTORY.

Allman , G . J . Greek Geometry from
Thales to Euclid. 8vo. Pp. 250.
1889. Longmans. 15s. Gd.

Ball , W . W . R . A Short Account of
the History of Mathematics. 6th
edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 546.

1915. Macmillan. 12s. Gd.
Cunnington , S . The Story of Arith-
metic : A Short History of its Origin
and Development. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
254. 1904. Allen & Unwin.
3s. Gd.

21

Mathematics

Frankland, W. B. Theories of
Parallelism: an historical critique.
Demy 8vo . Pp . 88 . 1910 . Cambridge
University Press . 5s . 6d .

Heath, T. L. Diophantus of Alex-
andria, a Study in the History of
Greek Algebra. 2nd edn. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 396. 1910. Cambridge
University Press . 15s.

The Works of Archimedes.

Edited in modern notation . Demy
8vo. Pp.502. 1897. Cambridge
University Press. 17s. 6d.

The Method of Archimedes. A

Supplement to the above . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 51. 1912. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 3s.

Hobson, E. W. "Squaring the
Circle . " A History of the Problem .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 66. 1913. Cam-
bridge University Press. 3s. Qd

Knott, G . G . The Life and Scientific
Work of Peter Guthrie Tait . Demy
4to. Pp. 390. 1911. Cambridge
Un i vers ity Press . 1 5s.

iii. PHILOSOPHY AND

PEDAGOGY OF

MATHEMATICS .

Berkeley, H. Mysticism in Modern
Mathematics. 8vo. Pp. 276.
1910. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
8s.

Branford, B. Mathematical Educa-
tion, including the Teaching of
Arithmetic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 404.
1908. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
5s.

Jaeger , F . M . Lectures on the Prin-
ciple of Symmetry and its appli-
cation in all Natural Sciences.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 346. 1919.
Cambridge University Press. 20s.

Nunn , T . P . The Teaching of Alge-
bra , including Trigonometry . New
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 632. 1919.
Longmans . 9s .

Thomson, J . B . The Art of Teach-
ing Arithmetic . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 304. 1921. Longmans. 6s.

Whitehead, A. N. Introduction to
Mathematics. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
256. 1911. Williams & Norgate.
2s. 6rf.

Whitehead, A. N. and Russell, B.
Principia Mathematica . Roy . 8vo .
Vol. 1. Pp. 679. 1910. 25s.
Vol.2. Pp.796. 1912. 30s.
Vol.3. Pp.501. 1913. 25s.
Cambridge University Press .

Young, J. W. A. Monographs on
Topics of Modern Mathematics Rel-
evant to the Elementary Field.
New edn. 8vo. Pp. 424. 1915.
Longmans. 15s.

The Teaching of Mathematics in

the Elementary and Secondary
School. New edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
378. 1919. Longmans. 7s*. 6d.

iv. EXAMINATION PAPERS .

Fawdry, R. G. Problem Papers in
Mathematics on the lines of the
Examinations by the Civil Service
Commission. With Answers. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 224. 1915. Macmillan.
5s.

Milne, R. M. (edited by). Math-
ematical Papers for admission into
the Royal Military Academy and
the Royal Military College; and
Papers in Elementary Engineering
for Naval Cadetships and Royal Air
Force, for the years 1911-1920,
with Answers. Cr. 8vo. 1921.
Macmillan. 10s. 6d.

Radford , E . M . Mathematical Prob-
lem Papers. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 210. 1914. 6s. Solutions.
Pp.566. 1914. 12s. 6d. Cambridge
University Press.

Wolstenholme , J . Mathematical
Problems, on subjects included in
the First and Second Divisions of
Cambridge Mathematical Tripos.
3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 512. 1891.
Macmillan. 18s.

v. POPULAR.

Ball , W . W . R . Mathematical Recrea-
tions and Essays. 7th edn. Ex.
cr. 8vo. Pp. 508. 1919. Mac-
millan. 10s. 6d.

vi. GENERAL PURE

MATHEMATICS.
Bowley, A. L. A General Course of
Pure Mathematics from Indices to
Solid Analytical Geometry. 8vo.
Pp. 284. 1913. Oxford: Claren-
don Press. 7s.6rf.

22

Mathematics

Hardy, G. H. A Course of Pure
Mathematics. 2ndedn. DemySvo.
Pp. 156. 1914. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 14s.

Whittaker, E. T., and Watson, G.

N. A Course of Modern Analysis.
An Introduction to the General
Theory of Infinite Processes , and of
Analytic Functions ; with an account
of the Principal Transcendental
Functions . 3rd edn . Roy . 8vo .
Pp. 608. 1920. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 40s.

vii. FUNCTIONS.

Baker, H. F. An Introduction to
the Theory of Multiply-Periodic
Functions. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 351.
1907. Cambridge Un i vers ity Press .
17*.

Abel's Theorem and the

Allied Theory, including the
Theory of the Theta Functions.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 704. 1897. Cam-
bridge University Press. 30s.

Bocher, M. An Introduction to the
Study of Integral Equations.
2nd edn. DemySvo. Pp. 71. 1914.
Cambridge University Press . 3s .

Dixon , A . G . The Elementary Prop-
erties of the Elliptic Functions.
Gl. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1894. Mac-
millan. 5s.

Forsyth, A. R. Lectures Introduc-
tory to the Theory of Functions of
Two Complex Variables . Roy . 8vo .
Pp. 297. 1914. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 15s.

Theory of Functions of a

Complex Variable. 3rd edn.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 879. 1918. Cam-
bridge University Press. 33s.

Gray , A . , and Mathews , G . B . A

Treatise on Bessel Functions and
their Applications to Physics . 8vo .
New imp . in the Press . Macmillan .
14s.

Greenhill, Sir A. G. The Applica-
tions of Elliptic Functions. 8vo.
Pp. 370. 1892. Macmillan. 14s.

Hardy , G . H . , and Riesz , M . The
General Theory of Dirichlet's Series.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 86. 1915. Cam-
bridge University Press. 4s.

Hardy, G.H. Orders of Infinity.

The Infinitdrcalcul of Paul du

Bois-Reymond. Demy 8vo. Pp.

70. 1910. Cambridge University

Press . 3s .
Hobson, E. W. The Theory of

Functions of A Real Variable and

the Theory of Fourier's Series.

Vol . 1 . 2nd edn . Roy . 8vo . Pp . 688 .

1921. Cambridge University Press.

455.

Macrobert, T. M . Functions of a
Complex Variable. 8vo. Pp.312.
1917. Macmillan. 12s.

Watson , G . N . Complex Integration
and Cauchy 's Theorem . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 88. 1914. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press . 3s . 6d.

Young, W. H., and G. G. The
Theory of Sets of Points. Demy
8vo. Pp. 328. 1906. Cambridge
University Press . 12s.

viii. VECTORS AND
QUATERNIONS .

Hamilton, Sir W. R. Elements of
Quaternions . Edited by C . J . Joly .
2 vols. Vol. 1. Pp. 622. 1899.
Vol. 2. Pp. 558. 1901. Long-
mans. 30s. 6d. each. vol.

Hay ward , R . B . The Algebra of Co-
Planar Vectors and Trigonometry.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 376. 1892. Mac-
mi J Ian. 8s. 6d.

Henrici, O., and Turner, G. G.
Vectors and Rotors : with Applica-
tions. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1910.
Arnold. 5s.

Joly,G.J. A Manual of Quaternions.
8vo. Pp. 348. 1892. Macmillan.
12s. 6rf.

Kelland, P., and Tait, P. G. In-
troduction to Quaternions: with
numerous Examples . 3rd edn . Cr .
8vo . Pp . 226 . 1904 . Macmillan .
8s. Qd.

McAulay, A. Utility of Quaterni-
ons in Physics. 8vo. Pp. 122.
1893. Macmillan. 6s. Qd.

Silberstein, L. Protective Vector
Algebra. An Algebra of Vectors,
independent of the Axioms of Con-
gruence and of Parallels. Demy
8vo. Pp. 76. 1919. Bell. 7s. Qd.

Vectorial Mechanics . 8vo . Pp .

206. 1913. Macmillan. 10s.

23

Mathematics

Silber stein, L. Elements of Vector
Algebra. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 48. 1919.
Longmans. 5s. 6d.

Weatherburn, C. E. Elementary
Vector Analysis: with Application
to Geometry and Physics. Demy
8vo. Pp.211. 1921. Bell. 12s.

ix . APPLIED MATHEMATICS .

DYNAMICS, PHYSICS, etc.

Havelock , T . H . The Propagation of
Disturbances in Dispersive Media.
Demy 8vo. Pp 96. 1914. Cam-
bridge University Press. 4s. Qd.

Ibbetson , W . J . The Mathematical
Theory of Perfectly Elastic Solids,
with A Short Account of Viscuous
Fluids. 8vo. Pp. 532. 1887.
Macmillan. 21s.

Leathern, J. G. The Elementary
Theory of the Symmetrical Optical
Instrument. Demy 8vo. Pp. 82.
1908 . Cambridge University Press .
3s.

Newton, Sir I. The First Three
Sections of Newton's Principia,
with Notes, Illustrations, and
Problems . Edited by P . Frost . 3rd
edn. 8vo. Pp. 806. 1900. Mac-
millan. 14s.

Tarleton , F . A . An Introduction to
the Mathematical Theory of Attrac-
tion. 2 vols. Cr.Svo. Vol. 1.
Pp.302. 1899. 10s. Gd. Vol.2.
Pp.220. 1913. 6s. Longmans.

x. PRACTICAL APPLIED
MATHEMATICS
(ELEMENTARY).

Bates, E. L., and Charlesworth, F.
Practical Mathematics and Geo-
metry. A Text -book for Students
in Technical and Trade Schools,
etc. Cr.Svo. 1919. Part 1.
Preliminary Course. Pp. 230. 2s.
Qd. Part 2. Elementary Course,
Pp. 220. 2s. Qd. Part 3. Ad-
vanced Course. Pp. 320. 5s.
Parts 1, 2 and 3 together. 8s.
Batsford .

— — Practical Mathematics. Com-
prising a complete Course of Instruc-
tion for Technical Students and
Practical Men . 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.520. 1917.' Batsford. 5s.

Brodetsky, S. A First Course in
Nomography. 8vo. Pp.147. 1920.
Bell. 10s. Qd.

Castle, F. Workshop Mathematics.
2 Parts. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 178., 208.
1919. 1920. Macmillan. Is. 9d.
each.

Practical Mathematics for

Beginners. New imp. Gl. 8vo.
Pp. 410. 1920. 3s. Qd. Key.
6s. Qd. Macmillan.

Manual of Practical Mathe-
matics. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 634. 1919.
Macmillan. 7s.

Elementary Practical Mathemat-
ics for Technical Students . New imp .
Gl. 8vo. Pp. 444. 1919. Mac-
millan. 4s.

Cocks, O. H., and Glover, E. P.
Mathematics of Business and Com-
merce. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 255. 1920.
Hodder & Stoughton. 4s. Qd.

Cracknell, A. G. Practical Mathe-
matics: with Tables of Logs and
Antilogs. Cr.Svo. Pp.398. 1920.
Longmans. 5s. Qd.

Dobbs , W . J . Weighing and Measur-
ing. A Short Course of Practical
Exercises in Elementary Mathemat-
ics and Physics . Cr.Svo. Pp.184.
1910. Methuen. 3s. Qd.

Forrest, S. N. Mathematics for
Technical Students . Junior Course .
Cr.Svo. Pp.268. 1920. Arnold.
7s. Qd.

Gates , S . B . Pure Mathematics for
Engineers. Cr. Svo. 2 vols. Pp.
202., 190. 1920. Hodder &
Stoughton. 4s. Qd. each.

Gibb,D. A Course in Interpolation,
and Numerical Integration for the
Mathematical Laboratory . Pp . 90
1915. Bell. 3s. Qd.

Haler, P. J., and Stuart, A. H.
A Course in Mathematics for Techni-
cal Students. Cr. Svo. Part 1.
2nd edn. 3rd imp. Pp.204. 1919.
3s. Part 2. Pp. 371. 1920. 6s.
University Tutorial Press.

Harvey , F. W. Everyman's Mathe-
matics. Cr. Svo. Pp. 142, 1920 o
Methuen . 4s .

24

Mathematics

Hovenden, F. Practical Mathemat-
ics for Engineers. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
144. 1907. Jas. Munro. 3s. Gd.

Hudson, H. P. Ruler and Com-
passes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1916.
Longmans. 6s. Gd.

Knott, C. G., and Mackay, J. S.

Practical Mathematics. Revised
newedn. Cr.Svo. Pp.639. N.D.
Chambers . 6s .

Larard, C. E., and Golding, H. A.

Practical Calculations for Engineers .
Vol. 1. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
399. 1918. 5s. Vol. 2. In
preparation . Griffin .

M 'Lachlan , N . W . Practical Mathe-
matics for Students attending Even-
ing and Day Technical Classes . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 184. 1913. Longmans.
3s. Gd.

Mann, H. L. A Text-book on Prac-
tical Mathematics for Advanced
Technical Students. 8vo. Pp.
500. 1915. Longmans. 10s. Gd.

Mellor, J. W. Higher Mathematics
for Students of Chemistry and
Physics with special reference to
Practical Work. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp.
682. 1920. Longmans. 21s.

Millis, G. T. Technical Arithmetic
and Geometry. For Use in Techni-
cal Institutes and Workshops. 3rd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1919.
Methuen . 5s .

Partington, J. R. Higher Mathe-
matics for Chemical Students. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1920.
Methuen . 6s .

Percival, A. S. Practical Integra-
tion for the Use of Engineers, etc.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 122. 1909. Mae-
millan. 3s.

Perry, J. Elementary Practical
Mathematics. 8vo. Pp.350. 1913.
Macmillan. 7s.

Rose , W . N . Mathematics for Engin-
eers. 2vols. DemySvo. Vol.1.
2nd edn . Pp . 520 . 1920. 109. Gd.
Vol.2. Pp.433. 1920. 13s. Gd.
Chapman & Hall.

Sandon , F . Everyday Mathematics .
C r . 8 vo . Pp . 272 . 1920. Hodder
& Stoughton. 4s. Gd.

Saxelby,F.M. An Introduction to-
Practical Mathematics. 7th imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1919. Long-
mans . 4s .

A Course in Practical Mathe-
matics. Stages ii and iii. Svo..
Pp. 484. 1913. Longmans. 12s.

Sprague, E. H. Elementary Mathe-
matics for Engineers . Cr.Svo. Ppfc
236. 1916. Scott, Greenwood, 5s.

Stern, H. A., and Topham, W. H.

Practical Mathematics. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 418. 1920. Bell.
6s.

Turner , G . G . Graphical Methods in
Applied Mathematics. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.398. 1909. Macmillan. 7s.

Usherwood, T. S., and Trimble,
G. J. A. Practical Mathematics
for Technical Students. Cr. 8vo.
Parti. Pp.378. 1919. 4s. Part 2.
Pp.576. 1916. 8s. Gd. Macmillan.

xi. ALGEBRA,
a . Elementary .

Baker, W. M., and Bourne, A. A.

Elementary Algebra, with or with-
out Answers. 17th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 560. 1919. 6s. Key to ditto.
3rd edn. Pp. 252. 1919. 12s. Bell.

Barnard, S., and Child, J. M. A

New Algebra. With or without
Answers. Cr. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp.
320. 1919. 4s. Gd. Key. 7s. Gd.
Vol. 2. Pp. 431. 1919. 5s.
Key. 10s. Macmillan.

Borchardt, W. G. Elementary
Algebra, with Answers. 7th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 562. 1918. 5s.
Key Complete. Cr.Svo. Pp.511.
1912 . 10s . Rivington .

Briggs, W., and Bryan, G. H.

The Tutorial Algebra. Advanced
Course. 4th edn. llth imp.
Cr.Svo. Pp.655. 1919. 9s. Gd^
Key. 5s. University Tutorial)
Press .

25

Mathematics

Briggs, W., and Bryan, G. H.

A Middle Algebra (from the

Tutorial Algebra). 4th imp. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 364. 1916. University

Tutorial Press. 5s.
Buck , R . C . A Manual of Algebra .

Designed to meet the Requirements

of Sailors and Others. 2nd edn.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 166. 1906. Griffin.

3s, Qd.
dhrystal, G. Introduction to

Algebra. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

412. 1914. Black. 6s.

•Cracknell, A. G. School Algebra.

With Answers . 2nd imp . Cr . 8vo .

Pp . 654 . 1919 . University Tutorial

Press. 7s. Qd.
Davison, C. Algebra for Secondary

Schools. Cr.Svo. Pp.632. 1918.

10s., or in 2 Vols. 6s. Qd. each.

Cambridge University Press .
Higher Algebra for Colleges and

Secondary Schools. Demy 8vo.

Pp. 328. 1918. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 8s. Qd.

Deakin, R. Elementary Algebra
(formerly entitled The New Matri-
culation'Algebra) . 4th edn. llth
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 416. 1914.
4s. Qd. Key. 6s. Qd. University
Tutorial Press .

Eastwood, G.S.,andFielden, J.R.

Algebra for Engineer-ing Students.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 208. 1919. Arnold.
7s. Qd.

French, C. H., and Osborn, G.

Elementary Algebra. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 514. 1908. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 5s.

Gibson, G. A. Elementary Treatise
on Graphs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 244.
1919. Macmillan. 4s. Qd.

Godfrey, C., and Siddons, A. W.
Elementary Algebra. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 638. 1920. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 8s.

Hall , H . S . A School Algebra , with
Answers. Cr.Svo. Pp.624. 1919.
5s. Qd. Key to ditto. Pp. 672.
1919. 12s. Macmillan.

- and Knight, S. R. Elemen-
tary Algebra for Schools, with
Answers. 8th edn. Gl. 8vo. Pp.

524. 1919. 5s. Key, for Teachers
only. Pp. 464. 1919. 10s.
Macmillan .

Higher Algebra. 4th edn. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 570. 1919. 8s. Qd.
Key to ditto. Pp. 380. 1920.
12s. Qd. Macmillan.

Nunn, T. P. Exercises in Algebra,
including Trigonometry. Cr. 8vo.
Part 1., with Answers. Pp. 368.

1918. Is. Qd. without Answers .
6s. Qd. Part 2, with Answers.
Pp.564. 1914. 8s. Qd., without
Answers. 7s. Qd. Longmans.

O'Dea, J. J. The New Explicit
Algebra in Theory and Practice.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 748. 8s. Qd. Also
in two Parts . Part 1 , 3s . Qd. Part
2, 5s. Qd. Longmans.

Ross, P. Elementary Algebra for
the use of Higher Grade and
Secondary Schools, with Answers.
New imp. Cr.Svo. Pp. 504. 1919.
7s. Qd. Also in two parts. 4s. Qd.
each . Longmans .

Smith, C. A Treatise on Algebra.
5th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.664. 1920.
8s. Qd. Key to ditto. Pp. 322.
1914. 12s. Qd. Macmillan.

Smith, J. H. Elementary Algebra,
with Answers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 478.

1919. 5s. Key. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
424. 1908. 10s. Longmans.

b. Higher Algebra, Theory of
Equations and Quantics.

Burnside, W. S., and Panton, A.

W. The Theory of Equations:
with an Introduction to the Theory
of Binary Algebraic Forms . 2 Vols .
8vo. Vol. 1. 8th edn. Pp. 300.
1918. Vol.2. 6th edn. Pp.308.
1916. Longmans. 15s. Qd. each
Vol.

Chrystal, G. Algebra, an Element-
ary Text -book for the Higher
Classes of Secondary Schools and
Colleges . Post 8vo . Part 1 . 5th
edn. Pp.571. 1910. 12s. Gd.
Part 2. 2nd edn. Pp.616. 1919.
12s. Qd. Black.

Dickson, L. E. Linear Algebras.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 82. 1914. Cam-
bridge University Press . 3s . Qd.

26

Mathematics

Elliott, E. B. Algebra of Quantics,
an introduction, having as its
primary object the explanation of
the leading principles of invariant
Algebra. 2ndedn. 8vo. Pp.432.
1913. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
15*.

Klein, F. Lectures on the Icosahe-
dron , and the Solutions of Equations
of the Fifth Degree . Translated by
G. G. Morrice. 2nd edn. 8vo.
Pp. 305. 1913. Kegan Paul.
10*. Gd.

Macaulay, F. S. The Algebraic
Theory of Modular Systems. Demy
8vo. Pp. 126. 1916. Cambridge
University Press. 5s. Gd.

Mathews, G. B. Algebraic Equa-
tions. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
72. 1915. Cambridge University
Press . 3s .

Milne, W. P. Higher Algebra. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 598. 1913. Arnold.

8s. Qd.
—Homogeneous Co-ordinates. Cr.

8vo. Pp.176. 1910. Arnold. 6s.
Whitehead, A. N. A Treatise on

Universal Algebra. Vol. 1. Roy.

8vo. Pp. 612. 1898. Cambridge

University Press. 24s.

c. Determinants, Theory of
Groups , etc .

Burnside, W. Theory of Groups of
Finite Order . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 526. 1911. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 17s. Gd.

Campbell, J. E. Theory of Con-
tinuous Groups, an Introductory
Treatise on Lie's Theory of Finite
Continuous Transformation Groups .
8vo. Pp. 436. 1903. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 14s.

Cullis, G. E. Matrices and Deter-
minoids . Roy . 8vo . Vol . 1 . Pp .
442. 1914. 24s. Vol.2. Pp.580.
1918. 42s. Cambridge University
Press .

<Jrace , J . H . , and Young , A . The

Algebra of Invariants . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 384. 1903. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 12s. Gd.

Hilton, H. Homogeneous Linear
Substitutions . A collection for the
benefit of the Mathematical Student
of those properties of the Homogene-
ous Linear Substitution, with real
or complex co -efficients of which
frequent use is made in the Theory
of Groups and the Theory of
Bilinear Forms and Invariant Fac-
tors. 8vo. Pp. 192. 1914. Ox-
ford: Clarendon Press. 12s. Gd.

- Theory of Groups of Finite Order,
an Introduction which aims at
introducing the reader to more
advanced treatises and original
papers on Groups of Finite Orders.
8vo. Pp. 248. 1908. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 14s.

MacMahon , P . A . An Introduction
to Combinatory Analysis. 8vo.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
7s. Gd.

- Combinatory Analysis . 2 Vols .
Roy.Svo. Vol.1. Pp.329. 1915.
20s. Vol. 2. Pp. 359. 1916.
18s. Cambridge University Press.

Muir, SirT. Theory of Determinants
in the Historical Order of Develop-
ment. 8vo. Vol. 1. Part 1.
General Determinants up to 1841 .
Vol . 1 . Part 2 . Special Determin-
ants up to 1841. Pp. 504. 1906.
21s. Vol.2. The Period 1841 to
1860. Pp.492. 1911. 21s. Vol.
3. The Period 1861 to 1880. Pp.
530. 1920. 35s. Macmillan.

Scott, R. F. The Theory of Deter-
minants and their Applications.
2nd edn . , revised by G . B . Mathews .
DemySvo. Pp.299. 1904. Cam-
bridge University Press. 12s.

Wright, J. E. Invariants of Quad-
ratic Differential Forms. Demy
8vo. Pp. 98. 1908. Cambridge
University Press. 3s.

xii. CALCULUS.
a. Elementary.

Andrews , E . S . , and Heywood , H .
B. The Calculus for Engineers.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1914. Scott,
Greenwood . 5s .

27

Mathematics

Baker, W. M. The Calculus for
Beginners. 4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
166. 1919. Bell. 3s. Gd.

Barker, A. H. Graphical Calculus.
5th imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.208. 1914.
Longmans. 5s. Gd.

Blaine, R. G. The Calculus and
Its Applications. A Practical
Treatise for Engineering Students.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 332. 1919. Con-
stable. 5s.

Carey, F.S. Infinitesimal Calculus.
New imp. 8vo. Pp. 366. 1919.
16s. also in two parts. Part 1.
7s. Gd. Part 2. 10s. Gd. Long-
mans.

Carslaw, H. S. An Introduction to
the Infinitesimal Calculus. Notes
for the use of Science and Engineer-
ing Students . 2nd edn . 8vo . Pp .
154. 1919. Longmans. 6s. Qd.

Caunt, G. W. Introduction to the
Infinitesimal Calculus, with Appli-
cations to Mechanics and Physics.
8vo. Pp. 588. 1914. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 10s.

Gibson, G. A. Elementary Treatise
on the Calculus. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
552. 1919. Macmillan. 8s. Gd.

Graham , J . An Elementary Treatise
on the Calculus, for Engineering
Students. 4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
355. 1914. Spon. 8s. Gd.

Lamb, H. An Elementary Course of
Infinitesimal Calculus. 3rd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.544. 1919. Cam-
bridge University Press. 22s. Gd.

Larkman, A. E. The Calculus, for
Marine Engineers. Demy Svo.
Pp. 92. 1918. James Brown.
4s. Gd.

McNeile, A. M., and J. D. A

School Calculus. Med. Svo. Pp.
375. 1911. Murray. 9s.

Mayo , G . H . P . Elementary Calculus .
Cr.Svo. Pp.404. 1919. Riving -
ton. 10s.

Mercer, J. W. The Calculus for
Beginners. Cr. Svo. Pp. 464.
1919. Cambr idge Un i vers ity Press .
8s. Gd.

Milne, W. P., and Westcott, G. J.
B . A First Course in the Calculus.
Cr.Svo. Part 1. 2nd edn. Pp.
196. 1919. 4s. Part 2. Trigono-
metric and Logarithmic Func-
tions of X,etc. Pp.260. 1920.
5s. 2 Parts in 1 Vol. 8s. Gd
Bell.

Murray , D . A . A First Course in the
Infinitesimal Calculus. Cr. Svo.
Pp.458. 1918. Longmans. 8s. Gd-

Perry, J. The Calculus for En-
gineers. 13th imp. Cr. Svo. Pp.
390. Arnold. 8s. Gd.

Smith, R. H. The Calculus for
Engineers and Physicists, Integra-
tion and Differentiation, with
Applications to Technical Problems r
and Classified Reference List of
Integrals. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
222. 1908. Griffin. 9s.

Thompson, S. P. Calculus Made
Easy. 2nd edn. Gl.Svo. Pp.314.
1919. Macmillan. 3s.

b. Differential and Integral.

Davison, G. Differential Calculus.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 309. 1919. Bell.
6s. Gd.

Edwards, J. Differential Calculus
for Beginners. Gl. Svo. Pp. 272.
1919. Macmillan. 5s.

The Differential Calculus: with

Applications and numerous Exam-
ples. 3rd edn. Svo. Pp. 546.

1918. Macmillan. 17s.

The Integral Calculus for

Beginners. Gl. Svo. Pp. 322.

1919. Macmillan. 5s.

Hardy, G. H. The Integration of
Functions of a Single Variable. 2nd
edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 75. 1916.
Cambridge University Press. 4s.

Leathern, J. G. Volume and Sur-
face Integrals used in Physics.
2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 54.
1913 . Cambridge University Press .
3s.

Lodge, A. Integral Calculus for

Beginners. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.

Pp.203. 1911. Bell. 5s.
Differential Calculus for

Beginners. 4th edn. Cr. Svo..

Pp.299. 1913. Bell. 5s.

Mathematics

Love, A. E. H. Elements of the
Differential and Integral Calculus.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 222. 1918. Cam-
bridge University Press. 6s. Gd.

Murray, D. A. Differential and
Integral Calculus. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
510. 1918. Longmans. 9s.

Prasad , G . A Text Book of Integral
Calculus. 8vo. Pp. 252. 1910.
Longmans . 9s .

A Text-Book of Differential

Calculus. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1909.
Longmans . 8s .

Stoney, J. An Introduction to the
Differential and Integral Calculus :
for the use of Engineering and
Technical Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
146. 1919. Pitman. 3s. Gd.

Taylor, F. G. An Introduction to
the Differential and Integral Calcu-
lus and Differential Equations.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 592. 1916. Long-
mans. 10s. Gd.

Todhunter, I. A Treatise on the
Differential Calculus. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.428. 1919. 12s. Gd. Key to
ditto. Cr.Svo. Pp.160. 1920.
12s. 6d. Macmillan.

A Treatise on the Integral

Calculus. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 416.
1916. 12s. 6d. Keytoditto. Cr.
8vo. Pp.138. 1913. 12s. 6d.
Macmillan.

"Wansbrough , W . D . A. B.C. of the
Differential Calculus. 3rd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.148. 1912. Technical
Pub. Co. 4s.9rf.

"Williamson, B. An Elementary
Treatise on the Integral Calculus.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 538. 1918. Long-
mans. 12s. Gd.

An Elementary Treatise on the

Differential Calculus : containing
the Theory of Plane Curves. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 488. 1920. Longmans.
12s. Gd.

Young, W. H. The Fundamental
Theorems of the Differential Calcu-
lus. Demy 8vo. Pp. 82. 1910.
Cambridge University Press . 3s .

c. Differential Equations, etc.

Bateman, H. Differential Equa-
tions. 8vo. Pp. 318. 1918.
Longmans. 10s. Gd.

Forsyth, A. R. A Treatise on
Differential Equations. 4th edn.
8vo. Pp.602. 1914. 17s. Solu-
tions of the Examples . 8vo . Pp .
249. 1918. 10s. Macmillan.

Theory of Differential Equations.

Demy 8vo . Part 1 . Exact Equa-
tions and Pfaff's Problem. Pp.
352. 1899. 10s. Part 2. Ordinary
Equations , not linear . 2 Vols . Pp .
356., 401. 1900. 27s. Part 3.
Ordinary Linear Equations. Pp.
550. 1902. 16s. Part 4. Partial
Differential Equations. 2 Vols.
Pp. 488., 609. 1906. 31s. Gd.
Cambridge University Press.

Murray, D. A. An Introductory
Course in Differential Equations.
14th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 252.
1919. Longmans. 6s. Gd.

Page, J. M. Ordinary Differential
Equations. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 246.
1897. Macmillan. 6s. Gd.

Piaggio, H. T. H. An Elementary
Treatise on Differential Equations
and their Applications. Demy
8vo. Pp.257. 1920. Bell. 12s.

xiii. HIGHER GEOMETRY,

PURE AND ANALYTICAL, AND

DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY.

Basset, A. B. A Treatise on the

Geometry of Surfaces. 8vo. Pp.

291. 1910. Bell. 12s. Gd.
An Elementary Treatise on Cubic

and Quartic Curves. 8vo. Pp.

255. 1901. Bell. 12s. Gd.

Besant, W. H. Notes on Roulettes
and Glissettes. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo.
Pp.99. 1890. Bell. 5s.

Coolidge, J. L. A Treatise on the
Circle and the Sphere. 8vo. Pp.
604. 1916. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 21s.

29

Mathematics

Ferrers, N. M. An Elementary
Treatise on Trilinear Co-ordinates,
the Method of Reciprocal Polars,
and the Theory of Projectors.
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.198. 1890.
Macmillan. 6s. Qd.

Forsyth, A. R. Lectures on the
Differential Geometry of Curves and
Surfaces. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 550.
1912. Cambridge Un i vers ity Press .
40s.

Fowler, R. H. The Elementary
Differential Geometry of Plane
Curves. Demy 8vo. Pp. 114.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
6s. Qd.

Frost, P. An Elementary Treatise
on Curve Tracing. 4th edn. Re-
vised by R . J . T . Bell . 8vo . Pp .
226. 1918. Macmillan. 12s. 6d.

Hatton , J . L . S . The Theory of the
Imaginary in Geometry. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 224. 1920. Cambridge
University Press. 19s.

Henderson, A. The Twenty-Seven
Lines upon the Cubic Surface.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 108. 1911.
Cambridge University Press . 5s . Qd.

Hirne, H. W. L. Anharmonic
Coordinates. 8vo. Pp.142. 1910.
Longmans. 7s. Qd.

Hudson, R. W. H. T. Kummer's
Quartic Surface. Demy 8vo, Pp.
230. 1905. Cambridge University
Press. 10s.

Jessop, G. M. Quartic Surfaces
with Singular Points. Demy 8vo.
Pp.234. 1916. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 12s.

A Treatise on the Line Complex.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 379. 1903.
Cambridge University Press . 12s .Qd.

Thompson, A. W. H. A New

Analysis of Plane Geometry, Finite
and Differential. Demy 8vo. Pp.
136. 1914. Cambridge University
Press . 7s .

White"head, A. N. The Axioms of
Descriptive Geometry. Demy 8vo.
Pp.82. 1914. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 3s.

Wood, P. W. The Twisted Cubic,
with some account of the Metrical
Properties of the Cubical Hyperbola .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 88. 1913. Cam-
bridge University Press. 3s.

xiv. PURE GEOMETRY,
a. Elementary.

Askwith, E. H. A Course of Pure
Geometry. Containing a complete
Geometrical Treatment of the Pro-
perties of the Conic Sections . New
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 295. 1917.
Cambridge University Press. 7s. Qd.

Baker, W. M., and Bourne, A. A.
A New Geometry. 4th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 250. 1919. Bell.
3s. Qd.

Elementary Geometry : A Modern

Text-book of Practical and Theo-
retical Geometry. 12th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 474. 1919. 5s. Qd.
Complete Key.' 4th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 178. 1917. 8s. Qd.
Bell.

Barnard, S., and Child, J. M.
Elements of Geometry. New imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 508. * 1919. Mac-
millan. 5s.

• A New Geometry for Schools.

New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 539.
1916. Macmillan. 5s.

Budden, E. Elementary Pure Geo-
metry with Mensuration. A Com-
plete Course of Geometry. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 292. 1904. Chambers.
3s.

Burchett, R. Practical Geometry:
A Course of Instruction of Plane
Geometrical Figures for the Use of
Schools. 18th edn. Cr. 8vo.
1894. Chapman and Hall. 5s. Qd.

Davison, C. The Elements of Plane
Geometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
10s.

and Richards, C. H. Plane

Geometry for Secondary Schools.
Cr. 8vo/ Pp.419. 1907. Cam-
bridge University Press. 8s.

Dobbs, H. J. A School Course in
Geometry , with Answers . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 466. 1913. Longmans. 6s.

Durell , C . V . A Concise Geometry .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 327. 1921. Bell..
5s.

30

Mathematics

Durell, G. V. Modern Geometry.
The Straight Line and Circle. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 156. 1920. Macmillan.
6s.

Eagles, T. H. Constructive Geo-
metry of Plane Curves. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 394. 1885. Macmillan. 12s.

Edmondson, T. W. Deductions in
Geometry. Riders and Practical
Problems, with Full Solutions.
5th imp . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 223 . 1920 .
University Tutorial Press. 4s.

Godfrey, G., and Siddons, A. W.

Modern Geometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

178. 1908. 6s. "Solutions. 5s. 6d.

Cambridge University Press.
Elementary Geometry, Practical

and Theoretical. 3rd edn. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 518. 1918. 2 Parts.

4s. each. Complete in 1 Vol. 7s.

Solutions by E. A. Price. 3rd

edn. 7s. 6rf. Cambridge University

Press .
• A Shorter Geometry. Cr. 8vo.

Pp.332. 1919. 4s. Qd. Solutions

by E. A. Price. 6s. Cambridge

University Press.

Practical Geometry and Theoreti-
cal Geometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 396.

1920 . Cambridge University Press .

7s.

Hall, H. S., and Stevens, F. H.
A School Geometry. Parts I -VI.

[Containing Plane and Solid
Geometry, treated both theoreti-
cally and graphically. New imp.
Gl. 8vo. Pp. 476. 1920. 5s.
Key. 10s. Macmillan.

Lachlan , R . An Elementary Treatise
on Modern Pure Geometry. 8vo.
Pp.298. 1893. Macmillan. 9s.

Lawson, G. A New Geometry for
Schools. Cr.Svo. Pp.260. 1914.
Chambers. 2s. Gd.

Low, D. A. Text-book on Practical
Solid and Descriptive Geometry.
New imp. Cr.Svo. 1920. Parti.
Pp. 120. 3s. Part 2. Pp. 140.
4s . Longmans .

Mackay, J. S. Plane Geometry:
Practical and Theoretical . (Corres-
ponding to Euclid 's Elements I-VI .)
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 388. 1905. Cham-
bers. 3s. 6d.

Millar, J. B. Elements of Descrip-
tive Geometry. 3rd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.216. 1913. Macmillan. 7*.

Milne, J.J. An Elementary Treatise
on Cross -Ratio Geometry. Cr.Svo.
Pp. 312. 1911. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 6s.

Russell , J . W . Pure Geometry : an
Elementary Treatise. New and
Revised edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 370.
1905. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
9s.

Sequel to Elementary Geometry.

Cr.Svo. Pp.208. 1907. 6s. Solu-
tions to the Examples (Key).
Cr.Svo. Pp. 112. 1908. 10s. 6d. Ox-
ford: Clarendon Press.

Wilson, J. G. On the Traversing
of Geometrical Figures. Svo. Pp.
166. 1905. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 6s. 6d.

Workman, W. P., and Gracknell,
A. G. The School Geometrv.
(Euclid I-VI.) 2nd edn. Cr. Svb.
Pp . 439 . 1920 . University Tutor-
ial Press. 6s.

Geometry, Theoretical and Prac-
tical. Parti. (Euclid, 1; iii.,
1-34 ;iv., 1-9.) 4th imp. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 368. 1919. 4s. Part 2.
(Euclid, ii; iii., 35-37; iv., 10-16;
vi.) 3rd imp. Cr. Svo. Pp.214.
1916, 3s. Part 3. (Euclid, xi.)
2nd imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.76. 1911.
2s . 3d. University Tutorial Press .

b. Conic Sections.

Bryan, G. H., and Pinkerton, R.
H. The Elements of the Geometry
of the Conic. Cr. Svo. Pp. 270.
Dent. 4s. 6d.

Gockshott, A., and Walters, F. B.

A Treatise on Geometrical Conies.

Cr. Svo. Pp. 216. 1918. 6s.

Key to ditto, by O. Emtage. Cr.

Svo. Pp. 128. 1914. 6s. 6d.

Macmillan.
Drew , W . H . A Geometrical Treatise

on Conic Sections. Cr. Svo. Pp.

178. 1898. Macmillan. 5s.
Macaulay, F. S. Geometrical Conies.

2nded. Cr.Svo. Pp.310. 1906.

Cambridge University Press. Is.

31

Mathematics

Milne, J., and Davis, R. F.

Geometrical Conies . Cr. 8vo. Pp.
230. 1890. Macmillan. 4s. 6d.

Smith, G. Geometrical Conies.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 268. 1919. 7s.
Key to ditto. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150.
1 904 . 7s . Macm i 1 Ian .

Smith, J. H. Geometrical Conic
Sections. 9th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
174. 1918. Longmans. 5s.

c. Solid Geometry.

Atkinson, E. H. De V. A Text-
book of Practical Solid Geometry,
etc., for the Use of the Royal
Military Academy , Woolwich . New
imp. 8vo. Pp. 134. 1914.
Spon. 7s. Qd.

Davison, G. The Elements of Solid
Geometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 130.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
4s.

Godfrey, G., and Siddons, A. W.
Solid Geometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
1 20 . 1 920 . 2s . 3d . Solutions by
C . L . Beaven . 7s . Qd . Cambridge
University Press.

Heath, R. S. Solid Geometry.
Including the Mensuration of Sur-
faces and Solids. 4th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 123. 1919. Rivington.
4s.

Unwin, P. W. Practical Solid
Geometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 270.
1909. Bell. 5s.

d. Projective Geometry.

Cremona , L . Elements of Projective
Geometry. Translated by C. Leu-
desdorf. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 324.
1913. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
12s. Qd.

Filon, L. N. G. An Introduction to
Projective Geometry. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.255. 1916. Arnold.
7s. Qd.

Hatton, J. L. S. The Principles of
Projective Geometry applied to the
Straight Line and Conic. Rov.
8vo. Pp. 376. 1913. Cambridge
University Press. 12s. Qd.

Mathews , G . B . Projective Geome-
try. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1914.
Longmans . 6s .

Pickford, A. G. Elementary Pro-
jective Geometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
268. 1909. Cambridge University
Press . 5s .

Smart, E. H. A First Course in
Projective Geometry. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.298. 1913. Macmillan. 8s. Qd.

Whitehead, A. N. The Axioms of
Projective Geometry. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 72 . 1913 . Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 3s.

xv. ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.

Askwith, E. H. Analytical Geo-
metry of the Conic Sections . 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 443. 1918.
Black. 10s. Qd.

Baker, W. M. Algebraic Geometry.
A New Treatise on Analytical
Conic Sections. 6th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 369. 1919. 7s. Qd.
Key. Pp. 224. 1907. 8s. Qd.
Bell.

Bell, R. J. T. An Elementary
Treatise on Co-ordinate Geometry
of Three Dimensions. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp.412. 1918. Macmillan.
12s. Qd.

Briggs, W., and Bryan, G. H.

The Right Line and Circle (Co-
ordinate Geometry). 3rd edn.
14th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 236.
1918. 5s. Key. 5s. University
Tutorial Press .

Worked Examples in Co-ordinate

Geometry. 2nd edn. 4th imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 84. 1913. 2s. 3d.
University Tutorial Press.

Coleman , P . Co-ordinate Geometry ,
an Elementary Course. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 240. 1913. Oxford: Claren-
don Press. 3s. Qd.

Davison, G. The Elements of
Analytical Conies. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
246. 1919. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 10s. Qd.

32

Mathematics

Gibson, G. A., and Pinkerton, P.

Elements of Analytical Geometry.
Cr. 8vo. Part 1. The Straight
Line and Circle. Part 2. Graphs
and Curve Tracing. Part 3. Conic
Sections . Each 3s . Qd. or in 1 Vol .
Cr 8vo. Pp. 498. 1919. 8s. Qd.
Macmillan.

Grace, J. H., and Rosenberg, F.

Co-ordinate Geometry: an elemen-
tary treatise on the Straight Line,
Circle, and Conic. 4th imp. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 412. 1919. University
Tutorial Press. 6s. Qd.

Hilton, H. Plane Algebraic Curves.
8vo. Pp. 404. 1920. Oxford
University Press. 28s.

Jones, A. C. Introduction to
Algebraical Geometry, with An-
swers. 8vo. Pp. 548. 1912.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s.

Notes on Analytical Geometry,

with Answers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 176.
1903. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
6s.

Loney, S. L. Elements of Co-
ordinate Geometry. 3rd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 440. 1919. 7s.
Key to ditto. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 268.
1917. 10s. Macmillan.

Milne, J. Analytical Geometry of
the Straight Line and Circle.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 243. 1919. Bell.
5s. Qd.

Salmon, G. A Treatise on the
Analytic Geometry of Three Dimen-
sions. Revised by R . A . P . Rogers .
2 Vols. 8vo. Vol.1. 6th edn.
Pp.494. 1914. 12s. Qd. Vol.2.
5th edn. Pp.350. 1915. 10s. Qd.
Longmans .

A Treatise on Conic Sections.

8vo. Pp. 416. 1917. Longmans.
14s.

Scott, G. A. Cartesian Plane Geo-
metry: Analytical Conies. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 428. Dent. 6s. Qd.

Smith, G. An Elementary Treatise
on Conic Sections by the Methods
of Co-ordinate Geometry. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 460. 1920. 8s. Qd. Key to
ditto. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 386. 1915.
12s. Qd. Macmillan.

Smith , G . An E lementary Treatise on
Solid Geometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
258. 1917. Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

Tuckey, G. O., and Nayler, W. A.
Analytical Geometry: A First
Course . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 382 . 1918.
Cambridge University Press. 6s.

xvi. PRACTICAL GEOMETRY
AND GRAPHICS .

Bates , E . L . , and Charlesworth , F .

Practical Geometry and Graphics.
A Complete Course of Instruction
for Technical Students and Prac-
tical Men. Cr.Svo. Pp. 630.
1912. Batsford. 5s.

Evans, T. J., and Pullen, W. W. F.

A Treatise on Practical Plane and
So lid Geometry. DemySvo. 1898.
Chapman and Hall. 10s.

Harrison , J . , and Baxandall , G . A .

Practical Geometry and Graphics
for Advanced Students. 2nd edn.
Gl. 8vo. Pp. 692. 1919. Mac-
millan. 7s.

Low, D. A. Practical Geometry
and Graphics. 8vo. Pp. 456.
1912. Longmans. 8s. Qd.

Morris, I. H., and Husband, J.

Practical Plane and Solid Geo-
metry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1919.
Longmans . 4s .

Paynter, J. E. Practical Geometry
for Architects and Builders. Demy
8vo. Pp.421. 1921. Chapman and
Hall. 15s.

Smith , R . H . Graphics , or the Art of
Calculating by Drawing Lines,
applied to Mechanical Engineering.
8vo. Pp. 282. 1889. Longmans.
18s.

xvii. MENSURATION.

Angles, J. W. Mensuration for
Marine and Mechanical Engineers
Cr. 8vo. Po. 190. 1919. Long-
mans . 5s .

Briggs, W., and Edmondson, T.
W. Mensuration and Spherical
Geometry. 3rd edn. 9th imp.
Cr.Svo. Pp.168. 1918. 5s. Key
to Mensuration . 2s. 3d. University
Tutorial Press.

33

Mathematics

Chivers, G. T. Elementary Men-
suration : with Answers . 4th imp .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 344. 1917. Long-
mans . 6s .

Stevens, F. H. Elementary Men-
suration. New imp. Gl. 8vo.
Pp. 255. 1919. Macmillan. 4s.

Todhunter, I. Mensuration for
Beginners. New imp. Pott. 8vo.
Pp. 304. 1918. 3s. KeybyF.L.
M'Carthy. Cr. 8vo/ 8s. 6d.
Macmillan.

xviii. EUCLID.

Archibald, R. G. Euclid's Book on
Divisions of Figures. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 196. 1915. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 10s.

Deakin, R. Euclid. Books I— IV.
2nd edn . 7th imp . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
348. 1919. 4s. Books V., VI.,
and XI . 4th imp . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
156. 1909. 2s. 3d. University
Tutorial Press.

Hall, H. S., and Stevens, F. H.
A Text-Book of Euclid's Elements.
Books I.— VI. and XI., XII.
New edn. Cr. 8vo Pp.470. 1918.
Macmillan. 5s.

Heath , Sir T . L . The First Book of
Euclid in Greek. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
250. 1920. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 10s.

The Thirteen Books of Euclid's

Elements. Translated from the
Text of Heiberg. Roy. 8vo. 3
Vols. Pp.434., 436., 554. 1908.
Cambridge University Press . 52s ,6d.

Hill , M . J . M . The Theory of Pro-
portion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 128.
1914. Constable. 6s.

The Contents of the Fifth and

Sixth Books of Euclid. 2nd edn.
Fcap. 4to. Pp. 186. 1908. Cam-
bridge University Press. 8s.

Nixon, R. G. J. Euclid Revised,
containing the Essentials of the
Elements of Plane Geometry as
given by Euclid in his first Six
books. 3rd edn. 7th imp. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 448. 1915. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 6s.

Todhunter, I., and Loney, S. L.

The Elements of Euclid for the use
of Schools and Colleges. New edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 472. 1912. Mac-
millan. 5s.

xix. NON- EUCLIDEAN
GEOMETRY.

Carslaw, H. S. The Elements of
Non-Euclidean Plane Geometry and
Trigonometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 192.
1916. Longmans. 6s.

Coolidge, J. L. Non-Euclidean
Geometry, the Elements. 8vo.
Pp. 292. 1909. Oxford: Claren-
don Press. 15s.

Sommerville , D. M. Y. The Ele-
ments of Non-Euclidean Geometry.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 274. 1914.
Bell. 7s. Gd.

Bibliography of Non-Euclidean

Geometry, including the Theory of
Parallels, the Foundations of Geo-
metry, and space of N dimensions.
DemySvo. Pp.416. St. Andrew's
University (Frowde) . Paper Cover .
10s.

xx. TRIGONOMETRY,
a. Elementary.

Abbott , P . Numerical Trigonometrv .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 174. 1918. Long-
mans . 6s .

Adams, H. Practical Trigonometry.
For the Use of Engineers, Archi-
tects and Surveyors. 3rd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 78. 1919. Pitman.
5s.

Borchardt, W. G., and Perrott,
A. D. A New Trigonometry for
Schools, with or without Answers.
12th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 420.
1919. 5s. 6rf. Complete Key.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 423. 1916. 10s.
Bell.

Briggs, W., and Bryan, G. H.

The Tutorial Trigonometry. 2nd
edn. 10th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
334. 1920. University Tutorial
Press . 5s .

Buck, R. C. A Manual of Trigono-
metry, with Diagrams, Examples,
and Exercises. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.121. 1919. Griffin. 3s. Qd.

34

Mathematics

Davison, C. A Class Book of
Trigonometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208.
1916 . Cambridge University Press .
4s. Gd.

Plane Trigonometry for Second-
ary Schools . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 342 .
1919. Cambr idge Un i vers ity Press .
6s. Qd.

Dunkley, W. G. Trigonometry for
Engineers, with numerous worked
practical examples. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
179. 1920. Pitman. 5s.

Goodwin , H . B . Plane and Spheri-
cal Trigonometry . 1 1th imp . 8vo .
Pp. 284. 1919. Longmans. 10s. Qd.

Hall, H.S., and Knight, S.R. Ele-
mentary Trigonometry. 4th edn.
G1.8VO. Pp. 430. 1920. 5s. Key.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 315. 1919. 10s.
Macmillan.

Hobson, E. W., and Jessop, C. M.

An Elementary Treatise on Plane
Trigonometry. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
332. 1913. Cambridge University
Press. 7s. Qd.

Levett, R., and Davison, G. The

Elements of Plane Trigonometry.
Gl. 8vo. Pp. 552. 1915. Mac-
millan. 8s.

Lock, J. B. Elementary Trigono-
metry. 6th edn. Gl.Svo. Pp.314.
1918. 5s . Key , for Teachers only.
Pp. 236. 1910. 10s. Qd. Higher
Trigonometry. 4th edn. Gl. 8vo.
Pp. 226. 19^19. 5s. Macmillan.

and Child, J. M. A New

Trigonometry for Schools and
Colleges. Cr.Svo. Pp.500. 1911.
Macmillan. 7s.

Loney , S . L . The Elements of Trig-
onometry. 4th edn. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp. 265. 1920. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 4s. Qd.
- Plane Trigonometry . 1 1th edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1919. 10s.
or in 2 Parts. Part 1. 6s. Solutions.
15s. Part 2. 5s. Solutions. 7s. Qd.
Cambridge University Press .

Maxwell, F. W. Trigonometry for
the 1918 Examinations. 3rd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.100. 1918. James
Brown. 2s. Qd.

Mercer, J. W. Numerical Trigo-
nometry. Cr.Svo. Pp.168. 19] 2.
Cambridge University Press. 4s. Qd.

• Trigonometry for Beginners .

Cr. Svo. Pp. 367. 1919.
Cambridge University Press . 6s .

Palmer , J . H . Practical Logarithms
and Trigonometry. Gl. 8vo. ,Pp.
186. 1917. Macmillan. 5s.

Piggot, H. E. Elementary Plane
Trigonometry . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 255 .
1919. Constable. 7s. Qd.

Reed, H. L. Plane Trigonometry.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.320. 1918.
Bell. 5s.

Smith, J. H. Elementary Trigo-
nometry. New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
232. 1918. 6s. Key. 8s. Long-
mans.

Swanwick , F . T . Elementary Trig-
onometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260.
1911 . Cambridge University Press .
5s. Qd.

Todhimter , I . Plane Trigonometry .
Revised by R . W . Hogg . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.414. 1919. 6s. Key to ditto.
Cr.Svo. Pp.486. 1911. 12s. Qd.
Macmillan.

b. Plane and Spherical.

Carslaw , H . S . Plane Trigonometry .
An Elementary Text-book for High-
er Classes of Secondary Schools and
for Colleges. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.322. (1914.) 1920. 5*. Key.
Pp. 180. 1915. 8s. Macmillan.

Davison, G. The Elements of Plane
Trigonometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
10s.

Hobson, E.W. A Treatise on Plane
Trigonometry. 4th edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 398. 1918. Cambridge
University Press. 12s. Qd.

Johnson , W . E . A Treatise on Trig-
onometry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 522.
1889. Macmillan. 8s. Qd.

M 'Clelland , W . J . , and Preston , T .

A Treatise on Spherical Trigonom-
etry. Cr.Svo. Parti. To the End
of Solution of Triangles. Pp. 158.
1912. 5s. Part 2. Pp.202. 1909.
6s. Macmillan.

35

Mathematics

Todhunter, I. Spherical Trigonom-
etry for the Use of Colleges and
Schools . Revised by J . G . Leathern .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1919. Mac-
millan. 8s. Gd.

xxi. ARITHMETIC.

Abbott, P. Exercises in Arithmetic

and Mensuration. Cr. 8vo. 1919.

With Answers. Pp. 620. 8s. Gd.

Without Answers . Pp . 534 . 6s . Gd.

Longmans .
Baker, W. M., and Bourne, A. A.

Public School Arithmetic . 5th edn .

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 450. 1920. Bell.

5s. Gd.

Borchardt/W. G. Practical Arith-
metic for Schools. With Answers.
5th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.529. 1919.
5s. Key to the above. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 649. 1911. 10s. Gd. Riving-
ton.

Brooksmith, J. Arithmetic in The-
ory and Practice . New imp . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 432. 1910. 5s. Key,
for Teachers only. Cr. 8vo. 12s.
Gd. Macmillan.

Castle, F. Workshop Arithmetic.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1919. Mac-
millan. ls.9d.

Clapham, C. B. Arithmetic for
Engineers. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.477. 1920. Chapman & Hall.
7s. Gd.

Comrie, P., and Woodburn, W.
New Commercial Arithmetic with
Answers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224.
Chambers. 2s. Gd.

Godfrey, C., and Price, E. A-

Arithmetic. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 479-
1919. With answers 6s. Without
answers 5s. Gd. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press.

Grant, F.L., and Hill, A.M. Com-
mercial Arithmetic, with Answers.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 430. 1920. Long-
mans. 6s.

Hall , H . S . , and Stevens , F . H . A
School Arithmetic. New imp. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 552. 1920. With
Answers 5s. Gd. Without Answers
4s. Gd. Key. Pp. 347. 1917.
12s. Gd. Macmillan.

Hall, H. S., and Stevens, F. H.

Examples in Arithmetic. Taken
from "A School Arithmetic," with
or without Answers. New imp.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 330. 1919. 3s. Gd.
Key. 12s. Gd. Macmillan.

Jones, H. S. A Modern Arithmetic
with Graphic and Practical Exer-
cises. New imp. Gl. Svo. Pp.
676. 1918. With or without
Answers. Macmillan. 5s.

Lock, J. B. Arithmetic for Schools..
5th edn. Gl.Svo. Pp.496. 1918.
With or without Answers. 5s „
Key. 12s. Gd. Macmillan.

Lodge , Sir O . J . Easy Mathematics ,
Chiefly Arithmetic. 4th imp. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 452. 1917. Macmillan.
5s.

Loney , S . L . Arithmetic for Schools .
2nd edn. New imp. Gl.Svo. Pp.
530. 1919. With or without
Answers. Macmillan. 5s.

O'Dea, J. J. The New Explicit
Arithmetic in Theorv and Practice-
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.582. 1912.
8s. Gd. Also in two Parts. Part 1.
3s.6rf. Part 2. 5s.6rf. Longmans.

Pendlebury, C., and Robinson, F*

E. New School Arithmetic, with
or without Answers. 16th edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 512. 1918. Bell.
5s. Gd.

Punnett, M. Groundwork of Arith-
metic. Cr. Svo. Pp. 246. 1921.
Longmans. 4s. Gd.

Smith, B. Arithmetic for Schools.
New edn. Revised by W. H. H.
Hudson. Cr.Svo. Pp.468. 1905.
5s. Key, for Teachers only. 10s.
Macmillan .

Smith, J. H. A Treatise on Arith-
metic, with Answers. 5s. Gd.
Without Answers. 23rd imp. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 376. 1918. 5s. Key.
10s. Longmans.

Workman, W. P. The Tutorial
Arithmetic, with Answers. 3rd
edn. 14th imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.587.
1920. 6s. Gd. Key. 6s. Gd*
University Tutorial Press.

36

Mathematics

Workman , W . P . The School Arith-
metic (adapted from the Tutorial
Arithmetic), with Answers. 2nd
edn. 12th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 555.
1919. 5s. Qd. Key.6s.Gd. Uni-
versity Tutorial Press.

and Ghope, R. H. Worked

Problems in Higher Arithmetic.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.152. 1904. Univer-
sity Tutorial Press. 3s.

xxii. LOGARITHMS
AND SLIDE RULE.

Elaine, R. G. The Slide Rule as an
aid in Calculating . 5th edn . Fcap .
8vo. Pp. 152. 1919. Spon.
3s. Qd.

Dunlop , H . G . , and Jackson , C . S .
Slide-Rule Notes. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
136. 1913. Longmans. 3s. Qd.

Hoare,G. The Slide Rule and How
to Use It . 8th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
110. 1918. Crosby Lockwood . 4s.

Matthews, G. F. Manual of Log-
arithms. 8vo. Pp. 134. 1890.
Macmillan. 5s.

O'Dea. J. J. An Elementary
Treatise on Logarithms. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 70. 1903. Longmans. 2s.

Pickworth, G. N. Logarithms for

Beginners . 7th edn . Cr . 8vo .

Pp. 54. 1919. Emmott. Is. Qd.
• The Slide Rule. A Practical

Manual. 16th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

133. 1919. Emmott. 3s. Qd.

Wolstenholme , J. Examples for
Practice in the Use of Seven -Figure
Logarithms. 8vo. Pp. 64. 1888.
Macmillan. 5s.

xxiii. MATHEMATICAL AND
PHYSICAL TABLES .

Abbott, P. Mathematical Tables
and Formulae. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 62.
1918. Longmans. 2s. Qd.

Babbage , G . Tables of Seven -Figure
Logarithms of the Natural Numbers
from 1 to 108 ,000 . 8vo . Pp . 224 .
Spon. 6s.

Barlow's Tables of Squares and
Cubes , Square Roots , Cube Roots
and Reciprocals of all Integer
Numbers up to 10,000 Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 200. Spon. 6s.

Bottomley, J. T. Four Figure
Mathematical Tables, comprising
Logarithmic and Trigonometrical
Tables, and Tables of Squares,
Square Roots , and Reciprocals . 8vo .
Pp.60. 1920. Macmillan. 3s.

Buchanan , E . E . Tables of Squares ,
Containing the Square of every foot,
inch, and sixteenth of an inch be-
tween one-sixteenth of an inch and
fifty feet, llth edn. 16mo. iPp.
102. Spon. 5s.

Castle, F. Five-Figure Logarithmic

and other Tables . Fcap . 4to . Pp .

60. 1920. Macmillan. Is. 3d.
Logarithmic and other Tables for

Schools. Svo. Pp. 36. 1920.

Macmillan. Paper, Qd. Cloth, 8d.

Chappell. Five Figure Mathematical
Tables. Demy Svo. Pp. 340.
Chambers. 7s . Qd.

Clark, J. B. Mathematical and
Physical Tables. 3rd edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp.36. Oliver &Boyd, 9d.

Cracknell, A. G. (edited by)
Mathematical Tables. 5th imp.
Demy Svo. Pp. 56. 1919. Uni-
versity Tutorial Press. 2s. 3d.

Dale, J. B. Five Figure Tables of
Mathematical Functions. 8th imp.
Demy Svo. Pp. 106. Arnold.
4s. Qd.

Doberick, W. Hygrometric Tables
for Use with Dry and Wet Thermo-
meters. Cr. 4to. Pp. 17. 1917.
Williams & Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Dommett, W. E., and Hird, H. C.

Mathematical Tables. Cr.Svo. Pp.
88. 1919. Pitman. 4s. Qd.

Freeman , N . H . Beaume and Speci-
fic Gravity Tables for Liquids
lighter than water. Cr. Svo. Pp.
27. 1914. Spon. 2s. Qd.

Godfrey, C., and Siddons, A.W.
Four -Figure Tables. Demy Svo.
Pp. 40. Cambridge University
Press. Is. Qd.

Hall, W. Tables and Constants to
Four Figures. For use in Technical,
Physical and Nautical Computa-
tion. Demy Svo. Pp. 68. 1914.
Cambridge University Press.
5s.

37

Mathematics

McAulay, A. Five-Figure Log-
arithmic and other Tables. 16mo.
Macmillan, 3s.

Pryde, J. (edited by). Chambers'
Mathematical Tables. Seven-Fig-
ure. Cr.Svo. Pp.496. Chambers.
6s.

Unwin, W. G. Short Logarithmic
and other Tables. 6th edn. Cr.
4to. Pp.43. 1917. Spon.2s.

Woodward, G. J. A.B.C. Five-
Figure Logarithms , for General Use .
2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 116.
Spon . 4s .

A.B.C. Five-Figure Logarithms

with Tables, for Chemists. Cr.
8vo. Spon. 3s. 6d.

Workman , W . P . Memoranda Math-
ematica : a synposis of facts , formu-
lae, and methods in Elementary
Mathematics . With Five-Figure
Logarithmic Trigonometrical Tables
arranged by W. E. Paterson. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 278. 1912. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 6s.

Wrapson, J.P.,and Gee, W. W. H.

Mathematical Tables for the use of
Students in Technical Schools and
Colleges. Demy 8vo. 1919.
Macmillan. 1*. 9d.

xxiv. STATISTICS.

Bowley, A. L. Elements of Statis-
tics. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
471. 1920. King. 24s.

An Elementary Manual of Stat-
istics. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
226. 1920. Macdonafd & Evans.
7s. 6d.

Elderton , W . P . , and E . M . Primer
of Statistics. 3rd. edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.102. (1912). 1920. Black. 2s.

Higgs, H., and Yule, G.U. (Edited
by). Statistics: by the late Sir
Robert Giffen , written about the
years 1898 — 1900. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 500. 1913. Macmillan. 12s.

Jones , D . G . A First Course in
Statistics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 296.
1921. Bell. 15*.

Mulhall, M. G. A Dictionary of
Statistics. 4th edn. Super Roy.
8vo. Pp. 860. 1899. Routledge.
25s.

Webb , A . D . The New Dictionary
of Statistics. A Complement to
the 4th edn. of Mulhall's Diction-
ary of Statistics. Super Roy. 8vo_
Pp.700. 1911. Routledge. 25s.

Yule , G . U . An Introduction to the
Theory of Statistics. 5th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 413. 1919. Griffin..
12s. Od.

38

MECHANICS.

i. GENERAL.

Ball , Sir R . S . Experimental Mech-
anics. 2ndedn. Cr.Svo. Pp.37G.
1906. Macmillan. 7s.

Bowling, G. S. Laboratory Aids in
Practical Mechanics for Elementary
Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 108.
1921. Griffin. 4s.

Briggs, W., and Bryan, G. H.

Matriculation Mechanics. 3rd edn.
13th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 371.
1919. 5s. Key. 4s. University
Tutorial Press .

Capito, C. A. A. A Text-Book of
Mathematics and Mechanics :
specially arranged for the Use of
Students Qualifying for Science and
Technical Examinations. 2 Pts.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pt.l. Mathe-
matics. Pp.181. Pt.2. Mechan-
ics. Pp. 240. Griffin. 7s. 6d.
each Vol .

Cox,J. Mechanics. DemySvo. Pp.
346. 1919. Cambridge University
Press. 12s. 6d.

Dobbs,W.J. Examples in Elemen-
tary Mechanics, Practical, Graphi-
cal and Theoretical . Cr.Svo. Pp.
356. 1908. Methuen. 7s. Qd.

Duncan. J. Mechanics and Heat.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 398. 1920. Mac-
millan. 5s.

Glazebrook, Sir R. T. Mechanics
and Hydrostatics. An Elementary
Text Book . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 490 .
1918. 9s. also in Parts. 1. Dy-
namics. 4s. Qd. 2. Statics. 4s.
3. Hydrostatics. 3s. Cambridge
University Press.

Goodwill, S. G. Elementary
Mechanics. Cr. Svo. Pp. 230.
1913. Oxford : Clarendon Press . 5s.

Gregory, Sir R. A., and Hadley,
H. E. A Manual of Mechanics and
Heat. Cr.Svo. Pp. 318. 1918.
Macmillan. 4s.

Hertz, H. Principles of Mechanics
Presented in a New Form. Trans-
lated by D. E. Jones and J. T.
Walley. Svo. Pp. 304. 1899.
Macmillan. 12s. 6d.

Hopkinson, Bertram. The Scien-
tific Papers of. Collected and
Arranged by Sir J. A. Ewing and
Sir J. Larmor. Roy. Svo. Pp.
508 . 1921 . Cambridge University
Press . 63s .

Lamb,H. Higher Mechanics. Demy
Svo. Pp. 282. 1920. Cambridge
University Press. 25*.

Lodge, Sir O. J. Elementary
Mechanics, including Hydrostatics
and Pneumatics. New edn., re-
vised by A. Lodge and C. S. Lodge.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 324. N.D. Cham-
bers. 4s. 6d.

Loney, S. L. Mechanics and Hydro-
statics for Beginners. 16th edn.
Fcap.Svo. Pp.313. 1920. Cam-
bridge University Press. 5*.

Love , A . E . H . Theoretical Mechan-
ics. 2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp.
383. 1906. Cambridge University
Press. 12s.

Magnus, Sir P. Lessons in Elemen-
tary Mechanics: Introductory to
the Study of Physical Science. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 393. 1920. Longmans.
4s. 6d.

Morley, A. Mechanics for En-
gineers : a Text-book of Inter-
mediate Standard. 5th edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 302. 1919. Longmans.
6s. Qd.

Parker , G . W . E lemen ts of Mechan -
ics. 2nd edn. Svo. Pp.280. 1921.
Longmans. 6s. Qd.

39

Mechanics

Parkinson , S . An Elementary Treat-
ise on Mechanics. 6th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.428. 1881. Macmillan.
.9s. 6d.

Porter, A. W. An Intermediate
Course of Mechanics . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
422. 1905. Murray. 7*. 6d.

Prescott, J. Mechanics of Particles
and Rigid Bodies . 8vo . Pp . 544 .
1913. Longmans. 14s.

Routh , E . J . A Treatise on the Stab-
ility of a Given State of Motion ;
particularly Steady Motion. 8vo.
Pp. 120. 1877. Macmillan. 10s.

Stelfox , S . H . The Laws of Mechan-
ics. A Supplementary Text Book.
Cr.Svo. Pp.212. 1920. Methuen.
6s.

Taylor, J. E. Theoretical Mechan-
ics, including Hydrostatics and
Pneumatics, llth imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.274. 1919. Longmans. 4s.

Thornton, A. Theoretical Mechan-
ics— Solids, Including Kinematics,
Statics and Kinetics. 5th imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 462. 1909. Long-
mans . 6s .

Wells, S. H. Practical Mechanics.
An Elementary Manual for the Use
of Students in Science and Technical
Schools. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
232. 1918. Methuen. 5s.

ii. STATICS AND DYNAMICS.

Andrews , E . S . Elements of Graph-
ic Dynamics. An Elementary
Text Book for Students of Mechan-
ics and Engineering. Demy 8vo.
Pp.200. 1919. Chapman & Hall.
10s. 6d.

Baker, W. M. Elementary Dynam-
ics. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 318.
1917. 6s. Key. Pp.262. 1907.
10s. 6d. Bell.

Ball, Sir R. S. A Treatise on the
Theory of Screws . Roy . 8vo . Pp .
561 . 1900 . Cambridge University
Press . 23s .

Barnard, R. J. A. Elementary
Dynamics of the Particle and Rigid
Body. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 382. 1916.
Macmillan. 6s.

Barton, E. H. Analytical Mechanics ;
comprising the Kinetics and Statics
of Solids and Fluids. 8vo. Pp.
556. 1911. Longmans. 12s.6d.

Besanl, W. H., and Ramsey, A.

S . A Treatise on Dynamics . New
edn. 8vo. Pp.443* 1914. Bell.
12s.

Borcbardt, W. G. Elementary
Statics, with or without Answers.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 427. 1915. 5s.
Key. Cr.Svo. Pp. 416. 10s. Grf.
Rivington.

School Mechanics. Vol. 1.

School Statics . Cr.Svo. Pp.294.
1919. 6s. Vol.2. School Dynam-
ics . Cr . 8 vo . Pp.312. 1920. Os .
Rivington .

Brig£s,W., and Bryan, G.H. The
Tutorial Statics. 3rd edn. 10th
imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 37(5. 1919.
University Tutorial Press. 5s.

The Tutorial Dynamics. 2nd

edn. llth imp. Cr. Svo. Pp.
424. 1919. University Tutorial
Press. 5s.

Crawford, W. J. Elementary Gra-
phic Statics. Cr. Svo. Pp. 139.
1911. Griffin. 3s.

Cremona, L. Graphical Statics,
being two Treatises on the Graph-
ical Calculus and Reciprocal Fig-
ures. Translated by T. H. Beare.
Svo. Pp. 178. 1893. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 8s. 6d.

Dobbs , W . J . A Treatise on Elemen-
tary Statics. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.311. 1915. Black. 7s. 6d.

Elementary Geometrical Statics.

Gl. Svo. Pp. 352. 1897. Mac-
millan. 8s. 6d.

Fawdry, R. C. Statics. 3rd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.330. 1920. Bell. 6s.

Dynamics. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.

Pp.370. 1919. Bell. 6s.

Statics and Dynamics — First

Parts. Cr. Svo. Pp. 350. 1919.
Bell. 6s.

Gray, A., and J. G. A Treatise on
Dynamics. Cr. Svo. Pp. 646.
1911. Macmillan. 15s.

Hardy, E. The Elementary Princi-
ples of Graphic Statics. 2nd edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 206. 1909. Bats-
ford. 4s.

40

Mechanics

Heath, R. S. Elementary Statics,
and its Applications . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
296. 1913. Oxford: Clarendon
Press . 5s .

Hicks, W. M. Elementary Dynam-
ics of Particles and Solids . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.432. 1917. Macmillan. 7s. 6d.

Jackson, G. S., and Milne, R. M.

A First Statics . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 372 .
Dent. 5s. Gd.

and Roberts, W. M. A First

Dynamics. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
412. 1913. Dent. 6s. Gd.

Lamb, H. Dynamics. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 356. 1914. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 15s.

Statics, including Hydrostatics

and the Elements of the" Theory of
Elasticity. Demy 8vo. Pp. 356.

1916 . Cambridge University Press .
14s.

Lahdon , J . W . Elementary Dynam-
ics. A Text -Book for Engineers.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 254. 1920. Cam-
bridge University Press. 10s. Gd.

Lock, J. B. Elementary Dynamics
and Statics. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 574.
1914. Macmillan. 7s. Gd.

Loney , S . L . The E lements of Statics
and Dynamics. 15th edn. Fcap.
Svo. Pp. 606. 1939. 10s. Also
separately. Statics. 5s. Gd. Dy-
namics. 5s. Gd. Solutions. 9s.
Cambridge University Press.

Treatise on Elementary Dynam-
ics. 9th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 297.

1917. 8s. Solutions. 8s. Gd.
Cambridge University Press.

An Elementary Treatise on Stat-
ics. 2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp.
401. 1920. Cambridge University
Press . 14s .

An Elementary Treatise on

the Dynamics of a Particle and
of Rigid Bodies. 2nd edn.
Demy Svo. Pp.382. 1919. Cam-
bridge University Press. 14s.

Macgregor. J. G. Elementary
Treatise on Kinematics and Dynam-
ics. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 652.
1909. Macmillan. 12s. 6d.

Michaelis , D . M . L . The Dynamics
of Surfaces . An Introduction to the
Study of Biological Surface Phen-
omena. Translated by W. H.
Perkins. Demy Svo. Pp. 118.
1914. Spon. 4s. Gd.

Minchin , G . M . A Treatise on Stat-
ics with Applications to Physics.
2vols. Svo. Vol.1. Equilibrium
of Coplanar Forces. 7th edn. Pp.
476. 1915. Vol.2. Non-Coplanar
Forces . 5th edn . revised by H . T .
Gerrans. Pp.378. 1915. Oxford:
Clarendon Press . 12*. each.

Norwell, A. Elementary Applied
Mechanics (Statics) . Cr. Svo. Pp.
256. 1908. Longmans. 4s.

Pinkerton, R. H. Dynamics and
Hydrostatics, llth edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.310. N.D. Blackie. 3s 6d.

Pirie, G. Lessons on Rigid Dynam-
ics. Cr. Svo. Pp. 196. 1875.
Macmillan. 6s.

Robinson, J. L. Elements of Dy-
namics (Kinetics and Statics). 7th
imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 462. 1911.
Longmans. 7s. Gd.

Routh, E. J. A Treatise on the
Dynamics of a System of Rigid
Bodies, with numerous Examples.
Vol. 1. The Elementary Part. 7th
edn. Svo. Pp. 460. 1913. Mac-
millan. 17s.

A Treatise on Analytical Statics .

2 vols. 2nd edn. Demy Svo. Vol.
1. Pp.403. 1909. Vol.2. Pp.
390. 1909. Cambridge University
Press. 15s. each.

Sprague, E. H. The Elements of
Graphic Statics. Cr. Svo. Pp. 200.
1917. Scott, Greenwood. 5s.

Tait, P. G., and Steele, W. J. A
Treatise on the Dynamics of a
Particle. 7th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
428. 1900. Macmillan. 14s.

Tuckey, G. O., and Nayler, W. A.

Statics: A First Course. Cr. Svo.

Pp . 300 . 1916. Oxford : C larendon

Press . 4s .
Whittaker, E. T. A Treatise on the

Analytical Dynamics of Particles

and Rigid Bodies . 2nd edn. Roy.

Svo. Pp. 444. 1917. Cambridge

University Press . 17s . Gd.

41

Mechanics

Wight, J. T. Elementary Graphic
Statics. Cr.Svo. 1913. Pitman.
5s.

Williamson, B., and Tarleton, F.
A. An Elementary Treatise on
Dynamics : containing Applications
to Thermodynamics . 3rd edn . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 576. 1900. Longmans.
10s. Gd.

Worthington, A. M. Dynamics of
Rotation; an Elementary Intro-
duction to Rigid Dynamics. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 192. 1920. Longmans.
6s. Qd.

iii. HYDROSTATICS AND
HYDRODYNAMICS .

Barton, E. H. An Introduction to
the Mechanics of Fluids. 8vo.
Pp. 264. 1915. Longmans.
8s. Qd.

Besant, W. H., and Ramsey, A.

S . A Treatise on Hydromechanics .
Demy 8vo. Parti. Hydrostatics.
8th edn. Pp. 232. 1919. 12s.
Part 2. Hydrodynamics. 15s.
Bell.

Briggs, W., and Bryan, G. H.

Matriculation Hydrostatics . 2nd
edn. llth imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.216.
1919. 4s. Key. 2s. 3d. Univer-
sity Tutorial Press.

Intermediate Hydrostatics. 6th

edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1919.
University Tutorial Press. 5s.

De Villamil, R. A B C of Hydro-
dynamics. 8vo. Pp. 185. 1912.
Spon. 8s. Qd.

Greaves, J. A Treatise on Elemen-
tary Hydrostatics. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
218. 1919. 7s. Solutions. 6s.
Cambridge University Press.

Greenhill, Sir A. G. Treatise on
Hydrostatics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 544.
1894. Macmillan. 8s. 6d.

Lamb, H. Hydrodynamics. 4th
edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 714. 1916.
Cambridge University Press . 27s . Qd.

'Loney, S. L. The Elements of
Hydrostatics . 5th edn . Fcap .
8vo. Pp. 272. 1918. 5*. Qd.
Solutions. 6s. Cambridge Uni-
versitv Press.

Minchin, G. M. A Treatise on
Hydrostatics. 2 Vols. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. 1912. Vol.1. Elemen-
tary Part. Pp.204. 5s. Vol.2.
Advanced Part. Pp. 184. 6s.
Oxford : Clarendon Press .

Parker, G. W. Elements of Hydro-
statics. Cr.Svo. Pp.158. 1912.
Longmans. 4s. Qd.

Pinkerton , R . H . Hydrostatics and
Pneumatics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 344.
N.D. Blackie. 4s. Qd.

Sanderson, F, W. Hydrostatics for
Beginners. New Imp. Gl . 8vo.
Pp.288. 1912. Macmillan, 3s.

iv. APPLIED MECHANICS.

Alexander, T., and Thomson, A.
W. Elementary Applied Mechanics ..
3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 532. 1916.
Macmillan. 15s.

Andrews, E. S. An Introduction to
Applied Mechanics. 2nd imp.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 316. 1920.
Cambridge University Press. 7s. Qd*

Aughtie, H. Applied Mechanics.

2nd imp . Demy 8vo . Book 1 ..

Pp. 184. 1919. Book 2. Pp.

227. 1918. Routledge. 3s. Qd.

each.
Bates, E. L., and Charlesworth, F.

Mechanics for Builders. 2 Parts.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 210. 1913. Long-
mans . 4s . each .

Cotterill , J . H . Applied Mechanics r
An Elementary General Introduc-
tion to the Theory of Structures and
Machines. 6th edn. 8vo. Pp.
672. 1906. Macmillan. 21s.
— and Slade, J. H. Lessons
in Applied Mechanics. Fcap.
8vo. Pp.534. 1919. Macmillan.
6s. Qd.

Cryer, T., and Jordan, H. G.

Text-Book of Applied Mechanics.
9th edn. Pp. 320. 1920. Hey-
wood . 5s .

Duncan, J. Applied Mechanics for
Engineers. 8vo. Pp. 732. 1913.
Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

Applied Mechanics for Beginners .

New imp. Gl.Svo. Pp.345. 1920.
Macmillan. 3s. Qd.

42

Mechanics

Goodman, J. Mechanics Applied to
Engineering. 9th edn. Large Cr.
8vo. Pp. 864. 1919. Longmans.
14s. Qd.

Graham, J. Applied Mechanics.
Including Hydraulics and the
Theory of the Steam Engine . 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 312. 1917.
Arnold. 5s. Qd.

Jamieson, A. Elementary Manual
of Applied Mechanics. 15th edn.
Revised by E . S . Andrews . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.413. 1921. Griffin. 6s.

- and Andrews, E. S. A
Text-book of Applied Mechanics
and Mechanical Engineering. Large
Cr. 8vo. Vol. I., Applied Mechan-
ics, llth edn. Pp. 371. 1919.
6s . ; Vol . II . , Strength of Materials .
9th edn. Pp. 332. 1918. 6s.;
Vol. III., Theory of Structures.
10th edn. Pp. 278. 1920. 5s.
Vol. IV., Hydraulics. 9th edn.
Pp. 340. 1921. 5s.; Vol. V..
Theory of Machines^ 9th edn .
in preparation. Griffin.

Low, D. A. Applied Mechanics:
embracing Strength and Elasticity
of Materials , Theory and Design of
Structures , Theory of Machines and
Hydraulics. A Text-book for En-
gineering Students . 6th imp . 8vo .
Pp. 559. 1921. Longmans.
12s. Qd.

Mackenzie , T . Practical Mechanics :
applied to the Requirements of the
Sailor. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
187. 1920. Griffin. 3s. Qd.

Morley, A., and Inchley, W. Ele-
mentary Applied Mechanics. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 390. 1919. Longmans.
6s.

Pull en, W. W. F. Mechanics:
Theoretical, Applied, and Experi-
mental. 4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
390. 1917. Longmans. Qs.Qd.

Rankine, W. J. M. A Manual of
Applied Mechanics. Revised by
W. J. Millar. 20th edn. Cr. 8vo\
Pp.694. 1919. Griffin. 12s. Qd.

Spon's Mechanics' Own Book: a
Manual for Handicraftsmen and
Amateurs. 7th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.714. 1921. Spon. 10s. Qd.

v. MECHANISM.

Cassell's Cyclopaedia of Mechanics.
Edited by Paul N. Has luck. Svols.
Super Roy . 8vo . Pp . 384 each vol .
1914. Cassell. 9s. each vol.

Dunkerley, S. Mechanism, for Use
in University and Technical Col-
leges. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 456.
1919. Longmans. 14s. Qd.

Goodeve, T. M. The Elements of
Mechanism. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 366.
1912. Longmans. 7s. Qd.

McKay, R. F. The Theory of
Machines. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 448. 1920. Arnold. 20s.

vi. STRENGTH AND
ELASTICITY OF MATERIALS.

Anderson, Sir J. The Strength of
Materials and Structures. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.322. 1914. Longmans. 5s.

Andrews, E. S. The Strength of
Materials. A Text-book for En-
gineers and Architects . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 604. 1916. Chapman and
Hall. 13s. Qd.

Elementary Strength of Materials .

Demy 8vo. Pp. 216. 1916.
Chapman and Hall. 7s.

The Stresses in Hooks and other

Curved Beams. Demy 8vo. 1920.
Pitman. 6s.

and Pearson, K. On a Theory

of the Stresses in Crane and Coup-
ling Hooks with Experimental
Comparison with Existing Theory.
Pp.28. 1904. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 3s.

Box, T. A Practical Treatise on the
Strength of Materials, their Elas-
ticity, and Resistance to Impact.
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.536. 1902.
Spon. 12s. Qd.

Clapham, C. B. Engineer's Hand-
book of Strengths. Demy 8vo.
In preparation. Chapman and
Hall.

Ewing, Sir J. A. The Strength of
Materials. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 246. 1914. Cambridge Uni-
versitv Press. 12s. Qd.

43

Mechanics

Humber, W. Handy book for the
Calculation of Strains in Girders,
and Similar Structures, and their
Strength . 6th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
81. 1903. Crosby Lockwood.
7s. Qd.

Morley, A. Strength of Materials.
5th edn. 8vo. Pp. 566. 1919.
Longmans . 14s .

Popplewell, W. G. Strength of
Materials . A Manual for Engineer-
ing Students. 8vo. Pp. 192.
19(J*r. Gurney and Jackson . 5s.

• Testing and Strength of Materials

of Construction. New edition in
preparation. Scientific Pub. Co.

Searle, G. F. G. Experimental
Elasticity. A Manual for the
Laboratory. Demy 8vo. Pp. 204.
1920 . -Cambridge University Press .

8s.

Smith, C. A. A Handbook of
Testing . Vol . 1 . Materials. 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.298. 1920.
Constable . 14s .

Sprague, E. H. The Strength of

Structural Elements. Cr. 8vo.

Pp . 200 . 1917 . Scott , Greenwood .

5s.
Moving Loads by Influence Lines

and other Methods. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

172. 1918. Scott, Greenwood.

5s.

Unwin , W . G . The Testing of Mater-
ials of Construction . A Text-book
for the Engineering Laboratory and
a Collection of the Results of
Experiment . 3rd . edn . 8vo . Pp .
490. 1910. Longmans. 21s.

Woods, R. J. The Strength and
Elasticity of Structural Members.
2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 322.
Arnold. 14s.

vii. MATHEMATICAL THEORY
OF ELASTICITY.

Andrews, E. S. Elastic Stresses in
Structures. Translated from Casti-
glano's "Theorem de 1'Equibre des
Systemes Elastiques et ses Applica-
tions." Roy. Svo. Pp. 376. 1919.
Scott, Greenwood. 25s.

Love, A. E. H. A Treatise on the
Mathematical Theory of Elasticity.
3rd edn. Roy. Svo. Pp. 642.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
37s. Qd.

Todhunter, I. A History of the
Theory of Elasticity . Edited by K .
Pearson . Demy Svo . Vol . 1 .
Galilei to Saint Venant. Pp.939.
1886. 29s. Vol. 2. Saint-Venant
to Lord Kelvin. (2 Parts). Pp.
777., 568. 1893. 37s. Qd. Cam-
bridge University Press.

Young, A. W., Elderton, E. M.,
and Pearson, K. On the Torsion
resulting from Flexure in Prisms
with Cross-Sections of Uni-Axial
Symmetry only. Pp. 75. 1918.
Cambridge University Press. 7s.
Qd.

viii . THEORY AND DESIGN OF
STRUCTURES.

Andrews, E. S. The Theory and
Design of Structures. 3rd edn.
Demy Svo. Pp.618. 1920. Chap-
man & Hall. 13s. Qd.

Further Problems in the Theory

and Design of Structures . 2nd edn .
Demy Svo. Pp. 236. Chapman
& Hall. 10s.

Atherton, W. H. An Introduction
to the Design of Beams, Girders,
and Columns in Machines and
Structures, with Examples in Gra-
phic Statics. Large Svo. Pp.250.
1905. Griffin. 7s. Qd.

Bamford, H. Moving Loads on
Railway Underbridges . Fcap.
4to. Pp. 78. 1907. Pitman.
5s. Gd.

Bell, G. J. A Practical Treatise on
Segmental and Elliptical Oblique
or Skew Arches. 2nd edn. Svo.
Pp. 125. 1906. Spon. 21s.

Chalmers, J. B. Graphical Deter-
mination of Forces in Engineering
Structures. Svo. Pp.442. 1881.
Macmillan . 24s.

Morley, A. Theory of Structures.
New imp. Svo. Pp. 596. 1920.
Longmans . 14s .

Mechanics

Pearson , K . , Reynolds , W . D . , and
Stanton, W. F. On a Practical
Theory of Elliptic and Pseudo-
elliptic Arches, with special refer-
ence to the Ideal Masonry Arch.
Pp. 24. 1909. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 4s.

Pullen, W. W. F. Application of
Graphic Methods to the Design of
Structures. 2ndedn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
340. 1905. Technical Pub. Co.
6s. 9d.

Woods, R. J. The Theory of Struc-
tures. DemySvo. Pp.288. 1914.
Arnold. 12s. Qd.

ix. GYROSTATICS.

Chalmers, T. W. The Gyroscopic
Compass. A Non-Mathematical
Treatment. Demy 8vo. Pp. 177.
1920. Constable. 11s.

Chatley, H. Practical Gyrostatic
Balancing. Cr.Svo. Pp.72. 1912.
Technical Pub. Co. 2s. 9d.

Crabtree, H. An Elementary Treat-
ment of the Theory of Spinning
Tops and Gyroscopic Motion. 2nd
edn. 8vo. Pp.210. 1914. Long-
mans . 9s .

Gray, A. A Treatise on Gyrostat ics
and Rotational Motion. Theory
and Applications . Super Roy . 8vo .
Pp. 550. 1918. Macmillan. 42s.

Johnson , V . E . The Gyroscope : An
Experimental Study from Spinning
Top to Mono Rail. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
52. 1911. Spon. 2s. Qd.

Perry , J . Spinning Tops and the Use
of Gyrostats and the Gyro -Compass .
Post 8vo. Pp. 155. 1919.
S.P.C.K. 2s. Qd.

x. MEASUREMENTS-
WEIGHTS AND
CALCULATIONS.

Adiassewich, A. English Prices
with Russian Equivalents. Calcu-
lated at Fourteen Rates of Exchange
in Roubles per Pood , giving rate per
Ib . , and equivalents per ton . Fcap .
16mo. Pp.182. Spon. Is. 6d.

Alexander, J. Lead. Weights and
Measurements of Sheet Lead.
32mo. Spon. Is. Qd.

Brook, J. French Measure and Eng-
lish Equivalents. For the Use of
Engineers, Manufacturers of Iron,
Draughtsmen , etc . 2nd edn . Fcap .
16mo. Pp.80. Spon. 2s.

Clapham, C. B. Metric System for
Engineers . Demy 8vo . in prepara-
tion . Chapman & Hall .

Clark, L. A Dictionary of Metric and
other Useful Measures. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.113. Spon. 6s. Gd.

Delbos, L. The Metric System, A
Practical Manual. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
144. 1900. Methuen. 3s.

Dommett, W. E. (edited by).
Metric Conversion Tables . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.50. 1918. Pitman. 2s. Qd.

EIiott,A.W.M. Rectangular Areas .
A Useful Reference Work for Tin-
plate Manufacturers, Tinplate Mer-
chants, Tin Box Makers, Wood
Case Makers, and those engaged in
Tinplate Industries . Cr.Svo. Pp.
104. Scott, Greenwood. 7s 6d.

Golding, H. A. Bonus Tables: For
Calculating Wages on the Bonus or
Premium Systems. For Engineer-
ing, Technical and Allied Trades.
Super Roy. 8vo. 1903. Griffin.
9s.

Koczorowski, Lt. English Prices
with German Equivalents. Calcu-
lated at Seven Rates of Exchange in
Marks per Kilogramme. Giving
rate per Ib . , and equivalents per ton .
Fcap. 16mo. Pp. 95. Spon.
Is. Qd.

Lambert, S. English Prices with
Spanish Equivalents. Calculated
at Seven Rates of Exchange in
Pesetas per Kilogramme, giving
rate per Ib., and equivalents per
ton. Fcap. 16mo. Pp.95. Spon.
Is. Qd.

Logan,F.W.A. English Weights,
with their Equivalents in Kilo-
grammes calculated from one pound
to one ton by pounds , and from one
ton to 100 tons by tons. Fcap..
16mo. Pp. 96. Spon. Is. Qd.

45

Mechanics

McCartney, H. P. Metric Weights
with English Equivalents. Fcap.
16mo. Pp. 84. Spon. ls..Qd.

English Prices with French

Equivalents. Calculated at Seven
Rates of Exchange in Francs. Gold
per 100 Kilos., giving rate per lb.,
and equivalents per ton. Fcap.
16mo. Pp. 97. Spon. Is. Qd.

Molesworth, Sir G. L. Metric
Tables. 5th edn. Fcap. 16mo.
Pp.116. 1918. Spon. 2s. Qd.

Decimal Tables, for Engineer-
ing and Commercial Calculations.
Fcap. 16mo. Pp.126. 1919.
Spon. 2s. Qd.

O'Toole, I. Tables of Seamless
Copper Tubes. Oblong 16mo. Pp.
69. 1908. Spon. 3s. Qd.

Peddle, A. The Practical Measurer.
A Series of Tables for the Use of
Wood Merchants, Builders, Carpen-
ters, Joiners, Sawyers, Plasterers,
Painters, Masons, Bricklayers, etc.
Cr . 8vo . Pp . 448 . N .D . * Blackie .
7s. Qd.

Perkin, F. M. The Metric and
British Systems of Weights, Meas-
ures, and Coinage. 8vo. Pp. 84.
1907. Pitman. 3s. Qd.

.Robertson, J. A Dictionary for
International Commercial Quota-
tions. To translate units of value
from one currency, weight, and
measure direct into another, includ-

ing exchange. Cr. 4to. Vol. 1.
British and European Standards.
Pp. 224. 1914. 63s. Vol. 2.
British and North and South
American Standards. Pp. 228.
1919. 84s. Oxford University
Press .

Rossetti, G. A. Metric-English and
English-Metric Lengths. Fcap. 16
mo. Pp. 92. Spon. Is. Qd.

Rownson. Iron Merchants' Tables
and Memoranda, Weights and Meas-
ures . Oblong 32mo . Pp . 86 . Spon .
5s.

Slack, J. E., and Dorey, A. "At a
Glance . ' ' Twelve Conversion Tables
for International Values of British,
Metric and Russian Weights and
Measures , Temperatures , and Dates .
8vo. Pp. 76. 1918. Technical
Pub. Co. 7s. Qd.

Smith, R. H. Measurement Con-
versions (English and French) : 43
Graphic Tables or Diagrams. 4to.
1895. Griffin. 7s. Qd.

Stobbs, T. Wire and Sheet Gauge
Tables. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
115. 1920. Spon. 5s.

Taylor, T. Gauges at a Glance.
Containing all the Principal Gauges
of the different Metals, Tinplate
Substances, etc., collated and com-
pared. 4th edn. Oblong 8vo. Pp.
82. 1918. Spon. 6s.

46

MACHINE DRAWING, DESIGN,
DRAUGHTSMANSHIP.

i. GENERAL.

Barker, A. H. Graphic Methods of
Engine Design . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 210. 1899. Technical Pub.
Co. 4s. 9d.

Bowers, R. S. Drawing and Design
for Craftsmen. Demy 8vo. Pp.
416. 1919. Cassell. 8s. 6d.

Castle , F . Machine Construction and
Drawing. G1.4to. Pp.306. 1920.
Macmillan. 5s.

- A Manual of Machine Design.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 361. 1919. Mac-
millan. 7s.6d.

Cryer, T., and Jordan, H. G,

Machine Construction and Mechan-
ical Drawing. 13th edn. Cr. 4to.
oblong. Pp.137. 1920. Hey wood.
5s.

Dales, J. H. A Manual of Mechan-
ical Drawing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 194.
191 4 . Cambridge University Press .
3s. 6d.

A Course in Machine Drawing

and Sketching. Demy 8vo. Pp.
192. 1919. Chambers. 3s. 6d.

Dunk ley, W. G. The Design of
Machine Elements. 2 vols. Cr.
8vo. 1917. Vol. 1. Forces and
Stresses; Shaftings and Bearings;
Couplings; Springs. Pp.210. Vol.
2. Screws and Bolts; Clutches;
Belts and Pulleys; Gearing. Pp.
220. Scott, Greenwood. 5s. each.

Ellis , G . Modern Technical Drawing .
DemySvo. Pp.200. 1913. Bats-
ford ." 7s. 6d.

Handy, C. E. Preliminary Machine
Drawing Course . Oblong Demy 8vo .
Pp. 42. 1920. Longmans. 2s.

Hasluck , P . N . (edited by) . Practical
Draughtsmen's Work. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 168. 1918. Cassell. 3s.

Holt -Butterfill , H . First Principles
of Mechanical and Engineering
Drawing. DemySvo. 1900. Chap-
man & Hall. 8s. 6d.

Innes , G . H . Problems in Machine
Design. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
258. 1908. Technical Pub. Co. 6s.

Jagger, J. E. An Elementary Text-
book on Mechanical Drawing. 3rd
edn. Cr. 4to. Pp. 261. 1921.
Griffin. 15s.

Jones, B. E. (edited by). Mechan-
ical Drawing. Demy 8vo. Pp.
270. 1920. Cassell. 6s.

Jones , T . and T . G . Machine Draw-
ing. 4 Books. Med.4to. 1920.
Bookl. 69 Plates. 6s. Book 2.
Machine Tools. 3rd edn. 48
Plates. 4s. Book 3. Engine and
Pump Details. 44 Plates. 5s.
Book 4. Machine Drawing for
Electrical Engineering Students .
16 Plates. ls.4d. Heywood.

Low, D. A. An Introduction to
Machine Drawing and Design. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 256. 1919. Longmans.
4s.

and Bevis, A. W. A Manual

of Machine Drawing and Design.
15th imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 414.

1919. Longmans. 10s. 6rf.
Minchin, G. M., and Dale, J. B.

Mathematical Drawing. Including
the Graphic Solution of Equations .
4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 151.

1920. Arnold. 8s. Qd.
Robson, J. H. Machine Drawing

and Sketching for Beginners. 3rd
edn. 8vo. Pp.202. 1918. Tech-
nical Pub. Co. 5s.

Rowarth, E. The Engineering

Draughtsman. Demy 8vo. Pp.

270. 1919. Methuen. 10s. 6d.
The Elements of Engineering

Drawing. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

146. 1919. Methuen. 4s. Qd.

47

Machine Dr diving, Design, Draughtsmanship.

Smith, W. H. Guide to Draughts-
manship for Architects, Civil and
Mechanical Engineers and Survey-
ors. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 106. 1917.
Spon. 4s. Gd.

Spooner, H. J. Engineering Work-
shop Drawing. Oblong 4to. Pp.
136. 1919. Longmans. 5s.

Industrial Drawing and Geome-
try: an Introduction to Technical
Drawing. Oblong 4to. Pp. 184.

1918. Longmans. 7s. Gd.

Machine Drawing and Design for

Beginners. Cr. 4to. Pp. 282.

1919. Longmans. 6s.

Machine Design, Construction,

and Drawing . 5th imp . 8vo . Pp .
770. 1919. Longmans. 21s.

Unwin , W . C . , and Mellanby , A . L .

The Elements of Machine Design.
2 vols. 8vo. Vol. 1. General
Principles, etc. Pp. 546. 1919.
Vol. 2. Chiefly Engine Details.
Pp. 450. 1918. Longmans. 15s.
each vol.

Wells , S . H . A Text -Book of Engin-
eering Drawing and Design. 2
vols. Cr. 8vo. Vol.1. Practical
Geometry, Plain and Solid. 8th
edn. Pp. 203. 1920. 4s. Gd.
Vol 2 . Machine and Engine Draw-
ing and Design . 6th edn. Pp.182.
1916. 4s. Gd. Griffin.

ii. GEOMETRICAL DRAWING

AND DESIGNING.
HAND -LETTERING .

Adams, H. Theory and Practice of
Designing. Demy. 8vo. Pp. 257.
1911. Constable. 7s. Gd.

Dennis , H . J . Advanced Perspective ,
Third Grade. Angular and Ob-
lique Perspective, Shadows and
Reflections. 7th edn. Part 1.
Angular and Oblique Perspective,
with 31 Plates. 7s. Gd. Part 2.
Shadows and Reflections, with 39
Plates. 7s. Gd. or in one volume
15s. Bailliere.

Hallett, G. W. T. Hints on Archi-
tectural Draughtsmanship. 5th
edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.86. 1917.
Spon. 2s.6of.

Harper, G. G. A Practical Hand-
book of Drawing, for Modern
Methods of Reproduction . 3rd edn ..
Demy 8vo. 1916. Chapman &
Hall. 8s. Gd.

Jackson, F. G. Decorative Design.
An Elementary Text-book of Prin-
ciples and Practice. 3rd edn.
Large Cr . 8vo . 1 902 . Chapman &
Hall. 9s. Gd.

The Theory and Practice of

Design. An Advanced Text-book
on Decorative Art. Large Cr. 8vo.
1903. Chapman & Hall. 11s.

Lindsay, G. T. Geometrical Draw-
ing. 'Demy 8vo. Pp. 122. 1903.
Chapman & Hall. 7s.

Lineham, W. J. A Treatise on
Hand-Lettering for Engineers , Arch-
itects, Surveyors, and Students of
Mechanical Drawing. Oblong 4to.
Pp. 282 and 119 Plates. 1915.
Chapman & Hall. 9s. Gd.

Morris , I . H . Geometrical Drawing
for Art Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
236. 1919. Longmans. 3s.

Spanton, J. H. Geometrical Draw-
ing and Design . Gl.Svo. Pp.272..
1919. Macmillan. 3s.

Science and Art Drawing. 8vo.

Part 1. Geometrical. Pp. 596.
1895. 12s. Gd. Part 2. Perspec-
tive. Pp. 300. 1900. 6s. Mac-
millan.

Spooner, H. J. The Elements of
Geometrical Drawing. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 340. 1914. Long-
mans. 4s. Gd.

Watson, J. Oblique and Isometric
Projection. Fcap. 4to. Pp. 50.
1905. Arnold. 3s. Gd.

Wright, G. O., and Rudd, W. A.

Model Drawing, Geometrical and
Perspective, with Architectural Ex-
amples. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 263.
1916 . Cambridge University Press _

48

CIVIL ENGINEERING.

i. GENERAL.

Adams , H . Strains in Ironwork .
4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.65. 1904.
Spon . 6s .

Alexander, W. Columns and Struts.
Theory and Design, with Practical
Examples Worked Out. 8vo. Pp.
277. 1912. Spon. 12s. 6d.

Anglin, S. The Design of Struc-
tures . A Practical Treatise on the
Building of Bridges, Roofs, etc.
6th edn. Large Svo. Pp. 535. 1919.
Griffin. 16s.

Atcherley, L. W., and Pearson, K.

On the Graphics of Metal Arches
with special reference to the Rela-
tive Strength of Two-pivoted,
Three-pivoted and Bui It -in -Metal
Arches. Pp. 64. 1905. Cam-
bridge University Press. 5s.

Barber, T. W. Civil Engineering

Types and Devices. Demy Svo.

Pp . 250 . 1915. Crosby Lockwood .

9s.
Bird, H. The Practical Design of

Plate Girder Bridges. Demy Svo.

Pp. 188. 1920. Griffin. 15s.

Bligh , W . G . Notes on Instruments
best suited for Engineering Field
Work in India and the Colonies .
Svo. Pp. 218. 1914. Spon. 5s.
Qd.

Brightmore, A. W. Structural En-
gineering. New edn. with addi-
tional matter relating to Concrete.
Demy Svo. Pp. 310. 1913.
Cassell. 10.9. Qd.

Burnside, W. Bridge Foundations.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 148. 1916. Scott,
Greenwood . 5s .

Chatley, H. Stresses in Masonry.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 154. 1909. Griffin.

4s.
Corbin, T. W. Engineering of To-

Day. Cr. Svo. Pp. 367. 1919.

Seeley. 7s. Qd.

Fidler, T. C. Civil Engineering.
Cr.Svo. Pp.195. 1905. Methuen.
5s.

A Practical Treatise on Bridge

Construction : A Text Book on the
Construction of Bridges in Iron
and Steel ; for the use of Students ,
Draughtsmen, and Engineers. 4th
edn. Roy. Svo. Pp. 486. 1909.
Griffin . 30s .

Gibson, A. H., and Ritchie, E.G.
A Study of the Circular- Arc Bow-
Girder. Imp. Svo. Pp.88. 1914.
Constable. 10s. Qd.

Hunter, A. Bridge and. Structural
Engineers' Handbook of General
Specifications, Formulae, and Data
for the Design of Cranes, Bridges,
Foundations, and Workshop Build-
ings, embodying the practice of Sir
William Arrol and Company, Ltd.
Large Cr. Svo. Pp. 316. 1920.
Spon. 21s.

Husband, J., and Harby,W. Struc-
tural Engineering. Svo. Pp. 408.
1919. Longmans. 12s. Qd.

Lilly, W. E. The Design of Plate
Girders. Demy Svo. Pp. 132.
1 904 . Chapman & Ha 1 1 . 8s . Qd .

Middleton. G. A. T. Stresses and
Thrusts. A Text-book on their
Determination in Constructional
Work, with Examples of the Design
of Girders and Roofs. 4th edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 217. 1911. Bats-
ford. 5s. Qd.

Nielsen , T . Calculation of Columns .
A Practical Application of the
Theory. Svo. Pp.36. 1911. Spon.
6s.

Rankine, W. J. M. A Manual of
Civil Engineering. 24th edn . Re-
vised by W. J. Millar. Large Cr.
Svo. Pp.838. 1920. Griffin. 21s.

Sprague, E. H. The Stability of
Arches. Cr.Svo. Pp.150. 1916.
Scott, Greenwood. 5s.

49

Civil Engineering.

Sprague , E . H . Stability of Masonry .
Cr. 8vo. Pp.180. 1915. Scott,
Greenwood . 5s .

Taylor, F. N. A Manual of Civil
Engineering Practice, Specially
arranged for the use of Municipal and
County Engineers. 2nd edn. 8vo.
Pp. 821. 1920. Griffin. 34s.

Masonry Applied to Civil En-
gineering. A Practical Treatise
on the Design and Construction of
Engineering Works in Stone and
Heavy Concrete . Demy 8vo . Pp .
241. 1915. Constable. 7s. Gd.

Thorpe, W. H. The Anatomy of
Bridgework. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190.
1914. Spon. 7s. Gd.

Usborne, P. O. G. The Design of
Simple Steel Bridges. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 414. 1912. Constable. 12s.
Gd.

Vernon-Harcourt, L. F. Civil En-
gineering as Applied to Construc-
tion. Revised by H. Fidler. 2nd
edn. Med. 8v6. Pp. 642. 1919.
Longmans . 25s .

Warren. W. H. Engineering Con-
struction . 3rd edn . Roy . 8vo .
1921 . Part 1 . In Steel and Tim-
ber. Pp. 502. 30s. Part 2.
Masonry and Concrete. Pp.510.
36s . Longmans .

Young, E. W. Simple Practical
Methods of Calculating Strains on
Girders , Arches , and Trusses . 8vo .
Pp. 140. 1873. Macmillan.

7s. Gd.

ii. ESTIMATES, FORMULA,
etc.

Ball, W. V. The Law Affecting En-
gineers , with an Outline of the Law
relating to Engineering Contracts,
and an Appendix of Forms of Con-
tract. DemySvo. Pp.332. 1909.
Constable. iOs. Qd.

Goleman,T.E. The Civil Engineers'
Cost Book, compiled for the use of
Civil and Municipal Engineers,
Public Works Contractors, etc.
3rd edn. 16mo. Pp.141. 1920.
Spon. 10s. Gd.

Hoskold, H. D. Engineers' Valuing
Assistant: being a Practical Treat-
ise on the Valuation of Collieries and
Other Mines, etc. 2nd edn. 8vo.
Pp. 214. 1905. Longmans. 9s.

Hurst, J. T. Spon's Engineers'
Tables for Civil and Mechanical
Engineers, Builders, Contractors,
Plumbers, etc. 12th edn. 64mo.
Pp.278. 1920. Spon. 2s.

Hutton. W. S. The Works Manag-
ers' Handbook of Modern Rules,
Tables and Data. 8th edn. Med.
8vo. Pp. 444. 1917. Crosby
Lockwood. 18s.

Molesworth, G. L, Pocket Book of
Useful Formulae and Memoranda
for Civil, Mechanical and Elec-
trical Engineers. 28th edn. Ob-
long 32mo. Pp.760. 1919. Spon.
10s.

Suggate, A. Elements of Engineer-
ing Estimating. Cr.Svo. Pp.135.
1912. Technical Pub. Co. 4s. 9ef.

iii. SURVEYING : LAND AND
MINE.

Adams, H. Practical Surveying and
Elementary Geodesy. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.288. 1913. Macmillan. 5s.

Andrews, E. S. Alignment. Charts:
Their Principle and Application to
Engineering Formulae. Pp. 32.
Chapman & Hall. Is. Gd.

Baker, T., and Dixon,F.E. Rudi-
mentary Treatise on Land and En-
gineering Surveying. 23rd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1919. Crosby
Lockwood. 2s. Gd.

Briggs, H. The Effects of Errors in
Surveying. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190.
1912. Griffin. 6s.

Brough, B. H. A Treatise on Mine
Surveying, For the use of Managers
of Mines and Collieries, Students,
etc. 15th edn. revised by II. Dean.
Cr. 8vo. 1920. Griffin/ 9s.

Bryson, T., and Chambers, G. M.
An Introduction to Mine Surveying.
2nd imp. Pp. 296. 1919. E.
Arnold. 6s.

50

Civil Engineering.

Davies, D. Problems in Land and
Mine Surveying. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 367. 1921. Griffin.
12s. Qd.

Eliot, M. E. Y. Tacheometer Sur-
veying, with Special Notes on
Plotting, Care and Adjustment ol
Instruments , Field Work , and Cal-
culations. Cr.Svo. Pp.158. 1916.
Spon. 6s.

Ferguson, T. Automatic Surveying
Instruments, and their Practical
Uses on Land and Water . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.86. 1904. Bale & Danielsson.

4s.

Gribble, T. G. Preliminary Survey
and Estimates, including Elemen-
tary Astronomy, Route Surveying,
Tachcometry , Curve Ranging ,
Graphic Mensuration, Estimates,
Hydrography , and Instruments .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 494. 1913. Long-
mans. 8s. Gd.

Hearn, G. R. Railwav Engineers'
Field Book. 12mo. Pp. 230. 1914.
Spon. 21s.

Higgins, A. L. The Field Manual.
A Practical Treatise of Surveying
Methods and Operations. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 948. 1920. Pitman. 21s.

Kennedy, N. A Practical Manual of
Surveying with the Tacheometer.
3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 112.
1912. Crosby Lock wood . 1 2s . Qd .

Leston, G. L. Surveying: Land and
Mining. 4th edn. Large Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 386. 1921. Crosby Lockwood .
9s.

Middleton , G . A . T . Surveying and
Surveying Instruments. 3rd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.174. 1912. Pitman.
6s.

Middleton, R. E., and Chadwick,
O . A Treatise on Surveying . 4th
edn . Revised by M . T . M . Ormsby .
2 vols. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 406., 365.
1920. Spon. 15s. each vol.

O 'Donahue, T. A. Field and Colliery
Surveying. A Primer designed for
the use of Students of Surveying and
Colliery Manager Aspirants. Gl.
8vo. Pp.316. 1918. Macmillan.
5s.

Ormsby, M. T. M. Elementary
Principles of Surveying. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 244 . 1914 . Scott , Greenwood .
5s.

Park, J. A Text-book of Theodolite
Surveying and Levelling: for the
Use of Students in Land and Mine
Surveying . 5th edn . in Preparation .
Griffin.

Pilkington, W. Co-ordinate Geo-
metry applied to Land Surveving.
12mo. Pp.44. 1909. Spon." 2s.

Popplewell , W . C . The Elements of

Surveying and Geodesy . 8vo . Pp .

256. 1915. Longmans. 9s.
Salmon, V. G. Practical Surveying

and Field Work . Cr.Svo. Pp.212.

1918. Griffin. 7s. Gd.

Simms , F . W . Treatise on the Prin-
ciples and Practice of Levelling.
Its application to purposes of Rail-
way Engineering and the Construc-
tion of Roads. 9th edn. 8vo. Pp.
223. 1907. Crosby Lockwood . 9s.

Stewart, B. Handbook on Railway
Surveying for Students and Junior
Engineers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 98.
1914. Spon. 3s. Qd.

Thomas, W. N. Surveying. Med.
8vo. Pp. 540. 1920. 'E. Arnold.
31s. Qd.

Threlfall, H. A Text Book on Sur-
veying and Levelling. Large Cr.
Svb. Pp.680. 1920. Griffin. 21s.

Usill, G. W. Practical Surveying.
12th edn. Revised by G . L . Leston .
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 358. 1916.
Crosby Lockwood. 8s. Gd.

Wells, G. C., and Clay, A. S. The

Field Engineer's Handbook. 2nd
edn. ISmo. Pp. 230. 1920.
Arnold. 8s. Gd .

Whitelaw, J. A Text-Book of Sur-
veying as Practised by Civil Engin-
eers and Surveyors . 6th edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 516. 1920. Crosby
Lockwood. 12s. Gd.

Williamson , J . Surveying and Field
Work . Demy 8vo . Pp . 1385 . 1915 .
Constable. 9s.

Xydis, C. Handbook on Tacheo-
metrical Surveying. 8vo. Pp. 63.
1909. Spon. 7s. Gd.

51

Civil Engineering.

iiia. SURVEYING : LAND AND
MINE.

Tables and Calculations.

Beazeley, A. Curves, Tables of
Tangential Angles and Multiples.
For Setting-out Curves from 5 to
200 Radius. 7th. edn. Pocket size.
50 cards . 1905 . Crosby Lock wood .
5s.

Cutler, H. A., and Edge, F. J.

Tables for Setting Out Curves from
101 feet, to 5,000 feet radius.
32mo. Pp. 47. Spon. 2s. Orf.

Gurden, R. L. Traverse Table*:
computed to Four Places of Deci-
mals for every Minute of Angle up
to 100 of Distance. For the use of
Surveyors and Engineers. llth
edn. 'Folio. 1920. Griffin. 15s.

Kennedy, A., and Hackwood, R.
W. fables for Setting Out Curves
for Railways, Canals, Roads, etc.
32mo . Spon . 2s. Gd.

Lintern, W. Traverse Tables for
Use in Mine Surveying. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 107. 1900^ Crosby
Lockwood. 3s. 6d.

Louis , H . , and Gaunt , G . W . Tach -
eometer Tables. 8vo. Pp. 102.
1919. Arnold. 10s. 6rf.

Traverse Tables, with an Intro-
ductory Chapter on Co-ordinate
Surveying. Demy 8vo. Pp. 122.
1919 . Arnold. 5s. 6d .

Wallace , J . Logarithmic Land Meas-
urement. A set of Tables for the
use of those engaged in Measuring
Land. 8vo. Pp.32. 1910. Spon.
5s.

Williamson, H. Tables for Setting
out Curves from 200 metres to 4000
metres radius by Tangential Angles
or offsets from Tangents. 16mo.
Pp. 60. Spon. 2s. 6d.

iv. ROAD MAKING.

Aitken, T. Road Making and Main-
tenance: A Practical Treatise for
Engineers, Surveyors, and Others.
3rd edn. in preparation. Griffin.

Anon. Concrete Roads and their
Construction : being a description of
the Concrete Roads in the United
Kingdom , together with a summary
of the experience in the form of
construction gained in Australia,
Canada, New Zealand and the
United States of America. Demy
8vo. Pp. 212. 1921. Concrete
Publications , Ltd . 8s .

Boulnois , H . P . Modern Roads .
DemySvo. Pp.302. 1919. Arnold.
16s/

Carey, A. E. The Making of High-
roads. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 95. 1914.
Crosby Lockwood. 3s. Gd.

Law, H., Clark, D.K., and Wallis-
Tayler, A. J. Construction of
Roads and Streets. 8th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 520. 1914. Crosby
Lockwood. 6s. Gd.

Wood , F . Modern Road Construction .
A Practicai Treatise for the Use of
Engineers, Students, &c. 2nd edn.
Med.Svo. Pp.296. 1920. Griffin.
21s.

v. RAILWAYS AND TRAM-
WAYS PERMANENT WAY AND
WORKING .

A. R. B. (edited by). Railway
Carriage and Wagon Builders "
Pocket Book. Pocket si?,e. Pp.
230. 1920. Locomotive Pub. Co.
3s. Gd.

Addis , A . W . C . Practical Hints to
Young Engineers Employed on
Indian Railways. 12mo. Pp.154.
1910. Spon. *4s.

Allen, C. J. Modern British Per-
manent way. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 147.
1915. Transport, Ltd. 6s.

Allen, G. T. Tables of Parabolic
Curves for the use of Railway
Engineers . In French and English .
16mo. Spon. 4s.

Arnall. Permanent Way for Tram-
ways and Steel Railways. Pp.
248 . 1 905 . Transport , Ltd . 1 2s . 6d .

Bytes, C. B. First Principles of
Railway Signalling. Pp. 146.
Transport , Ltd . 4s .

52

Civil Engineering.

Ciatley, H. Pioneer Railway En-
gineering. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144.
1916. Technical Pub. Co. 5s. 6d.

Clayton, S. G. The Permanent
Way Handbook. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
182. 1919. Spon. 6s.

Cole, W. H. Permanent Way
Material, Platelaying and Points
and Crossways, with a few Re-
marks on Signalling and Interlock-
ing. 8th edn. Revised by G. R.
Hearn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1920.
Spon. 12s. Qd.

'Glover, J. Formulae for Railway
Crossings and Switches. Oblong
32mo. Spon. 2s. Qd.

Grace's Tables for Curves, with
Hints for Young Engineers. Oblong
8vo. Pp. 43. Spon. 6s.

Halden , G . M . Setting Out of Tube
Railways. 4to. Pp. 68. 1914.
Spon. 10s. Qd.

Holt, R. B. Tramway Track Con-
struction and Maintenance. Demy
8vo. Pp. 250. 1915. Tramway
and Railway World. 12s. Qd.

Jarvis, W. H. Railway Stores
Methods and Problems. Pp. 116.
Transport , Ltd . 4s .

•Jones, T. W. Permanent Way
Pocket Book and the Railway-
man's Companion. 12mo. Pp.
191. 1918. Thacker. 6s.

X, . H . Railway Signal and Permanent
Way Engineers' Pocket Book.
Pocket size. Pp. 260. 1920.
Locomotive Pub. Co. 3s. Qd.

Lewis, L. P. Railway Signal En-
gineering (Mechanical). 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 376. 1920.
Constable. 14s.

Parson, J., and Cooke, B. W.

Notes on Railway Signalling. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 74. 1914. Locomotive
Pub. Co. 2s. Qd.

Perrott, S. W., and Badger, F. E.
G. The Practice of Railway
Surveying and Permanent Way
Work. 8vo. Pp. 311. 1920.
Arnold. 30s.

Travis, Lamb and Jenkinson.

Elements of Railway Operating
Economics. Pp. 228. Transport,
Ltd. 2s.6rf.

and Lamb. Practical Railway

Working. Pp. 326. Transport,
Ltd. 3s. Qd.

West, F. W. The Railway Goods
Station. A Guide to its Control
and Operation . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 207 .
1912. Spon. 2s. Qd.

Wilson, H. R. Power Railway
Signalling. Pp. 342. Transport,
Ltd. 18s.

vi. HYDRAULICS, HYDRAULIC

ENGINEERING, HARBOURS,

RIVER AND CANAL

ENGINEERING.

Barnes, A. A. Hydraulic Flow
Reviewed . A Book of Reference of
Standard Experiment on Pipe,
Channels, Notches, Weirs, and
Circular Orifices, together with new
formula?. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 169.
1916. Spon. 15s.

Beardmore, N. Manual of Hydro-
logy. Corftaining Hydraulic and
Other Tables; Rivers, Flow of
Water, Springs, W7ells, and Perco-
lation; Tides, Estuaries, and Tidal
Rivers ; Rainfall and Evaporation .
8vo. Pp. 384. 1914. Spon.
10s. Qd.

Bellasis, E. S. Hydraulics, with
Working Tables. 3rd edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 356. 1920. Chapman
and Hall. 18s.

River and Canal Engineering.

The Characteristics of Open Flow-
ing Streams, and the principles and
methods to be followed in dealing
with them. 8vo. Pp.220. 1913.
Spon. 10s. Qd.

Box, T. Practical Hydraulics: a
Series of Rules and Tables for the
use of Engineers, etc. 7th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 100. 1920. Spon.
7s. Qd.

Busquet, R. Hydraulics. Trans-
lated by A. H. Peake. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 320. 1906. Arnold. 7s. Qd.

53

Civil Engineering.

Butler, E. Modern Pumping and
Hydraulic Machinery. 2nd edn. in
preparation . Griffin .

Coleman, T. E. Retaining Walls in
Theory and Practice . A Text-book
for Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160.
1914. Spon. 4s.

Cunningham, B. The Principles
and Practice of Dock Engineering.
2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 616.
1910. Griffin. 36s.

The Dock and Harbour Engineer's

Reference Book : a compilation of
Notes connected with Maritime
Engineering and Ports and Har-
bours. Pocket size. Pp. 326.
1914. Griffin. 10s. 6d.

The Principles and Practice of

Harbour Engineering. 2nd edn.
Large 8vo. Pp. 393. 1918.
Griffin. 25s.

Dunkerley , S . H . Hydraulics . 2 Vols .
8vo . Vol . I . , Hydraulic Machinery ,
(out of print). Vol. II., The
Resistance and Propulsion of Ships.
Pp. 260. 1908. Longmans. 12s.

Ekin , T . G . Water Pipe and Sewage
Discharge Diagrams. Folio. Pp.
21. 1908. Constable. 6s.

Fergusson, F. F. The Fundamental
Principles of Water Power Engineer-
ing. Pott 8vo. Pp. 126. 1921.
Pitman. 2s. 6rf.

Fidler, T. G. Calculations in
Hydraulic Engineering. 2 Parts.
8vo. Part 1. Fluid Pressure and
the Calculation of its Effects in
.Engineering Structures. 2nd imp.
Pp. 168. 1907. 8s. Part 2.
Calculations in Hydro-Kinetics .
New edn. Pp. 218. 1914. 9s.
Longmans .

Garrett, A. ff. Hydraulic Tables
and Diagrams for Practical En-
gineers. Oblong 4to. Pp. 56.
1909. Longmans. 16s. 6d.

Gibson, A. H. Hydraulics and its
Applications. A Text-book for
Engineers and Students. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 828. (1912) 1920.
Constable . 24s .

Water Hammer in Hydraulic

Pipe Lines. 2nd edn. Fcap. 8vo.
1920. Constable. 8s.

Hennell, T. Hydraulic and other
Tables for purposes of Sewerage and
Water Supply. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 70. 1920. Spon. 3s.

Lea, F. C. Hydraulics. For En-
gineers and Engineering Students.
3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 580.
1919. Arnold. 18s.

Matthews, E. R. Studies in the
Construction of Dams : Earthen and
Masonry. Large 8vo. 1919.
Griffin. 4s. 6d.

Meares, J. W. Hydro -Electric
Development. The Determination
of Water-Power Possibilities,
Methods of Utilization, Design and
Construction of Works. 18mo.
Pp. 100. 1920. Pitman. 2s. 6d.

Minikin, R. C. R. Practical River
and Canal Engineering . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 130. 1920. Griffin. 12s. Gd.

Moore, E. C. S. New Hydraulic
Tables for the Complete Solution of
Ganguillet and Kutter's Formula
for the Flow of Liquid in Open
Channels, Pipes, Sewers, and Con-
duits. Specially compiled Tables.
Med. 8vo. Pp/230. 1901. Bats-
ford. 18s.

Park, J. A Text-Book of Practical
Hydraulics for the use of Mining
Schools, Technical Colleges, En-
gineers, etc. 2nd edn. Large Cr.
8vo. Pp. 320. 1921. Griffin.
21s.

Parker, P. A. M. The Control of
Water as applied to Irrigation,
Power and Town Water Supply
Purposes. Large 8vo. Pp. 1,061.
1913. Routledge. 25s.

Pearson, K., Pollard, A. F. G.,
Wheen, C.W., and Richardson,
L.F. An Experimental Study of
the Stresses in Masonry Dams . Pp .
44. 1907. Cambridge University
Press . 7s .

Shield, W. Principles and Practice
of Harbour Construction . Med .
8vo. Pp. 314. 1910. Longmans.
17s. 6d.

Silk, A. E. Tables for Calculating
the Discharge of Water in Pipes for
Water and Power Supplies. Cr.
8vo. Pp.63. 1914. Spon. 4s.6rf.

54

Civil Engineering.

Sprague, E. H. Hydraulics. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 190. 1914. Scott,
Greenwood. 4s. Qd.

Unwin, W. C. A Treatise on
Hydraulics. 2ndedn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.339. 1912. Black. 12s. 6rf.

Verncn-Harcourt, L. F. Rivers
and Canals. 2 Vols. 8vo. 1896.
Vol. 1. Rivers: their Flow, Con-
trol, and Improvement. Pp. 362.
Vol. 2. Canals: their Design,
Construction, and Development.
Pp . 716 . Oxford : Clarendon Press .
31s. Qd.

Wallace, W. M. Hydraulics in
Theory and Practice. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 280. 1914. Technical Pub.

Co. 5s. Qd.

vii. IRRIGATION.

Bellasis, E. S. Irrigation Works.
The Principles on which their
Design and Working should be
based, with special Details relating
to Indian Canals , and some proposed
improvements. 8vo. Pp. 204.
1913. Spon. 10s. Qd.

— Punjab Rivers and Works. A

description of the Shifting Rivers of
the Punjab Plains and of Works on
them — Inundation Canals , Flood
Embankments, and River Training
Works, etc. 2nd edn . Folio.
Pp. 64 and 47 Plates. 1912. Spon.
10s. Qd.

Brown, Sir H. Irrigation: Its
Principles and Practice as a Branch
of Engineering. 2nd edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 316. 1912. Constable.
16s.

Brownlie, T. A. Further Notes on
Tube Wells: Boring, Sinking and
Working for Irrigation Purposes in
India. 2nd edn. Demv 8vo.
1914. Thacker-. 7s. Qd.

Buckley, R. B. Irrigation Pocket
Book . Facts , Figures , and Formulae
for Irrigation Engineers, being a
Series of Notes on Miscellaneous
subjects connected with Irrigation.
3rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 630 . 1 920 .
Spon . 30s .

The Irrigation Works of India.

2nd edn. 4to. Pp. 336. 1905.
Spon . 50s .

Buckley , R . B . (compiled by) . The
Design of Channels for Irrigation for
Drainage ; being a Statement of the
various Formulae in use and a Guide
to the Practical Application of
them. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 55. 1911.
Spon . 2s .

Doyle, K. D. Agriculture and
Irrigation in Continental and Tropi-
cal Climates. Demy 8vo. Pp.
284. 1921. Constable. 19s.

Mackenzie, N.T. Notes on Irriga-
tion Works. Demy 8vo. Pp. 119.
1910. Constable. 7s. Qd.

Mawson, E. O. Pioneer Irrigation.
A Manual of information for
Farmers in the Colonies : with
Chapters on Light Railways by
E. R. Calthrop. Demy 8vo. Pp".
276. 1904. Crosby Lock wood.
12s. Qd.

Strange, W. L. Notes on Irriga-
tion, Roads, and Buildings, and on
the Water Supply of Towns . Demy
8vo. Pp.872. 1920. ' Rout ledge.
45s.

Indian Storage Reservoirs with

Earthen Dams. A Practical Treat-
ise on their Design and Location.
2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 466. 1913.
Spon . 25s .

Willcocks, Sir W. Egyptian Irriga-
tion. 2 Vols. 3rd '* edn. Supe.
Roy. 8vo. Pp.924. 1913. Sponr
63s.

The Irrigation of Mesopotamia.

2 Vols. 2nd edn. Text, super
Roy. 8vo., plates, folio. Pp. 136.
46 ^Plates. 1917. Spon. 30s.

viii. SHORE PROTECTION.
LAND RECLAMATION .

Beazeley, A. Reclamation of Land
from Tidal Waters . 8vo . Pp . 326 .
1900. Crosby Lockwood . 12s. Qd.

Carey, A. E., and Oliver, F. W.

Tidal Lands. A Study of Shore
Problems. Demy 8vo. Pp. 284.
1918. Blackie. *15s.
Latham, E. The Maintenance o
Foreshores. Cr. Svo. Pp. 90.
1914. Crosby Lockwood. 2s. Qd.

Matthews , E . R . Coast Erosion and
Protection. 2nd edn. Med. Svo.
Pp. 211. 1918. Griffin. 12*. Qd.

Civil Engineering.

ix. HYDRAULIC MOTORS.

Ball, Sir R. S. Natural Sources of
Power. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 364.
1908. Constable. 7s. Qd.

Bjorling , P . R . Water or Hydraulic
Motors. Cr.Svo. Pp.287. 1903.
Spon . 9s .

Blaine , R . G . Hydraulic Machinery ,
with an Introduction to Hydraulics.
3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 470. 1913.
Spon. 15s.

Bodrner, G. R. Hydraulic Motors
and Turbines. A Handbook for
Engineers, Manufacturers and Stu-
dents. 3rd edn. Pp. 564. 1902.
Pitman. 15s.

Chatley, H. How to Use Water
Power. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 92. 1907.
Technical Pub. Co. 3s. Qd.

Clarke, J. W. Hydraulic Rams.
Their Principles and Construction ;
with Results of Experiments. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132. 1907.
Batsford. 3s. Qd.

Gibson, A. H. Natural Sources of
Energy. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 140.
1913. Cambridge University Press.
2s. Qd.

Marks, Sir G. C. Hydraulic Power
Engineering. A Practical Manual
on the Concentration and Trans-
mission of Power by Hydraulic
Machinery. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 404 . 1905 . Crosby Lockwood .
12s. Qd.

Robinson, H. Hydraulic Power and
Hydraulic Machinery. 3rd edn.
Demy Svo. Pp.243. 1920. Griffin.
30s.

x. PUMPS.

Bale, M. P. Pumps and Pumping.
A Handbook for Pump Users. 6th
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 121. 1912.
Crosby Lockwood . 4s .

Bjorling , P . R . Practical Handbook
on Pump Construction . 2nd edn .
Cr. Svo. Pp. 94. 1912. Spon.
6s.

Bowden- Smith, E.G. The Effici-
ency of Pumps and Ejectors . Demy
Svo. Pp. 216. 1920. Constable.
14s. Qd.

Bradley , F . A . Pumping and Water-
Power. A Guide to the Hydraulic
Laws and Conditions influencing
Pumping Operations, etc. Svo.
Pp.125. 1912. Spon. 6s.

Clarke , J . W . Pumps . Their Prin -
ciples and Construction. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.174. 1919. Batsford.
4s. Qd.

Golyer, F. Pumps and Pumping
Machinery . 2nd edn . Svo . Part 1 .
Pp.212/ 1892. Part 2. Pp.169.
1900. Spon. 12s. Qd. each.

Davey, H. The Principles and Con-
struction of Pumping Machinery ;
Steam and Water Pressure. 2nd
edn. Large Svo. Pp. 350. 1905.
Griffin. 25s.

Innes, C. H. Centrifugal Pumps,
Turbines and Water Motors . 5th
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 342. 1909.
Technical Pub. Co. 6s.

Michell , S . Mine Drainage ; A Treat-
ise on Direct-Acting Underground
Steam Pumping Machinery. 2nd
edn. Roy. Svo. Pp.396. 1899.
Crosby Lockwood. 25s.

Sargeant , E . W . Centrifugal Pump-
ing Machinery and Suction Dredg-
ers. 2nd edn. Svo. Pp.188. 1918.
Griffin. 15s.

Weisbach, J., and Herrmann, G.
The Mechanics of Pumping
Machinery. Svo. Pp.308. 1897.
Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

xi. WATER SUPPLY.

Binnie, Sir A. R. Rainfall, Reser-
voirs and Water Supply. Demy
Svo. Pp. 168. 1913. Constable.
9s.

Burton, W. K., and Greenwell, A.
Water Supply of Towns and the
Construction of Waterworks. 3rd
edn. Super Roy. Svo. Pp. 334.
1907. Crosby Lockwood. 28s.

Greenwell, A., and Curry, W. T.

Rural Water Supply. A Practical
Handbook on the supply of Water
and Construction of Waterworks for
Country Districts. 3rd edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 220. 1913. Crosby
Lockwood . 6s .

56

Civil Engineering.

Harrison, A. B. Practical Well
Sinking. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 66. 1913.
Technical Pub. Co. 2s.

Hellins, H. H. The Lay-Out of
Small Water Mains. Notes and
Tables dealing with various Prob-
lems in Simple, Compound, Double
and Ring Mains. 8vo. Pp. 45.
1921. Pitman. 7s. Qd.

Houston, Sir A. G. Rural Water

Supplies and Their Purification.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 152. 1918. Bale

&Danielsson. 7s. Qd.
Rivers as Sources of Water

Supply. Cr. 4to. Pp. 102. 1917.

Bale & Danielsson. 5s.
Studies in Water Supply. 8vo.

Pp.216. 1913. Macmillan.6s.6d.

Isler, G. Well Boring for Water,
Brine , and Oil : A Manual of Current
Practice. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.268. 1920. Spon. 16s.

McPherson , J . A . Waterworks Dis-
tribution . A Practical Guide to the
Laying Out of Systems of Distribut-
ing Mains for the Supply of Water
to Cities and Towns. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp. 175. 1907. Batsford.
7s. (>d.

Middleton, R. E. Water Supply : A
Practical Treatise on the Selection
of Sources and the Distribution of
W7ater. 2nd edn. in preparation.
Griffin .

Rideal, S., and E. K. Water Sup-
plies: Their Purification, Filtra-
tion, and Sterilisation. DemySvo.
Pp.250. 1914. Crosby Lockwood .
8s. 6d.

Sharp, J. Some Considerations Re-
garding Cast Iron and Steel Pipes.
Roy.Svo. Pp.150. 1914. Long-
mans. 8s. 6d.

Taylor, F. N. Small Water Sup-
plies. A Practical Treatise on the
Methods of Collecting, Storing, and
Conveying Water for Domestic use
in Country Mansions, Estates, and
Small Villages and Farms . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.180. 1912. Batsford. 7s. Gd.

Tudsbery, J. H. T., and Bright -
more, A. W. The Principles of
Waterworks Engineering. 3rd edn .
8vo. Pp.447. 1905. Spon. 24s.

xii. WATER PURIFICATION.

Booth, W. H. Water Softening and
Treatment: Condensing Plant, Feed
Pumps and Heaters for Steam Users
and Manufacturers . 2nd edn . Demy
Svo. Pp. 324. 1920. Constable.
9s. 6d.

Collet , H . Water Softening and Puri-
fication. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
170. 1908. Spon. 6s. 6d.

Don, J., and Chisholm, J. Modern
Methods of Water Purification . 2nd
edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 416. 1913.
Arnold. 16s.

xiii. MUNICIPAL ENGINEER-
ING. SANITARY SCIENCE
AND PLUMBING.

Adams , H . C . The Sewerage of Sea
Coast Towns . Demy Svo . Pp . 132 .
1911. Crosby Lockwood . 6s.

Allan, F. J., and Farrar, R. A.

Aids to Sanitary Science. 2nd edn.
Fcap. Svo. Pp. 282. 1903.
Bailliere. 4s. Qd.

Allsop , R . O . Engineering Work in
Public Buildings. Power, Lighting,
Heating, Ventilation, Water Sup-
ply. 4to. Pp. 168. 1912. Spon.
12s. 6d.

Barwise, S. Purification of Sewage.
The Scientific Principles of Sewage
Purification and their Practical
Application. 2nd edn. DemySvo.
Pp.234. 1904. Crosby Lockv/ood .
12s. Qd.

Bennett , S . B . A Manual of Techni-
cal Plumbing and Sanitary Science.
3rd edn. Roy.Svo. Pp. 300. 1919.
Batsford . 6s .

Blake, E. H. Drainage and Sanita-
tion . A Practical Exposition of the
Conditions vital to Healthy Build-
ings, their Surroundings and Con-
struction, their Ventilation, Heat-
ing, Lighting, Water and Waste
Services . For the use of Architects ,
Surveyors , Engineers , eto . 2nd edn .
Demy Svo. Pp. 531. 1920.
Batsford. 15s.

57

Civil Engineering.

Boulnois, H. P. Municipal En-
gineering : surveying the scope of
Municipal Engineering and the
Statutory position, the appoint-
ment, training and duties of a
Municipal Engineer. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp. 110. 1921. Pitman. 2s. Gd.

Clarke, J. W. Modern Plumbing
Practice. Vol. 1. Practical Lead
Working and Plumbers' Materials,
with Chapters on Siphons and their
Action, etc. Edited by W. Scott.
Large 8 vo . Pp.300. 1914. Bats -
ford. 12s.

Practical Science for Plumbers

and Engineering Students — Treat-
'ing of Physics, Metals, Hydraulics,
Heat , Temperature , etc . 8 vo . Pp .
226. 1903. Batsford. 6s.

Clemesha, W. W. Sewage Disposal
in the Tropics. Demy 8vo. Pp.
241. 1910. Thacker. 15s.

Coleman, T. E. Stable Sanitation
and Construction. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
226. 1897. Spon. 3s. Gd.

Crimp, W. S., and Bruges, C. E.

Sewers and Water Mains. Tables
and Diagrams for use in Designing
Sewers and Water Mains. Oblong
4to. Pp. 107. 1897. Batsford.
10s.

Davies, P. J. Standard Practical
Plumbing, being a complete En-
cyclopaedia for Practical Plumbers.
Architects, Builders, Gas-Fitters,
Hot -water Fitters, etc. 3 Vols.
Vol.1. 4th edn. Pp.355. 1905.
7s. Gd. Vol.2. 2nd edn. Pp.805.
1905. 10s. Gd. Vol. 3. Pp. 204.
1905. 5s. Spon. The 3 Vols. 21s.

Davis , G . B . , and Dye , F . A Com-
plete and Practical Treatise on
Plumbing and Sanitation. 4to.
Pp.818. 1899. Spon. 42s.

Dunbar . A Manual of The Principles
of Sewage Treatment. English
edition by H . T . Calvert . 2nd edn .
in preparation . Griffin .

Easdale, W. C. Sewage Disposal
Works, their -Design and Con-
struction. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1910.
Spon. 10s. Gd.

58

The Empire Municipal Directory
of Local Authorities and Officials
and Year Book of "Municipal
Engineering and the Sanitary
Record" for 1920-21. 38th year of
publication. 4to. Pp. 268 and
Diary. 1921. Sanitary Publishing
Co. 7s. Gd.

Fletcher, Sir B. F., and H. P.
Architectural Hygiene : or Sanitary
Science as Applied to Buildings.
4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.284. 191 1.
Pitman. 10s. Gd.

Hart, J. W. Sanitary Plumbing and

Draiflage. Demy 8vo. Pp. 250.

1904. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d.
External Plumbing Work. A

Treatise on Lead Work for Roofs .

2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 272.

1902. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. Gd.
Hints to Plumbers on Joint

Wiping, Pipe Bending and Lead

Burning. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.

Pp.313. 1901. Scott , Greenwood .

8s. Gd.
Hasluck , P . N . (edited by) . Pract i -

cal Plumbers ' Work . Cr . 8vo . Pp .

168. 1919. Cassell. 3s.

Hellyer,S.S. Plumbing. 7th edn.
Small post 8vo. Pp. 294. 1905.
Bell. 5s.

Herring -Shaw , A . Elementary
Science Applied to Sanitation and
Plumbers' Work . 2nd edn. Demy
8vo. Pp.280. 1910. Gurney and
Jackson . 6s .

Domestic Sanitation and Plumb-
ing. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Vol.1.
Materials; Soil, Waste and Vent
Pipes ; Sanitary Fittings ; House
Drainage ; Cesspools ; Disposal of
House Sewage. Pp. 336. 1909.
6s. Gd. Vol. 2. Water Supply;
Domestic Plot Water ; Warming and
Ventilation. Pp. 374. 1911.
7s. Gd. Gurney and Jackson.

and Newsome , H . F . V . Modern

Sanitary Engineering and Plumbers r
Work ; Progressive Scale Drawings
of Current Practice. 2 Vols.
Large Fcap. Folio. 1913. Vol. 1.
Examples of the Jointing and
Fixing of Pipes, etc. Pp. 40.
3s. Vol. 2. Examples of the
Drainage of Buildings, etc. Pp.
48. 3s. Gd. Longmans.

Civil Engineering.

Kershaw, G. B. Sewage Purifica-
tion and Disposal . Demy 8vo . Pp .
350. 1915. Cambridge University
Press. 14.9.

Modern Methods of Sewage Puri-
fication . A Guide for the Designing
and Maintenance of Sewage Purifica-
tion Works. Med. 8vo. Pp. 369.
1911. Griffin. 25s.

Maguire , W . R . Domestic Sanitary
Drainage and Plumbing. 4th edn.
8vo. Pp. 506. 1903. Kegan
Paul. 12s.

Maxwell , W . H . (edited by) . The
Encyclopaedia of Municipal and
Sanitary Engineering. 4to. Pp.
561. 1910. Constable. 42.9.

British Progress in Municipal

Engineering. Super Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 182. 1904. Constable. 6s. .

Middleton, G. A. T. The Drainage
of Town and Country Houses. A
Practical Account of Modern Sani-
tary Arrangements and Fittings.
8v6. Pp. 176. 1908. Batsford.
5s. 6d.

Raikes, H. P. Sewage Disposal
Works : Design , Construction , and
Maintenance. A Practical Guide to
Modern Methods of Sewage Purifica-
tion. Demy 8vo. Pp.429. 1913.
Constable. 16s.

Raynes, F. W. Domestic Sanitary
Engineering and Plumbing. Deal-
ing with Domestic Water Supplies,
Pump and Hydraulic Ram Work,
Hydraulics, Sanitary Work, Heat-
ing by Low Pressure, Hot Water,
and External Plumbing Work.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 488.
1920. Longmans. 21s.

Reid , G . Practical Sanitation : a
Handbook for Sanitary Inspectors
and others interested in Sanitation .
19th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.379. 1919.
Griffin. 7s. 6d.

Shone , I . Sewage Drainage Systems :
The Shone System and the Gravita-
tion Sewage-Drainage Systems of
the Nineteenth Century, etc. 8vo.
Pp. 460. 1914. Spon. 25s.

Drainage and Drainage Ventila-
tion Methods at the Houses of
Parliament, etc. 8vo. Pp. 36 and
7 Plates. 1913. Spon. 6s.

Taylor, F. N. The Main Drainage
of Towns. Med. 8vo. Pp. 324.
1912. Griffin. 15s.

Thomson, G. Modern Sanitary
Engineering. Demy 8vo. Part 1..
House Drainage . 2nd edn . Pp .
280, 1920. 16s. Part 2.
Sewerage. Pp. 221. 1921. 18s.
Constable.

Vernon-Har court, L. F. Sani-
tary Engineering with respect to
W7ater Supply and Sewage Disposal .
Med. Svo. Pp.442. 1907. Long-
mans. 17s. 6d.

Watson, H. S. Sewerage Systems,
Their Design and Construction.
Roy. Svo. Pp.329. 1911. Crosby
Lockwood. 12s. 6d.

Wood , F . Sanitary Engineering : A
Practical Manual of Town Drainage
and Sewage and Refuse Disposal .
3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.321. 1914.
Griffin. 10s. Qd.

xiv. ILLUMINATION.

Bloch, L. The Science of Illumina-
tion . An Outline of the Principles
of Artificial Lighting. Translated
by W. C. Clinton. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 180. 1912. Murray. *6s.

Blok, A. Elementary Principles of
Illumination and Artificial Light-
ing. Cr. Svo. Pp. 240. 1914.
Scott, Greenwood. 4s. 6d.

Dye, F. Lighting by Acetylene.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 188. 1902. Spon.
6s.

Eck , J . Practical Illumination . Svo .

Pp.85. 1914. Rentell. Is.
The Application of Arc Lamps to

Practical Purposes . Svo . Pp . 101 .

1910. Rentell. 2s. 6d.

Gaster, L., and Dow, J. S. Modern
Illuminants and Illuminating Engi-
neering. 2nd edn. Demy Svo.
Pp.501. 1919. Pitman. 25s.

O'Connor, H. Petrol Air Gas . The
Installation and Working of Air Gas
Lighting Systems for Country
Houses. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
100. 1912. Crosby Lockwood.
2s. 6d.

59

Civil Engineering.

Ogley , D . H . Works Lighting . Cf .
Svo. Pp. 134. 1918. Ilifie.
7s. Qd.

Trotter, A. P. Illumination: Its
Distribution and Measurement . Svo .
Pp.310. 1911. Macmillan.10s.6rf.

xv. HEATING AND VENTILAT-
ING BUILDINGS.

Birks, F. The Mathematics of
Ventilation, Pumping; and Haul-
age. Cr. Svo. Pp. 222. 1918.
Pitman. 5s.

Dye, F. W. Warming Buildings by
Hot Water. 2nd edn. Svo/ Pp.
322. 1917. Spon. 12s.

Hot Water Supply. A Practical

Treatise upon the Fitting of Hot
Water Apparatus for domestic and
general purposes. 6th edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 237. 1919. Spon.
8s. 6d .

A Practical Treatise upon Steam

Heating. Svo. Pp. 251. 1901.
Spon. 12s.

Grierson , R . Some Modern Methods
of Ventilation, with Special Refer-
ence to Public Buildings : Standards
of Ventilation, Design of Ducts,
Selection of Fans, Washers and
Heaters, etc. Demy Svo. Pp.

202. 1916. Constable. 8s. 6d.

Hart, J. W. The Principles of Hot
Water Suppl/. Demy Svo. Pp.
177. 1900 . Scott, Greenwood.

Innes, G. H. Centrifugal and Axial
Fans. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.302.
1916 . Technical Pub . Co . 10s . Qd.

Raynes , F . W . Heating Systems :
Design of Hot Water, and Steam
Heating Apparatus . 2nd edn. Svo.
Pp.344. 1921. Longmans. 21s.

White, W. L., and G. M. Heating
Engineers ' Quantities . Small folio .
Pp. 33 and Plates. 1910. Spon.
10s. Qd.

xvi. REFUSE DISPOSAL.

Goodrich , W . F . Modern Destructor
Practice. Med. Svo. Pp. 294.
1912. Griffin. 18s.

Refuse Disposal and Power Pro-
duction. Demy Svo. Pp. 398.
1904. Constable. 16s.

Small Dust Destructors for

Institutional and Trade Refuse.
Demy Svo. Pp.127. 1904. Con-
stable. 4s.

Matthews, E. R. Refuse Disposal.
2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin.

60

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION,

i. GENERAL.

Adams, H. The Mechanics of
Building Construction. 8vo. Pp.
252. 1912. Longmans. 7s.Gd.

Advanced Building Construction .

By the Author of 'Rivington's
Notes.' Cr. 8vo. Pp.254. 1915.
Longmans. 6s.

Allen, J. P. A Practical Handbook
of Building Construction . 5th edn .
Med . 8 vo . Pp . 596 . 1 909 . Crosby
Lock wood . 5s . Gd .

Burns, G. J. Glossary of Technical
Terms used in Architecture and the
Building Trades. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
136. Spon. 4s.

Burrell, E. J. Building Construc-
tion. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260. 1919.
Longmans . 4s .

Clarke, J.W. Pocket-book of Tables
and Memoranda for Plumbers,
Builders, Sanitary and Electrical
Engineers, etc. 5th edn. Pocket
size. Pp. 300. 1909. Batsford.
2s. Gd.

Cunningham. B. Building Con-
struction : First Stage . 2nd edn .
5th imp . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 336 . 1915 .
University Tutorial Press. 3s. Gd.

Dean, A. Building Construction.
2 Pts. 8vo. Pp. 128., 189.
1913-14. Routledge. 5s. Gd.

Eaton, R. B. Building Construction
Drawing. A Class Book for the
Elementary Student and Artisan.
Imp. 8vo. Pp. 463, + 157 Plates.
1921. 16s. Part 1. Pp. 59, + 26
Plates. 1914. 2s. Part 2. Pp.
64, + 26 Plates. 1914. 2s. Part 3.
Pp. 80, + 25 Plates. 1917. 3s. Gd.
Part 4. Pp. 88, + 24 Plates. 1919.
5s. Part 5. Pp. 96, + 26 Plates.
1919. 5s. Spon.

Fowler's Architects' and Builders"
Handbook, 1920. Pocket size.
Pp. 500. January. Scientific Pub.
Co. 2s. Gd.

Fullerton, W. Architectural Ex-
amples in Brick, Stone, Wood and
Iron. 3rd edn. 4to. Pp. 254,
245 Plates. 1914. Spon. 21s.

Harrison, P. T. Bungalow Resi-
dences. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 94 and 24 Plates. 1920.
Crosby Loekwood. 7s. Gd.

Hurst , J . T . Handbook of Formulae ,
Tables, and Memoranda, for Archi-
tectural Surveyors, and others en-
gaged in Building. 15th edn.
Oblong 32mo. Pp. 512. 1920.
Spon. 7s. Gd.

Innocent , C . F . The Development of
English Building Construction .
Roy.Svo. Pp.310. 1916. Cam-
bridge University Press. 12s.

Jaggard, W. R. Architectural and
Building Construction Plates. Part
1. 30 Drawings (Elementary).
30 Plates in Portfolio. 1913.
10s. Gd. Part 2. 30 Drawings
(Advanced) . 30 Plates in Portfolio .
1914. 10s. Gd. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press.

and Drury, F. E. Architec-
tural Building Construction . Demy
8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 328. 191 6*.
Cambridge University Press. 7s. Gd..

Manson , G . L . Experimental Build-
ing Science. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1.
Pp.218. 1917. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 7s.

Mitchell, C. F., and G. A. Build-
ing Construction and Drawing.
A Text-book on the Principles and
Details of Modern Construction.
9th edn. Cr. 8vo. Parti. Pp.
470. 1919. 6s. Gd. Part 2. Ad-
vanced Course. Pp. 985. 1919.
10s. Gd. Batsford.

61

Building Construction.

Molesworth, H. B. Obstruction to
Light. A graphic method for the
easy determination of questions
affecting Ancient Lights. 4to.
1902. Spon. 6s..

Passmore, A. G. Handbook of
Technical Terms used in Archi-
tecture and Building, and their
Allied Trades and Subjects. Demy
8vo. Pp. 880. 1904. Scott,
Greenwood. 8s. 6d.

Pearson, J. H. Suburban Houses.
A Series of Practical Plans, with
Notes on Design and Principles of
Construction. 4to. Pp. 12, and
46 Plates. 1905. Spon. 7s. Qd.

Pite, B., and others. Building
Construction. 2 Vols. Med . 8vo.
1920. Vol. 1. Pp. 460. Vol. 2.
Pp.370. Longmans. 16s. each vol.

Reid, J. A. Building Construction
and Architectural Drawing. 18
Plates with text. 1911. Blackie.
4s. 6d.

Riley , J . W . Building Construction
for Beginners . New Imp. Gl.Svo.
Pp. 314. 1920. Macmillan. 5s.

Riyington's Notes on Building
Construction. A Book of Refer-
ence for Architects and Builders
and a Text-Book for Students.
New edn . of First Two Parts edited
by W . N . Twelvetrees . Demy 8vo .
Parti. Pp.316. 1915. 9s. Part
2. Pp. 342. 1915. 9s. Part 3.
Materials. 7th edn. Pp. 546.
(1910) 1919. 22s. 6d. Part 4.
Calculations for Building Struc-
tures. 8th edn. Pp.398. (1912)
1920. 15s. Longmans.

Sage, A. R., and Fretwell, W. E.
A Text-book of Elementary Build-
ing Construction. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
302. 1914. Methuen. 5s.

Samson , G . G . Every Man His Own

Builder . 3rd edn . 8vo . Pp . 362 .

1920. Crosby Lockwood. 15s.
Houses, Villas, Cottages and

Bungalows . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo .

Pp. 150. 1920. Crosby Lockwood .

7s. 6d.
How to Plan a House . For those

about to Build. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo.

Pp . 150 . 1914 . Crosby Lockwood .

5s.

Stock, G. H., and Farrow, F. R.

Treatise on Shoring and Under-
pinning. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 84.
1902. Batsford. 5s. 6d.

ii. ESTIMATES: QUANTITIES:
SUPERVISION: REPAIRS.

Bales, T. The Builders' Clerk, a
Guide to the Management of a
Builder's Business. 2ndedn.Fcap.
8vo. 1904. Spon. 2s.

Ballard, W. E. Builders' Quanti-
ties. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 131. 1913.
Longmans. 3s. 6d.

Blagrove, G. H. Dangerous Struc-
tures and How to Deal With Them.
A Handbook for Practical Men.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.168. 1906.
Batsford. 5s. 6d.

Blake, E. G. Building Repairs.
A Practical Guide to their Execu-
tion. DemySvo. Pp.216. 1921.
Batsford. 8s. Qd.

Ghatterton, F. (edited by). Specifi-
cation, with which is incorporated
the Municipal Engineer's Specifica-
tion. No. 23. 1921. Folio.
Pp.552. Feb., 1921. '^Technical
Journal." 10s. 6d.

Goleman, T. E. Approximate Esti-
mates, a Pocket book for Estimat-
ing, compiled for the use of Archi-
tects, Engineers, Estate Agents,
Contractors, etc. 5th edn. 16mo.
Pp.451. 1920. Spon. 10s. 6rf.

New Standard Building Prices.

For the use of Architects, Civil
Engineers, Builders, Contractors,
etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 44. 1919.
Spon . 4s .

Fletcher, Sir B. F., and H. P.

Dilapidations, containing all recent
Legal Decisions and a chapter on
Fixtures . 7th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
200. 1914. Batsford. 7s.6rf.

Quantities. A Text-book in

Tabulated Form for the use of
Architects , Surveyors , and Builders .
Revised by H. P. Fletcher. 8th
edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 460. 1910.
Batsford. 10s.

Grey, G. W. Building Supervision.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 158. 1913. Spon.
3s. 6d.

62

Building Construction.

Orubb , H . G . Builders ' Quantities .
2ndedn. Cr.Svo. Pp.244. 1913.
Methuen. 6s. Gd.

Hoskins, G. G., and H. P. The

Clerk of Works . A Vade Mecurn for
all engaged in the superintendence of
Building Operations. 8th edn.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 64. 1914. Spon.
2s. Gd.

Hurst, J. T. A Handbook of
Formulae, Tables and Memoranda
for Architectural Surveyors and
Draughtsmen. 16th edn. Oblong
32mo. Pp. 712. 1921. Spon.
10s.

Laxton's Builders' Price Book for
1921. Containing about 73,000
Prices, originally compiled by W.
Laxton. 104the*dn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
645. Feb., 1921. Kelly. 7s. Gd.

Leaning , J . Quantity Surveying , for
the use of Surveyors, Architects,
Engineers and Builders. 5th edn.
8vo. Pp.936. 1912. Spon. 25s.

Lewis , H . M . Builders' Quantities .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 54. 1911. Spon.
2s. 6d.

Lockwood 's Builders ' , Architects ' ,
Contractors', and Engineers'
Price Book for 1921. Edited by
R. S. Ayling. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 860.
Jan., 1921. Crosby Lockwood.
7s. Gd.

The Master Builders' Handbook
and Diary, 1921. The Official
Year Book of the London Master
Builders' and Allied Industries
Association. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 127 and
Diary. 1921. "The Builder, "Ltd.
2s. Gd.

Metson , G . The Clerk of Works . A
Handbook on the Supervision of
Building Operations. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.190. 1913. Crosby Lockwood.
3s. Gd.

Oultram, J. F. The Builders'
Foreman . A Practical Guide to his
Training. Cr.Svo. Pp. 208. 1916.
Batsford. 7s. Gd.

Purchase, W.R. Elementary Man-
ual of Building Inspection. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 136. 1910. Crosby
Lockwood. 3s. Gd.

Rea , J . T . How to Estimate . Being
a Complete and thoroughly up-to-
date Analysis of Builders ; Prices.
4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 530. 1919.
Batsford. 10s. Gd.

Stephenson, G. Estimating. A
Method of Pricing Builders' Quanti-
ties for Competitive Work, without
the use of a Price Book. 6th edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.178. 1913. Bgtsford.
5s. Gd.

—The Quantity Students' Assistant.
A Handbook of Practical Notes and
Memoranda for those learning to
take-off Quantities. Cr.Svo. Pp.
124. 1907. Batsford. 4s.

Pricing of Quantities. Ex. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 217. 1910. Constable.
5s.

Repairs. How to Measure and

Value Them . A Handbook for the
use of Builders, Decorators, etc.
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.108. 1913.
Batsford . 4s .

Young , G . ( ed ited by) . Spon ' s Prac -
tical Builders' Pocket-book. A
Reference book of Memoranda,
Tables and Official Rules and
Regulations for Architects and
Builders. 3rd edn. Fcap. Svo.
Pp.532. 1921. Spon. 10s. Gd.

Spon's Architects' and Builders'

Pocket Price Book , 1921 . 47th edn .
Fcap. Svo. Pp.298. 1921. Spon.
6s.

iii. BUILDING LAW:
ARBITRATION.

Gubitt, H. Building in London. A
Treatise on the Law and Practice
affecting the Erection and Mainten-
ance of Buildings in the Metropolis.
Super. Roy. Svo. Pp.811. 1911.
Constable. 31s. Gd.

Fletcher , Sir B . F . , and H . P . Light
and Air, with Methods of Esti-
mating Injuries, Reports of recent
Cases , etc . 5th edn . Cr . Svo . Pp .
160 and Plates. 1904. Batsford.
7s. Gd.

Valuations and Compensations .

A comprehensive Treatise on Valu-
ing Land and Houses. 4th edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 470. 1913. Bats-
ford. 10s.

63

Building Construction.

Fletcher, Sir B. F., and H. P.

London Building Acts, 1894-1909.
5th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 700 . 1914 .
Batsford. 10s.

— Arbitrations. A Text Book with

the Chief Cases and Forms, Rules,
etc. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 175.
1904. Batsford. 6s.

Rimmer, E. J. The Arbitration
Clause in Engineering and Building
Contracts. Cr.Svo. Pp.24. 1912.
Constable. 2s.

iv. BUILDING MATERIALS.

Middleton, G. A. T. Building
Materials : Their Nature , Properties ,
and Manufacture . 2nd edn . Large
Cr.Svo. Pp.450. 1916. Batsford.
10s . 6d .

Munby, A. E. Introduction to the
Chemistry and Physics of Building
Materials. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp.365.
1909. Constable. 7s. Qd.

v. CARPENTRY: WOODWORK
AND ALLIED TRADES .

Arkwright, J. P. (edited by).
Carpentry and Cabinet Making for
Amateurs. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
224. 1919. "Exchange and Mart."
4s.

Ashcroft, H. J. Boat Building
Simplified. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 74. 1919. Reiach. 5s.

Barter, S. Manual Instruction:
Woodwork. 4th edn. Fcap. 4to.
Pp. 364. 1905. Pitman. 7s. Qd.

Manual Instruction: Drawing.

Showing the application of Geomet-
rical Drawing to Manual Instruc-
tion in Wood and Metal. Fcap.
4to. Pp.80. 1896. Pitman. 4s.

Binstead, H. E. Furniture. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 142. 1918. Pitman.
3s.

Boulton, B. C. The Manufacture
and Use of Plywood and Glue.
Demy Svo. Pp. 98. 1920. Pit-
man. 7s. Qd.

Bowers , R . S . , and others . Furni-
ture Making . Demy Svo . Pp .416.
1919. Cassell. 8s. Qd.

Denning, D. The Art and Craft of
Cabinet-making. Cr. Svo. Pp,
320. 1891. Pitman. 6s.

Ellis, G. Modern Practical Joinery.
A Treatise on the Practice of
Joiner's Work by Hand and Ma-
chine. 4th edn. Cr.4to. Pp.565.
1921. 45s. Also in 3 parts. Part
1. Drawing, Tools, Workshop
Practice, Woodworking Machinery.
Pp.231. 15s. Part 2. Construc-
tional Joinery in House, Shop, and
Public Buildings. Pp. 271. 18s.
Part 3 . Advanced Joinery , Setting-
Out, Timber, etc. Pp. 187.
12s. Qd. Batsford.

Modern Practical Carpentry. For

the use of Workmen, Builders,
Architects, and Engineers. Erect-
ing Roofs, Floors, Partitions, Scaf-
folding, Shoring, Foundations,
Bridges, Gates, Houses, etc. Cr.
4to. Pp. 450. 1915. Batsford.
30s.

Fletcher, Sir B. F., and H. P. Car-
pentry and Joinery . A Text-book for
Architects, Engineers, Surveyors,.
Craftsmen , and Students . 4th edn .
Cr.Svo. Pitman. 10s. Gd.

Hasluck, P. N. (edited by). Wood
Carving: Comprising Practical In-
structions and Examples. Roy.
Svo. Pp. 568. Cassell. 9s.

Greenhouse and Conservatory

Construction and Heating . Cr . Svo .
Pp. 168. 1907. Cassell. 3s.

Hurst, J. T. Principles of Carpen-
try. Based upon the original work
of Thomas Tredgold. 12th edn.
Cr.Svo. 1919. Spon. IQs.Qd.

Jack, G. Woodcarving Design and
Workmanship. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 320. 1913. Pitman. 7s. Qd.

Jackson , F . G . Wood Carving as an?
Aid to the Study of Elementary
Art . 2nd edn . Demy Svo . Pp . 65 .
1913. Chapman and Hall . 4s.6rf.

Jones , B . E . (edited by) . The Com-
plete Woodworker. Demy Svo. Pp.
416. 1919. Cassell. 8s. Qd.

Leland,C.G. Wood -Carving. 5th
edn. Fcap. 4to. Pp. 162. Pit-
man . 5s .

64

Building Construction.

Philipson, J. The Art and Craft of
Coach Building. Small post 8vo.
Pp. 191. 1897. Bell. 6s.

Ricks, G. Manual Training: Wood-
work. A Handbook for Teachers.
Cr. 4to. Pp. 196. 1907. Mac-
millan. 8s. 6d.

Riley, J. W. Manual of Carpentry
and Joinery. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 518.
1919. Macmillan. 6s.

Rowe, E. Practical Wood-Carving.
2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 97. 1918.
Batsford . 4s .

Rudd, J. H. Practical Cabinet
Making and Draughting. Pp. 172.
1912. BennBros. 5s. 6d.

Scott, W. A. Handrailing for Geo-
metrical Staircases. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
58. 1915. Pitman. 2s. 6d.

Sturch, F. Manual Training Draw-
ing (Woodwork) . Its Principles and
Applications. Fcap. Pp. 78. 1906.
Methuen. 7s. 6d.

Terry, C . W . Practical Motor Body
Building. A Practical Treatise on
the various branches of Motor Body
Construction, for Coachbuilders,
Draughtsmen, Designers, Students,
and others. Demy 8vo. Pp. 348.
1921. Spon. 15s.

Wake, R. The New Education:
Woodwork. A Text Book of
Manual Instruction, with descrip-
tive lessons on Wood, Tools, and
Benchwork. DemySvo. 1910.11s.
Also in 3 Parts. 4s. each. Chap-
man and Hall.

Webber, F. C. Carpentry and Join-
ery . 7th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 336 .
1919. Methuen. 6s.

Wells, P. A., and Hooper, J.

Modern Cabinet Work, Furniture
and Fitments . An Account of the
Theory and Production with over
1 ,000 Workshop Drawings , etc .
2nd edn . in preparation . Cr . 4to .
Pp. 400. Batsford. 30s.

vi. COB AND PISE WORK.

Williams -Ellis, C. Cottage Build-
ings in Cob, Pise", Chalk and Clay.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 125. 1919.
* 'Country Life" Office. 6s.

vii. BRICKS AND TILES:

ARTIFICIAL AND MASONRY

STONE.

Ackworth, A. T. The Manufacture
of Roofing Tiles. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
136. N.D. Maclaren. 3s. 6d.

Bourry, E. A Treatise on Ceramic
Industries. A Complete Manual for
Pottery, Tile, and Brick Manu-
facturers. Translated, with some
Critical Notes, by A. B. Searle.
3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 488.

1919. Scott, Greenwood. 14s. Qd.

Kloes, J. A. VanDer. A Manual for
Masons, Bricklayers, Concrete
Workers and Plasterers. Revised
and Adapted by A . B . Searle . Demy
8vo. Pp. 247. 1914. Churchill.
8s. 6d.

Lefevre, L. Architectural Pottery.
Bricks, Tiles, Pipes, Enamelled
Terra-cottas , Ordinary and In-
crusted Quarries , Stoneware
Mosaics, Faiences and Architectural
Stoneware. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 500.
1900. Scott, Greenwood. 17s.

Mitchell, C. F., and G. A. Brick-
work and Masonry. A Practical
Text-book for Students and those
engaged in the Design and Execu-
tion of Structures in Brick and

, Stone. New edn. in preparation.
Batsford .

Passmore, A. C. Sand and Clay:
Their Analysis and Physical Prop-
erties. Cr." 8vo. Pp. 48. 1907.
Technical Pub. Co. 2s. Qd.

Renwick , W . G . Marble and Marble
Working. Med. 8vo. Pp. 250.
1909. Crosby Lock wood. 16s.

Searle , A . B . Modern Brickmaking .
2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 510.

1920. Scott, Greenwood. 17s. 6d.
An Introduction to British Clays,

Shales, and Sands. 2nd edn. in

preparation . Griffin .
The Natural History of Clay.

Roy. 16mo. Pp. 183. 1912.

Cambridge Un i vers ity Press 2s . 6 d .
Clays and Clay Products. 2nd

edn. Cr. 8vo. 'Pp. 172. 1915.

Pitman . 3s .

Building Construction.

Searle, A . B . Bricks and Artificial
Stones of Non-Plastic Materials :
Their Manufacture and Uses . 4to .
Pp.160. 1915. Churchill. 8s. Qd.

Watson, J. British and Foreign
Building Stones. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
492. 1911. Cambridge University
Press. Qs.Gd.

British and Foreign Marbles and

other Ornamental Stones . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 496. 1916. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 5s.

viii. CEMENT: CONCRETE.

Ballard, F. Concrete for House,
Farm and Estate. 2nd edn. 8vo.
Pp. 65. 1920. Crosby Lockwood.
3s. 6d.

Blount, B. Cement: Manufacture;
Power ;• Testing ; Methods of Analy-
sis ; Chemistry; Uses and By-
Products. Assisted by W. H.
Woodcock & H. J. Gillett. Demy
8vo. Pp.296. 1920. Longmans.
18s.

Butler, D . B . Portland Cement : Its
Manufacture, Testing, and Use.
3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 458. 1913.
Spon. 21s.

Calcare. The Cement Users' and
Buyers' Guide. 32mo. Pp. 115.
1901. Spon. 2s. •

Dancaster, E. A. Limes and Cem-
ents: their Nature, Manufacture,
and Use . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
232. 1920. Crosby Lockwood.
7s. Qd.

Desch, C. H. The Chemistry and
Testing of Cement. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 276. 1911. E.Arnold. 12s.

Gatehouse , F . B . A Handbook for
Cement Works ' Chemists . 2nd edn .
Med.Svo. Pp.172. 1917. Griffin.
6s.

Lakem^n,A. (edited by). Concrete
Cottages, Small Garages and Farm
Buildings. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1918.
Concrete Publications, Ltd. 5s.

Potter , T . Concrete : Its Use in
Building. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 350. 1908. Batsford. Ss.Gd.

Poulsen, A. Cement in Sea-Water-
8vo. Pp.59. 1909. Spon. 3s.

Redgrave, G. R., and Spackman,
C. Calcareous Cements: Their
Nature, Preparation and Uses . With
some Remarks upon Cement Testing .
2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 328.
1905. Griffin. 18s.

Searle, A. B. The Chemistry of
Cement, Concrete and Bricks. Demy
8vo. Pp.423. 1913. Constable.
10s. 6d.

Setting of Cements and Plasters,
The. Faraday Society Report.
1918. Demy 8vo. Pp.71. 1918.
Faraday Society . 5s. (yd.

Sutclif fe , G . L . Concrete : Its Nature
and Uses ; for Architects, Builders,
etc. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 396.
1905. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. (yd.

Wheatley, O. Ornamental Cement
Work/ Demy 8vo. Pp. 128. 1912.
Scott , Greenwood . 6s .

ix. RE-INFORCED CONCRETE.

Adams, H., and Matthews, E. R.

Reinforced Concrete Construction in
Theory and Practice. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp. 330. 1916. Longmans.
15s.

Andrews, E. S. Elementary Princi-
ples of Re-Inforced Concrete Con-
struction . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
260 . 1 918 . Scott , Greenwood . 5s .

Regulations of the L.C.C. Relat-
ing to Reinforced Concrete. 1916.
The official Text, Notes, Explana-
tions, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 78.
1916. Batsford. 3s.

Ball , J . D . W . Reinforced Concrete
Railway Structures. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 227. 1913. Constable. 9s.

Cantell , M . T . Reinforced Concrete
Construction . Part 1 . 2nd edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp.168. 1918. 8s. 6d.
Part 2. 8vo. Pp.256. 1912. 15s.
Spon.

Coleman, T. E. Estimating for Re-
inforced Concrete Work. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 154. 1912. Batsford. 5s.

Davenport, J. A. Graphical Rein-
forced Concrete Design . A series
of Diagrams on Sheets. 1911 . Spon.
6s.

66

Building Construction.

Etchells, E. F. Mnemonic Nota-
tions for Engineering Formulae.
Report of the Science Committee of
the Concrete institute with Explan-
atory Notes by E . F . Etchells . Demy
Svol i'p. 110. 1910. Spon. 6s.

Faber, O., and Bowie, P. G. Rein-
forced Concrete Design. Demy 8vo.
Vol. I. Theory. Pp.352. 1919.
14s. Vol. 2. Practice. By O.
Faber. Pp. 258. 1920. Arnold.
18s.

•Gammon, J. G. Reinforced Con-
crete Design Simplified : Diagrams ,
Tables, and other Data. 2nd edn.
Demy4to. Pp.124. 1913. Crosby
Lock wood . 1 5s .

•Geen, B. Continuous Beams in Re-
inforced Concrete. Imp.4to. 1912.
Chapman & Hall . 10s .

Marsh , G . F . A Concise Treatise on
Reinforced Concrete . 3rd imp .
Demy 8vo. Pp.233. 1920. Con-
stable. 12s. 6d.

Reinforced Concrete Compression

Member Diagram. Roy 8vo.l914.
In cloth covers, mounted on linen.
5s . Unmounted . 3s . 6d . Constable .
— and Dunn, W. Manual of Re-
inforced Concrete . 3rd edn . Fcap .
8vo. Pp. 491. 1910. Constable.
14s.

Martin , N . Properties and Design of
Reinforced Concrete. Fcap. 4to.
Pp.131. 1912. Constable. 8s.

Rin£s, F. Reinforced Concrete
Bridges. Imp. 8vo. Pp. 193.
1913. Constable. 21s.

Scott, A. A. H. Reinforced Con-
crete in Practice. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
190. 1915. Scott, Greenwood. 5s.

Twelvetrees, W. N. Reinforced
Concrete . A Treatise on the Theory
and Practice of Reinforced Concrete
Construction . Demy 8vo . Pp .
275. 1920. Pitman ." 21s.

Practical Design of Reinforced

Concrete Beams and Columns. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 167. 1911. Pitman.
7s. Gd.

Concrete-Steel Buildings. Cr.

8vo. Pp.408. 1907. Pitman. 12s.

Williamson, J. Calculating Dia-
grams for Design of Reinforced Con-
crete Sections . Imp . Svo . Pp . 44 .
1920. Constable. 12s.

x. IRON AND STEEL
CONSTRUCTION.

Andrews , E . S . , and Cocking ,W . C .

Tables of Safe Loads on Steel Pillars
with Practical Notes on Design and
Construction. Vol. 1. Plated
Single K Beams. Demy 8vo.
1918. Pitman. 6s.

Beck, E. G. Structural Steelwork:
Relating principally to the Con-
struction of Steel Framed Buildings .
Svo. Pp. 462. 1920. Longmans.
21s.

Cocking , W . C . The Calculations for
Steel-Frame Structures. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 312 . 1917. Scott , Greenwood .
6s.

Farnsworth, A. W. Constructional
Steelwork. 2nd edn. in prepara-
tion. Griffin.

Fidler,H. Notes on Construction in

Mild Steel. Med. Svo. Pp. 462.

1907. Longmans. 18s. Gd.
Hasluck, P. N. (edited by), iron,

Steel, and Fireproof Construction.

Cr.Svo. Pp.168. 1906. Cassell.

3s.

Schindler, K. Iron and Steel Con-
structional Work. Translated and
Revised from the German, and
adapted to British practice . Cr . Svo .
Pp . 140 . 1912. Scott , Greenwood .
4s. Qd.

Sexton, A. H. The Corrosion and
Protection of Metals, with special
reference to the Preservation of
Engineering Structures. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 148. 190(5. Scientific ub.Co.
ft*.

Skelton, R. A. and Co. (compiled
by). Structural Steel . Consisting of
Tables and Notes for Engineers,
Architects, Contractors and Iron
Merchants . Fcap . 4to . Pp . 320 .
1915. Pitman. 10s.

Spencer, A. S. Practical Design of
Steel-Framed Sheds. Rov. Svo.
Pp. 177. 1915. Constable. 12s.

Twelvetrees , W . N . Structural Iron
and Steel. Cr. Svo. Pp. 163.
1900. Pitman. 7s. 6d.

67

Building Construction.

xi. MISCELLANEOUS

Holt, H. G. Fire Protection in
Buildings : a Practical Treatise for
Engineers, Architects, etc. Demv
8vo. Pp. 280. 1913. Crosby
Lockwood . 9s .

Keim, A. W. The Prevention of
Dampness in Buildings: with Re
marks on the Causes. Nature and
Effects of Saline, Efflorescences and
Dry-rot. Translated from the Ger-
man. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 115. 1902.
Scott, Greenwood. 6s.

Montel, A. Building Structures in
Earthquake Countries. From the
Italian, with additions by the
Author. Cr.4to. Pp.138. 1912.
Griffin. 10s. 6d.

xii TOWN PLANNING.

Aldridge , H . A . The Case for Town
Planning. A Practical Manual.
Roy. 8vo. Pp.679. 1915. Not.
Housing and Town Planning Coun-
cil. 15s.

Cadbury, G. Town Planning, with
special Reference to the Birming-
ham Schemes . 2nd imp . 8vo . Pp .
218. 1915. Longmans. 8s.

Julian, J. An Introduction to Town
Planning : the Principles of the
Subject, and a consideration of the
Problems Involved , Powers of Local
Authorities, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
156. 1914. Griffin. 6s.

Lanchester , H . V . Town Planning in
Madras. 4to. Pp. 123. 1918.
Constable. 12s. Gd.

Nettlefold, J. S. Practical Town
Planning: A Land and Housing
Policy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 493. 1914.
St. Catherine Press. 2s. Gd.

Triggs , H . I . Town Planning : Past ,
Present and Possible. 2nd edn.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 336. Methuen.

16.5.

Unwin, R. Town Planning in Prac-
tice . An introduction to the Art of
Designing Cities and Suburbs. 6th
imp. Cr. 4to. Pp. 448. 1919.
Fisher Unwin. 31s. Gd.

Webb, W. Garden First in Land
Development . 2nd edn . 8vo . Pp .
142. 1920. Longmans. 5s.

xiii. HOUSE DECORATION :
PAINTS, ETC.

Bates , A . Motor and" Carriage Paint-
ing . A Practical Manua 1 . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.164. 1915. Trade Paper Pub .
Co . 4s .

Brown, W. N. House Decorating
and Painting. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150.
1900. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. Gd .

Workshop Wrinkles for Decora-
tors, Painters, Paperhangers , and
Others. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
128. 1907. Scott, Greenwood.
2s. Gd.

Coach Painters' Handbook and
Guide, The. Cr. 8vo. Pp.133.
Trade Paper Pub . Co . 2s . Gd .

Desaint, A. Three Hundred Shades
and How to Mix Them. For Arch-
itects, Painters and Decorators.
Folio. 100 Plates. 1907. Scott,
Greenwood . 23s .

Duthie, A. L. Stencils and Stencil-
ling; for all Artistic and Decorative
purposes. Cr.Svo. Pp.163. 1914.
Trade Paper Pub . Co . 4s .

Ermen , W . F . A . Materials Used in
Si/ing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 126. 1912.
Constable. 6s.

Fleury , P . The Preparation and Uses
of White Zinc Paints. Translated
from the French. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
280. 1912. Scott, Greenwood. 7s.

Galloway , J . H . Staining , Varnish-
ing and Enamelling. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 122. 3910. Trade Paper
Pub . Co . 4s .

Hasluck, P. N. (edited by). House
Decoration . Roy . 8vo . Pp . 568 .
1913. Cassell. 9s.

Practical Graining and Marbling.

Cr.Svo. Pp.168. 1911. Cassell.
3s.

Hurst, G. H, Colour: A Handbook
of the Theory of Colour . 2nd edn .
DemySvo. Pp.168. 1916. Scott,
Greenwood. 8s. 6d.

Painters ' Colours , Oils , and Var-
nishes . 6th edn . Revised by N .
Heaton in preparation. Griffin.

The Painter's Laboratory Guide.

A Student's Handbook of Paints,
Colours, and Varnishes. 2nd edn.
in preparation. Griffin.

68

Building Construction.

Jennings , A . S . Commercial Paints
and Painting. A Handbook for
Architects. Engineers, Property
Owners, Painters and Decorators.
Ex.Cr.8vo. Pp.236. 1914. Con-
stable. 7s. Gd.

Paint and Colour Mixing : A

Practical Handbook. 5th edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 250. 1921.
Spon. 12s. 6d.

Paints and Varnishes , with special

reference to their Properties and
Uses. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 116. 1920.
Pitman. 3s.

and Harrison , C . The Painters '

Pocket Rook. 4th edn. Pott 8vo.
Pp. 258. 1920. Trade Paper Pub.
Co. 4s. Gd.

Jones , M . W . The Testing and Val-
uation of Raw Materials used in
Paint and Colour Manufacture . For
the Laboratories of Colour Works.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 88. 1900. Scott ,
Greenwood . 6s .

Millar, A. Scumbling and Colour
Glazing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 86. 1909.
Trade Paper Pub . Co . 4s .

Oliver , C . E . The Painters ' Business
Book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 213. 1914.
Trade Paper Pub. Co. 4s.

Pearce , W . J . Painting and Decor-
ating : A complete Practical Manual
for House Painters and Decorators.
4th edn. Cr. 8vo. 1913. Griffin.
12s. 6d.

Rothery, G. G. Decorators' Sym-
bols, Emblems, and Devices. Cr.
8vo. Pp.130. 1907. Trade Paper
Pub. Co. 3s. Gd.

Scott -Mitchell, F. Practical Gild-
ing , Bronzing . Lacquering and Glass
Embossing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184.
1907. Trade Paper Pub. Co.
3s. Gd.

Smith, J. G. Paint and Painting
Defects , their Detection . Cause and
Cure. Cr.Svo. 1912. Trade Paper
Pub . Co . 4s .

and Laurie , A . P . Zinc Oxide

and its Uses. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 108.
1909. Trade Paper Pub . Co . 2s. Gd.

Wright, A. C. Simple Methods for
Testing Painters' Materials. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 160. 1903. Scott,
Greenwood. 6s.

69

NAVAL ARCHITECTURE, SHIP-
BUILDING.

i. GENERAL.

Atherton , W . H . , and Mellanby , A .

L . Resistance and Power of Steam-
ships. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1903.
Technical Pub . Co . 6s . 9d .

Attvvood , E . L . War Ships : A Text-
book on the Construction, Protec-
tion , Stability , etc . , of War Vessels .
6th edn . Med . 8vo . Pp . 346 . 1917 .
Longmans. 14s.

Text -book of Theoretical Naval

Architecture . 7th edn . 4th imp .
Cr.Svo. Pp.506. (1916). 1919.
Longmans. 10s. Qd.

The Modern Warship. Roy.

16mo. Pp. 153. 1911. Cam-
bridge University Press . 2s. Gd.
— and Cooper , I . G . G . A Text-
Book on Laying-ofT, or the Geo-
metry of Ship-building. 2nd edn.
new* "imp. 8vo. Pp. 132. 1918
(1919). Longmans. 7s. Gd.

Ayre, A. L. The Theory and Design
of British Shipbuilding^. Illustrated
by 85 Diagrams. 8vo. Pp. 167.
1920. T.Reed. Gs.Gd.

Baker , G . S . Ship Form , Resistance ,
and Screw Propulsion. Treated
from the practical point of view for
the use of Naval Architects, Engin-
eers, and Draughtsmen. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. "Pp. 270. 1921.
Constable. 16s.

Barnaby, S. W. Marine Propellers.
6th edn. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1920.
Spon . 24s .

Biles, Sir J. H. The Design and
Construction of Ships. Vol. 1.
Calculations and Strength . 2nd
edn. Large. 8vo. Pp. 448.
1919. 34s. Vol. 2. 2nd edn.
in preparation. Griffin.

Blocksidge, E. W. Ships' Boats.
Their Qualities, Construction,
Equipment, and Launching Appli-
ances. 8vo. Pp. 500. 1920.
Longmans . 25s ..

Brassey's Naval and Shipping
Annual. 1920-21. Edited by A.
Richardson and A. Hurd. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 383. Jan. 1921.
Clowes. 25s.

Cook, G. W. Steel Shipbuilders'
Handbook. An Encyclopaedia of
the names of parts, tools, opera-
tions, etc., used in the building of
steel ships. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 127.
1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d.

Holms, A. C. Practical Shipbuild-
ing : a Treatise on the Structural
Design and Building of Modern
Steel Vessels. 2 vols. 3rd edn.
1916. (4th imp. 1918). Vol. 1.
Text . Med . 8vo . Pp . 652 . Vol . 2 .
Diagrams and Illustrations. Oblong
4to . Pp.172. Longmans . 67s . Gd .

Hovgaard, W. General Design of
Warships. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp.
315. 1920. Spon. 32s.

Jane's Fighting Ships: 1920. An
Encyclopaedia of the Navies of the
World. Edited by M. Prendergast
and O . Parkes . 23rd year of Issue .
Oblong 4to. Pp. 580~ Jan. 1921.
Sampson; Low. 42s.

Jordan , G . H . Tabulated Weigh ts of
Iron and Steel. Tabulated Weights
of Angle , Tee , Bulb , Round , Square
and Flat Iron and Steel. For the
use of Naval Architects, Shipbuild-
ers, etc. 7th edn. Oblong 32mo.
Pp.742. 1918. Spon. 21s.

Lovett, W. J. A Complete Class-
Book of Naval Architecture : Practi-
cal, Laying-off, Theoretical. 2nd
imp. 8vo. Pp.294. 1918. Long-
mans. 10s. Go L

70

Naval Architecture, Shipbuilding.

Lovett , W . J . Applied Naval Archi-
tecture. Demy 8vo. Pp. 666.
1920 . Longmans . 36s .

McDermaid, N. J. Shipyard Prac-
tice as applied to Warship Con-
struction. 2nd edn. new imp.
Med.Svo. Pp.336. (1917). 1918.
Longmans. 17s. 6d.

Mackrow, C., and Woollard, L.

Naval Architect's and Shipbuilder's
Pocket-Book of Formulae, Rules,
and Tables. 12th edn. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp . 700 . 1918. Crosby Lock wood .
16s.

Mitchell , J . Naval Architect 's Data .
Edited by E . L . Attwood . 8vo .
Pp . 230 . 1919. Longmans . 8s . Qd.

Murray, A. J. Strength of Ships.
8vo. Pp. 408. 1916. Longmans.
17s. Qd.

Nicol, G. Ship Construction and
Calculations. 8vo. Pp. 518. 1920.
J . Brown . 23s .

Steele, J. E. Naval Architecture:
Parti. DemySvo. Pp. 150. 1918.
Cambridge University Press. 6s. Qd.

Thearle , S . J . P . The Modern Prac-
tice of Shipbuilding in Iron and
Steel . Vol . 1 . Text . Demy 8vo .
Pp.268. 1910. 5s. Vol.2. Plates.
4to. 10s. Collins.

Thomas , J . B . The Strength of
Ships. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 295. 1918.
Scott . Greenwood . 6s.

Torr,C. Ancient Ships. DemySvo.
Pp. 152. 1895. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 10s. 6rf.

Walton, T. Present Day Shipbuild-
ing. For Ship-yard Students, Ships
Officers and Engineers . 2nd edn . in
preparation . Griffin .

Know Your Own Ship. Revised

by J.King. 18th edn. Large Cr.
8vo. Pp. 414. 1920. Griffin. 9s.

Steel Ships: Their Construction

and Maintenance. A Manual for
Ship Builders, Students, Marine
Engineers , etc . 6th edn . Roy . 8vo .
Pp.348. 1920. Griffin. 25s.

Watson, T. H. Naval Architecture:
A Manual of Laying-off Iron, Steel
and Composite Vessels. 3rd edn.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 183. 1917.
Longmans . 30s .

ii. MISCELLANEOUS.

Boycott , G . W . M . Compressed Air
Work and Diving. Med. 8vo. Pp.
128. 1909. Crosby Lockwood.
10s. Qd.

Davis, R. H. A Diving Manual and
Handbook of Submarine Appliances ,
embodying the Deep Sea Practice
adopted by the British Admiralty ,
and including chapters on the Phys-
ics and Physiology of Diving, Salv-
age Operations , etc . 8vo . Pp . 271 .
1919. Pitman. 7s. Qd.

Dommett , W . E . Submarine Vessels
including Mines, Torpedoes, Guns,
Steering, Propelling, and Navigat-
ing Apparatus . 5th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 106. 1918. Pitman. 5s.

Domville-Fife, C. W. Submarine
Engineering of To-Day. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.324. 1914. Seeley. 7s. Qd.

Maginnis, A. G. The Atlantic
Ferry : Its Sh ips , Men , and Work ing .
3rd. edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 288. 1900.
Pitman. 3s.

Talbot , F . A . Lightships and Light-
houses. DemySvo. Pp.356. 1913.
Heinemann . 6s .

— Submarines. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
284. 1918. Heinemann. 5s.

White, H.J. Oil Tank Steamers:
Their Working and Pumping
Arrangements Thoroughly Ex-
plained. 2nd edn. DemySvo. Pp.
150. 1919. James Brown. 7s. Qd.

Wryde , J . S . British Light-houses :
their History and Romance. Demy
8vo. Pp. 383. 1913. Fisher
Unwin. 10s. Qd.

71

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.

i. GENERAL.

Adams, H. Engineers' Handbook.
Comprising Facts and Formulae,
Principles and Practice, in all
branches of Engineering . Roy . 8 vo .
Pp.582. Cassell. 9s.

Foundations for Machinery. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 71. 1919. Technical
Pub. Co. 3s. Qd.

Allen, G. G. Engineering Workshop
Practice. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
260. 1917. Methuen. 5s.

Andrews , E . S . A Primer of Engin-
eering Science. An Introductory
Text-Book. Cr.Svo. Pp. 76. 1918.
Pitman. 4s. Gd.

Barber, T. W. The Engineer's
Sketch-Book of Mechanical Move-
ments, Devices, Appliances, Con-
trivances, and Details employed in
the Design and Construction of
Machinery for every purpose. 6th
edn. 8vo. Pp.355. 1918. Spon.
15.s.

Bentley , W. Sketches of Engine and
Machine Details. 8th edn. Large
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 140. 1920. Chap-
man & Hall. 3s. Gd.

Bjorling,P.R.(editedby). Mechan-
ical Engineers' Pocket Book. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 387. 1919.
Pitman . 6s .

Browne, G. L. The Fitting and
Erecting of Engines. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 173. 1918.
Emmott . 5s .

Camp in, F. Mechanical Engineer-
ing. Comprising Metallurgy , Mould-
ing, Casting, Forging, etc. 3rd
edn. Cr. 8vo. 1918. Crosby
Lockwood . 3s .

Gharnock , G . F . Mechanical Tech-
nology : Materials and Preparatory
Processes of the Mechanical Indus*-
tries. DemySvo. Pp.645. 1919.
Constable. 12s. Qd.

Clark,D.K.,andPowles,H.H.P.

Mechanical Engineer's Pocket-
Book, llth edn. Small Cr. 8vo.
Pp.700. 1919. Crosby Lockwood.
7s. Qd.

Gorbin, T. W. Mechanical Inven-
tions of To-Day. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
324. 1918. Seeley. 7s. Qd.

Davies, F. H. Foundations and
Machinery Fixing. New imp. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 152. 1919. Constable.
2s. Qd.

Dommett , W . E . (edited by) . Mech-
anics and Draughtsmen's Pocket-
Book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 135. 1919.
Pitman. 29. Qd.

Greenly, H. Model Engineering. A
Guide to Model Workshop Practice.
DamySvo. Pp.416. 1919. Cassell.
8s. Qd.

Haler, P. J., and Stuart, A. H. A

First Course in Engineering Science.
2nd imp. Cr.Svo. Pp. 200. 1918.
University Tutorial Press. 3s. Qd.

Horner, J. G. (edited by). Lock-
wood's Dictionary of Terms used in
the Practice of Mechanical Engin-
eering. 5th edn. with Appendix.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 470. 1918. Crosby
Lockwood. 8s. Qd.

Horton, G. M. Opportunities in
Engineering . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 96 . 1921 .
University of London Press . 3s . Qd.

Hutton, W. S. Practical Engineer's
Handbook. A Treatise on Engines
and Boilers, Marine, Locomotive
and Stationary. 7th edn. Med.
8vo. Pp. 576. 1911. Crosby
Lockwood. 21s.

Jervis - Smith , F. J., and Boys,
G . V . Dynamometers . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 283. 1915. Constable. 14s.

Kennedy, Sir A. B. W. The

Mechanics of Machinery. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.668. 1907. Macmillan. 8«. Gd.

72

Mechanical Engineering.

Manchester , F . W . Industrial Engin-
eering. Its Present position and
Post- war outlook. Cr.Svo. Pp.61.
1917. Constable. Is. Qd.

Lineham, W. J. A Text-book of
Mechanical Engineering. Part 1.,
Workshop Practice ; Part 2 . , Theory
and Examples, llth edn. 8vo.
Pp. 1244. 1920. Chapman & Hall.
21s.

Liversedge, A. J. Commercial
Engineering. Demy Svo. Pp.369.
1912. Emrnott. 8s. Qd.

Low, D. A. A Pocket -Book for
Mechanical Engineers. 8th imp.
Fcap. Svo. Pp.748. 1919. Long-
mans . 9s .

JVlcLaren, R. S. Mechanical Engin-
eering for Beginners . 4th edn . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 316. 1920. Griffin. 6s.

Marks , E . G . R . Mechanical Engin-
eering Materials. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo.
Pp . 98 . 1 906 . Technical Pub . Co .
3s. 6d.

Pullen, W. W. F. Engineering
Tables and Data for the use of Stu-
dents in Laboratories, &c. 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 96. 1913.
Scientific Pub . Co . Is . Qd.

Rankine, W. J. M. A Manual of
Machinery and Mill Work . Revised
by W.J.Millar. 7th edn. Cr.Svo.
Pp.617. 1893. Griffin. 12s. Qd.

Robson, A. G. Engineering Work-
shop Principles and Practice. 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 259. 1919.
Emmott . 6s .

Sexton, A. H. Chemistry of Materi-
als of Engineering . 3rd edn . Cr .
Svo. Pp. 337. 1909. Technical
Pub. Co. 6s. Qd.

Spikes, W.H. Foundations of Engin-
eering. Cr. Svo. Pp. 272. 1919.
Hodder & Stoughton. 4s. Qd.

Stanley, H. Practical Science for
Engineeering Students. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 174. 1913. Methuen. 5s.

Taylor , H . G . Laboratory Engineer-
ing. Cr. Svo. Pp. 392. 1913.
University of London Press. 7s. Qd.

ii . POWER TRANSMISSION :
GEARING.

Bale, M. P. Modern Shafting and
Gearing, and the Economical Trans-
mission of Power. Cr. Svo. Pp.
124. 1893. Wm. Rider. 2s. Qd.

Butler, E. Transmission Gears:
Mechanical, Electric, and Hydrau-
lic , for Land and Marine Purposes .
Med.Svo. Pp.176. 1917. Griffin.
8s. Qd.

Dunkley, W. G. Belts for Power
Transmission. Pott Svo. Pp.116.
1921. Pitman. 2s. Qd.

Hill, G. W. The Design of Toothed
Gears. Med. Svo. Pp. 64. 1918.
Griffin. 3s. Qd.

Horner,J.G. Toothed Gearing. A
Practical Hand-Jbook for Offices and
Workshops. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.224. 1904. Crosby Lockwood .
7s. Qd.

Ingham , A . E . Gearing : A Practical
Treatise. Demy 8vo. Pp. 193.
1914. Methuen. 7s.Qd.

Puppe> J. Experimental Investiga-
tions on the Power Required to
Drive Rolling Mills. Translated
from the German. 2nd edn. in
preparation . Griffin .

Shaw , T . R . The Driving of Mach-
ine Tools. Cr.Svo. Pp.225. 1917.
Scott , Greenwood . 5s .

Smith, T. A. Power and its Trans-
mission . A Practical Handbook for
the Factory and Works Manager.
Fcap. Svo. Pp.76. 1910. Spon.
2s. Qd.

Snell, Sir J. F. C. Power House
Design 2nd edn. Svo. 1921.
Longmans . 42s ,

White , G . T . Toothed Gearing . Cr .
Svo. Pp. 220. 1912. Scott,
Greenwood. 4s ; Qd.

Wildgoose, A., and Orr, A. J.

(compiled by). Wheel Gearing.
Tables of Pitch-line Diameters of
WTheels, Proportions and Strengths
of Teeth, etc. Fcap. 16mo. Pp.
184. 1921. Spon. 3s.
Woollaston, T. R. Power Plant.
Demy Svo. Pp. 117. 1919.
Sherratt and Hughes. 5s.

73

Mechanical Engineering.

iii. COMPRESSED AIR POWER
TRANSMISSION.

Daw , A . W . , and Z . W . Compressed
Air Power . A Treatise on the Devel-
opment and Transmission of Power
by Compressed Air. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 399. 1920. Pitman. 21s.

Popplewell , W . G . Compressed Air .
A Treatise on the Theory and Prac-
tice of Pneumatic Power Trans-
mission. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 295. 1921. Scientific Pub.
Co. 10s.

iv. LUBRICATION.

Archbutt, L., and Deeley, R. M.

Lubrication and Lubricants. A
Treatise on the Theory and Practice
of Lubrication , and on the Nature,
Propertiesand Testingof Lubricants .
4th (reprint of 3rd) edn. Large.
8vo. Pp. 635. (1920). 1921.
Griffin. 30s.

Battle , J . R . A Practical Handbook
of Industrial Oil Engineering, in-
cluding the Lubricating Engineer's
Handbook . 2 vols . Vol. 1 . Lub-
rication and Industrial Oil . Large
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1,142. 1921. 42s.
Vol . 2 . Oil Fuels— in preparation .
Griffin.

Cree , A . All About Oil for Engineers :
a Practical Handbook. 2nd edn.
12mo. Pp.277. 1919. Spon. 9s.

Pamely , C . The Mine Wagon and itt
Lubrication. Med. 8vo. Pp.
144. 1914. .Crosby Lockwood.
7s. 6d.

v. LIFTING AND CONVEYING.

Broughton, H. H. The Electrical
Handling of Materials: a Manual
on the Design, Construction, and
Application of Cranes, Conveyors,
Hoists, and Elevators. 4 Vols.
Deniy 4to. Vol. 1. Electrical
Equipment. 2nd edn. Pp. 216.
1920. 25s. Vols. 2. Structural;
3 , Machinery ; 4 , Methods ; in
preparation. Benn Bros.

Hill , C . W . Electric Crane Construc-
tion. Med. 8vo. Pp. 333. 1911.
Griffin . 30s .

Horner,J.G. An Elementary Treat-
ise on Hoisting Machinery. Cranes,
their construction and various types .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1903. Crosby
Lockwood. 8s. Qd.

McCulloch, C., and Futers, T. C.

Winding Engines and Winding
Appliances : their Design and Econ-
omical Working. Demy 8vo. Pp.
460. 1912. Arnold. 21s.

Marks , E . C . R . Practical Notes on
the Construction of Cranes and
Lifting Machinery. 3rd edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 260. 1904. Technical
Pub. Co. 4*.9rf.

Wallis-Tayler, A. J. Aerial or
Wire-Rope Ways. Their Construc-
tion and Management. 2nd edn.
Demy Svo. Pp.254. 1920. Crosby
Lockwood . 1 2s . Qd .

Weisbach, J., and Herrmann, G.

Mechanics of Hoisting Machin-
ery: including Accumulators, Ex-
cavators, and Pile Drivers. Svo.
Pp. 312. 1907. Macmillan.12s.6rf.

Wilda,H. Cranes and Hoists : Their
Construction and Calculation. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 168. 1913. Scott,
Greenwood. 4s. 6d.

Zimmer, G. F. The Mechanical
Handling and Storing of Material.
A Treatise on the handling and stor-
ing of Material such as Coal, Grain,
Timber, etc., by Automatic or
Semi -Automatic Machinery. Roy.
Svo. Pp. 766. 1916 / Crosby
Lockwood . 50s .

Mechanical Handling of Material,

and its National Importance During
and After the War. Roy. Svo.
Pp.135. 1917. Crosby Lockwood .
10s. 6rf.

vi . FOUNDRY WORK .

Aughtie, H. Practical Pattern Mak-
ing . A Treatise for Pattern Makers ,
Foundrymen, Apprentices, etc. 2nd
edn. Demy Svo. Pp.176. 1901.
Scientific Pub. Co. 4s.

Horner, J. G. The Principles of
Pattern Making for Apprentices and
Students in Technical Colleges .,
5th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.180. 1892.
Pitman. 4s.

74

Mechanical Engineering.

Horner, J. G. Practical Pattern
Making . 4th edn . Large C!r . 8vo .
Pp . 420 . 1912 . Crosby Lock wood .
8s. Gd.

Primrose, H. S., and J.S.G. Gun-
Metal and Brass Founding (under
Scientific Control). Cr. 8vo. Pp.
287. 1921. Louis Cassier. 10s.

Shaw, B., and Edgar, J. Pattern-
making: aPractical Treatise describ-
ing Pattern-making Methods and
Appliances. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.120.
1921. Pitman. 2s. Gd.

Treiber, T. Foundry Machinery.
Translated from the German, re-
vised and adapted to British prac-
tice. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 148. 1913.
Scott, Greenwood. 4s. fid.

vii. MACHINE TOOLS .

Barrett, E.G. Screw Cutting in the
Lathe. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 44. 1912.
Technical Pul>. Co. 2s.

Bentley, W, Machine Shop Com-
panion : Comprising Practical Notes ,
Rules and Tables for every-day
Workshop Use . 8th edn . Fcap .
8vo. Pp.130. 1920. Chapman &
Hall. Is.Gd.

Burley, G. W. Lathes: Their Con-
struction and Operation. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 244 . 191 5 . Scott , Greenwood .
4s. Gd.

— Machine and Fitting Shop Prac-
tice. Cr.Svo. Vol.1., Measure-
ments and Gauging, Setting-out,
Vice-Work, Chipping and Filing.
Pp.221. 1918. Vol. 2., Planing,
Drilling, Lathe Work and Grind-
ing. 1919. Scott, Greenwood.
5s. each.

- The Testing of Machine Tools.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1915. Scott,
Greenwood . 5s .

Camm, F. J., and Others. Screw
Cutting. Demy 8vo. Pp. 270.
1920. Cassell. 6s.

Darbyshire, H. Precision Grinding.
A Practical Book on the Use of
Grinding Machinery for Machine
Men . Demy 8vo . Pp . 1 70 . 1907 .
Constable. ' 6s. Gd.

De Vries, D. Milling Machines and
Milling Practice. 8vo. Pp. 464.
1916. Spon. 10s. Gd.

The Calculation of Change-
Wheels for Screw-Cutting on Lathes .
8vo. Pp.83. 1914. Spon. 5s.

Fremont, G. Files and Filing.
Translated under the supervision
of G. Taylor, from the French.
Quarto. Pp. 160. 1920. Pitman.
21s.

Gates , P . Tool and Machine Setting
for Milling, Drilling, Tapping, Bor-
ing, Grinding and Press Work.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 103. 1921.
Pitman. 2s. Gd.

Griffiths , E . A . Engineering Instru-
ments and Meters. Roy. 8vo.
Pp.384. 1920. Routledge.
31s. Gd.

Grimshaw, R. Modern Workshop
Hints. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 443. 1902.
Sampson Low . 1 Os . Gd .

Guest, J. J. Grinding Machinerv.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 444. 1915. E.
Arnold. 16s.

Haddow.A.N. The Design of Drill
Jigs. A Practical Manual. Demy
8vo. Pp. 96. 1917. Emmott.
2s. Gd.

Haenig, A. Emery and the Emery
Industry. Translated from the
German. Cr.Svo. Pp.104. 1912.
Scott , Greenwood . 6s .

Hasluck,P.N. Lathe Work. APrac-
tical Treatise on the Tools, Appli-
ances, and Processes employed in
the Art of Turning. 8th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 224. 1918. Crosby
Lockwood . 6s .

— Screw Threads, and Methods of
Producing Them . 9th edn . Pocket
si/e. Pp. 112. 1918. Crosby
Lockwood . 2s .

Hodgson, R. B. Emery Grinding
Machinery : A Text -book of Work-
shop Practice in General Tool-
Grinding, and the Design, Con-
struction , and Application of the
Machines Employed. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 192. 1903. Griffin. 6s.

75

Mechanical Engineering.

Horner, J. G. Practical Metal
Turning: a Handbook for Engin-
eers, Technical Students and Ama-
teurs. 3rd edn. Large Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 432 . 1919. Crosby Lock wood .
12s. Qd.

Metal Turning. A Practical

Handbook. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.168. 1918. Pitman. 4s.

Modern Milling Machines : their

Design , Construction , and Working .
Med.Svo. Pp.304. 1906. Crosby
Lockwood. 14s.

— — Tools for Engineers and Wood-
workers, including Modern Instru-
ments of Measurement . Demy 8vo .
Pp . 352 . 1905 . Crosby Lockwood .
10s. Qd.

Turret Lathe Practice. Demy

8vo. Pp. 284. 1921. Emmott.
12s. Qd.

— — The Principles of Fitting.
4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.425. 1909.
Pitman. 7s. Qd.

How to Lay -Out Turret Lathe
Tools . A Handbook for those who
Design Tools for Use on Turret and
Capstan Lathes and Automatic
Turning Machines . 2nd edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 175. 1919. (Alfred
Herbert). Pitman. 6s.

Jackson, A. Home Mechanic's WTork-
shop Companion. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
222 . 1920 . Frowde & Hodder . 6s .

Lindsay , Lord . Tables for Engineers
and Machinists, giving the values of
the different trains of wheels re-
quired to produce Screws of any
Pitch. Calculated for pinion wheel
of 1 5 teeth . 2nd edn . Oblong 8vo .
Pp.20. 1920. Spon. Is. Qd.

Martin , W . A . Screw Cutting Tables
for the use of Mechanical Engineers .
7th edn. Obl.Roy.8vo. Pp.16.
Spon. Is. Qd.

Parr, A. Machine Tools and Work-
shop Practice for Engineering Stu-
dents and Apprentices. 8vo. Pp.
168. 1917. Longmans. 16s.

Principles of Setthig-out : Secur-
ing and Tooling Operations. 8vo.
Pp. 300. 1913. Longmans. 9s.

Price, W. Turner's Handbook on
Screw Cutting, Coning, etc., with
Tables, Examples, Gauges, and
Formulae. New imp. Fcap.
8vo. Pp.56. Spon. Is.

Pull, E. Modern Milling. A Prac-
tical Manual on Milling Machines,
Milling Accessories, and Milling
Operations. Demy 8vo. Pp. 207.
1917. Pitman. 9s.

— - — Screw Cutting for Engineers.
2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.91. 1918.
Crosby^ Lockwood . 2s . Qd .

Modern Workshop Practice

for Engineers, Apprentices, and
Students. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
389 . 1918 . Crosby Lockwood . 9s .

Engineer's Measuring Tools : their

Construction and Use. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.150. 1918. Crosby Lockwood .
4s. Qd.

The Engineering Workshop Hand-
book. Roy.l6mo. Pp. 162. 1919.
Crosby Lockwood . 3s .

Engineering Workshop Exercises.

2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.88. 1914.
Pitman. 3s.

Robinson , H . G . A.n Introduction to
Eccentric Spiral Turning, or New
Uses for Old Chucks . 8vo . Pp . 48 .
1 906 . Spon . 5s .

Robson , A . G . Engineering Machine
Tools and Processes . 8vo . Pp . 31 7 .
1919. Longmans. 12s. Qd.

Shaw, T. R. Precision Grinding
Machines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 212.
1917. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. Qd.

Lathes, Screw Machines, Boring

and Turning Mills and their Acces-
sories . New edition in preparation .
Scientific Pub. Co.

Machine Tools for Planing,

Shaping, Slotting, Drilling, Boring,
Milling, Wheel Cutting, etc. Demy
8vo. Pp. 692. 1903. Scientific
Pub. Co. 15s.

Shelley , G . P . B . Workshop Appli-
ances . 1 1th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 390 .
1919. Longmans. 6s. Qd.

Thompson, H. Modern Engineering
Workshop Practice. A Text-book
for the use of Engineering Students ,
Apprentices, and Practical Engin-
eers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 328. 1919.
Griffin. 9s.

76

Mechanical Engineering.

viii. WOOD WORKING
MACHINERY .

Bale, M. P. Saw Mills. Their
Arrangement and Management. 5th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 395. 1919.
Crosby Loekwood. 10s. Qd.

Woodworking Machinery. 4th

edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 440.
1919. Crosby Loekwood. 10s. Qd.

Blackmur, W. J. Saw Mill Work
and Practice. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. .167. N.D. Win. Rider.
3s. Qd.

Durham , H .W . Saws : their Care and
Treatment. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272.
N.D. Wm. Rider. 6s.

Groom, T. R. Joiners' Machines
and How to Work Them . Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 106. N.D. Wm. Rider. 2s.

ix. WELDING, ETC.

Amedeo, M. R. Oxy-Acetylene
Welding of Copper, Brasses, and
Bronzes. Translated with Addi-
tions by D . Richardson . 8vo . Pp .
80. 1918. Raggett. 3s. Qd.

Granjon, R., and Rosemberg, P.

A Practical Manual of Autogenous
Welding (Oxy-Acetylene). With
a Chapter on the Cutting of Metals
with the Blow Pipe. Translated by
D. Richardson 9th edn. Demv
8vo. Pp.274. 1920. Griffin. 6s".

Groth,L.A. Welding and Cutting of
Metals by the Aid of Compressed
Gases and Electricity. Ex. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 297 . 1913 . Constable . 8s . Qd.

Thatcher, E. Simple Soldering, both
Hard and Soft. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 76.
1914. Spon. 2s. Qd.

Yates, R. F. Home Soldering and
Brazing. Cr.Svo. Pp.122. 1920.
Frowde and Hodder. 4s. Qd.

x. SHEET METAL WORK.

Atkins, E. A. Practical Sheet and
Plate Metal Work. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 534. 1912. Pitman.
10s.

Barrett, E.G. Principles and Pro-
cesses of Metal Plate Work. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 132. 1914. Crosby
Loekwood. 3s.

Georgi, F., and Schubert, A.

Sheet-Metal Working. Translated
from the German . Demy 8vo . Pp .
151. 1914. Scott, Greenwood.
8s. Qd.

Hodgson, R. B . Machine and Tools
employed in the Working of Sheet
Metals. Cr.Svo. Pp. 311. 1903.
Technical Pub. Co. 6s.

Miller , J . S . Metal Work : Teachers '
Handbook of Manual Training . 2nd
imp. Demy 8vo. Pp.147. 1903.
Pitman . 4s .

Millis, C. T. Metal Plate Work, its
Patterns and their Geometry ; also-
Notes on Metals and Rules in
Mensuration for the use of Tin,
Iron, and Zinc-Plate Workers,
Coppersmiths, Boiler Makers, etc.
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.456. 1919.
Spon. 12s. Qd.

Newton, T. Pattern Drawing for
Sheet-Metal Workers. Demy 8vo.
Pp.270. 1920. Cassell. 6s.

Pearson, J. C. An Introduction to-
Metal Working. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
110. 1904. Murray. 2s. Qd.

Warn, R. H., and Horner, J. G.

The Sheet-Metal Worker's Instruc-
tor. 4th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 272.
1916. Crosby Loekwood . 8s. Qd.

xi. METALS.

a. Forging.

Cathcart, W. H. The Value of
Science in the Smithy and Forge.
Edited by J. E. Stead. 4th edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 177. 1920. Griffin.
6s.

Horner, J. G. Smithing and Forg-
ing. Demy Svo. Pp.230. 1921.
Emmott. *8s. Qd.

Moore, T. The Practical Handbook
of Smithing and Forging, En-
gineers' and General Smiths' Work.
New imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 248.
(1919) 1921. Spon. 7s. Qd.

77

Mechanical Engineering.

Saunders, B. Forging, Stamping
and General Smithing. Svo. Pp.
437. 1912. Spon. 28s.

Watson, J. Tables for the Use of
Blacksmiths and Forgers. 16mo.
Pp.96. 1919. Longmans. 4s.

b. Coating.

Brown, W. N. The Principles and
Practice of Dipping, Burnishing,
Lacquering and Bronzing Brass
Ware. Revised edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 42. 1912. Scott, Greenwood.
4s.

— The Art of Enamelling on Metal .
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.55. 1914.
Scott , Greenwood . 4s. 6rf.

— A Handbook on Japanning. For
Ironware. Tinware, Wood, etc.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.70. 1913.
Scott , Greenwood . 4s. Gd.

Grunwald, J. The Theory and
Practice of Enamelling on Iron and
Steel. With Historical Notes on
the Use of Enamel . Translated by
H. H. Hodgson. Med. Svo. Pp.
178. Reprint, 1919. Griffin.
7s. Gd.

— The Raw Materials of the Enamel
Industry and their Chemical Tech-
nology/ Translated by H. H.
Hodgson. Med. Svo. Pp. 236.
1914. Griffin. 10s. Gd.

The Technology of Iron Enamel-
ling and Tinning. Translated by
H . H . Hodgson . Med . Svo . Pp .
148. 1912. Griffin. 7s. Gd.

Hiorns, A. H. Metal Colouring and
Bronzing. Gl. Svo. Pp. 358.
1911. Macmillari. 6s.

c. Gold and Silversmiths' Work.

Davidson, P. W. Educational Metal-
craft. A Practical Treatise on
Repousse", Fine Chasing, Silver-
smithing, Jewellery, and Enamel-
ling. Post 4to. Pp. 248. 1913.
Longmans . 6s .

Horth, A. C. Repousse" Metalwork.
A Scheme of Sheet Metalwork for
Schools and Amateurs. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.115. 1905. Methuen. 3s. Qd.

Jackson, F. G. Metal Work:
Chasing and Repousse for Home
Art Workers. Demy Svo. Pp. 64.
1903. Chapman and Hall. 4s. 6rf*.

Leland, C. G. Metal Work. In-
cluding Repousse, Bent Iron, or
Stripwork ; Flat and Moulded Sheet
Metal Work; Nail or Knob, Wire,
Easy Silver Ornament and Chasing
Work . 2nd edn . Fcap . 4to . Pp
111. Pitman. 5s.

Maryon, H. Metal Work and
Enamelling. A Practical Treatise
on Gold and Silversmiths' Work
and their Allied Crafts . Demy Svo .
Pp. 344. 1912. Chapman and
Hall. 9s. Qd.

Randau , P . Enamels and Enamelling.
For Enamel Makers, Workers in
Gold and Silver, and Manufac-
turers of Objects of Art. 2nd
edn. Demy Svo. Pp.200. 1912.
Scott , Greenwood . 1 2s . 6d .

Wigley , T . B . , and Stansbie , J . H .
The Art of the Goldsmith and
Jeweller. A Manual on the Mani-
pulation of Gold, and the Manu-
facture of Personal Ornaments.
2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp *>76
1911. Griffin. 9s.

Wilson , H . Silverwork and Jewellery .
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.500. 1912.
Pitman. 8s. 6rf.

xii. HOROLOGY.

Britten, F. J. The Watch and
Clock Makers' Handbook. Dic-
tionary and Guide. 12th edn.
Demy Svo. Pp.346. 1920. Spon.
12s. 6rf.

Cunynghame, H. H. Time and
Clocks. A description of Ancient
and Modern Methods of Measuring
Time. Cr. Svo. Pp. 200. 1906.
Constable. 3s. Qd.

Garrard , F . J . Clock Repairing and
Making. The Tools, Materials and
Methods used in Cleaning and
Repairing all kinds of Timepieces.
Cr.Svo. Pp.176. 1918. Crosby
Lockwood . 6s .

A Practical Handbook on Watch

Repairing, Cleaning, and Adjust-
ing . 4th edn . Cr . Svo . Pp .
*>24. 1919. Crosby Lockwood.
6s.

78

Mechanical Engineering.

xiii. MOTOR CAR ENGINEER-
ING.

Adams, W. P. Motor Car Mechanism
and Management. Cr. 8vo. Part
1. The Petrol Car. 3rd edn.
Pp. 266. 1912. Part 2. Electri-
cal and Petrol Electrical Motor
Cars. Pp. 212. 1908. Griffin.
6s. each.

Autocar Handbook, The. A Guide
to the Motor Car . 10th edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 283. 1920. Iliffe.
3s. (yd.

Automobile Engineer Year Book,
1920. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 217. May,
1920. Iliffe. 6s.

Berriman, A. E. Motoring. An
Introduction to the Car and the Art
of Driving It. Demy 8vo. Pp.
332. 1914. Methuen.' 12s. Gd.

Bickford, J. S. V. Faults and How
to Find Them (Motor Car Troubles) .
5th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.176. 1919.
Iliffe. 3s. Gd.

Bramley- Moore, S. Motors in a
Nutshell. Cr.Svo. Pp.160. 1919.
Spon . 2s.

Brewer, R. W. A. Motor Car Con-
struction. A Practical Manual,
with notes on Wind resistance and
Body design . Demy Svo . Pp . 253 .
1919. Crosby Lockwood . 9s .
— Carburation in Theory and Prac-
tice for Automobile Engineers.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 278.

1918. Crosby Lockwood . 12s. 6d.

Butler, E. The Vaporizing of
Paraffin for High-Speed Motors
(Electric Ignition Type). Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 128. 1916. Griffin. Is.

Butler, H. J. Motor Bodies and
Chassis : a Textbook dealing with
the complete car, for the use of
Owners, Students, and others.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 352. 1912.
Harper. 7s. Gd.

"Candidus." Small Car Hand-
book: all About Economic Motor-
ing . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 225 .

1919. Iliffe. 2s. Gd.

Clarke, A. G. Text-Book of Motor
Car Engineering . 2nd edn . 2 Vols .
Demy 8vo. 1919. Vol.1. Con-
struction. Pp.456. Vol.2. Design.
Pp.405. Constable. 10s. Gd. each.

Complete Hints and Tips for
Automobilists . 7th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 456. 1919. Iliffe. 5s.

Davies , B . H . Motor Driving Made
Easy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1919.
Iliffe. 3s.

Dommett, W. E. Motor Car Mech-
anism. Cr.Svo. Pp.200. 1913.
Scott, Greenwood. 4s. Gd.

Gunn, J. The Practical Design of
Motor Cars. Demy 8vo. Pp. 264.
1910. Arnold. 12s. Gd.

Havilland, G. de. The Woman's
Motor Manual. Motor Driving and
Management of Motor Vehicles for
Women drivers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 181.

1919. Temple Press. 3s.

Holden- Stone, G. de. The Auto-
mobile Industry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

241. 1904. Methuen. 5s.

Jones, L. M. M. Steam Road
Vehicles. 2nd. edn. Svo. Pp.

242. 1921. Iliffe. 5s.

Knight, J. H. A Catechism of the
Motor Car . 6th edn . Cr . Svo . Pp .
111. 1919. Crosby Lockwood.
3s. Gd.

McMillan, D. The Motor Car.
New edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 166.

1920. Longmans. 4s. Gd.

Mantell, L. A Manual of Motor
Mechanics and High Efficiency
Tuning. 4th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
233. 1919. Temple Press. 3s. Gd.

More, C. G., and Higgs, G. G.

The Motorist's Handbook, em-
bracing 250 Practical Points on
Motoring, being a Series of Test
Questions and Answers on Motoring
Matters. 7th edn. Pocket size.
Pp.92. 1920. Larby. Is. 9rf.

The Motor Manual , compiled by the
Staff of "The Motor." 23rd
edn. Demy Svo. Pp.238. 1920.
Temple Press. 3s. Gd.

79

Mechanical Engineering.

Motor Repair Work for the
Amateur Mechanic and Owner
Driver . 3rd edn . Or . 8vo . Pp . 130 .
1919. Temple Press. Is. 9d.

Nicholson , R . T . The Book of the
Ford. How to Get the Best out of
a Ford Car. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 255. 1920. Temple Press.
3s.

The Book of the Ford Van.

Cr. 8vo. Pp.119. 1920. Temple
Press . 3.9 .

Northcliffe, Viscount, and others.

Motors and Motor Driving. 4th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 548. 1906.
Longmans. 10s. Qd.

Phillimore, J. Motor Road Trans-
port for Commercial Purposes
(Liquid Fuel, Steam, Electricity).
Demy 8vo. Pp. 226. 1920.
Pitman. 12s. Qd.

Sherrin , G . G . The Montagu Motor
Book. Edited by Lord Montagu.
DemySvo. Pp.292. 1920. E.J.
Burrow. 12s. Qd.

Spooner, H. J. Motors and Motor-
ing. 13th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.331.

1919. Jack. 3s. Qd.

Steam Wagon Manual , The . Main-
tenance, Overhaul, Garage and
Running Repairs. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
104. 1918. Temple Press. 2s.

Strickland, F. A Manual of Petrol
Motors and Motor Cars. The
Design, Construction and Working.
2nd edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 388.
1914. Griffin. 21s.

Walford, E. W. The Maintenance
and Running Repairs of Motor
Cars . 3rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 282 .

1920. Iliffe. 5s.

Watson, G. W., and Rogers, F. H.

"The Motor Mechanic's Handbook:
"A Manual for Motor Vehicle Owners
and Mechanics . New edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.278. 1920. Cassell. 3s. Qd.

White, T. H. Petrol Motors and
Motor Cars. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 212.
1919. Longmans. 6s. Qd.

Whittaker, W. E. de B., and
Barren , P . A . (edited by) . Auto-
mobiles of the World, 1921. An
Illustrated Encyclopaedia of the
Motor Industry. Large 4to. Pp.
500. 1921. "Aeroplane" and
General Pub. Co. 42s.

Wimperis, H. E. The Principles of
the Application of Power to Road
Transport. Cr. 8vo. 'Pp. 144.
1913. Constable. 5s.

Wyatt, H. The Motor Industry:
its Growth, its Methods, its Pros-
pects and its Products . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.140. 1917. Pitman. 3s.

Young, F., and Aston, W. G. The

Complete Motorist . 8th edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 233. 1915. Methuen.
10s. Qd.

xiv. MOTOR CYCLES.

Henry, P. Cycle Building and
Repairing, including Enamelling v
Repair of Tyres and Wheel Build-
ing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. 1913.
Spon. 2s. Qd.

Hints and Tips for Motor Cyclists .

7th edn. Pott 8vo. 1920. Iliffe.
2s.

Motor Cycles and How to Manage
Them. 20th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
104. 1920. Iliffe. 2s. Qd.

Motor Cycling Manual. 5th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1920. Temple
Press. 2s. Qd.

Shepherd, E. C. M. Motor Cycle
Overhauling. A Complete Guide
to Overhauling. Repairing and Ad-
justing a Motor Cycle. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 96. 1920. Crosby Lockwood.
2s. Qd.

Tracing Motor Cycle Troubles.

4th edn. Cr. 8vo. 1919. Iliffe.
2s.

Two-Stroke Motor Cycles. By the
Staff of the "Motor Cycle." Cr.
8vo. Pp. 191. 1921. Iliffe. 3s.

Wyatt, H. (edited by). The Motor
Cyclist's A.B.C. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
164. 1920. Newnes. 2s.

80

Mechanical Engineering.

xv. HEAT ENGINES AND

STEAM ENGINES: DESIGN,

CONSTRUCTION, TESTING, etc.

Anderson, Sir W. On the Conver-
sion of Heat into Work. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 265. 1901. Pitman. 6s.

Boulvin, M. J. The Entropy Dia-
gram and Its Applications. Trans-
lated from the French by B.
Donkin. 8vo. Pp. 82. 1914.
Spon. 5s.

Callendar, H. L. The Callendar
Steam Tables. Including the Call-
endar Steam Diagram. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 40. 1915. Arnold. 3s. Qd.

Case, J. A Synopsis of the Elemen-
tary Theory of Heat and Heat
Engines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 66.
1913. Heffer. ^3s. Qd.

Crawford, W. J. Calculations on

the Entropy -Temperature Chart.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 82. 1912. Griffin.

3s.
Dalby, W. E. The Balancing of

Engines. Demy 8vo. 3rd edn.

Pp.283. 1920. Arnold. 12s. 6d.

— — Steam Power. 2nd edn. 8vo.
Pp. 776. 1920. Arnold. 35s.

Duncan, J. Steam and Other En-
gines. G1. 8vo. Pp. 482. 1920.
Mac-mil Ian. 6s.

Ewing , Sir J . A . The Steam Engine
and Other Heat-Engines. 3rd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 604. 1914.
Cambridge University Press.
27s. 6rf/

Garratt, H. A. Heat Engines.
Cr.Svo. Pp.344. 1912. Arnold.
7s. Qd.

Haeder, H. A Handbook on the
Steam Engine, with Special Refer-
ence to Small and Medium-si/ed
Engines. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
552. 1914. Crosby Lock wood.
10s. Qd.

Hall, H. R. Governors and Govern-
ing Mechanism. 2nd end. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 177. 1907. Technical
Pub. Co. os.Qd.-

Hayward, J. W. Heat Engines:
First Stage. 5th imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 280 . 1918 . ^University Tutorial
Press. 3s. Qd.

Hobbs , L . M . The Thermo-Dynamic
Principles of Engine Design . Large
Cr.Svo. Pp.151. 190/. Griffin.
5s.

Hurst, C. Hints on Steam Engine
Design and Construction . 2nd
edn. 8vo. Pp.68. 1915. Griffin.

2s.

Inchley, W. The Theory of Heat
Engines. 2nd edn. Revised by A.
Morley. 8vo. Pp. 504. 1920.
Longmans . 1 2s . Qd.

Jamieson, A. Elementary Manual
of Heat Engines : Steam , Gas , and
Oil. 17th edn. Revised by E. S.
Andrews. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 390.
1920. Griffin. 5s.

A Text -Book of Heat and Heat

Engines. (18th edn. of Text-Rook
on Steam and Steam Engines).
Vol . 1 . Revised by E . S . Andrew s .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 567. 1919. 8s. Qd.
Vol. 2. in preparation. Griffin

King, H. E. Steam Engine Design.
Cr.Svo. Pp.356. 1913. Techni-
cal Pub. Co. 8s.

Langmaid, J., and Gaisford, H.

Elementary Lessons in Steam
Machinery and the Marine Steam
Engine. 8vo. Pp. 308. 1901.
Macmillan. 7s. 6rf.

Low, D. A. Heat Engines, embrac-
ing the Theory, Construction, and
Performance of Steam Boilers,
Reciprocating Steam Engines,
Steam Turbines, and Internal Com-
bustion Engines. A Text -book for
Engineering Students . Demy Svo .
Pp. 600. 1920. Longmans.
17s. Qd.

Marks, L. S., and Davis, H. N.
Tables and Diagrams of the Thermal
Properties of Saturated and Super-
heated Steam. 9th imp. Roy.
Svo. Pp. 108. 1920. Longmans.
9s.

Peel , T . Examples in Heat and Heat
Engines. Demy Svo. Pp. 108.
1919. Cambridge University Press.
5s.

81

Mechanical Engineering.

Perry, J. The Steam Engine, and
Gas and Oil Engines. 8th imp.
8vo. Pp. 680. 1920. Macmillan.
10s.

Porter, C. T. A Treatise on the
Richards Steam Engine Indicator,
and the Development and Applica-
tion of Force in the Steam Engine .
6th edn. 8vo. Pp. 285. 1902.
Spon . 9s .

Pratt , H . K . A Manual of the High-
Speed Steam Engine. Demy 8vo.
Pp.270. 1914. Constable. 6s.

Pullen, W. W. F. Steam and Intern-
al Combustion Engineering. 7th
edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.190. Scientific
Pub. Co. 4s.

Testing of Engines and Boilers.

A Treatise on the Construction and
Use of the Instruments and Methods
employed in the Testing of Prime
Movers in the Laboratory and
Workshop. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 746. 1911. Scientific Pub.
Co. 15s.

Indicator Diagrams. A Treatise

on the use of the Indicator and its
application to the Steam Engine.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 242. 1901.
Scientific Pub. Co. 6s.

Rankine , W . J . M . A Manual of the
Steam Engine and other Prime
Movers. Revised by W. J. Millar.
With a Section on Gas, Oil, and
Air Engines by B. Donkin. 17th
edn. Cr. 8vo. 1908. Griffin.
12s. 6d.

Richardson, J. The Modern Steam
Engine. Theory, Design, Con-
struction, Use. Demy 8vo. Pp.
396 . 1908 . Constable . 7s . 6d.

Ripper, W. Steam Engine Theory
and Practice . 7th edn . Demy 8vo .
Pp.514. 1914. Longmans. 12s. 6d.

Heat Engines. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

362. 1919. Longmans. 5s.

Royds, R. The Testing of Motive
Power Engines ; including Steam
Engines and Turbines , Locomotives ,
Boilers, Condensers, Internal Com-
bustion Engines, Gas Producers,
Refrigerators , Air Compressors ,
Fans , Pumps , etc . 2nd edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 404. 1920. Longmans.
215.

Sankey, H. R. The Energy Chart.
Practical Applications to Recipro-
cating Steam Engines. 8vo. Pp
170. 1907. Spon. 7s. 6d.

Smith, C. A. M., and Warren, A.
G. The New Steam Tables. Cal-
culated from H. L. Calendar's
Researches. Demy 8vo. Pp. 114.
1912. Constable. 4s. 6d.

Smith, R. H. The Economic and
Commercial Theory of Heat Power -
Plants. Roy.Svo. Pp.315. 1905.
Constable. 24s.

Swinburne , J . Entropy : or Thermo-
dynamics from an Engineer's Stand-
point, and the Reversibility of
Thermodynamics. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
147. 1904. Constable. 5s.

Trinks, W. Governors and the
Governing of Prime Movers. 8vo.
Pp.247. 1920. Constable. 22s. 6d.

xvi. REFRIGERATION.

Ewing, Sir J. A. The Mechanical
Production of Cold. 2nd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.214. 1921. Cam-
bridge University Press. 25s.

Springett . B . H . Cold Storage and
Ice Making. An Elementary Hand-
book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132 .* 1921.
Pitman . 3s .

Wallis-Tayler, A. J. The Pocket
Book of Refrigeration and Ice-
making. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
223. 1919. Crosby Lockwood.
5s.

Refrigeration, Cold Storage, and

Ice-making. Containing the 3rd
edn. of "Refrigerating and Ice-
making Machinery." 6th edn.
Med. 8vo. Pp. 650. 1920.
Crosby Lockwood . 15s.

xvii. STATIONARY AND
PORTABLE STEAM ENGINES.

Fowler, W. H. Stationary Steam
Engines. Illustrated with numer-
ous examples from actual practice.
Cr.4to. Pp.306. 1908. Scientific
Pub. Co. 12s. 6d.

82

Mechanical Engineering.

Wansbrough , W . D . Portable Steam
Engine : its Construction and Man-
agement. Demy 8vo. Pp. 179.

1912. Crosby Lockwood . 6s.

xviii. LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEER-
ING.

Ahrons, E. L. The Steam Railway
Locomotive : Explaining the Com-
ponent Parts and Method of Work-
ing of Modern Steam Railway
Locomotives. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 124.
1920. Pitman. 2s. Qd.

Steam Locomotive Construction

and Maintenance. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp. 144. 1921. Pitman. 2s. Qd.

— — The Development of British Lo-
comotive Design. Cr. 4to. Pp.
229. 1915. Locomotive Pub.
Co. 66-.

Allen, G. E. The Modern Locomo-
tive. Roy.lGmo. Pp.149. 1911.
Cambridge University Press . 2s . 6d.

A Loco Clerk. Locomotive Office
Work. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 60. 1913.
Locomotive Pub. Co. 3s. Qd.

Anon. Locomotive Shop Notes.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.92. 1914. Locomo-
tive Pub . Co . 3s . Qd.

A. R. B. (edited by). The Locomo-
tive Handbook of Useful Memo-
randa and Data . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 99 .

1913. Locomotive Pub. Co. Is.Qd.
— — Locomotive Engineers' Pocket

Book. Pocket size. Pp. 290.
1920 . Locomotive Pub . Co . 3s . Qd .

The Locomotive of To-Day . Demy

8vo . Pp . 200 . 1 920 . Locomotive
Pub. Co. 3s. Qd.

Booth, W. H. Superheat, Super-
heating, and Their Control. Demy
8vo. Pp. 166. 1907. Constable.
6s. Qd.

Gairns, J. F. Locomotive Com-
pounding and Superheating . Large
8vo. Pp. 210. 1907. Griffin.
10s. Qd.

Superheating on Locomotives .

2ndedn. Cr.Svo. Pp.120. 1917.
Locomotive Pub. Co. 3s. Qd.

Garbe, R. The Application of
Highly Superheated Steam to Loco-
motives. Translated from the
German. Med.Svo. Pp.70. 1908.
Crosbv Lockwood. 8s. Qd.

H. D. F. Locomotive Running Shed
Notes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 98. 1916.
Locomotive Pub. Co. 2s. Qd.

Hodgson, J. T.,and Williams, J.

Locomotive Management from
Cleaning to Driving. 4th edn.
8vo. Pp. 454. 1920. Transport,
Ltd. 7s. Qd.

Inspector , The . Locomotive In-
jectors. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 58. 1915.
Locomotive Pub. Co. 3s. Qd.

Pendred, V. The Railway Locomo-
tive: What it is, and Why It is
What it is. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
310. 1908. Constable. 7s. Qd.

Petti grew, W. F. A Manual of
Locomotive Engineering. 4th edn.
in preparation. Griffin.

Sauvage, E. Superheating on Con-
tinental Locomotives. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 68. 1911. University of
London Press. 5s.

Stretton, C. E. The Locomotive
Engine and its Development. 6th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 270. 1903.
Crosby Lockwood . 5s .

S . Y . K . Notes on the Vacuum Brake .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 93. 1914. Loco-
motive Publishing Co. Is. Qd.

Taylor, A. T. Modern British
Locomotives. 2nd edn. Oblong
8vo. Pp. 130. 1914. Spon. 6s.

Wolff, G. E. Locomotive Practice.
A Treatise on the Design of Steam
Locomotives. Demy 8vo. Pp.
280. 1903. Scientific Pub. Co.
10s. Qd.

xix. VALVES AND VALVE
GEARING.

Dalby, W. E. Valves and Valve
Gear Mechanisms . 2nd imp. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 366. 1919. E. Arnold.
24s.

Hurst, C. Valves and Valve-Gear-
ing : A Practical Text-book for the
use of Engineers, Draughtsmen,
and Students . 8th edn . Large 8vo .
Pp.359. 1919. Griffin. 12s. 6d.

S3

Mechanical Engineering.

Thorn, W. H. Guide to the Use of

the Slide Valve. Cr. 8vo. 1913.

T. Reed and Co. 4s.
Slide Valve for Engineers. 2nd

edn. Demy Svo. Pp.150. 1921.

James Brown. 7s. Qd.

Wansbrough, W. D. Proportions
and Movement of Slide Valves.
Cr.Svo. Pp.160. 1903. Techni-
cal Pub. Co. 6s.

Youngson, P. Slide Valves and
Valve Gearing. 3rd ed. Cr. 4to.
Pp.208. 1919. Jas.Munro. 15s.

xx. STEAM BOILERS: CON-
STRUCTION AND MANAGE-
MENT.

Bale , M . P . A Handbook for Steam
Users. Being Rules for Engine
Drivers and Boiler Attendants.
New edn. Feap. 8vo. Pp. 144.
1918. Longmans. 4s. Qd.

Batey, J. Steam Boilers and Com-
bustion. Cr.Svo. Pp.220. 1915.
Scott, Greenwood. 5s.

Bowden- Smith, E. C. Oil Firing
for Kitchen Ranges and Steam
Boilers. Demy 8vo. Pp. 112.

1920. Constable. 9s.

Connor, W. J. The Stoker's Cate-
chism. 16mo. Pp. 63. 1914.
Spon. Is. Qd.

Dahl strom, K. P. The Fireman's
Guide, a Hand-book on the Care of
Boilers, llth edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
34. 1906. Spon. 2s. Qd.

Foden, J. The Boiler-Makers' and
Iron Ship-builders' Companion.
5th edn. Fcap. Svo. Pp. 222.
1900. Spon. 6s.

Fowler, W. H. Steam Boilers and
Supplementary Appliances . A
practical Treatise on their Construc-
tion, Equipment and Working.
New edition in preparation. Scien-
tific Pub. Co.

Gray, J. Practical Design of Marine
Single- and Double-Ended Boilers.
2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 136.

1921. Constable'. 12s. Qd.

Killer , E . G . Steam Boiler Construc-
tion. 2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp.
203. 1920. Technical Pub. Co.
3s. Qd.

Hodgson, J. T. Modern Boiler
Room Practice and Smoke Abate-
ment. Cr.Svo. Pp.321. 1920.
Transport, Ltd. 3s. Qd.

Horner, J. G. Boiler Making and
Plating. 2nd edn. Large Cr. Svo.
1908. Crosby Lockwood. 12s.

Hughes, V. A. B. Steam Injector.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 128. 1912. Techni-
cal Pub. Co. 4s.

Hutton, W. S. Steam Boiler Con-
struction. 5th edn. Med. Svo.
Pp . 680 . 1916 . Crosby Lockwood .
21s.

Inchley, W. Steam Boilers and
Boiler Accessories. Cr. Svo. Pp.
423. 1912. Arnold. 8s. Qd.

Inspector, The. Specification for a
Lancashire Boiler. 2nd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.123. 1907. Tech-
nical* Pub. Co. 3s. Qd.

Jackson, P. G. Boiler Feed Water.
A Concise Handbook of Water for
Boiler Feeding Purposes ; its Effects t
Treatment and Analysis. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 111. 1919. Griffin. 4s. Qd.

Moss ,H . Heat Drop Tables : Absolute
Pressures from the Formulae
and Steam Tables of H. L. Callen-
dar. Demy Svo. Pp. 64. 1917.
Arnold . 5s .

Heat Drop Tables: H.P. Gauge

Pressures : L .P . Absolute Pressures ,
from H. L. Callendar's Formulae
and Steam Tables. Demy Svo.
Pp. 64. 1917. Arnold. 5s.

Munro, R. D. Steam Boilers:
their Defects, Management, anc!
Construction. 5th edn. in prepara-
tion. Griffin.

Parsons, H. de B. Steam Boilers:
their Theory and Design. 5th
edn. Svo. Pp. 395. 1917. Long-
mans. 12s. Qd.

Peattie, J. Steam Boilers, their
management and working on land
and sea. 5th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
230. 1919. Spon. 6s.

84

Mechanical Engineering.

Powles, H. H. P. Steam Boilers:
Their History and Development.
Imperial 8vo. Pp. 351. 1905.
Constable. 25s.

Pratt, H. K. Boiler Draught. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 145. 1911. Constable.
4s. Qd.

Pull, E. Modern Steam Boilers:
Their Construction, Management
and Use. Demy 8vo. Pp. 290.
1918. Scott , Greenwood . 12s. Qd.

Pullen,W.W.F. Injectors. 3rd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.208. 1906. Techni-
cal Pub. Co. 4s. 9d.

Rimmer, E. J. Boiler Explosions,
Collapses and Mishaps . Demy 8vo .
Pp.150. 1912. Constable. 4s. 6d.

Robertson, L. S. Marine Boilers.
Their Construction and Working,
dealing more especially with Tu-
bulous Boilers. 2nd edn*. DemySvo.
Pp. 658. 1906. Murray. 24s.

Water-Tube Boilers. 8vo. Pp.

213. 1901. Murray. 10s. Qd.

Sexton, M. J. Pocket Book of
Boiler Making, Ship Building, and
the Steel and Iron Trades in
general. 6th edn. Roy. 32mo.
Pp.318. 1918. Spon. 7s. Qd.

Stewart, G. Modern Steam Traps.
Cr.Svo. Pp.104. 1907. Techni-
cal Pub . Co. 4s .

Stromeyer, C. E. Marine Boiler
Management and Construction : be-
ing a Treatise on Boiler Troubles and
Repairs, Corrosion . Fuels and Heat,
on the Properties of Iron and Steel ,
on Boiler Mechanics, W7orkshop
Practice and Boiler Design. 5th
edn. 8vo. Pp. 458. 1919.
Longmans. 21s.

Traill, T. W. Boilers, Marine and
Land : their Construction and
Strength. 5th edn. 18mo. Pp.
600. 1920. Griffin. 12s. Qd.

Wade, C. F. Efficient Boiler Man-
agement: with Notes on the Opera-
tion of Re-heating Furnaces. 8vo.
Pp . 580 . 1919 . Longmans . 12s . Qd.

The Fireman's Handbook and

Guide to Fuel Economy. A simple
Manual for the use of Stokers,
Furnacemen, and others operating

and controlling Boiler and Furnace
Plant. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 90. 1920.
Longmans. 2s. Gd.

Walker, S. F. Steam Boilers,
Engines and Turbines . DemySvo.
Pp. 428. 1908. Harper. 10s. 6d.

Wansbrough , W . D . Modern Steam
Boilers. (The Lancashire Boiler).
Demy 8vo. Pp. 156. 1913.
Crosby Lockwood. 5s. Qd.

xxi. MARINE ENGINES.

Anon. Marine Engineers' Construc-
tion and Dimensions Reference
Book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 24. Jas.
Munro. 2s. Qd.

Barnaby , S . W . Marine Propellers .
6th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 230.
1920. Spon. 24s.

Bauer, G. Marine Engines and
Boilers: their Design and Con-
struction. Translated from the
German by E . M . and S . B . Donkin .
Med. 8vo. Pp.802. 1919. Crosby
Lockwood . 25s . ^

Bruce, G. R. Marine Engineering
Estimates and Costs. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.126. 1919. Jas . Munro . 6s .

Butterworth, F. Engineer Afloat:
Training, W^ork and Pay. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 92. 1914. Technical Pub.
Co. 2s.

Collings, E. R. Hand-book to the
Examination of Engine Room Arti-
ficers. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
356. 1915. T. Reed and Co. 5s.

Gonstantine , E . Marine Engineers :
Their Qua! ificat ions and Duties.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.332. 1906.
Technica I Pub . Co . 6s . Qd .

Goudie , W . J . The Geometry of the
Screw Propeller. Fcap. 4to. Pp.
48. N.D. Blackie. 2s.

Jackson, D. H. Detail Design of
Marine Screw Propellers . Demy
8vo. Pp. 104. 1920. Pitman.
6s.

Jane, F. T. Warship Engineering.
Fcap.Svo. Pp.32. 1914. Samp-
son Low. 2s. Qd.

85

Mechanical Engineering.

Liversidge, J. G. Engine Room
Practice : A Handbook for Engineers
and Officers in the Royal Navy and
Mercantile Marine. 10th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 412. 1919. Griffin.
7s. Qd.

McGibbon . W . C . Marine Engineer's
Drawings for Second Class Candi-
dates . 4th edn . Demy 4to Oblong .
Pp. 53, etc. 1921. Jas. Munro.
6s. Qd.

Drawing Book for Marine En-
gineers for First Class certificate.
10th edn. Roy. 4to Oblong. Pp.
34, etc. 1920. Jas. Munro.
8s. Qd.

— — Board of Trade and Marine
Engineering Knowledge . Steam
and Oil. 8vo. Pp. 552. 1921.
Jas. Munro. 36s.

Indicator Diagrams for Marine

Engineers . 5th edn . Cr . 4to . Pp .
240. 1919. Jas. Munro. 15s.

Marine Engineer's Pocket Book.

2nd edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 529.
1919* Jas. Munro. 15s.

and Tod. Questions with An-
swers. For Marine Engineers'
Board of Trade Eaxminations ,
containing the new questions on Oil
Motors and Ash Ejectors, etc. 8th
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.412. 1918.
Jas. Munro. 8s.

McMillan, R. A. Guide to the
B.O.T. Examination for Extra
First Class Engineers. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 460 and Plates . 1920. Griffin.
25s.

Calculations for Marine Engineers .

Including all the Arithmetic for 1st
and 2nd Class Engineers' Certifi-
cate. DemySvo. Pp.356. 1912.
Griffin. 10s. Qd.

Elementaries . Verbals and Draw-
ings. The Use and Working of
Slide Valves, Indicators, Marine
Steam Turbine , Ship Electric Light-
ing, etc. Demy 8vo. Pp. 331.
1913. Griffin. 10s. Qd.

Martin and Stoddart. Sketch and
Record Book for Marine Engineers .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 111. 1919.
James Brown. 3s. 6df.

Martin, W. D. Hints to Engineers
for Board of Trade Exams! 3rd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 148. Jas.
Munro . 4s .

Verbal Questions and Answers

as given to Engineers of Trawlers
and Drifters for their Certificate.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132. Jas. Munro.
3s. Qd.

Munro 's Marine Engineers' An-
nual. Pocket Log and Diary.
Published Annually in September.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. Jas. Munro.
2s. Qd.

Reed 's Engineer 's Handbook . 21st
edn. Part 1. Practical Mathe-
matics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 493.
1920. 27s. Qd. Key to ditto.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 183. 1920.
8s. Qd. Thos. Reed.

Roberts , G . W . Practical Advice for
Marine Engineers. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 204. 1907. Pitman.
5s.

Sea ton, A. E. A Manual of Marine
Engineering, comprising the De-
sign, Construction, and Working of
Marine Machinery. 19th edn. 8vo.
Pp. 1,012. 1921. Griffin. 36s.

The Screw Propeller: and other

Competing Instruments for Marine
Propulsion. Large 8vo. Pp. 268.
1909. Griffin. 15s.

and Rounthrwaite, H. M. A

Pocket Book of Marine Engineering
Rules and Tables ; for the Use of
Marine Engineers, Naval Archi-
tects, Designers , Draughtsmen , etc.
14th edn. Pocket size. Pp. 763.
1920. Griffin. 15s.

Sennett, R., and Oram, Sir H. J.

The Marine Steam Engine. 8vo.
Pp. 512. 1918. Longmans. 26s.

Somerscales, A. N. A.B.C. of

Engineering Knowledge . Written
specially for Marine Engineers pre-
paring for Board of Trade Examina-
tions. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 314. 1921.
Jas. Munro. 12s. Gd.

Lessons in Mechanics for Marine

Engineers: Treated Arithmetic-
ally. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 277. 1921.
Jas. Munro. 7s. Qd.

86

Mechanical Engineering.

Somer scales , A . N . Handbook to
Board of Trade Examinations for
Extra First-Class Engineers. 4th
edn. DemySvo. Pp.544. 1907.
Jas . Munro . 1 Ss .

Formulae , Rules and Questions in

Steam, including Turbines. Or.
8vo. Pp.104. 1919. Jas. Munro.
3s. Qd.

Sothern , J . W . M . Marine Engine
Indicator Cards. Containing an
exhaustive course of Indicator Dia-
grams specially arranged for Board
of Trade Examination candidates,
and for the use of Engineer Officers
of a 1 1 Grades . 2nd edn . Roy . 8 vo .
Pp. 226. 1918. Jas. Munro.

155.

"Verbal Notes" and Sketches

for Marine Engineers. A Manual
of Marine Engineering Practice.
10th edn. 3rd imp. Roy. 8vo.
Pp.748. 1920. Jas. Munro. 36s.

Oil Fuel Burning in Marine Prac-
tice. A Manual of Instruction.
Med . 8vo . Pp . 200 . 1920 . Jas .
Munro. 30s.

Sothern , R . M . Simple Problems in
Marine Engineering Design, includ-
ing Algebra, for Board of Trade
Examinations. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 228. 1919. Jas. Munro.
7s. Qd.

Thorn, W. T. Arithmetical Guide
for Marine Engineers. Demy Svo.
Vol. 1. Second Class. Pp. 240.
1917. 6s. Vol. 2. First Class.
Pp. 327. 1919. 7s. Qd. James
Brown .

— Elementary Questions and An-
swers for Marine Engineers.. Demy
Svo. Pp. 322. 1916. James
Brown. 7s. Qd.

Tod's Verbal Questions and An-
swers for Marine Engineers.
2 Vols. Cr. Svo. Pp.301., 271.
James Brown . 5s . each .

Tompkins, A. E. A Text-Book of
Marine Engineering . 5th edn . Svo .
Pp.900. 1921. Macmillan. 36s.

Youngson , P . Board of Trade Exam -
ination Calculations for First Class
Engineers. 8th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
447. Jas. Munro. 10s. Qd.

Board of Trade Examination

Calculations for Second Class Engin-
eers. 8th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.349.
Jas. Munro. 10s. Qd.

Useful Hints to Sea-Going Engin-
eers : and How to Repair and Avoid
Breakdowns. 7th edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 460. 1921. T. Reed & Co.
7s. Qd.

Extra Chief Engineers' and Sur-
veyors' Guide to the Examinations
of the Board of Trade . Demy Svo .
Pp.610. 1921. Jas. Munro. 45s.

and Shaw, J. H. Practical

Mathematics for Second - Class
Engineers. 9th edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.4rvr. 1921. Jas. Munro.
10s. Qd.

xxii. INTERNAL COMBUSTION
ENGINES.

Allen, H. Gas and Oil Engines. A
Treatise on the Design, Construc-
tion, and Working of Internal-com-
bustion Engines, operated by gas
from towns' mains, blast furnaces,
pressure and suction producers, as
well as by oil and petrol. Demy
Svo. Pp. 562. 1907. Scientific
Pub. Co. 12s. 6rf.

— How to Design A Gas Engine,
with full working drawings for a
7-B.H.P. Gas Engine. Cr. 4to.
Pp , 40 . 1907 . Scientific Pub . Co .
2s. Qd.

Askling, C. W., and Roesler, E.
Internal Combustion Engines and
Gas Producers. Large Svo. Pp.
313. 1912. Griffin. 15s.

Bale, M. P. Gas and Oil Engine
Management. 4th edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.176. 1919. Crosby Lockwood .
3s. Qd.

Butler, E. Internal Combustion
Engine : Design and Practice . 2nd
edn . Demy Svo . Pp . 289 . 1920 .
Griffin. 21s.

Carburettors, Vaporisers, and

Distributing Valves used in Internal
Combustion Engines. 2nd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.288. 1919. Griffin.
12s. Qd.

87

Mechanical Engineering.

Chalkley, A. P. The Diesel Engine
for Lind and Marine Work. 4th
edn. D3my 8vo. Pp.385. 1919.
Constable. 129. 6d.

Clerk , D . , and Burls , G . A . The Gas

Petrol and Oil Engine. Vol 2.
The Gas, Petrol and Oil Engine in
Practice. New edn. 8vo. Pp.
848. (1913). 1919. Longmans. 28s.

Codd, M. A. Electrical Ignition for
Internal Combustion Engines. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 172. 1918.
Spon . 6s .

Dommett, W. E. Petrol Engine
Construction and Drawing. Demy
4to. Pp. 56. 1912. Arnold.
3«. Gd.

Donkin, B. A Text-Book on Gas,
Oil, and Air Engines. 5th edn.
Revised by T . G . Smith ; and new
matter by Prof. Burstall. Large
8vo. Pp.662. 1911. Griffin. 30s.

Garrard, A. Gas, Oil, and Petrol
Engines. Including Suction Gas
Plant and Humphrey Pumps. Cr.
8vo. Pp.221. 1916. Pitman. 6s.

Haeder , H . A Handbook on the Gas
Engine. Translated from the Ger-
man and edited by W . M . Huskisson .
Sm. 4to. Pp.317. 1911. Crosby
Lockwood . 30s .

Judge, A. W. Automobile and Air-
craft Engines in Theory and Ex-
periment; being a revised and en-
larged edition of High Speed Intern-
al Combustion Engines. Med.Svo.
Pp.650. 1921. Pitman. 30s.

Kean , F . J . The Petrol Engine . The
Principles of Design and Construc-
tion. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
126. 1918. Spon. 6s\

Kershaw , J . W . Elementary Intern-
al Combustion Engines and Gas
Producers. New imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.
'180. 1920. Longmans. 6s. 6d.

Kirschke, A. Gas and Oil Engines.
Translated and Revised from the
German, and adapted to British
Practice. Cr.Svo. Pp.160. 1912.
Scott , Greenwood . 4s .

Lamb, J. The Running and Main-
tenance of the Marine Diesel Engine :
a reference book for Marine Motor
Engineers, giving practical sugges-
tions from Sea experience . 2nd edn .
Pocket size. Pp. 261. 1921.
Griffin. 8s. Qd.

Lieckfeld, G. Oil Motors: Their
Development, Construction, and
Management . Med . 8vo . Pp . 287 .
1908. Griffin. 18s.

Marine Oil Engine Handbook.
Compiled by the staff of "The
Motor Ship and Motor Boat." 5th
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 206. 1919.
Temple Press. 2s 6d.

Marshall, W. J., and Sankey. H.
R. The Gas Engine. Ex. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.294. 1920. Constable. 12s. 6d.

Martin, W. D. Marine Oil Engines:
Specially for Marine Engineers who
are unfamiliar with the working of
Oil Engines. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.223. 1919. ,Tas.Munro.7s.6rf.

Okill , J . Gas and Oil Engine Opera-
tion . Including Gas Producers and
Petrol Engines . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 198 .
1919. Pitman. Gs.

Pollock, W. Hot Bulb Oil Engines
and Suitable Vessels. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 429. 1919. Constable' 42s.

Purday, H. F. P. Diesel Engine
Design. Demy 8vo. Pp. 317.
1919. Constable. 21s.

Rose, E. M. Diesel Engine Design.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 203. 1919.

Emmott. 7s.Qd.
Smith, G. A. Suction Gas Plants.

4th edition in preparation . Griffin .
Spooner, H. J. Notes on, and

Drawings of a Four-Cylinder Petrol

Engine. 4to. Pp. 26. 1908.

Longmans. 3s. Qd.

Supino,*G. Land and Marine Diesel
Engines. Translated by A. G.
Bremner and J. Richardson. 4th
edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 323. 1920.
Griffin. 15s.

Wells, G. J., and Wallis-Tayler,
A. J. Diesel or Slow Combustion
Oil Engine. A Practical Treatise
on their Design arid Construction.
4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 320.
1919. Crosby Lockwood. 10s. 6d.

88

Mechanical Engineering.

Wimperis , H . E . A Primer of the
Internal Combustion Engine. A
Text -book for First and Second Year
Students. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
154. 1919. Constable. 4s.

The Internal Combustion Engine .

A Text -Book on Gas , Oil , and Petrol

Engines , for the use of Students and

Engineers. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.

•Pp.335. 1919. Constable. 8s. Qd.

xxiii . TURBINES : STEAM AND
GAS.

Bauer, G., and Lasche, O . Marine
Steam Turbines. Translated from
the German , and edited by M . G .
S. Swallow. Med. 8vo. Pp. 230.
1911. Crosby Lockwood . 12.9. 6d.

Davey , N . The Gas Turbine . Demy
8vo. Pp. 264. 1914. Constable".
15s.

Foster, F . Steam Turbines and Tur-
bo-Compressors. A Treatise on
their Design and Construction.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 466. 1906.
Scientific Pub. Co. 10s. 6d.

Goudie, W. J. Steam Turbines : A
Text-Rook for Engineering Students .
New edition in the Press. Long-
mans .

Holzwarth , H . A Treatise on the Gas
Turbine : Theory , Construction , and
Records of the Results Obtained
from Two Actual Machines . Trans-
lated by A. P. Chalk ley. Med.
8vo. Pp.148. 1912. Griffin. 9*.

Jude , A . The Theory of the Steam
Turbine. A Treatise on the Prin-
ciples of Construction of the Steam
Turbine, with Historical Notes on
its Development . 2nd edn . Large
8vo. Pp.440. 1910. Griffin. 21s.

Morrow , J . Steam Turbine Design ,
with Especial Reference to the Re-
action Type, and including Chap-
ters on Condensers and Propeller
Design. New edition in prepara-
tion. Arnold.

Neil son , R . M . The Steam Turbine .
4th edn. Med.Svo. Pp.678. 1912.
Longmans. 21s.

Reed, S. J. Turbines Applied to
Marine Propulsion. 2nd edn. Cr.
4to. Pp. 191. 1917. Constable.
16s.

Sothern, J. W. M. The Marine
Turbine. A Practical Illustrated
Description of the Parsons and Cur-
tis Marine Geared -Down Steam Tur-
bines, etc. 6th edn. Roy. 8vo.
Pp.790. 1919. Jas . Munro . 42s .

Suplee, H, H. The Gas Turbine:
Progress in the Design and Con-
struction of Turbines operated by
Gases of Combustion . Large 8vo .
Pp.262. 1910. Griffin. 15s.

Wilda, H. Steam Turbines: Their
Theory and Construction . Cr . 8vo .
Pp . 200 . 1912 . Scott , Greenwood .
4s. 6rf.

xxiv. ENGINEERING REFER-

ENCE BOOKS, AND

MISCELLANEOUS .

A General Manager. Engin-
eering Estimates, Costs, and Ac-
counts. A Guide to Commercial
Engineering. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp.
276. 1911. Crosby Lockwood.
8s. Qd.

Brooks, G. (edited by) The Mech-
anical Engineer's Price Book. 2nd
edn. Pocketsi7,e. Pp.182. 1914.
Spon . 5s .

Fowler's Mechanical Engineer's
Pocket Book, 1921. Edited by
W. H. Fowler. 18mo. Pp. 620\
Jan . , 1921 . Scientific Pub . Co . 3s .

Mechanic's and Machinist's

Pocket Book, 1921. Edited by
W. H. Fowler. 18mo. Pp. 495.
Jan., 1921. Scientific Pub. Co.
2s. Qd.

Kempe, H. R., and Smith, W. H.

(compiled and edited by). The
Engineer's Year-Book of Formulae,
Rules , Tables , Data and Memoranda
for 1921 . A Compendium of the
Modern Practice of Civil, Mechan-
ical, Electrical, Marine, Gas, Aero,
Mine, and Metallurgical Engineer-
ing. With collaboration of Eminent
Specialists. 28th year of publica-
tion. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 2,697.
Apl . 1921 . Crosby Lockwood . 30s .

89

Mechanical Engineering.

Mechanical World Year Book , 1921 .
18mo. Pp. 328. Jan., 1921.
Emmott. 2s. Gd.

Practical Engineer Mechanical
Pocket Book and Diary, 1921.
23rd year of Issue. Pocket size.
Pp. 566. Feb., 1921. Technical
Pub. Co. 2s.

Rankine,W.J.M. Useful Rules and
Tables : for Architects , Builders ,
Engineers , Mechanics , Shipbuilders ,
etc., with Appendix for the use of
Electrical Engineers by A. Jamie-
son. 8th edn. 1907. Griffin.
10s. Gd.

Ruff, F. Reference Book for Stati-
cal Calculations. Force Diagrams
for Frameworks, Tables, Instruc-

tions for Statical Calculations , etc . ,
for all Classes of Building and
Engineering. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 140.
1906. Spon. 6s.

Sabine , M . H . Miscellaneous Tables
for Mechanical Draughtsmen . Folio.
Pp . 27 . 1921 . Technical Pub . Co .
8s.

Spon's Workshop Receipts for
Manufacturers , Mechanics and
Scientific Amateurs. New and
thoroughly Revised edition. Cr.
8vo. 1919. Vol. 1. Acetylene to
Drying. Pp. 532. Vol. 2. Dyeing
to Japanning. Pp. 540. Vol. 3.
Jointing Pipes to Pumps . Pp . 528 .
Vol. 4. Rainwater to Wire Ropes.
Pp . 540 . Spon . 7s . Gd . each .

90

AERONAUTICS.

i. HISTORICAL AND
GENERAL.

Bacon, G. All About Flying. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 134. 1919. Methuen.
2s.

Bailey, G. C. The Complete Air-
man. DemySvo. Pp.280. 1920.
Methuen. 16s.

Bairstow, L. Progress of Aviation
in the War Period . Some Items of
Scientific and Technical Interest.
(Wilbur Wright Lecture , 1919) . Pp .
24. 1919. Royal Aeronautical
Society. 2s. Qd.

Berry, W. H. Aircraft in War and
Commerce. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp.
152. 1919. Burrow. 2s. Qd.

Blackburn , G . J . , and Newby , E . J .

All About Aircraft . A Simple Text
Book. 8vo. Pp. 123. 1919.
Burrow. 3s. Qd.

Bright, C. Telegraphy, Aeronautics
and War. Demy Svo. Pp. 401.
1914. Constable. 16s.

Dargon , J . The Future of Aviation .
Translated fron the French by P.
Nutt. DemySvo. Pp.195. 1919.
Nutt. 10s. Qd.

Gill, N. J. The Aerial Arm. Its
Functions and Development. 8vo.
Pp. 168. 1919. Aeroplane Pub-
lishing Co. 6s. Qd.

Grahame -White , G., and Harper,
H. Our First Airways: Their
Organization , Equipment , and
Finance. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 195.
1919. Lane. 6s. Qd.

Air-Power : Naval , Military and

Commercial . Demy 8vo . Pp . 270 .
1917. Chapman & Hall. 7s. Qd.

Hamel, G., and Turner, C. C.

Flying; some Practical Experi-
ences. 8vo. Pp. 356. 1914.
Longmans . 1 4s .

Holt -Thomas, G. Aerial Trans-
port. Demy 4to. Pp.278. 1920.
Hodder & Stoughton . 30s .

Johnson , V . E . Model Aeroplaning :
its Principles and Practice. Demy
8vo. Pp. 265. 1920. Spon.
12s. Qd.

Kennedy , R . Flying Machines . Demy
8vo. Pp. 158. 1909. Technical
Pub. Co. 6s. Qd.

Lanchester, F. W. Aircraft in War-
fare : the Dawn of the Fourth Arm .
Med. 8vo. Pp. 239. 1916. Con-
stable. 12s. Qd.

Matthews , R . B . , and Others . The

British Aircraft Industry: Its In-
dustrial and Commercial Poten-
tialities. A Reprint from The
Times .Supplement, for April, 1918.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 305. 1918. Hodder
and Stoughton . 6s .

Middleton, E. C. Airfare of To-
day and of the Future. Cr. 8vo.
Pp\192. 1917. Constable. 3s. Qd.

Robson, W. A. Aircraft in War
and Peace. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 182.
1916. Macmillan. 3s.

Spaight, J. M. Aircraft in Peace
and the Law. 8vo. Pp.233. 1919.
Macmillan. 8s. Qd.

Aircraft in War. 8vo. Pp.

189. 1914. Macmillan. 7s. Qd.

Swinton, A. J. (edited by). The
Aeroplane Handbook . Demy 8vo .
Pp.284. 1920. Aeroplane & Gen-
eral Pub. Co. 21s.

Turner, G. C. Aircraft of To-Day.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 315. 1918. Seeley.

7s. Qd.
The Struggle in the Air 1914 —

1918. A Personal Narrative . Demy

8vo. Pp. 296. 1919. Arnold.

15s.

Aeronautics.

Winchester, C. Flying Men and
their Machines. Demy 8vo. Pp.
242. 1916. Dent. 7s. 6d.

ii. THEORY AND PRACTICE
OF FLIGHT.

Aston, W. G. Aeronautics Made
Easy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 186. 1919.
Ilifie. 4s. 6d.

Avion. The Way to Fly : A Prac-
tical Introduction to Flight for
Beginners. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 156.

1919. Pearson. 3s. 6d.

Bairstow, L. Applied Aero-dynam-
ics. 8vo. Pp. 578. 1920. Long-
mans . 32s .

Berriman, A. E. Aviation: an
Introduction to the Elements of
Flight. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.388. 1913. Methuen. 12s. Qd.

Bryan , G . H . Stability in Aviation .
8vo. Pp.204. 19lT. Macmillan.
6.9. 6d.

Chatley , H . The Problem of Flight .
A Text -book of Aerial Engineering.
3rd edn. in preparation. Griffin.

dowley . W . L . , and Levy , H . Aero-
nautics in Theory and Practice.
2nd edn. Demy'Svo. Pp. 343.

1920. Arnold. *25s.

De Villamil, R. Resistance of Air.

DemySvo. Pp.192. 1917. Spon.

8s. 6d.
The Laws of Avanzini . Laws of

Planes moving at an Angle in Air

and Water. Super Roy. 8vo. Pp.

23. 1912. Spon. 2s'.

Devillers, R. The Dynamics of the
Aeroplane. Translated by W. J.
Walker. Demy 8vo. Pp. 310.
1920. Spon. 21s.

Duchene, E. A. Flight Without
Formulae: Simple Discussions on
the Mechanics of the Aeroplane.
Translated by J . H . Ledeboer . 3rd
imp. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1918.
Longmans . 9s .

The Mechanics of the Aeroplane.

A Study of the Principles of Flight.
Translated by J. H. Ledeboer and
T. O'B. Hubbard. 8vo. Pp.240.
1918. Longmans. 9s.

Eiffel, G. The Resistance of the Air
and Aviation. Translated by J. C.
Hunsaker. 2nd edn. Roy. 4to.
Pp.242. Constable. 42s.'

Greenhill, Sir A. G. Dynamics of
Mechanical Flight. Demy 8vo.
Pp.121. 1912. Constable ". 6s.

Report on Gyroscopic Theory.

1914. H.M.S.O." 10s.

Report on the Theory of a Stream

Line past a Plane Barrier, and of
the Discontinuity arising at the
Edge, with an Application of the
Theorv to an Aeroplane. 1911.
H.M.S.O. 5s.

Appendix to ditto. Theory of a

Stream Line past a Curved Wing-

1916. H.M.S.O. 4s.

Hankin, E. H. Animal Flight: A
Record of Observation . Demy 8vo .
Pp.413. 1914. Ilifie. 12s."f»d.

Hobbs, F. D. How to Fly and In-
struct on an * ' Avro . " Cr . 8vo . Pp .
75. 1919. Longmans. 3s. 6rf.

Hunsaker, J. C. The Triplane and
the Stable Biplane. Demy 8vo.
Pp.36. 1918. Pitman. 3s.

Lanchester, F. W. Aerial Flight.
Demy 8vo . Vol . 1 . Aerodvnamics ,
4th edn. Pp.442. 1918." Vol. 2.
Aerodonetics . 2nd edn. Pp. 433.

1917. Constable. 21s. each.

The Flying Machine from an

Engineering Point of View. To-
gether with a Discussion concerning
the Theory of Sustentation and
Expenditure of Power in Flight.
DemySvo. Pp.143. 1918. Con-
stable. 5s.

Laws, B.C. Stability and Equili-
brium of Floating Bodies. Demy
8vo. Pp. 261. 1914. Constable.
10s. Gd.

Le Maitre, W. Natural Stability,
and the Parachute Principle in
Aeroplanes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 48.
1911. vSpon. 2s. Qd.

McMinnies , W. G. Practical Fly-
ing: Complete Course of Flying
Instruction. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 237. 1918. Temple Press.

92

Aeronautics.

Roberts, G. Training the Airmen:
How they Fly. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 92.
1919. Murray. 3s. Qd.

Shaw, II. A Text-book of Aero-
nautics. Med. 8vo. Pp. 260.
1919. Griffin. 10s. Qd.

Thomson, G. P. Applied Aerody-
namics. 4to. Pp. 312. 1920.
Hodder & Stoughton . 42s .

Thurston, A. P. Elementary Aero-
nautics , or the Science and Practice
of Aerial Machines. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 231. 1920.
Pitman. 8s. Qd.

Walkden , S . L . Aeroplanes in Gusts ,
Soaring Flight and the Stability of
Aeroplanes. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.
280. 1913. Spon. 12s. Qd.

iii . DESIGN AND
CONSTRUCTION .

Andrews, S. T. G., and Benson,
S. F. The Theory and Practice of
Aeroplane Design . Demy 8vo . Pp .
466. 1920. ^Chapman & Hall.
15s. Qd.

Gamm, S. Aeroplane Construction.
A Handbook on the Various Methods
and Details of Construction em-
ployed in the Building of Aero-
planes. Demy 8vo. Pp. 146.
1919. Crosby Lock wood. 7s. Qd.

Camm, F. J. The Design of Model
Aeroplanes. Demy 8vo. Pp. 172.

1919. BennBros. 7s. Qd.

Fage, A. The Aeroplane: A Concise
Scientific Study. 5th edn. Med.
8vo. Pp. 188. 1918. Griffin.
7s. Qd.

Hanby, W. Metals in Aircraft Con-
struction. Demy 8vo. Pp. 112.

1920. Standard Air Press . 6s.

Hill , F . T . Practical Aeroplane Con-
struction . A Treatise on Modern
Workshop Practice as applied to the
Building of Aircraft. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 248^. 1920. Spon. 12s. Qd.

Jones, T. H., and Frier, J. D.

Aeroplane Structural Design. A
Book for Designers, Draughtsmen
and Students. Demy 8vo. Pp.
279. 1920. Pitman /21s.

Judge, A. W. The Design of Aero-
planes. 2nd edn. Med.8vo. Pp.
242. 1917. Pitman. 14s.

Elementary Principles of Aero-
plane Design and Construction.
Med. 8vo. Pp. 116. 1939. Pit-
man. 7s. Qd.

Fuselage Design. Demy 8vo.

Pp. 30. 1919. Pitman. 3s.

Aircraft and Automobile Mater-
ials of Construction . A Treatise for
Aircraft, Automobile, and Mechan-
ical Engineers, Manufacturers, Con-
structors, Designers, Draughtsmen,
Students , etc . Demy 8vo. Vol.1.
Ferrous Materials . Pp . 755 . 1920 .
Vol 2. Non-Ferrous and Organic
Materials. Pp. 606. 1921. Pit-
man . 25s . each .

Kennedy, R. The Principles of Aero-
plane Construction , with Calcula-
tions, Formulae. 8vo. Pp. 146.
1911. Churchill. 6s. Qd.

Morgan , A . P . How to Build a 20-ft.
Bi-plane Glider. Cr. 8vo. Pp.60.
1909. Spon. 2s. Qd.

Pippard, A. J. S., and Pritchard,
J. L. Aeroplane Structures, with
an Introduction by L. Bairstow.
8vo. Pp. 374. 1919. Longmans.

21s.

iv. AIRSCREWS AND
AEROFOILS.

Fage, A. Airscrews in Theory and
Experiment. Cr. 4to. Pp. 208.
1920. Constable. 34s.

Judge, A. W. The Properties of
Aerofoils and Resistance of Aero-
dynamic Bodies. Med. 8vo. Pp.
298. 1917. Pitman. 18s.

Riach, M. A. S. Air-Screws. An
Analytical Study in the Application
of the Analogy of an Aerofoil having
a Rectilinear Motion. Demy 8vo.
Pp.144. 1916. Crosby Lockwood .
10s. Qd.

Park, W. E. A Treatise on Air-
screws. Demy 8vo. Pp. 320.
1920. Chapman & Hall. 21s.

Watts, H. C. The Design of Screw
Propellers for Aircraft. 8vo. Pp.
354. 1920. Longmans. 25s.

Aeronautics.

v. AERO ENGINES.

Burls, G. A. Aero Engines: with a
General Introductory Account to
the Theory of the Internal Combus-
tion Engine . 1 1th edn . Demy 8 vo .
Pp.206. 1918. Griffin. 8s. Gd.

Clark , A . G . Aeronautical Engines .
Demy 8vo. In preparation. Chap-
man & Hall.

Devillers, R. Automobile and Aero
Engines. A Handbook for Stu-
dents . Draughtsmen and Designers .
Translated by W . J . Walker . Demy
8vo. Pp. 416. 1919. Spon. 16s.

Kean, F. J. Aeronautical Engines.
A critical survey of current practice
with special reference to the balanc-
ing of inertia forces. 2nd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.102. 1918. Spon.
7s. Gd.

Klemin, A. A Text-book of Aero-
nautical Engineering. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 317. 1919. Pitman. 15s.

Sylvester, G. Design and Construc-
tion of Aero Engines. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 147. 1919. Aeroplane Pub.
Co. 6s.

Wallace, J. Design of Aeroplane
Engines. Demy 8vo. Pp. 246.
1920. Benn Bros. 15s.

vi. AERIAL NAVIGATION.

Card, S. F. Air Navigation Notes
and Examples. Demy 8vo. Pp.
148. 1919. Arnold. 10s. Gd.

Creagh-Osborne,F. The Magnetic
Compass in Aircraft. 5th edn.
SmallCr. 8vo. Pp.48. 1918.
Arnold. Is. Gd.

Dixie, A. E. Air Navigation for
Flight Officers. Demy 8vo. Pp.
234. 1917. John Hogg. 10s. Gd.

Dumbleton, J. E. Principles and
Practice of Aerial Navigation.
DemySvo. Pp. 180. 1920. Crosby
Lock wood. 12s. Gd.

Wimperis , H . E . A Primer of Air
Navigation. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142.
1920. Constable. 8s. Gd.

vii. REFERENCE BOOKS FOR
AVIATORS .

Aerial Year Book and Who's Who
in the Air, 1920. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
328. 1920. Cross Atlantic News-
paper Service. Paper, 2s. Gd.
Cloth, 4s.

Blake, W. J. The Aviation Cate-
chism. Roy. 16mo. Pp.64. 1919.
Nisbet. Is.Gd.

Dander, M. M. Airman's Inter-
national Dictionary; including the
most important Technical Terms of
Aircraft Construction. English —
French — Italian — German, with a
"one alphabet" index for these
four languages. Pocket size. Pp.
228. 1920. Griffin. 6s.

Dommett, W. E. A Dictionary of
Aircraft. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 52. 1918.
Pitman. 2s.

Aeroplanes and Airships. Cr.

8vo. Pp.76. 1919. Pitman.
Paper, Is. 9rf. Cloth, 3s.

Henslowe, L. Aero Dictionary.
English-French: French-English.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 86. 1920. Benn
Bros . 5s .

Jane, F. T. All the World's Air-
craft, 1920. Edited and compiled
by C . G . Grey . Oblong 8vo . Pp .
364. Dec., 1920. Sampson Low.
42s.

Jane's Pocket Aeronautical Dic-
tionary. Edited by C. G. Grey.
Pocket Si/.e. Pp.64. 1919. Samp-
son Low. Is. Gd.

Lycett, J. Aviation Technical Dic-
tionary. Demy 8vo. Pp. 185.
1919. Nutt. 7s. Gd.

Matthews, R. B. The Aviation
Pocket-Book for 1919-20. A Com-
pendium of Modern Practice and a
Collection of Useful Notes, Formu-
lae, Rules, Tables, and Data relat-
ing to Aeronautics. 7th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 536. 1920. Crosby
Lockwood. 12s. Gd.

and Clarkson , G . T . The Air-
craft Identification Book. Cr.Svo.
Pp. 118. 1919. Crosby Lockwood.
3s. Gd.

94

Aeronautics.

Wade,W.L. (edited by). The Fly-
ing Book : The Aviation World
Who's Who and Industrial Direc-
tory. 8vo. Pp. 290. 1918.
Longmans . 5s .

viii. BALLOONS, DIRIGIBLES,
etc.

Hoernes, H. A Compendium of
Aviation and Aerostatics , Balloons ,
Dirigibles, and Flying Machines.
Pocket size. Pp. 191. 1911.
Griffin . 3s .

Pratt, H. B. Commercial Airships.
8vo. Pp.250. 1920. Nelson. 15«.

Summer, P. H. The Design and
Stability of Stream Line Kite Bal-
loons; with useful Tables, Aero-
nautical and Mechanical Formulae.
8vo. Pp. 146. 1920. Crosby
Lockwood . Ws.Gd.

Talbot , F . A . Aeroplanes and Dirig-
ibles of War. Cr.Svo. Pp.296.
1915. Heinemann. 3s. 6d.

Whale, G. British Airships : Past,
Present and Future . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
244. 1919. Lane. 7s. Qd.

9fi

PHYSICS.

i. COLLECTED WORKS AND
HISTORICAL.

Buchanan, J. Y. Scientific Papers.
Vol.1. DemySvo. Pp.326. 1913.
Cambridge University Press . 5s .

Comptes Rendus of Observation

and Reasoning. Demy 8vo. Pp.
492. 1917. Cambridge University
Press . 7s . Qd .

Accounts rendered of Work Done

and Things Seen . (Scientific Papers) .
DemySvo. Pp.494. 1919. Cam-
bridge University Press. 21s.

Poynting , J . H . Collected Scientific
Papers. Edited by G. A. Shakes-
pear and G . Barlow . Rov . 8vo .
Pp. 800. 1920. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press . 37s . Qd .

Rayleigh, Lord. Scientific Papers.
6 Vols. Roy. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp.
577. 1899. 17s. Gd. Vol. 2. Pp.
612. 1900. 17s. Qd. Vol.3. Pp.
608. 1902. 17s. 6rf. Vol.4. Pp.
618. 1903. 18s. 6d. Vol.5. Pp.
636. 1912. 17s. Qd. Vol.6. Pp.
718. 1920. 50s. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press.

Schuster, Sir A. The Progress of
Physics during 33 years (1875 —
1908). DemySvo. Pp.174. 1911.
Cambridge University Press . 5s . 6d.

Stokes, Sir G.G. Mathematical and
Physical Papers. 5 vols. Demy
8vo. Vol.1. Pp.338. 1880. 21s.
Vol.2. Pp.374. 1883. 17s. Qd.
Vol.3. 17s. Qd. Vol.4. Pp.386.

1904. 17s. Qd. Vol. 5. Pp. 395.

1905. 21s. Cambridge University
Press .

Memoirs presented to the Cam-
bridge Philosophical Society on the
occasion of his Jubilee . Demy 4to .
Pp. 475. 1900. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 21s.

Thomson, J. Collected Papers irt
Physics and Engineering. Selected
and arranged by Sir J. Larmor and
J . Thomson . Demy 8vo . Pp . 592 .
1912. Cambridge University Press *
18s.

Whetham, W. C. D. The Recent
Development of Physical Science.
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 338. 1909.
Murray. 7s. Qd.

ii. GENERAL WORKS .

Aldous, J. C. P. An Elementary
Course of Physics. Ex. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 902. 1910. Macmillan.

7s. Qd.

Allen, H. S., and Moore, H. A

Text-book of Practical Physics.
Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 638. 1920.
Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

Bower, W. R., and Satterly, J.

Practical Physics. (Being Vol. 6 of
The Tutorial Physics. 6th imp.
Cr.Svo. Pp.402. 1918. Univer-
sity Tutorial Press. 6s. Qd.

Brown ,S.E. Experimental Science.
Cr. 8vo. 1918. 2 Parts. Part 1.
Physics . Pp . 280 . 6s . Qd. Part 2 .
Chemistry. Pp.148. 4s. Qd. The
two parts in one volume. 10s. Qd*
Cambridge University Press.

Campbell , N . R . Physics : The Ele-
ments . Large Roy . 8vo . Pp . 576 .
1920. Cambridge University Press.
40s.

Candy, H. C. H. A Manual of
Physics, Theoretical and Practical,
for Medical Students. 2nd edn.
Fcap.Svo. Pp.451. 191S.Cassell.
7s. Qd.

Catechism Series. Physics. 2nd
edn. 2 Parts. Revised by G. C.
Knott. Livingstone . ls.9e?. each*

96

Physics.

Christiansen , G . Elements of Theo-
retical Physics . Translated by W.
F. Magie. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1897.
Macmillan. 16s.

Corbin , H . E . , and Stewart , A . M .
A Handbook of Physics and Chem-
istry . 5th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 504 .
1920. Churchill. 15s.

Crowther , J . A . A Manual of Phys-
ics for Medical Students. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 564. 1919. Frowde and
Hodder. 16s.

Darling, C. R. Liquid Drops and
Globules, their Formation and
Movements. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 94.
1914. Spon. 3s. 6d.

Duncan, J., and Starling, S. G.
A Text-book of Physics for the Use
of Students of .Science and Engin-
eering. 2nd edn. Ex. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 1,118. 1920. 18s. also in
Parts ; Dynamics , 6s . ; Heat , Light
and Sound, 7s. 6d. ; Magnetism and
Electricity, 5s.; Heat, 4s. 6rf.;
Light and Sound, 4s. 6d. Mac-
millan.

Edser, E. General Physics for Stu-
dents . A Text -book on the Funda-
mental Properties of Matter. Gl.
8vo. Pp.644. 1913. Macmillan.
8s. 6d.

Glazebrook, Sir R. T., and Shaw,
Sir W . N . Practical Physics . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 660. 1918. Longmans.
11s.

Gray, A. Treatise on Physics . Vol.
1 . Dynamics and Propertias of
Matter. 8vo. Pp. 712. 1901.
Churchill. 18s. p

Gregory , Sir R . A . , and Hadley , H .

E . A Class Book of Physics . New
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 516. 1920.
Macmillan. 6s. 6d.

and Simmons , A . T . Experi-
mental Science . An Elementary
Course of Physics and Chemistry.
Gl. 8vo. Pp". 346. 1919. Mac-
millan. 3s.

Exercises in Practical Physics

for Schools of Science. 2 Parts.
New imp. Gl.Svo. Pp. 208. ,182.
1915. Macmillan. 2s. 6d. each
part .

Hadley , H . E . Manual of Practical
Physics. Gl.Svo. Pp.274. 1916.
Macmillan. 4s.

Houstoun, R. A. The Elements of

Physics. 8vo. Pp. 230. 1919.

Longmans. 7s. 6d.
An Introduction to Mathematical

Physics. 8vo. Pp. 210. 1912.

Longmans . 9s .

Hurst, H . E . , and Lattey , R . T . A

Text-book of Physics . Demy 8vo .
Pp.271. 1916. " 12s. 6d. Also in
3 parts . Part 1 . Dynamics and
Heat. 4s. Part 2." Light and
Sound . 4s . Part 3 . Magnetism
and Electricity. 5s. Constable.

Jackson , C . E . Examples in Physics .
5th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.188. 1920.
Methuen . 5s .

First Year Physics. 4th edn.

Cr.Svo. Pp.120. 1919. Methuen.
3s.

Jones, D. E. Elementary Lessons
in Heat, Light and Sound. New
imp. Gl.Svo. Pp.292. 1920.
Macmillan. 3s.

Jones, L. M. Practical Physics.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 338. 1909. Long-
mans . 4s .

Jude, R. H., and Gossin, H.
Physics : Experimental and Theoret-
ical. Vol. 1., with Examples and
exercises. Demy 8vo. Pp. 927.
1896. 16s. 6d. Also in 2 Parts.
Part 1. Mechanics, Hydrostatics,
and Pneumatics . 5s . Part 2 . Heat .
9s . 6d . Chapman & Hall .

Kelsey, W. R. Physical Determina-
tions. Laboratory Instructions for
the Determination of Physical Quan-
tities connected with General Phys-
ics, Heat , Light , etc . 3rd edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp.341. 1907. Arnold. 7s.

Knott, C. G. Physics: an Elemen-
tary Text-Book for University
Classes. 3rd edn. thoroughly
Revised and Amplified, and con-
taining an entirely new Chapter on
the Electron Theory and Radio-
Activity. Cr. Svo. Pp. 370.
1913. Chambers. 8s. 6rf.

Lommel, Prof. von. Experimental
Physics. Translated by G. W.
Myers. Svo. Pp. 685. 1899.
Kegan Paul. 15s.

McDowall , S . A . A Laboratory Note
Book of Physics. 2 vols. Pott
4to. Pp. 166., 126. Dent. 4*.
each.

97

M

Physics.

McLean, A. Practical Physics. A
Text-book for Technical Schools
and Colleges. DemySvo. Pp.402.
1912. Black. 7s. Qd.

Poynting , J . H . , and Thomson , Sir
J. J. A Text-Book of Physics.
Large 8vo. Vol. 1. Properties of
Matter . 8th edn . Pp . 235 . 1920 .
10s . Qd . Vol . 2 . Sound . 7th edn .
Pp. 164. 1920. 8s. Qd. Vol. 3.
Heat. 6th edn. Pp. 354. 1920.
15s. Vol. 4. Electricity and Mag-
netism. Parts 1 and 2. 2nd edn.
Pp . 359 . 1920 . 10s . Qd . Part 3 in
preparation. Vol. 5. Light, in
preparation . Griffin .

Rintoul, D. An Introduction to
Practical Physics . New imp. Gl.
8vo. Pp.186. 1917. Macmillan.
3s.

Schuster , Sir A . , and Lees , G . H .

An Intermediate Course of Practical
Physics. Cr. 8vo. ±»p. 272. 1918.
Macmillan. 6s.

— — Exercises in Practical Physics.
4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 379.
1915 . Cambridge University Press .
9s.

Siddons, A. W., and Vassall, A.
Practical Measurements . Fcap . 4to .
Pp. 74. 1912. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 2s. Qd.

Southerns, L. An Outline of Phys-
ics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 217. 1920.
Methuen. 6s. Qd.

Stallo , J . B . Concepts and Theories
of Modern Physics. 4th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.368. 1900. KeganPaul.
7s. Qd,

Stanley , H . Practical Applied Phys-
ics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 234. 19i4.
Methuen . 5s .

Preliminary Practical Science.

Some Fundamental Principles of
Physical Science, with their prac-
tical applications. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 136. 1920. Methuen.
2s. Qd.

Stewart , B . Conservation of Energy .
10th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.195. 1909.
Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Stewart, B., and Gee, W. W. H.

Lessons in Elementary Practical
Physics . Vol . 1 . Cr . 8vo . General
Physical Processes . Pp.314. 1912.
Macmillan. 7s.

Stewart, R. W. An Elementary
Text -book of Physics. 4vols. Cr.
8vo. Vol. 1. General Physics.
Pp. 421. 1910. 5s. Vol. 2.
Sound. Pp.148. 1909. 3s. Vol.
3. Light. Pp. 226. 1909. 4s.
Vol. 4. Heat. Pp. 247. 1910.
4s . Griffin .

and Don, J. Matriculation

Physics : Heat , Light and Sound .
13th imp. Cr.Svo. Pp. 420. 1918.
University Tutorial Press. 6s. Qd.

Watson , W . A Te,xt-Book of Physics
including a collection of Examples
and Questions. 7th edn. Revised
by H. Moss. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp.
1,002. 1921. Longmans. 21s.

Intermediate Physics. 8vo.

Pp. 564. 1918. Longmans. 15s.

- A Text-Book of Practical Phys-
ics. A Book of Reference for the
Student working in a Physical
Laboratory. Cr. 8vo. Pp.~ 646.
1919. Longmans. 10s. Gd.

Elementary Practical Physics : a

Laboratory Manual. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
268. 1919. Longmans. 4s.

White , W . H . A Handbook of Phys-
ics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 683. 1912.
Methuen. 8s. Qd.

Willows, R. S. A Text-book of
Physics. 2nd edn. 4th imp. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 520. 1920. Arnold.
9s.

Wilson, H. A. Experimental Phys-
ics. A Text-book of Mechanics,
Heat, Sound and Light. 2nd imp.
DemySvo. Pp.413. (1915)1920.
Cambridge University Press. 14s.

Wright, M. R. Sound, Light and
Heat. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1912.
Longmans . 5s .

Yorke , J . P . Elementary Physics for
Engineers. Cr. Svo. Pp. 174.
1916 . Cambridge University Press .
4s. Qd.

98

Physics.

a. Heat. ,

Eccles, J. R. Advanced Lecture
Notes on Heat. Cr. 4to. Pp. 186.
1921 . Cambridge University Press.
10s. Qd.

Edser, E. Heat for Advanced Stu-
dents. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 500. 1920.
Macmillan. 5s. Qd.

Fourier, J. The Analytical Theory
of Heat. Translated, with notes*,
by A. Freeman. Demy 8vo. Pp.
489. 1878. Cambridge University
Press. 12s.

Olazebrook, Sir R. T. Heat and
Light. An Elementary Text-book.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 449. 1919. 10*.
Also separately. Heat. 5s. Light.
6s. Cambridge University Press.

Griffiths, E. H. The Thermal
Measurement of Energy. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 143. 1901. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 3s. 3d.

Hart , J . B . A Students ' Heat . Cr .
8vo. Pp.376. Dent. 5s. Qd.

Maxwell, J. C. Theory of Heat.
10th edn., revised by *Lord Ray-
leigh. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 362. 1916.
Longmans. 6s. Qd.

Preston, T. The Theory of Heat.

3rd edn., edited by J. R. Cotter.

8vo. Pp. 860. 1919. Macmillan.

25s.
Scarlett, R. H. A School Course of

Heat. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 316. 1910.

Longmans. 4s. Qd.

Smith, J. H. The Study of Heat.
9th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.144. 1890.
Longmans . 3s . Qd .

Stewart , R . W . The New Matricula-
tion Heat. 2nd edn. 8th imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 245. 1920. Uni-
versity Tutorial Press . 4s .

Higher Text-Book of Heat (being

Vol. 2. of the Tutorial Physics).
2nd edn. 5th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
407. 1917. University Tutorial
Press. 9*. Qd.

and Satterly , J . Text-Book of

Heat : Theoretical and Practical .
3rd imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.488. 1917.
University Tutorial Press. 6s. Qd.

Wright , M . R . Advanced Heat . Cr .
8vo. Pp.362. 1919. Longmans.
6s. Qd.

b . Thermodynamics .

Callendar, H. L. Properties of
Steam and Thermodynamic Theory
of Turbines . Demy 8vo . Pp . 543*.
1920. Arnold. 40s.

Draper, G. H. Heat and the Prin-
ciples of Thermodynamics. Demy
8vo. Pp.428. 1917. Blackie. 6s.

Ewing, Sir J. A. Thermodynamics
for Engineers. Demy 8vo. Pp.
396. 1920. Cambridge University
Press . 30s .

Macaulay, W. H. The Laws of
Thermodynamics. Demy 8vo. Pp.
80. 1913. Cambridge University
Press . 3s .

Naylor, G. H. Correction Tables for
Thermodynamic Efficiency. Demy
8vo. Pp.60. 1917. Arnold. 5s.

Parker, J. A Treatise on Element-
ary Thermodynamics. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 416. 1891. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 9s.

Partington, J. R. A Text-Book of
Thermodynamics : with special ref-
erence to Chemistry. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 562. 1913. Constable. 14s.

Planck, M. Treatise on Thermo-
dynamics. Translated by A. Ogg.
8vo. Pp. 284. 1917. Longmans.
10s.

c . High Temperatures .

Darling, C. R. Pyrometry. A
Practical Treatise on the Measure-
ment of High Temperatures. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1920.
Spon. 10s. Qd.

Griffiths, E. Methods of Measuring
Temperature . Large 8vo . Pp.187.
1918. Griffin. 8s. Qd.

Methods and Appliances for the
Attainment of High Tempera-
tures in the Laboratory . Faraday
Society Report, 1917. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 12. 1917. Faraday Society.
2s. Qd.

Pyrometers and Pyrometry. A
General Discussion . Faraday Soci-
ety Report, 1918. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 170. 1918. Faraday Society.
12s. Qd.

99

Physics.

d. Gases.

Burbury, S. H. A Treatise on the
Kinetic Theory of Gases. Demy
8vo. Pp. 16.5. 1899. Cambridge
University Press. 9s.

Burstall, F. W. The Energy -Dia-
gram for Gas : with Descriptive
Text. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 20. 1912.
Constable. 5s.

Clowes , F . The Detection and Meas-
urement of Inflammable Gas and
Vapour in the Air . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
218. 1896. CrosbyLockwood.6s.

Eason, A. B. The Flow and Meas-
urement of Air and Gases. Med.
8vo. Pp.264. 1919. Griffin. 25s.

Haldane, J. S. Methods of Air
Analysis. Suitable for work in
Physiology, Hygiene, Investiga-
tions of Mine Air, Flue Gases,
Exhaust Gases from Engines, etc.
3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.147. 1920.
Griffin . 6s .

Jeans , J . H . The Dynamical Theory
of Gases . 3rd edn . 4to . Pp . 450 .
1921 . Cambridge University Press .
30s.

Kimball , A. L. The Physical Prop-
erties of Gases . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 246 .
1890. Heinemann. 5s.

Occlusion of Gases by Metals,
The . A General Discussion . Fara-
day Society Report, 1919. Demy
8vo. Pp. 93. 1919. Faraday
Society. 8s. 6d.

Ramsay, Sir W. The Gases of the
Atmosphere : the History of their
Discovery. 4th edn. Ex. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.320. 1915. Macmillan. 7s. 6d.

Shaw , Sir W . N . Air Currents and
the Laws of Ventilation. Demy
8vo. Pp. 106. 1907. Cambridge
University Press . 4s .

Watson, H. W. A Treatise on the
Kinetic Theory of Gases . 2nd edn .
Cr.Svo. Pp.102. 1893. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 4s. Qd.

e. Light.

Aldis, W. S. An Elementary Treat-
ise on Geometrical Optics. 8th
edn. Pp. 195. 1910. Bell.
4s. Qd.

Bateman, H. The Mathematical
Analysis of Electrical and Optical
Wave Motion. Demy 8vo. Pp..
168. 1915. Cambridge University
Press. Ss. Gd.

Boys, G. V. Soap Bubbles, their
Colours and the Forces which Mould
them. New edn. Post 8vo. Pp.
200. 1920. S.P.C.K. 5s.

Clay, R. S. Treatise on Practical
Light. Ex. Cr.Svo. Pp.536. 1911.
Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

Practical Exercises in Light ; a

Laboratory Course for Schools of
Science and Colleges. New imp.
Gl.Svo. Pp. 200. 1914. Mac-
millan. 3s.

Cross, W. E. Elementary Physical
Optics. Cr.Svo. Pp.312. 1913.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s.

Curry , C . E . Electromagnetic Theory
of Light. Svo. Parti. Pp.416.
1905. Macmillan. 12s.

Eccles , J . R . Lecture Notes on Light .

Cr.4to. Pp.217. 1917. 7s. Key,

with 85 pages of diagrams . I2s. Qd.

Cambridge University Press .
Advanced Lecture Notes on

Light. Cr. 4to. Pp.141. 1919.

7s. Qd. Cambridge University

Press .

Edser, E. Light for Students. Gl.
Svo. Pp. 588. 1919. Macmillan.

7s.

Emtage, W.T. A, Light. Cr.Svo.
Pp.360. 1903. Longmans. 7s. Qd.

Glazebrook> Sir R. T. Physical
Optics. Cr.Svo. Pp.474. 1914.
Longmans. 7s. Qd.

Heath, R. S. Elementary Treatise
on Geometrical Optics . 3rd edn .
Cr. Svo. Pp. 247. 1907. Cam-
bridge University Press. 6s.

Herman, R. A. A Treatise on
Geometrical Optics. Demy Svo.
Pp. 350. 1900. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 10s.

Hogner , P . Light , Radiation and
Illumination . ' Translated from the
German by J. Eck. Demy Svo.
Pp.100. N.D. BennBros. 7s. Qd.

Houstoun, R. A. A Treatise on
Light . New imp . Demy Svo . Pp .
492. 1920. Longmans. 12s. 6d.

100

Physics.

Huygens, G. Treatise on Light.
Translated by S. P. Thompson.
Fcap. 4to. Pp.142. 1912. Mac-
millan. 10s.

Kelvin, Lord. Baltimore Lectures
on Molecular Dynamics and the
Wave Theory of Light . Demy Svo .
Pp. 715. 1904. 'Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 20s.

Lommel , E . Nature of Light : with
A General Account of Physical
Optics. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo." Pp.
369. 1904. Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Maclaurin, R. C. The Theory of
Light. DemySvo. Pp.334. 1908.
Cambridge University Press. 12s.
Qd.

Mallik, D. N. Optical Theories.
Demy Svo. Pp. 181. 1917.
Cambridge University Press. 7s. Qd.

Parker , G . W . E lements of Optics .
Cr. Svo. Pp. 130. 1915. Long-
mans. 4s. Qd.

Parkinson , S . A Treatise on Optics .
4th edn. Cr. Svp. Pp.378. 1884.
Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

Percival, A. S. Optics: A Manual
for Students. Cr. Svo. Pp. 416.
1899. Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

Geometrical Optics. Svo. Pp.

140. 1913. Longmans. 7s. Qd.

Preston. T. The Theory of Light .
4th edn. edited by W/E. Thrift.
Svo. Pp.642. 1912. Macmillan.
15s.

Ramsey, A. S. A Text-Book of
Geometrical Optics. Demy Svo.
Pp.173. 1914. Bell. 8s. Qd.

Schuster, Sir A. An Introduction to
the Theorv of Optics. 2nd edn.
Demy Svo ^ Pp. 352.1909. Arnold.
16*.

Silberstein, L. Elements of the
Electromagnetic Theory of Light.
Cr.Svo. Pp.56. 1918. Longmans.
4s. Qd.

Simplified Method of Tracing

Rays through any Optical System of
Lenses, Prisms, and Mirrors. Svo.
Pp.48. 1918. Longmans. 5s. Qd.

Stewart , R . W . Text-Book of tight .

(being Vol. 3. of The Tutorial

Physics.) 4th edn. 10th imp. Cr.

Svo. Pp. 354. 1919. University

Tutorial Press . 6s . Qd .
The New Matriculation Light.

9th imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.290. 1920.

University Tutorial Press. 4s.

Stokes , Sir G . G . On Light . The
Burnett Lectures. Cr. Svo. Pp.
364. 1892. Macmillan. 7s. Qd.

Thompson, S. P. Light: Visible
and Invisible. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.396. 1919. Macmillan. 8s. Qd.

Tolkowsky, M. Diamond Design.
A Study of the Reflection and Re-
fraction of Light in a Diamond . Cr .
Svo. Pp. 104. 1920. Spon.
6s. Qd.

Walker , J . The Analytical Theory of
Light . Roy . 8 vo . Pp . 432 . 1 904 .
Cambridge University Press. 18s.
Qd.

f. Physiological Optics and
Optical Instruments .

Burch , G . J . Practical Exercises in
Physiological Optics. Cr. Svo.
Pp.164. 1912. Oxford : Clarendon
Press . 4s .

Dictionary of British Scientific
Instruments . Issued by the British
Optical Instrument Manufacturer's
Association . Demy Svo . Pp . 348 .
1921. Constable. 21s.

Emsley, H. H., and Swaine,W.

The Theory of Modern Optical
Instruments ; from the German of
A. Gleichen : with an Appendix on
Rangefinders. Svo. Pp.375. 1918.
H. M. Stationery Office. 12s. Qd.

Fray, J. The Repairing Optician.
A Beginner's Guide to the Optical
Workshop. Fcap. Svo. Pp. 191.
1920. Frowde and Hodder. 8s. Qd.

Hyatt -Woolf, C. The Optical Dic-
tionary. \n Optical and Ophthal-
mological Glossary of English Terms
&c., Relating to Physical. Phy-
siological and Pathological Optics,
etc/ Demy Svo. Pp. 87. 1904.
Hatton Press. 4s.

101

Physics,

Laurance, L. Simple Calculations

for Students of Visual Optics.

De y 8vo . Pp . 72 . N .D . Hatton

Press. 4s. Qd.
General and Practical Optics.

3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 370.

1920. Hatton Press. 21s.
Visual Optics and Sight Testing.

2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 432.

1920. Hatton Press. 21s.

Orford, H. Modern Optical Instru-
ments. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 100. 1919.
Pitman . 4s .

Rohr, M. Von. (edited by). Geo-
metrical Investigation of the Forma-
tion of Images in Optical Instru-
ments: embodying the results of
scientific researches conducted in
German Optical Workshops (Form-
ing Vol. I. of "The Theory of
Optical Instruments.") Trans-
lated by R. Kanthack. 8vo. Pp.
636. 1920. H.M.S.O. 45s.

Steinheil , A . , and Voit , E . Applied
Optics : The Computation of Optical
Systems. Translated from the
German by J . W . French . 2 Vols .
Fcap. 4to. Vol. 1. Pp. 161.
1918. Vol. 2. Pp. 207. 1919.
Blackie. 15s. per vol.

Whittaker, E. T. The Theory of
Optical Instruments. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 80. 1915.
Cambridge University Press. 3s. Qd,

Wright, L. Optical Projection. A
Treatise on the use of the Lantern
in Exhibition and Scientific; Demon-
tration. 5th edn. Revised by R.
S. Wright. 2 parts. Part 1.
The Projection of Lantern Slides.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 95. 1920.| Long-
mans. 4s. Qd.

g . Colour : Spectra .

Abney , Sir W . de W . Researches in
Colour Vision and the Trichromatic
Theory. 8vo. Pp. 432. 1913.
Longmans . 25s .

Liveing, G. D., and Dewar, Sir J.

Collected Papers on Spectroscopy .
Roy. 8vo. Pp.582. 1915. Cam-
bridge University Press. 30s.

102

Lockyer, Sir J. N. Studies in
Spectrum Analysis. 6th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 270. 1904. Kegan
Paul. 8s. Qd.

Lovibond, J. W. Light and Colour
Theories, and their Relation ta
Light and Colour Standardization.
8vo. Pp.90. 1915. Spon. 7s. Qd.

An Introduction to the Study of

Colour Phenomena, explaining a
New Theory of Colour based entirely
on experimental facts, with applica-
tions to scientific and industrial
investigations. 8vo. Pp. 48, 1O
Plates. 1905. Spon. 7s. Qd.

Lyrnan , T . The Spectroscopy of the
Extreme Ultra-Violet . 8vo. Pp.
142. 1914. Longmans. 6s. Qd.

Mees , C . E . K . An Atlas of Absorp-
tion Spectra. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 85.
1909. Longmans. 6s. Qd.

Parsons, J- H. An Introduction to
the Study of Colour Vision. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 316. 1915. Cambridge
University Press % 12s. Qd.

Rood, O. N. Colour: a Text-Book
of Modern Chromatics, with Appli-
cations to Art and Industry. 5tb
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 338. 1910.
Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Roscoe, Sir H. E., and Schuster,.
Sir A. Spectrum Analysis. 4th
edn. 8vo. Pp.468. 1885. Mac-
millan. 25s.

Silberstein, L. Report on the
Quantum Theory of Spectra . Demy
8vo. Pp.46. 1920. AdamHilger.
5s.

Watts, W. M. An Introduction to
the Study of Spectrum Analysis.
8vo. Pp.336. 1904. Longmans.
12s.

Zeeman,P. Researches in Magneto -
Optics. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1913.
Macrnillan. 7s. Qd.

b. Sound.

Barton, E. H. A Text Book on
Sound. 2nd edn. Ex.Cr.8vo. Pp.
701. 1919. Macmillan. 12s. 6d.

Physics.

Bragg, Sir W. H. The World of
Sound. Six Lectures delivered
before a Juvenile Auditory at the
Royal Institution, Christmas, 1919.
Cr.* Svo. Pp.204. 1920. Bell.
6s.

Buck , P . C . Acoustics for Musicians .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 152. 1918.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. Qd.

Capstick, J. W. Sound. An Ele-
mentary Text-book . Cr . Svo . Pp .
404. 1913. Cambridge University
Press . 6s .

Catchpool , E . Text-Book of Sound .
(Being Vol . ] . of The Tutorial
Physics). 5th edn. 10th imp.
Cr ." Svo . Pp . 388 . 1919. Univer-
sity Tutorial Press. 6s. Qd.

Dunk, J. L. Hyperacoustics. Divi-
sion 1: Simultaneous Tonality.
Large Demy Svo. Pp. 311 . Dent.
9s. Qd.

Gurney, E. The Power of Sound.
Roy. Svo. Pp.559. 1880. Murray.
28s.

Helmholtz , H . L . F . On the Sensa-
tions of Tone as a Physiological
Basis for the Theorv of Music.
4th edn. Roy. 8vo". Pp. 596.

1912. Longmans. 30s.

Lamb , H . The Dynamical Theory of
Sound . Demy Svo . Pp . 303 .
1910. Arnold! 15s.

Rayleigh, Lord. The Theory of
Sound . Vol . II . 2nd edn . Svo .
Pp. 520. 1896. Macmillan. 15s.

Stewart, R. W. The New Matricu-
lation Sound. 7th imp. Cr. Svo.
Pp.220. 1920. University Tutor-
ial Press. 4s.

Taylor, S. Sound and Music. 3rd
edn . Ex . Cr . Svo . Pp . 236 . 1896.
Macmillan. 10s.

Watt, H. J. The Foundations of
Music. Roy. Svo. Pp.256. 1919.
Cambridge University Press. 18s.

Wood, A. The Physical Basis of
Music. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 163.

1913 . Cambridge University Press .
2s. Qd.

i. Properties of Matter.

De Villamil , R . Motions of Liquids .
Svo. Pp. 224. 1914. Spon.
8s. 6rf.

Fleming, J. A. Waves and Ripples
in Water, Air. and ^Ether. 3rd
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 299. 1919.
S.P.C.K. 7s. Qd.

Maxwell , J . C . Matter and Motion ,
with Notes and Appendices by Sir
J. Larmor. Cr. Svo. Pp. 178.
1 920 . S .P .C .K . 5s .

Le Bon, G. The Evolution of
Matter. Translated by F. Legge.
Cr . Svo . Scott Pub . Co . 6s .

Searle, G. F. C. Experimental
Harmonic Motion. A Manual for
the Laboratory, Demy Svo. Pp.
102. 1915. Cambridge University
Press . 6s .

Soddy, F. Matter and Energy.
Fcap. Svo. Pp. 256. 1912.
Williams and Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Wagstaff, C. J. L. Properties of
Matter (being Yol . 5 of The Tutorial
Physics). 3rd edn. 7th imp. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 287. 1920. University
Tutorial Press. 5s.

j . Molecular Physics .

Cox, J. Beyond the Atom. Roy.
16mo. Pp. 151. 1913. Cam-
bridge University Press. 2s. Qd.

Crowther , J . A . Molecular Physics .
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.198. 1919.
Churchill. 6s.

Ions. Electrons and Ionizing

Radiations. Demy Svo. Pp. 288.

1919. Arnold. 12s. Qd.

Lodge, Sir O. J. Electrons: The
Nature and Properties of Negative
Electricity. 5th edn. Demy Svo.
Pp. 230. 1919. Bell. 8s. Qd.

Mercer , J . E . Some Wonders of
Matter. A Popular Introduction to
the Study of the Atom, Electrons,
Radium, etc. Large Cr. Svo. Pp.
192. 1919. S.P.C.K. 5s.

Perrin, J. Atoms. Translated from
the French by D . L . Hammick .
2nd imp. Demy Svo. Pp. 226.

1920. Constable. 9s.

103

Physics.

Richardson, O. W. The Electron
Theory of Matter . 2nd edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 631. 1916. Cambridge
University Press. 21s.

Thomson , Sir J . J . The Corpuscular
Theory of Matter . 2nd imp . Demy
8vo. >p. 178. 1907. Constable.
75. 6rf.

Electricity and Matter . Cr . Svo .

Pp.170. 1912. Constable. 9s.

iii. RELATIVITY.

Carr, H. W. The General Principle
of Relativity in its Philosophical
and Historial Aspect. Cr. Svo.
Pp.175. 1920. Maemillan.7s.6d.

Conway , A . W . Relativity . Demy
Svo. Pp.43. 191o. Bell. 2s.

Cunningham, E. Relativity, the

Electron Theory and Gravitation.

2nd edition. Demy Svo. Pp. 154.

1921. Longmans. 10s. Qd.
The Principle of Relativity.

Demy Svo. Pp. 235. 1914.

Cambridge University Press. 12s.

Eddington , A . S . Space , Time , and
Gravitation. An Outline of the
General Relativity Theory. 2nd
imp. Demy Svo. Pp.226. (1920)
19-1 . Cambridge University Press.
15s.

Report on the Relativity Theory

of Gravitation. 2nd edn. Demy
Svo. 1920. Paper covers, 6s.
Cloth, 8s. Physical Society of
London (Fleetway Press).

Einstein , A . Relativity : The Special
and the General Theory . A Popular
Exposition. Translated by R. W.
Lawson. Cr.Svo. Pp. 151. 1920.
Methuen. 5s.

Freundlich, E. The Foundations of
Einstein's Theory of Gravitation.
Authorised English Translation by
H. L. Brose. Preface by A.
Einstein. Introduction by H. H.
Turner. Pp. 77. 1920. Cam-
bridge University Press. 5s.

Harrow , B . From Newton to
Einstein . Changing Conceptions
of the Universe. 18mo. Pp. 95.
sewed. 1920. Constable. 2s. 6d.

Robb, A. A. A Theory of Time and

Space. Roy. Svo. Pp.380. 1914.

Cambridge University Press. 15s.
The Absolute Relations of Time

and Space. Demy Svo. Pp. 90.

1921 . Cambridge University Press .

5s.

Schlick, M. Space and Time in
Contemporary Physics . An Intro-
duction to the Theory of Relativity
and Gravitation. Rendered into
English by H. L. Brose. Svo.
Pp. 99. 1920. Oxford: Claren-
don Press. 6s. Qd.

Silberstein, L. The Theory of
Relativity. Svo. Pp.304. 1914.
Macmillan. 12s. 6d.

Slosson, E. E. Easy Lessons in
Einstein . A Discussion of the more
intelligible features of the Theory
of Relativity. Cr.Svo. Pp, 136.

1920. Rout ledge. 5s.

iv. CURRENT IN GASES.

Thomson, Sir J. J. Conduction of
Electricity through Gases. Pp.
686. 2nd edn. Demy Svo. (at
present reprinting). Cambridge
University Press. 16s.

Townsend, J. S. Electricity in

Gases. Svo. Pp. 512. 1914.

Oxford : Clarendon Press . 16s.
The Theory of lonization of Gases

by Collision^. Cr. Svo. Pp. 100.

1910. Constable. 4s. 6d.

Wilson, H. A. The Electrical
Property of Flames and of Incandes-
cent Solids. Cr. Svo. Pp. 120.
1912. University of London Press.
6s.

v. X-RAYS AND RADIO-
ACTIVITY .

Addyman, F. T. Practical X-Ray
Work. Demy Svo. Pp.207. 1901.
Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d.

Arthur, D., and Muir, J. A

Manual of Practical X-Ray Work.
Demy Svo. Pp. 351. 1919.
Heinemann. 12s. 6d.

Baker, T. T. Radiographic Tech-
nique. Demy Svo. Pp. 208.

1921. Constable. 15s.

104

Physic*.

Bragg, Sir W.H. Studies in Radio-
activity. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1912.
Macmillan. 6s. fid.

Bruce, W. I. A System of Radio-
graphy : with an Atlas of the
Normal. Folio. Pp. 122. 1907.
Lewis. 15s.

Bythell, W. J. S., and Barclay, A.
E. X-Ray Diagnosis and Treat-
ment. Demy 8vo. Pp. 159.
1912. Frowde and Hodder. 17s.

Colwell, H. A., and Russ, S.

Radium, X-Rays, and the Living
Cell. With Physical Introduction.
New imp. Large 8vo. Pp. 324.
1914. Bell. 15s.

The Examination of Materials by
X-Rays. A General Discussion.
Faraday Society and Rontgen
Society Report. 1919. Demy
8vo. Pp. 152. 1919. Faraday
Society. 13s. Gd.

The Present Position of the Theory
of lonisation. Faraday Society
Report, 1919. Demy 8vo. Pp.
178. 1919. Faraday Society.
12s. Gd.

Hyndman, H. H. F. Radiation:
An Elementary Treatise on Electro-
magnetic Radiation and on Rontgen
and Cathode Rays. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
307. 1898. Allen and Unwin . 6s.

Joly, J. Radio-Activity and Geo-
logy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 303. 1909.
Constable. 10s.

Kaye , G . W . C . X-Rays : An Intro-
duction to the Study of Rontgen
Rays. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 308.
1918. Longmans. 9s. Gd.

Knox, A. V. General Practice and
X-Rays. A Handbook for the
General Practitioner and Student,
with Chapters on the Production of
X-Rays and Instrumentation by
R. Knox. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 228.
1921. Black. 15s.

Knox, R. Radiography and Radio-
Therapeutics . 3rd edn. Super
Roy. 8vo. 1919. Vol.1. Radio-
graphy. Pp. 384. 35.9. Vol. II.
Radio -Therapeutics. Pp. 222. 18s.
Black .

Makower, W. The Radio-active
Substances: their Properties and
Behaviour. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 313.
1908. KeganPaul. 7s. Gd.

- and Geiger, H. Practical

Measurements in Radioactivity .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 161. 1912. Long-
mans. 6s. Gd.

Morton , E . R . Text -Book of Radio-
logy (X-Rays). 2nd edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 280. 1918. Kimpton.
10s. Gd.

Mowat, H. X-Rays. How to Pro-
duce and Interpret Them. Demy
8vo. Pp.216. 1915. Frowde and
Hodder. 9s. Gd.

Pilon, H. The Coolidge Tube: its
Scientific Applications, Medical and
Industrial. Authorised Transla-
tion. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 98. 1920.
Bailliere. 7s. Gd.

Raffety, C. W. An Introduction to
the Science of Radio-Activity.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1909. Long-
mans . 6s .

Rayleigh , Lord . The Becquerel Rays
and the Properties of Radium.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 221.
1906. Arnold. 10s.

Richardson, O. W. The Emission
of Electricity from Hot Bodies.
New Edition in the press. Long-
mans.

Rutherford, Sir E. Radio-active
Substances and their Radiations.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 699. 1913.
Cambridge University Press .
17s. Gd.

Soddy, F. The Interpretation of
Radium and the Structure of the
Atom. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
276. 1920. Murray. 15s.

Radio Activity. Demy 8vo.

Pp.224. 1904. Benn Bros. 5s.

Turner, D. Radium, its Physics
and Therapeutics. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 184. 1914. Bailliere.
5s.

105

Physics.

vi . MAGNETISM AND ELECTRI-
CITY.

Allanach, W. Elementary Experi-
mental Magnetism and Electricity.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1920. Long-
mans . 5s .

Barlow, C. W. C. Mathematical
Physics. Magnetism and Electri-
city. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1913.
University Tutorial Press. 6s. Qd.

Brooks, E. E., and Poyser, A. W.
Magnetism and Electricity: A
Manual for Students in Advanced
Classes. 2ndedn. Cr. 8vo. New
imp. Pp. 656. (1914). 1918.
Longmans. 12s. Qd.

Campbell, N. R. Modern Electrical
Theory . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
412. 1913. Cambridge University
Press. 16s.

Cavendish , H . Electrical Researches :
Written 1771-81. Edited by J.
Clerk Maxwell. Demy 8vo. Pp.
479. 1879. Cambridge University
Press. 18s.

dimming, L. An Introduction to
the Theory of Electricity. 4th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.362. 1894. Mac-
millan. 8s. Qd.

Curry, C. E. Theory of Electricity
and Magnetism. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
458. 1897. Macmillan. 8s. Qd.

Emtage, W. T. A. The Mathe-
matical Theory of Electricity and
Magnetism. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 236 . 1894 . Oxford : Clarendon
Press. 7s. Qd.

Ewing, Sir J. A. Magnetic Induc-
tion in Iron and Other Metals.
3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 411.
1900. Benn Bros. 12s. Qd.

Finn, M. Experimental Electricity
and Magnetism. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
436. 1915. Bell. 5s.

Fitzgerald, G. F. The Scientific
Writings of the late George Francis
Fitzgerald. Collected and Edited
with an Historical Introduction by
Sir J. Larmor. 8vo. Pp. 640.
1902. Longmans. 15s. Qd.

Fleming, J. A. Magnets and Elec-
tric Currents. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 417. 1914. Spon. 6s.

Foster, G. C., and Porter, A. W.

Elementary Treatise on Electricity
and Magnetism. Founded on .Tou-
bert's "Traite e"Ie"mentaire d'Elec-
triciteV' 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp.
653. 1913. Longmans. 12s.

Fournier d 'Albe , E . E . The Elect-
ron Theory : a Popular Introduction,
to the New Theory of Electricity
and Magnetism . 3rd edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.346. 1918. Longmans. 7s. 6d.

Glazebrook, Sir R.T. Electricity
and Magnetism. An Elementary
Text-book. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 448.
1904 . Cambridge University Press .
10s.

Gray, A. A Treatise on Magnetism
and Electricity. 8vo. Pp.498.
1898. Macmillan. 14s.

Hadley, H. E. Magnetism and

Electricity for Students. Gl. 8vo.

Pp. 596. 1920. Macmillan. 7s.
Magnetism aud Electricity for

Beginners. New imp. Gl. 8vo.

Pp. 376. 1920. Macmillan.

3.v. Qd.

Hansel, C. W. Introductory Elec-
tricity and Magnetism. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 390 . 1919 . Heinemann . 4s . Qd.

Heaviside , O . Electromagnetic
Theory. 3 Vols. Demy 8vo.
1893. Vol. 1. Pp. 488'. 15s.
Vol. 2. Pp. 563. 15s. Vol. a
Pp. 519. 26s. Benn Bros.

Hedges , K . Modern Lightning Con-
ductors . 2nd edn . Med . 8vo . Pp .
125. 1910. Crosby Lockwood.
7.s. Qd.

Hertz, H. Miscellaneous Papers.
Translated by D. E. Jones and G.
A. Schott. 8vo. Pp. 366. Mac-
millan. 12s. Qd.

Electric Waves. Translated by

D.E.. Tones. 8vo. Pp. 298. 1900.
Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

Hutchinson , R . W . Advanced Text-
book of Magnetism and Electricity.
2 Vols. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. 1920.
Vol. 1. Magnetism and Electricity.
Pp. 394. Vol. 2. Electro-

dynamics. Pp. 530. University
Tutorial Press . 1 2s . Qd . the 2 vols .

100

Physics.

Hutchinson, R. W. Intermediate
Text Book of Magnetism and
Electricity. Cr. 8vo. Pp.628.
1920. University Tutorial Press.
9s. Gd.

Jamieson, A. A Practical Elemen-
tary Manual of Magnetism and
Electricity, specially arranged for
the use of Science and Engineering
Students. Revised by E. S.
Andrews . 1 1th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
386. 1920. Griffin. 5s.

Jeans, J. H. The Mathematical
Theory of Electricity and Magnet-
ism. 3rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
588. 1915. Cambridge University
Press . 24s .

Jude, R. H. The School Magnet-
ism and Electricity : based on
Potential and Potential Gradient.
4th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 408.
1914. University Tutorial Press.
5s.

and Satterly, J. Matriculation

Magnetism and Electricity. 6th
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 423. 1920.
University Tutorial Press. 6s. Gd.

Lamb , C . G . Notes on Magnetism
for the Use of Students of Electrical
Engineering. DemySvo. Pp.104.
1919 . Cambridge University Press .
5s.

Livens, G. H. The Theory of Elec-
tricity. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 726.
1918 . Cambridge University Press .
31s. Gd.

Lodge, Sir O. J. Lightning Con-
ductors and Lightning Guards.
Cr.Svo. Pp.543. 1892. Pitman.
15s.

Macdonald, H. M. Electric Waves.
DemySvo. Pp.209. 1902. Cam-
bridge University Press, lls.

Maxwell , J . C . Treatise on Electri-
city and Magnetism, revised by Sir
J/J. Thomson. 2 Vols. 3rd
edn. 8vo. 1904. Vol. 1 . Electro-
statics : Electrokinematics . Pp .
538. Vol. 2. Magnetism; Electro-
magnetism . Pp . 524 . Oxford :
Clarendon Press. 28s.

Elementary Treatise on Electri-
city. Edited by W. Garnett.
8vo. Pp. 224. '1881. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 7s. Gd.

Maycock, W. P. First Book of
Electricity and Magnetism. 4th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 351. 1913.
Pitman . 6s .

Palmer, A. R. Magnetic Measure-
ments and Experiments. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 132. 1918. Murby. 2s.

Ogley, D. H. An Elementary
Course on Practical Applied Elec-
tricity and Magnetism. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.146. 1911. Longmans. 3s. Gd.

Penrose , H . E . Magnetism and
Electricity for Home Study. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 515. 1918. Wireless
Press . 6s .

Pidduck , F . B . A Treatise on Elec-
tricity. DemySvo. Pp.646. 1916.
Cambridge University Press. 16s.

Poyser, A. W. Magnetism and
Electricity : Stage 1 . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
286. 1920. Longmans. 4s.

Advanced Magnetism and Electri-
city. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 474. 1919.
Longmans. 7s. Gd.

Richardson, S. S. Magnetism and
Electricity, and the Principles of
Electrical Measurement. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 598. 1914. Black ie. 6s.

Sanderson, F. W. Electricity and
Magnetism for beginners . New imp .
Gl.'Svo. Pp.254. 1914. Mac-
millan. 3s.

Schott, G. A. Electromagnetic
Radiation and the Mechanical Re-
actions arising from it. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 352. 1912. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press . 21s.

Slingo, Sir W., and Brooker, A.

Problems and Solutions in Elemen-
tary Electricity and Magnetism.
5th imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.170. 1914.
Longmans. 2s. Gd.

Starling, S. G. Electricity and
Magnetism for Advanced Students.
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.598. 1920.
Longmans. 12s. Gd.

Stewart, R. W. Higher Text-Book
of Magnetism and Electricity.
(Being Vol. 4 of The Tutorial
Physics). 2nd edn. 6th imp.
Cr.Svo. Pp.758. 1914. Univer-
sity Tutorial Press. 9s. Gd.

107

Physics.

Thompson, S. P. Elementary Les-
sons in Electricity and Magnetism.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp.760. 1919. Mac-
millan. 5s. Qd.

Thomson, Sir J.J. Elements of the
Mathematical Theory of Electri-
city and Magnetism. 5th edn.
Roy . 8vo . Pp . 420 . 1921 . Cam-
bridge University Press. 25s.

Tunzelmann , G . W . de . Electrical
Theory and the Problem of the
Universe. Large Cr.Svo. Pp.686.
1910. Griffin. 18s.

Whetham , W . G . D . The Theory of
Experimental Electricity . 2nd edn .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 346. 1912.
Cambridge University Press. 10s.
6d.

Walker, G. T. Outlines of the
Theory of Electromagnetism. Demy
8vo. Pp. 60. 1910. Cambridge
University Press. 5s.

Aberration and some other Pro-
blems connected with the Electro-
magnetic Field. Demy 8vo. Pp.
112. 1900. Cambridge University
Press . 7s .

108

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.

i. GENERAL TREATISES.

Alexander , J . H . Elementary Elec-
trical Engineering in Theory and
Practice. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
220. 1919. Crosby Lockwood.
5s.

Ayrton, W. E., and Mather, T.
Practical Electricity. A Labora-
tory and Lecture Course for First
Year Students. 4th edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 539. 1919. Cassell.
12s.

Baillie, T. G. Electrical Engineer-
ing. Demy 8vo. Vol. 1. Intro-
ductory. Pp. 244. 1915. Cam-
bridge University Press. 5s. Qd.

Blythe, E. Machine Drawing for
Electrical Engineers . Oblong folio .
Pp.88. 1920. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 20s.

Brown's Marine Electrician for
Sea -going Engineers: With An-
swers to Board of Trade Questions
in Electricity. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 260. 1920. James Brown.
6s.

Cooper , W . R . (edited by) . The
Electrician Primers. Vol. 1.
Theory. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 298. 1917. 7s. Qd. Vol. 2.
Electric Traction, Lighting and
Power. New edn. in preparation.
Vol. 3. Telegraphy, Telephony,
Electro-Chemistry, etc. New edn.
in preparation. Benn Bros.

Davidge, H. T., and Hutchinson,
R . W . Technical Electricity . 3rd
edn . 8th imp . Cr . Svo . Pp . 602 .
1919. University Tutorial Press.
8s. Qd.

Institution of Electrical Engineers .
Regulations for the Electrical
Equipment of Ships. 16mo. Pp.
86. 1919. Spon. 3s. Qd.

Fowler's Electrical Engineers*
Pocket Book, 1921. Edited by
W. H. Fowler. 18mo. Pp. 550.
January , 1921 . Scientific Pub . Co »
3s.

Garcke, E. (edited by). Manual of
Electrical Undertakings and Direc-
tory of Officials, 1919-20. Vol.
23. 8vo. Pp. 1,551. Apl., 1920.
Electrical Press. 27s. Qd.

Gibson, G. R. Electricity of To-
Day. Cr. Svo. Pp. 347. 1915.
Seeley. 7s. Qd.

Gill, J. F., and Teago, F. J. Ex-
amples in Electrical Engineering.
Cr.Svo. Pp.173. 1919. Arnold.

7s. Qd.

Haslam, A. P. Electricity in Fac-
tories and Workshops . Its Cost and
Convenience. Large Cr. Svo. Pp.
328. 1909. Crosby Lockwood.
8s. Qd.

Ibbetson , W . S . Practical Electrical
Engineering for Elementary Stu-
dents in Trade and Technical
Schools. Cr.Svo. Pp.155. 1914.
Spon . 5s .

Kapp , G . The Principles of Electri-
cal Engineering and their Applica-
tion . Demy Svo . Vol . I . , Prin-
ciples. Pp.368. 1916. Vol.11.,
Application. Pp. 396. 1919.
Arnold. 18s. each vol.

Electricity. Fcap. Svo. Pp.

256. 1912. Williams and Norgate.
2s. Gd.

Kemp, P. Rudiments of Electrical
Engineering. Cr. Svo. Pp. 263.
1920. Macmillan. 6s.

109

Electrical Engineering.

Kennelly, A. E. The Application of
Hyperbolic Functions to Electrical
Engineering Problems. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.312. 1917. University
of London Press. 7s. Qd.

Kinzbrunner, G, The Diseases of
Electrical Machinery: Their Symp-
toms, Causes and Remedy. 5th
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 76. 1920.
Harper. Is. 9d.

Construction of Electric Ma-
chines and Apparatus . Part 1 .
(Consisting of 10 plates). 1906.
Harper. 2s. Qd.

Larkman, A. E., and A. H.

Marine Electrician for Sea-Going
Engineers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 260.
1920. J. Brown. 6s.

Maclean, M. Electricity and Its
Practical Applications . Demy 8vo .
Pp.492. 1918. Blackie. 12s. Qd.

Meares, J. W., and Neale, R. E.
Electrical Engineering Practice. A
Practical Treatise for Civil, Me-
chanical, and Electrical Engineers.
3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 663. 1917.
Spon . 25s .

Mechanical World Electrical
Pocket Book, 1921. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 377. Jan., 1921. Emmott.
2s.

Molesworth , W . H . Spon's Electri-
cal Pocket Book . A Reference Book
of General Electrical Information,
Formulae, and Tables for Practical
Engineers. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 490.
1920. Spon. 8s. Qd.

Munro, J., and Jamieson, A. A

Pocket-book of Electrical Rules and
Tables for the use of Electricians
and Engineers. 21st edn. Pocket
size. Pp. 840 1920. Griffin.
7s. Qd.

Murdoch , W . H . F . The Ventilation
of Electrical Machinery. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 80. 1911. Pitman. 3s. 6d.

Neale, R. E. Electricity: Its Pro-
duction and Applications . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 144. 1920. Pitman. 3s.

Palmer, A. R. Electrical Experi-
ments. Cr.Svo. Pp.125. 1918.
Murby . 2s .

Parr , G . D . A . Electrical Engineer-
ing in Theory and Practice. 8vo.
Pp. 456. 1906. Macmillan. 15s.

Practical Electrician's Pocket
Book, The, 1921. Pocket Size.
Pp.594. Mch.,1921. Rentell. 3s.

Practical Engineer Electrical
Pocket Book, 1921. 18mo. Pp.
720. 1921. Technical Publishing
Co. 2s.

Reports of the Committee on Elec-
trical Standards appointed by
the British Association for the
Advancement of Science. Demy
8vo. Pp.812. 1913. Cambridge
University Press. 12s. Qd.

Roberts, J. Laboratory Work in
Electrical Engineering (Preliminary
Grade). Demy 8vo. Pp. 228.
1906. Harper. 6s.

Rosenberg, E. Electrical Engineer-
ing: An Elementary Text -Book.
Translated by W. W. Haldane Gee,
and C. Kinzbrunner. 7th edn.
(reprinted). Demy 8vo. Pp. 336.
1918. Harper. 7s. Qd.

Sewell , T . The Elements of Electri-
cal Engineering . A First Course for
Students . 7th edn . Large Cr . 8vo .
Pp . 465 . 1920 . Crosby Lockwood .
8s. 6d.

Starling , S . G . An Introduction to
Technical Electricity. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.193. 1921. Macmillan. 3s. Qd.

Still, A. Polyphase Currents. A
Practical Treatise on Polyphase
Working for Electrical Engineers.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.300. 1914.
Pitman. 7s. Qd.

Thomalen, A. A Text Book of
Electrical Engineering. Trans-
lated from the German by G . W . O .
Howe. 5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
492. 1920. Arnold. 28s.

Thompson , S . P . Electrical Tables
and Memoranda. 2nd edn. 64mo.
Pp. 144. 1920. Spon. 2s.

Thompson, T. The Engineering
Enquiry: Electrical and Mechani-
cal. A' Pocket Book for Engineers .
Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 367. 1920.
Arrowsmith. 7s. Qd.

110

Electrical Engineering.

Turner, H. W., and Hobart, H. M.

Insulation of Electrical Machines.
Med. 8vo. Pp. 297. 1918. Pit-
man. 21s.

Walmsley, R. M. Electricity in the
Ssrvice of Mj,n. A Popular and
Practical Treatise on the Applica-
tions of Electricity to Modern Life.
Roy. 8vo. Vol/1. The History
and Principles of Electrical Science.
Pp.840. 1911. Vol.2. Parti.
The Technology of Electricity . Pp .
692. 1913. Vol.2. Part 2. The
Technology of Electricity. Pp.
724. 1919. Casseli. 15s. each.

Whittaker's Electrical Engineers'
Pocket Book. Edited by R. E.
Neale. 4th edn. Pocket size.
Pp.682. 1920. Pitman. 10s. Qd.

Young, A. P. The Elements of
Electro-Technics. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
356. 1920. Pitman. 7s. Qd.

ii. ELECTRIC GENERATION :
POWER PLANT.

Gay, A., and Yearnan, C. H. Cen-
tral Station Electricity Supply.
2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 497 . 1906 .
Pitman. 12s. Qd.

Klingenberg, G. Large Electric
Power Stations: Their Design and
Construction. Translated from the
German. Cr.4to. Pp. 276. 1919.

Crosby Lockwood. 28s.

Wordingham, C. H. Central Elec-
trical Stations: Their Design , Organ-
isation , and Management . 2nd edn .
Large 8vo. Pp.512. Griffin. 30s.

iii. SWITCHBOARDS AND
ACCESSORIES.

Collis, A. G. High and Low Ten-
sion Switchgear Design. DemySvo.
Pp. 232. 1913. Constable. 12s.

Switchgear and the Control of

Electric Light and Power Circuits.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 85. 1913. Con-
stable. Is. Qd.

Connan , J . C . Switchboard Measur-
ing Instruments for Continuous
and Polyphase Systems. 8vo. Pp.
158. 1914. Spon. 5s.

Garrard, G. Electric Switch and
Controlling Gear. 2nd edn. Demy
8vo. Pp.663. 1920. Benn Bros.
25s.

Poole» H. E. High Tension Switch-
gear. Describing the Design, Con-
struction, and Functions of the
leading types of Switchgear used in
the control of High -Tension Elec-
trical Plant. Fcap.Svo. Pp.126.
1921. Pitman. 2s. Qd.

iv. ELECTRIC GENERATORS
AND MOTORS: GENERAL.

Bottone,A.E. How to Manage the

Dynamo. 6th edn. Pocket size.

1912. Pitman. 2s.
S . R . The Dynamo : How Made

and How Used. 13th edn. Cr.Svo.

Pp. 167. 1904. Allen & Unwin.

2s. Qd.
Electro-Motors : How Made and

How Used . 7th edn . revised by

C. Sylvester. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 176.

1919. Pitman. 4s. Qd.

Bowker, W. R. Dynamo, Motor,
and Switchboard Circuits for Elec-
trical Engineers. 2nd edn. Med.
8vo. Pp. 180. 1908. Crosby
Lockwood. 8s. Qd.

Broadbent, F. Dynamo and Motor
Attendants and Their Machines.
10th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.227. 1921.
Rente 11. 4s. Qd.

Broadfoot , S . K . Motors , Secondary
Batteries, Measuring Instruments
and Switchgear. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
96. 1919. Constable. 2s.

Hawkins, C. C., and Wallis, F.

The Dynamo: Its Theory, Design
and Manufacture . 5th edn . 2 vols .
Med. 8vo. Pp. 542., 590. 1909.
Pitman . 1 2s . Qd . each .

Hobart, H. M. Electric-Motors,
Continuous, Polyphase, and Single-
Phase Motors : Their Theory and
Construction. 3rd edn. in "prep-
aration . Pitman .

and Ellis, A. G. Armature

Construction. A Practical Treatise
for Electrical Engineers . Med . 8vo .
Pp.348. 1918. Pitman. 25s.

Ill

Electrical Engineering.

Ibbetson , W . S . Motor and Dynamo
Control: Theory and Practice.
DemySvo. Pp.496. 1920. Spon.
21s.

Livingstone, R. The Mechanical
Design and Construction of Gener-
ators. DemySvo. Pp.436. 1914.
Benn Bros. 11*.

The Mechanical Design and Con-
struction of Commutators. Demy
8vo. Pp. 97. 1907. Benn Bros.
7s. Qd.

Lummis-Paterson, G. W. The

Management of Dynamos . 6th imp .
Pp . 300 . 1908 . Crosby Lockwood .
6s.

Maycock, W. P. A Small Book on
Electric Motors for Continuous and
Alternating Currents. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.192. 1918. Pitman, Qs.

Sewell, T. Alternating and Direct-
Current Dynamos and their Con-
struction. New imp. Large Cr.
8vo. Pp. 328. 1920. Crosby
Lockwood. 8s. Qd.

Sylvester, C. Armature Winding.
A Practical Handbook for Students,
Armature Winders, and Engineers
in Charge. Cr.Svo. Pp.183. 1920.
Rentell. 7s. Qd.

Wood,L.E. A Practical Treatise
on Three-Phase Induction Motors.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 134. 1921. "The
Electrical Review " Office. 6s. 6d.

Thompson , S . P . Dynamo -Electric
Machinery. A Manual for Students
of Electro -technics. 7th edn. 8vo.
Vol. 1 . Continuous -Current Mach-
ines. New edn., by M. Walker, in
preparation. Vol.2. Alternating-
Current Machinery . Pp.900. 1905.
35s . Spon .

Design of Dynamos (Continuous

Current Generators). 8vo. Pp.
243. 1903. Spon. 12s. Qd.

Walker , M . Specification and Design
of Dynamo -Electric Machinery . 3rd
imp . Roy . 8vo . Pp . 668 . 1920 .
Longmans . 36s .

v. CONTINUOUS CURRENT,
AND MACHINERY.

Ashford, C. E., and Kempson, E.
W. E. Elementary Theory of

Direct Current Dynamo Electric
Machinery. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 128. 1914. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 4s. 3d.

Barr, J. R. Principles of Direct-
Current Electrical Engineering.
Med. 8vo. Pp. 559. 1908. Pit-
man. 15s.

Bate, A. H. Principles of Electric
Power (Continuous Current) for
Mechanical Engineers. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 204. 1914. Spon. 6s.

Case, J. The Theory of Direct-Cur-
rent Dynamos and Motors. Demy
8vo. Pp.210. 1912. Heffer. 15s.

Cramp, W. Continuous Current
Mach ine Design . Demy 8vo . Pp .
260. 1910. "Harper. >s.

Denton, F. M. Elementary Princi-
ples of Continuous-Current Arma-
ture Winding . Fcap . 8vo . Pp .
112. 1921. Pitman. 2s. Qd.

Hay, A. An Introductory Course of
Continuous Current Engineering .
2nd edn. Demv 8vo. Pp. 372.

1919. Constable". 9s. Gd.

Hobart, H. M. Elementary Prin-
ciples of Continuous-Current Dyn-
namo Design. Med. 8vo. Pp.
220. 1907. Pitman. 10s. 6d.

Kelsey, W. R. Continuous Current
Dynamos and Motors, and their
Control. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
346. 1919. Technical Pub. Co.
10s.

MacCall , W . T . Continuous-Current
Electrical Engineering. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo . Pp . 474 . University
Tutorial Press. 13s. Qd.

Maycock , W . P . Continuous-Current
Motors and Control Apparatus . Cr.
8vo. Pp. 331. 1917. Pitman.
7s. Qd.

Smith , S . P . Notes on Theory and
Design of Continuous -Current Mach-
ines . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo . Pp . 67 .

1920. Benn Bros. 5s.

vi. ALTERNATING CURRENT,
AND MACHINERY.

Barr, J. R., and Archibald, R. D.

The Design of Alternating-Current

112

Electrical Engineering.

Machinery. Med. 8vo. Pp. 496.
1913. Pitman. 30s.

Biedermann , E . A . The Estimation
of the Dispersion Co-efficient of
Three-Phase Induction Motors and
its Application to their Design.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 58. 1916. Benn
Bros. 2s. Qd.

Cramp, W., amd Smith, G. F.

Vectors and Vector Diagrams, ap-
plied to the Alternating Current
Circuit. 8vo. Pp. 268. 1909.
Longmans . 9s .

Crapper, E. H. Arithmetic of
Alternating Currents for Engineers
and Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208.
1915. Pitman. 4s. Qd.

Greedy, F. Electric Mechanism.
Part 1 . Single -Phase Commutator
Motors. DemySvo. Pp. 123. 1913.
Constable. 7s. Qd.

Drysdale , C . V . The Foundations of
Alternate Current Theory. Demy
8vo. Pp. 312. 1910. Arnold.
10s. Qd.

Ellis, A. G. Elementary Principles
of Alternating-Current Dynamo De-
sign. DemySvo. Pp.304. 1910.
Blackie. 10s.

Frith , J . Alternating Current Mach-
ine Design. Demy 8vo. Pp. 131.
1912. Harper. 6s.

Hawkins , C . C . , Smith , S . P . , and
Neville, S. Papers on the Design
of Alternating-Current Machinery.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 407. 1919. Pit-
man. 21.9.

Hay , A . Alternating Currents : Their
Theory s Generation and Trans-
formation. 4th edn. (reprinted)
Demy 8vo. Pp. 393. 1919.
Harper. 7s. Qd.

James, W. H. N. Alternating Cur-
rents in Theory and Practice . Demy
8vo. Pp. 354. 1916. Cambridge
University Press. 16s.

Johnson , V . E . Modern High Speed
Influence Machines : their Principles,
Construction , and Applications to
Radiography, Radiotelegraphy,
Spark Photography , Electro-Thera-
peutics, etc. DemySvo. Pp.290.
1921. Spon. 14s.

Kemp , P . Alternating-Current Elec-
trical Engineering . 8vo . Pp . 505 .
1918. Macmillan. 17s.

Kempe, H. R. Alternating Currents:
Their Elements Explained. Cr.
8vo. Pp.92. 1916. Crosby Lock-
wood. 3s. Qd.

Larner, E. T. The Principles of
Alternating Currents. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 144 . 1908 . Crosby Lock wood .
4s. 6d.

Maycock, W.P. Alternating-Current
Work. An Introductory Book for
Engineers and Students. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.428. 1917. Pitman.
10s. Qd.

Rhodes, W.G. A Primer on Alter-
nating Currents . Cr.Svo. Pp.154.
1912. Longmans. 3s. Qd.

An Elementary Treatise on
Alternating Currents. 8vo. Pp.
224. 1902. Longmans. 9s.

Russell , A . A Treatise on the Theory
of Alternating Currents. 2 Vols.
2nd edn. DemySvo. Vol.1. Pp.
548. 1914. Vol.2. Pp. 579. 1916.
Cambridge University Press. 18s.
each.

Smith, C. F. Practical Alternating
Currents and Alternating-Current
Testing. 8th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 476. 1919. Scientific Pub. Co.
8s.

vii. TRANSFORMERS.

A very, A. H. Auto -Transformer
Design. A Practical Hand-book
for manufacturers, contractors, and
wiremen. 8vo. Pp. 60. 1909.
Spon . 5s .

Bohle, H., and Robertson, D.
Transformers : A Treatise on the
Theory, Construction, Design, and
Uses of Transformers , Auto- Trans-
formers, and Choking Coils. Large
Svo. Pp.370. 1911. Griffin. 25s.

Denton , F . M . Notes on Commerical
Transformer Design. Demy Svo.
Pp . 57 . 1917 . Benn Bros . *2s . Gd.

113

Electrical Engineering.

Fleming , J . A . The Alternate-Cur-
rent Transformer in Theory and
Practice . 2 Vols . 3rd edn . Demy
8vo . 1900 . Vol . 1 . The Induction
of Electric Currents. Pp.628. Vol.
2. The Utilisation of Induced
Currents. Pp. 606. Benn Bros.
15s. each.

Kapp, G. Transformers for Single-
and Mu It i- phase Currents . A Treat-
ise on their Theory, Construction
and Use. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo.
Pp.363. 1908. Pitman. 12s. Qd.

Painton, E. T. Small Single-Phase
Transformers . Pott 8vo . Pp . 105 .
1921. Pitman. 2s. Qd.

Sylvester, G. Rotary Converters.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.59. 1920. Rentell.
2s. Qd.

viii. TRANSMISSION.

Brew, W. Three-Phase Transmission.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 190.
1914. Crosby Lockwood. 9s.

Carter, T. Balancers for Three-
wire Continuous-current Systems.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 98. 1917. Benn
Bros . 4s .

Coyle , D . , and Howe , F . J . O . Elec-
tric Cables : Their Construction and
Cost. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 474. 1919.
Spon. 18s.

Dick , J . R . , and Fernie , F . E lectr ic
Mains and Distributing Systems.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 476.
1919. Benn Bros. 18s.

Fleming, A. P. M., and Johnson,
R. Insulation and Design of Elec-
trical Windings. Med. 8vo. Pp.
232. 1913. Longmans. 9s.

Kapper, F. Overhead Transmission
Lines and Distributing Circuits:
Their Design and Construction.
Cr. 4to. Pp. 300. 1915. Con-
stable. 16s.

La Gour , J . L . , and Bragstad , O . S .

Theory and Calculation of Electric
Currents. Translated by S. P.
Smith. Med. 8vo. Pp. 494.
1913. Longmans. 18s.

Maycock, W. P. Electric Circuit
Theory and Calculations. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.355. 1918. Pitman.
10s. Qd.

Raymond -Barker, E. Handbook
in Cable-break Localisation. Gra-
phic methods . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 68 .
1904. "Electrical Review " Office,
2s. Qd.

Cable Fault Localisation Graphs

in Practice. Cr. SVT. Pp. 68.
1909. ;i Electrical Review" Office,
2s. Qd.

Russell, A. The Theory of Electric
Cables and Networks. 2nd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.360. 1920. Con-
stable. 24s.

ix. TESTING.

Allen, R. G. Principles and Prac-
tice of Electrical Testing : as applied
to Apparatus, Circuits, and Mach-
ines. 8vo. Pp.372. 1919. Long-
mans. 18s.

Fisher, H. K. G., and Darby, J. G.
H. Students' Guide to Submarine
Cable Testing . 5th edn . 3rd imp .
DemySvo. Pp.252. 1920. Benn
Bros. 9s. Qd.

Fleming, J. A. Handbook for the
Electrical Laboratory and Testing
Room. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo. Vol.
1. Pp.545. 15s. Qd. Vol.2. Pp.
630. 16s. Qd. Benn Bros.

Kempe, H. R. Handbook of Elec-
trical Testing. 7th edn. 8vo. Pp.
714. 1908. Spon. 25s.

Kinzbrunner, G. The Testing of
Alternating Current Machines in
Laboratories and Test -Rooms . Vol .
1. Demy 8vo. Pp. 163. 1907.
Harper . 5s .

The Testing of Continuous Cur-
rent Machines in Laboratories and
Test-Rooms. DemySvo. Pp.336.
1904. Harper. 7s. Qd.

Oulton, L., and Wilson, N. J.

Practical Testing of Electrical Mach-
ines. 2nd edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
254. 1921. Pitman. 6s.

Parr, G. D. A. Practical Electrical
Testing in Physics and Electrical
Engineering. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.
400. 1917. Longmans. 9s. Qd.

114

Electrical Engineering.

Parr , G . D . A . Electrical Engineer-
ing Testing. A Practical Work
for Second and Third Year Stu-
dents, Engineers, and others.
3rd edn. 8vo. Pp.550. 1907.
Chapman & Hall. 11s. Qd.

Raphael, F. G. Localisation of
Faults in Electric Light and Power
Mains, with chapters on Insulation
Testing. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.
revised (1916). 1920. Pp.218.
BennBros. 12s.6d.

Smith , G . F . The Practical Testing
of Dynamos and Motors. A Treat-
ise on the Methods and Instruments
used in the Testing of Dynamos and
Motors . 7th edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
322. 1919. Scientific ^Publishing
Co. 6s. Qd.

Wright, J. Testing and Localising
Faults. Fcap.Svo. Pp.88. 1920.
Constable. 2s.

Young, J. E. Electrical Testing for
Telegraph Engineers. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 322. Benn Bros.
125. dd.

x. ELECTRICAL MEASURE-
MENTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

Bottone r S . R . Electrical Instrument
Making for Amateurs. A Practical
Handbook. 8th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 280 . 1920 . Pitman . 6s .

Drysdale, C. V., and Jolley, A. C.

Electrical Measuring Instruments :
their Design. Construction and
Application. In Preparation . Benn
Bros.

Edgcumbe, K. Industrial Electri-
cal Measuring Instruments. 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 430.

1918. Constable. 16s.

Gerhardi, C. H. W. Electricity
Meters: Their Construction and
Management. 2nd edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 514. 1917. BennBros.

18s.

Hobbs' Arithmetic of Electrical Meas-
urements. 16th edn. revised by A.
R. Palmer. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128.

1919. Murby. 2s.

James, W. H. N., and Sands, D.
L. Elementary Electrical Calcula-
tions. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1919.
Longmans . 5s .

Moreton , H . W . Electrical Measur-
ing Instruments and Supply Meters.
Cr.Svo. Pp.83. 1913. Technical
Pub. Co. 2s. 9d.

Murdoch , W . H . F . , and Oschwald ,
U. A. Electrical Instruments in
Theory and Practice. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.366. 1915. Pitman. 12s. 6d.

Parr, G. D. A. Electrical Engin-
eering Measuring Instruments for
Commercial and Laboratory Pur-
poses. DemySvo. Pp.328/ 1903.
Blackie. 10s.

Price, W. A. The Measurement of
Electrical Resistance. 8vo. Pp.
216. 1894. Oxford: Clarendon
Press . 6s .

Solomon, H. G. Electricity Meters.
Large 8vo. Pp. 343. 1906.
Griffin. 18s.

Taylor, W. T. Calculation of Elec-
tric Conductors : with Chart. Imp.
8vo. Pp. 34. 1919. Constable.
10s. Gd.

Whittaker's Arithmetic of Electrical
Engineering. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.212. 1916. Pitman. 3s. Qd.

xi. INDUCTION COILS AND
BATTERIES.

Allsop , F. C. Induction Coils and
Coil Making. A Treatise on the
Construction and Working of Shock,
Medical , and Spark Coils . 2nd edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1914. Spon.
3s. Gd.

Bonney, G. E. Induction Coils. A
Practical Manual for Amateur Coil
Makers. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
238. 1919. Pitman. 6s.

Codd,M.A. Induction Coil Design.
Demy 8vo . Pp . 243 . ] 920 . Spon .
21s.

Cooper , W . R . Primary Batteries :
Their Theory, Construction, and
Use. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp.
467. 1920. BennBros. 15s.

115

Electrical Engineering.

Dunton, W. F. The Grouping of
Electric Cells. 16mo. Pp. 50.
1914. Spon. 2s.

Hare, A. T. The Construction of
Large Induction Coils . A Workshop
Handbook. Demy 8vo. Pp. 164.
1900 . Methuen . 6s .

McKinnon, E. G. The A.B.C. of

Storage Battery Management . Demy
8vo. Pp. 101. 1920. Electrical
Press. 3s. Qd.

Rankin, R. Storage Battery Prac-
tice. A Practical Handbook on the
Manufacture and Properties of Elec-
tric Accumulators, and their In-
stallation and Operation. Demy
8vo. Pp. 170. 1919. Pitman.
7s. Gd.

Salomons, Sir D. Management of
Accumulators . New edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.174. 1921. Pitman. 7.9. Gd.

xii. ELECTRIC WIRING AND
FITTING.

Bursill , A . The Principles and Prac-
tice of Electric Wiring. New imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 232. 1919. Long-
mans . 5s .

Clinton , W . C . Electric Wiring . A
Primer for the Use of Wiremen and
Students. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 200.
1919. Murray. 3s. Gd.

Devey , R . G . Mill and Factory Wir-
ing. New imp. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
197. 1919. Constable. 2.9. Gd.

Dover, A. T. Power Wiring Dia-
grams. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 208.
1917. Pitman. 7s. Gd.

Havelock , J . H . Electrical Installa-
tion Work (including "Electric
Wiremen's Work"). A Practical
Handbook for Students and all en-
gaged in Electrical Installation
Work. DemySvo. Pp.374. 1921.
Crosby Lockwood . 15s.

Ibbetson, W. S. Electric Wiring:
Theory and Practice . 2nd edn . Cr .
8vo. Pp.470. 1920. Spon. 18s.

Johnson, T. M. Shipwiring and
Fitting. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 92.
1911. Constable. 2s.

Leaf, H. M. Internal Wiring of
Buildings . 3rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
280. 1907. Constable. 3s. Gd.

Maycock, W. P. Electric Wiring
Tables. A collection of original
and carefully verified Tables for the
use of Electrical Engineers. 4th
edn. Pocket size. Pp.185. 1920.
Pitman . 5s .

Electric Wiring, Fittings,

Switches, and Lamps. 5th edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.629. 1917. Pitman.
10s. Gd.

Electric Wiring Diagrams : A

Collection, with brief explanations,
of most of the Diagrams given in the
sume author's work "Electric Wir-
ing , Fittings , Switches and Lamps . ' *
Cr.Svo. Pp.146. 1918. Pitman.
5s.

Metcalfe, C. C. Practical Electric
Wiring for Lighting Installations.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 203.
1919. Harper. 6s.

Paterson, G. W. L. Wiring Calcu-
lations for Electric Light and Power
Installations. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96.
1912. Scott, Greenwood. 6s.

Urquhart, J. W. Electric Light
Fitting. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
363. 1904. Crosby Lockwood . 6s.

Electric Ship Lighting. A Hand-
book on Fitting and Running Ship's
Electrical Plant. 4th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 367. 1911. Crosby
Lockwood. 8s. Gd.

Walker, S. F. Electric Wiring and
Fitting. Cr.Svo. Pp.160. 1908.
Scott, Greenwood. 6s.

xiii. ELECTRIC LIGHT AND
ILLUMINATION .

Allsop, F. C. Practical Electric
Light Fitting. A Treatise on the
Wiring and Fitting up cf Buildings
from Central Station Mains, and
the Laying down of Private Installa-
tions . * 6th edn . Cr . Svo . Pp . 290 .
1914. Pitman. 6s.

Barham, G. B. The Development
of the Incandescent Electric Lamp.
DemySvo. Pp.200. 1912. Scott,
Greenwood . 6s .

116

Electrical Engineering.

Batstone, S. G. Electric-Light
Fitting. Cr.Svo. Pp.334. 1914.
Pitman . 6s .

Bohle, H. Electrical Photometry
and Illumination. Large Svo.
Pp. 233. 1912. Griffin. 12s. Qd.

Brooks, E. E., and James, W. H.

N. Electric Light and Power. 5th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 431. 1919.
Methuen. 6s. Qd.

J.F.L. Train Lighting by Electri-
city. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 92. 1915.
Locomotive Pub . Co . 3s. Qd.

Jehl , F . Manufacture of Carbons for
Electric Lighting and other Pur-
poses. DemySvo. Pp. 242. 1899.
Benn Bros. ' 12s. Qd.

Johnson, J. H. Arc Lamps and
Accessory Apparatus. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp.132. 1911. Constable. 2s.

Lancaster, M. Electric Cooking,
Heating, Cleaning, etc. A Manual
of Electricity in the Service of the
Home. Demy 8vo. Pp. 348.
1914. Constable. 4s.

Maycock, W. P. Electric Lighting
and Power Distribution. 8th edn.
2Vols. Cr.Svo. 1918. Vol. 1.
Pp.590. Vol.2. Pp.680. Pit-
man. 10s. Qd. each.

O£ley, D. H. Incandescent Electric
Lamps and their Application. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 120. 1914. Longmans.
3s. Qd.

Percival , G . A . The Electric Lamp
Industry . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 133 . 1920 .
Pitman. 3s.

Solomon, M. Electric Lamps. Ex.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 330. 1909. Con-
stable. 7s. Qd.

Urquhart, J. W. Electric Light,
its Production and Use. 7th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 444. 1902. Crosby
Lock wood . 7s. Qd.

Walker, S. F. Pocket Book of
Electric Lighting and Heating.
Fcap.Svo. Pp.466. 1907. Cros-
by Lockwood. 5s.

Zeidler, J., and Lustgarten, J.
Electric Arc Lamps: Their Prin-
ciples, Construction and Working.
DemySvo. Pp.204. 1908. Harper.
6s.

xiv. ELECTRIC BELLS.

Allsop , F . C . Practical Electric Bell
Fitting, llth edn. Cr.Svo. 1918.
Pp. 186. Spon. 5s.

Electric Bell Construction. A

Treatise on the Construction of
Electric Bells, Indicators, and simi-
lar apparatus . New imp . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 143. 1914. Spon. 3s. Qd.

Bottone, S. R. Electric Bells and
All About Them. 8th edn. Revised
by C.Sylvester. Cr.Svo. Pp.187.
1919. Pitman. 3s. Qd.

Redfern , J . B . , and Savin , J . Bells ,
Indicators , Telephones , Alarms ,
etc. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 123. 1913.
Constable . 2s .

White , H . G . Electric Bells , Alarms ,
and Signalling Systems. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.ll2\ 1921. Rentell.
3s. Qd.

xv. ELECTRIC TRACTION.

Agnew.W.A. The Electric Tram
Car Handbook for Motormen, In-
spectors , etc . 8th edn . Cr . Svo .
Pp. 140. 1920. " Electrical Re-
view." 3s. Qd.

Austin, E. Single-Phase Electric
Railways. Demy 4to. Pp. 317.
1915. Constable. 21s.

Bowker, W. R. The Practical Con-
struction of Electric Tramways.
Svo. Pp. 119. 1914. Spon.

7s. Qd.

Calisch, L. Electric Traction. Cr.
Svo. Pp.116. 1915. Locomotive
Pub. Co. rts. Qd.

Davies, F. H. Electric Power and
Traction. Ex. Cr. Svo. Pp. 299.
1907. Constable. 7s. Qd.

Dawson, P. Electric Traction on
Railways. Roy. Svo. Pp. 892.
1909. Benn Bros. 32s.

Dover, A. T. Electric Traction . A
Treatise on the Application of
Electric Power to Electric Traction
on Railways and Tramways. 2nd
edn. Med. Svo. Pp. 685. 1919.
Pitman. 25s.

117

Electrical Engineering.

Dover, A. T. Electric Motors and
Control Systems. A Treatise on
Electric Traction Motors and their
Control. Med.Svo. Pp.388. 1918.
Pitman. 18s.

Gant, L. W. Elements of Electric
Traction for Motormen and others.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 227. 1907.
Harper . 6s .

Hobart, H. M. Electric Trains.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 219. 1910.

Harper. 7s. Qd.
Electric Propulsion of Ships.

DemySvo. Pp.179. 1911. Harper.

6s.

Ibbetson, W. S. Tramway Motor-
man's Handbook. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
216. 1920. Spon. 6s. Qd.

Kapp, G. The Electrification of
Railways. 4to. Pp. 45. 1908.
Rentell. Is.

Rider, J. H. Electric Traction. A
Practical Handbook on the Applica-
tion of Electricity as a Locomotive
Power. Cr. 8vo. Pp.450. 1903.
Pitman. 12s. Qd.

Sayers, H. M. Brakes for Electric
Tramway Cars. Demy 8vo. Pp.
82. 1907. BennBros. 4s.

Trewman, H. F. Electrification of
Railways. Pott 8vo. Pp. 88.
1920. Pitman. 2s. Qd.

Wilson, E ., and Lydall , F . Electri-
cal Traction. 2 vols. Demy 8vo.
1907. Vol. 1., Direct Current.
Pp. 475. Vol. II., Alternating
Current. Pp.328. Arnold. 15s.
each.

xvi. ELECTRICAL APPLICA-
TION TO THE MOTOR CAR.

Beaumont, W. W. Industrial Elec-
tric Vehicles and Trucks. Demy
8vo. Pp. 195. 1920. Griffin.
15s.

Bottone, S. R. Magnetos for Auto-
mobilists. How Made and How
Used. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
118. 1918. Crosby Lock wood.
2s. Qd.

Cross, H. H. U. Automobile
Batteries. A Practical Handbook
on the Construction, Charging,
Repair, and Maintenance of Igni-
tion, Starting, Lighting, and Elec-
tric Vehicle Batteries; Dry, Lead,
and Alkaline Types . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
101. 1919. Spon. 4s.

Electric Lighting for Cycles and

Motor Cycles. Cr. 8vo. Pp, 132.
1920. Spon. 3s. Qd.

Electric Lighting and Starting for

Motor Cars. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 281. 1916. Crosby Lock-
wood. 5s.

Hibbert, W. Magneto and Electric
Ignition. 3rd edn. Pp.186. 1919.
Pitman. 3s. Qd.

Hutton, F. H. Electricity and the
Motor Car: Lighting, Engine Start-
ing and Ignition. 4th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 256. 1920. Iliffe.
5s. Qd.

Morgan , J . D . Principles of Electric
Spark Ignition in Internal Com-
bustion Engines. Med. 8vo. Pp.
88. 1919. Crosby Lockwood.
8s. Qd.

Sylvester, C. Coil Ignition for
Motor Cars. A Manual for the
Motor Mechanic, Owner-Driver,
and all interested in Coil Ignition
Systems. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 239. 1921.
Pitman. 10s. Qd.

Young, A. P. Magnetos. The
Theory and Practice of Magnetos,
Ignition for all Forms of Internal
Combustion Engines. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1920. Iliffe.
4s. Qd.

xvii. ELECTRO PLATING.

Barclay, W. R., and Hains worth,
C. H. Electroplating: A Treatise
on the Electro-deposition of Metals.
With a Chapter on Metal-Colouring
and Bronzing. New edition in
preparation. E. Arnold.

Bonney , G . E . The Electro -Platers '
Handbook. A Practical Manual in
Electro-Metallurgy. 5th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 221. 1909. Pitman.
5s.

118

Electrical Engineering.

Denny, C. W. The Electro -Deposi-
tion of Copper and its Industrial
Applications. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
120. 1921. Pitman. 2s. 6d.

Field, S. The Principles of Electro -
Deposition : A Laboratory Guide to
Electro-Plating. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
400. 1911. Longmans. 7s. 6d.

Sprague , J . T . Elements of Electro-
Plating. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 72. 1914.
Spon. 25. 6d.

Watt, A. The Electro -plat ing and
Electro-refining of Metals. Being
a new edition of "Electro-Deposi-
tion," revised, &c., by A, Philip.
2nd edn . Large Cr . 8vo . Pp . 704 .
1911. Crosby Lockwood. 14s.

Electro Plating, based on "Elec-
tro Metallurgy Practically Treat-
ed." Cr. 8vo. Pp. 192. 1920.
Crosby Lockwood . 5s .

xviii . ELECTRIC WELDING .

Carpmael , H . Electric Welding and
Welding Appliances. Imp. 8vo.
Pp. 140. 1920. Constable. 18s.

Marquand , H . S . Electric Welding .
Its Theory, Practice, Application
and Economics. Demy 8vo. Pp.
204. 1920. BennBros. 12s. Gd.

Swift, H. B. Practical Electric
Welding. Demy 8vo. Pp. 104.
1920. Spon. 7s. fid.

xix. TELEPHONY AND TELE-
GRAPHY.

Allsop, F. C. Telephones, their
Construction and Fitting. 8th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 222. 1914. Spon.
5s.

Atkins, W. Principles of Auto-
matic Telephony. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.124. 1915. BennBros.
3s.

Common Battery Telephony Sim-
plified. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
190. 1913. BennBros. 3s. Gd.

Baker, T. T. The Telegraphic
Transmission of Photographs. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 158. 1910. Constable.
2s. Gd.

Bell, J., and Wilson, S. The

Telegraphist's Guide to the Depart-
mental and City and Guilds Exam-
inations in Telegraphy. 8th edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.273. 1920. Rentell.
5s.

Crotch, A. The Elements of Tele-
phony. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
114. 1918. Spon. 2s. Gd.

The Hughes and Baudot Tele-
graphs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 83. 1908.
Rentell. 2s.

Telegraphy : an Elementary Text-
book on the Principles of Electri-
city as applied to Telegraph Sys-
tems. Cr.Svo. Pp.165. 1919.
Spon. 4s. Gd.

Telegraphic Systems, and other

Notes. A Handbook of the Princi-
ples on which Telegraphic Practice
is Based . Large Cr . 8vo . Pp . 284 .
1908. Griffin. 6s.

Elementary Telegraphy and Tele-
phony. New imp. 8vo. Pp. 223.
1912.' Spon. 6s.

Fleming, J. A. The Propagation of
Electric Currents in Telephone and
Telegraph Conductors. 3rd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 384. 1919.
Constable. 21s.

Herbert, T. E. Telegraphy: A
detailed Exposition of the Telegraph
System of the British Post Office.
4th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 1 ,039 . 1920 .
Pitman. 18s.

and Wardt, R. G. de. The

Arithmetic of Telegraphy and Tele-
phony. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 196. 1921.
Pitman . 5s .

Hill, J. G. Telephonic Transmis-
mission: Theoretical and Applied.
8vo. Pp. 398. 1920. Longmans.
21s.

Jones, W. H. Telegraphy for
Beginners. The Standard Method.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.58. 1913.
Spon. 2s. Gd.

Kingsbury , J . E . The Telephone and
Telephone Exchanges : Their Inven-
tion and Development. 8vo. Pp.
568. 1915. Longmans. 15s.

Lee, J. Telegraph Practice: A
Study of Comparative Method.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 112. 1917. Long-
mans . 3s .

119

Electrical Engineering.

Malcolm , H . W . The Theory of the
Submarine Telegraph and Telephone
Cable. Demy 8vo. Pp. 576.
1917. Benn Bros. 22s.

M or din, R. The Strowger Auto-
matic Telephone Exchange. Demy
8vo. Pp.186. 1919. Spon. 21s.

Pendry, H. W. Elementary Tele-
graphy. A Manual for Students.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.247. 1921.
Pitman. 7s. Gd.

The Baudot Printing Telegraph

System. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
191. 1920. Pitman. 6s.

Poole, J. The Practical Telephone
Handbook and Guide to the Tele-
phonic Exchange. 6th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 725. 1919. Pitman.
15s.

Telegraphy, Telephony and Wire-
less. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1921.
Pitman . 3s .

Preece , Sir W . H . , and Sivewright ,
Sir J. Telegraphy. Revised and
Partly rewritten by W. L. Preece.
8vo. Pp. 432. 1919. Longmans.
12s. Gd.

Stevens , E . J . Field Telephones and
Telegraphs for Army Use . 7th edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1918. Crosby
Lockwood . 3s .

White, H. G. Telephone Erection
and Maintenance. 2nd edn. 8vo.
Pp.129. 1917. Rentell. 2s. Gd.

xx. WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY
AND TELEPHONY.

Bangay, R. D. The Elementary
Principles of Wireless Telegraphy.
Cr.Svo. 1918. Parti. Pp.212.
4s. Part II. Pp. 241. 4s. Or in
1 vol. 7s. Gd. Wireless Press.

The Oscillation Valve : The Ele-
mentary Principles of its Applica-
tion to Wireless Telegraphy. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 215. 1919. Wireless
Press . 6s .

Blake, E. Selected Studies in
Elementary Physics: A Handbook
for the Wireless Student and
Amateur. Cr.Svo. Pp.176. 1920.
Wireless Press . 5s.

Bottone, S. R. Wireless Telegraphy
and Hertzian Waves. Revised by
C.Sylvester. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.136. 1919. Pitman. 3s. Gd.

Brown, S. W. Simple Fault Trac-
ing : for Wireless Students and
Operators . Fcap . 8vo . Pp . 30 .
1919. Jas.Munro. Is. Gd.

Coursey, P. R. Telephony Without
Wires. Demy 8vo. Pp. 414.
1919. Wireless Press. 15s.

Gross, F. Wireless Explained. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 72. 1918. James
Brown. 3s. Gd.

Dowsett, H. M. Wireless Tele-
graphy and Telephony : First Prin-
ciples. Present Practice, and Test-
ing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 362. 1920.
Wireless Press. 9s.

Eccles, W. H. Continuous Wave
Wireless Telegraphy . Part 1 . Demy
8vo. Pp. 415. 1921. Wireless
Press. 25s.

Eichhorn, G. Wireless Telegraphy.
LargeSvo. Pp.126. 1906. Griffin.
10s. Gd.

Erskine- Murray, J. Handbook of
Wireless Telegraphy : Its Theory
and Practice . 6th edn . Demy 8vo .
Pp.458. 1918. Crosby Lockwood.
12s. Gd.

Fleming, J. A. Principles of Elec-
tric Wave Telegraphy and Tele-
phony . 4th edn . 8vo . Pp . 724 .
1919. Longmans. 42s.

An Elementary Manual of Radio-
Telegraphy and Radio-Telephony
for Students and Operators • 3rd
edn. 8vo. Pp. 374. (1916) 1919.
Longmans. 10s. Gd.

The Wonders of Wireless Tele-
graphy. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
280. 1919. S.P.C.K. 7s. Gd.

The Wireless Telegraphist's Poc-
ket Book of Notes, Formulae, and
Calculations. Pocket size. Pp.
352. 1915. Wireless Press. 9s.
-The Thermionic Valve and its

Development in Radio-Telegraphy
and Telephony. Demy 8vo. Pp.
279. 1919. Wireless Press. 15s.
Fortescue, G. L. Wireless Tele-
graphy. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 149.
1913 . Cambridge University Press .
2s. Gd.

120

Electrical Engineering,

Harris. P. W. The Maintenance of
Wireless Telegraph Apparatus . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 127. 1918. Wireless
Press. 2s. 6d.

Hawkhead, J. C., and Dowsett, H.
M. The Handbook of Technical
Instruction for Wireless Telegraph-
ists . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
310. 1919. Wireless Press. 7s. 6rf.

Henstock , J . Final Digest for Wire-
less Students. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.90. 1918. Jas.Munro. 4s. 6d.

Hoyle, B. Standard Tables and
Equations in Radio-Telegraphy.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 159. 1919.
Wireless Press. 9s.

Leggett, B. Wireless Telegraphy:
with Special reference to the
Quenched-Spark System . Demy
8vo. Pp. 502. 1921. Chapman
and Hall. 30s.

Marchant, W. H. Wireless Tele-
graphy. A Practical Handbook for
the Use of Operators and Students .
2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.240. 1919.
Pitman. 7s. 6rf.

— The Radio-Telegraphist's Guide
and Log-Book. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
142. 1912. Pitman. 5s. Qd.

Martin, M. J. The Wireless Trans-
mission of Photographs . 2nd edn .
8vo. Pp. 143. 1919. Wireless
Press . 5s .

Monckton, C. C. F. Radio-Tele-
graphy. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 289.
1908. Constable. 7s. 6d.

Nottage, W. H. Calculation and
Measurement of Inductance and
Capacity. Demy 8vo. Pp. 144.
1916. Wireless Press . 3s. 6rf.

Owen, W . D . Guide to the Study of
the Ionic Valve. Its Development
and Application to Wireless Tele-
graphy and Telephony . Fcap . 8vo .
Pp.60. 1919. Pitman. 2s. Qd.

Penrose, H. E. The WTireless Tele-
graphy Student's Library . 5 Parts .
Cr. Svo. Paper covers. 1919.
Book 1. Direct Current. Pp. 64.
Book 2. Alternating Current. Pp.
48. Book 3. High-Frequency Cur-
rent and Wave Production . Pp . 64 .
Book 4. The 1^-k.w. Ship Set.

Pp. 74. Book 5. The Oscillation
Valve. Pp. 50. Wireless Press.
Is. 4rf. each .

Rolfe -Martin , A . B . Wireless Tele-
graphy. A Handbook on the
Fundamental Principles and Modern
Practice of Radio-Telegraphy for
the use of Students of Electrical
Engineering. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256.
1914. Black. 3s. 6d.

Ruhmcr, E. Wireless Telephony in
Theory and Practice. Translated by
J. Erskine-Miirray . Demy 8vo.
Pp.237. 1908. Crosby Lockwood.
10s. 6rf.

Shaw , W . J . Practical and Experi-
mental Wireless Telegraphy. A
Handbook for Operators. Students
and Amateurs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 102.
1914. Spon. 5s.

Shore , A . Alternating Current Work
for Wireless Operators. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 163. 1919. Wireless Press.
3s. 6rf.

Sleeper, M. B. Wireless Design
and Practice. Part.l. Transmit-
ters and Receivers. Part. 2.
Practical Circuits . Pp . 246 . 1920 .
Frowde and Hodder. 7s. Qd.

Stanley, R. Text-Book on Wireless
Telegraphy. New edn. 2 vols.
8vo. 1919\ Vol.1. General Theory
and Practice. Pp. 486. Vol. 2.
Valves, Continuous Waves and
Radio -Telephony. Pp. 368. Long-
mans. 15s. each.

Turner, L. B. Wireless Telegraphy
and Telephony. An Outline for
Electrical Engineers and others.
DemySvo. Pp.207. 1921. Cam-
bridge University Press. 20s.

Ward, H. Dictionary of Technical
Terms used in Wireless Telegraphy.
2nd edn. Pocket size. Pp. 253.
1919. Wireless Press. 2s. Qd.

Willis, S. J. A Short Course in
Elementary Mathematics and their
Application to Wireless Telegraphy.
DemySvo. Pp.182. 1917. Wire-
less Press. 3s. fid.

Year Book of Wireless Telegraphy
and Telephony . 1921. DemySvo.
Pp . 1 ,355 . March , 1921 . Wireless
Press. 21s.

121

CHEMISTRY.

i. HISTORY.

Armitage, F. P. A History of
Chemistry. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.286. 1912. Longmans. 7s. 6d.

Bauer , H . A History of Chemistry .
Translated by R." V. Stanford.
Cr.Svo. 1907. Arnold. 4s. 6d.

Brown, J. C. A History of Chemis-
try from the Earliest Times to the
Present Day . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 571. 1920. Churchill. 21s.

Hilditch , T . P . A Concise History of
Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 274.
1911. Methuen. 5s.

Lowry, T. M. Historical Introduc-
tion to Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.y
599. 1915. Macmillan. 10s. fid.

Martin, G. Modern Chemistry and
its Wonders. A Popular Account
of some of the more remarkable
Recent advances in Chemical
Science for General Readers. Large
Cr.Svo. Pp.367. 1917. Sampson
Low. 10s. 6rf.

Triumphs and Wonders of Modern

Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 375.
N.D. Sampson. Low. 10s. 6rf.

Slosson, E. E. Creative Chemistry:
Descriptive of Recent Achieve-
ments in the Chemical Industries.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 311. 1921.
University of London Press . 12s. 6d .

Thorpe, Sir T. E. Essays in

Historical Chemistry. 3rd edn.

8vo. Pp.614. 1911. Macmillan.
15s.

• History of Chemistry. Cr. 8vo.

Pp. 320. Watts. 5s.

Tilden, Sir W. A. The Progress of
Scientific Chemistry in Our Own
Times: with Biographical Notices.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.378. 1913.
Longmans . 8s .

Tilden, SirW. A. Chemical Dis-
covery and Invention in the Twen-
tieth Century . 3rd edn . Svo . Pp .
503. 1919. Routledge. 12s. 6cL

Famous Chemists : the Men and

their Work . Demy Svo . Pp . 312 .
1921. Routledge. 12s. 6d.

ii. GENERAL.

Abegg , R . , and Herz , W . Practical
Chemistry. Translated by H. T.
Calvert. Cr.Svo. Pp.132. 1901.
Maemillan. 6s.

Bailey, G. H. Elementary Chemis-
try. Edited by W. Briggs. 4th
edn . 8th imp . Cr . Svo . Pp . 536 .
1914. University Tutorial Press.
6s. 6d.

and Bausor, H. W. Chemistry

for Matriculation. 7th imp. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 556. 1919. University
Tutorial Press. 8s. 6d.

-Senior Chemistry. 2nd

edn . 5th imp . Cr . Svo . Pp . 526 .
1919. University Tutorial Press.
6s. 6rf.

and Briggs, W. The Tutorial

Chemistry. Part 1. Non-Metals.
4th edn. 9th imp. Cr. Svo. Pp.
492. 1918. 5s. Part 2. Metals
and Physical Chemistry. 3rd edn.
10th imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 468.

1918. 6s. Qd. University Tutorial
Press .

Bassett, H. LI. The Elements of
Chemistry. Cr. Svo. Pp. 360.
1914. Crosby Lockwood . 7s. Qd.

Bausor, H. W. Senior Practical
Chemistry. Cr. Svo. Pp. 225.

1919. University Tutorial Press.
4s.

Bloxam, A. G., and Lewis, S. J.
Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic.
10th edn. Svo. Pp. 878. 1913.
Churchill. 24s.

122

Chemistry

Bruce, J., and Harper, H.

Practical Chemistry. 2nd edn.
New Imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 284.
1919. Macmillan. Zs.

Bryant, V. S. Laboratory Text-
book of Chemistry . Part 1 . Roy .
4to. Pp. 252. 1919. Churchill.
4s.

Cain, J. C. (edited by). Annual
Reports of the Progress of Chemis-
try for 1919. Issued by the Chemi-
cal Society. Vol. 16. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 243. 1920. Gurney and
Jackson. 4s. Qd.

Catechism Series . Chemistry . 2nd
and 3rd Edns. 2 Parts. Revised
by L . Dobbin . Part 1 . Inorganic .
Part 2. Inorganic and Organic.
Livingstone. Is. Qd. each.

Church, A. H., and Kinch, E.

Laboratory Guide. A Manual of
Practical Chemistry for Colleges
and Schools , arranged for Agricul-
tural Students . % 9th edn . Post
8vo. 1912. Gurney and Jackson.
6s. Qd.

Clowes, F., and Coleman, J. B.

Elementary Practical Chemistry and
Qualitative Analysis. Part 1.
General Chemistry . 7th edn . Post
8vo,. Pp. 241. 1919. 7s. 6d.
Part 2 . Analytical Chemistry . 9th
edn. Post 8vo. Pp. 272. 1921.
7s. Qd. Churchill.

Donington, G. C. A Class Book of
Chemistry. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 546.
1916. Macmillan. 6s. Qd.

Dreaper , W . P . Notes on Chemical
Research: An Account of Certain
Conditions which Apply to Original
Investigation. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 210. 1920. Churchill. 7s. Qd.

Dunnicliff , H . B . Practical Chemis-
try for Intermediate Classes. Cr.
8vo. Pp.290. 1918. Macmillan.
5s.

Dunstan , A . E . Elementary Experi-
mental Chemistry. 7th edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 208. 1918. Methuen.
3s.

• and Thole , F . B . A Text Book

of Practical Chemistry for Technical
Institutes. Cr. Svo. Pp. 358.
1919. Methuen. 7s. Qd.

Dunstan , A . E . and Thole , F . B .
A Senior Experimental Chemistry.
Cr.Svo. Pp.536. 1919. Methuen.

7s. Qd.

Fenton, H. J. H. Outlines of
Chemistry. Part 1. 2nd edn.
Demy Svo. Pp. 424. 1918.
Cambridge University Press. 12s.

Fournier d'Albe, E. E. Contem-
porary Chemistry. Cr. Svo. Pp.
196. 1911. Constable. 4s.

Freund, I. The Experimental Basis
of Chemistry. Suggestions for a
Series of Experiments Illustra-
tive of the Fundamental Principles
of Chemistry. Edited by A.
Hutch inson and M. B. Thomas.
Demy Svo. Pp. 424. 1920.
Cambridge University Press. 30s.

Gemmell, G. H. Chemical Notes
and Equations, Inorganic and Or-
ganic. 2nd edn. Pp. 280. 1909.
Bailliere. 5s.

Hale, A. J. Practical Chemistry for
Engineering Students, new edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 212. 1920. Long-
mans. 6s. Qd.

Hendrick, E. Everyman's Chemis-
try: The Chemist's Point of View
and his Recent Work told for the
Layman. 2nd imp. Demy Svo.
Pp. 329. 1919. University of
London Press . 8s . Qd .

Hood , G . F . , and Carpenter , J . A .
A Text-Book of Practical Chemis-
try. Svo. Pp.539. 1921;
Churchill. 21s.

Hughes , A . M . A Method of Teach-
ing Chemistry in Schools . Cr.Svo.
Pp. 132. 1906. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 4s. 3d.

Kingzett, C. T. Popular Chemical
Dictionary. Demy Svo. Pp. 374.
1920. Bailliere. 15s.

Lewes, V.B., andBrame, J. S. S.
Service Chemistry: being A Short
Manual of Chemistry and Metal-
lurgy and their Application in the
Naval and Military Services. 5th
edn. Demy Svo. 'Pp. 576. 1920.
Arnold. 21s.

123

Chemistry

Ludlam, E. B., and Preston, H.

Outlines of Experimental Chemis-
try. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
100. 1917. E.Arnold. 2s. Qd.

Martin , G . Chemical Lecture Charts .
A Series of 36 Sheets, 40 by 30
inches, 60s.; backed with linen,
80s . ; backed with linen , varnished
and mounted on rollers, 126s.
Sampson, Low.

Meldola , R . Chemistry . Fcap . 8vo .
Pp. 255. 1913. Williams and
Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Muir, M.M. P. The Elements of
Chemistry. 8vo. Pp.56S. 1904.
Churchill. 10s. 6d.

and Carnegie, D. Practical

Chemistry . A Course of Laboratory
Work . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 230 . 1 887 .
Cambridge University Press . 4s . Qd.

Newth, G. S. Chemical Lecture
Experiments. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 356.

1918. Longmans. 9s.

Elementary Practical Chemistry.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 300. 1919. Long-
mans . 4s .

Normandy, F. Sea Water Distilla-
tion. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272.
1909. Griffin. 7s. 6d.

Oldham, F. M. The Complete
School Chemistry. 14th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 470. 1919. Methuen.
7s. Qd.

O'Shea, L. T. Elementary Chemis-
try for Coal-Mining Students . New
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 332. 1920.
Longmans . 9s .

Partridge, W. Aids to Chemistry.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1921.
Bailliere. 6s. n

Perkin, F. M., and Jaggers, E. M.

Text -Book of Elementary Chemis-
try. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 390. 1916.
Constable. 4s.

Perkin, W. H, and Lean, B. An

Introduction to Chemistry and
Physics. New Imp. Gl. 8vo.
Pp. 238. 1917. Macmillan. 5s.

Pilcher, R. B. The Profession of
Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 213.

1919. Constable. 6s. Qd.

Remsen, I. College Text Book of
Chemistry. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.
726. 1912. Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

Robinson , W . Everyday Chemistry .
Cr.Svo. Pp.144. 1920. Methuen.
3s. 6d.

Roscoe, Sir H. E. Lessons in
Elementary Chemistry, Inorganic
and Organic . Fcap . 8vo . Pp . 536 .
1918. Macmillan. 6s.

and Schorlemmer, C. A Com-
plete Treatise on Inorganic and
Organic Chemistry. 8vo. Vol.1.
The Non-Metallic Elements. 5th
edn . Revised by J . C . Cain . Pp .
984. 1920. 30s. Vol. 2. The
Metals. 5th edn. Pp. 1,470.

1913. 40s. Vol.3. The Chemistry
of the Hydro-Carbons and their
Derivatives , or Organic Chemistry .
Part 2. 2nd edn. Pp. 755. 1890.
21s. Part 3. 2nd edn. Pp. 433.

1891. 18s. Part 6. Pp. 582.

1892. 21s. Macmillan.

Stewart, A. W. Chemistry and its
Borderland. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 326.

1914. Longmans. 6s. Qd.

Tilden, Sir W. A. A Primer of
Chemistry. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 108.
Dent. 2s.

Tyler, E. A. A Junior Chemistry,
llth edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.245. 1919.
Methuen . 4s .

Valentin, W. G. Practical Chemis-
try. Revised by W. R. Hodgkin-
son. 10th edn. 8vo. Pp. 496.
1908. Churchill. 12s. Qd.

iii. ORGANIC AND INORGANIC
FOR MEDICAL STUDENTS.

Cohen, J. B. A Class Book of
Organic Chemistry. Gl. 8vo.
Vol. 1. For First Year Medical
Students. Pp. 352. 1919. Vol.
2 . For Second Year Medical Stu-
dents. Pp. 156. 1919. Mac-
millan. 4s. Qd. each Vol.

dimming , A . G . Practical Chemis-
try for Medical Students . 3rd edn .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 173. 1920.
Gurney and Jackson. 8s.

124

Chemistry

Haas, P. Laboratory Notes on
Organic Chemistry for Medical
Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 136.
1910. Macmillan. 3s.

Kellas, A. M. An Introduction to
Practical Chemistry for Medical
Students. 8vo. Pp. 270. 1909.
Frowde and Hodder. 5s.

A Manual of Practical Inorganic

Chemistry for Medical Students.
8vo. Pp". 355. 1910. Frowde and
Hodder. 6s.

An Introduction to Practical

Organic Chemistry for Medical

(Students. 8vo. Pp. 212. 1920.
Frowde and Hodder. 5s.
Luff, A. P., and Candy, H. C. H.
A Manual of Chemistry, Theoretical
and Practical, Inorganic and Organ-
ic, adapted to the requirements of
Students of Medicine. 6th edn.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 744. 1918.
Cassell. 12.5. Gd.

Macbeth, A. K. Organic Chemistry
for Medical, Intermediate Science
and Pharmaceutical Students. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 246. 1920. Longmans.
6s. 6d.

Myers, J. E., and Firth, J. B.

Elementary Practical Chemistry for
Medical and other Students. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 194. 1920.
Griffin. 4s. Gd.

Sargeant , F . P . Elementary Organic
Chemistry, adapted for the use of
Pharmaceutical and Medical Stu-
dents. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
107. 1919. Lewis. 4s.

Walker, J. Organic Chemistry for
Students of Medicine. 2nd edn.
Med.Svo. Pp.344. 1919. Gurney
and Jackson. 10s. Gd.

Witthaus, R. A. Text -Book of
Chemistry, Inorganic and Organic,
with Toxicology. For Students of
Medicine, Pharmacy, Dentistry and
Biology. Revised by R. J. E.
Scott." 7th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
490. 1919. Bale and Danielsson.
20s.

iv. CALCULATIONS AND
REFERENCE BOOKS.

Annual Tables of Constants and
Numerical Data , Chemical , Phy -
sical and Technological. Com-
piled and published under the
patronage of the International Asso-
ciation of Academies . With a com-
lete Table of Contents in the Eng-
lish, French, German and Italian
Languages. Vol.1. 4to. Pp.
766. (1910) 1912. 28s. Gd. Vol.2.
4to. Pp. 780. (1911) 1913.
28s. Gd. Vol.3. 4to. Pp.648.
(1912) 1914. 28s. Gd. Churchill.

Atack, F. W., and Whinyates, L.

(edited by). The Chemists' Year
Book, 1921. 2Vols. 18mo. Pp.
1,150. Sherratt and Hughes . 21s.

Bausor, H. W. Chemical Calcula-
tions. 2nd edn. 3rd imp. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 144. 1920. 3s. Ad-
vanced Course. Pp. 56. 1914.
Is. 9d. University Tutorial Press.

Bayley, T. Pocket Book for Chem-
ists, Chemical Manufacturers,
Metallurgists, Dyers, Distillers,
Brewers , etc . Edited by R . Ensoll .
8th edn . Fcap . 8vo . Pp . 441 .

1919. Spon. 10s. Gd.

Castell -Evans , J . Physico- Chemical
Tables for the Use of Analysts,
Physicists , Chemical Manufacturers ,
and Scientific Chemists. 2 Vols.
Large 8vo. 1920. Vol.1. Chem-
ical Engineering, Physical Chem-
istry. Pp. 580. 36s. Vol. 2.
Chemical Physics, Pure and Analy-
tical Chemistry. Pp. 700. 45s.
Griffin.

Coward , H . F . , and Perkins , W . H .

Exercises in Chemical Calculation.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1919. E.
Arnold. 3s. Gd.

Ensoll, R. Technical Chemists*
Pocket Book. Fcap.Svo. Pp.204.

1920. Spon. 8s. Gd.

Everett , J . D . The C . G . S . System
of Units, with Tables of Physical
Constants. 5th edn. Globe 8vo.
Pp. 308. 1902. Macmillan. 6s.

125

Chemistry

Kaye, G. W. C., and Laby, T. H.
Tables of Physical and Chemical
Constants, and Some Mathematical
Functions. 4th edn. Roy. 8vo.
Pp.170. 1921. Longmans. 14s.

Knox, J. Elementary Chemical

Theory and Calculations . 2nd edn .

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 109. 1920. Gurney

and Jackson . 4s .
Physico-Chemical Calculations .

3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.196. 1919.

Methuen. 4s. Qd.

Lupton, S. Elementary Chemical
Arithmetic, with 1,200 Problems.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp.184. 1920. Mac-
millan. 5s.

Thorpe, Sir T. E. Alcoholometric
Tables. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 106. 1915.
Longmans. 4s. Gd.

Watts , H . Dictionary of Chemistry .
Revised by M . M . Pattison Muir and
H. Forster Morley. 4 Vols. 8vo.
1888—1894 . Pp . 752 . , 760 . , 853 . ,
922. Longmans. £6 16s. 6rf.

Whiteley, R. L. Chemical Calcula-
tions: with Explanatory Notes,
Problems, and Answers. *Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 132. 1919. Longmans. 3s.

Wilson, F. J., and Heilbron, I. M.

Chemical Theory and Calculations.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.144. 1920.
Constable. 4s. 6d.

v. THEORETICAL AND
PHYSICAL.

a. Theoretical.

Caven, R. M. The Foundations of
Chemical Theory . An Introductory
Text-book. Demy 8vo Pp. 274.
1920. Blackie. 12s. 6rf.

Cooke, J. B. The New Chemistry,
llth edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.417. 1903.
Kegan Paul. 7s. 6rf.

Garrett, A. E. The Periodic Law.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 300. 1909. Kegan
Paul. 7s. 6d.

Xetts, E. A. Some Fundamental
Problems of Chemistry, Old and
New. DemySvo. Pp.236. 1914.
Constable. 8s.

Martin, G. Researches on the
Affinities of the Elements and on
the Causes of the Chemical Simi-
larity or Dissimilarity of Elements
and Compounds. 8vo. Pp. 300.
1905. Churchill. 16s.

Muir, M. M. P. A Treatise on the
Principles of Chemistry . 2nd edn .
DemySvo. Pp.517. 1889. Cam-
bridge University Press. 18s. Qd.

Nernst, W. Theoretical Chemistry.
Revised in accordance with the
latest German edition by L. Codd.
In the Press. Macmillan.

Ostwald, W. The Fundamental
Principles of Chemistry. An Intro-
duction to all Text-Books of Chem-
istry . Translated by II . W . Morse .
8vo. Pp. 362. 1917. Longmans.
10s. Qd.

Outlines of General Chemistry.

Translated by W. W.Taylor. 3rd
edn. 8vo. Pp.596. 1912. Mac-
millan. 21s.

Ramsay , Sir W . Modern Chemistry .
Systematic. 5th edn. Pott Svo.
Pp.211. 1912. Dent. Is. 9d.

Modern Chemistry. Theoretical.

6th edn. Pott Svo. Pp. 133.
1917. Dent. Is. 9d.
— Experimental Proofs of Chemical
Theory for Beginners. Pott. Svo.
Pp. 158. 1908. Macmillan. 3s.

Roscoe, Sir H. E., and Harden, A.
A New View of the Origin of
Dalton's Atomic Theory. Svo.
Pp. 202. 1896. Macmillan. 7s.6rf.

Scott, A. An Introduction to Chem-
ical Theory. 2nd edn. DemySvo.
Pp.272. 1911. Black. 5s.

Tilden , Sir W . A . Introduction to
the Study of Chemical Philosophy.
The Principles of Theoretical and
Systematic Chemistry, llth edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp.374/ 1912. Long-
mans. 7s. Gd.

Van 'tHoff, J. H. Lectures on
Theoretical and Physical Chemistry.
Translated by R .A . Lehfeldt . 3 vols .
Demy Svo. 1900. Vol. 1. Chem-
ical 'Dynamics. Pp. 254. 12s.
Vol. 2. Chemical Statics. Pp.
156. 8s. Gd. Vol. 3. Relations
between Properties and Composi-
tion. Pp. 143. 8s. Gd. Arnold.

126

Chemistry

Van 'tHoff, J. H. Chemistry in
Space . Trans lated by J . E . Marsh .
Cr . 8 vo . Pp . 1 36 . 1891 . Oxford :
Clarendon Press. 4s. Gd.

Wadmore , J . M . Elementary Chem-
ical Theory. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287.
1911. Methuen. 5s.

Watson, E. R. 1 Colour in Relation
to Chemical Constitution. 8vo.
Pp. 210. 1918. Longmans. 12s.
Gd.

b. Physical Chemistry.

Baty, E. G. G. Spectroscopy . Cr.
8vo. Pp. 702. 1918. Longmans.

14.9.

Glibbens, D. A. The Principles of
the Phase Theory. Heterogeneous
Equilibria between Salts and their
Aqueous Solutions . 8vo. Pp.403.
1920. Macmillan. 25s.

Dunstan, A. E., and Thole, F. B.

The Viscosity of Liquids. 8vo.
Pp. 100. 1914. Longmans. 5s.

Fenton , H . J . H . Physical Chemistry
for Schools. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224.
1916 . Cambridge University Press .
5s. Gd.

Findlay , A . Practical Physical Chem-
istry. 3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.343.
1920. Longmans. 6s. 6d.
- The Phase Rule and its Applica-
tions . 4th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 382 .
1918. Longmans . 9s .

• Osmotic Pressure. 2nd edn.

8vo. Pp. 128. 1919. Longmans.
7s.

Firth, J. B. Practical Physical
Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190.
1915. Methuen. 4s. Gd.

Friend , J . N . The Theory of Valency .
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.206. 1915.
Longmans. 6s. Gd.

Gray, F. W. A Manual of Practical
Physical Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
228. 1914. Macmillan. 4s. Gd.

Hilditch, T. P. A First Year Phys-
ical Chemistry . Cr.Svo. Pp.196.
1912. Methuen. 3s. Gd.

Jaques, A. Complex Ions in Aque-
ous Solutions. 8vo. Pp. 158.
1914. Longmans. 6s.

Le Bas , G . The Molecular Volumes
of Liquid Chemical Compounds,
from the Point of View of Kopp.
8vo. Pp. 288. 1915. Longmans.
9s. Gd.

Lehfeldt, R. A. A Text -book of
Physical Chemistry. 2nd imp.
Cr.Svo. Pp.320. Arnold. 8s. Gd.

Lewis, W. C.McG. A System of
Physical Chemistry. 3rd edn. 3
vols . 8vo . Vol . 1 . Kinetic Theory .
Pp. 494. 1920. 15s. Vol. 2.
Thermo-dynamics . Pp . 462 . 1920 .
15s. Vol. 3. Quantum Theory.
Pp.218. 1919. 7s. Gd. Longmans.

Loring, F. H. Studies in Valency.
DemySvo. Pp.56. 1913. Simp-
kin, Marshall. 3s.

Optical Rotatory Power . A General
Discussion. Faraday Society Re-
port, 1914. Demy 8vo. Pp. 96.
1914. Faraday Society . 7s. Gd.

Philip, J. G. Physical Chemistry:
its Bearing on Biology and Medi-
cine . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 334 .
1913. Arnold. 8s. Gd.

Prideaux, E. B. R. Problems in
Physical Chemistry with Practical
Applications. 2nd edn. DemySvo.
Pp.306. 1920. Constable. 18s.

Redgrove , H . S . On the Calculation
of Thermo-Chemical Constants.
DemySvo. Pp.106. 1909. Arnold.
6s.

Sackur , O . A Text-book of Thermo-
chemistry and Thermodynamics.
Translated and revised by G. E.
Gibson. 8vo. Pp. 456'. 1917.
Macmillan. 12s.

Senter, G. Outlines of Physical
Chemistry . 8th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
432. 1920. Methuen. 7s. Gd.

Sheppard, S. E. Photo-Chemistry.
New edition in preparation. Long-
mans.

Spencer , J . F . An Experimental
Course of Physical Chemistry. 2
Vols. Cr. 8vo. 1911. Vol. 1.
Statical Experiments. Pp. 228.
Vol . 2 . Dynamical Experiments .
Pp.256. Bell. 4s. Gd. each.

127

Chemistry

Stewart , A . W . Recent Advances in

Physical and Inorganic Chemistry.

4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 302.

1920. Longmans. 18s.
Stereochemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

294. 1919. Longmans. 12s. 6d.
Thomsen, J. Thermochemistry.

Translated by K. A. Burke. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 512. 1908. Longmans.

12s. Qd.

Thomson, Sir J. J. Application
of Dynamics to Physics and Chem-
istry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1888.
Macmillan. 8s. 6d.

Turner, W. E. S. Molecular Asso-
ciation. 8vo. Pp. 178. 1915.
Longmans. 7s.

Walker, J. Introduction to Physical
Chemistry. 8th edn. 8vo." Pp.
433. Macmillan. 16s.

Whetham , W . G . D . A Treatise on
the Theory of Solution, including
the Phenomena of Electrolysis.
Demy 8vo . new edition in prepara-
tion. Cambridge University Press.

Willows, R. S., and Hatschek, E.

Surface Tension and Surface Energy ,
and their Influence on Chemical
Phenomena. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.123. 191.9. Churchill. 5s.

Wurtz, Prof. The Atomic Theory.
Translated by E. Cleminshaw.
8th edn. Cr.sVo. Pp.354. 1910.
Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Young, S. Stoichiometry. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp. 376. 1918. Longmans.
12s. Qd.

c. Colloids.

Burton, E. F. The Physical Pro-
perties of Colloidal Solutions . New
edition in preparation. Longmans.

Hatschek , E . An Introduction to the
Physics and Chemistry of Colloids .
3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.126. 1919.
Churchill. 5s.

Laboratory Manual of Elemen-
tary Colloid" Chemistry. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.135, 1920. Churchill. 6s. Qd.

Poschl, V. The Chemistry of the
Colloids. Translated by H. H.
Hodgson . 2nd edn . Cr . Svo . Pp .
120. 1917. Griffin. 4s.

Rohland, P. The Colloidal and
Crystalloidal State of Matter.
Translated from the German by
H. E. Potts and W. J. Breitland.
Cr.Svo. Pp.54. 1911. Constable.
4s. Qd.

Searle , A . B . The Use of Colloids in
Health and Disease. Demy 8vo.
Pj>. 127. 1920. Constable /8s.

Svedberg, T. The Formation of
Colloids. Cr.Svo. Pp. 127. 1921.
Churchill. 7s. Gd.

Taylor, W. W. The Chemistry of
Colloids and Some Technical Appli-
cations. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.328. 1918. Arnold. 8s. Qd.

d. Catalysis.

Henderson, G. G. Catalysis in
Industrial Chemistry. 8vo. Pp.
212. 1919. Longmans. 10s.

Jobling, E. Catalysis and Its
Industrial Applications. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.152. 1920. Church-
ill. 7s. Qd.

Maxted, E. B. Catalytic Hydro-
genation and Reduction. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 104. 1919. Churchill. 5s.

Rideal, E. K., and Taylor, H. S.

Catalysis in Theory and Practice.
Svo. Pp. 502. 1919. Macmillan.
17s.

e . Ferments .

Oppenheimer, C. Ferments and
their Actions . A Text-book on the
Chemistry and Physics of Fermen-
tative Changes. Translated by C.
A . Mitchell . 2nd edn . in prepara-
tion . Griffin .

Schutzenberger, Prof. Fermenta-
tion. 5th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 339.
1903. Kegan Paul. 7s. Gd.

f. Electrolysis.

Allmand. A. J. The Principles of
Applied Electro-Chemistry . 2nd
imp. Demy Svo. Pp. 547. 1920.
Arnold . 25s .

128

Chemistry

Elbs, K. Electrolytic Preparations.
Exercises for Use in the Laboratory
by Chemists and Electro-Chemists.
Translated by R . S . Hutton . Demy
8vo . Pp . 1 10 . 1 903 . Arnold . 6s .

Hale, A. J. The Applications of
Electrolysis in Chemical Industry.
8vo. Pp. 158. 1918. Longmans.
8s.

— The Manufacture of Chemicals by
Electrolysis . Demy 8vo . Pp . 92 .

1919. Constable. 65.

Lehfeldt , R . A . , and Moore , T . S .
Electro-Chemistry. Part 1. Gen-
eral Theory. New imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 278. 1920. Longmans. 7s. Gd.

Rideal, E. K. Ozone. (Electro-
chemistry). Demy 8vo. Pp. 207.

1920. Constable. 12s.

vi. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.

Caven, R. M., and Lander, G. D.

Systematic Inorganic Chemistry
from the Standpoint of the Periodic
Law. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 383. 1919.
Blackie. 7s. 6d.

Claude, G. Liquid Air, Oxygen.
Nitrogen. Translated by H.

E. P. Cottrell. New edition in
preparation . Churchill .

Dupre, A., and Hake, W. A Short
Manual of Inorganic Chemistry.
3rd edn. Large Cr. 8vo. 1903.
Griffin. 7s. 6d.

Friend, J. N. (edited by) A Text-
book of Inorganic Chemistry. 10
vols. Med. 8vo. Vol. 1.

Introduction to Modern Inor-
ganic Chemistry , by J . N . Friend ,
H. F. V. Little, W. E. S. Turner.
The Inert Gases, by H. V. A.
Briscoe. 3rd edn. Pp. 400.
1919. 12s. 6d. Vol. 2. The
Alkali Metals, in preparation.
Vol. 3. The Alkaline Earth
Metals, in preparation. Vol.
4. Aluminium and its Congen-
ers, including the Rare Earth
Metals, by H. F. V. Little. Pp.
495. 1917*. 16s. Vol.5. Carbon
and its Allies, bv R. M. Caven.
Pp. 489. 1917/ 15s. Vol. 6.
Nitrogen and its Congeners, in prep-
aration . Vol . 7 . Sulphur and its

Congeners, in preparation. Vol.
8. The Halogens and their Allies,
by G . Martin , and E . A . Daneaster .
2nd edn. Pp.355. 1919. 12s. 6d.
Vol. 9. Part 1. Cobalt, Nickel
and the Elements of the Platinum
Group , by J . N . Friend . Pp . 385 .

1920. 18s. Vol.9. Part 2. Iron
and Its Compounds, by J. N.
Friend. Pp. 290. 1921. 18*.
Vol. 10. The Metal Ammines,
in preparation . Griffin .

Hart - Smith , J . Recent Discoveries
in Inorganic Chemistry . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 102. 1919. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 4s. 6rf.

Hooton , W . M . Inorganic Chemistry .
7th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 416. E.
Arnold. 5s.

Jago, W. Inorganic Chemistry,
Theoretical and Practical. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 466. 1918. Longmans.
4s. 6rf.

- Inorganic Chemistry, Theoret-
ical and Practical. A Manual for
Students in Advanced Classes . 1 2th
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 490. 1911.
Longmans . 6s .

Jeffery , F . H . Notes on Elementary
Inorganic Chemistry. Demy 8vo.
Pp. £5. 1914. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press . 3s .

Jones , C . Practical Inorganic Chem-
istry. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1911.
Macmillan. 3s.

Kipping, F. S., and Perkin, W. H.
Inorganic Chemistry. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.751. Chambers. 8s. 6rf.

Levy, S.I. The Rare Earths : Their
Occurrence, Chemistry, and Tech-
nology. New edn . in preparat ion .
Arnold .

Lewis, E. I. Inorganic Chemistry.
3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 458.

1921 . Cambridge University Press .
9s.

Lowson , W . Preparations and Exer-
cises in Inorganic Chemistry. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 136. 1914. Methuen.
3s. 6d.

Ludlam , E . B . Outlines of Inorganic
Chemistry, with special reference
to its Historical Development . 2nd
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 384. 1917.
E . Arnold . 5s .

129

Chemistry

Mellor, J. W. An Introduction to

Modern Inorganic Chemistry. Cr.

Svo. Pp. 700. 1919. Longmans.

7s. 6d.
Modern Inorganic Chemistry.

New edn. Svo. Pp. 930. 1921.

Longmans. 12s. 6d.

Newth, G. S. A Text-book of
Inorganic Chemistry . Cr . Svo . Pp .
738. 1920. Longmans. 9s.

Oscroft , P . W . Inorganic Chemistry
for Upper Forms . 2nd edn . Cr . Svo .
Pp. 504. 1919. Bell. 6s.

Ostwald, W. The Principles of
Inorganic Chemistry. Translated
by A . Findlay . 4th edn . Svo . Pp .
836. 1914. Macmillan. 21s.

Partington, J. R. A Text-book of
Inorganic Chemistry for University
Students . Demy Svo . Pp . 1 ,076 .
1921. Macmillan. 25s.

Perkin,F.M. Practical Methods of
Inorganic Chemistry. Cr.Svo. Pp.
163. 1906. Constable. 3s. 6d.

Price, T. S. Per-acids and their
Salts. Svo. Pp. 130. 1912.
Longmans . 5s .

Remsen , I . An Introduction to the
Study of Chemistry : Inorganic
Chemistry. Cr. Svo. Pp. 604.
1910. Macmillan. 8s. 6d.

A Text -book of Inorganic Chem-
istry. Svo. Pp.876. 1907. Mac-
millan. 18s.

Roscoe, Sir H. E., and Harden, A.

Inorganic Chemistry for Advanced
Students. 2nd edn. Gl.Svo. Pp.
486. 1915. Macmillan. 5s.
and Lunt,J. Inorganic Chem-
istry for Beginners. New imp.
Gl.Svo. Pp.266. 1920. Mac-
millan. 3s. 6d.

Senter,G. A Text -book of Inorgan-
ic Chemistry. 6th edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.631. 1919. Methuen. 8s. Qd.

Shenstone, W. A. Elements of
Inorganic Chemistry. Revised by
R . G . Durrant . 6th edn . Cr . Svo .
Pp.538. 1919. E.Arnold. 6s. 6d.

Spencer, J. F. The Metals of the
RareP;arths. Svo. Pp.289. 1919.
Longmans . 1 3s .

Teed, P. L. The Chemistry and
Manufacture of Hydrogen . Demy
Svo. Pp.159. 1919. Arnold.
10s. 6d.

Walker, J. Inorganic Chemistry.
12th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.327. 1919.
Bell. 5s.

Whiteley, R. L. An Elementary
Text-book of Inorsanic Chemistry.
2nd edn. Cr. 8~vo. Pp. 254.
1911. Methuen. 5s.

vii. LABORATORY WORK AND
ARTS.

Dimnicliff , H . B . Laboratory Glass-
ware Economy : a Practical Manual
on the Renovation of Broken Glass
Apparatus. Gl. Svo. Pp. 104.

1919. Macmillan. 4s.

Munby , A . E . Laboratories : their
Planning and Fittings. Roy. Svo.
Pp.239. 1921. Bell. 25s.

Shenstone, W. A. The Methods of
Glass-Blowing and of Working
Silica in the Oxy-gas Flame for the
use of Chemical and Phvsical Stu-
dents. 10th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
104. 1918. Longmans. 3s. 6d.

Woollatt, G. H. Laboratory Arts:
A Teacher's Handbook dealing with
Materials and Tools used in the
Construction, Adjustment, and Re-
pair of Scientific Instruments . 2nd
imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 204. 1918.
Longmans. 4s. 6d.

Yates, R. F. The Home Chemical
Laboratory. Cr. Svo. Pp. 127.

1920 . Frowde & Hodder . 4s . Qd .

viii. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.

Adie, R. H. Introduction to the
Carbon Compounds . 4th imp . Cr .
Svo. Pp. 98. 1912. University
Tutorial Press. 4s.

Armstrong , E . F . The Simple Car-
bo-hydrates and the Glucosides.
3rd edn. Svo. Pp. 250. 1919.
Longmans . 1 8s .

Barnett, E. de B. The Preparation
of Organic Compounds. 2nd edn.
Demy Svo. Pp. 290. 1920.
Churchill. 10s. 6d.

130

Chemistry

Barnett, E. de B. A Text -book of
Organic Chemistry. Demy 8vo.
Pp.392. 1920. Churchill. 15s.

Bernthsen, A. A Text-book of
Organic Chemistry . Translated
from the German. ^Edited by J. J.
Sudborough. New edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.735. 1920. Blackie. 10s. 6d.

dohen, J. B. Organic Chemistry
for Advanced Students . 3rd edn . 3
vols. Demy 8vo. 1920. Vol. 1.
Reactions. " Pp. 374. Vol. 2.
Structure. Pp. 442. Vol. 3.
Synthesis. Pp.385. Arnold. 18s.
each.

Practical Organic Chemistry . Gl .

8vo. Pp.372. 1920. Macmillan.
4s.

Theoretical Organic Chemistry.

Gl. 8vo. Pp. 620. 1920. Mac-
millan. 7s.

Clarke , H . T . An Introduction to the
Study of Organic Chemistry. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 492. 1914. Longmans.
12s. fid.

Dunstan , A . E . A First Year Course
of Organic Chemistry : The Ali-
phatic Compounds . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
1G8. 1919. Methuen. 4s.

Fischer, E. Introduction to the
Preparation of Organic Compounds.
Translated by R . V . Stanford . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 175. 1909. Williams
& Norgate. 5s.

Hale, A. J. The Synthetic Use of
Metals in Organic Chemistry. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 169. 1914. Churchill.
6s.

Hilditch, T. P. A Third Year
Course of Organic Chemistry . The
Heterocyclic Compounds, " Carbo-
hydrates, and Terpenes. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 424. 1914. Methuen. 7s. 6rf.

Keane , G . A . Modern Organic Chem-
istry. Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub. Co.
7s. 6d.

Lewis , E.I. The Elements of Organ-
ic Chemistry. 4th imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.232. 1919. University Tutor-
ial Press. 4s.

Maclean, H. Lecithin and Allied
Substances. The Lipins. Roy.
8vo. Pp.214. 1918. Longmans.
8s. Qd.

Meldola , R . The Chemical Synthesis
of Vital Products and the Inter-rela-
tions between Organic Compounds.
Super Roy. 8vo. Pp.338. 1904.
Arnold. 21s.

Morgan , G . T . Organic Compounds
of Arsenic and Antimony. 8vo.
Pp . 396 . 1918 . Longmans . 17s . 6d .

Neave, G. B., and Heilbron, I. M.
The Identification of Organic Com-
pounds. 2nd edn. Cr.~8vo. Pp.
96. 1920. Constable. 4s. Qd.

Perkin, W. H., and Kipping, F. S.
Organic Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
684. 1914. Chambers. 8s. fid.

Pope, F. G. Modern Research in
Organic Chemistry. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 336. 1919. Methuen.
7s. M.

Price, T. S., and Twiss, D. F. A

Course of Practical Organic Chem-
istry. 8vo. Pp. 254. 1919.
Longmans. 6s. Qd.

Richter, V. Organic Chemistry, or
Chemistry of the Carbon Compounds .
Vol . 1 . Chemistry of the Aliphatic
Series. Newly translated by P. E.
Spielmann. 2nd edn. Large Svo.
Pp.735. 1919. Kegan Paul. 25s.

Stewart , A . W . Recent Advances in
Organic Chemistry . 4th edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 375. 1920. Longmans.
21s.

Sudborough, J. J., and James,
T . G . Practical Organic Chemistry .
Cr.Svo. Pp. 380. ^1920. Blackie.

7s. Gd.

Thole, F. B. A Second Year Course
of Organic Chemistry. The Carbo-
Cyclic Compounds. Cr. Svo. Pp.
194. 1912. Methuen. 4s. 6d.

Titherley, A. W. A Laboratory
Course of Organic Chemistry: in-
cluding Qualitative Organic Anal-
ysis. 2nd edn. Svo. Pp. 244.
1920. Geo. Philip. 6s. 6d.

Wade, J . Introduction to the Study
of Organic Chemistry. A Theoret-
ical and Practical Text-book for
Students in the Universities and
Technical Schools. New edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 646. 1920. Allen
& Unwin. 8s. 6rf.

131

Chemistry

Williams, H. E. The Chemistry of
Cyanogen Compounds and their
Manufacture and Estimation . 8vo .
Pp. 432. 1915. Churchill. 12s. 6d.

Wren,H. The Organometallic Com-
pounds of Zinc and Magnesium.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.100. 1913. Gurney
& Jackson. 2*. 6d.

ix. ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY,
a . General .

Allen's Commercial Organic Anal -
ysis . A Treatise on the Properties ,
Proximate Analytical Examina-
tions , and Modes of Assaying the
various Organic Chemicals and Pro-
ducts employed in the Arts, Manu-
factures, Medicines, etc. With
Concise Methods for the Detection
and Determination of their Impur-
ities, Adulteration, and Products of
Decomposition . By various Special-
ists. Edited by W. A. Davis, H.
Leffmann, and S. S. Sadtler. 4th
edn, 9 Vols. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp.
586. 1909. 28?. Vol.2. Pp.530.
1910. 28.9. Vol.3. Pp. 645. 1910.
28s. Vol.4. Pp.474. 1910. 28s.
Vol.5. Pp.713. 1911. 28s. Vol.
6. Pp.736. 1912. 28s. Vol.7.
Pp. 574. 1913. 28s. Vol. 8.
Pp. 696. 1914. 28s. Vol. 9.
Bringing up-to-date the articles in
the 8 volumes, and with index for
the complete 9 volumes. Pp. 854.
1917. 33s. Churchill.

Amp, P. S. Industrial Organic
Analysis for the use of Technical
and Analytical Chemists and Stu-
dents . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 484 .
1920. Churchill. 12s. 6d.

Baker, T. T. The Spectroscope : Its
Uses in General Analvtical Chem-
istry. Cr. 8vo. Pp/ 138. 1907.
Bail Here. 5s.

Barger, G. The Simpler Natural
Bases. New edition in prepara-
tion . Longmans .

Candy, H. C.H. Introduction to
Chemical Analysis. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
126. 1905. Churchill. 3s. 6d.

Clarke, H. T. A Handbook of Or-
ganic Analysis : Qualitative and
Quantitative. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 272. 1920. Arnold. 6s. 6d.

Forster , E . L . B . Analytical Chem-
istry as a Profession for Women.
Pocket size. Pp. 135. 1920.
Griffin. 3s. 6df.

Gardiner, G. G. Chemical Analy-
sis, Qualitative and Quantitative.
A Text-book for Technical Schools
and Colleges . Post 8vo . Pp . 491 .
1914. Black. 7s. 6d.

Henderson , G . G . , and Parker , M .
A. An Introduction to Analytical
Chemistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 228.
1919. Blackie. 5s.

Johnson , A . E . The Analyst 's Lab -
oratory Companion: A Collection
of Tables and Data for Chemists and
Students . 5th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
185. 1921. Churchill. 10s. 6rf.

Krauch, C. Testing of Chemical
Reagents for Purity. Their Uses,
Methods of Testing for Purity and
Commercial Varieties. Translated
from the German . 2nd edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 368. 1919. Scott,
Greenwood. 17s. 6d.

Landauer, J. Blowpipe Analysis.
English Edition by J . Taylor . 3rd
edn. Gl. 8vo. "Pp. 190. 1901.
Macmillan . 4s. 6d.

Lunge, G. (edited by). Tech-
nical Methods of Chemical Analysis .
English translation edited by C.
Keane. 6 vols. Roy. 8vo. New
edition in preparation . Gurney &
Jackson .

Muter, J. Short Manual of Analyti-
cal Chemistry. Qualitative and
Quantitative, Inorganic and Organ-
ic. Edited by J. Thomas. 10th
edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 237. 1915.
Bailliere. 8s. 6d.

New th , G . S . A Manual of Chemical
Analysis. Qualitative and Quanti-
tative. 12th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
488. 1919. Longmans. 9s. Gd.

Smaller Chemical Analysis. Cr.

8vo. Pp. Infi . 1919. Lonsmans.
3s. 6rf,

Ostwald, W. Scientific Foundations
of Analytical Chemistry. Trans-
lated by G. McGowan/ 3rd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.272. 1908. Mar-
mil Ian. 7s. 6d.

132

Chemistry

Prost, E. Manual of Chemical Anal-
ysis, as applied to the Assay of
Fuels, Ores, Metals, Alloys, Salts
and other Mineral Products . Trans-
lated from the German . Roy . 8vo .
Pp. 300. 1904. Scott, Green-
wood. 14s. Qd.

Tognoli , E . Reagents and Reactions .
Translated from the Italian by C.
A . Mitchel I . Fcap . 8 vo . Pp . 236 .
1918. Churchill. 6s.

b. Qualitative Analysis.

Briggs, W., and Stewart, R. W.
Qualitative Analysis. 3rd imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 172. 1920. Uni-
versity Tutorial Press . 4s . Qd.

Brown, J. G., and Bengough, G.
D . Practical Chemistry , Qualitative
Exercises and AnaJvtical Tables for
Students. 6th edn" 8vo. Pp. 80.
1913. Churchill. 2s. Qd.

Caven, R. M. Systematic Qualita-
tive Analysis for Students of Inor-
ganic Chemistry. Large Cr. 8vo.
Pp.252. 1919. Blackie. 5s.

Clowes , F . Qualitative Analysis and
Practical Chemistry. 9th edn .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 400. 1920.
Churchill. 12s. Qd.

Fenton, H. J. H. Notes on Qualita-
tive Analysis, new edn. Cr. 4to .
Pp. 101. 1920. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 8s.

Fresenius. T. W. Introduction to
Qualitative Chemical Analysis . 17th
edn . of the original work , translated
by C.A.Mitchell. DemySvo. Pp.
974. 1921. Churchill. 36s.

Highton, H. P. An Introduction to
Qualitative Analysis. 3rd imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1908. Riv-
ington . 4s .

Hooton, W. M. Qualitative and
Volumetric Analysis. Demy 8vo.
Pp.90. 1915. E.Arnold. 3s. (yd.

Perkin, F . M . Qualitative Chemical
Analysis. Organic and Inorganic.
4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 350.
1920. Longmans. 9s.

Robertson, P. W., and Burleigh ,
D. H. Qualitative Analysis in
Theory and Practice. 8vo. Pp.
63. 1920. Arnold. 4s. Qd.

Sexton, A. H. Outlines of Qualita-
tive Analysis : for the Use of Stu-
dents . 4th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 1 91 .
1903. Griffin. 3s. Qd.

Shepherd , J . W . Qualitative Deter-
mination of Organic Compounds.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1913. Uni-
versity Tutorial Press. 9s. Qd.

Stieglitz, J. Elements of Qualita-
tive Chemical Analysis. 2 vols.
DemySvo. 1919. Vol.1. Funda-
mental Principles and their Applica-
tion. Pp. 312. Vol. 2. Labora-
tory Manual. Pp. 153. Bell.
8s. Qd. each.

Thole, F. B. Qualitative Organic
Analysis. Cr.Svo. Pp.78. 1912.
Methuen. 2s. Qd.

Thorpe , Sir T . E . , and Muir , M .M .
P . Qualitative Chemical Analysis
and Laboratory Practice. 12th
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 262. 1909.
Longmans. 5s. Qd.

Weston, F. E. A Scheme for the
Detection of the More Common
Classes of Carbon Compounds . 8vo .
Pp. 116. 1919. Longmans. 4s. Qd.

c . Quantitative Analysis .

Auld , S . J . M . An Introduction to
Quantitative Analysis. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.215. 1912. Methuen. 6s.

Bailey, G. H. Elements of Quanti -
tative Analysis. Gl. 8vo. Pp.
256. 1905. Macmil Ian. 5s.

Briggs, W., and Bausor, H. W.

Elementary Quantitative Analysis .
2nd imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.130. 1919.
University Tutorial Press. 3s.

Clowes, F., and Coleman, J. B.
Quantitative Chemical Analysis.
Adapted for Use in the Laboratories
of Colleges and Technical Institutes .
llth edn. 8vo. Pp. 604. 1918.
Churchill. 18v.

Crookes, Sir W. Select Methods in
Chemical Analysis (chiefly Inor-
ganic). 4th edii. 8vo. Pp. 762.
1905. Longmans. 22s. Qd.

133

Chemistry

Gumming , A . G . , and Kay , S . A .

A Text-hook of Quantitative Chem-
ical Analysis . 3rd edn . Med . 8vo .
Pp. 1,432. 1919. Gurney& Jack-
son. 15s. ,

Highton , H . P . An Introduction to
Practical Quantitative Analysis.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.223. 1906.
Rivington . 4s .

Kingscott, P. G. R., and Knight ,
R . S . G „ Methods of Quantitative
Organic Analysis. 8vo. Pp. 300.
1914. Longmans. 7s. Qd.

Mellor , J . W . A Treatise on Quanti-
tative Inorganic Analysis : with
special Reference to the Analysis of
Clays, Silicates, etc. 2nd edn. in
preparation . Griffin .

Schoeller , W . R . , and Powell , A . R .

The Analysis of Minerals and Ores of
the Rarer Elements, for Analytical
Chemists, Metallurgists and Ad-
vanced Students . Med . 8vo . Pp .
249. 1919. Griffin. 16s.

Sexton , A . H . Outlines of Quantita-
tive Analysis : for the Use of Stu-
dents. 5th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
148. 1907. Griffin. 3s.

d . Volumetric Analysis .

Berry, A. J. Volumetric Analysis.
Demy Svo. Pp.146. 1915. Cam-
bridge University Press. 8s. Qd.

Briggs, W., and Bausor, H. W.

Senior Volumetric Analysis. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 68. 1913. University
Tutorial Press . 2s. 3d.

Coppock , J . B . Volumetric Analysis ,
adapted to the Requirements of
Students entering for the Internal
and External Examinations of
Schools, Institutes, Colleges, and
Universities. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.100. 1920. Pitman. 3s. Qd.

Hampshire , G . H . Volumetric Anal-
ysis for Students of Pharmaceutical
and General Chemistry. 3rd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.124. 1921. Church-
ill. 7s. Qd.

Knecht, R., and Hibbert, E. New

Reduction Methods in Volumetric
Analysis . 2nd edn . Cr . Svo . Pp .
144. 1918. Longmans. 5s.

Prideaux , E . B . R . The Theory and
Use of Indicators . An Account of
the Chemical Equilibria of Acids,
Alkaloids , and Indicators in Aque-
ous Solution, with Applications.
Demy Svo. Pp.390. 1917. Con-
stable. 12s. Qd.

Richards , P . A . E . Practical Chem-
istry, including Simple Volumetric
Analysis and Toxicology. 3rd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.157. 1920. Bailliere.
5s.

Sutton , F . A Systematic Handbook
of Volumetric Analysis, llth edi-
tion in preparation. Churchill.

Thornton, A., and Pearson, M.

Notes on Volumetric Analysis . Med .
Svo. Pp. 88. 1918. Longmans.
3s. Qd.

x . BIOLOGICAL AND PHYSIO -
LOGICAL CHEMISTRY.

Arrhenius , S . Quantitative Laws in
Biological Chemistry. Demy 8vo.
Pp.164. 1915. Bell. 7s. Qd.

Bertrand, G., and Thomas, P.
Practical Biological Chemistry.
Translated from the 3rd French
edition by H. A. Colwell. Demy
Svo. Pp. 379. 1920. Bell. 10s. Qd.

Cathcart, E. P, The Physiology of
Protein Metabolism. 2nd edn.
Demy Svo. Pp.184. 1921. Long-
mans. 12s. Qd.

Cole, S. W. Practical Physiological
Chemistry. Introduction by F. G.
Hopkins. 6th edn. Demy Svo.
Pp.426. 1920. Heffer. 16s.

Cramer, W. Directions for a Prac-
tical Course in Chemical Physiology ..
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.145. 1920.
Longmans . 4s . Qd .

Griffiths, A. B. Respiration Pro-
teids. Researches in Biological
Chemistry. Svo. Pp. 126. 1897.
Love 11 , Reeve . 6s.

Jones, W. Nucleic Acids. Their
Chemical Properties and Physio-
logical Conduct. 2nd edn. Demy
Svo. Pp. 158. 1920. Longmans.

134

Chemistry

Moore, B. Biochemistry. A Study
of the Origin , Reactions and Equi-
libria of Living Matter. Demy
8vo. Pp. 348. 1921. Arnold.
21*.

Milroy , J . A . and T . H . Practical
Physiological Chemistry. 3rd edn.
in preparation. W. Green.

Plimmer, R. H. A. The Chemical
Changes and Products Resulting
from Fermentation . 8vo . Pp . 190 .
1903. Longmans. 7s. 6d.

Practical Organic and Bio-
Chemistry. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 648.
1918. Longmans. 21s.

The Chemical Constitution of the

Proteins. Two Parts. Parti.
Analysis. 3rd edn. Roy.8vo.Pp.
186.' 1917. 7s. Parts. New
edn . in preparation . Longmans .

Schry ver , S . B . An Introduction to
the Study of Biological Chemistry.
Cr.Svo. Pp.340. 1919. Jack. 6s.

xi. PLANT CONSTITUENTS.

Cross, C. F., and Bevan, E. J.

Cellulose : An Outline of the Chem-
istry of the Structural Elements of
Plants. With reference to their
natural history and industrial uses.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 368. 1918. Long-
mans. 14s. 6rf.

Cross, C. F., and Bevan, E. J.

Researches on Cellulose, 1900-
1905. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.196.
1913. Longmans. 9s.

Researches on Cellulose, 1905-

1910. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184. 1912.
Longmans . 9s .

Haas, P., and Hill, T. G. An

Introduction to the Chemistry of
Plant Products. Vol. 1. On the
Nature and Significance of the
Commoner Organic Compounds of
Plants . 3rd edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
428. 1921. Longmans. 16s.

Henry , T . A . The Plant Alkaloids .
8vo*. Pp. 474. 1913. Churchill.
21s.

Onslow, M. W. Practical Plant
Biochemistry . Roy . 8vo . Pp . 182 .
1920. Cambridge University Press .
15s.

Osborne, T. B. The Vegetable
Proteins. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 140.
1919. Longmans. 6s. 6d.

Sohn, C. E. Dictionary of the
Active Principles of Plants, Alka-
loids, Bitter Principles, Glucosides ;
their Sources , Nature and Chemical
Characteristics, etc. Oblong 4to.
Pp.201. 1894. Bailliere. 5s.

135

APPLIED AND INDUSTRIAL
CHEMISTRY.

i. GENERAL— INCLUDING
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING.

Allen, A. F. An Introduction to
Chemical Engineering. An Ele-
mentary Text-book for the use of
Students and users of Chemical
Machinery . Demy 8 vo . Pp . 288 .
1920. Pitman. 10s. Gd.

Blount , B . , and Bloxam , A . G .

Chemistry for Engineers and Manu-
facturers . 2 vols . 2nd edn . Large
8vo. Vol.1. Chemistry of Engin-
eering, Building, and Metallurgy.
Pp. 405. 1918. 14s. Vol. 2.
Chemistry of Manufacturing Pro-
cesses. Pp. 528. 1913. 16s.
Griffin .

Buhler, F. A. Filters and Filter
Presses for the Separation of Liquids
and Solids . With additional matter
relating to the Theory of Filtration
in Sugar Factories and Refineries.
By J . J . Eastick . Super Roy . 8vo .
Pp. 184. 1914. Norman Rodger.
15s.

Chemical Manufacturers ' Direc -
tory of England , Wales and Scot -
land for 1921. 8vo. Pp. 250.
(April) 1921. Simpkin. 4s. 6d.

Chemical Trade Year Book
and Buyers' Guide, 1920. In-
corporating l^he Chemical Trade
Directory. Demy 8vo. Pp. 220.
1920. Bandon & Morris. 10s.

Dyson, S. S., and Clarkson, S. S.
Chemical Works: Their Design,
Erection, and Equipment. Roy.
8 vo. Pp.207. 1912. Scott, Green-
wood . 23s .

Findlay, A. Chemistry in the Ser-
vice of Man . 2nd edn . 8vo . Pp .
288. 1919. Longmans. 10s. 6d.

Grossmann, J. The Elements of
Chemical Engineering. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.162. 1913. Griffin.
4s.

Hausbrand, E. Drying by Means of
Air and Steam. Translated by A.
C. Wright. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 76. 1912. Scott, Greenwood.
6s.

Evaporating, Condensing, and

Cooling Apparatus: Explanations,
Formulae and Tables for Use in
Practice. Translated by A. C.
Wright. 2nd edn. Derny8vo. Pp.
428. 1919. Scott, Greenwood.
14s. Qd.

Hinchley , J . W . Chemical Engineer-
ing. Notes on Grinding, Sifting,
Separating and Transporting Solids.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 112. 1914. Churchill.
2s. 6d.

Lunge, G. The Technical Chemists'
Handbook. Tables and Methods of
Analysis for Manufacturers of Inor-
ganic Chemical Products . 2nd edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280. 1916. Gurney
& Jackson. 10s. Qd.

Marlow, T. G. Drying Machinery
and Practice. The Theory and

^ Practice of Drying and Desiccating
with description of Machinery and
Apparatus. 2nd edn. in prepara-
tion . Crosby Lockwood .

Martin, G., assisted by various
Specialists. Industrial and Man-
ufacturing Chemistry. Roy. 8vo.
Vol.1. Organic . 5th edn . Pp.750.
1920. 36s. Vols. 2 & 3. 3rd imp.
Inorganic. Pp. 515., 498. 1920.
28s. each Vol. Crosby Lockwood.

136

Applied and Industrial Chemistry

Molinari, E. Treatise on General
and Industrial Inorganic Chemistry .
Translated from the Italian by T.
H. Pope. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo.
Pp.896. 1920. Churchill* 42s.

Treatise on General and Indus-
trial Organic Chemistry. Trans-
lated from the 3rd Italian edition by
T. H. Pope. Part 1. Roy. 8vo.
Pp.471. 1921. Churchill. 30s.

Pilcher, R. B., and Butler -Jones,

F. What Industry Owes to Chem-
ical Science. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 166.
1918. Constable. 4s.

Thorne, P. G. L. Chemistry from
the Industrial Standpoint . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 260. 1919. Hodder and
Stoughton. 4s. 6rf.

Thorpe , Sir T . E . , assisted by em -
inent Contributors . A Dictionary
of Applied Chemistry . Revised and
enlarged edn . in 6 or 7 vols . 8vo .
Vol. 1. A to Calcium. Pp. 762.
1921 . Vol . 2 . Calculi to Explosion .
Pp.725. 1921. Longmans. 60s.
each vol.

Tinkler, C. K., and Master, H.
Applied Chemistry : A Practical
Handbook for Students of House-
hold Science and Public Health.
Vol. 1. Water, Detergents. Tex-
tiles, Fuels, etc. Med: 8vo. Pp.
292. 1920. Crosby Lockwood.
12s. 6d.

Training and Work of the Chem-
ical Engineer, The. Faraday
Society Report, 1917. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 60. 1917. Faraday Society.
2s. 6d.

Villavecchia, V. (edited by), assist-
ed by Nine Specialists . Treatise on
Applied Analytical Chemistry.
Translated by T. H. Pope. 8vo.
1918. Vol. 1. Pp. 492. 21s. Vol.
2. Pp. 552. 25s. Churchill.

Wagner, R. Manual of Chemical
Technology . Translated and Edited
by Sir W. Crookes from the 13th
German edition as remodelled by
F. Fischer. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo*.
Pp . 992 . Reprinted 1904 . Churchill .
,36s.

ii. WATER.

Coux, H. de la. The Industrial
Uses of Water, Composition , Effects ,
Troubles, Remedies, Residuary
Waters, Purification, Analysis.
Translated. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 304.
1903. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d.

Mitchell , C . A . Mineral and Aerated
Waters . and the Machinery for
their Manufacture. Demy 8vo.
Pp.241. 1913. Constable. 9s.

Paul, J. H. Boiler Chemistry and
Feed Water Supplies. 8vo. Pp.
252. 1919. Longmans. 14s.

Wilson , H . M . , and Calvert , H . T .
A Text-Book on Trade Waste
Waters. Their Nature and Dis-
posal. Med.Svo. Pp.352. 1913.
Griffin. 21s.

iii FERMENTATION : BREW-
ING: ALCOHOL.

Baker , J . L . The Brewing Industry .
Cr . 8vo . Pp . 191 . 1905 . Methuen .
5s.

Bater,C.H. Brewing Calculations,
Gauging and Tabulation , Formulae ,
Tables, and General Information for
Brewers, etc. 64mo. Pp. 340.
1914. Spon. 2s.

Brown, A. J. Laboratory Studies
for Brewing Students , a Systematic
Course of Practical Work in the
Scientific Principles underlying the
Processes of Malting and Brewing .
8vo. Pp. 212. 1904. Longmans.

Chapman , A . C . Brewing . Roy .
16mo. Pp. 139. 1912. Cam-
bridge University Press. 2s. 6d.

Harden, A. Alcoholic Fermenta-
tion . New Edition in preparation .
Longmans .

Jorgensen , A . Micro-Organisms and
Fermentation . Translated by S . H .
Davies . 5th edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
500. 1911. Griffin. 18s.

137

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

La far, F. Technical Mycology: The
Utilisation of Micro -organisms in
the Arts and Manufactures . Trans-
lated by C. T. C. Salter. 2 vols.
Large 8vo. Vol. 1., Schizomy-
cetic Fermentation. Pp. 328.
1910. 18s. Vol. 2., Eumycetic
Fermentation. Pp. 568. 1911.
30s. Griffin.

Mclntosh , J . G . Industrial Alcohol .
A Practical Manual on the Produc-
tion and Use of Alcohol for Indus-
trial Purposes and for Use as a
Heating Agent, as an Illuminant
and as a Source of Motive Power.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 250. 1907.
Scott. Greenwood. 8s. 6d.

Matthews, G. G. Manual of Alco-
holic Fermentation and the Allied
Industries. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 311.
1901. Arnold. 8s. Qd.

and Lott , F . E . The Microscope

in the Brewery and Malthouse.
2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 252.
1899. Allen and Unwin. 21s.

Mitchell , G . A . Vinegar : Its Manu-
facture and Examination. Large
Cr.8vo. Pp.217. 1916. Griffin.
10s. 6d.

Rideal , S . , and others . The Carbo-
hydrates and Alcohol. Demy 8vo.
Pp.234. 1920. Bailliere.12s.6d.

Simmonds, C. Alcohol. Its Pro-
duction, Properties, Chemistry, and
Industrial Applications, with Chap-
ters on Methyl Alcohol, Fusel Oil,
and Spirituous Beverages. 8vo.
Pp. 594. 1919. Macmillan. 21s.

Sykes, W. J. Principles and Prac-
tice of Brewing. For the Use of
Students and Practical Men. Re-
vised by A . R . Ling . 3rd edn . Pp .
606. 1907. Griffin. 25s.

Wright, H. E. A Handy Book for
Brewers . A Practical Guide to the
Art of Brewing and Malting. 3rd
edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 578.
1907. Crosby Lockwood. 14s.

iv. SUGAR AND ITS MANU-
FACTURE.

Geerligs, H. C. P. Methods of
Chemical Control in Cane Sugar
Factories, new edn. Roy. 8vo.
1917. Norman Rodger . 10s.

Geerligs , H . G . P . Practical White
Sugar Manufacture directly from
the Cane. Roy, 8vo. Pp. 177.

1915. Norman Rodger. 12s.
Cane Sugar and Its Manufacture.

Super Roy. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1909.
Norman Rodger. 12s.

The World's Cane Sugar Indus-
try. Past and Present. Super
Roy. 8vo. Pp.400. 1912. Nor-
man Rodger. 12s.

Harloff,W.H.T. and Schmidt, H.
Plantation White Sugar Manu-
facture . Translated from the Dutch
by.T.P.Ogilvie. Cr.Svo. Pp.140.

1913. Norman Rodger. 7s. 6d.
Heriot, T. H. P. The Manufacture

of Sugar from the Cane and Beet.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 436. 1920.
Longmans . 24s .

Science in Sugar Production : An

Introduction to the Methods of
Chemical Control . Roy . 8vo . Pp .
104. 1917. Norman Rodger. 6s.

Koppeschaar, E. Evaporation in
the Cane and the Beet Sugar
Factory . A Theoretical and Practi-
cal Treatise . Roy . 8 vo . Pp . 1 16 .

1914. Norman Rodger . 7s. Qd.
Mclntosh, J. G. The Technology

of Sugar : Practical Treatise on the
Modern Methods of Manufacture of
Sugar from the Sugar Cane and
Sugar Beet. 3rd edn. DemySvo.
Pp . 540 . 1916 . Scott , Greenwood .
14s. Qd.

Mackenzie, J. E. The Sugars and
their Simple Derivatives . Med . 8vo .
Pp. 250. 1913. Gurney and
Jackson. 7s. 6d.

Martineau, G. Sugar: Cane and
Beet. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 164. 1909.
Pitman . 3s .

Maxwell, F. Sulphitation in White
Sugar Manufacture. Demy 8vo.

1916. Norman Rodger. 7s. Qd.

Newlands, J. A. R., and B. E. R.

Sugar: A Handbook for Planters
and Refiners, being a comprehen-
sive Treatise on the Culture of
Sugar -yielding Plants, and on the
Manufacture, Refining, and Analy-
sis of Cane, Palm, Maple, Melon,
Beet, etc. 8vo. Pp. 876. 1909.
Spon. 30s.

138

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

v. COCOA AND CHOCOLATE.

Knapp , A . W . Cocoa and Chocolate .

Their History from Plantation to

Consumer. Demy 8vo. Pp. 213.

1920. Chapman and Hall. 12s. Gd.
Whymper , R . Cocoa and Chocolate :

Their Chemistry and Manufacture.

2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 590. 1921.

Churchill . 42s .

vi. FOODS ; FLOUR AND BREAD
MAKING, etc.

Amos, P. A. Processes of Flour
Manufacture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 292.
1919. Longmans. 6s. Gd.

Bolton,E.R.,andRevis,C. Fatty
Foods: Their Practical Examina-
tion. 8vo. Pp. 384. 1912.
Churchill. 10s. Gd.

Grant, J. The Chemistry of Bread
Making. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
232. 1917. Arnold. Gs.

Hausner, A. The Manufacture of
Preserved Foods and Sweetmeats.
Translated from the German. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 225. 1912.
Scott, Greenwood. 8s. Gd.

Kozmin, P. A. Flour Milling.
Translated from the Russian. 2nd
edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 594. Rout-
ledge . 25s .

Rew, Sir R. H. Food Supplies in
Peace and War . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 192 .
1920. Longmans. Gs. Gd.

Tibbies, W. Foods: their Origin,

Composition , and Manufacture .

Demy 8vo. Pp. 958. 1912.

Bailliere. 20s.
Wood , T . B . The Story of A Loaf of

Bread. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 147.

1913 . Cambridge University Press .

2s. Gd.

vii. GLUES, AGGLUTINANTS,
CASEIN, etc.

B runner, R. The Manufacture of
Lubricants, Shoe Polishes, and
Leather Dressings . Translated from
the German. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 188 . 1916 . Scott , Greenwood .
8s. Gd.

Lambert, T. Glue, Gelatine, and

their Allied Products. 2nd edn.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 165. 1920. Griffin.

6s.
Bone Products and Manures.

2nd edn . Demy 8vo . Pp . 172 .

1913. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. Gd.

Rideal, S. Glue and Glue Testing.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 196.

1914. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. Gd.

Scherer , R . Casein : Its Preparation
and Technical Utilisation . 2nd edn .
DemySvo. Pp.182. 1911. Scott ,
Greenwood. 8s. Gd.

Standage, H. C. Agglutinants and
Adhesives of all kinds for all Pur-
poses. DemySvo. Pp.273. 1907.
Constable. 7s. Gd.

Sealing-Waxes , Wafers and Other

Adhesives for the Household , Office ,
Workshop and Factory. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.96. 1902. Scott, Greenwood.
6s.

viii. DRUGS AND DISINFEC-
TANTS .

Christian, M. Disinfection and
Disinfectants. Translated from the
German. Cr.Svo. Pp.112. 1913.
Scott, Greenwood. 6s.

May , P . The Chemistry of Synthetic
Drugs. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 264.
1921. Longmans. 12s. Gd.

ix . OILS , FATS , WAXES , SOAP

MANUFACTURE, MARGARINE,

etc.

Andes , L . E . Animal Fats and Oils .
3rd edn . Revised by H . B . Stocks .
Svo. Pp. 323. 1920. Scott,
Greenwood . 15s.

Drying Oils, Boiled Oil, and

Solid' and Liquid Dryers. 2nd
edn. DemySvo. Pp.352. 1917.
Scott, Greenwood. 14s. Gd.

Oil Colours and Printers' Inks.

Translated from the German. 2nd
end. Demy Svo. Pp. 230. 1918.
Scott, Greenwood. 10s. Gd.

Vegetable Fats and Oils. Their

Practical Preparation, Purification
and Employment for Various Pur-
poses, their Properties, Adultera-
tion and Examination . Translated

130

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

by Charles Salter. 3rd edn. Demy
8vo. Pp.340. 1917. Scott, Green-
wood. 14s. 6d.

Anon. Manual of Toilet Soap Mak-
ing : comprising Toilet Soaps, Medi-
cated Soaps, and other Specialities.
2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 356.
Scott, Greenwood. 21s.

Carpenter, W. L. A Treatise on the
Manufacture of Soap and Candles,
Lubricants and Glycerine. New
edn . in preparation . Spoil .

Chalmers, T. W. The Production
and Treatment of Vegetable Oils,
including the Refining and Hydro-
gen at ion of Oils, Generation of
Hydrogen, Soap Making, Recovery
and Refining of Glycerine, and the
Splitting of Oils/ 2nd edn. Cr.
4to. Pp. 164. 1919. Constable.
21s.

Clayton, W. Margarine: Manu-
facture, Analysis, etc. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 198. 1920. Longmans ." 14s.

Cowell, W. B . Pure Air, Ozone and
Water . A Practical Treatise of their
Utilisation and Value in Oil , Grease ,
Soap. Paint, Glue and other Indus-
tries. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 85. 1900.
Scott, Greenwood. 6s.

* 'Expert Oil Refiner." The Prac-
tical Compounding of Oils, Tallow
and Grease for Lubrication, etc.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 100.
1907. Scott, Greenwood. '8s. 6d.

Friend, J. N. The Chemistry of
Linseed Oil. Cr. 8vo. Pp. "104.

1917 . Gurney and Jackson . 2s . 6rf .
Fryer, P. J., and Weston, F. E.

Technical Handbook of Oils, Fats,
and Waxes . Demy 8vo . Vol . 1 . ,
Chemical and General. 3rd edn.
Pp. 290. 1920. 15s. Vol. 2.,
Practical and Analytical . Pp . 314.

1918. 15s. Cambridge University
Press .

Hurst, G. H. Soaps: A Practical
Mantia 1 of the Manufacture of Dom-
estic, Toilet, and other Soaps.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 390.
1 907 . Scott , G reenwood . 1 is . 6rf .

Textile Soaps and Oils. 3rd

edn. Revised by W. H. Simmons.
8vo. Pp. 208. 1921. Scott,
Greenwood. 10s. 6rf.

Koppe, S. W. Glycerine: Its Pro-
duction, Uses, and Examination.
For chemists, perfumers, soap-
makers, pharmacists, and explo-
sives technologists. Translated by
W. H. Simmons. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
260. 1915. Scott, Greenwood.
8s. 6rf.

Lewkowitsch, J. Chemical Tech-
nology and Analysis of Oils, Fats,
and Waxes. Edited by G. H.
Warburton. 6th edn. 3 vols.
Med. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 700. 1921.
36s . Vols . 2 and 3 in the Press .
Macmillan .

Laboratory Companion to Fats

and Oils Industries . 8vo . Pp . 160 .
1901. Macmillan. 7s. 6d.

Martin, G. Animal and Vegetable
Oils, Fats, and Waxes. Their
Manufacture, Refining, and Analy-
sis, including the Manufacture of
Candles. Margarine and Butter.
Roy.Svo. Pp.228. 1920. Crosby
Lock wood. 12s. 6rf.

Mitchell, C. A. Edible Oils and
Fats. 8vo. Pp. 172. 1918.
Longmans. 7s. 6of.

Oils: Animal, Vegetable, Essen-
tial, and Mineral. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
146. 1909. Pitman. 3s.

Parry, E. J. The Chemistry of
Essential Oils and Artificial Per-
fumes. 2 Vols. 3rd edn. Roy.
8vo . Vol . 1 . Monographs on Essen-
tial Oils. Pp.525. 1918. 25s.
Vol. 2. Constituents of Essential
Oils. Synthetic Perfumes and Iso-
lated Aromatics. The Analysis of
Essential Oils. Pp. 351. * 1919.
17s. Qd. Scott, Greenwood.

The Raw Materials of Perfumery ;

their Nature. Occurrence and Em-
ployment. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 122.
192*1 . Pitman. 3s.

Pickering, G. F. Aids in the Com-
mercial Analysis of Oils, Fats, and
their Manufactured Products . A
Laboratory Handbook. Med. 8vo.
Pp.141. 1917. Griffin. 7s. 6d.

Sherriff, F. F. The Oil Merchants'
Manual and Oil Trade Ready
Reckoner. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 214. 1904. Scott, Green-
wood. 8s. 6d.

140

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Simmons, W. H. Soap. Its Com-
position, Manufacture , and Pro-
perties. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 133. 1917.
Pitman. 3s.

— — and Appleton, H. A. The
Handbook of Soap Manufacture.
DemySvo. Pp.160. 1908. Scott,
Greenwood . 9s . 6rf .

and Mitchell, C. A. Edible

Fats and Oils: Their Composition,
Manufacture , and Analysis . Demy
8vo. Pp. 150. 1911. Scott,
Greenwood. 8s. Gd.

Southcombe, J. E. Chemistry of
the Oil Industries . DemySvo. Pp.
213. 1913. Constable. 9s.

Watt, A. Soap Making. The Manu-
facture of Hard and Soft Soaps,
Toilet Soaps, etc. 7th edn. Cr.
8vo. 1920. Crosby Lockwood.
8s. Gd.

Wright, C. R. A. Animal and
Vegetable Fixed Oils , Fats , Butters ,
and Waxes : their Preparation and
Properties, and the Manufacture
therefrom of Candles, Soaps, and
other Products . 3rd edn . Revised
and Enlarged ly C. A. Mitchell.
Large 8vo. Pp.953. 1921. Griffin.
56s.

x. PIGMENTS, PAINTS, VAR-
NISHES, RESINS, etc.

"An Analytical Chemist" (com-
piled by) . Recipes for the Colour ,
Paint, Varnish, Oil, Soap and
Drysaltery Trades . 2nd edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 330. 1912. Scott,
Greenwood. 12s. Gd.

Ande"s, L. E. Iron -Corrosion, Anti-
Fouling and Anti-Corrosive Paints.
Translated. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 300 . 1918 . Scott . Greenwood .
15s.

Bersch , J . Manufacture of Mineral
and Lake Pigments . Translated by
A. C. Wright. Demy Svo. Pp.
476. 1901. Scott, Greenwood.
14s. Gd.

Church. A. H. The Chemistry of
Paints and Painting. 3rd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.388. Seeley. 7s. 6rf.

Dieterich, K. The Analysis of
Resins, Balsams and Gum Resins..
Translated from the German . 2nd
edn. revised by H. B. Stocks »
Svo. Pp. 447. 1920. Scott,
Greenwood. 17s. Gd.

Friend , J . N . An Introduction to the
Chemistry of Paints . Cr . Svo . Pp .
214. 1910. Longmans. 5s.

Hurst, G. H. Dictionary of Chemi-
cals and Raw Products used in the
Manufacture of Paints, Colours,
Varnishes and Allied Preparations..
2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 378.
1917. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. 6d.

Ingle, H., and Sutcliffe, J. A. L.

A Manual of Oils, Resins, and
Paints : for Students and Practical
Men. Analysis and Valuation.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 138. 1915. Griffin.
4s.

Jennison, H. The Manufacture of
Lake Pigments from Artificial
Colours. 2nd edn. Demy Svo.
Pp. 180. 1920. Scott, 'Green-
wood. 15s.

Laurie, A. P. Facts about Pro-
cesses, Pigments, and Vehicles..
A Manual for Art Students. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 142. 1895. Macmillan.
4s.

Mclntosh, J. G. The Manufacture
of Varnishes and Kindred Indus-
tries. Based on and including the
"Drying Oils and Varnishes," by
A. Livache. 3 Vols. Demy Svo.
Vol. 1 . The Crushing, Refining and
Boiling of Linseed Oil and other
Varnish Oils. 3rd edn. Pp. 500.
1919. 17s. Gd. Vol. 2. Varnish
Materials and Oil Varnish Making.
2nd edn. Pp.220. 1908. 12s. Gd.
Vol. 3. Spirit Varnishes and Spirit
Varnish Materials. 2nd edn. Pp.
482. 1911. 14s. Gd. Scott,
Greenwood .

Morrell, R. S., and Waele, A. de.

Rubber, Resins, Paints and Var-
nishes. Demy Svo. Pp. 248.
1921. Bailliere. 12s. Gd.

Parry, E. J. Gums and Resins.
Their Occurrence , Properties, and
Uses. Cr, Svo. Pp. 112. 1918.
Pitman. 3s.

141

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Parry, E. J.,andCoste, J.H. The
Chemistry of Pigments . Demy 8vo .
Pp.280. 1902. Scott, Greenwood.
12s. 6d.

Petit, G. The Manufacture and
Comparative Merits of White Lead
and Zinc Paints . Translated from
the French. Cr. 8vo. Pp.100.
1907. Scott, Greenwood. 5s.

Schweizer, V. The Distillation of
Resins. The Preparation of Resin
Products, Lamp Black, Printing
Inks, etc. Translated from the
German. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 220 . 1917 . Scott , Greenwood .
12s. 6d.

Smith, J. C. The Manufacture of
Paint. A Practical Handbook for
Paint Manufacturers , Merchants
and Painters. 2nd edn. DemySvo.
Pp . 300 . 1915 . Scott , Greenwood .
12s. Qd.

Zerr, G., and Rubencamp, R. A

Treatise on Colour Manufacture.
A Guide to the Preparation, Exam-
ination, and Application of all the
Pigment Colours in Practical Use.
Translated by C. Mayer. Large
8vo. Pp. 621. 1908. Griffin.
36s.

xi. RUBBER, GUTTA PERGHA,
etc.

Akers , C . E . The Rubber Industry
in Brazil and the Orient. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.335. 1914. Methuen. 7s. Qd.

Beadle, C., and Stevens, H. P.
Rubber. Production and Utilisa-
tion of the Raw Product . 2nd edn .
Cr.Svo. Pp.150. 1915. Pitman.
3s.

Caspar! , W. A. India Rubber
Laboratory Practice. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.204. 1914. Macmillan.6s.6d.

Christy, C. The African Rubber.
Industry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 268.
1911. Bale & Danielsson . 12s. 6d.

Clouth, F. Rubber, Gutta Percha,
and Balata. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 252.
1903. Maclaren. 12s. Qd.

Dubosc, A., and Luttringer, A.
Rubber : Its Production , Chemistry ,
and Synthesis in the Light of Recent

Research. A Practical Handbook
for the use of Rubber Cultivators,
Chemists, and others. English
edition by E. W.Lewis. Med.Svo.
Pp.393. 1918. Griffin. 21s.

Heil. A., and Esch, W. The Manu-
facture of Rubber Goods. Trans-
lated by E. W. Lewis. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp. 236 1919. Griffin.
12s. Qd.

Mclntosh , J . G . India Rubber and
Gutta Percha . Based on the French
Work of T. Seeligmann, G. L.
Torrilhon and H. Faleonnet. 2nd
edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 400. 1910.
Scott, Greenwood. 14s. 6d.

Porritt, B. D. The Chemistry of
Rubber. Cr. 8vo. New edition in
preparation . Gurney and Jackson .

Potts , H . E . The Chemistry of the
Rubber Industry . Demy 8vo . Pp .
163. 1915. Constable. 7s. Qd.

Schidrowitz, P. Rubber. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 319. 1916.
Methuen. 15s.

Terry, H. L. India Rubber and Its
Manufacture: with Chapters on
Gutta Percha and Balata. 3rd
imp. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 302.
1919. Constable. 8s. fid.

Torrey, J., and Manders, A. S.

(edited by) . The Rubber Industry .
Demy 8vo. Pp.470. 1911. Pit-
man. 15s. Qd*

Weber, C. O. The Chemistry of
India-rubber. Including the Out-
lines of A Theory on Vulcanisation .
5th edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 324.

1919. Griffin. 18s.

Whitby, G. S. Plantation Rubber
and the Testing of Rubber. Demy
8vo. Pp. 575. 1920. Longmans*.

28s.

xii. FUELS, SMOKE PREVEN-
TION, etc.

Barker, A. H. Domestic Fuel Con-
sumption. Demy 8vo. Pp. 169.

1920. Constable". 14s.

Booth, W. H., and Kershaw, J. B.
C. Smoke Prevention and Fuel
Economy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 194.
1904. Constable. 10s. Qd.

142

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Brame, J. S. S. Fuel: Solid,
Liquid, and Gaseous. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 372. 1917.
Arnold. 15s.

Brislee , F . J . An Introduction to the
Study of Fuel. A Text-book for
those entering the Engineering,
Chemical and Technical Industries .
2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 291.
1920. Constable. 9s. Qd.

Cohen, J. B., and Ruston, A. G.
Smoke: A Study of Town Air.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 96. 1912. E.
Arnold. 5s.

Coste , J . H . , and Andrews , E . R .
The Examination and Thermal
Value of Fuel: Gaseous, Liquid,
and Solid. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224.
1914. Griffin. 7s. Qd.

Kershaw, J. B. G. Fuel, Water s
and Gas Analysis for Steam Users.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 212.
1919. Constable. 12s. Qd.

The Use of Low- Grade and Waste

Fuels for Power Generation . Demy
8vo. Pp. 212. 1920. Constable.
17s.

Lewes, V. B. Liquid and Gaseous
Fuels and the Part they Play in
Modern Power Production . Edited
by J. B. C. Kershaw. 2nd edn.
Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 348. 1920.
Constable. 12s. Qd.

Nicholson, W. Smoke Abatement,
A Manual for the use of Manu-
facturers , Inspectors , Medical
Officers of Health, Engineers, etc.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 169. 1905. Griffin.
7s. Qd.

Popplewell , W . G . The Prevention
of Smoke, Combined with the
Economical Combustion of Fuel.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 190. 1901.
Scott, Greenwood. 8s. Qd.

Taylor t H . S . Fuel Production and
Utilization. Med. 8vo. Pp. 313.
1920. Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

xiii. LIQUID FUELS AND THEIR
PRACTICAL USE.

Booth, W. H. Liquid Fuel and its
Apparatus . Theory , Principles ,
and Practice: Tables and Data.

2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 308.
1914. Constable". 9s.

Liquid Fuel and its Combustion.

Imperial 8vo. Pp. 431. 1903.
Constable . 24s .

Butler, E. Oil Fuel: Its Supply,
Composition, and Application.
4th edn. Cr! 8vo. Pp.326. 1921.
Griffin. 12s. Qd.

Hodgett, E. A. B. (compiled by).
Liquid Fuel for Mechanical and
Industrial Purposes. 8vo. Pp,
142. 1890. Spon. 5s.

Moore , H . Liquid Fuels for Internal
Combustion Engines. A Practical
Treatise for Engineers and Chemists .
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 221.
1920. Crosby Lock wood. 15s.

Sothern, J.W.M. Oil Fuel Burning
in Marine Practice. A Manual of
Practical Instruction in Oil Fuel
Burning. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 198.
1920. Jas. Munro. 30s.

xiv. PRODUCER GAS: ACETY-
LENE.

Dowson, J. E., and Larter, A. T.

Producer Gas. 4th edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 379. 1920. Longmans.
21s.

Leeds, F. H., and Butterfield, W.
J. A. Acetylene: The Principles
of its Generation and Use. 3rd
edn, in preparation. Griffin.

Sexton, A. H. Producer Gas. A
Sketch of the Properties, Manu-
facture, and Uses of Gaseous Fuel.
Demy 8vo. New edn. in prepara-
tion.~ Scientific Pub. Co. 10s.

xv. PETROLEUM AND
MINERAL OILS.

Campbell, A. Petroleum Refining.
2nd edition in preparation . Griffin .

Evans, E. A. Lubricating and Allied
Oils. A Handbook for Chemists,
Engineers and Students . Demy 8vo.
Pp. 144. 1921. Chapman & Hall.
9s. Qd.

Greene, J. A. (edited by). A
Treatise on British Mineral Oil.
Geological , by E . H . C . Craig ;

143

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Retorting, by W. R. Ormandy and
F. M. Perkin. Refining, by A.
Campbell. Chemical, by A. E.
Dunstan. Power, by A. H. Sea-
brook. Large 8vo. Pp. 244.
1919. Griffin. 21s.
Gregorius, R. Mineral Waxes:
Their Preparation and Uses . Trans-
lated from the German. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 250. 1908. Scott, Green-
wood . 7s .

Gooday, W. E. Petrol and Pe-
troleum Spirits. A Description
of their Sources. Preparation, Ex-
amination and Uses. Demy 8vo.
Pp.147. 1918. Arnold. 10s. 6d.

Hicks , J . A . The Laboratory Book
of Mineral Oil Testing. 3rd edn.
Revised by A. G. V. Berry. Cr.
8vo. Pp'. 93. 1918. Griffin.
3s. 6d.

Hurst, G. H. Lubricating Oils,
Fats , and Greases : Their Origin ,
Preparation, Properties, Uses, and
Analyses. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 384 . 1911. Scott . Greenwood .
12s. 6d.

Key , A . C . A Primer on the Storage
of Petroleum Spirit and Carbide of
Calcium, for the use of Local
Inspectors and Motorists. 2nd edn.
Cr . 8vo . Pp . 143 . 1921 . Griffin .
5s.

Lid^ett, A. Petroleum. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 175. 1919. Pitman. 3s.

Redwood, Sir B., and Others.
A Treatise on Petroleum. 4
vols. Fourth edition in prepara-
tion . Griffin .

andEastlake,A. The Petroleum

Technologist's Pocket Book. Poc-
ket si/e / Pp . 475 . 1915. Griffin .
10s. 6d.

Redwood ,1.1. A Practical Treatise
on Mineral Oils and their By-Pro-
ducts, including the Scotch Shale
Oil Industry, etc. 8vo. Pp. 336.
1914. Spon. 15s.

Lubricants, Oils, and Greases:

Treated theoretically, and giving
practical information regarding
their Composition, Uses, and Manu-
facture. 8vo. 1918. Spon. 7s. 6d.

Scheithauer, W. Shale Oils and
Tars and their Products. Trans-
lated from the German. Demy
8vo. Pp. 183. 1913. Scott,
Greenwood. 9s. Qd.

Talbot, F. A. The Oil Conquest of
the World . Demy 8vo . Pp . 320 .
1914. Heinemann. 6s.

Thomson , J . H . , and Redwood , Sir
B. The Petroleum Lamp. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 111. 1902. Griffin.
ls.6rf.

— A Handbook on Petroleum, for
Inspectors under the Petroleum
Acts. &c 3rd edn. Large 8vo.
Pp.359. 1913. Griffin. 10s. 6rf.

Tinkler .O.K., and Challenger , F .

The Chemistry of Petroleum and its
Substitutes. A Practical Hand-
book . Med . 8 vo . Pp . 368 . 1919.
Crosbv Lockwood. 15s.

xvi. COAL: BRIQUETTING,
ETC.

Bone, W. A. Coal and its Scientific
Uses. 2nd imp. 8vo. Pp. 506.
1919. Longmans. 22s. 6</.

Franke, G. Handbook of Briquet-
ting. Translated by F. C. A. H.
Lants berry. 2 vols. Med. 8vo.
Vol. 1. Briquet/ting of Coals,
Brown Coals, and other Fuels. Pp.
659. 1917. 36s. Vol. 2. Fri-
quetting and Agglomeration of
Ores. Metallurgical Products, Metal
Swarf, and Similar Materials. Pp.
225. 1918. 15s. Griffin.

Putsch, A. Gas and Coal-Dust
Firing: A Critical Review of the
Various Appliances Patented in
Germany for this purpose from 1885
to 1895. Translated from the
German by C. Salter. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 130 . 1901 . Scott , Greenwood .
6s.

Robertson, J. B . The Chemistry of
Coal. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1919.
Gurney & Jackson . 3s . Qd .

Stopes , M . C . , and Wheeler , R . V .
Monograph on the Constitution of
Coal. Roy. 4to. Pp. 58. 1918.
H . M . Stationery Office . 2s .

144

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Summers , A . L . All About Anthra-
cite: The World's Premier Coal.
Demy 8vo . Pp . 124 . 1919 . Tech-
nical Pub. Co. 7s. Qd.

Tonge , J . Coal . Ex . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
281. Constable. 7s. ad.

xvii. GAS MANUFACTURE:

COAL TAR AND ITS

PRODUCTS .

Barnett, E. de B. Anthracene and
Anthraquinone . Demy 8vo. Pp.
448. 11)21. Bailliere. 25s.

Biddulph - Smith , T . Coke-Oven
and By-Product Works Chemistry.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 190. 1921.
Griffin. 21s.

Brooke , T . Modern Retort Settings .
Their Construction and Working.
Demy 8vo. Pp.212. 1912. Benn
Bros". 9s.

Christopher, J. E., and Byrom,
T. H. Modern Coking Practice:
including the Analysis of the Mater-
ials and Products. 3rd edn. 2
vols. Demy 8vo. 1921. Vol. 1.
Raw Materials and Coke . Pp . 142 .
Vol 2. By-Products. Pp. 148.
Crosbv Locitwood. 10s. Qd. each
vol.

Cooper, E. S. By -Product Coking.
New edn . in preparation . Benn
Bros.

Findlay, A. The Treasures of Coal
Tar. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 137.
1918. Allen & Unwin. 4s. Qd.

Gardner , W . M . The British Coal
Tar Industry: its Origin, Develop-
ment, and Decline. Med. 8vo.
Pp. 436. 19] 5. Williams &
Norgate. 12s.6d.

Hornby, J. Gas Manufacture. 8th
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 434. 1920.
Bell. 12s/

Humphrys , N . H . Construction and
Management of Small Gas Works,
with a Section on Costs and Capac-
ity of Works, by J. H. Brearley.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 265. 1911. Benn
Bros . 9s .

Lange , K . R . By-Products of Coal-
Gas Manufacture. Translated from
the German. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 164.
1915. Scott, Greenwood. 6s.

Lewes, V. B. The Carbonisation of
Coal. A Scientific Review of the
Formation, Composition and De-
structive Distillation of Coal for
Gas, Coke and By-Products, with
an addition on Recent Develop-
ments by A. B. Searle. 2nd edn.
DemySvo. Pp. 310. 1918. Benn
Bros. lls. Qd.

Lunge, G. Coal Tar and Ammonia.
5th edn. 8vo. In 3 Parts. Pp.
1,718. 1916. Gurney & Jackson .
75s.

Malatesta, G. Coal-Tar and their
Derivatives. The Production of
Tars from Gas Coals, Coke Ovens,
Water Gas. Oil Gas, Lignite, Wood
and Peat. The Manufacture of
Pitch, Asphalt, and Bitumen; and
the Chemical Examination and
Analysis of the Raw Materials and
By-Products of the Industry.
Translated from the Italian . Demy
8vo. Pp.541. 1920. Spon. 21s.

Meade, A. Modern Gasworks Prac-
tice. 2nd edn. in preparation.
Benn Bros.

4 'Mentor . ' ' Self- Instruction for Stu-
dents in Gas Engineering . Part 1 .
Elementary (Ordinary Grade). 5th
edn. DemySvo. Pp.178. 1918.
6*. Part 2. Advanced (Honours
Grade). 4th edn. DemySvo. Pp.
234. 1921. 10s. Qd. Benn Bros.

O 'Connor, H. Gas Engineers ' Pocket
Book. Manufacture, Distribution
and Use of Coal Gas . 3rd edn . Cr .
8vo. 1907. Crosby Lockwood.
12s. Qd.

Scott, J. F. Estimates and Valua-
tions. A Handbook of Data and
Prices for Gas Engineers, Building
Works and Gasworks Plant, etc.
DemySvo. Pp.113. 1913. Benn
Bros. 10s. Qd.

Warnes,A.R. Coal Tar and Some
of its Products . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 127 .
1919. Pitman. 3s.

Coal Tar Distillation and Work-

ing-up of Tar Products . 2nd edn .
Demy Svo. Pp.310. 1917. Benn
Bros. 12s. Qd.

145

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Webber, W. H. Y. Gas and Gas

Making. Growth, Methods, and
Prospects of the Industry . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. Ml. 1911). Pitman. 3s.

Whitehead , S . E . Benzol : its Recov-
ery. Rectification and Uses. Demy
8vo. Pp.223. 1920. Ben n Bros.
12s. Gd.

xviii. CHEMISTRY AND
ANALYSIS OF GAS .

Abady, J. The Gas Analyst's Man-
ual. 8vo. Pp.576. 1902. Spon.
21s.

Chandley, G. Gas Testing and Air
Measurement . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.86. 1913. Methuen. 2s. 3d.

Coste, J. H. The Calorific Power of
Gas. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 326. 1911.
Griffin. 7s. Gd.

Franzen, H. Exercises in Gas Anal-
ysis. Translated from the German
by T. Callan. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 119.
1913. Blackie. 2s. fid.

Greenwood , H . C . Industrial Gases .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 371. 1920.
Bailliere. 12s. (>d.

Hornby, J. The Gas Engineers'
Laboratory Handbook. 3rd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 328, 1911. Spon.
7s. Gd.

Lunge, G. Technical Gas Analysis.
Med.Svo. Pp.424. 1916. Gurney
& Jackson. 15s.

Martin, G,, Dickson, J. M.,
J obi ing, E., and others. Indus-
trial Gases. Including the Lique-
faction of Gases, etc. 2nd imp.
Roy. 8vo. Pp.158. 1918. Crosby
Lockwood. 9s.

Royle , H . M . The Chemistry of Gas
Manufacture. DemySvo. Pp.340.
1907. Crosby Lockwood. 15s.

xix. DISTRIBUTION OF GAS.

Briggs , F . W . , and Henwood , J . H .
A Manual on Gas-fitting and
Appliances. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 191.
1920. Crosby Lo-.rkwood. 6s.

Hole , W . Distribution of Gas . 4th
edition in preparation . Benn Bros .

* 'Mentor . ' ' Self-Instruction for Stu-

dents in Gas Supply. Parti. Ele-
mentary (Ordinary Grade). 3rd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 226. 1920.
6s. Part 2. Advanced (Honours
Grade). 2nd edn. DemySvo. Pp.
252. 1914. 6s. Benn Bros.
Webber, W. H. Y. Gas Supply in
Principle and Practice. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.208. 1914. Pitman. 4s.

Town Gas and its Uses for the

Production of Light, Heat, and
Motive Power. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
275. 1907. Constable. 7s. Gd.

On the Flow of Gas through Ori-
fices and Small Pipes. New edn.
Demy Svo. Pp. 35. Paper covers.
Benn Bros. Is. Gd.

Woodall, H., and Parkinson, B. R.

Distribution by Steel (Gas and
Water). 2nd edn. Demy8vo. Pp.
250. 1920. Benn Bros. 15s.

xx . PEAT .

Bjorling , P . R . , and Gissing , F . T .

Peat: Its Uses and Manufacture.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.185. 1907. Griffin.
7s. Gd.

Gissing , F . T , Peat Industry Refer-
ence Book. Pocket size. Pp. 316.
1920. Griffin. 7s. Gd.

Commercial Peat : Its Uses and

its Possibilities. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
210. 1919. Griffin. 7s. Gd.

xxi. DYESTUFFS AND
DYEING .

Barnett, E. de B. Coal Tar Dyes
and Intermediates. Demy 8vo.
Pp.230. 1919. Bailliere. 10s. Gd.

B er sch , J . Th e Manufacture of E arth
Colours. Translated from the 3rd
German edn. by C. Salter. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 216. 1921. Scott,
Greenwood. 7s. Gd.

Gain , J . G . The Chemistry and Tech-
nology of the Diazo Compounds . 2nd
edn. DemySvo. Pp.199. 1920.
Arnold. 12s. Gd.

The Manufacture of Intermediate

Products for Dyes . 2nd edn . Svo .
Pp. 284. 1919. Macmillan. 105.

146

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Cain, J. C, and Thorpe, J. F The

Synthetic Dyestuffs, and the Inter-
mediate Products from which they
are derived. Theoretical, Practical
and Analytical. 5th edn. Large
8vo. Pp.440. 1920. Griffin. 21s.

Dreaper , W . P . The Chemistry and
Physics of Dyeing . 8vo . Pp . 328 .
1906. Churchill.' 10s. Qd.

Farrell « F . J . Dyeing and Cleaning .
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.263. 1917.
Griffin. 6s.

Fierz -David , H . E . The Fundamen-
tal Processes of Dye Chemistry.
Translated by F. A. Mason. 8vo.
Pp.254. 1921. Churchill. 21*.

Fort, M., and Lloyd, L. L. The

Chemistry ol Dyestuffs. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 311. 1919. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 10s. 6rf.

Georgievics, G., and Grandmon-
gin , E . A Text-Book of Dye Chem-
istry (The Chemistry of Dye-Stuffs) .
Translated by F. A. Mason. 8vo.
Pp . 576 . 1920 . Scott Greenwood .
30s.

Green, A. G. A Systematic Survey
of the Organic Colouring Matters.
Founded on the German of G.
Sehultz and P. Julius. 3rd imp.
Imp. 8vo. Pp.292. 1908. Mac-
millan. 25s.

The Analysis of Dyestuffs and

their Identiiication in Dyed and
Coloured Materials, Lake Pigments ,
Foodstuffs, etc. 3rd edn. Large
Svo. Pp.154. 1920. Griffin.
10s. Qd.

Hasluck, P. N. (edited by). Mor-
dants. Methods and Machinery
Used in Dyeing. Cr. Svo. Pp.
168. 1906. *Cassell. 3s.

Heerman, P. Dyers' Materials: An
Introduction to the Examination,
Valuation and Application of the
most important Substances used in
Dyeing, Printing, Bleaching and
Finishing. Translated bv A. C.
Wright. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
160. 1919. Scott, Greenwood.
7s. 6d.

Higgins, S. H. The Dyeing Indust-
try : being a Third Edition of ' 'Dye-
ing in Germany and America."
Svo. Pp. 198. 1919. Longmans.
8s. Qd.

Hubner , J . The Chemistry of Dyeing
and Bleaching of Vegetable Fibrous
Materials. 2nd edn. Demv Svo.
Pp. 457. 1919. Constable*. 20s.

Knecht, E., Rawson, C., and
Loewenthal, R. A Manual of
Dyeing. 2 vols. 6th edn. Pp.
383., 531. 1920. Griffin. 42s.

Martin, G., Beacall, T., Challen-
ger, F., and Sand, H. J. S.

Dyestuffs and Coal-Tar Products.
Their Chemistry, Manufacture, and
Application. Roy. Svo. Pp.162.
19H'. Crosby Lockwood. 9s.

Nietzki, R. Chemistry of Organic
Dye-^tui!s. Translated with addi-
tions by A. Collin and W. Rh-haid-
son. 8vo. Pp.329. 1892. Gurney
& Jackson. 15s.

Perkin , A . G . , and Everest , A . E .
The Natural Organic Colouring
Matters. Svo. Pp. 678. 1918.
Longmans. 30s.

Ramsay , A . R . J . , and Weston , H .
C . Artificial Dyestuffs : their Na .
ture, Manufacture, and Use. 8vo-
Pp.218. 1917. Rout ledge. 3s. 6d.

Rawson , C . , Gardner , W . M . , and
Laycock, W. F. A Dictionary of
Dyes, Mordants and other Com-
pounds used in Dyeing and Calico
Printing. Reprint of First edn.
Large Svo. Pp.372. 1918. Griffin.
18s.

Soxhlet , D . H . The Art of Dyeing
and Staining Marble, Artificial
Stone ,Bone ,Horn , Ivory and Wood ,
and of Imitating all Sorts of Wood .
A Practical Hand-book for the Use
of Joiners, Turners, Manufacturers
of Fancy Goods , Sticks , Umbrellas ,
Combs, etc. Translated from the
German . Cr . Svo . Pp . 168 . 1902 .
Scott , Greenwood . 6s .

Wahl , A . The Manufacture of Organ -
ic Dyestuffs . Translated with addi-
tions from the French by F. W.
Atack. 3rd imp. Cr. Svo. Pp.
352. 1919. Bell. 6s.

147

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Whittaker, G. M. The Application
of the Coal Tar Dye Stuffs, Prin-
ciples Involved and Methods Em-
ployed. Demy Svo. Pp. 226. 1918.
Bailliere. 10s. 6d.

Wood , J . K . The Chemistry of Dye-
ing . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 88 . Gurney &
Jackson. 2s. Qd.

Zerr, G. Tests for Coal-Tar Colours
in Aniline Lakes. Translated by
C. Mayer. Med. 8vo. Pp. 242~.
1910. Griffin. 12s. 6d.

xxii. INK MANUFACTURE.

Lehner, S. Ink Manufacture: In-
cluding Writing, Copying, Litho-
Eraphic, Marking, Stamping, and
aundry Inks. Translated from
the German. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 180 . 1914 . Scott , Greenwood .
6s.

Mitchell, C. A., and Hepworth, T.
C. The Manufacture of Ink. A
Handbook of the Production and
Properties of Printing, Writing, and
Copying Inks . 2nd edn . Large 8vo .
Pp.272. 1916. Griffin. 9s.

Seymour , A . Modern Print ing Inks .
A Practical Handbook for Printing
Manufacturers and Printers. Demy
8vo. Pp.90. 1910. Scott, Green-
wood . 6s .

xxiii. PAPER MAKING.

Andes , L . E . The Treatment of Paper
for Special Purposes. Translated.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 250. 1907. Scott,
Greenwood. 7s.

Beadle, G. Chapters on Paper Mak-
ing. 5 Vols. Vol. 1. Pp. 151.
1908. Vol. 2. Pp. 182. 1919. Vol.
3. Pp. 142. 1907. Vol. 4. Pp.
164. 1907. Vol.5. Pp. 190.
1908 . Crosby Lockwood . 6s . each
vol.

Bromley , H . A . Paper and Its Con-
stituents. A Manual of Technical
Methods, Chemistry and Analysis
of Raw materials; Paper-Making
Fibres; Bleaching, Sizing, and
Loading Agents and Dyestuffs ; Mi-
croscopy ; and Physical and Chem-
ical Properties of Paper. Demy
Svo. Pp.239. 1920. Spon. 15*.

Chalmers, T. W. Paper Making
and Its Machinery . Including Chap-
ters on the Tub Sizing of Paper, the
Coating and Finishing of Art
Paper and the Coating of Photo-
graphic Paper. Imp. Svo. Pp.
190. 1920. Constable. 26s.

Clapperton, G. Paper Making. A
Practical Manual for Paper Makers
and Owners of Paper Mills; with
Tables and Calculations. 2nd edn.
Cr . Svo . 1917 . Crosby Lockwood .
7s. 6d.

Cross , C . F . , and Bevan , E . J . A
Text-book of Paper Making. 5th
edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 450. 1920.
Spon . 30s .

Beadle , C . , and Sindall , R . W .

C. B. S. Standard Units and
Standard Paper Tests. 4to. Pp.
25. 1903. Spon. 2s. 6d.

and Sindall, R.W. Wood Pulp.

2nd edn. Ex. Cr. Svo. Pp.275.
1918. Constable. 8s. 6d.

Maddox , H . A . Paper . Its History ,
Sources, and Production. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 167. 1917. Pitman. 3s.

Sindall , R . W . The Manufacture of
Paper. 2nd imp. Ex. Cr. Svo.
Pp.285. 1919. Constable. 8s. 6</.

Paper Technology : An Element-
ary Manual on the Manufacture,
Physical Qualities, and Chemical
Constituents of Paper and of Paper -
making Fibres. 3rd edn. Demy
Svo . Pp . 353 and 1 4 Plates . 1920 .
Griffin. 21s.

Stevens. H. P. The Paper Mill
Chemist. 2nd edn. Roy. 12mo.
Pp. 325. 1919. Scott, Green-
wood. Ws.Gd.

Watt , A . Paper Making . The Manu-
facture of Paper from Rags, Es-
parto, Straw, Wood Fibre, etc.
New imp. Cr. Svo. 1918. Crosby
Lockwood. 8s. 6df.

xxiv . LEATHER MANUFACTURE

AND TANNING .

Adcock, K. J. Leather: From the
Raw Material to the Finished Pro-
duct. Cr. Svo. Pp. 167. 1915.
Pitman. 3s.

148

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Bennett, H.G. The Manufacture of
Leather. 3rd imp. Demy 8vo.
Pp.442. 1919. Constable. ISs.

Harvey , A . Practical Leather Chem-
istry. A Handbook of Laboratory
Notes and Methods for the Use of
Students and Works' Chemists.
Med.Svo. Pp.207. 1919. Crosby
Lock wood. 15s.

Procter, H. R. The Principles of
Leather Manufacture . New edition
in preparation . Spon.

The Making of Leather. Roy.

16mo. Pp. 161. 1914. Cam-
bridge University Press. 2s. 6d.

Leather Industries Laboratory

Book of Analytical and Experimen-
tal Methods. 2ndedn. Svo. Pp.
150. 1919. Spon. 25.9.
-- (edited by). Leather Chemists*
Pocket Book . A short compendium
of Analytical Methods. 16mo. Pp.
237. 1919. Spon. 7s. 6d.

Standage , H . C . The Leather Work-
ers' Manual. 3rd edn. Svo. Pp.
173. 1920. Scott, Greenwood.
10s. 6rf.

Trotman, S. R. Leather Trades'
Chemistry. A Practical Manual on
the Analysis of Materials and Fin-
ished Products. Large Svo. Pp.
300. 1908. Griffin. 18s.

Watt, A. Leather Manufacture. A
Practical Handbook of Tanning,
Currying, and Chrome Leather
Dressing. 5th edn. Svo. 1919.
Crosby Lock wood . 1 5s .

Wood, .1. T. The Puering, Bating,
and Drenching of Skins. Svo. Pp.
315. 1912. Spon. 14s.

xxv. GLASS, POTTERY AND
CERAMICS .

Asch, W., and D. The Sili
cates in Chemistry and Commerce.
Translated with critical notes and
some additions by A. B. Searle.
Roy. Svo. Pp. 120. 1915. Con-
stable. 21s.

Audley, J. A. Silica and the Sili
cates. Demy Svo. Pp. 388. 1921.
Bailliere. 15s.

Bellow , H . R . (edited by) . Factory
Glares for Ceramic Engineers, ar-
ranged on an exhaustive method for
the heat of the Soft Porcelain Kiln,
and including the Glazes employed in
actual manufacture. Series A.
Folio. 1908. Spon. 42s.

Binns , C . F . (edited by) . The Man-
ual of Practical Potting. 4th edn.
Demy Svo. Pp.204. 1907. Scott,
Greenwood. 19s. 6rf.

Duthie , A . L . Decorative Glass Pro-
cesses. 2nd imp. Ex. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.279. 1908. Constable. 8s. Qd.

Hainbach, R. Pottery Decorating.
A Description of all the Processes
for Decorating Pottery and Porce-
lain . Translated from the German .
Cr. Svo. Pp. 250. 1907. Scott,
Greenwood. 8s. 6rf.

Hovestadt, H. Jena Glass and its
Scientific and Industrial Applica-
tions. Translated by J. D. and
Alice Everett. Svo. Pp. 436.1902.
Macmillan. 18s.

Howorrh, J. The Art of Riveting
Glass, China, and Earthenware.
2nd edn . 1 908 . Scott , Greenwood .
Is.

Marson, P. Glass and Glass Manu-
facture. Cr. Svo. Pp.138. 1918.
Pitman. 3s.

Mellor . J . W . (edited by) . Clay and
Pottery Industries : Being Vol 1 . of
the Collected Papers from the
County Pottery Laboratory, Staf-
fordshire. By Several Authors.
Demy Svo. Pp.428. 191 4. Griffin.
18*.

Recipes for Flint Glass Making.
By a British Glass Master and
Mixer. 60 Recipes. Being Leaves
from the Mixing Book of Several
experts in the Flint Glass Trade,
contain ins: up-to-date recipes and
valuable information as to Crystal,
Demi-Crystal, and Coloured Glass
in its many varieties. 2nd edn.
Cr . Svo . 1 907 . Scott , Greenwood .
12s. Qd.

Rosenhain, W. Glass Manufacture.
2nd edn. Ex. Cr. Svo. Pp.258.
1919. Constable. 12s. Qd.

149

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Sandeman, E. A. The Manufacture
of Earthenware . A Practical Treat-
ise. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
384. 1921. Crosby Lockwood.
12s.

Searle, A. B. The Clay Workers'
Handbook. A Manual for all en-
gaged in the Manufacture of Articles
from Clay. 3rd cdn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.400. 1921. Griffin. 21s.

The Ceramic Industries Pocket

Book. Pocket Size. Pp. 274. 1920.
Pitman. Ss. Qd.

Refractory Materials : Their

Manufacture and Uses. 2nd
edition in preparation. Griffin.

Shaw , S . The History of the Stafford-
shire Potteries ; and the Rise and
Progress of the Manufacture of
Pottery and Porcelain . With Refer-
ences to Genuine Specimens and
Notices of Eminent Potters. A
Re-Issue, originally published in
1829. Demy8vo. Pp.256. 1900.
Scott, Greenwood. 6s.

Suffling, E. R. A Treatise on the
Art of Glass Painting. Prefaced
with a Review of Ancient Glass.
DemySvo. Pp.140. 1902. Scott >
Greenwood. 8s. Qd.

Whall,C.W. Stained Glass Work.
New Imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 381.
1920. Pitman. 10s. Qd.

xxvi. EXPLOSIVES AND
THEIR MANUFACTURE.

Barnett , E . de B . Explosives .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 256. 1919.
Bailliere. 12s.6d.

Berthelot, M. Explosives and their
Powers. Translated and condensed
from the French by C . Napier Hake
and W. MacNab. 8vo. Pp. 563.
1 892 . Murray . 28s .

Bichel, G. E. New Methods of
Testing Explosives . Translated and
edited by A. Larsen. Med. 8vo.
Pp. 67.* 1905. Griffin. 7s. Qd.

Colver, E. de W. S. High Explo-
sives : A Practical Treatise on their
History, Manufacture, Properties,
and Use. Roy.Svo. Pp. 830. 1918.
Crosby Lockwood. 63s.

Guttmann, O. Twenty Years' Pro-
gress in the Manufacture of Explo-
sives. Med. 8vo. Pp. 84. 1909.
Pitman. 3s. Qd.

-- The Manufacture of Explosives.
A Theoretical and Practical Treatise
on the History and Manufacture of
Explosives . 2 vols . Med . 8vo . Pp .
348 . , 448 . 1895 . Pitman . 50s .

Levy , S . I . Modern Explosives . Cr .
8vo. Pp.119. 1920. Pitman. 3s.

MacDonald . G . W . Historical Papers
on Modern Explosives. Med. 8vo.
Pp.192. 1912. Pitman. 9s.

Marshall, A. Explosives. History
and Manufacture : Properties anrt
Tests. 2 vols. Cr. 4to. Pp. 822.
1917. Churchill. 63s.

- A Short Account of Explosives .
Cr.4to. Pp.104. 1917. ChurchilK

- Dictionary of Explosives. Svo.
Pp.159. 1920. Churchill. 15s.

Martin, G., and Barbour, W. In-

dustrial Nitrogen Compounds and
Explosives: their Manufacture ,.
Properties and Industrial Uses'
2nd edn . Roy . 8vo . Pp . 1 33 . 1917 .
Crosby Lockwood . 9s .

Rise and Progress of the British
Explosives Industry, The. By
the Explosives Section of the
Seventh International Congress of
Applied Chemistry. Cr. 4to. Pp.
420. 1909. Pitman. 18s.

Sanford, P. G. Nitro-Explosives.
Tlieir Properties, Manufacture and
Analysis. 2nd edn. Demv 8vo.
Pp.312. 1906. Crosby Lockwood .
]2s.

xxvii. ACIDS, ALKALIES,
SALTS, etc.

Adlam, G. H. J. Acids, Alkalies
and Salts. Cr.Svo. Pp. 121. 1920.
Pitman . 3s .

Bottler, M. Modern Bleaching
Agents and Detergents . Translated
from the German. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
160. 1910. Scott , Greenwood . 6s.

150

Applied and Industrial Chemistry.

Calvert, A. F. Salt and the Salt
Industry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 158. 1919.
Pitman . 3* .

Salt in Cheshire. Demy Svo.

Pp. 1206. 1915. Spon. 30s.

Calvert.G.T. Manufacture of Sul-
phate of Ammonia and Crude
Ammonia. 2nd edn. Demy Rvo.
Pp.161. 1917. BennBros. 9s.

Dobbin, L., and Marshall, H.
Salts and their Reactions. A Class
Book of Practical Chemistry. 4th
edn. Svo. Pp. 203. 1920. J.
Thin. 6s. (yd.

Grossman, J. Ammonia and its
Compounds. Pott. Svo. Pp. 161.
1906. Harper. 3s.

Lunge, G. The Manufacture of Sul-
phuric Acid and Alkali. New edn.
in preparation . Gurney & Jackson .

Martin, G., and Foucar, J. L.

Sulphuric Acid and Sulphur Pro-
ducts . 2nd edn . Roy . Svo . Pp .
85. 1920. Crosby Lockwood. 9s.

Maxted , E . B . Ammonia and the
Nitrides ; with special reference to
their Synthesis. Cr. Svo. Pp. 124.
1921. 'Churchill. 7s. Qd.

Martin, G., and Clough, G. W.
Chlorine and Chlorine Products.
Including the Manufacture of
Bleaching Powder, Hypochlorites,
Chlorates, Bromine, Iodine, etc.
2nd imp. Roy. Svo. Pp. 108.
1918. Crosby Lockwood . 9s.

Smith, S., and Milsom, F.

The Salt and Alkali Industry. The
Manufacture of Hydrochloric Acid,
Sodium Sulphate, &c. 2nd edn.
Roy. Svo. Pp. 108. 1920. Crosby
Lookwood . 9s .

Partingtcn , J . R . The Alkali Indus-
try. Demy Svo. Pp. 304. 1918.
Bailliere. 10s. 6d.

Vincent, C. Ammonia and Its Com-
pounds : Their Manufacture and
Uses. Translated. Roy. Svo.
Pp . 1 14 . 1901 . Scott . Greenwood .
6s.

xxviii. UTILISATION OF

WASTE PRODUCTS; WOOD

PRODUCTS .

Dumesny, P., and Noyer, J.
Wood Products: Distillates and
Extracts. Translated from the
French by D. Grant. Roy. Svo.
Pp . 320 . 1 908 . Scott , Greenwood .
12s. fid.

Hubbard, E. The Utilisation of
Wood Waste . Translated from the
German . 3rd edn . Revised by
H. B. Stocks. Cr. Svo. Pp. 248.
1920. Scott, Greenwood. 10s. 6eL

Roller » T . The Utilisation of Waste
Products. Translated from the
German . 3rd edn . Demy Svo .
Pp . 338 . 1918 Scott , Greenwood .
12s. 6d.

Nay lor, W. Trades' Waste: its
Treatment and Utilisation. Med .
Svo. Pp. 283. 1902. Griffin.
25s.

Spooncr , H . J . Wealth from Waste .
Elimination of Waste a World
Problem. Svo. Pp. 332. 1918.
Rout ledge. 7s. Gd.

xxix. MISCELLANEOUS
CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES .

Allen, A. W. The Recovery of
Nitrate from Chilean Caliche : con-
taining a vocabulary of Terms, an
account of the Shanks system,
with a criticism of its fundamental
features, and a description of a
new process. Cr. Svo. Pp. 66.
1921 . Griffin . 6s .

Barrowcliff, M., and Carr, F. H.

Organic Medicinal Chemicals (Syn-
thetic and Natural). Demy Svo.
Pp.345. 1921. Bailliere. 15s.
Berkeley, H. R., and Walker, W.
M. Practical Receipts for the
Manufacturer, the Mechanic, and
for Home Use. New imp. Svo.
Pp. 250. 1912. Spon. 7s. fid.

Bockmann, F. Celluloid: Its Raw
Material, Manufacture, Properties,
and Uses. Translated from the
German. Cr.Svo. Pp.120. 1907.
Scott, Greenwood. 6s.

151

Applied and Industrial Chemistry,

Bourcart, E. Insecticides, Fungi- Johnstone, S. J., and Russell. A.

cides. and Weed Killers. Trans- The Rare Earth Industry. Their

lated from the French . Demy Svo . Industrial Application and Ex-

Pp.4f>0. 1913. Scott, Greenwood. ploitation. Roy. Svo. Pp. 140.

14.9.64. 1918. Crosby Lockwood . 9s.

Hodgson, H. H, Celluloid: its Knox, J. The Fixation of Atmos-

Manut'acture , Applications, and pheric Nitrogen. New edition in

Substitutes . Translated from the preparation . Gurney and Jackson .
French of Masse Ion, Roberts, and
Cillard . 2nd edn . in preparation .
Griffin.

152

METALLURGY.

i. GENERAL AND
MISCELLANEOUS .

Gower, A. R. An Elementary Text-
book of Practical 'Metallurgy. 2nd
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 164.' 1913.
Chapman and Hall. 4s.

Hiorns, A. H. Principles of Metal-
lurgy. 2nd edn. Gl. Svo. Pp.
404.' 1914. Macmillan. 7s.

• A Text -Book of Elementary

Metallurgy. 2nd edn. Globe Svo.
Pp.242. 1913. Macmillan. 3s. (id.

Practical Metallurgy and Assay-
ing. 2nd edn. Gl. Svo. Pp.514.
1914. Maemillan. 7s.

Huntington, A. K., and McMillan,
W. G, Metals: Their Properties
and Treatment . 3rd edn . Cr . Svo .
Pp.570. 1914. Longmans. 8s. 6d.

MacFarlane , W . Laboratory Notes
on Practical Metallurgy. Cr. Svo.
Pp.152. 1905. Longmans. 3s.

Passivity of Metals, The. Faraday
Society Report, 1914. Demy 8vo'.
Pp. 88. 1914. Faraday Society.
7s. M.

Rhead, E. L. Metallurgy. Fcap.
Svo. Pp. 296. 1919. Longmans.
5s.

Roberts -Austen , Sir W . C . Intro-
duction to Metallurgy. 7th edition
in preparation. Griffin.

Addresses and Scientific Papers,

together with a Record of the Work
of Sir W. C. Roberts -Austen.
Compiled and Edited by S. W.
Smith. Med.Svo. Pp.393. 1914.
Griffin. 25s.

Schnabel, C. Handbook of Metal-
lurgy. Translated and revised by
H. Louis. 2 vols. Svo. Vol. 1.
Copper, Lead, Silver. Gold. 3rd
edn. Pp. 1,195. 1921. 10s. Vol.
2. Zinc, Mercury, Bismuth, Tin,
Antimony, Arsenic, Nickel, Cobalt,
Platinum , Aluminium . 2nd edn .
Pp. 884. 1907. 25s. Macmillan.

Sexton, A. H. A Text-Book of
Elementary Metallurgy: including
the Author's Practical Laboratory
Course. 6th edn. in preparation.
Griffin.

Stansbie , J . H . Elementary Practi-
cal Metallurgy . Cr . Svo . Pp . 160 .

1915. Churchill. 3s. 6d.

Stobbs, T. Weights of Steel Bars,
Sections and Plate Tables. Cr.
Svo. Pp.92. 1920. Spon. 6s. 6d.

Turner, T. Practical Metallurgy.
An Introductory Course for General
Students. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
116. 1919. Griffin. 3s. 6rf.

ii. IRON AND STEEL.

Allen, H. Metallurgical Manual of
Iron and Steel. Cr. Svo. Pp.400.
1911. Technical Pub. Co. 8s.

Carnegie, D., and Gladwyn, S. C.
Liquid Steel : Its Manufacture and
Cost. 2nd edn. Svo. Pp. 552.
1918. Longmans. 32s.

Davies, J. Galvanized Iron. Its
Manufacture and Uses. Svo. Pp.
139. 1914. Spon. 6s.

Ede, G. The Management of Steel.
7th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.216. 1909.
Spon . 6s .

Edwards, C. A. The Physico-
Chemical Properties of Steel.' 2nd
edn. Svo. Pp.293. 1920. Griffin.
21s.

Transformations of Pure Iron,
The. Faraday Society Report.

1916. Demy 8Vo. Pp.' 34. 1916.
Faraday Society. 2s. Qd.

Friend , J . N . The Corrosion of Iron
and Steel. Cr. Svo. Pp. 314.
1911 . Longmans. 7s. Gd.

Greenwood, W. H., and Sexton,
A . H . Iron : Its Sources , Proper-
ties, and Manufacture. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 256. 1918. Cassell. 4s. 6rf.

153

Metallurgy.

Greenwood, W. H., and Sexton,
A. H. Steel: Its Varieties, Prop-
erties , and Manufacture . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 264. 1920. Cassell. 4s. 6d.

Harbord, F. W., and Hall, J. W.
The Metallurgy of Steel. 2 vols.
Large 8vo. Vol. 1. Metallurgy.
Vol. 2. Mechanical Treatment.
7th edn . in preparation . Griffin :

Hatfield, W. H. Cast Iron in the
Light of Recent Research. 2nd
edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 310. 1918.
Griffin. 12s. 6d.

Hear son , H . R . The Manufacture of
Iron and Steel. A Handbook for
Engineering Students, Merchants,
and Users of Iron and Steel. 8vo.
Pp. 103. 1912. Spon. 5s.

Hiorns, A. H. Steel and Iron for
Advanced Students . G 1 . Svo . Pp .
550. 1911. Macmillan. 12s. 6d.

Hood, C. Iron and Steel. Their
Production and Manufacture. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 160. 1911. Pitman.
3s.

Hudson, O. F., and Bengou^h, G.
D. Iron and Steel: An Introduc-
tory Text-Book for Engineers and
Metallurgists. With a section on
Corrosion. 2nd imp. Demy Svo.
Pp.183. 1921. Constable. 1 2s. 6d.

Jeans, J. S. The Iron Trade of
Great Britain. Cr. Svo. Pp. 243.
1906 . Methuen . 5s .

Jones, J. H. The Tin Plate Indus-
try . A Study in Economic Organ -
ization, with special reference to its
relations with the Iron and Steel
Industries. Demy Svo. Pp. 302.
1914. King. 7s. 6d.

Jiiptner, H. F. v. Siderology: The
Science of Iron. (The Constitution
of Iron Alloys and Slags). Trans-
lated from the German . Demy Svo .
Pp . 350 . 1 902 . Scott , Greenwood .
12s. 6d.

Macfarlane , W . The Principles and
Practice of Iron and Steel Manufac-
ture . 5 th edn . Cr . Svo . Pp . 290 .
1917. Longmans . 6s .

Parsons , S . J . Malleable Cast Iron .
2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 187.
1919. Constable*. 14s.

Richards, W. A. The Forging of
Iron and Steel. 2nd edn. Demy
Svo. Pp. 227. 1918. Constable.
7s. 6d.

Sexton, A. H., and Primrose, J.

S . G . The Metallurgy of Iron and

Steel . 2nd edn . Demy Svo . Pp .

600. 1919. Scientific Pub. Co. 15s.
Turner, T. The Metallurgy of Iron.

6th edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 502.

1920. Griffin. 18s.

iii. NON-FERROUS METALS
AND ALLOYS .

Allen, A. W. Mill and Cyanide

Handbook, comprising Tables ,
Formulae, Flow Sheets and Report
Forms, compiled and arranged for
the Use of Metallurgists. Mill Men
and Cyanide Operators. Fcap.
Svo . Pp . 137 . 1918 . Griffin . 6s .
Buchanan, J. F. Brass Founder's
Alloys. Cr. Svo. Pp. 129. 1909.
Spon. 6s.

Collins, H. F. The Metallurgy of

Silver. 2nd edn. in preparation.

Griffin .
The Metallurgy of Lead. 2nd

edn. Svo. Pp.558. 1910. Griffin.

25s.

Downie, J. R. Chemists' Manual of
Non-Ferrous Alloys. Demy Svo.
Pp. 168. 1920. Spon. 10s.

Eissler.. M, The Metallurgy of
Argentiferous Lead. Cr. Svo. Pp.
396. 1891. Crosby Lockwood.
15s.

The Hydro-Metallurgy of Copper.

Svo. Pp. 228. 1902. Crosby
Lockwood. 12s. Gd.

The Metallurgy of Gold. 5th

edn. Svo. Pp. 638. 1900. Cros-
by Lockwood. 25s.

The Metallurgy of Silver. 5th

edn. Cr. Svo/' Pp. 381. 1901.
Crosby Lockwood. 12s. 6d.

Gee, G. ET Recovering Precious
Metals from Waste Liquid Resi-
dues . A Comp lete Workshop Treat-
ise, containing Practical Directions
for the Recovery of Gold, Silver,
and Platinum from every Descrip-
tion of Waste Liquids in the

154

Metallurgy.

Jewellery, Photographic, Electro-
plating Trades. Demy 8vo. Pp.
388. 1920. Spon. 16s.

Gowland, W. Metallurgy of the
Non-Ferrous Metals. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp. 619. 1918. Griffin.
25s.

Gulliver, G. H. A Handbook of
Metallic Alloys: Their Structure
and Constitution. 4th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 467. 1921. Griffin.
15s.

Hiorns, A. H. Mixed Metals or
Metallic Alloys. 3rd edn. Gl.
8vo. Pp.490. 1912. Marmillan.
7s.

Lambert, T. Lead and Its Com-
pounds. Demy 8vo. Pp. 226.
1902. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. Gd.

Law, E. F. Alloys and their Indus-
trial Applications. 4th edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 352. 1919. Griffin. 15s.

Lones, T. E. Zinc and Its Alloys.
Cr.Svo. Pp.136. 1919. Pitman.
3s,

Mortimer, G. Aluminium. Its

Manufacture, Manipulation and

Marketing. Cr. Svo. Pp. 160.
1920. Pitman. 3s.

Park, J. The Cyanide Process of
Gold Extraction.' A Text -Book for
the use of Metallurgists and Stu-
dents. 5th edn. Large Cr. Svo.
Pp.347. 1913. Griffin. 10s. 6d.

Pattison, .T. T. The Manufacture of
Aluminium. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 112.
1919. Spon. 7s. Gd.

Pi card, H. K. Copper. From the
Ore to the Metal. Cr. Svo. Pp.
139. 1916. Pitman. 3s.

Rose, Sir T. K. The Metallurgy of

Gold. 6th edn. Large Svo. Pp.

620. 1915. Griffin. 25s.
The Precious Metals : comprising

Gold, Silver, and Platinum. Cr.

Svo. Pp. 311. 1909. Constable.

7s. Gd.

Sexton , A . H . Alloys : Non -Ferrous .

Demy Svo. Pp. 298. 1908.

Scientific Pub. Co. 7s. Gd.
and Primrose, J. S. G. The

Common Metals: Non-ferrous. The

Metallurgy of Copper, Tin, Zinc,

Lead, Antimony. Aluminium and
Nickel. Demy Svo. Pp. 500.
1909. Scientific Pub. Co. 10s.
Smith, E. A. The Zinc Industry.
Svo. Pp. 232. 1918. Longmans.
10s. Gd.

Smythe , J . A . Lead , Including Lead
Pigments and the Desilverisation of
Lead. Cr. Svo. Pp. 128. 1920.
Pitman . 3s .

Stokes, R., White, H. A., Calde-
cott, W, A., and other contri-
butors. Rand Metallurgical Prac-
tice. Svo. Vol. 1. Pp. 468.
1913. 25s. Vol.2. 2nd edn. Pp.
462. 1919. 25s. Griffin.

Wang, G. Y. Antimony: Its His-
tory, Chemistry, Mineralogy, Geo-
logy, Metallurgy, Uses, Prepara-
tion, Analysis, Production and
Valuation, with complete Biblio-
graphy. 2nd edn. Large Svo.
Pp. 227. 1919. Griffin. 15s.

White, B. Silver: its Intimate
Association with the Daily Life of
Man. Cr. Svo. Pp. 155. 1920.
Pitman. 3s.

Gold , its Place in the Economy

of Mankind. Cr. Svo. Pp. 142\.
1920. Pitman. 3s.

iv. ELECTRO -METALLURGY.

Electric Furnaces . Faraday Society
Report, 1918. Demy Svo. Pp.
37 and Plates. 1918. Faraday
Society. 3s. Gd.

Kershaw, J. B. G. Electro-Metal-
lurgy. Ex. Cr. Svo. Pp. 318.
1908. Constable. 7s. Gd.

Electro-Thermal Methods of Iron

and Steel Production. Demy Svo.
Pp.252. 1913. Constable. * 9s.

McMillan, W. G., and Cooper, W.
R. A Treatise on Electro-Metal-
lurgy. 4th edn. in preparation.
Griffin.

Rideal, E. K. Industrial Electro-
metallurgy, including Electrolytic
and Electrothermal Processes.
Demy Svo. Pp. 260. 1918.
Bailliere. 10s. Gd.

155

Metallurgy.

v. ANALYSIS AND ASSAYING.

Arnold, J. O., and Ibbotson. F.
Steel Works Analysis. A Practical
.Handbook for Engineers and Metal-
lurgists. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
468. 1919. Pitman. 12,v. 6d.

Beringer, J. J., and G. A Text-
Book of Assaying : for the use of
Students, Mine Managers, Assayers,
etc . 1 5 th edn . Cr . 8 vo . Pp . 4*7 .
1921. Griffin. 12s. 6d.

Brown, W. L. Manual of Assaying
Gold, Silver, Copper, and Lead
Ores. New edition. Revised and
enlarged with a Chapter on the
Assaying of Fuels by A . B . Griffiths .
Cr. 8vo Pp. 352.' 1904. Heine-
mann. 7s. Qd.

Ibbotson, F. The Chemical Analy-
sis of Steel-Works' Materials. Demy
8vo. Pp. 304. 1920. Longmans.
21s.

and Aitchison, L. The Analy-
sis of Non -Ferrous Alloys. New
edition in preparation . Longmans .

Macfarlane, W. A Practical Guide
to Iron and Steel Works Analyses,
with Supplement, being selections
from "Laboratory Notes on Iron
and Steel Analyses." 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.350/ 1920. Longmans.
9s.

MacLeod, W. A., and Walker, C.

Metallurgical Analysis and Assay-
ing: A Three Years' Course for
Students of Schools of Mines.
Large 8vo . Pp . 330 . 1903 . Gri Inn .
15s.

Morgan. J. J. Aids to the Analysis
and Assay of Ores, Metals, Fuels,
etc . 2nd edn . Fcap . 8vo . Pp . 140 .
1915. Bailliere. 3s.

Quantitative Metallurgical Analy-
sis . Tables for Laboratory Use ;
on the Principle of "Group"
Separations. 2nd edn. in prepara-
tion. Griffin.

Park. J. Practical Assaying. For
the Use of Mining Schools, Miners,
and Metallurgists. 5th edn. Large
Cr. 8vo. Pp.354. 1918. Griffin.

Phillips, H. J. Gold Assaying. A
Practical Handbook for the accurate
Assay of Auriferous Ores and Bulli-
on , and the Chemical Tests required
in the Processes of Extraction . Cr.
8vo. Pp.150. 1904. Crosby Lock -
wood. 8s. 6rf.

Pickard , J . A . Modern Steel Analy-
sis. A Selection of Practical
Methods for the Chemical Analysis
of Steel. Cr.Svo. Pp.136. 1914.
Churchill. 5s.

Smith, E. A. The Sampling and
Assay of the Precious Metals : Com-
prising Gold. Silver and Platinum,
in Ores . Bullion and Products . Med .
8vo. Pp.475. 1913. Griffin. 18s.

Wraight, E. A. Assaying in Theory
and Pract ice . Demy 8 vo . Pp . 324 .
1914. Arnold. 10s. 6rf.

vi. METALLOGRAPHY.

Desch, G. H. Metallography. New
impression in the Press . Longmans .

Intermetallic Compounds. 8vo.

Pp. 122. 1914. Longmans. 5s.

Giua, M., and Giua-Lollini, C.
Chemical Combination among
Metals. Translated by G. W.
Robinson. 8vo. Pp, 356. 1918.
Churchill. 21s.

Goerens,P. Introduction to Metal-
lography . Translated by F . Ibbot-
son. 8vo. Pp.224. 1908. Long-
mans . 9s .

Hiorns, A. H. Metallography. Gl.
8vo. Pp. 172. 1902. Macmillan.
7s.

Mellor, J. W. The Crystallisation
of Iron and Steel : an Introduction
to the Study of Meta 1 lography . New
imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1918.
Longmans. 8s. 6d.

Osmond, F., and Stead, J. E. The
Microscopic Analysis of Metals.
2nd edn . Revised and Corrected by
by L. P. Sidney. Large Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 330. 1913. Griffin. 10s. 6d.

Rosenhain, W. An Introduction to
the Study of Physical Metallurgy.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 390.
1919. Constable. 12s. Orf.

156

Metallurgy.

Savoia , H . Metallography Applied to
Siderurgic Products . Translated by
R. C. Corbet. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 180.
1910. Spon. 6s.

vii. HEAT TREATMENT OF
METALS .

B rear ley , H . The Heat Treatment of
Tool Steel. A Description of the
Physical Changes and Properties in-
duced in Tool Steel by Heating and
Cooling Operations . New imp . 8vo .
Pp.240. 1918. Longmans. 1 2s. 6d.

The Case-Hardening of Steel.

An Illustrated Exposition of the
Changes in Structure and Properties
induced in Steels by Cementation
and Allied Processes. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 218. 1921.
Longmans. 16s.

Reiser , F . The Hardening and Tem-
pering of Steel in Theory and Prac-
tice. Translated from the German .
2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.120. 1918.
Scott , Greenwood . 6s .

viii . FOUNDRY WORK .

Bower, C.O. Practical Shell Forg-
ing and the Plastic Deformation of
Steel and its Heat Treatment . Roy.
8vo. Pp. 301. 1919. Library
Press . 30s .

Brearley, A. W.,andH. Ingots and
Ingot Moulds. 8vo. Pp.234. 1918.
Longmans . 1 6s .

Buchanan , J . F . The Moulder's Dic-
tionary (Foundry Nomenclature).
Cr.Svo. Pp. 233." 1912. Spon. 6s.

Dichmann, G. The Basic Open-
Hearth Steel Process. Translated
by A. Reynolds. 2nd imp. Demy
8vo. Pp. 346. 1920. Constable.
12s. 6d.

Horner, J. Brassfounding. Demy
8vo. Pp.182. 1918. Emmott. 5*.

Practical Ironfounding . 4th edn .

Cr.Svo. Pp.409. 191 4. Pitman.
10s.

McWilliam, A., and Longmuir, P.
General Foundry Practice : A Prac-
tical Handbook for Iron, Steel and
Brass Founders, Metallurgists, and
Students of Metallurgy. 3rd edn.
8vo. Pp.391. 1920. Griffin. 18s.

Morgan 5 J. J. Notes on Foundry
Practice . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
138. 1920. Griffin. 4s. 6d.

- Blast Furnace Practice. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 54. 1916.
Griffin. 2s. 6d.

Purves , A . The Brass Moulder Illus-
trated. A Practical Guide. Cr»
8vo. Pp. 165. 1915. Spon. 5s.

Rhead, E. L. The Principles and
Practice of Ironfounding. Demy
8vo. Pp. 512. 1910. Scientific
Pub. Co. 7s.6rf.

Roxburgh, W. General Foundry
Practice. A Treatise on General
Iron Founding, Job Loam Practice,
Moulding and Casting of Finer
Metals, 'etc. 2nd edn. Ex. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 307. 1919. Constable.
8s. M.

Sexton, A. H. Principles of Iron
Founding and Foundry Metallo-
graphy. Cr.Svo. Pp.330. 1911.
Teehnk-al Pub. Co. 8s.

Sharp , J . Modern Foundry Practice .
Dealing with the Green-Sand , Dry-
Sand and Loam Moulding Processes,
the materials used, also detailed
descriptions of the machinery and
other appliances employed. 2nd
edn . New imp . 8vo . " Pp . 760 .
1918. Spon. 24s.

Turner, T. Lectures on Iron Found-
ing . 2nd edn . Extra Cr . Svo . Pp .
146. 1911. Griffin. 4*.

157

MILITARY SCIENCE AND
ENGINEERING.

Hicks, J. W. The Theory of the
Rifle and Rifle Shooting, An Ele-
mentary Treatise on the Scientific
Principles of the Small-Arm and its
Functions. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 148.
1919. Griffin. 5s.

Noble, Sir A. Artillery and Explo-
sives . Essays and Lectures written
and Delivered at various times.
Med.Svo. Pp.548. 1906. Murray.
255.

Pollard, H. Automatic Pistols.
DemySvo. Pp.110. 1920. Pitman.
6s.

Rausenberger, F. The Theory of
the Recoil of Guns with Recoil
Cylinders. Translated by A. Slater.
Demy 8vo . Pp . 154 . 1909 . Crosby
Lockwood. 12s. Qd.

Sydenham , Lord . Fortification : its
past Achievements, Recent Devel-
opments, and Future Progress. 2nd
edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 312. 1907.
Murray . 24s .

Thomsen , G . F The Field Artillery
Officers' Handbook. Oblong Fcap.
8vo. Pp.48. 1«)18. Spon. 5*.

158

ASTRONOMY.

i. HISTORICAL AND
BIOGRAPHICAL.

Ball, Sir R. S. Great Astronomers.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 371. Pitman.
7s. Qd.

Berry , A . A Short History of Astron-
omy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 440. 1898.
Murray. 7s. Qd.

Dreyer, J. L. E. History of the
Planetary Systems from Thales to
Kepler. Demy 8vo. Pp. 432.
1906 . Cambridge University Press .
12s. Qd.

Forbes, G. History of Astronomy.
New edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.163. 1921.
Watts. 3s. Qd.

Heath , Sir T . Aristarchus of Samos ,
the Ancient Copernicus . A History
of Greek Astronomy to Aristarchus ,
together with his Treatise on the
sixes and distances of the Sun and
Moon : a new Greek Text with Trans-
lation and Notes. Med. 8vo. Pp.
434. 1913. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 18s.

Schiaparelli , G. Astronomy in the
Old Testament. Authorized Trans-
lation, with many corrections and
additions. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 186.
1905. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
4s.

ii. GENERAL AND COMPRE-
HENSIVE TREATISES.

Ball, Sir R. S. Elements of Astron-
omy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 484. 1917.
Longmans. 8s.

A Treatise on Spherical Astron-
omy. DemySvo. Pp.518. 1908.
Cambridge University Press. 14s.

A Primer of Astronomy. Re-
issue. Fcap.Svo. Pp. 236. 1918.
Cambridge University Press . 3s .

The Story of the Heavens . Med .

8vo. Pp.568. Cassell. 15s.

Ball, Sir R. S. A Popular Guide to
the Heavens . 3rd edn . Small 4to .
Pp. 96 and 82 Plates. 1910.
Geo. Philip. 15s.

In the High Heavens . A popular

account of recent interesting Astron-
omical events and phenomena.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 381. Pitman.
7s. 6d.

Barlow, C. W. C., and Bryan, G.
H. Elementary Mathematical As-
tronomy . 2nd "edn . 4th imp . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 456. 1919. University
Tutorial Press. 9s. Qd.

Chambers , G . F . Astronomy . Fcap .
8vo. Pp. 360. N.D. Hutchinson.
7s. Qd.

Astronomy : for general readers .

Cr . 8 vo . Pp . 268 . 1918. Pitman .
4s.

and Smyth, W. H. A Cycle of

Celestial Objects. Observed, re-
duced and discussed. 8vo. Pp.
720. 1881. Oxford: Clarendon
Press . 6s .

Chapman, R. W. The Elements of

Astronomy for Surveyors . Cr . 8vo .

Pp.257. 1919. Griffin. 5s.
Dolmage , G . G . Astronomy of To-

Day. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 363. 1919.

See ley. 7s. Qd.
Dyson , Sir F . W . Astronomy . Large

Fcap. 8vo. Pp.247. Dent. 3s. Qd.
A Primer of Astronomy . Fcap .

8vo. Pp.118. Dent. 2s.

Godfray, H. A Treatise on Astron-
omy. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 336.

4th edn.
1906 . Macmillan .

12s. Qd.

Hinks, A. R. Astronomy. Fcap.

8vo. Pp. 256. 1919. Williams

& Norgate. 2s. Qd.
Lockyer , Sir N . Elementary Lessons

in Astronomy. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.

416. 1919. Macmillan. 6s. Qd.
Inorganic Evolution as studied

by Spectrum Analysis. 8vo. Pp.

208. 1900. Macmillan. 5s.

159

Astronomy.

Lockyer, Sir N. Stonehenge and
other British Stone Monuments
Astronomically considered. 2nd
edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 516. 1909.
Macmillan. 14s.

The Meteoritic Hypothesis of the

Origin of Cosmical Systems. 8vo.
Pp. 576. 1890. Macmillan. 17s.

Maunder , E . W . Astronomy without
a Telescope . 3rd imp . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 288. 1904. Thacker. 7s.

Newcomb , S . Astronomy for Every-
body . Demy 8vo . Pp . 341 .
Pitman. 7s. Qd.

Parker , G . W . Elements of Astron-
omy. 5th edn. 8vo. Pp. 264.
1916 . Longmans . 8s .

Plummer, H. C. An Introductory
Treatise on Dynamical Astronomy.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1918. Cam-
bridge University Press. 18s.

Proctor, R. A. Light Science for
Leisure Hours : Familiar Essays on
Scientific Subjects, Natural Phen-
omena, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 324.
1919. Longmans. 6s. 6rf.

- Our Place Among Infinities .
Essays contrasting our Little Abode
in Space and Time with the Infin-
ities around us . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 296 .
1908. Longmans. 6s.

Stirling , W . New Theories in Astron-
omy. DemySvo. Pp.336. 1906.
Spon. 8s. Qd.

Tancock, E. O. The Elements of
Descriptive Astronomy. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 158. 1920. Oxford:
Clarendon Press . 3s .

Turner, H. H. Astronomical Dis-
covery. DemySvo. Pp.237. 1904.
Arnold. 10s. Qd.

Webb, T. W. Celestial Objects for
Common Telescopes. 6th edn.
revised by T. E. Espin. 2 vols. Cr.
8vo. 1917. Vol.1. Pp.273. Vol.
2. Pp. 328. Longmans. 8s.
each Vol.

iii. THE MOON.

Brown, E. W. An Introductory
Treatise on the Lunar Theory . Roy .
8vo. Pp. 300. 1896. Cambridge
University Press . 15s .

Brown, E. W. The Inequalities in
the Motion of the Moon due to the
direct Action of the Planets. Roy.
8vo. Pp.106. 1908. Cambridge
University Press . 6s.

Godfray , H . An Elementary Treatise
on the Lunar Theory . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
136. 1885. Macmillan. 5s. Qd.

Pickering, W. H. The Moon. A
Summary of the Existing Knowledge
of our Satellite, with a complete
Photographic Atlas. Large Rov.
4to . Pp . 103 and 88 Plates . 1 904 .
Murray. 52s. Qd.

Proctor , R . A . The Moon : Her Mo-
tions, Aspect, Scenery and Phys-
ical Condition. 8th imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 326. 1916. Longmans. 6s.

iv. SOLAR AND STELLAR.

Ball, Sir R. S. In Starry Realms:
The Wonders of the Heavens . Demy
8vo. Pp.371. Pitman. 10s. Qd.

Chambers , G . F . The Story of the
Comets . 2r/d edn . 8vo . Pp . 288 .
1910 . Oxford : Clarendon Press . 6s .

Clark , L . , and Sadler , H . The Star
Guide. Royal 8vo. Pp. 64.1886.
Macmillan. 5s.

Darwin, Sir G. H. The Tides and
Kindred Phenomena of the Solar
System. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
437. 1911. Murray. 9s.

Eddington, A. S. Stellar Move-
ments and the Structure of the Uni-
verse. 8vo. Pp.278. 1914. Mac-
millan . 7s. Qd.

Grew , E . S . The Growth of a Planet .
Cr.Svo. Pp.364. 1911. Methuen.
7s. Qd.

Jeans , J . H . Problems of Cosmogony
and Stellar Dynamics. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 302. 1919. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 21s.

Lockyer , Sir N . Recent and Coming
Eclipses. Svo. Pp. 252. 1900.
Macmillan. 6s.

The Sun 's Place in Nature . Svo .

Pp. 376. 1897. Macmillan. 12s.

Sampson, R. A. The Sun. Roy.
16mo. Pp. 141. 1914. Cambridge
University Press . 2s. Qd.

160

Astronomy.

Young, C. A, The Sun. 4th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 387. 1910. Kegan
Paul. 7s. 6d.

v. ASTRONOMICAL
ATLASES .

Cottam , A . Charts of the Constella-
tions . Imp . 4to . Pp . 327 . Stan -
ford . 7s .

Heath , Sir T . The Twentieth Century
Atlas of Popular Astronomy. 2nd
edn. Imperial 8vo. Pp.130, and
21 coloured Plates. 1908. John-
ston. 10s.

Miremont, Comte de. Popular
Star Maps. A Rapid and Easy
Method of Finding the Principal
Stars. Portfolio. Large 4to. Geo.
Philip. 20s.

Orr, M. A. Stars of the Southern
Skies. Cr.8vo. Pp. 104. 1915.
Longmans. 3s. 6rf.

Proctor, R. A. Large Star Atlas for
Observers and Students. In 12
Circular Maps. 7th edn. Folio.
Pp.60. 1914. Longmans. 17s. 6rf.

New Star Atlas for the Library ,

the School and the Observatory , In
Twelve Circular Maps. 23rd imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 3915. Long-
mans. 6s. 6d.

Half Hours with the Stars: a

Plain and Easy Guide to the Know-
ledge of the Constellations . Show-
ing in 12 Maps the position of the
principal Star Groups in the North-
ern Hemisphere night after night
throughout each year . 4to . Long-
mans . 5s .

Turner , H . H . The Great Star Map .
Being a Brief General Account of the
International Project known as the
Astrographic Chart . Cr. 8vo. Pp.
159. 1911. Murray. 3s. 6d.

Weather head, R. The Star Pocket-
book, or How to Find Your Way
at Night by the Stars . 16mo . Pp .
92. 1917. Longmans. 2s. 6rf.

161

METEOROLOGY.

Abercromby , R . Weather : a Popu-
lar Exposition of the Nature of
Weather Changes from Day to Day .
6th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 491. 1907.
Kegan Paul . 7s . 6rf .

Allingham , W . Marine Meteorology .
for officers of the Merchant Navy.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 198.1917.
Griffin . 9s .

Beattie , J . G . Report of a Magnetic
Survey of South Africa . Med . 4to .
Pp. 245. 1909. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 20s.

Berry, A., J. The Atmosphere . Roy.
16mo. Pp. 147. 1913. Cam-
bridge University Press . 2s. Of/.

Blanford, H. F. A Practical Guide
to the Climates and Weather of

. India , Ceylon , and Burmah , and the
Storms of Indian Seas . 8vo . Pp .
384. 1889. Macmillan. 15s.

Bonacina, L. C. W. Climatic Con-
trol. 2nd edn. Sm.Cr.8vo. Pp.
167. 1915. Black. 3s. Qd.

Brown, C. Meteorology for Masters
and Mates. 5th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 96. 1920. James Brown.
3s.6rf.

Cave , C . J . P . The Structure of the
Atmosphere in Clear Weather. A
Study of Soundings with Pilot
Balloons. Demy 4to. Pp. 156.
1913 . Cambridge University Press .
12s. Qd.

Chapman, E. H. The Study of the
Weather. Cr.Svo. Pp. 144.1919.
Cambridge University Press . 4s .

Chatley , H . The Force of the Wind .
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 91. 1919.
Griffin. 3s. Qd.

Chree, C. Studies in Terrestrial
Magnetism. 8vo. Pp. 214. 1912.
Macmillan. 6s. Qd.

Clarke, G. A. Clouds. A Descrip-
tive Illustrated Guide-Book to
the Observation and Classification
of Clouds. Demy 8vo. Pp. 152
and 40 Plates. 1920. Constable.
21s.

Dickson, H. N. Climate and
Weather. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 256.
1911. Williams & Norgate . 2s . 6d .

Elgie, J. H. Elgie's Weather Book
for the General Reader. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.263. 1920. Wireless Press . 5s .

Geddes, A. E. M. Meteorology.
An Introductory Treatise. Demy
8vo. Pp. 410. 1921. Blackie.
21s.

Hep worth , M . W . C . Notes on Mari-
time Meteorology . Demy 8vo . Pp .
90. 1907. Geo. Philip. 2s. Gd.

Horner , D . W . Meteorology for All :
being some Weather Problems ex-
plained. Cr.Svo. Pp.200. 1919.
Witherby . 6s .

Knox , A . The Cl imate of the Contin-
ent of Africa . Roy . Svo . Pp . 563 .
1911 . Cambridge University Press .
26s.

Lempfert, R. G. K. Meteorology.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 196. 1920. Methuen.
7s. Qd.

Moore, Sir J. W. Meteorology:
Practical and Applied. 2nd edn.
Demy Svo. Pp. 450. 1910.
Heinemann. 10s. Qd.

Rambaut , A . A . Results of Meteoro-
logical Observations made at the
Radcliffe Observatory, Oxford, in
the years 1911 to 1915. Roy. Svo.
Pp. 232. 1916. Oxford Univer-
sity Press. 15s.

Scott , R . H . Elementary Meteorolo-
gy. 9th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.424.
1918. Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

162

Meteorology.

Shaw , Sir W . N . Manual of Meteor- Taylor , G . Australian Meteorology :

ology. Part IV. The Relation of A Text-book, including sections on

the Wind to the Distribution of Aviation and Climatology. 8vo.

Barometric Pressure. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 324. 1920. Oxford: Claren-

Pp. 176. 1919. Cambridge Uni- don Press. 12s. Qd.
versity Press . 12s . Gd .

Forecasting Weather. DemySvo. Waldo, F. Modern Meteorology.

2nd edn. in preparation. Con- Cr- 8vo. Scott Pub. Co. 5s.
stable .

Stacey, W. F. Practical Exercises
on the Weather and Climate of the
British Isles and North -West Eu-
rope. Large Cr.Svo. Pp. 64. 1919.
Cambridge University Press. 2s. 9d.

163

MINERALOGY.

i. GENERAL.

Cole , G . A . J . Outlines of Mineral-
ogy for Geological Students. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 348. 1913. Long-
mans . 6s .

Evans, J. W. The Determination of
Minerals under the Microscope by
Means of their Optical Characters.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 34 and Plates.
1915. Murby. 2s. Qd.

Hatch , F . H . Mineralogy . 5th edn .
Cr.Svo. Pp. 250. 1916. Pitman.
6s.

McGrigor , G . D . Field Analysis of
Minerals : for the Prospector, Mining
Engineer, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 86.
1915. Technical Bookshop. 3s. Qd.

Miers, Sir H. A. Mineralogy: An
Introduction to the Scientific Study
of Minerals. New edn. in the
Press. Macmillan.

Rutley, F. Elements of Mineralogy.
Revised by H . H . Read . New edn .
Cr.Svo. Pp. 416. 1918. Murby.
6s.

Smith, H. G. Minerals and the
Microscope. An Introduction to
the Study of Petrology . 2nd edn .
Cr.Svo. Pp. 128. 1919. Murby.
5s.

Spencer, L. J. The World's Miner-
als. A description of the more
common minerals, and a few other
important species ; with 163 coloured
figures. Demy 8vo. Pp. 340.
1920. Chambers. 20s.

ii. CRYSTALLOGRAPHY.

Beale, Sir W. P. An Amateur's
Introduction to Crystallography
from Morphological Observations.
8vo. Pp. 228. 1915. Longmans.
4s. 6d.

Bragg, Sir W. H., and W. L. X-
Rays and Crystal Structure. 5th
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 229. 1918
Bell. 10s. Qd.

Fock , A . Introduction to Chemical
Crystallography. Translated and
edited by Sir W. J. Pope. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 206. 1895. Oxford: Claren-
don Press. 5s.

Groth , P . An Introduction to Chem-
ical Crystallography. Translated
by H.Marshall. Cr.Svo. Pp.136.
1906 . Gurney & Jackson . 4s .

Hilton, H. Mathematical Crystallo-
graphy, and the Theory of "Groups
and Movements; with'an Account
of the Geometrical Theory of Crystal
Structure. 8vo. Pp. 274. 1903.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 14s.

Lewis , W . J . A Treatise on Crystal lo -
graphy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 624.
1 899 . Cambridge University Press .
16s.

Story -Maskelyne, N. Crystallo-
graphy . A Treatise . Cr . Svo . Pp .
534. 1893. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 12s. Qd.

Tutton,A. E. H. Crystallography
and Practical Crystal Measurement .
Svo. Pp. 946. 1911. Macmillan.
40s.

Crystals. Cr. Svo. Pp. 311.

1911. Kegan Paul . 7s . Qd .

iii. ECONOMIC MINERALOGY.

Anderson , J . W . Prospector's Hand-
book . A Guide for the Prospector in
search of metal -bearing or other
valuable minerals. 13th edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 207. 1919. Crosby
Lockwood . 5s .

164

Mineralogy.

Beyschlag, F., Vogt, J. H. L., and
Krusch, P. The Deposits of the
Useful Minerals and Rocks; their
Origin, Form and Content. Trans-
lated by S . J . Truscott . In 3 Vols .
8vo. Vol.1. Pp. 542. 1914.21s.
Vol. 2. Pp. 760. 1916. 255.
Vol . 3 . in preparation . Macmillan .

Cahen, E., and Wootton, W. O.

The Mineralogy of the Rarer Metals .
A Handbook for Prospectors. 2nd
edn. Pocket Size. Pp. 246.1920.
Griffin. 10s. Qd.

Calvert , A . F . Mineral Resources of
Minas Geraes (Brazil). 8vo. Pp.
100 and 127 Plates. 1915. Spon.
9s.

Collins, J. H. Observations on the
West of England Mining Region.
An Account of the Mineral Deposits
and Economic Geology of Cornwall.
Fcap.4to. Pp.683. 1912. Tech-
nical Bookshop. 21s.

Corder, G. A. The Miner's Geology
and Prospector's Guide, for Stu-
dents , Miners , Prospectors , and Ex-
plorers. Cr.Svo. Pp.224. 1914.
Spon. 6s.

Cox , S . H . Prospecting for Minerals .
A Practical Handbook for Prospect-
ors, Explorers, Settlers, and all
interested in the Opening up and
Development of New Lands. 7th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 271. 1918.
Griffin . 5s .

Crook, T. Economic Mineralogy. A
Practical Guide to the Study of Use-
ful Minerals . Demy 8vo . Pp . 504 .
1921. Longmans. 25s.

Curtis, A. H. Manganese Ores.
(Imperial Institute Monographs on
Mineral Resources). Demy 8vo.
Pp. 128. 1919. Murray. 3s. Qd.

Davies, G. M. Tin Ores. (Imper-
ial Institute Monographs on Min-
eral Resources). Demv 8vo. Pp.
121. 1919. Murray. "3s. Qd.

Duly, S. J. The Natural Wealth of
Britain: Its Origin and Exploita-
tion. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1919.
Hodder & Stoughton. 6s.

Fairie , J . Notes on Lead Ores : Their
Distribution and Properties. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 64. 1901. Scott,
Greenwood. Is.

Ghambashidze, D. Mineral Re-
sources of Georgia and Caucasia.
Manganese Industry of Georgia.
8vo. Pp. 182. 1919. Allen &
Unwin. 8s. Qd.

Goodchild, W. Precious Stones.
With a Chapter on Artificial Stones .
Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 319. 1908.
Constable. 7s. Qd.

Hall,T.C.F. Lead Ores. (Imper-
ial Institute Monographs on Min-
eral Resources) . Demy 8vo. Pp.
137. 1921. Murray. 6s.

Lumb , A . D . The Platinum Metals :
(Monographs on Mineral Resources
with Special reference to the British
Empire). Demy 8vo. Pp. 73.
1920. Murray . 3s . Qd .

Mastin, J. The Chemistry, Proper-
ties, and Tests of Precious Stones.
Fcap. 16mo. Pp. 114. 1911.
Spon. 5s.

Merritt, W. H. A Practical Manual
of Field Testing for Gold and Silver .
2nd edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 154.
1911. Crosby Lockwood . 6s .

Rankin , D . J . Prospecting for Gold .
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 192. 1901.
Crosby Lockwood . 7s. Qd.

Rastall , R . H . , and Wilcockson , W .
H . Tungsten Ores . (Monographs on
Mineral Resources with special
Reference to the British Empire).
DemySvo. Pp. 90. 1920. Murray.
3s. Qd.

Ronaldson , J . H . Coal . (Monographs
on Mineral Resources with special
reference to the British Empire).
8vo. Pp. 175. 1920. Murray.

Smith, G. F. H. Gem-Stones, and
their distinctive characters. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 326. 1919.
Methuen. 7s.Qd.

Stokes , R . S . G . Mines and Minerals
of the British Empire. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 423. 1908. Arnold. 15s.

Summers, A. I... Asbestos and the
Asbestos Industry. The World's
Most Wonderful Mineral ; and other
Fire -proof Materials. Cr.Svo. Pp.
116. 1919. Pitman. 3s.

165

GEOLOGY.

i. GENERAL.

Bird, C. Elementary Geology. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 260. 1913. Longmans.

5s.
Advanced Geology. A Manual

for Students in Advanced Classes

and for General Readers. Cr. 8vo.

Pp. 438. 1911. Longmans. 7s. 6d.

Chamberlin, T. C., and Salisbury,
R. D. Geology. 3 Vols. Demy
8vo . Vol . 1 . Processes and their
Results . Vol . 2 . Earth History —
Genesis — Palaeozoic. Pp. 692. 1919.
Vol . 3 . Earth History — Mesozoic —
Cenozoic. Pp.624. 1909. Murray.
25s. each.

Geology. Shorter Course . Demy

8vo . Murray . 25s .

eole,G.A.J. Aids in Practical Geo-
logy. With a Section on Palaeon-
tology. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
447/1919. Griffin. 10s. 6d.

Open-Air Studies in Geology : An

Introduction to Geology Out-of-
doors. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
334. 1902. Griffin. 8s. Qd.

Common Stones ; Unconventional

Essays in Geology. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
259. 1921. Melrose. 6s.

Gardiner , C . J . An Introduction to
Geology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 186.
1914. Bell. 3s. 6d.

Geikie , Sir A . Text-Book of Geology ,
4th edn . 2 Vols . Med . 8vo . Pp .
724., 778. 1903. Macmillan. 30s.

Class Book of Geology . 5th edn .

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 480. 1919. Mac-
millan. 7s. Qd.

Outlines of Field Geology. 5th

edn. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 276. 1912.
Macmillan. 3s. 6d.

Geikie, J. Structural and Field Geo-
logy. For Students of Pure and
Applied Science. 4th edn. 8vo.
Pp. 478. 1920. Oliver & Boyd.
24s.

Geikie . J . Outlines of Geology : for
Junior Students and General
Readers. 4th edn. Large Post
8vo. Pp. 424. Stanford. 12s.

Green, A. H. First Lessons in Mod-
ern Geology. Edited by J.F.Blake.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 220. 1898. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 4s.

Gregory , J . W . Geology of To-Day .
Cr.Svo. Pp. 328. 1919. Seeley.
7s. Gd.

A Primer of Geology. Fcap.

8vo. Pp. 140. Dent. 2s.

Judd, J. W. (edited by). The Stu-
dent's Lyell. The Principles and
Methods of Geology, as applied to
the Investigation of the Past History
of the Earth and its Inhabitants.
2nd edn . Large Cr . 8vo . Pp . 645 .
1911. Murray. 12s.

Lake, P., and Rastall, R. H. A
Text Book of Geology. 3rd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. *522. 1920.
Arnold. 21s.

Lapworth, G. Intermediate Text-
book of Geology. 12th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 431. Blackwood.7s.6df.

Marr, J. E. An Introduction to Geo-
logy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 238. 1905.
Cambridge University Press. 4s. 6d.

Park, J. A Text-book of Geology.
2nd edn. in preparation. Griffin.

Reed, F. R. C. The Geology of the
British Empire. 8vo. Pp. 488.
1921. Arnold. 40s.

Roberts, R. D. An Introduction to
Modern Geology. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
270. 1906. Murray. 6s.

Sorsbie, R. F. Geology for Engin-
eers. Cr.Svo. Pp. 450. 1911.
Griffin. 12s. 6d.

166

Geology.

Wallace, A. R. Island Life, or the
Phenomena and Causes of Insluar
Faunas and Floras. Including a
revision and attempted solution of
the problem of geological climates.
Extra Cr. 8vo. Pp. 584. 1911.
Macmillan. 8s. 6d.

Watts , W . W . Geology for Beginners .
3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 370.
1920. Maomillan. 3s. 6d.

ii. HISTORY.

Geikie, Sir A. Charles Darwin as
Geologist . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 91 . 1 909 .
Cambridge University Press . 2s .

- The Founders of Geology. 2nd
edn. 8vo. Pp. 486. 1905. Mac-
millan. 10s.

Woodward, H. B. History of Geo-
logy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1911.
Watts. 3s. Ctd.

Zittel . K . A . von . History of Geology
and Palaeontology. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
562.1901. Scott Pub. Co. 7s. 6d.

iii. SEISMOLOGY AND
ENDOGENETIG STRUCTURES .

Anderson, T. Volcanic Studies in
Many Lands. 1st Series (out of
print). 2nd Series. The Text by
Prof. T. G. Bonney. Cr. 4to.
Murray. 15s.

Bonney. T. G. Volcanoes: their
Structure and Significance. Large
Cr.Svo. Pp. 379. 1912. Murray.
9s.

Davison. C. The Origin of Earth-
quakes. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 144.
1912 . Cambridge L^niversity Press .
2s. 6d.

A Manual of Seismology . Demy

8vo. Pp. 268. 1921. Cambridge
University Press . 21s .

— — A Study of Recent Earthquakes .
Cr . 8vo . Scott Pub . Co . 7s . 6d .

Fisher, O. Physics of the Earth's
Crust. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 472.
1889. Macmillan. 12s.

Geikie ,Sir A . The Ancient Volcanoes
of Great Britain . 2 vols . Super
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 502., 508. 1897.
Macmillan. 36s.

Gregory, J. Wr. The Nature and

Origin of Fiords . Demy 8vo . Pp .

542. 1913. Murray. 2U.
The Making of the Earth . I- cap .

8vo. Pp. 256. 1912. Williams

& Norgate. 2s. Gd.

Hull , E . Volcanoes , Past and Present .
Cr.Svo. Scott Pub. Co. 5s.

Judd, J. W. Volcanoes: what they
are and what they teach . 7th edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 389. 1907. Kegan
Paul. 7s. Gd.

Knott , C . G . Physics of Earthquake
Phenomena. 8vo. Pp.296. 1908.
Oxford : Clarendon Press . 14s .

Love, A. E. H. Some Problems of
Geodynamics. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
189. " 1911 . Cambridge University
Press. 16s.

Milne, J, Earthquakes and other
Earth Movements. 6th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.404. 1913. Kegan Paul.
7s. 6rf.

Seismology. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.

Pp. 345. 1908. Kegan Paul.
7s. Gd.

Schwarz , E . H . L . Causal Geology .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 248. 1910.
Blackie. 7s. Gd.

Suess, E. The Face of the Earth.
Translated by H. Sollas. 4 vols.
Roy.Svo. Vol.1. Pp.616. 1904.
25s. Vol. 2. Pp. 562. 1906.
25s. Vol.3. Pp. 406. 1908.
18s. Vol. 4. Pp. 682. 1909.
25s. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Swaine. A. T. The Earth, Its
Genesis and Evolution. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 296. 1913. Griffin. 9s.

Walker , G . W . Modern Seismology .
8vo. Pp. 100. 1913. Longmans.
6s. 6d.

iv. LAND FORMS AND EXO-
GENETIC STRUCTURES.

Avebury , Lord . The Scenery of
Switzerland, and the Causes to
which it is Due . 5th edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.538. 1913. Macmillan. 7s.

Ball , Sir R . S . The Cause of an Ice
Age . 3rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 186 .
1906. Kegan Paul. 3s. Gd.

167

Geology.

Bonney, S. G. Ice Work, Present
and Past . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
309. 1903. Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Bonney, T. G. The Work of Rain
and Rivers . Roy . 16mo . Pp . 144 .
1912 . Cambridge University Press .
2s. Qd.

Cole, G. A. J. The Growth of
Europe. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 256.
1914. Williams&Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Geikie , Sir A . Earth Sculpture ; or
the Origin of Land Forms. 2nd
edn. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 321.
1909. Murray. 7s. Qd.

Marr,J.E. The Scientific Study of
Scenery. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
378. 1918. Methuen. 7s. Qd.

Reid , C . Submerged Forests . Roy .
16mo. Pp. 129. 1913. Cam-
bridge University Press. 2s. Qd.

Tyndall, J. Forms of Water: in
Clouds and Rivers , Ice and Glaciers .
13th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224.
1909. Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Wright , G . F . Man and the Glacial
Period . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 400 . 1 893 .
Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Wright , W . B , The Quaternary Ice
Age. 8vo. Pp. 488. 1914. Mac-
millan. 21s.

v. PETROLOGY.

Marker, A. Petrology for Students.
An Introduction to the Study of
Rocks under the Microscope. * 5th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 308. 1919.
Cambridge University Press. 8s. Qd.

The Natural History of Igneous

Rocks. Demy 8vo. " Pp. 400.
1909. Methuen. 15s.

Hatch , F . H . Petrographical Tables :
an Aid to the Microscopical Deter-
mination of Rock Forming Miner-
als. From the German of Prof.
Rosenbusch. Cr. 4to. Pp. 36.
Allen & Unwin. 3s. Qd.

and Rastall , R . H . Text Book

of Petrology. Cr. 8vo. Vol. 1.
Igneous Rocks . 6th . edn . Pp .
484. 1914. Vol.2. The Sedimen-
tary Rocks. Pp. 440. 1913.
Allen & Unwin. 7s. Qd. each.

Holmes, A. The Nomenclature of
Petrology : with References to sel-
ected Literature. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
284. 1920. Murby. 12s. Qd.

Petrographic Methods and Calcu-
lations, with some Examples of
Results Achieved. 8vo. Pp. 536.
1921. Murby. 31s. Qd.

Mennell , F . P . A Manual of Petrol-
ogy. DemySvo. Pp. 260. 1910.
Chapman & Hall. 8s. Qd.

Milner, H. B., and Part, G. M.
Methods in Practical Petrology.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 73. 1916. Heffer.
3s. Qd.

Rhodes, J. E. W. Micropetrology
for Beginners: an Introduction to
.the Use of the Microscope in the
Examination of Thin Sections of
Igneous Rocks . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 131 .
1912. Longmans. 3s. Qd.

Rutley, F. The Study of Rocks: an
Elementary Text-book of Petrology .
lOthimp/Cr.Svo. Pp.336. 1909.
Longmans. 6s. Qd.

vi. STRATIGRAPHY.

Jukes -Browne, A. J. The Stu-
dent's Handbook of Stratigraphical
Geology . 2nd edn . Large Cr . 8vo .
Pp, 668. 1912. Stanford. 12*.

Kayser, E. Text-Book of Compara-
tive Geology. Translated by P.
Lake. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
426. 1895. Allen & Unwin. 10s. Qd.

Marr , J . E . The Principles of Strati -
graphical Geology. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
312. 1905. Cambridge University
Press. 8s. Qd.

vii. GEOLOGICAL MAPS.
Dwerryhouse , A . R . Geological and
Topographical Maps : their Inter-
pretation and Use. A Handbook
for the Geologist and Civil Engineer.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 141.

1919. Arnold. '6s.

Harker, A. Notes on Geological
Map Reading. 8vo. Pp. 64.

1920. Heffer. 3s. Qd.
Woodward, H. B. (edited by).

Stanford's Geological Atlas of Great
Britain and Ireland : with Plates of
Characteristic Fossils. 3rd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 200 and 36 Maps.
Stanford . 1 5s .

168

Geology.

viii.

TOPOGRAPHICAL
GEOLOGY.

Ashton , W . The Evolution of a Coast
Line . Barrow to Aberystwyth and
the Isle of Man. With Notes on
Lost Towns, Submarine Discover-
ies, etc. Demy 8vo. Pp. 316.
1920. Stanford! 10s,

JDavies, G. MacD. Geological Ex-
cursions Round London. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 164. 1914. Murby. 4s.

Dron, R. W. The Coal Fields of
Scotland. A Topographical and
Geological description of the min-
ing areas of Scotland, with details
of the various seams, and many
maps of the coal-fields . Demy 8vo .
Pp.368. N.D. Blackie. 15.9.

Falconer, J. D. Geology and Geo-
graphv of Northern Nigeria . 8vo .
Pp. 312. 1911. Macmillan. 10s.

Hatch, F. H., and Corstorphine,
G. S. Geology of South Africa.
2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 410. 1909.
Macmillan. 25s.

-Jukes -Browne, A. J. The Build
ing of the British Isles. A History
of the Construction and Geographi-
cal Evolution of the British Region.
3rd edn . Large Post 8vo . Pp . 461 .
1911. Stanford. 12s.

Marr , J . E . The Geology of the Lake
District. Demy Svo/ Pp. 232.
1916 . Cambridge University Press .
14s.

Ramsay, Sir A. G. Physical Geo-
logy and Geography of Great Brit-
ain. 6th edn. Edited by H. B.
Woodward. Post 8vo. Pp. 421.
Stanford. 10s. 6rf .

Reed, F. R. G. A Handbook to the
Geology of Cambridgeshire. Cr.
8vo. ~ Pp. 286. 1879. Cam-
bridge University Press. 10s.

Ritchie , A . E . The Kent Coal Field :
its Evolution and Development.
Cr. 8vo. 1920. "Iron and Coal
Trades Review." 7s. 6<f.

Schwarz, E. H. L. South African
Geology. Cr.Svo. Pp.200. 1912.
Blackie. 4s. 6rf.

Wadia , D . N . Geology of India . 8vo .
Pp. 418. 1919. Macmillan. 18s.

Wang , G . Y . A Bibliography of the
Mineral Wealth and Geology of
China. Cr. Svo. Pp. 70. 1921.
Griffin. 3s. 6d.

ix. ECONOMIC .GEOLOGY.

Boswell, P. G. H. A Memoir on
British Resources of Refractory
Sands for Furnace and Foundry
Purposes. With Chemical Analyses
by H. F. Harwood and A." A.
Eldridge. Demy Svo. Pp. 246.
1918. Taylor and Francis. 8s. 6d.

Calvert, A. F. Nigeria and its Tin-
fields. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
488. 1912. Stanford. 5s.

Craig, E. H. C. Oil Finding. An
I ntroduction to the Geological Study
of Petroleum. 2nd edn. Demy
Svo. Pp. 336, 1920. Arnold.
Ifis.

Danby,A. Natural Rock Asphalts
and Bitumens. Their Geology,
History, Properties and Industrial
Application. Cr. Svo. Pp. 253.
1913. Constable. 8s. 6rf.

Gibson , W . The Geology of Coal and
Coal Mining. 2nd edn. in Prepara-
tion. Arnold.

Howe , J . A . The Geology of Build-
ing Stones. Cr. Svo. * Pp. 463.
1910. Arnold. 8s. Gd.

Park, J. Mining Geology. A Text-
Book for Mining Students and Min-
ers. 4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 321.
1918. Griffin. 9s.

Phillips, J. A. A Treatise on Ore
Deposits . 2nd edn . revised bv
H. Louis. Svo. Pp. 968. 1896".
Macmillan. 36s.

Thomas, H. H., and MacAlister ,
D.A. The Geology of Ore Deposits.
2nd imp . Cr . Svo" . Pp . 427 . 1 920 .
E. Arnold. 8s. 6rf.

Thompson , A . B . Oil-Field Devel-
opment and Petroleum Mining.
New edn. in preparation. Crosby
Lockwood .

Oil Fields of Russia and the

Russian Petroleum Industry.. 2nd
edn . Med . Svo . Pp . 523 . Crosby
Lockwood. 21s.

Woodward, H. B. The Geology of
Soils and Substrata. Cr.Svo. Pp.
382. 1912. Arnold. 8s. 6d.

169

PALAEONTOLOGY.

i. GENERAL.

Davies, A.M. An Introduction to
Palaeontology. Cr. 8vo. Pp.426.
1920. Murby. 12s. Qd.

Etheridge , R . Fossils of the British
Islands, Stratigraphically and Zoo-
logically arranged . Vol.1. Palaeo-
zoic. Roy. 4to. Pp. 476. 1888.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 30s.

Hawkins, H. L. Invertebrate Pal-
aeontology: An Introduction to the
Study of Fossils. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
245 / 1920. Methuen. 6s. fid.

Hutchinson, H. N. Extinct Mon-
sters and Creatures of Other Days.
A Popular Account of some of the
larger forms of Ancient Animal
Life. New edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
362. 1910. Chapman and Hall.
10s. Qd.

Lankester, Sir E. R. Extinct Ani-
mals. New edn. Ex. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 346. 1920. Constable. 5s.

Nicholson, H. A., and Lydekker,
R. A Manual of Palaeontology for
the use of Students . With a General
Introduction on the Principles of
Palaeontology . 2 Vols. 3rd edn.
8vo. Pp. 1,658. 1889. Rlackwood.
63s.

Pelly, S. A. Glossary and Notes on

Vertebrate Palaeontology. Fcap.

8vo. Pp. 119. 1918. Methuen.
5s.

Woods, H. Palaeontology — Inverte-
brat . 5th edn, Cr.8vo\ Pp.420.
1919. Cambridge University Press.
12s*. Qd.

Zittel , K . A . von . , and Eastman ,
C . R . Text Book of Palaeontology .
Med. 8vo. Vol.1. 2nd edn. Pp.
852. 1913. 31s. Qd. Vol.2. Pp.
292. 1902. 12s. Qd. Macmillan.

ii . PAL^EOB OTANY .

Arber, E. A. N. The Natural His-
tory of Coal. Roy. 16mo. Pp.
173. 1912. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 2s. Qd.

Scott , D . H . Studies in Fossil Botany .
Part 1. Pteridophyta. 3rd ed»\.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 458. 1920.
Black. 25s.

Seward , A . G . Links with the Past
in the Plant World. Roy. 16mo.
Pp. 150. 1911. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 2s. Qd.

Fossil Plants. A Text Book for

Students of Botany and Geology.
4 Vols. Demy 8vo. Vol.1. Pp.
470. 1898. 12s. Vol.2. Pp.646.
1910. 17s. Qd. Vol. 3. Pp. 674.
1917. 20s. Vol. 4. Pp. 560.
1919. 22s. Qd. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press.

Solms-Laubach , G . Fossil Botany :
being an Introduction to Palaeo-
phytology from the standpoint of
a Botanist. Translated by H . E . F .
Garnsey . Revised by I . B . Ba Ifour .
Roy.Svo. Pp.414'. 1891. Ox-
ford: Clarendon Press. 15s.

Stopes, M. C. Ancient Plants.
Being a simple account of the Past
Vegetation of the Earth and of the
recent important discoveries made
in this realm of Nature Study.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 187. 1910.
Blackie. 7s. Gd.

170

MINING.

i. GENERAL.

Alford, C. J. Mining Law of the
British Empire. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
312. 1906. Griffin. 10s. Qd.

Burnham, M. H. Modern Mine
Valuation . Med . 8vo . Pp . 171 .
1912. Griffin. 12s. Qd.

Byrom,T.H. An Elementary Class-
Book of Physics and Chemistry of
Mining. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
208. 1918. Crosby Lockwood.
4s. Qd.

Coppock, J. B., and Lodge, G. A.

An Introduction to Mining Science:
A Theoretical and Practical Text-
book for Mining Students . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 240. 1919. Longmans. 4s.

Field , E . R . The Mining Engineers '
Report Book and Directors' and
Shareholders' Guide to Mining Re-
ports ; with Tables and Calculations .
3rd edn. Pocket size. 1909.
Griffin. 3s. Qd.

Forrest, S. N. Mining Mathematics

— Junior Course. 6th imp. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 312. 1920. Arnold.

4s. Qd.
Mining Mathematics — Senior

Course. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

336. 1920. Arnold. 5s.

Forster , G . Safety-Lamps in Mines .
DemySvo. Pp. 83. 1914. Rout-
ledge. 2s. Qd.

Foster , Sir C . Le N . The Elements
of Mining and Quarrying. An In-
troductory Text-book for Mining
Students . 4th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
341. 1919. Griffin. 9s.

Ore and Stone Mining . 7th edn .

Revised by S . H . Cox . Roy . 8vo .
Pp. 829. 1910. Griffin. 34s.

Greenwell , A . , and Elsden , J . V .

Practical Stone Quarrying. Med.
8vo. Pp. 564. 1913." Crosby
Lockwoorl. 15s.

Hatch , F . H . , and Valentine , E . J .

Mining Tables. Being a Compari-
son of the Unit of Weight, Measure,
Currency, Mining Area, etc., of
different countries ; together with
Tables, Constants, and other data
useful to Mining Engineers and
Surveyors. 8vo. Pp. 208. 1907.
Mac-mill an. 6s.

Howe, J. A. Stones and Quarries.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 147. 1920. Pitman.
3s.

Lamprecht , R . Recovery Work after
Pit Fires. Translated from the
German . Demy 8vo . Pp . 175 .
1901. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. Qd.

Lawn, J. G. Mine Accounts and
Mining Book-keeping, for Students,
Managers, Secretaries, and others.
Edited by Sir C . Le N . Foster . 7th
edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 158. 1911.
Griffin. 10*. Qd.

Mawson , F . Mining Hand-Sketching
and Drawing. Imp. 8vo. Pp. 47
and 20 Plates. 1915. Spon. 2s. Qd.

O 'Donahue . T . A . The Valuation of
Mineral Property: Rules, and
Tables. Demy 8vo. Pp. 166.
1910. Crosby Loekwood. 8s. Qd.

Power , F . D . Pocket Book for Miners
and Metallurgists: Rules, Formu-
lae, Tables, and Notes for Use in
Field and Office Work. 4th edn.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 385. 1920.
Crosby Loekwood . 7s . Qd .

Redmayne , Sir R . A . S . , and Stone ,
G. The Ownership and Valuation
of Mineral property in the United
Kingdom. 8vo. Pp. 262. 1920.
Longmans . 12s . Gd .

Schwartz, Dr. von. Fire and Ex-
plosion Risks : A Handbook of the
Detection, Investigation and Pre-
vention of Fires and Explosions.
Large 8vo. Pp. 378. (Reprint)
1918. Griffin. 18s.

171

Mining.

Skinner, W. R. (edited by). The
Mining Manual and Mining Year
Book, 1921. DemySvo. Pp. 919.
March, 1921. Simpkin, Marshall.
20s.

ii. COALMINING.

Bulman , H . F . Coal Mining and the
Coal Miner. 8vo. Pp. 350. 1920.
Methuen. 15s.

and Redniayne, Sir R. A. S.

Colliery Working and Management.
2nd edn. in preparation. Crosby
Lockwood .

Burns, D. The Elements of Coal
Mining. Cr.Svo. Pp. 244. 1917.
Arnold. 3s. Gd.

Safety in Coal Mines , A Treatise

in Fundamental Principles for Fire-
men , Colliery Managers, and other
Workers in Mines, Srn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 158. N.D. Blackie. 2s. Gd.

and Kerr G. L. The Modern

Practice of Coal Mining . Med . Svo .
Part 1 . Geology and Boring . Pp .
102. 1919. 5s . Part 2. Drills
and Drilling — Coal Cutting Mach-
inery. Pp. 173. 1919. 6s. Part
3 . Sinking and Fitting Shafts . Pp .
281. 1919. 6s. Part 4. Explo-
sives and Blasting — Transmission of
Power. Pp. 170. 1920. 6s.
Pitman .

Cantrill, T. C. Coal Mining. Roy.
16mo. Pp. 159. 1914. Cam-
bridge University Press. 2s. Gd.

Cockin, T. H. Practical Coal Min-
ing. 7th imp. Cr.Svo. Pp. 440.
1920. Crosby Lockwood. 6s. Gd.

Hughes, H. W. A Text-Book of
Coal Mining : fjr the Use of Colliery
Managers and others engaged in
Coal-Mining. 6th edn. DemySvo.
Pp. 563. 1917. Griffin. 30s.

Jones , L . A . , and Bellot , H . H . L .
The Miner's Guide to the Law Re-
lating to Coal Mines .* 3rd erln . Cr .
Svo. Pp. 398. 1914. Methuen.
3s. Gd.

Kerr , G . L . Elementary Coal Mining :
for the Use of Students , Miners , and
others preparing for Examinations.
6th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 261. 1921.
Griffin. 6s.

Kerr, G. L. Practical Coal Mining:
A Manual for Managers, Under -
Managers, Colliery Engineers, and
others. 7th edn. Large Cr. Svo.
Pp. 789. 1921. GriHin. 16s.

Parker, J. A Text -book of Coal
Mining Science. Svo, Pp. 432.
1916. Gurney & Jackson. 4s. Gd.

Peel,R. An Elementary Text-Book
of Coal Mining. 19th edn. Cr.Svo.
Pp. 382. N.D. Blackie. 3s. Gd.

Redmayne, Sir R. A. S. Modern
Practice in Mining. 4 Vols. Svo.
Vol . 1 . Coal : Its Occurrence , Value
and Methods of Boring. 2nd edn.
Pp. 216. 1919. 10s. Gd. Vol.2.
The Sinking of Shafts. 2nd edn.
Pp. 290. 1920. 10s. 6d. Vol.3.
Methods of Working Coal. Pp.
222. 1914. 8s. Gd.' Vol. 4. The
Ventilation of Mines. 2nd edn.
Pp. 252. 1918. 10s. Gd. Long-
mans.

Riemer, J. Shaft-Sinking in Difficult
Cases. Trans lated by J.W.Brough.
Med. Svo. Pp.134. 1907. Griffin.
12s. Gd.

Sim , J . , and Wylie , A . M . Labora-
tory Work for Coal-Mining Stu-
dents. Cr.Svo. Pp. 144. 1915.
Arnold. 3s.

Tonge, J. The Principles and Prac-
tice of Coal Mining. Cr. Svo. Pp,
372. 1906. Macmillan. 4.v.

Wilson, F. H. Coal: Its Origin,
Method of Working, and Prepara-
tion for the Market . Cr . Svo . Pp .
138. 1913. Pitman. 3s.

iii. BLASTING, VENTILATION,
AND COMPRESSED AIR.

Daw, A. W., and Z. W. The Blast-
ing of Rod< in Mines, Quarries,
Tunnels , etc . 2nd edn . Svo . Pp .
316. 1909. Spon. 15s.

Guttmann, O. Blasting and the
Use of Explosives. 2nd edn . Large
Svo. Pp. 197. 1906. Griffin.
10s. Gd.

Maurice , W . The Shot-Firer's Guide .
A Practical Manual on Blasting.
DemySvo. Pp. 215. N.D. Benn
Bros. 5s. Gd.

172

Mining.

Penman, D. Compressed Air Prac-
tice in Mining. 2ndedn. in prep-
aration . Griffin .

Wabner, R. Ventilation in Mines.
Translated from the German. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 240. 1903. Scott,
Greenwood. 12s. 66?.

iv. ELECTRICITY APPLIED TO
MINING .

Burns, D. Electrical Practice in
Collieries. A Manual for Colliery
Managers , Engineers and Mining
Students. 5th edn . Cr. 8vo. Pp.
417. 1920. Griffin. 10s. 6d.

Duncan, W. G., and Penman. D.

The Electrical Equipment of Colli-
eries. DemySvo. Pp. 310.1908.
Scott , Greenwood . 12s . Gd .'

Freudemacher , P. W. Electric
Mining Installations. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp. 191. 1919. Constable. 2s. Gd.

Lupton, A., Parr, G. D. A., and
Perkin, H. Electricity as Applied
to Mining. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo.
Pp. 800. 1906. Crosby Lockwood.
12s. Gd.

Maurice, W. Electric Blasting
Apparatus and Explosives. Demy
8vo. Pp. 176. N.D. Benn Bros.
10s. Gd.

Patchell, W. H. Application of
Electric Power to Mines and Heavy
Industries. Demy Svo. Pp. 348.
1913. Constable. 12s. Gd.

Paterson, G. W. L. Electric Mine
Signalling Installations. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 204. 1914. Constable. 5s.

Walker , S . F . Electric Mining Mach-
inery. DemySvo. Pp.387. 1919.
Pitman. 15s.

Electricity in Mining. Demy

8vo. Pp. 405. 1907. Harper.
10s. Gd.

v . MINING FOR G OLD ,
DIAMONDS, ETC.

Charleton, A. G. Gold Mining and
Milling in Western Australia, with
Notes on Telluride Treatment,
Costs , and Mining Practice in other
Fields. 8vo. Pp. 650. 1903.
Spon. 12s. Gd.

Cleland, E. D. West Australian*
Mining Practice. Post 4to. Pp.
267. 1911. Technical Bookshop.
10s. Gd.

Denny, G. A. Drilling for Gold and
Other Minerals. Med. 8vo. Pp.
168. 1900. Crosby Lockwood.
12s. Gd.

The Deep-Level Mines of the Rand

and their Future Development.
Roy . 8vo . Pp . 170 . 1902 . Crosby
Lockwood . 25s .

Dickson, A. A, C. The Mica
Miner's and Prospector's Guide..
Cr. Svo. Pp. 58. 1919. Spon.
4s. Gd.

Griffiths, H. D. Bucket Dredging
for Tin in the F.M.S. Super Roy.
Svo. Pp. 35. 1917. Technical
Bookshop . 5s .

Hatch, F. H., and Chalmers, J.
A. Gold Mines of the Rand. Super
Royal Svo. Pp.324. 1895. Mac-
miilan. 17s.

Hodgson, J. E. The Dredging of
Gold Placers. DemySvo. Pp. 65.
1911. Pitman. 5s.

Horwood , C . B . The Gold Deposits
of the Rand . Med . Svo . Pp . 400 .
1917. Griffin. 18s.

Johnson , J . C . F . Getting Gold : A
Gold-Mining Handbook for Practi-
cal Men. 6th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
211. 1920. Griffin. Os.

Kassner. T. Gold Seeking in South
Africa: A Hand-book of Hints for
intending Explorers, Prospectors,
and Settlers ; with a chapter on the
Agricultural Aspects of South Africa.
Cr. Svo. Pp.144. 1902. Griffin.
4s. Gd.

Kirkpatrick, T. S. G. The Hy-
draulic Gold Miner's Manual. 2nd
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 46. 1897.
Spon . 4s .

Tinney, W. H. Gold Mining Ma-
chinery: its Selection, Arrange-
ment, and Installation. Med. Svo.
Pp . 320 . 1 906 . Crosby Lockwood .
12s. Gd.

173

Mining.

Truscott, S- J. Witwatersrand
Goldfields, Banket, and Mining
Practice. 3rd edn. Super royal
8vo. Pp. 546. 1907. Macmillan.
40s.

Wagner , P . A . The Diamond Fields
of Southern Africa . Cr . 4to . Pp .
347. 1914. Technical Bookshop.
32s. 6d.

Young, R.B. The Banket. A Study
of the Auriferous Conglomerates of
the Witwatersrand and the Asso-
ciated Rocks . Med . 8vo . Pp . 135 .
1917. Gurnev and J ackson . 8s. 6d.

vi. ORE DRESvSTNG.

Eissler, M. Cyanide Process for the
Extraction of Gold and its Practi-
cal Application on the Witwaters-
rand Goldfields and elsewhere . 3rd
edn. Svo. Pp.202. 1902. Crosby
iockwood. 8s. Qd.

Hoover , T . J . Concentrating Ores by
Flotation. 3rd edn. Med. 8vo.
Pp. 320. 1916. Technical Book-
shop. 12s. 6d.

Julian, H. F., Smart, E., and
Allen , A . W . Cyaniding Gold and
Silver Ores. A Practical Treatise
on the Cyanide Process : its Applica-
tion, Methods of Working, Design
and Construction of Plant, and
Costs. 2nd edn. Med. Svo. Pp.
460. 1913. Griffin. 25s.

Levy , D . M . Modern Copper Smelt-
ing. Med. Svo. Pp 271. 1912.
Griffin. 12s. 6d.

Lock,G,W. -Gold Milling. Princi-
ples and Practice. Svo. Pp. 823.
1901. Spon. 21s.

Louis, H. A Handbook of Gold-
Milling. 3rd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
016. 1902. Macmillan. 12s. 6d.

The Dressing of Minerals. Super

royal Svo. Pp.554. 1909. Arnold.
30s.

174

GEOGRAPHY.

i. TEACHING OF GEOGRAPHY.

Archer, R. L., Lewis, W. J., and
Chapman , A . E . The Teaching of
Geography in Elementary Schools.
3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.259. 1918.
Black. 5s.

Mill , H . R . A Guide to Geographical
Books and Appliances. Revised by
A. J. Herbertson, J. F. Unstead,
and NT. E. MacMunn. 2nd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.208. 1910. Geo.
Philip. 6s.

Wallis, B. C. The Teaching of
Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 232.
191 ft . Cambridge University Press .
5s.

ii. HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY.

Beazley, C. R. The Dawn of
Modern Geography. A History of
Exploration and Geographical
Science from the Conversion of the
Roman Empire to the early years of
the Fifteenth century. 3 Vols.
8vo . Vol . 1 . To A .D . 900 . (Out of
print). Vol. 2. A.D. 900—1260.
Pp. 652. 1904. 20s. Vol. 3.
A.D. 1260— 1420. Pp.638. 1906.
25s. Vols. 2 and 3. 40s. Oxford:
Clarendon Press .

Crockett, T., and Wallis, B. C.

North America during the Eigh-
teenth Century. A Geographical
History. Cr.Svo. Pp.124. 1915.
Cambridge University Press . 4s. fid.

Fairgrieve , J . Geography and World
Power. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
381. 1920. University of London
Press . 5s .

Freeman, E. A. The Historical
Geography of Europe. 8vo. Pp.
664. 13s. 6rf. Atlas to the same.
3rd edn. 8vo. 1920. 7s. 6rf.
Longmans .

George, H. B. The Relations of
Geography and History. 4th edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.310. 1910. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 4s. 6d.

Heawood, E. A History of Geo-
graphical Discovery in the Seven-
teenth and Eighteenth Centuries.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 487. 1912. Cam-
bridge University Press. 15s.

Keltic, Sir J. S., and Howarth, O.
J . R . History and Geography . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 163. 1913. Watts.
3s. Gd.

Newbigin , M . I . Modern Geography .
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1911.
Williams and Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Parkinson, T. W. F. Lessons in
Modern Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
148. 1919. Oxford University
Press. 3s.

Tozer, H. F. A History of Ancient
Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 387.
1897 . Cambridge University Press .
10s. fid.

iii. PHYSIOGRAPHY.

Huxley, T. H. Physiography: an
Introduction to the Study of Nature .
A new edition Revised and partly
re-written by Sir R. A. Gregory.
Gl. 8vo. Pp. 436. 1919. Mac-
millan. 7s.

Fordham, Sir H. G. Studies in Mill, H. R. The Realm of Nature.

Carto-Bibliography . 8vo. Pp. An Outline of Physiography. 2nd

190. 1914. Oxford: Clarendon edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 416. 1918.

Press. 6s. Murray. 6s.

175

Geography.

Salisbury, R. D. Physiography.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 770 ~. Murray.

25s . "
Physiography. Shorter Course.

Large Cr. 8vd. Pp. 529. 1909.

Murray. 12s.

Simmons, A. T. Physiography for

Advanced Students . Gl . 8vo . * Pp .

498. 1901. Macmillan. 5s.
Physiography for Beginners . New

imp. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 364. 1905.

Macmillan . 3s .

Thornton, J. Elementary Practical
Physiography. Newedn. 2 Parts.
Cr. 8vo. Parti. Pp.370. 3906.
Part 2. Pp.220. 1904. Longmans.
4s . each part .

Elementary Physiography : an In-
troduction to the Study of Nature .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 442. 1917. Long-
mans . 4s .

Advanced Physiography . Cr . 8vo .

Pp. 412. 1911. Longmans. 6s.

iv. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.

Barnard , H . G . Outlines of Physical
Geography. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.156. 1917. Black. 2s. 6d.

Geikie, Sir A. Elementary Lessons
in Physical Geography . Fcap . 8vo .
Pp.410. 1919. Macmillan. 5s.

Gregory, J. W. Geography: Struc-
tural .Physical , Comparative . Large
Cr.Svo. Pp.305. N.D. Blackie.
7s. fid.

Hughes, W., and Gregory, Sir R.

A. Class Book of Physical and
Astronomical Geography. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.336. Geo. Philip. 3s. 6d.

Hunter, W. I. Rivers and Estuar-
ies, or Streams and Tides. 8vo.
Pp.76. 1913. Longmans. 2s.6df.

Lake , P . Physical Geography . New
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.344. 1919.
Cambridge University Press. 13s.

Longmans' Geographical Series.
Book 5. A Primary Physical
Geography. New imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 229 . 1917. Longmans . 3s . Qd .

Newbigin, M.I. An Introduction
to Physical Geography. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 336. Dent. 4s. '6d.

Poynting, J. H. The Earth: its-
Shape, Size, Weight, and Spin.
Roy. 16mo. Pp. 141. 1913.
Cambridge University Press. 2s. 6rf.

Russell, T. C. River Development.
As Illustrated by the Rivers of
North America. Large Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 327. Murray. 7s. 6d.

Simmons, A. T., and Stenhouse,
E. A Class Book of Physical
Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 444.
1919. Macmillan. 5s. Qd.

Smith, B. Physical Geography.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 19*8.

1917. Black. 4s. 6d.

Wood , C . A . A Physical and Econo-
mic Geography of the World.
3rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 750 . N .D .
Normal Press. 6s. 6rf.

v. MAP WORK.

Bryant, V. S., and Hughes, T. H.
Map Work. Med. 8vo. Pp.174.

1918. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
5s.

Hinks, A. R. Maps and Survey.
DemySvo. Pp.222. 1913. Cam-
bridge University Press. 8s. 6rf.

Map Projections. Demy 8vo.

Pp.138. 1912. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press . 7s .

Newbigin, M.I. Ordnance Survey
Maps : their Meaning and Use with
Descriptions jof Typical 1-inch
Sheets . 2nd edn . Fcap . 8vo .
Pp. 128. 1920. Johnston. 2s.

vi. COMMERCIAL AND
ECONOMIC.

Bridge, R. S. Geography of Com-
merce and Industry . Cr .* 8vo . Pp .
272. 1920. HodderandStoughton.
4s. Qd.

Brown , R . N . R . The Principles of
Economic Geography. 8vo. Pp.
223. 1920. Pitman. 10s. 6d.

Chisholm, G. G. Handbook of
Commercial Geography. 8th edn.
8vo. Pp. 732. 1920. Longmans.
25s.

176

Geography.

Chisholm , G . G . A Smaller Com-
mercial Geography. New imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.295. 1920. Long-
mans . 5* .

Curr , A . L . Commercial Geography .
An Intermediate Text-book. Cr.
8vo. Pp.440. 1915. Black. 5s.

Fair-grieve, J., and Young, E.
The Gateways of Commerce: An
Introduction* to Economic Geo-
graphy. Cr. 8vo. Pp.280. 1921.
Philip. 3s. 6d.

Herbertson, A. J. Commercial
Geography of the World . Cr . 8vo .
Pp . 383 . N .D . Chambers . 3s . Qd .

Howarth, O. J. R. A Commercial
Geography of the World. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1920.
Oxford : Clarendon Press . 4s .

Lyde, L. W. A Commercial Geo-
graphy of the World. 5th edn.
Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1919.
Black. 4s. Qd.

McFarlane, J. Economic Geo-
graphy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 568.
N.D. Pitman. 10s. Qd.

Sargent , A . J . Seaways of the Em-
pire . Large Cr . 8vo . Pp . 171 .
1918. Black. 7s. 6d.

Thurston, C. B. An Economic
Geography of the British Empire.
Cr.Svo. Pp.388. 1919. Univer-
sity of London Press. 5s.

\ii. GENERAL: THE WORLD.

Fry , G . C . Text -Book of Geography .
3rd edn. llth imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.
490. 1921. University Tutorial
Press. 6s. Qd.

Golding,A.A. An Introduction to
General Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
232. 1915. Cambridge University
Press. 5s. Qd.

Heaton , E . W . The Senior Scientific
Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 861.
Herbert Russell. 7s. Qd.

Herbertson , A . J . , and F . D . The
Senior Geography. 5th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 372. *1918. 5s. With
Questions by F. M. Kirk and
Statistical Appendix by E. G.
R. Taylor. Pp. 436. 4s. With
Physiographical Introduction , Ques-
tions, and Statistical Appendix.
Pp. 564. 5s. Oxford: Clarendon

Herbertson, A. J., and F. D.

The Clarendon Geography. 2
Vols. Cr. 8vo. 1912-13. Vol. 1.
Principles , British Isles and Europe .
Pp . 380 . 4s . Vol . 2 . Asia , Africa ,
Australia and America. Pp. 376
4s. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Hughes, W. Class Book of Modern
Geography. Physical, Political,
and Commercial. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
488. 1912. Geo. Philip. 3s. Qd.

Advanced Class Book of Modern

Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 884.
1908. Geo. Philip. 4s. Qd.

Johnston , K . Physical , Historical ,
Political, and Descriptive Geo-
graphy . 6th edn . Revised by A .
H. Keane. Large Post 8vo., Pp.
491. 1908. Stanford. 12s.

Longmans' Geographical Series.
Book 1 . First Book of Geography .
New imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.182. 1918.
Longmans . 3s .

Book 2. The World for Junior

Students. New imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 510. 1918. Longmans. 6s.

Book 3. The World for Senior

Students. New imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 623 . 1918 . Longmans . 7s . Qd.

Lyde, L. W. Short Text-book of
Geography. 2nd edn. Small Cr.
8vo. Pp.4ir>. 1917. Black. 6*.

Piggott, H., and Finch, R. J.

WTorld Studies : An Introduction to
General Geography. Demy 8vo.
Pp.390. Dent. 4s. Qd.

Simmons , A . T . , and Richardson ,
H. Introduction to Practical Geo-
graphy. Gl.Svo. Pp.392. 1916.
Macmillan. 4s.

Unstead, J. F., and Taylor, E.G.
R. General and Regional Geo-
graphy for Students. 6th edn.
Large 8 vo. Pp.520. 1920. Geo.
Philip. 7s. Qd.

Wallis , B . C . Essentials of Practical

Geography. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 232.

1918. Macmillan. 4s. Qd .
A Geography of the World. Gl.

8vo. Pp. 388*. 1919. Macmillan.

4s. Qd.
Practical Exercises in Geography.

A Two Years ' Course . New imp.

Cr.Svo. Pp.208. 1920. 8s.

Key. 4s. Qd. Macmillan.

177

Geography.

Wilmore, A. The Groundwork of
Modern Geography. An Introduc-
tion to the Science of Modern
Geography. O. 8vo. Pp. 412.
1920. Bell. Qs.

viii. GENERAL: BRITISH
EMPIRE .

Bunting, W. L., and Collen, H. L.

A Geography of the British Empire.
2ndedn. Cr.4to. Pp.168. 1916.
Cambridge University Press. 6s.

Herbertson, A. J., and Howarth,
O . J . R . (edited by) . The Oxford
Survey of the British Empire.
Being a description of the Empire
and its constitutent territories in
their geographical, economic, ad-
ministrative and social aspects at
the present time. 6 Vols. 8vo.
1914. Vol. 1. British Isles, &c.
Pp. 608. Vol. 2. Asia. Pp. 515.
Vol. .3. Africa. Pp. 564. Vol. 4.
America. Pp. 521. Vol. 5. Aus-
tralasia . Pp . 596 . Vol . 6 . General
Survey . Pp . 394 . Oxford : C laren -
don Press. 15s. each; the 6 Vols.
70s.

and Thompson, R. L. Geo-

graphv of the British Empire. 3rd
edn. "Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1918.
Oxford : Clarendon Press . 3s .

Longmans' Geographical Series.
Book 4. The British Empire.
New imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 349.
1918. Longmans. 5s.

Newbigin, M. I. The British Em-
pire Beyond the Seas. 3rd edn.
Cr. 8vo~. Pp. 250. 1917. Bell.
4s. Qd.

ix. DESCRIPTIVE REGIONAL.

Brooks, L. New Regional Geo-
graphies. Cr. 8vo. Book 1.
The Americas. Pp. 256. 1919.
4s. Book 2. Asia and Australasia.
Pp. 300. 1919. 4s. Book 3.
Africa and Europe. Pp.480. 1919.
6s. Qd. Part 1. Africa. Pp. 140.
1920. 2s. Qd. Part 2. The British
Isles. Pp. 140. 1920. 2s. 6d.
Part 3. Europe, including the
British Isles . Pp . 340 . 1920 . 5s .
Book 4 . The World . In preparation .
University of London Press .

Hogarth, D. G. Nearer East (Bal-
kans, Asia Minor, N.E.Africa,
Egypt , Arabia , Persia, etc.). (Re-
gions of the World). 8vo. Pp.
312. 1905. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 10s. Qd .

Holdich,Sir T. India. (Regions of
the World). 8vo. Pp.388. 1904.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10*. Qd.

Little, A. The Far East (China,
Japan, Turkestan, Eastern Asia,
etc.). (Regions of the World).
8vo. Pp. 342. 1905. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 10s. Qd.

Lyde, L. W. The Continent of
Europe. 8vo. Pp.462. 1917.
Macmillan. 8s. Qd.

Mackinder, H. J. Britain and the
British Seas. (Regions of the
World). 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.388.
1907. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
10s. Qd.

Martin, J. A Geography of Asia.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 306. 1919. Mac-
millan. 5s.

Partsch,J. Central Europe (A 'pine
Countries, Germany, Austria,
Netherlands , etc .) . Translated from
the German. (Regions of the
World). 8vo. Pp. 372. 1904.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 10s. Qd.

Russell, I. North America (Canada,
United States , Mexico , etc .) . (Re-
gions of the World) . 8vo . Pp . 444 .
1904. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
10s. Qd.

Stanford's Compendium of Geo-
graphy and Travel. 13 Vols.
Large Cr. 8vo. Europe. Vol. 1.
The Countries of the Mainland
(excluding the North-West). By
B.C. Wallis . New edn . in prepara-
tion. Europe. Vol. 2. British
Isles, Scandinavia, Denmark, and
the Low Countries. By B. C.
Wallis. New edn. in preparation.
North America . Vol . 1 . Canada
and Newfound land . Bv H . M .
Ami. Pp. 1,069. 1915. North
America. Vol. 2. The United
States . New edn . in preparation .
Australasia. Vol. 1. Australia
and New Zealand. By J. W.
Gregory. 2nd edn. Pp.657. 1907.

178

Geography.

Australasia. Vol. 2. Malaysia and
the Pacific Archipelagoes. By F.
H . H . Guillemard . 2nd edn . revised
by A . H . Keane . Pp . 590 . 1908 .
Africa. Vol. 1 . North Africa. By
A . H . Keane . 2nd edn . Pp . 640 .
1907. Africa. Vol. 2. South
Africa. By A. H. Keane. 2nd
edn. 19081 Asia. Vol. 1. Nor-
thern and Eastern Asia, Caucasia,
Russian Turkestan , Siberia , Chinese
Empire, Korea and Japan. By
A. H. Keane. 2nd edn. Pp. 554.
1906. Asia. Vol. 2. Southern
and Western Asia, Afghanistan,
India, Indo-China, Malay Penin-
sula, Turkey in Asia, Arabia and
Persia. By A. H. Keane. 2nd edn.
Pp. 527. 1909. Central and South
America. Vol. 1. South America.
By A. H. Keane. 2nd edn. Pp.
-638 . 1911. Central and South
America . Vol . 2 . Central America
and West Indies. By A. H. Keane.
Pp. 500. 1901 . Glossary of Geo-
graphical and Topographical Terms,
and of words of frequent occurrence
in the composition of such terms and
of place names. By A. Knox.
Pp. 432. Stanford. 17*. 6d. each
Vol.

Taylor, G. Australia, in its Physio-
graphic and Economic Aspects.
3rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 266 . 1920 .
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 4s.

x. MISCELLANEOUS. '

Fawcett, C. B. Frontiers, a Study
in Political Geography. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 108. 1918. Oxford: Claren-
don Press. 3s. 6d.

Provinces of England . A Study

of some Geographical Aspects of
Devolution. 'Cr. 8vo. Pp. 296.
1919. Williams and Norgate.
6s. Qd.

Fleure, H. J. Human Geography in
Western Europe. Cr. 8vo. *Pp.
263. 1919. Williams and Norgate.
6*.

Keltic, Sir J. S. Applied Geo-
graphy . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
175. 1908. Geo. Philip. 3s. Qd.

Maguire, T. M. Outlines of Mili-
tary Geography. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
367. 1900. Cambridge University
Press. 12s. Qd.

Mill, H. R. New Lands: their
Resources and Prospective Advan-
tages . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 292 . 1 900 .
Griffin . 5s .

Vinall , J . W . T . , and Snaith , G . L .
Open -Air Geography and Topo-
graphical Modelling. 8vo. Pp.
224. 1920. Blackie. 5s.

179

NAVIGATION AND SEAMANSHIP.

i . NAVIGATION AND NAUTICAL
ASTRONOMY.

Anon . Ru-Ro , the Rule of the Road
at Sea. Fully illustrated by Dia-
grams in colour. Demy 8vo. Pp.
32. Jas. Munro. 2s. Qd.

Arnold, H. T. Steamship Naviga-
tion. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. N.D.
Blackie. 2s. 6d.

Card, S. F. Navigation Notes and
Examples. 3rd edn. DemySvo.
Pp. 262. 1920. Arnold. 12s. Qd.

Cross, F. New Navigation. 3rd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 39. 1919.
James Brown. 2s. Qd.

Dunraven, Earl of. Self Instruc-
tion in the Practice and Theory of
Navigation. New edn. 3 Vols.
8vo . ' 1908 . Vols . 1 and 2 . Pp .
300. ,348. 17s. Vol.3. Pp.350.
8s. Qd. Macmillan.

Gill, J. Text-Book on Navigation
and Nautical Astronomy. Revised
and Enlarged by W. V! Merrifield.
New edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 446.
1918. Longmans. 21s.

Grant, H. C. J. Pocket Book of
Practical Navigation. Revised by
E . R . G . R . Evans and B.C. Porter .
18mo. Pp. 207. 1920. Gieves.
10s. Qd.

Groves -Showell, P. Definitions
in Navigation and Nautical As-
tronomy. Cr.Svo. Pp.115. 1908.
Griffin. 3s.

Hall, W. Modern Navigation (Navi-
gation and Nautical Astronomy).
2nd edn . 6th imp . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
337. 1919. University Tutorial
Press. 9s. Qd. |

Hughes, A. J. The Book of the
Sextant. Demy 8vo. Pp. 63.
191 5 . James Brown . 3s . Qd .

Jutsum,J.N. Brown's Rule of the
Road Manual . New edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 97. 1921 . J. Brown. 2s. Qd.

Lecky, S. T. S. The Danger Angle
and Off-Shore Distance. 12th
edn. Sq. 8vo. Pp. 138. 1919.
Geo. Philip. 6s.

Wrinkles in Practical Naviga-
tion. 12th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
814. 1920. Geo. Philip. 30s.

MacHattie, A. The Navigator's
Practical Star Book. For Learners
and Experienced Navigators. Con-
taining 40 charts . Roy . 4to Oblong .
Jas. Munro. 7s. Qd.

Millar, W. J. Latitude and Longi-
tude : How to Find them . 3rd edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 60. 1914. Griffin.
2s.

Miremont, Comte de. Practical

Methods in Modern Navigation.

DemySvo. Pp.107. 1905. Geo.

Philip. 5s.
Owens, E. W. How to Learn on

Shore the Rule of the Road at Sea.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 40. 1906. Geo.

Philip. 5s.

Rugg, W. G. Stellar Indicator.
Showing meridian passage, hour
angle, and meridian altitude of
the principal stars in both hemi-
spheres at a glance. Jas. Munro.
2s. Qd.

A Treatise on the Projection of the

Sphere, showing how to construct
and compute all the Astronomical
problems, etc. Cr. 4to. Jas.
Munro. 3s. Qd.

Rule of the Road, Collison

Indicator. Post 4to. Jas. Munro.
2s. Qd.

Smith , D . W . The Law Relating to
the Rule of the Road at Sea. 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 333. 1910.
James Brown. 10s. Qd.

180

Navigation and Seamanship.

Stebbing, F. C. Navigation and
Nautical Astronomy. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp.352. 1903. Macmillan.
8s. Qd.

Swainston,C.M. New Guide Book.
16th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 594.
1920. T. Reed & Co. 12s. GJ.

Whall, W. B. Handy Book of the
Stars used in Navigation. 8th
edn. Oblong 4to. 1920. Geo.
Philip. 8s. Qd.

Williamson, A. P. W. Text -Book
of Navigation and Nautical As-
tronomy. New edn. 8vo. Pp.
413. 1920. John Hogg. 10s. Qd.

Wilson -Barker , Sir D . , and Ailing -
ham, W. Navigation: Practical
and Theoretical . 3rd edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 168. 1913. Griffin. 3s. Qd.

ii. EXAMINATION GUIDES ON
NAVIGATION AND SEAMAN-
SHIP.

Cogle and Tait's Extra Master's
Guide. Explanations of all ques-
tions in Navigation, Nautical As-
tronomy, and Compass Syllabus.
3rd edn . Cr . 4to . Pp . 238 . 1 904 .
James Brown. 10s. Qd.

Don, J., and Caird. W. J. Cham-
bers's Navigation: A Guide to the
Examinations of Second Hands,
Skippers, and Extra Skippers ot
Fishing Vessels and Trawlers. Cr.
Svo. Pp.312. Chambers. 3s. Qd.

Hansen, L. F. Trigonometry and
Navigation. A Complete Guide to
the B .O .T . Examination for Extra
Masters only. Roy. Svo. 1920.
J. Brown . 15s.

Morris , G . Extra Master's , Master's ,
and Mate's Handbook. A Guide to
the Board of Trade Examinations.
3rd edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 564.
1913. James Brown. 10s. Qd.

INicholls , A . E . , Concise Guide for
Board of Trade Examinations.

Revised by Capt. Maxwell. 18th
edn. Demy Svo. Pp.732. 1920.
.James Brown. 15s. Qd.

Tait, Capt. Memory Work, re-
quired for the Board of Trade
Examinations of Second Mates,
Mates, and Masters. 3rd edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 94. Jas. Munro.
2s.

Tait, J. Tait's Trawler's and Fisher-
man's Guide. 7th edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 216. 1919. James Brown.
3s. Qd.

Tait's Guide to the Board of Trade
Examinations for Second Mates,
Mates, and Masters. Jas. Munro.
8s.

William son , A . P . W . Home Trade .
New Guide to home trade Masters'
and Mates' Examinations. 2nd
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 146. Jas.
Munro. 2s. Qd.

Hi. COMPASS WORK.

Brown, C. H. Deviation and the
Deviascope, including the Practice
and Theory of Compass Adjust-
ment. Demy Svo. Pp.133. 1918.
James Brown. 5s. Qd.

Martin., W . R . Lectures on Compass
Adjustment. Demy Svo. Pp. 98.
1906. Geo. Philip. 5s.

Merrifield, J. Magnetism and De-
viation of the Compass. ISmo.
Pp.168. 1919. Longmans. 3s. Qd.

Rugg, W. G. Pocket Deviascope.
For Illustrating Compass adjust-
ment. 16mo. , Jas. Munro. ls.6rf.

Tait, Capt. New Compass Syllabus,
with over 100 Questions and An-
swers, with diagrams. 2nd edn.
Cr . Svo . Pp . 44 . Jas . Munro . 2* .

Tait, J. Home Trade Guide. Full
explanations of True and Magnetic
Chart, Compass Deviations, Lati-
tude by Meridian Altitude , Signals ,
Rule of the Road, etc. 10th edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 321. 1919. James
Brown . 5s .

iv. NAUTICAL TABLES AND
TERMS.

Ansted , A . Dictionary of Sea Terms .
Cr. Svo. Pp. 320. ' 1919. James
Brown . 5s .

181

Navigation and Seamanship.

Brent, C., Walter, A. F., and
Williams, G. Ex-Meridian Alti-
tude Tables. 9th edn. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 91. 1020. Geo. Philip.
7s. Gd.

Brown, .1. R. (edited by). Brown's
Nautical Almanac ; Harbour and
Dock Guide and Daily Tide Tables
for 1921. 8vo. Pp. 681. Dec.
1920. J. Brown. 3.9. Gd.

Delbos, L. Nautical Terms in Eng-
lish and French and French and
English . New edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
461. 1914. Williams and Nor-
gate . 5s .

Jefferson's Nautical Almanac and
Tide Tables, Harbour and Light-
house Guide. Published annually
in September. Cr. 8vo. Jas.
Munro. 2s. Gd.

Norie, J. W. A Complete Set of
Nautical Tables, with Explanations
of their Use. Cr. 4to. Pp. 738.
1920. Imray, Laurie. 21s.

Pearson's Nautical Almanac and
Tide Tables for 1921. 8vo. Pp.
440. Nov., 1920. Imray , Laurie .
3s. fid.

v. SEAMANSHIP.

Ginsburg, B . W. The Legal Duties
of Shipmasters . 3rd edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.283. 1911. Griffin. 5s.

MacNab, J. Catechism of the Laws
of Storms , for the Use of Sea Officers .
6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.73. 1913.
Geo. Philip. 4s. Gd.

Nicholls, Capt. Seamanship. 10th

edn. DemySvo. Pp.472. 1919.

James Brown. 8s. Gd.
Owen, H. Ship Economics, or

Practical Aids for Shipmasters.

2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 137.

1918. Geo. Philip. 5s. Gd.
Swainston, C. M. Seamanship,

Meteorology , and Shipbuilding .

22nd edn. Cr. 8vo. 1918. T.

Reed & Co. 6s.
Tait, J. Seamanship. 12th edn.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 164. 1920. James

Brown . 2s .
New Seamanship. 10th edn.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 443. 1920. James

Brown. 7s. Gd.

Toda, J.,andWhall»W.B. Practi-
cal Seamanship. For use in the
Merchant Service. 7th edn. Roy.
8vo. Pp.442. 1919. Geo. Philip.
30s.

Wilkes , W . H . Notes ~n the Practi-
cal Duties of Shipmasters. Cr.
8vo. Pp.127. 1911. Griffin. 3s.

Williamson, A. P. W. Ship's
Business and Practical Items in
Modern Seamanship. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 45. Jas. Munro.
Is. Gd.

Wilson -Barker, Sir D. A Manual of

Elementary Seamanship. 8th edn.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 287. 1919. Griffin.

7s. Gd.
Things A Sailor Needs to Know.

Med.Svo. Pp.351. 1919. Griffin.

21s.

vi. MARINE SIGNALLING.

Bernard, D. H. Signalling Made
Easy . New edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp ..
85. 1918. James P.rown. 2s. Gd.

Brown's Signalling. 22nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 134. 1920. James
Brown. 4s. Gd.

Rugg,W.G. Signal Manual : for the
Use of the Mercantile Marine. 2nd
edn . Demy 8vo . Jas . Munro . Is.

vii. CHARTS, TIDES,
OCEANOGRAPHY.

Abbott, T. K. Elementary Theory
of the Tides: the Fundamental
Theorems Demonstrated without
Mathematics and the Influence of
the Length of the Day Discussed.
2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.40. 1901.
Longmans . 2s .

Carpenter, A., and Wilson-Barker,
Sir D . Nature Notes for Ocean Voy-
agers : Observations of Fishes ,
Birds , and Beasts ; with Popular
Chapters on Weather, Waves, and
Legendary Lore. Med. 8vo. Pp.
197. 1915. Griffin. 6s.

Fowler, G. H. (edited by). Science
of the Sea. An Elementary Hand-
book of Practical Oceanography for
Travellers , Sailors and Yachtsmen .
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 452. 1912.
Murray. 10s. Gd.

182

Navigation and Seamanship.

Jenkins, J. T. A Textbook of
Oceanography. Demy 8vo. Pp.
216. 1921. ~ Constable. 15s.

Maxwell , F . W . Book on Chartwork
and Plans. 4th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 67. 1918. James Brown.
2s. 6d.

Messum, S. Hydrographic Survey-
ing. For the use of Beginners and
Port and Harbour Masters. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 519. 1910. Griffin.
15s.

Murray, Sir J. The Ocean. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 256. 1919. Williams
and Norgate. 2s. 6d.

and Hjort, J. The Depths

of the Ocean. A General Account
of the Modern Science of Oceano-
graphy . Sup Roy . 8vo . Pp . 842 .
1912. Macmillan. 28s.

Robinson , J . L . Elements of Marine
Surveying, with Numerous Exer-
cises . 8rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 274 .
1904. Macmillan. 7s. 6d.

Struben, A. M. A. Tidal Power:
Tides and their Measurement; the
Estimation of Potential Tidal
Power ; Comparisons between Sys-
tems of Development ; the Finan-
cial aspect of the Problem, etc.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 127. 1921. Pit-
man. 2s. Gd.

Whall, W. B. Handy Book of the
Tides. 10th edn. Demy 4to.
Pp. 37. Geo. Philip. 5s. *

Wharton, Sir W. J. L. Hydro-
graphical Surveying. A descrip-
tion of the means and methods em-
ployed in constructing Marine
Charts . 3rd edn . revised and brought
up to date by Sir M. Field. Demy
8vo. Pp. 582. 1920. Murray.
30s.

188

BIOLOGY.

i. GENERAL,

Bidgood, J. A Course of Practical
Elementary Biology. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 362 . 1914 . Longmans . 5s . Gd .

Campbell, H. J. Text Book of
Elementary Biology. 3rd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 306. 1905. Allen
and Unwin. 6s.

Gibson, H. A Primer of Biology.
Fcap.Svo. Pp.120. 1908. Dent.
2s.

Henderson, J. F., and W. D. A

Dictionary of Scientific Terms:
Pronunciation , Derivation , and
Definition of Terms in Biology,
Botany, Zoology, Anatomy, Cy-
tology, Embryology, Physiology.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 362. 1920. Oliver
and Boyd. 18s.

Huxley, T. H. Discourses, Biologi-
cal and Geological. New imp. Gl.
8vo. Pp.388. 1908. Macmillan.
6s.

and Martin, H. N. A Course

of Practical Instruction in Ele-
mentary Biology. 3rd edn. Re-
vised and extended by G. B.
Howes and D . H . Scott . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 528. 1907.; Macmillan.
12s. Gd.

Kirkaldy, J. W., and Drummond,
I. M. An Introduction to the
Study of Biology. Unicellular
Organisms ; Simple Multicellular
Organisms : Higher Plants and
Animals. Cr.Svo. Pp.266. 1909.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 6s. Qd.

Lloyd, F. E., and Bigelow, M.A.

The Teaching of Biology in the
Secondary School. New edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 500. 1919. Longmans.
8s.

Lloyd, R. E. An Introduction to
Biology: for Students in India.
8vo. Pp. 316. 1910. Longmans.
9s.

MacFadyen, A. The Cell as the
Unit of Life : An Introduction to
Biology . Edited by R . T . Hewlett .
8vo. Pp. 400. 1908. Churchill.
7s. Qd.

Miall, L. G. History of Biology.
Cr.Svo. Pp.150. 1011. Watts.
3s. Qd.

Mitchell, P. G., and Mudge, G. P.
Outlines of Biology. 4th edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.364. 1911. Methuen.
7s. Qd.

Parker , T . J . Lessons in Elementary
Biology. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
528. 1920. Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

Thesing, G. Lectures on Biology.
Translated by W. R. Boelter.
Med. 8vo. Pp. 342. 1911. Bale
and Danielsson. 10s. Qd.

Thomson, J. A. The Science of
Life. An Outline of the History of
Biology and its Recent Advances.
Cr.Svo. Pp.246. N.D. Blackie.
3s.

The Biology of the Seasons.

4th edn. Med. Svo. Pp. 393.
1915. Melrose. 15s.

Thornton, J. Elementary Biology;
Descriptive and Experimental .
Revised edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 288.
1907. Longmans. 4s. Gd.

ii. NATURE STUDY.

Glaxton, W. J. Methodical Nature
Study. Demy Svo. Pp. 190.

1911. Blackie. 7s. Qd.

Furneaux, W. S. The Outdoor
World; or the Young Collector's
Handbook. Cr. Svo. Pp. 439.

1912. Longmans. 6s. Gd.

A Nature Study Guide . Cr.Svo.

, Pp . 308 . 1918 . Longmans . 6s . 6d.

Life in Ponds and Streams. Cr.

Svo. Pp. 426. 1919. Longmans.
6s. Qd.

184

Biology.

Rennie, J. The Aims and Methods
of Nature Study. A Guide for
Teachers. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
368. 1917. University Tutorial
Press . 5s .

Thomson, J. A. The Wonder ol
Life . 4th imp . Demy 8vo . Pp .
680. 1920. Melrose. 15s.

iii. NATURAL HISTORY.

Abbey, G. The Balance of Nature
and Modern Conditions of Cultiva-
tion : A Practical Manual of Animal
Foes and Friends. Large 8vo.
Pp.300. 1909. Rout ledge. 1 Os. Qd.

Darwin, G . Journal of a Naturalist
during a Voyage Round the World
in H.M.S. tlBeagle." 5th imp.
Cr.Svo. Pp.521. 1912. Murray.
7s. Qd.

Deperet, G. Transformations of the
Animal World . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 376 .

1909. Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Gamble , F . W . The Animal World .
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 265. 1911.
Williams and Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Harmer , Sir S . F . , and Shipley , Sir
A . E . (edited by) . The Cambridge
Natural History. By Various
Writers. lOVols. Med. Svo.Vol.
1. Pp. 694. 1909. Vol. 2. Pp. 572.

1910. Vol. 3. Pp. 550. 1913.
Vol. 4. Pp. 566. 1920. Vol. 5.
Pp.596. 1910. Vol.6. Pp.638.
1918. Vol. 7. Pp. 788. 1910.
Vol. 8. Pp. 668. 1920. Vol. 9.
Pp. 652. 1909. Vol. 10. New
imp. in the Press. Macmillan.
21s. each Vol.

Huxley , J . S . The Individual in the
Animal Kingdom. Roy. 16mo.
Pp. 167. 1912. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press . 2s . Qd .

Lankester, Sir E. R. Science from
an Easy Chair. First Series.
8th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 439.
Methuen. 7s. Qd.

Science from an Easy Chair.

Second Series. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 426. Methuen. 7s. Qd.

Diversions of a Naturalist. 2nd

edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 440 . Methuen .

7s. Qd.

Lankester, Sir E.R. Secrets of
Earth and Sea . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 262 .
1920. Methuen. 8s. Qd.

Latter, O. H. The Natural History
of Some Common Animals. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 349. 1913. Cambridge
University Press. 6s.

Lloyd , R . E . The Growth of Groups
in the Animal Kingdom. 8vo.
Pp. 194. 1912. Longmans. 6s.

Lydekker, R. The Royal Natural
History. 6 Vols. New imp. in
preparation . Warne .

Wild Life of the World. A

Descriptive Survey of the Geo-
graphical Distribution of Animals.
3 Vols. Small Demy 4to. Pp.
486., 452., 460. Warne. 84s.

Animal Portraiture. Imp. 4to.

Pp. 105 and 50 Plates. Warne.
75s.

Protheroe, E. Natural History of
the World. 8vo. Pp.584. Rout-
ledge. 10s. Qd.

Scharff, R. F. The History of the
European Fauna. Cr. 8vo. Scott
Pub. Co. 7s. Qd.

Sherborn, G. D. (compiled by).
Index Animalium . Part 1 (1758-
1800). Roy. 8vo. Pp. 1,264.
1 902 . Cambridge University Press .
25s.

Smith, G. W, A Naturalist in
Tasmania. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1909.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. Qd.

Smith ;G. Primitive Animals. Roy.
16mo. Pp. 166. 1911. Cam-
bridge University Press. 2s. Qd.

Ward , F . Animal Life under Water .
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 188. 1919.
Cassell. 9s.

Westell , W . P . The Young Natural-
ist. A Guide to British Animal
Life. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 492. 1919.
Methuen. 7s. Qd.

iv. ZOOLOGY AND
MORPHOLOGY.

Beddard, F. E. Elementary Practi-
cal Zoology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 362
1915. Longmans. 4s. Qd.

185

Biology.

Borradaile, L. A. Manual of Ele-
mentary Zoology. 3rd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.630. *1920. Frowde and
Hodder. 18s.

Catechism Series . Zoology . By
R . A . Staig . 2nd edn . 3 Parts .
Cr. 8vo. Is. 9d. each, also
in one volume. Pp. 291. 1921.
Livingstone. 5s. Qd.

Dakin, W. J. The Elements of
Animal Biology. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
320. 1918. ^Macmillan. 6s.

Gardiner, J. S., and Borradaile,
L. A. The Cambridge Notebook
for Practical Biology (Zoology).
6th edn. 8vo. Pp~. 84. 1919.
Frowde and Hodder. 5s.

Howes , G . B . An Atlas of Practical
Elementary Zootomy. Preface by
T. H. Huxley. Med. 4to. Pp. 36
and 24 Plates. 1902. Macmillan.
12s. Qd.

Imms,A.D. A Laboratory Sketch -
Book of Zoology, for Indian Stu-
dents. 4to. Pp.228. 1911. Long-
mans. 10s. Qd.

Kerr, G. A Primer of Zoology.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 99. Dent. 2s.

Lankester, Sir E. R. (edited by).
A Treatise on Zoology . Demy 8vo .
Part 1 . Introduction and Proto/.oa
(First Fascicle). Pp. 296. 1909.
Part 1 . Introduction and Protozoa
(Second Fascicle). Pp.451. 1903.
Part 2 . The Porifera and Coelentera .
Pp. 368. 1900. Part 3. The
Echinoderrna . Pp. 344. 1900.
Part 4. The Platyhelmia, The
Mesozoa, and the Nemertini. Pp.
204. 1901. Part 5. Mollusca.
Pp.355. 1906. Part 7. Crustacea
(Third Fascicle). Pp. 346. 1909.
Part 9. Vertebrata Craniata (First
Fascicle). Pp. 518. 1909. Paper
covers, 15s. each. Cloth covers,
20s. each. Black.

Lulham, R. An Introduction to
Zoology. (Invertebrates). Cr.Svo.
Pp.474. 1913. Macmillan. 8s. Qd.

MacLeod, J. The Quantitative
Method in Biology . 8vo . Pp . 240 .
1919. Longmans. 16s.

Marshall , A . M . , and Hurst , C . H .

A Junior Course of Practical
Zoology. 9th edn. Revised by
F . W . Gamble . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 543 .
1920. Murray. 12s.
Masterman, A. T. Elementary
Text-Book of Zoology. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 652. Livingstone.
6s.

Morgan, C.L. Animal Biology : an
Elementary Text-Book. 4th i edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.426. 1911. Long-
mans . 9s . Qd .

O'Donoghue, C. H. An Introduc-
tion to Zoology for Medical Students.
Demy 8 vo. Pp.511. 1920. Bell.
16s.

Parker, T. J., and W. N. Elemen-
tary Course of Practical Zoology.
5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 650.
1920. Macmillan. 15s.

and Has well, W. A. A Text-

Book of Zoology. 2 Vols. 2nd
edn . Med . 8vo . Pp . 880 . , 748 .
1910. Macmillan. 36s.

and Haswell, W. A. A Manual

of Zoology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 566.
1918. Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

Russell , E . S . Form and Function .
A Contribution to the History of
Animal Morphology. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 383. 1916. Murray. 15s.

Sedgwick, A. Student's Text Book
of Zoology. 3 Vols. Demy 8vo.
Vol . 1 . Protozoa to Chactognatha .
Pp. 619. 1898. Vol. 2. Chordata
to Mammalia. Pp. 705. 1905.
Vol . 3 . The Introduction to Arthro-
poda , the Crustacea , and Xiphosura ,
by J. J. Lister; the Insecta and
Arachnida, by Sir A.E. Shipley.
Pp.918. 1909. Allen & Un win.
15s. each.

(edited by) . Proceedings of the

Fourth International Congress of
Zoology . (Cambridge , 1898) . Demy
8vo. 1898. Cambridge University
Press. 15s.

Shipley , Sir A . E . . and MacBride ,
E. W. Zoology. An Elementary
Text -Book. 4th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.772. 1920. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 20s.

186

Biology.

Thompson, D'A. W. On Growth
and Form. Demy 8vo. Pp. 830.
1917 . Cambridge University Press .
24s.

Thomson, .1. A. The Study of
Animal Life. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 477. 1917. Murray. 6s.

Secrets of Animal Life. Demy

8vo. Pp. 332. 1919. Melrose.
7.9. 6d.

Outlines of Zoology. 7th edn.

Cr. 8vo. Pp.890. 1921. Frowde
and Hodder. 18s.

Wells, H. G., and Davies, A.M.

Text-Book of Zoology. Revised by
.T.T.Cunningham. 6th edn. 10th
imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 495. 1917.
University Tutorial Press. 9s. 6d.

v. INSECTS: SPIDERS, TICKS.

Adler , H . Alternating Generat ions . A
Riological Study of Oak Galls and
Gall Flies. Translated and edited
by C. R. Straton. Cr. Svo. Pp.
242. 1894. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 10s. 6d.

Avebury, Lord. On the Senses,
Instincts, and Intelligence of Ani-
mals, with special Reference to
Insects. 6th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
164. Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Ants, Bees, and Wasps : a Record

of Observations on the Habits of the
Social Hymenoptera. 17th edn.
3rd imp. 'Cr.Svo. Pp.453. 1915.
Kegan Paul. 7s. 6rf.

Bal four -Browne, F. Keys to the

Orders of Insects. Demy Svo.
Pp.66. 1920. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 7s. Qd .

Barrett, C. G. The Lepidoptera of
the British Islands. A Descriptive
account, of their Families , Genera ,
Species, Preparatory States and
Localities. 11 Vols. Demy Svo.
1893-1907. Vol.1. Rhopalocera.
Vols. 2 — 11, Heterocera. 12s.
each. Large Paper Edition with
504 Coloured Plates. Roy. Svo.
1893—1907. (Vol. 1. Separately,
63?. £33 15s. Labelling List of
Species. Is. Qd. Lovell Reeve.

Bastin, H. British Insects and How
to know them. Fcap. Svo. Pu.
142. 1917. Methuen. 2s.

Bath, W. H. Handbook of Ants,
Bees, Dragon Flies, Earwigs,
Crickets, and Flies. 5th edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp.108. 1912. Allen and
Unwin. Is. Qd.

Buckton, G. B. Monograph of the
British Cicadse or Tettigidse . With
82 Coloured Plates, illustrating
about 250 Species. 2 Vols. Med.
Svo. Pp. 211. .206. 3891. Lovell
Reeve . 63s .

Monograph of the Membracidae.

With 2 structural and 60 Plates,
illustrating about 400 species . Imp .
Svo. Pp~ 296. 1903. Lovell
Reeve. Coloured, £5 5s. Un-
co loured, £2 15s.

Butler, E. A. Pond Life: Insects.
6th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.127. 1909.
Allen and Unwin. Is. Qd.

Carpenter, G. H. Insects: their
Structure and Life. A Primer of
Entomology. Cr. Svo. Pp. 104.
Dent . 6s /

The Life Story of Insects. Roy.

16mo. Pp.134. 1913. Cambridge
University Press. 2s. Qd.

Coleman , W . S . British Butterflies .
New edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.160. 1910.
Rout ledge. 5s.

Crabtree , J . H . Wonders of Insect
Life: Details of the Habits and
Structure of Insects. Illustrated
by the Camera and the Microscope.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 219. 1920. Rout-
ledge . 6s .

Ealand , C : . A . Insect Life . With 5O
Coloured Plates and 24 Photographs .
Demy Svo . Pp . 352 . 1921 . Black .
30s.

Edwards , J . The Hemiptera Homo-
ptera of the British Islands . With
2 structural Plates. Demy Svo.
Pp. 271. 1896. 21s. Large
Paper Edition, with 28 Plates,
illustrating about 300 Species.
Super Roy. Svo. Pp. 283. 1896.
Coloured, 50s; uneoloured, 25*.
Lovell Reeve.

1ST

Biology.

Eltringham, H. African Mimetic
Butterflies, being descriptions and
illustrations of the principal known
instances of Mimetic Resemblance
in the Rhopalocera of the Ethiopian
Region, together with an explana-
tion of the Mullerian and Batesian
Theories of Mimicry, and some of
the account of the evidences on
which these theories are based.
Roy. 4to. Pp. 136 and Plates.
191 0 . Oxford : Clarendon Press . 50* .

Fabre, J. H. The Mason Wasps.
Translated by A. T. de Mattos.
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 324. N.D.

Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. 6d.

The Mason Bees. Translated by

A. T. de Mattos. Large Cr. 8vd.

Pp. 324. N.D. Hodder and

Stoughton. 8s. Gd.
The Life of the Caterpillar.

Translated by A. T. de Mattos.

Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 390. 1917.

Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. Gd.
Bramble Bees and Others . Trans-
lated by A. T. de Mattos. Large

Cr. 8vo". Pp.484. 1917. Hodder

and Stoughton . 8s. Gd.
The Hunting Wasps . Translated

by A . T . de Mattos . Large Cr . 8vo .

Pp. 435. 1919. Hodder and

Stoughton. 8s. Gd.
The Life of the Fly, with which

are interspersed some Chapters of

Autobiography. Translated by A.

T . de Mattos . Large Cr . 8vo . Pp .

477. 1919. Hodder and Stoughton .

8s. Gd.
The Glow Worm, and other

Beetles. Translated by A. T. de

Mattos. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 496.

1919. Hodder and Stoughton.

8s. Gd.
The Life of the Grasshopper.

Translated by A. T. de Mattos.

Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 318. 1917.

Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. Gd.
The Sacred Beetle and Others.

Translated by A. T. de Mattos.

Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 317. 1918.

Hodder and Stoughton. 8s. Gd.
The Life of the Spider. Trans-
lated by A. T. de Mattos. Large

Cr. 8vo. Pp.418. 1918. Hodder

and Stoughton . 8s. 6<f.

Fabre, J. H. The Life and Lore of
the Insect . Translated by A . T . de
Mattos. Cr. 8vo. Pp.262. 1918.
Black. 7s. Gd.

The Wonders of Instinct: Chap-
ters in the Psychology of Insects.
Translated by A. T. de Mattos and
B. Miall. 5th imp. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 320. 1919. Fisher Unwin.
10s. Gd.

Social Life in the Insect W7orld.

Translated by B . Miall . 1 3th imp .
DemySvo. Pp.327. 1920. Fisher
Unwin. 10s. Gd.

Forel, A. The Senses of Insects.
Translated by M. Yearsley. Demy
8vo. Pp. 331. 1908. Methuen.
12s. Gd.

Fowler, W. W. The Coleoptera of
the British Islands. A Descriptive
Account of the Families, Genera,
and Species, with Notes as to
Localities, Habitats, etc. 6 Vols.
Demy 8vo. 1887-1913. Lovell
Reeve. £6 6s.

Furneaux , W . S . British Butterfl ies
and Moths. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 372.
1916. Longmans. 6s. Gd.

Gillanders, A. T. Forest Entomo-
logy . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 452 .
1912. Blackwood. 15s.

Hardy , G . H . The Book of the Fly .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1915. Heine-
mann. 2s. Gd.

Hewitt. C. G. The House -Fly.
DemySvo. Pp.397. 1914. Cam-
bridge University Press. 18s.

House Flies and How they

Spread Disease. Roy. 16mo. Pp.
131. 1914. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 2s. Gd.

Hofmann, E. The Young Beetle-
Collector's Handbook. 3rd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 178. 1908. Allen
and Unwin. 5s.

Kirby , W . E . British Butterflies and
Moths. 70 Coloured Plates, con-
taining figures of all the larger
Lepidoptera, many Caterpillars and
Chrysalides, and 4 Plates of Micro-
lepidoptera. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.
510. Routledge. 12s. Gd.

188

Biology.

Kirby , W. E . Elementary Text-book
of Entomology. 2nd edn. Large
Cr.Svo. Pp. 281. 1892. Allen
and Unwin. 10s. Gd.

Land, H. G. The Butterflies of
Europe. In 2 Vols. With 82
Coloured Plates, containing up-
wards of 900 Figures. Super Roy.
8vo. 1884. Lovell Reeve. £3 18s.

Latter, O. H. Bees and Wasps.
Roy. 16mo. Pp. 138. 1913.
Cambridge University Press. 2s. Gd.

Miall, L. C. Natural History of
Aquatic Insects . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 408 .
1903 . Macmil Ian . 4s .

and Denny, A. The Structure

and Life History of the Cockroach
(Periplaneta Orientalis). An Intro-
duction to the Study of Insects.
8vo. Pp. 224. 1886. Lovell
Reeve. 7s. Gd .

and Hammond, A. R. The

Harlequin Fly : its Structure and
Life History . 8vo . Pp . 204 . 1 900 .
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. Gd.

Moggridge , J . T . Harvesting Ants ,
and Trap-Door Spiders. Notes and
Observations on their Habits and
Dwellings at Mentone. With Sup-
plement. 8vo. Pp. 304, and 20
Plates. 1873. Love 11 Reeve. 12s.

Moore, F. The Lepidoptera of
Ceylon . Rhopalocera and Hetero-
cera . 3 Vols . 215 Coloured Plates .
Demy 4to. 1880-1887. Lovell
Reeve. £21 12s.

and Swinhoe, C. Lepidoptera

Indica. Phopalocera. Complete
in 10 vols. with 835 Coloured
Plates. Demy 4to. 1890-1913.
Per Vol. £9 5s. Complete set
(which may be taken in monthly or
bi-monthly volumes) £85. Lovell
Reeve .

Morris, F. O. Natural History of
British Moths. 1933 hand-painted
figures. 4 Vols. 6th edn. Super
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 285., 180., 227.,
327. 1903. Rout ledge. 70s.

British Butterflies. 79 hand-
painted Plates. Super Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 242. 1904. Routledge. 25s.

Nuttall , G .H .F . , and others . Ticks .
A Monograph of the Ixodoidea . Roy .
8vo. Part 1. Pp. 114. 1908.
7s. Gd. Part 2. Pp. 368. 1911.
14s. Part 3. Pp. 564. 1915.
14s. Bibliography. Part 1. Pp.
74. 1911. 7s. Gd. Part 2. Pp.36.
1915. 6s. Gd. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press.

Pearce, E. K. Typical Flies. A
Photographic Atlas. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 60. 1915. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 6s.

Poulton, E. B . Colours of Animals :
their Meaning and Use, especially
considered in the Case of Insecls.
2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Po. 373. 1890.
Kegan Paul. 7s. Gd.

Punnett, R. G. Mimicry in Butter-
flies. Roy. 8vo. Pp.* 196. 1915.
Cambridge University Press. 15s.

Ross, E. H. The Reduction of
Domestic Flies. Demy 8vo. Pp.
103. 1913. Murray, os.

Rye, E. C., and Fowler, W.
W. British Beetles. 16 Coloured
Plates and Woodcuts. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1889. Lovell
Reeve. 10s. Gd.

Russell, H. The Flea. Roy. 16mo.
Pp. 132. 1913. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 2s. Gd.

Saunders , E . The Hemiptera Heter-
optera of the British Islands : A
Descriptive account of the Families ,
Genera, and Species indigenous to
Great Britain and Ireland ; with
a Structural Plate. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 350. 1892. 21s. Large paper
edn. With 31 Plates, illustrating
about 300 Species . Super Roy . 8vo .
Coloured, 63s. Unco loured, 42s.
Lovell Reeve.

The Hymenoptera Aculeata of

the British Isles. A Descriptive
account of the Families, Genera,
and Species indigenous to Great
Britain and Ireland . With 3 Struc-
tural Plates. DemySvo. Pp.391.
1896. Lovell Reeve. 21s.

— Wild Bees, Wasps, Ants and
other Stinging Insects. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 150. Routledge. 4s. Gd.

189

Biology.

Scorer, A. G. The Entomologist's
Log Book. A Dictionary in Latin
and English of the Life-Histories
and Food Plants of British Butter-
flies and larger Moths. 8vo. Pp.
380. 1913. Routledge. 10s. 6d.

Sharp, D., and Fowler, W. W. A
Catalogue of the British Coleop-
tera. Pp. 46. 1893. Lovell
Reeve. Is. Gd.

Sharpe, E. M. Bowdler. Mono-
graph of the Genus Teraeolus. 44
Coloured Plates. Demy 4to. Pp.
156. 1914. Lovell Reeve. 63s.

Shipley , Sir A . E . The Minor Hor-
rors of War . 3rd edn . Large Post
8vo. Pp. 186. 1916. Murray.
2s.

More Minor Horrors. Large

PostSvo. Pp.163. 1916. Murray.
2s.

Shuckard , W . E . British Bees . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 371. 1866. Lovell
Reeve. 10s. Gd.

South, R. The Butterflies of the
British Isles. A complete Pocket
Guide. Pocket size. Pp. 216.
Warne. 8s. Gd.

The Moths of the British Isles .

A Complete Pocket Guide: 2 Vols.
Pocket Size. Pp. 350., 382.
Warne. 12s. Gd. each vol.

Stainton, H. T. British Butterflies
and Moths. 2nd edition. 16 Col-
oured Plates. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 292.
Love 1 ! Reeve . 1 Os . Gd .

Staveley, E. F. British Insects. A
Familiar Description of the Form,
Structure, Habits, and Transforma-
tions of Insects . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 392 .
Lovell Reeve . 10s . Gd.

S wanton, E. W. British Plant -
Galls. A Classified Text-Book of
Cecidology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 303.
1912. Methuen. 10s. Gd.

Swinhoe, C. Catalogue of Eastern
and Australian Lepidoptera Hetero-
cera in the Oxford University
Museum. 8vo. Part 1 . Sphinges
and Bombyces. Pp. 332. 1892.
21s. Part 2. Noctuina, Geomet-
rina, and Pyralidina, by C. Swin-
hoe ; Pterophoridae and Tineina , by
Lord Walsingham and J. H.
Durrant. Pp. 638. 1900. 42s.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Theobald, F. V. Insect Life: A
Short Account of the Classification
and Habits of Insects. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.248. 1905. Methuen.
3s. Gd.

Tillyard, R. J. The Biology of
Dragon-Flies. Demy 8vo. Pp.
409. 1917. Cambridge University
Press. 17s.

Tutt , J . W . The British Noctuae and
their Varieties. 4 Vols. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 575. 1891. Allen & Unwin.
7s . each ,

- Melanism and Melanochroism in
British Lepidoptera. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 66. 1891. Allen & Unwin.
5s.

War bur ton . G . Spiders . Roy . 16mo .
Pp . 146 . 1912. Cambridge
University Press . 3s . Gd .

Wilson, O. S. The Larvae of the
British Lepidoptera. and their Food
Plants. With 40 Coloured Plates
containing over 400 Figures . Super
Roy. 8vo. Pp.396. 1880. Lovell
Reeve . 63s .

vi. OTHER INVERTEBRATES.

Beddard, F. E. The Order Oligo-
chaeta : a Monograph. Structural
and Svstematic. Demv 4to. Pp.
770. 1895. Oxford: Clarendon
Press . 42s .

- Earthworms and their Allies.
Roy. 16mo. Pp. 155. 1912.
Cambridge University Press . 2s . Gd .

Beneden . P. J. Animal Parasites
and Messmates. 5th edn. Cr.
8 vo . Pp . 302 . 1 904 . Kegan Pau 1 .
7s. Gd.

Dakin, W. J. Pearls. Roy. 16mo.
Pp. 149. 1913. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 2s. Gd.

Darwin, G. Vegetable Mould: The
Formation of Vegetable Mould
through the Action of Earth -Worms .
Cr.Svo. Pp.298. 1904. Murray.

7s. Gd.

Dobell, C. The Amoeba living in
Man. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 164. 1919.
Bale & Danielsson. 7s. Gd.

190

Biology.

Fantham, H. B., and Porter, A.

Some Minute Animal Parasites ; or
Unseei. Foes in the Animal World.
Cr.Svo. Pp.332. 1914. Methuen.

7s. (yd.

Griffiths. A. B. The Physiology of
the Invertebrata . Demy 8vo . Pp .
486. 1892. Lovell Reeve. 15.9..

Huxley, T. H. The Crayfish: an
Introduction to the Study of Zool-
ogy. 7th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.385.
1906. Kegan Pan 1 . 7s.Qd.

Kew , H . W . The Dispersal of Shells .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 305. 1893. Kegan
Paul. 7s. Qd.

Lovell, M.S. The Edible Mollusca
of Great Britain and Ireland, with
the Modes of Cooking them. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.810. Lovell
Reeve. 10s. Qd.

Pennington, A. S. British Zoo-
phytes: Hydroida, Actinozoa, and
Polyzoa. 24 Plates. Cr.Svo. Pp.
363*. 1885. Lovell Reeve. lOs.Grf.

Shipley, Sir A. E. Pearls and

Parasites. Demy 8vo. Pp. 232.

1908. Murray. 7s. Qd.
Stebbing, T. R. R. A History of

Crustacea : Recent Malacostraca. Cr.

8vo. Pp.484. 1893. Kegan Paul.

7s. Qd.

Step, E. Shell Life. An Introduc-
tion to the British Mollusca. Cr.
Svo. Pp.414. Warne. 7s. Qd.

Webb, W. M., and Sillem, C. The
British Wood lice. Large Cr. Svo.
Pp.60. 1906. Duckworth. 6s.

Wollaston, T. V. Testacea Atlan-
tica. The Land and Freshwater
Shells of the Azores. Madeiras,
Salvages , Canaries , Cape Verde and
St. Helena. Svo. Pp.588. 1878.
Lovell Reeve. 21s.

Wood -Jones, F. Coral and Atolls.
A History and Description of the
Keeling-Cocos Islands, their Fauna
and Flora, and a discussion of the
Method of Development and Trans-
formation of Coral Structures in
General. Fully Illustrated. Re-
issue. Med. Svo. Pp.415. 1912.
Lovell Reeve. 15s.

Woodward , B . B . The Life of the
Mollusca . Cr . Svo . Pp . 170 . 191 3 .
Methuen. 7s. Qd.

vii. VERTEBRATES.
a . General .

Cunningham , J . T ., Lydekker,R.,
Boulenger , G . A . , and Thomson ,

J . A . Reptiles , Amphibia , Fishes ,
and Lower Chordata. Demv Svo.
Pp.522. 1912. Methuen. 12s.6d.

Fitzsimons, F. W. The Natural
History of South Africa . Mammals .
4 Vols. Cr. Svo. Vol. 1. Pp.
197. 1919. 9s. Vol 2. Pp.
207. 1919. 9s. Vol. 3. Pp.
292. 1920. 12s. Qd. Vol.4. Pp.
291. 1920. 12s. Qd. Longmans.

Johnston, J. B. The Nervous Sys-
tem of Vertebrates . Med . Svo . Pp .
370. 1908. Murray. 18s.

Kingsley, J. S. Comparative Anat-
omy of Vertebrates . 2nd edn .
Demy Svo. Pp. 449. 1919.
Murray. 21s.

Reynolds. S. H. The Vertebrate
Skeleton . 2nd edn . Demy Svo .
Pp. 552. 1913. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 20s.

b. Fishes.

Beavan , R . Handbook of the Fresh -
water Fishes of India. 12 Plates.
Svo. Pp. 255. 1877. Lovell
Reeve. 10s. Qd.

Furneaux, W. S. The Sea Shore.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 454. 1903. Long-
mans. 6s. Qd.

Hickson, S. J. The Fauna of the
Deep Sea . Cr . Svo . Pp . 185 . 1893 .
Kegan Paul. 3s. Qd.

Jenkins , J . T . The Sea Fisheries .
Roy. Svo. Pp. 330. 1920. Con-
stable. 24s.

Johnstone, J. British Fisheries:
their Administration and their
Problems. Demy Svo. Pp . 350.
1905. Williams &Norgate. 10s. Qd.

Conditions of Life in the Sea.

Demy Svo. Pp.346. 190S. Cam-
bridge University Press. 12s.

Life in the Sea . Roy . 16mo . Pp .

152. 1911. Cambridge University
Press. 2s. Qd.

191

Biology.

McTntosh , W . C . The Resources of
the Sea; as shown in the scientific
experiments to test the effects of
Trawling and of the Closure of cer-
tain areas off the Scottish shores.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 360.
1921 . Cambridge University Press .
35s.

and Masterman, A. T. The

Life-Histories of the British Marine
Food-Fishes . Demy 8vo . Pp . 516 .
1 897 . Cambridge University Press .
28s.

Meek, A. The Migrations of Fish.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 448. 1916.
Arnold. 18s.

Regan , G . T . The Freshwater Fishes
of the British Isles. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
311. 1911. Methuen. 7s. 6d.

Samuel, A.M. The Herring: its
Effect on the History of Britain.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 199. 1918.
Murray. 12s.

c. Batrachians and Reptiles.

Boulenger, G. A. The Snakes of
Europe. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
282. 1913. Methuen. 7s. Qd.

Ecker. A. Anatomy of the Frog.
Translated with annotations and
additions by G. Haslam. Med.
8vo. Pp.466. 1899. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 18s.

Leighton, G. R. The Life-History
of British Serpents, and their Local
Distribution in the British Isles.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.399. 1901. Black-
wood . 5s .

Marshall , A . M . The Frog . Edited
by F. W. Gamble, llth edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 190. 1919. Macmillan.
6s.

d. Birds.

Atkinson, J . C . British Birds' Eggs
and Nests. New edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp . 247 . N .D . Routledge . 5s .

Bonhote, J. L. Birds of Britain,
containing 100 full-page Coloured
Plates. 5th imp. Sq. Demy
8vo. Pp.405. 1917. Black. 16s.

Boraston, J. M. British Birds and
their Eggs . With a New Method of
Identification. With 136 Coloured
Plates. Cr.Svo. Pp.311. N.D.
Chambers. 10s. 6d.

Bradley , O . C . The Structure of the
Fowl. Cr. Svo. Pp. 153, 1915.
Black. 6s.

Coward, T. A. The Migration oj
Birds. 2nd edn. Roy. 16mo. Pp.
137. 1912. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 2s. 6rf.

The Birds of the British Isles and

Their Eggs. First Series, with
242 coloured illustrations . Pocket
size. Vol. 1. The Land Birds
(Families Corvidae to Sulidae). Pp.
384. 1920. Vol. 2. Families
Anatidae to Tetraonidae. Pp. 384.
1920. Warne. 12s. Qd. each vol.

Dixon , G . Open-Air Studies in Bird-
Life : Sketches of British Birds in-
their Haunts. Cr. Svo. Pp. 282.
1903. Griffin. 7s. 6d.

Evans , A . H . The B irds o !' B i itain :
their Distribution and Habits. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 288. 1916. Cambridge
University Press. 5s.

Hudson , W . H . British Birds . With
a Chapter on Structure and Classifi-
cation by F . E . Beddard , Cr . Svo .
Pp. 385.* 191S. Longmans. 6s.6rf.

Johns, C. A. British Birds in Their
Haunts. 15th edn. Post Svo. Pp.
626. 1920. S.P.C.K. 10s.

Millais, J. G. The Natural History
of the British Surface -Feed ing
Ducks . With Coloured Plates by A .
Thorburn. and the Author. Roy.
4to. Longmans. 126s.

Pycraft, W. P. A History of Birds.
Demy Svo. Pp. 472. 1910.
Methuen. 12s. Gd.

Thomson , A . L . Britain 's Birds and
their Nests. With 132 Coloured
Drawings by G. Rankin. Roy. Svo.
Pp. 368. N.D. Chambers. 25s.

Thorburn, A. British Birds. With
82 Coloured Plates by the Author .
4 Vols. 4to. 1918. Longmans.
£10 10s.

Westell, W. P. The Young Orni-
thologist . A Guide to the Haunts ,
Homes and Habits of British Birds.
Cr.Svo. Pp.328. 1911. Methuen.
6s.

192

Biology.

e. Mammals.

Beddard , F . E . A Book of Whales .
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1900.
Murray. 7s. 6d.

Bresslau, E. The Mammary Appar-
atus of the Mammalia in the Light
of Protogenesis and Phylogenesis.
Cr.Svo. Pp.178. 1920. Methuen.

55.

Hartmann, R. Anthropoid Apes.
2ndedn. Cr.Svo. Pp.334. 1904.
Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Lydekker, R. A Geographical His-
tory of Mammals. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
412. 1896. Cambridge University
Press. 12s.

The Horse and its Relatives.

DemySvo. Pp.286. 1912. Allen
& Unwin. 12s. 6d.

The Sheep and Its Cousins . Demy

8vo. Pp. 315. 1912. Allen &
Unwin. 12s. 6d.

Meysey -Thompson. R. F. The
Horse. Its Origin and Develop-
ment. DemySvo. Pp.448. 1911.
Arnold. 155.

Millais, J. G. The Mammals of
Great Britain and Ireland. With
coloured Plates by A . Thorburn , G .
E. Lodge, H. Gronvold, W. B.
Davis, Sir E. Landseer, and the
Author. 3 Vols. 4to. Longmans.
£18 18s.

Ridgeway, Sir W. The Origin and
Influence of the Thoroughbred
Horse. DemySvo. Pp.564. 1905.
Cambridge University Press. 15s.

Schmidt, O. Mammalia in their
Relation to Primeval Times. 2nd
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 320. 1894.
Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Thorburn, A. British Mammals.
With 50 Coloured Plates by the
Author. 2 Vols. 4to. 1920-21.
Longmans . £10 10s .

A Naturalist's Sketch Book.

With 60 Plates by the Author.
4to. 1919. Longmans. £6 6s.

Westell, W. P. The Book of the
Animal Kingdom : Mammals . Fcap .
4to . Pp . 379 . Dent . 12s . 6d .

viii. GEOGRAPHICAL
DISTRIBUTION.

Gadow , H . The Wanderings of Ani-
mals. Roy.l6mo. Pp.156. 1913.
Cambridge University Press . 2s. 6d.

Newbigin, M. I. Animal Geo-
graphy. Cr.Svo. Pp.328. 1913.
Oxford : Clarendon Press . 4s . 6rf.

Scharff, R. F. European Animals:
The Geological History and their
Geographical Distribution . Demy
Svo. Pp. 272. 1907. Constable.
7s. 6rf.

Wallace, A. R. The Geographical
Distribution of Animals. With a
Study of the relations of living and
extinct Faunas as elucidating the
past changes of the earth 's surface .
2 Vols . Svo . Pp . 528 . , 620 . 1876 .
Macmillan. 48s.

ix. EVOLUTION, VARIATION,

HEREDITY, GENETICS, SEX,

ORIGIN OF LIFE.

Adami, J. G. Medical Contribution
to the Study of Evolution . Demy
Svo. Pp.390. 1918. Duckworth.
18s.

Alexander, F. M. Man's Supreme
Inheritance . New edn . Cr . Svo .
Pp.270. 1918. Methuen. 7s.6d.

Ball , W. P . Are the Effects of Use
and Disuse Inherited? An Exam-
ination of the view held by Spencer
and Darwin. Cr. Svo. Pp. 168.
1890. Macmillan. 3s. 6rf.

Bateson, W. The Methods and
Scope of Genetics. Cr. Svo. Pp.
48. 1912. Cambridge University
Press . 2s .

Mendel's Principles of Heredity.

3rd imp. Roy. Svo. Pp. 429.
1913 . Cambridge University Press .
15s.

Bennett, W. The Ethical Aspects of
Evolution, the Parallel Growth of
Opposite Tendencies. Svo. Pp.
220. 1908. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. Os.

Chamberlain, A. The Child: a
Study in the Evolution of Man . Cr .
Svo . Scott Pub . Co . 7s . 6d .

193

Biology.

Clodd, E. The Story of Creation: a
Plain Account of Evolution. Cr.
8vo. Pp.258. 1916. Longmans.
6s.

Darwin, G. Variation of Animals
and Plants under Domestication.
2 Vols. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
566., 605. 1905. Murray. 15s.

— • — The Foundations of the Origin of
Species. Two Essays written in
1842 and 1844. Edited by Sir F.
Darwin. Demy 8vo. Pp. 294.
1909 . Cambridge University Press .
7s. Gd.

The Descent of Man and Selection

in Relation to Sex. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 1031. 1913. Murray.
9s.

The Origin of Species by Means

of Natural Selection , or the Preserv-
ation of Favoured Races in the
Struggle for Life. 6th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 432. 1920. Murray.
7s. Gd.

Dendy , A . Outlines of Evolutionary
Biology, with Glossary of Techni-
cal Terms . 2nd edn . " Demy 8vo .
Pp.493. 1919. Constable. 15s.

De Vries , H . The Mutation Theory :
Experiments and Observations on
the Origin of Species in the Vege-
table Kingdom. 2 Vols. Large
8vo. Pp. 597., 691. 1910-11.
Kegan Paul. 36s.

Doncaster , L . Heredity in the Light
of Recent Research. Roy. 16mo.
Pp. 167. 1912. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 2s. Gd.

The Determination of Sex . Demy

8vo. Pp. 184. 1914. Cambridge
University Press . 12s .

Drinkwater, H. A Lecture on Men-
del ism . Demy 8vo . Pp . 31 . Dent .
3s. Gd.

Ga1ton,F. Hereditary Genius. An
Inquiry into its Laws and Conse-
quences. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
412. 1914. Macmillan. 6s. Gd.

and Schuster, E. Noteworthy

Families — (Modern Science). An
Index to Kinships in near Degrees
between Persons whose Achieve-
ments are Honourable and have been
Publicly Recorded . Cr . Svo . Pp .
96. 1906. Murray. 6s.

Gates , R . R . The Mutation Factor in
Evolution, with particular refer-
ence to GEnothera . Svo . Pp . 370 .
1915. Macmillan. 12s. Gd.

Geddes, P., and Thomson, J. A.
Sex. Fcap. Svo. Pp. 255. 1919.
Williams & Norgate. 2s. Gd.

Haldane, J. S . Mechanism, Life and
Personality. An Examination of
the Mechanistic Theory of Life and
Mind. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.160.
1921 . Murray . 6s .

Hartog, M. Problems of Life and
Reproduction . Large Cr . Svo . Pp .
362. 1913. Murray. 7s. Gd.

Herbert, S. First Principles of
Evolution. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.348. 1919. Black. 12s. Gd.

First Principles of Heredity.

2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.199. 1920.
Black. 7s. Gd.

Hird. D. A Picture Book of Evolu-
tion . New edn . Cr . Svo . Pp . 380 .
1920. Watts. 12s.6d.

Huxley, T. H. Darwiniana. New
imp. Gl. Svo. Pp. 475. 1907.
Macmillan . 6s .

Evolution and Ethics and other

Essays. New imp. Gl. Svo. Pp.
334. 1911. Macmillan. 6s.

Man's Place in Nature and Other

Essays. New imp. Gl. Svo. Pp.
328. 1910. Macmillan. 6s.

Jevons , F . B . Evolution . Cr . Svo .
Pp. 301. 1900. Methuen. 6s.

Johns tone, J. The Philosophy of
Biology. Demy Svo. Pp. 408.
1914 . Cambridge University Press .
12s.

Judd, J. W. The Coming of Evolu-
tion. Roy.l6mo. Pp.171. 1912.
Cambridge LTniversity Press.
2s. Gd.

Kidd, W. Initiative in Evolution.
Svo. Pp. 272. 1920. Witherby.
15s.

Lamarck, J. B. Zoological Phil-
osophy. An Exposition with regard
to the Natural History of Animals.
Translated, with an Introduction
by H. S. Elliot. Svo. Pp. 502.
1914. Macmillan. 18s.

194

Biology.

Lluria , E . Super-Organic Evolution :
Nature and the Social Problem.
Cr.Svo. Pp.233. 1910. Williams
& Norgate. 7s. Qd.

Lock , R . H . Recent Advances in the
Study of Variation, Heredity and
Evolution. Revised by L. Don-
caster. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 336.
1916. Murray. 9.9.

Macfie , R . G . Heredity , Evolution ,
and Vitalism: The Results of Mod-
ern Research into these Questions —
their Trend and Significance. Demy
8vo. Pp. 302. 1912. John
Wright . 6s .

MacNamara, N. C. The Evolution
and Function of Living Purposive
Matter. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 309. 1910.
Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Mitchell, P. G. Evolution and the
War. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 114. 1915.
Murray. 4s. Qd.

Moore , B . The Origin and Nature of
Life. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.256. 1913.
Williams & Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Morgan , G . L . Eugenics and En-
vironment. Cr.Svo^ Pp. 88. 1919.
Bale and Danielsson . 2s .

Nash,J.T.G. Evolution and Dis-
ease. DemySvo. Pp.320. 1912.
John Wright. 3s. Qd.

Oliver, F. W., Bayliss, W. M., and
others . Life and Its Maintenance :
A Symposium on Biological Prob-
lems of the Day . Lectures delivered
at University College, London,
1918. Cr. Svo. Pp.' 305. 1919.
Blackie. 5s.

Pearson , K . The Chances of Death .
and other Studies in Evolution. 2
Vols. Demy 8vo. Pp. 388,, 460.
1897 . Cambridge University Press .
27s.

The Grammar of Science. 3rd

edn . Demy 8vo . Part 1 . Physical .
Pp. 394. 1911. 10s. Part 2.
Biological. In preparation. Black.

Tables for Statisticians and Bio-
metricians. Demy 4to. Pp. 226.
1914 . Cambridge University Press .
15s.

Poulton, E, B. Essays on Evolu-
tion, 1889-1907. 8vo. Pp. 528.
1908. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
12s.

Punnett, R. G. Mendelism. 5th
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 236. 1919.
Macmillan. 7s. 6d.

Reid , Sir G . A . The Laws of Here-
dity. With a Diagrammatic Repre-
sentation by H. H. Turner. 2nd
edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 560. 1910.
Methuen. "21s.

Ritchie , J . The Influence of Man on
Animal Life in Scotland . A Study
in Faunal Evolution. Roy. Svo.
Pp. 556. 1920. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 28s.

Romanes , G . .1 . An Examination of
Weismannism. Cr. Svo. Pp. 234.
1893. Longmans. 6s.

Darwin and After Darwin :

an Exposition of the Darwinian
Theory, and a Discussion on
Post -Darwinian Questions . Cr . Svo
Part 1 . The Darwinian Theory. 3rd
imp. Pp. 476. 1905. Part 2.
Post -Darwinian Questions : Hered-
ity and Utility. New edn. Pp.
356. 1900. Longmans. 10s. Qd.
each.

Roper, A. G. Ancient Eugenics.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 80. 1913. Oxford
University Press. 3s.

Schmidt, O. Doctrine of Descent
and Darwinism. 8th edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp.338. 1905. KeganPaul.
7s. Qd.

Seward , A . G . (edited by) . Darwin

and Modern Science. * Essays in
Commemoration of the Centenary
of the Birth of Charles Darwin and
of the Fiftieth Anniversary of the
publication of The Origin of Species.
Roy. Svo. Pp. 595/1910. Cam-
bridge University Press. 24s.

Thomson, J. A. Darwinism and
Human Life . 5th edn . Demy Svo .
Pp. 263. 1919. Melrose. 7s. Qd.

Heredity. 4th edn. Large Cr.

Svo. Pp. 643. 1920. Murray.
21s.

and Geddes, P. Evolution.

Fcap. Svo. Pp. 256. 1918.
Williams & Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Vernon, H. M. Variation in Ani-
mals and Plants. Cr. Svo. Pp.
432. 1903. KeganPaul. 7s. Gd.

195

Biology.

Wallace , A . R . Contributions to the
Theory of Natural Selection, and
Tropical Nature, and other Essays
on Descriptive and Theoretical
Biology. Cr.Svo. Pp.504. 1895.
Macmillan. 8s. Qd.

Darwinism : An Exposition of the

Theory of Natural Selection. 3rd.
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 514. 1912.
Macmillan. 8s. Qd.

The World of Life : A Manifesta-
tion of Creative Power, Directive
Mind, and Ultimate Purpose. 5th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 424. 1914.
Chapman & Hall . 6s .

Ward, J. Heredity and Memory.
Henry Sidgwick Lecture, 1912.
Cr.Svo. Pp.56. 1915. Cambridge
University Press. Paper, Is. Cloth
ls.6d.

Wasmann , E . The Problem of Evol-
ution. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 280.
1912. Kegan Paul. 6s.

Weismann, A. Essays upon Hered-
ity. Authorised Translation. 2
Vols . Cr . 8vo . Vol . 1 . Edi ted by
E. B. Poulton, S. Schonland, and
Sir A. E. Shipley. 2nd edn. Pp.
488. 1891. 8s. Qd. Vol.2. Pp.
234. 1892. 6s. Oxford : Clarendon
Press .

The Germ Plasm : A Theory of

Heredity . Cr . 8vo . Scott Pub . Co .
7s. Qd.

The Evolution Theory. Trans-
lated by J. A. and M. Thomson.
2 Vols. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 432. ,404.
1904 . Arnold . 32s .

Wilson , J . A Manual on Mendelism .
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1916.
Black. 3s. Qd.

x. CYTOLOGY.

Agar , W . E . Cytology : with special
reference to the Metazoan Nucleus .
Demy 8vo . Pp . 236 . 1920 . Mac-
millan . 12s .

Doncaster , L . An Introduction to the
Study of Cytology. Demy 8vo.
Pp.294. 1920. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 21s.

xi. MICROSCOPY.
Barnard, J. E. Practical Photo-
micrography. Demy 8vo. Pp.
344. 1910. Arnold. 16s.

Carpenter, W. B. The Microscope
and its Revelations . Edited by W .
H. Dallinger. 8th edn. 8vo. Pp.
1202. 1901. Churchill. 32s.

Coles, A. C. Critical Microscopy.
How to Get the best out of the
Microscope . 8vo . Pp . 1 12 . 1921 .
Churchill. 7s. Qd.

Cross , M . I . , and Cole, M.J. Mod-
ern Microscopy. A Handbook for
Beginners and Students, with chap-
ters on special subjects by various
writers . 4th edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
444. 1912. Bailliere. 8s. Qd.

Ealand , C . A . The Romance of the
Microscope. An Interesting De-
scriptionof its uses in all branches of
Science , Industry , Agriculture, and
in the Detection of Crime, with a
short account of its origin , history
and development. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
314. 1921. Seeley. 6s.

Gosse, P. H., and Bell, J. Even-
ings at the Microscope : or Re-
searches among the Minuter Organs
and Forms of Animal Life. Cr,
8vo. Pp. 434. 1895. S.P.C.K.
5s.

Hall , C . A . How to Use the Micro-
scope. A Guide for the Novice. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 88. 1912. Black. 2s. Qd.

Naegeli, C., and Schwendener, S.
The Microscope in Theory and
Practice. Translated by F. Crisp
and J. Mayall. 2nd edn. Demy
Svo. Pp. 382. 1899. Allen &
Unwin. 9s.

Scales , F . S . Practical Microscopy :
An Introduction to Microscopical
Methods. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp . 334 . 1909 . Baill iere . 7s . Qd .

Spiers , F . S . (edited by) . The Micro-
scope : its Design, Construction and
Applications. A Symposium and
General Discussion by many Author-
ities. Svo. Pp. 265. 1920.
Griffin. 21s.

Spitta, E. J. Microscopy: The
Construction, Theory, and Use of
the Microscope. 3rd edn. Med.
Svo. Pp. 500. 1920. Murray.
25s.

Wood, J. G. Common Objects of
the Microscope. 2nd edn. Rev-
ised by E. C, Bousfield. Cr. Svo.
Pp . 1 98 . N .D . Rout ledge . 4* . Qd .

196

Biology.

Wright, Sir A. E. Principles of
Microscopy. An Introduction to
Work with the Microscope. Super
Roy. 8vo. Pp.272. 1906. Con-
stable. 21s.

Wright, L. A Popular Handbook to
the Microscope. 3rd imp. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 256. N.D. Religious
Tract Society. 5s.

xii. ANTHROPOLOGY.

Alexander, F. M. Conscious Con-
trol in Relation to Human Evolu-
tion in Civilization . Cr. 8vo. Pp.
64. 1912. Methuen. 2s. Gd.

Avebury, Lord. The Origin of
Civilisation, and the Primitive
Condition of Man: Mental and
Social Condition of Savages. 7th
edn. 8vo. Pp.482. 1912. Long-
mans . 9s .

Prehistoric Times, as illustrated

by Ancient Remains and the Man-
nersand Customs of Modern Savages .
7th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 623.
1913. Williams &Norgate. 12s. Gd.

Buttet-Reepen, H. Man and His

Forerunners. Translated by A. G.
Thacker. 8vo. Pp. 106.' 1913.
Longmans. 2s. Gd.

Churchward, A. The Origin and
Evolution of Primitive Man. Cr.
8vo. Pp.86. 1912. Allen and
Unwin . 5s .

Darwin, G . Expression of the Emo-
tions in Man and Animals. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 394. 1901. Murray.
12s.

Deniker , J . The Races of Man : an
Outline of Anthropology and Ethno-
graphy . Cr . 8vo . Scott Pub . Co .
7s. Gd.

Elliot, G. F. S. Prehistoric Man and
His Story. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.320. Seeley. 10s. Gd/

Galton , Sir F . Life History Album .
Tables and Charts for recording the
development of body and mind
from childhood upwards. 2nd edn.
Roy. 8vo. Pp.269. 1914. Cam-
bridge University Press. 7s. Gd.

Haddon , A . C . , and Quiggin , A . H .

History of Anthropology . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 168. 1910. Watts. 3s. Gd.

Jackson , J . W . Shells as Evidence
of the Migrations of Early Culture .
8vo. Pp. 244. 1917. Longmans.
8s. Gd.

Jones , F . W . Arboreal Man . Demy
8vo. Pp. 230. 1918. Arnold.
8s. Gd.

Keane , A . H . Man , Past and Present .
Revised, and largely Re-written,
by A. H. Quiggin and A. C.
Haddon. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 594.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
36s.

Keith, Sir A. The Antiquity of Man .
4th imp. Med.Svo. Pp. 539. 1920.
Williams & Norgate . 12s . Gd.

Marett,R.R. Anthropology. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 256. 1919. Williams &
Norgate. 2s. Gd.

Ouatrefages, A. de. The Human
Species. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
508. 1903. KeganPaul. 7s. Gd.

Read , C . The Origin of Man and of
his Superstitions . Demy 8vo . Pp .
362. 1920. Cambridge University
Press. 18s.

Ripley , W . Z . The Races of Europe .
A Sociological Study. 2nd imp.
8vo. Pp.656. N.D.' KeganPaul.
25s.

Smith, G. E. The Migrations of
Early Culture. A Study of the
Significance of the Geographical
Distribution of the Practice of
Mummification as Evidence of the
Migrations of Peoples and the
Spread of certain Customs and
Reliefs. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1915.
Longmans. 7s. Gd.

Smith, W. G. Man. the Primeval
Savage : his Haunts and Relics .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 349. Stanford.
10s. 'Gd.

Wright , G . F . The Origin and Anti-
quity of Man . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 545 .
1913. Murray. 10s. Gd.

197

BOTANY.

i. GENERAL.

Alcock, R. A. Botanical names for
English Readers, containing a His-
tory of Botany, and explaining
the derivation " and meanings of
names of British plants . 8vo . Pp .
246. 1876. Lovell Reeve. 6s.

Arber, A. Water Plants. A Study
of Aquatic Angiosperms . Roy . 8vo .
Pp. 452. 1920. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press . 31s. Qd.

Herbals : Their Origin and Evol-
ution. A Chapter in the History of
Botany, 1470-1760. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 271. 1912. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 14s.

Atkinson , G . F . Botany for Schools
and Colleges. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 493.
1910. Bell. 5s.

Avebury, Lord. On British Wild
Flowers considered in Relation to
Insects. Cr.Svo. Pp.210. 1909.
Macmillan. 4s. 6rf.

Bentham, G., and Hooker, Sir J.
D . Out 1 ines of E lementary Botany ,
as Introductory to Local Floras.
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.61. Lovell
Reeve. Is.

Bevis, J. F., and Jeffery, H. J.
British Plants: their Biology and
Ecology. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 358 . 1920 . Methuen . 7s . Qd.

Bonnier, G. Name This Flower.
Translated from the French and
edited by G.S. Boulger. Small
Cr. 8vo/ Pp. 331. 1917. Dent.
7s. 6rf.

Bower, F . O . Botany of the Living
Plant. 8vo. Pp. 590\ 1919. Mac-
millan. 25s.

The Origin of a Land Flora . A

Theory based upon the Facts of
Alternation . 8vo . Pp . 740 . 1908 .
Macmillan. 21s.

Bower, F.O. Plant Life on Land.
Roy.l6mo. Pp.172. 1912. Cam-
bridge University Press . 2s . 6d .

and G wynne -Vaughan, D. T.

Practical Botany for Beginners.
Gl. 8vo. Pp. 320. 1918. Mac-
millan. 4s.

Catechism Series. Botany. 2nd
edn. 2 Parts. Revised by C. R.
Whittaker. Livingstone. Is. 9d.
each.

Cavers, F. Botany for Matricula-
tion . 6th imp . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 576 .
1919. University Tutorial Press.
8s. Gd.

Practical Botany. 2nd edn. 3rd

imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 436. 1920.
University Tutorial Press. 6s. 6eL

Plant Biology. 8th imp. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 476. *1919. University
Tutorial Press. 6s.

Church, A. H. Floral Mechanism:
Diagrams and Descriptions of Com-
mon Flowers, arranged as an intro-
duction to the Systematic study of
Angiosperms . Part 1 . Types i-xii .
(Jan. to April). Roy. 4to. Pp.
220. 1908. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 21s.

Cooke, M. C. Freaks and Marvels
of Plant Life: or Curiosities of
Vegetation. Post 8vo. Pp. 463.
1904. S.P.C.K. 3s. 6d.

Darwin, C. Different Forms of
Flowers on Plants of the same
Species. Cr.Svo. Pp.352. 1892.
Murray. 7s. 6d.

Insectivorous Plants. 2nd edn.

Cr . 8vo . Pp . 377 . 1908 . Murray .
7s. 6d.

Climbing Plants : Movements and

Habits of Climbing Plants. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 208. 1906. Murray.
7s. Qd.

198

Botany.

Darwin, Sir F. The Elements of
Botany. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
252. 1910. Cambridge University
Press. Qs. Qd.

Davis , J . R . A . The Flowering Plant ,
with a Supplementary Chapter on
Ferns and Mosses. 3rd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.212. 1900. Griffin. 3s. Qd.

De Bary, A. Lectures on Bacteria.
Translated by H. E. F. Garnsey.
Revised by I . B . Balfour . 2nd edn .
Cr.Svo. Pp.108. 1898. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 5s.

Druce,G.G. The Dillenian Herb-
aria , An account of the Dillenian
Collections in the Herbarium of the
University of Oxford . Edited with
an Introduction by S. H. Vines.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 370. 1907. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 12s. Qd.

Dykes, W.R. The Genus Iris . Demy
Folio . Pp . 254 and Plates . 1 913 .
Cambridge University Press .
£8 12s. Qd.

Dymes, T. A. The Nature -Study of
Plants in Theory and Practice for
the Hobby -Botanist. Large Cr.
8vo. Pp. 184. 1920. S.P.C.K.
6s.

Edmonds, H. Elementary Botany.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 288. 1919. Long-
mans . 4s .

Elliot , G . F . S . Botany of To -Day .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 352. 1909. Seeley.
7s. (yd.

Ellis , D . Medicinal Herbs and Poison-
ous Plants. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 199.
1918. Blackie. 2s. 6d.

Ellis, E. T. (edited by). Black's

Gardening Dictionary. Demy 8vo.

Pp. 1100. 1920. Black. 15s.
Ellis, G. S. M. Applied Botany.

Cr.Svo. Pp.256. 1919. Hodder

& Stoughton. 4s. Qd.
Evans, E. Botany for Beginners.

Gl. 8vo. Pp. 340. 1919." Mac-
mil Ian. 3s.
An Intermediate Text -Book of

Botany. Cr.Svo. Pp.402. 1911.

Longmans. 6s. 6d.
Ewart, A. J. Elementary Botany.

2nd edn. 9th imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

35G. 1920. University Tutorial

Press . 5s .

Farmer, J. B. Plant Life. Fcap.
8vo. Pp.255. 1919. Williams &
Norgate. 2s. Qd.

A Practical Introduction to the

Study of Botany : Flowering Plants .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 285. 1915. Long-
mans. 4s. Qd.

Fischer, E. Bacteria. Translated
by A . C . Jones . Roy . 8vo . Pp ..
206. 1900. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 7s. Qd.

Fritch, F. E., and Salisbury, E. J.

An Introduction to the Study of
Plants . 4th edn . Demy 8vo . * Pp .
405. 1919. Bell. 7s. Qd.

An Introduction to the Structure

and Reproduction of Plants . Demy
8vo. Pp.466. 1920. Bell. 15s.

Elementary Studies in Plant

Life . 3rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 194 .

1919. Bell. 3s. Qd.

Furneaux, W. S. Field and Wood-
land Plants. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 400.
1911. Longmans. 6s. Qd.

Geddes, P. Chapters in Modern
Botany. Cr. Svo. Pp.201. 1893.
Murray. 4s. Qd.

The Life and Work of Sir Jagadis

C. Bose: An Indian Pioneer of
Science. Demy Svo. Pp. 271.

1920. Longmans. 16s.

Green , J . R . A History of Botany .
1860 — 1901. A Continuation of
Sachs 's History . Cr . Svo . Pp . 544 .
1909. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
9s. Qd.

A History of Botanv in the United

Kingdom. Med. Svo. Pp. 648.
1914. Dent. 12s. Qd.

A Primer of Botany. Fcap.

Svo. Pp. 128. 1909. Dent. 2s.

Groom , P . E lementary Botany . 1 6th
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 272. * 1919.
Bell. 5s.

Guppy, H. B. Plants, Seeds, and
Currents in the West Indies and
Azores. Med. Svo. Pp.531. 1917.
Williams & Norgate. 25s.

• Studies in Seeds and Fruits . An

Investigation with the Balance.
Demy Svo. Pp. 258. 1912.
Williams and Norgate. 15s.

199

Botany.

Hall, G. A. Plant Life. Containing
50 Coloured and 24 Plain Plates.
Square Demy 8vo . Pp . 380 . 1915 .
Black. 10s.

Harvey -Gibson, R. J. Outlines of
the History of Botany. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 274/1919. Black. 12s. Qd.

Heath , F . G . All About Leaves . Cr .
8vo. Pp.228. 1914. Williams &
Norgate.^ 2s. Qd.

Henslow, G. Botany for Beginners.
5th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 108 and
30 Plates. 2s. Qd. Also with the
plates coloured by hand. 14s.
Stanford .

Floral Rambles in Highways and

B y ways . Large Cr . 8 vo . Pp.296.
1915. S.P.C.K. 7s. Qd.

-^- The Uses of British Plants.
Traced from Antiquity to the
present day, together with the de-
rivations of their names . With 288
Illustrations. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184.
1905. Love 11 Reeve. 6s.

Hor wood , A . R . The Story of Plant
Life in the British Isles. Cr. 8vo.
1914-15. Vol.1. Pp.254. Vol.2.
Pp. 372. Vol. 3. Pp. 530.
Churchill. 6s. Qd. each.

The Outdoor Botanist. A Simple

Manual for the Study of British
Plants in the Field. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 284. 1920. Fisher Unwin.
18s.

Practical Field Botany . A Guide

to the Scope, Methods, Aims, and
Limits of Modern Botanical Field-
work. Cr.Svo. Pp.210. 1913.
Griffin. 6s.

Jackson ;B.D. A Glossary of Botanic
Terms. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
440. 1916. Duckworth. 7s. Qd.

Johnson, A. F. M. A Text-Book
of Botany for Students , with Direc-
tions for Practical Work. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.560. N.D. Allman. 8s. Qd.

Jones , H . F . Plant Life : Studies in
Garden and School. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
272. 1906. Methuen. 5s.

Jones, W. N., and Rayner, M. C.
A Text-Book of Plant Biology . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 270. 1920. Methuen.
7s.

Laurie, G. L. Field Botany. 3rd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. Allman.
Is. Gd.

Flowering Plants. Their Struc-
ture and Habitat. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.167. Allman. 3s. Qd.

— — A Text -Book of Elementary
Botany. 13th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
195. Allman. 3s. Qd.

Lowson , J . M . Text-Book of Botany .
5th edn. 10th imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.
615. 1919. University Tutorial
Press. 9s. Qd.

Text- Book of Botany (Indian

Edition) . Revised and adapted by
B . Sahni and M . Willis . 2nd imp .
Cr.Svo. Pp.622. 1919. Univers-
ity Tutorial Press. 9s. Qd.

Massee, G. The Plant World. Its
Past, Present, and Future. An
Introduction to the Study of Botany .
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.212. 1898.
Pitman. 3s.

Mudge, G. P., and Maslen, A. J.
A Class Book of Botany. 2nd imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 528/ 1910. E.
Arnold. 8s.6rf.

Oliver, D. Lessons in Elementary
Botany. Fcap. Svo. Pp. 312.
1910. Macmillan. 5s.

Oliver, F. W. (edited by). The
Exploitation of Plants ; by Various
Experts. Cr.Svo. Pp.170. 1918.
Dent. 3s. Qd.

Makers of British Botany. Bio-
graphies bv living Botanists . Demy
Svo. Pp. S40. 1913. Cambridge
Univers ity Press . 1 Os .

Praeger, R. L. Open- Air Studies in
Botany: Sketches of British Wild
Flowers in their Homes. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.280. 1910. Griffin.
7s. Qd.

Rennie, J. School Lessons in Plant
and Animal Life. 3rd imp. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 496. 1920. University
Tutorial Press. 6s. Qd.

Rendle, A. B. The Classification of
Flowering Plants. Vol. 1. Gym-
nosperms and Monocotyledons .
Demy Svo. Pp.346. 1904. Cam-
bridge University Press . 12s . Qd.

200

Botany.

Sachs, J. von. History of Botany

L (1530 — 1860). Translated by H . E.

^ F. Garnsey. Revised by I. B.

Balfour. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

568. 1906. Oxford: Clarendon

Press. 10s. (see also Green, J. R.)

Scott , D . G . Elementary Lessons on
k Plant Life. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 236.

1911. Methuen. 4s.
Stoneman, B. Plants and Their
Ways in South Africa. New edn.
Cr/8vo. Pp. 400. 1915. Long-
mans . 6.9 . Qd .

Stopes, M. C. The Study of Plant
Life. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
202. N.D. Blackie. 6s.

Storey, F. W., and Wright, K. M.

South African Botany. Cr.Svo. Pp.
228. 1916. Longmans. 6s.

Strasburger, E. Handbook of
Practical Botany, for the Botanical
Laboratory and Private Student.
Translated by W. Hillhouse. 6th
edn. DemySvo. Pp.527. 1911.
Allen & Unwin. 10s. Gd.

Schenck, H., and others. A

Text-Book of Botany. 5th English
edn. Revised with the 14th German
edn. By W. H. Lang. 8vo. In
the Press. Macmillan.

Thoday, D. Botany: a Text-book
for Senior Students. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 544. 1920. Cambridge
University Press. 7s. Gd.

Tines, S. H. An Elementary Text-
book of Botany. 4th edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 611. 1910. Allen &
Unwin. 10s. Qd.

A Student's Text-book of Botany.

4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 821.
1910. Allen & Unwin. 15s.

and Druce, G. C. The Moris-

onian Herbarium in the possession
of the University of Oxford. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 418.* 1914. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 15s.

"Wanning, E. A Handbook of Sys-
tematic Botany, with a revision
of the Fungi, by E. Knoblauch.
Translated by M/C. Potter. Demy
8vo. Pp. 620. 1895. Allen &
Unwin. 15s.

Warming, E. Plant Life: A Text
Book of Botany for Schools and
Colleges. Translated by M. M.
Rehling and E. M. Thomas. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 244. 1911. Allen &
Unwin . 5s .

Westell, W. P., and Cooper, C. S.
The Young Botanist . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
238. 1908. Methuen. 6s.

Woodhead, T. W. The Study of
Plants . An Introduction to Botany
and Plant Ecology. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
440. 1915. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 7s. Gd.

ii. MORPHOLOGY,
PHYSIOLOGY, etc.

Atkins , W . R . G . Recent Researches
in Plant Phvsiology . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
328. 1916.' Pitman. 9s.

Avebury, Lord. Flowers, Fruits,
and Leaves. Cr.Svo. Pp. 1S4.
1908. Macmillan. 4s. Qd.

A Contribution to our Knowledge

of Seedlings. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 295.
1896. Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

On Buds and Stipules. Cr. 8vo.

Pp. 268. 1899. Kegan Paul.
7s. Qd.

Notes on the Life History of

British Flowering Plants. 8vo.
Pp.474. 1905. Macmillan. 15s.

Baines , A . E . Germination in its
Electrical Aspect. A Consecutive
Account of the Electro-Physio logical
Processes concerned in Evolution,
from the formation of the Pollen-
grain to the completed Structure
of the Seedling. Together with
some Further Studies in Electro-
Physiology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 207.
1921. Rout ledge/ 12s. Gd.

Bose, Sir J . C . Plant Response as a
Means of Physiological Investiga-
tion. 8vo. Pp. 822. 1906.
Longmans. 21s.

— — Researches on Irritability of
Plants. 8vo. Pp. 410. 1913.
Longmans. 7s. Gd.

Response in the Living and Non-

Living. 2nd imp. 8vo. Pp. 220.
1910. Longmans. 10s. Qd.

201

Botany.

Brenchley, W. E. Inorganic Plant
Poisons and Stimulants. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 120. 1914. Cambridge
University Press. 6s.

Candolle, A. de. Origin of Culti-
vated Plants. 3rd imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 476. 1909. Kegan Paul.
7s. Qd.

Cavers, F. Life Histories of Com-
mon Plants. 5th imp. Cr. Svo.
Pp.580. 1919. University Tutorial
Press. 4,s. Qd.

Cox, L. E. Experimental Plant
Physiology for Beginners. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 120. 1915. Longmans.
3s. Qd.

Darwin, C. The Effects of Cross -
and Self-Fertilisation in the Veget-
able Kingdom. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 487. 1916. Murray. 9s.

Darwin, Sir F., and Acton, E. H.
Practical Physiology of Plants.
3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.359. 1915.
Cambridge University Press. 6s.

De Bary,A. Comparative Anatomy
of the Vegetative Organs of the
Phanerogams and Ferns. Trans-
lated by F . O . Bower and D . H .
Scott. Roy.Svo. Pp.676. 1884.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 36s.

Detmer, W. Practical Plant Phy-
siology : An Introduction to Original
Research for Students and Teachers
of Natural Science, Medicine, Agri-
culture and Forestry. Translated
by S. A. Moor. 2nd edn. Demy
Svo. Pp. 555. 1909. Allen and
Unwin . 1 2s .

Dixon, H. H Transpiration and the
Ascent of Sap in Plants . Svo . Pp .
224. 191 t. Macmillan. 6s. Qd.

Ewart, A. J. On the Physics and
Physiology of Protoplasmic Stream-
ing in Plants. Roy. Svo. Pp.
182. 1903. Oxford': Clarendon
Press. 8s. Qd.

Goebel, K. E. Organography of
Plants, especially of the Archegoni-
atae and Spermophyta. Translated
by I. B. Balfour. 2Vols. Roy.
Svo. Part 1. General. Pp. 286.
1900. 10s. Part 2. Special. Pp.
94.1905.21s. Oxford : Clarendon
Press .

Green, J. R. An Introduction to
Vegetable Physiology. 3rd edn.
8vo. Pp. 492. 1911. Churchill.
12s. Qd.

A Manual of Botany. Vol. 1.

Morphology and Anatomy. 3rd
edn. Cr.*8vo. Pp. 407.' 1904.
Churchill. 8s. Qd.

Haberlandt , G . Physiological Plant
Anatomy . Translated by M . Drum-
mond. 8vo. Pp. 794. 1914.
Macmillan. 31s. Qd.

Haig, H. A. The Plant Cell: Its
Vital Processes and Modifications.
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 217. 1910.
Griffin. 7s. Qd.

Heath , F . G . Nervation of Plants .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 187. 1912. Williams
and Norgate . 3s . Qd .

Henslow, G. Origin of Floral
Structures through Insect and other
Agencies . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
360 . 1893 . Kegan Paul . 7s . 6d .

Origin of Plant Structures by

Self -Adaptation to the Environ-
ment. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 272. 1895.
Kegan Paul. 7s. Qd.

Jost,L. Lectures on Plant Phys-
iology. Translated by R. J.
Harvey -Gibson. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
578. 1907. Supplement incorpor-
ating the alterations of the second
edition of the German original.
Roy.Svo. Pp.168. 1913. Ox-
ford: Clarendon Press. 30s.

Keeble , F . W . Practical Plant Phy-
siology. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
250. '1919. Bell. 4s. Qd.

Plant Animals. Roy. 16mo.

Pp. 171. 1912. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 2s. Qd.

Knuth , P . Handbook of Floral Pol-
lination, based upon H. Muller's
Fertilization of Flowers by Insects .
Translated by J. R. A ins worth
Davis. 3 Vols. Roy. 8vo.
Vol. 1. Historical Development
and present stand-point of Flower
Pollination. Pp.402. 1906. 18s.
Vol. 2. Observations made in
Europe and the Arctic Regions on
Species belonging to the natural
orders. Ranunculacese to Stvli-

202

Botany.

diese. Pp. 712. 1908. 31s. Qd.
Vol. 3. Ditto. Goodenovieae to
Cycadeae ; Systematic list of insect
visitors, with names of plants
visited. Pp. 648. 1909. 28s.
Oxford : Clarendon Press .

Onslow, M . Wheldale . The Antho-
cyanin Pigments of Plants. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 330. 1916. Cambridge
University Press. 17s. Qd.

Pfefter,W. Physiology of Plants. A
Treatise upon the Metabolism and
Sources of Energy in Plants . Trans-
lated and edited with Notes by A . J .
Ewart. 2nd edn. 3 vols. Roy.
8vo. Vol. 1. Introduction, Phy-
siological Morphology, Mechanism
of Absorption and Trans locations,
Movements of Water, Food of
Plants, etc. Pp.644. 1900. Vol.

2 . Growth , Reproduction . and
Maintenance. Pp.304. 1903. Vol.

3. Movements, Production of
Light , Heat and Electricity , Sources
arid Transformation of Energy . Pp .
460. 1906. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. The 3 Vols. 45s.

Scott > D. H. Evolution of Plants.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 256. 1919.
Williams and Norgate. 2s. Qd.

An Introduction to Structural

Botany . 2 Vols . Cr . 8vo . Part 1 .
Flowering Plants. 9th edn. Pp.
298. 1917. Part 2. Flowerless
Plants . 8th edn . Pp . 298 . 1920 .
Black. 6s. each.

Solereder , H . Systematic Anatomy of
the Dicotyledons. A handbook^for
Laboratories of Pure and Applied
Botany. Translated by L. A.
Boodle and F . E . Fritsch . Revised
by D.H.Scott. 2 Vols. Roy.Svo.
Pp. 1202. 1908. Vol. 1. Intro-
duction , Polypetalae , Gamopetalae .
Vol .2 . Monochlamydeae , Addenda ,
etc. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
24s. each.

Timiriazeff, C. A. The Life of the
Plant. Translated from the Russian
by A . Cheremeteff . 8vo . Pp . 371 .
1912. Longmans. 8s.

iii. GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBU-
TION.

Boulger, P. S. Plant Geography.
Pott. 8vo. Pp. 136. Dent.
Is. Qd.

Hardy, M. E. The Geography of
Plants. Cr. 8vo. Pp.339. 1920.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. 6rf.

An Introduction to Plant Geo-
graphy. Cr.Svo. Pp.192. 1913.
Oxford : Clarendon Press. 4s.

Moss, G. E. The Vegetation of the
Peak District. Demy 8vo. Pp.
246. 1913. Cambridge University
Press. 14s.

Schimper, A.F. W. Geography of
Plants . Translated by W . R . Fisher ,
revised by P. Groom and I. B.
Balfour. Part 1. The Factors.
Part 2. Formations and Guilds.
Part 3 . Zones and Regions — Trop-
ical Climate and Vegetation, Tem-
perate Zones, Arctic Zone. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 870. 1903. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 63s.

Warming, E. Oecology of Plants.
An Introduction to the Study of
Plant Communities. English edn.
by P. Groom and I. B. Balfour.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 434. 1909. Ox-
ford: Clarendon Press. 15s.

iv. ALGJE.

Gooke , M . G . Introduction to Fresh-
Water Algae : with an Enumeration
of all the British Species . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 345. 1902. Kegan Paul.
7s. Qd.

Fryer, A., Evans, A. H., and
Bennett, A. The Potamogetons
(Pondweeds) of the British Isles.
Descriptions of all the Species,
Varieties, and Hybrids. With 60
Plates. Med.4to. Pp.94. 1915.
Coloured, £5 5s. Uncoloured,
£3 15s . Lovell Reeve .

Gray, S. O. British Seaweeds. An
introduction to the study of the
Marine Algae of Great Britain,
Ireland and the Channel Islands.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 335. 1867. Lovell
Reeve. 10s. Qd.

203

Botany. *

Harvey, W. H. Phycologia Aus-
tralica. A History of Australian
Seaweeds. 5 Vols. Roy. 8vo.
300 Plates . 1 863 . Coloured, £6 10s .
Unco loured, £3 3s. Sets of the un-
co loured Plates and letterpress,
unbound £2 5s. Lovell Reeve.

Phycologia Britannica. A His-
tory of British Seaweeds. 4 Vols.
Roy. 8vo. 360 Plates. 1871.
Coloured, £6 6s. Unco loured,
£3 3s. Sets of the unco loured
Plates and letterpress, unbound,
£2 5s. Lovell Reeve.

Nave, J. Collector's Handy-book
of Algae, Desmids, Fungi, Lichens,
Mosses, etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 210.
1904. Routledge. 4s. 6d.

West,G.S. Algae. Vol.1. Myxo-
phyceae, Peridinieae, Chlorophy-
ceae, together with a brief sum-
mary of the Occurrence and Distri-
bution of Freshwater Algae. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 486. 1919. Cambridge
University Press. 30s.

v. FUNGI.

Badham, M. D. The Esculent
Funguses of England . An Account
of their Classical History, Uses,
Characters, Development, Struc-
ture, Nutritions, Properties, Modes
of Cooking and Preserving, etc.
2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1863.
Lovell Reeve. 12s.

Berkeley , M . J . Outlines of British
Fungology. Containing a descrip-
tion of the larger British Fungi,
together with a list of the more
minute species. With 24 Plates,
illustrating over 170 species. 8vo.
Pp. 459. 1860. Coloured, 18s.
Uneoloured, 12s. Supplement by
W. G. Smith. 6s. Lovell Reeve*.

Buller, A. H. R. Researches on
Fungi : An Account of the Produc-
tion, Liberation and Dispersion of
the Spores of Hymenomycetes
treated Botanically and Physically.
Roy.Svo. Pp.300. 1909. Long-
mans. 12s. 6rf.

Gooke , M . C . Edible and Poisonous
Mushrooms: What to Eat and
What to Avoid . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 126 .
1902. S.P.C.K. 4s.

Fungi: their Nature, Influences,

Uses , etc . 6th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
311. 1906. Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d.

Comparative Morphology and Bio-
logy of Fungi, Mycetoz-oa and
Bacteria. Translated by H. E. F.
Garnsey. Revised by I. B. Bal-
four. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 546. 1887.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 30s.

Grove, W. B. British Rust Fungi
(Uredinales). DemySvo. Pp.424.
1913 . Cambridge University Press .
17s.

Massee, G. British Fungi, Phy-
comycetes and Ustilagineae . With 8
Plates. Cr. 8vo. Pp.247. 1891.
Lovell Reeve. 7s. Gd.

British Fungi . With 40 Coloured

Plates. 8vo. Pp. 351. Rout-
ledge. 10s.6d.

European Fungus, Flora Agari-

caceae. Cr. 8vo. Pp.280. 1902.
Duckworth . 6s .

Phillips , W . Manual of British Dis-
comycetes : with Descriptions of all
the Species of Fungi hitherto found
in Britain included in the Family,
and Illustrations of the Genera.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.474. 1893.
Kegan Paul. 7s. 6d.

Swanton, E. W. Fungi and How to
Know Them. An Introduction to
Mycology. Cr.Svo. Pp. 222. 1909.
Methuen. 10s. Qd.

vi. FERNS AND MOSSES.

Bagnall , J . E . Hand-book of Mosses ,
with an Account of their Structure,
Classification, Geographical Distri-
bution and Habits. 6th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 98. 1910. Allen &
Unwin. Is. 6d.

Bastin , H . British Ferns and How to
Know Them . Fcap . 8vo . Pp . 144 .
1917. Methuen. 2s.

204

Botany.

Berkeley, M. J. Handbook of
British Mosses. Containing a des-
cription of genera and species, with
their geographical distribution ;
collection and systematic arrange-
ment. With 24 plates, illustrating
over 150 species. 2nd edn. Svo.
Pp. 324. 1895. Coloured, 18s.
Uncoloured, 12s. Lovell Reeve.

Druery, C. T. British Ferns and
their Varieties . 40 coloured Plates .
Svo. Pp. 467. N.D. Routledge.
10s. 6d.

Hobkirk, G. P. Synopsis of British
Mosses. Containing Descriptions of
the Genera and Species, with
localities of the rarer ones. 2nd edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp.240. 1884. Lovell
Reeve. 7s. 6rf.

Hooker, Sir W. J. The British
Ferns. Figures and Descriptions,
with Analysis of the Fructification
and Venation. 66 plates. Roy.
Svo. 1861. Coloured, £1 16s.
Uncoloured, 15s. Lovell Reeve.

Garden Ferns. Figures and Des-
criptions of Exotic Ferns adapted
for Cultivation. Roy. Svo. 64
Plates. 1862. Coloured, £1 16s.
Uncoloured, 15s. Lovell Reeve.

Plues, M. British Ferns, including
Lycopods, and Equiseta. With 16
coloured Plates and Woodcuts.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 281. Lovell Reeve.
10s. 6d.

Russell, T. H. Mosses and Liver-
worts. An Introduction to their
study, with hints as to their collec-
tion and preservation. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 213. 1908. Sampson Low.
4s. Qd.

Sim, T. R. The Ferns of South
Africa . 2nd edn . Demy Svo . Pp .
394. 1916. Cambridge University
Press . 25s .

Step, E. Wayside and Woodland
Ferns. A Pocket Guide to the
British Ferns, Horsetails, and Club
Mosses. Pocket size. Pp. 143.
1908. Warne. 8s. Gd.

vii. FLORA.

Arber, E. A. N. Devonian Floras:
A Study of the Origin of Cormo-
phyta . Demy Svo . Pp . 1 14 . 1 921 .
Cambridge University Press . 17s. Qd.

Baker , J . G . Flora of Mauritius and
the Seychelles. Svo. Pp. 605.
1877. Lovell Reeve. 42s.

Baker, R. T., and Smith, H. G.

A Research on the Pines of Australia.
Roy.4to. Pp.472. 1910. Rout-
ledge. 30s.

Bentham, G., and Hooker, Sir J.

D . Handbook of the British Flora .
A Description of the Flowering
Plants and Ferns indigenous to or
naturalised in the British Isles.
6th edn . Cr . Svo . Pp . 664 . 191 S .
Love 11 Reeve. 12s.

Illustrations of the British Flora,

forming an Illustrated Companion
to Bentham 's "Handbook," and
other British Floras. 1,315 Wood
engravings by W. H. Fitch and
W.G. Smith/ 4th edn. Cr.Svo.
Pp.354. 1919. Lovell Reeve. 12s.

and Mueller, F. Flora Aus-

traliensis. A Description of the
Plants of the Australian Territory.
7 vols. Svo. 1863-1878. Lovell
Reeve . 42s . per . vol .

Carter, H. G. Genera of British
Plants. Cr.Svo. Pp.140. 1913.
Cambridge University Press. 6s.

Druce,G.C. The Flora of Berkshire.
Cr . Svo . Pp . 754 . 1 897 . Oxford :
Clarendon Press. 16s.

List of British Plants, found

either as natives or growing in a
wild state in the British Isles. Cr*
Svo. Pp. 120. 1908. Oxford:
Clarendon Press . 3s .

Gregory, E. S. British Violets.
Demy Svo. Pp.131. 1912. HerTer.
6s.

Grove , W . B . A Pocket Synopsis of
the Families of British Flowering
Plants (based upon the System of
Engler). Fcap. Svo. Pp. 56.
1915. Longmans. Is. 3d.

Harvey, W. H., Sender, O. W.,
and Thiselton-Dyer, Sir W. T.
Flora Capensis. A Systematic
Description of the Plants of
Cape Colony, Caffraria and Port
Natal. 9 Vols. Svo. 1894-
1900. 42s., each, except Vol. IV.
Section 1. 60s. 3 Additional
Parts now ready. 15s., 15s.^
11s. 3d. Lovell Reeve.

205

Botany.

Hayward, W. R. The Botanist's
Pocket Book : containing the chief
characteristics of British Plants;
with botanical name , common name ,
soil and situation, Colour, Growth,
and time of flowering of every Plant ,
arranged under its own order.
15th edn . Revised by G . C . Druce .
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 335. 1917.
Bell. 5s.

Hooker , Sir J . D . Flora of British
India. 7 Vols. 8vo. 1872-1897.
Lovell Reeve. 42s. per vol.

Handbook of the New Zealand

Flora . A systematic description of
the Native "Plants of New Zealand
and the Chatham, Kermadec, Auck-
land, Campbell and Macquarie
Islands. 8vo. Pp. 866. 1864-1867.
Lovell Reeve . 42s .

The Student's Flora of the British

Isles. 3rd edn. Globe 8vo. Pp.
588. 1884. Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

Jackson , B . D . Index Kewensis ; an
enumeration of the Genera and
Species of Flowering Plants from
the time of Linnaeus to the year
1885, together with their authors'
names , the works in which they were
first published , their native countries
and their synonyms . 2 Vols . Roy .
4to. 1895. Vol. 1. Pp. 1268.
Vol . 2 . Pp . 1300 . With 4 Supple-
ments 1886-1910. Oxford: Claren-
don Press. £16 16s.

Johns, C. A. Flowers of the Field.
Edited by C. Elliott. 8th edn.
With Chapters on Grasses, also
Glossary and English and Latin
Indexes . 8th imp . 8vo . Pp . 398
and 96 Plates. Rout ledge. 12s. Qd.

Flowers of the Field. 33rd edn.

Revised by G. S. Boulger. Large
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 612 and 64 Plates.
1011. S.P.C.K. 7s. Qd.

Moss, G. E., and others. The

Cambridge British Flora. Illus-
trated from Drawings by E. W.
Himnybun. To be completed in
about' 10 Vols . Imp . 4to . Vol . 2 .
in 2 Parts. Pt. 1. Text. Pp. 228.
Pt. 2. 206 Plates. £3, or in 1
Volume, £2 10s. Vol. 3 in 2 Parts.

Pt. 1. Text. Pp. 216. Pt. 2.
191 Plates . £6 15s ., or in 1 Volume
(plates interspersed with text),
£7 7s. Cambridge University
Press .

Oliver, D ., Thiselton-Dyer, Sir W.
T., and Prain, Sir D. Flora of
Tropical Africa (Upper Guinea,
North Central including the Sahara ,
Nile Land, Lower Guinea, South
Central, and Mozambique). 10
Vols. ready. 8vo. 1868-1920.
42s. each. Vol. VI. Section I.
60s . 3 Additional Parts now ready .
15s. each. Lovell Reeve.

Plues , M . British Grasses . With 16
Coloured Plates and 100 Woodcuts.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 307. Lovell Reeve.
10s. Qd.

Pratt, A. The Flowering Plants,
Grasses , Sedges , and Ferns of Great
Britain. 4 Vols. Med. 8vo. Pp.
266., 279., 258.,. 215 and 80 Plates
in each Vol. Warne. 10s. Qd.
each Vol .

Ridley, H. N. Materials for a Flora
of the Malayan Peninsula . 3 Parts .
8vo. 1907. Lovell Reeve. 30s.

Rogers, W. M. A Handbook of
British Rubi . Demy 8vo . Pp . 129 .
1 900 . Duckworth . 5s .

Step, E. Favourite Flowers of
Garden and Greenhouse. 4 Vols.
Med.Svo. 1896. Warne. 60s.

Wayside and Woodland Blossoms .

A Pocket Guide to British Wild
Flowers. 2 Vols. Pocket size.
Pp.189., 187. Warne. 8s. Qd. each
Vol.

Wild Flowers — Month by Month

— In their Natural Haunts . 2 Vols .
Med.Svo. Pp. 206., 206. 1905.
Warne. 15s.

Strachfty , Sir , R . , and Duthie , J . F .

Catalogue of the Plants of Kumaon
and the adjacent portions of
Garhwal and Tibet. 8vo. Pp.
276. 1906. Lovell Reeve. 5s.

Thompson , H . S . Flowering Plants
of the Riviera. A Descriptive
Account of 1 ,800 of the more inter-
esting Species. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 280.
1914. Longmans. 12s.

206

Botany.

Townsend, F. Flora of Hampshire, White, J. W. The Flora of Bristol,

including the Isle of Wight, with An Account of all the Flowering

localities of the less common species . Plants , Ferns , and their Allies that

2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 696. 1904. have at any time been found in

Lovell Reeve . 18s . the neighbourhood of Bristol . Demy

Ward , H . M . Grasses : a Handbook f ™. - Pp • 700 1912 . John

for use in the Field and Laboratory. Wright. 12s. Gd.

£r- 8v°; .PP'.198- 1908' Cam- Willis, J. C. A Dictionary of the

bridge University Press. 7s. Flowering Plants and Ferns. 4th

Watts, W.M. A School Flora. For edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 780. 1919.

the use of Elementary Botanical Cambridge University Press. 22s,
Classes. Cr. Svo. Pp.216. 1919.
Longmans. 4s. Gd.

207

FORESTRY.

•'Acorn." English Timber and Its
Economical Conversion. A Hand-
book for Home Timber Merchants,
Manufacturers and Growers. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208. Rider.
3s. Qd.

Baterden, J. R. Timber. Ex. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 356. 1908. Constable.
7s. Qd.

Bean , W . J . Trees and Shrubs Hardy
in the British Isles . 2 Vols . Med .
8vo. Pp.688., 736. 1919. Murray.
48s.

Beddoes , W . F . The Management of
English Woodlands. Demy 8vo.
Pp^. 191. 1919. Simpkin, Mar-
shall. 7s. Qd.

Bousfield , G . The Timber Merchant
and Builders' Vade Mecum. Cr.
8vo. Pp.120. N.D. Wm. Rider.
5s.

Boyd, J. Afforestation. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 40. 1918. Chambers. Is.

Brandis, Sir D. Indian Trees: An
Account of Trees, Shrubs, Woody
Climbers, Bamboos, and Palms,
Indigenous or Commonly Cultivated
in the British Indian Empire.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 303.
1920. Constable. 40s.

Broun, A. F. Sylviculture in the
Tropics. 8vo. Pp. 328. 1912.
Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

Bullock, W. Timber. From the
Forest to its Use in Commerce.
Cr.Svo. Pp.158. 1915. Pitman.
3s.

Charpentier, P. Timber. A Com-
prehensive Study of Wood in all its
Aspects , Commercial and Botanical .
Translated from the French.
Roy.Svo. Pp.437. 1902. Scott,
Greenwood. 14s. Qd.

Coltman -Rogers , C. Conifers and
their Characteristics. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 333. 1920. Murray. 21s.

Curtis, C. E. Practical Forestry:
and its Bearing on the Improve-
ment of Estates. 4th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 156. 1908. Crosby
Lockwood . 5s .

Forbes, A. G. The Development of
British Forestry. Demy 8vo. Pp.
286. 1910. Arnold. 10s. Qd .

English Estate Forestry. 2nd

edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.342. 1906.
Arnold. 12s. Qd.

Handbook of Forestry. Pocket
size. Pp. 216. 1920. Wm.
Rider. 4s. 6d.

Hanson, G. O. Forestry for Wood-
men. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 222. 1911.
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 5s.

Henry, A. Forests, Woods, and
Trees in Relation to Hygiene.
DemySvo. Pp.326. 1919. Con-
stable. 18s.

Howard, A. L. A Manual of the
Timbers of the World. Their
Characteristics and Uses. With an
Account of the Artificial Seasoning
of Timber, by S. Fitzgerald.
8vo. Pp.462. 1920. Macmillan.
30s.

Jackson, H. A Short Manual of
Forest Management. Demy 8vo.
Pp.80. 1921. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 7s.

Johns, C. A. British Trees and
Shrubs. Revised, edited and anno-
tated by E. T. Cook. 8vo. Pp.
301. Routledge. 10s. Qd.

— — The Forest Trees of Britain.
10th edn. revised by G. S. Boulger.
Post 8vo. Pp. 448. 1920.
S.P.C.K. 7s. Qd.

208

Forestry.

Keen, G. R. Aeroplane Timbers:
Their Structure, Formation, and
Mechanical and Commercial Pro-
perties. DemySvo. Pp.88. 1919.
Wm . Rider . 6s .

Maw, P. T. Forestry: complete
Yield Tables for British Woodlands
and the Finance of British Forestry .
Roy . Oblong 8vo . Pp.120. 1912.
Crosby Lockwood. 7s. Gd.

The Practice of Forestry: con-
cerning also the Financial Aspect of
Afforestation. Demy 8vo. Pp.
501. 1912. Fisher Unwin. 21s.

Newsham, J. C. The Propagation
and Pruning of Hardy Trees.
Shrubs, and Miscellaneous Plants;
with notes on Manuring and Plant-
ing. DemySvo. Pp.238. 1913.
Crosby Lockwood. 7s. Gd.

Nisbet, J. The Forester. A Practi-
cal Treatise on British Forestry and
Arboriculture , for Landowners ,
Land Agents, and Foresters. 2
Vol. Roy. 8vo. Pp.526., 657.
1905. Blackwood. 42s.

The Elements of British Forestry.

A Handbook for Students of Fores-
try. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 357. 1911.
Blackwood. 6s. Gd.

British Forest Trees and their

Sylvicultural Characteristics and
Treatment. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 368.
1893. Macmillan. 6s.

Shaw , N , Chinese Forest Trees and
Timber Supply. Demy 8vo. Pp.
349. 1914. Fisher Unwin. 10s. Gd.

Shipping Marks on Timber, em-
bracing Sawn and Planed Wood,
Joinery and other Hard and Soft
Woods, exported from Sweden,
Norway, Finland, Russia, Canada,
the United States, etc. 4to. Pp.
148. 1920. Wm. Rider. 15s.

Stebbing, E. P. Commercial Fores-
try in Britain: its Decline and
Revival. Cr.Svo. Pp.186. 1919.
Murray . 6s .

British Forestry. Its Present

Position and Outlook after the War.
Cr.Svo. Pp.257. 1919. Murray.
6s.

Step, E. Wayside and Woodland
Trees. A Pocket Guide to the
British Sylva . Pocket size . Pp .
182. Warne. 8s. Gd.

Stevenson, W. The Trees of Com-
merce. A Practical Manual.
DemySvo. Pp.274. 1920. Wm.
Rider . 5s .

Stone , H . A Guide to the Identifica-
tion of our more useful Timbers.
A Manual for the use of Students of
Forestry. Demy 8vo. Pp. 60.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
7s. Gd.

• The Timbers of Commerce and

Their Identification. A Complete
Guide to the Identification of 345
distinct varieties of Timber . Demy
Svo. Pp.349. 1918. Wm. Rider.
8s. Gd.

Tiffany, F. The Timber Merchants'
Handbook . A Practical Guide to
the Measurements and Uses of
Wood. Cr. Svo. Pp. 176. N.D.
Wm. Rider. 5s.

Unwin , A . H . West African Forests
and Forestry. Super Roy. Svo.
Pp. 528. 1920. Fisher *Unwin.
63s.

Wallis - Tay 1 er , A . J . The Preserva -
tionofWood. DemySvo. Pp.340.
N.D. Wm. Rider. 10s. Gd.

Ward , H . M . Trees : a Handbook of
Forest Botany for the Woodlands
and the Laboratory. 5 Vols. Cr.
Svo. Vol. 1. Buds and Twigs.
Pp.282. 1910. 5s. Gd. Vols.2to
5 . (out of print) . Cambridge Univer-
sity Press .

Timber and some of its Diseases .

Cr. Svo. Pp. 304. 1909. Mac-
millan. 7s.

Webster, A. D. Practical Forestry.
A Handbook on the Rearing and
Growth of Trees for Profit and
Ornament. DemySvo. Pp. 318.
1917. Wm. Rider. 7«. Gd.

Town Planting, and the Trees,

Shrubs, etc., best adapted for
resisting Smoke. Cr. Svo. Pp.
211. 1910. Routledge. 4s. 6d.

Forestry.

Webster, A. D. Coniferous Trees. Webster, A. D. Firewoods. Their

A Concise Description of each Production and Fuel Values. Cr.

Species and Variety, with the 4to. Pp. 95. 1919. Fisher

most recently approved Nomen> Unwin. 12s. Qd.

clature, list of Synonyms, and Hardy Ornamental Flowering

best Methods of Cultivation. Trees, and Shrubs. Small Demy

Demy 8vo. Pp. 318. 1918. 8vo. Pp. 233. 1908. Murray.

Constable. 21s. 5s.
Tree Wounds and Diseases: Whellens, W. H. Forestry Work.

their Prevention and Treatment. 2nd imp. Demy 8vo. Pp. 236.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 215. 1916. 1919. Fisher Unwin. 8s. Qd.

Williams and Norgate. 7s. Gd. Winn, W. Timbers and Their Uses.
National Afforestation. Large 8vo. Pp. 335. 1919. Routledge.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1919. Fisher 10s. Qd.

Unwin. 8s. Qd.
Seaside Planting: For Shelter,

Ornament and Profit. Cr. 4to.

Pp. 156. 1918. Fisher Unwin.

18s.

210

AGRICULTURE.

i. GENERAL.

Andrew, R. C. A Farmer's Hand-
book. A Manual for Students and
Beginners. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 142.
1920. Bell. 6s.

Bosworth, G. F. Agriculture and
the Land. Cr.Svo. Pp. 104. 1917.
Cambridge University Press . 2s .

Dudgeon, G. G. The Agricultural
and Forest Products of British West
Africa. DemySvo. Pp. 170. 1911.
Murray . 6s .

Encyclopaedia of the Farm, by

Eminent Agricultural Authorities.
2 Vols. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 845.,
827. N.D. W. Green. 30s.

Farmer and Stockbreeder's Year
Book, 1921. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 368.
Macdonald. 3s. 6d.

Fream , W . E lements of Agriculture .
A Text -book prepared under the
authority of the Royal Agricultural
Society 'of England. 12th edn.
Edited by J. R. Ainsworth -Davis.
Cr.Svo. Pp.700. 1920. Murray.
7s. Qd.

Grasby, W. G. Principles of Aus-
tralian Agriculture. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
312. 1912. Macmillan. 5s.

Green, F.E. First Advice to Would-
be Farmers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190.
1919. Country Life. 5s.

Haggard , Sir R . A Farmer's Year :
being his Commonplace Book for
1898. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 512. 1909.
Longmans. 6s. 6d.

Rural Denmark and Its Lessons.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 350. 1917. Long-
mans . 6s .

Hall , Sir A . D . Agriculture After the
War. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 137. 1917.
Murray . 5s .

A Pilgrimage of British Farming,

1910-1912. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp.
452. 1914. Murray. 7s. 6d.

Lloyd , E . W . Hints to Farm Pupils .
Cr.Svo. Pp.112. 1919. Murray.
2s. 6d.

McConnell, P. A Note-Book of
Agricultural Facts and Figures for
Farmers and Farm Students. 9th
edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 550. 1919.
Crosby Lockwood. 15s.

Mukerji, N. G. Handbook of
Indian Agriculture . 3rd edn . Demy
Svo. Pp. 634. 1915. Thacker.
15s.

Newsham, J. C. Farming Made
Easy. Cr. Svo. Pp. 190. 1918.
Pearson. 3s. Qd.

Nicholls , H . A . A . A Text-Book of
Tropical Agriculture. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 334. 1919. Macmillan. 7s.

Orr, J. Agriculture in Berkshire.
A Survey. Demy Svo. Pp. 218.
1918. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
8s. 6d.

Agriculture in Oxfordshire. A

Survey, with a chapter on Soils by
C. G.T.Morison. DemySvo. Pp.
252. 1916. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 8s. 6d.

Pawson, H. C. The Study of Agri-
culture, or Hints for Agricultural
Students. Cr.Svo. Pp.124. Pp.
124. 1921. Vinton. 5s.

Somerville, W. Agriculture. Fcap.
Svo. Pp. 256. 1911. Williams
and Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Stephens, H. The Book of the
Farm. 5th edn. Revised and
largely rewritten by J. Mac-
donald. a Vols. Roy. Svo. 1908.
Vol. I. Land and Its Equipment.
Pp. 569. Vol. II. Farm Crops.
Pp. 573. Vol. III. Farm Live
Stock . Pp . 569 . Blackwood . 21* .
each.

211

Agriculture.

Tanner, H. Elementary Lessons in
the Science of Agricultural Practice.
Fcap.Svo. Pp.316. 1893. Mac-
millan. 3s. 6d.

Watts, F., and Freeman, W. G.
Nature Teaching. Based upon the
General Principles of Agriculture.
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 190. 1913.
Murray . 4s .

Webb,H.J. Agriculture. A Manual
for Advanced Science Students.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 680. 1914. Long-
mans . 9s .

Elementary Agriculture . Cr . 8vo .

Pp.204. 1919. Longmans. 4s.

Weigall, A. G., and Wrey, C. A

Large State Farm . A Business and
Educational Undertaking . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.82. 1919. Murray. 2s. 6d.

Wibberley , T . Farming on Factory
Lines : or Continuous Cropping for
the Large Farmer. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 267. 1919. Pearson.
6s.

Williams, M. M. Farm Work
throughout the Year. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.128. 1921. Routledge. 3s. 6d.

Willis, J. G. Agriculture in the
Tropics. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.237. 1914. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 11«.

Wolff, H. W. The Future of our
Agriculture. Demy 8vo. Pp.510.
1918. King. 12s. 6d.

Wrightson, J., and Newsham, J.
C . Agriculture : Theoretical and
Practical. 3rd edn. Med. 8vo.
Pp . 66S . 1921 . Crosby Lockwood .
lit. 64.

ii. BOTANY: INCLUDING

POISONOUS PLANTS, PLANT

DISEASES AND PESTS.

Bruck , W . F . Plant Diseases . Trans-
lated from the German, and
edited by J. R. Ainsworth-Davi .
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 142. 1912.
Blackie. 2s. 6d.

Butler. E. J. Fungi and Disease in
Plants. An Introduction to the
Diseases of Field and Plantation.
Crops , especially those of India
and the East. Roy. 3vo. 1918.
Thacker . 25s .

Cook , M . T . The Diseases of Tropi-
cal Plants. 8vo. Pp.332. 1913.
Macmillan. 10s. 6rf.

Duncan, F. M. Insect Pests and
Plant Diseases in the Vegetable and
Fruit Garden. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 95.
1919. Constable. 3s. 6df.

Eriksson, J. Fungoid Diseases of
Agricultural Plants. Demy 8vo.
Pp.230. 1912. Bailliere. 8s. 6d.

Fryer , P . J . Insect Pests and Fungus
Diseases of Fruit and Hops. "A
Complete Manual for Growers.
Med. 8vo. Pp.528. 1920. Cam-
bridge University Press . 45s .

Gunther,R.T. Report on Agricul-
tural Damage by Vermin and Bird*
in the Counties of Norfolk and
Oxfordshire in 1916. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 92. 1917. Oxford University
Press. 2s. 6d.

Henslow, G. Poisonous Plants in*
Field and Garden. PostSvo. Pp.
189. 1901. S.P.C.K. 2s.6rf.

Long, H. C. Plants Poisonous to-
Live Stock. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 128.
1917. Cambridge University Press.
6s. Gd.

and Percival , J . Common-
Weeds of the Farm and Garden.
Large Post 8vo. Pp.451. 1910.
Murrav . 6s .

Armstrong, S. F. British Grasses Massee, G. Diseases of Cultivated
and their Employment in Agrif-ul- Plants and Trees. 2nd edn. Cr.
ture. DemySvo. Pp.208. 1917. 8vo. Pp. 614. 1915. Duck-
Cambridge University Press . 7s. worth. 7s. Qd.

Brenchley, W. E. Weeds of Farm Milburn, T. Fungoid Diseases of

Land. DemySvo. Pp.249. 1920. Farm and Garden Crops. Cr. 8vo.

Longmans. 12s. Qd. Pp.130. 1915. Longmans. 2s. 6cL

212

Agriculture.

Percival . J . Agricultural Botany :
Theoretical and Practical. 6th
edn. Large Cr. Svo. Pp. 853.
1921. Duckworth. 18s.

Petherbridge , F. R. Fungoid and
Insect Pests of the Farm . Cr . Svo .
Pp . 182 . 191 6 . Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 5s. Qd.

Potter , M . G . An Elementary Text-
book of Agricultural Botany. 5th
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. .312. 1919.
Methuen . fis .

Tubeuf, C. von. Diseases of Plants
induced by Cryptogam ic Parasites.
Translated from the German by
W. J. Smith. Roy. Svo. Pp.
614. 1897. Longmans. 21s.

Ward, H. M. Disease in Plants.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 326. 1901. Mac-
millan. 8s. Qd.

Watson, J. (edited by). Farm
Vermin. Helpful and Hurtful.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 80. N.D. Wm.
Rider. 2s. Qd.

Weiss, F. E., Imms, A. D., and
Robinson, W. Plants in Health
and Disease. Cr. Svo. Pp. 151.
1916. Longmans. Is. Qd.

lii. CHEMISTRY.

Addyman , F .T . Agricultural Analy-
sis . A Manual of Quantitative
Analysis for Students of Agricul-
ture. Cr. Svo. Pp. 230. 1916.
Longmans . 6s .

Adie,R.H.,andWood, J.B. Agri-
cultural Chemistry. 2 Vols. Cr.
Svo . Pp . 289 . , 237 . Kegan Paul .
5s. each Vol.

Auld, S. J. M., and Edwardes-
Ker , D . R . Practical Agricultural
Chemistry. Cr. Svo. Pp. 243.
1913. Murray. 10s. Qd.

Coleman, J. B., and Addyman, F.
T. Practical Agricultural Chemis-
try. Cr. 8vo/ Pp. 100. 1919.
Longmans. 3s. Qd.

Dodgson , J . W . , and Murray, J . A .
A Foundation Course in Chemistry
for Students of Agriculture and
Technology. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 253. 1920. Hodder and
Stoughton. 6s. Qd.

Dymond, T. S. An Experimental
Course of Chemistry for Agricul-
tural Students. 6th imp. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 192. 1916. Arnold.
3s.

Hall, Sir A. D., and Russell, E. J.

The Book of the Rothamsted
Experiments. Issued with the
Authority of the Lawes Agricul-
tural Trust Committee. 2nd edn.
Med. Svo. Pp. 332. 1919.
Murray. 12s.

Ingle, H. Elementary Agricultural
Chemistry. For Junior Agricul-
tural Students and Farmers. 3rd
edn. Large Cr. Svo. Pp. 259.
1920. Griffin. 5s.

A Manual of Agricultural Chem-
istry. 4th edn. Demy Svo. Pp.
440. 1920. Scott, Greenwood.
15s.

Johnston , J . F . W . Elements of
Agricultural Chemistry. 21st edn.
revised by C . A . Cameron and C . M .
Aikman. Cr.Svo. Pp.512. 1912.
Black wood. 6s. Qd.

Mercier , G . A Manual of the Electro
Chemical Treatment of Seeds . Cr .
Svo. Pp. 142. 1919. University
of London Press. 3s. Qd.

Newman , L . F . , and Neville , H . A .
D . A Course of Practical Chemistry
for Agricultural Students. 2 Vols.
Demy Svo. Vol. 1. Pp. 235.
1920. 10s. Qd. Vol. 2. Pt. 1.
Pp. 122. 1919. 5s. Cambridge
University Press.

Robertson, F. D. S. Practical

Agricultural Chemistry. A Manual
of Qualitative and Quantitative
Analysis f >r Agricultural Students
and 'Analysts. Large Cr. Svo.
Pp.220. 1907. Bailliere. 8s. Qd.

Wood , T . B . The Chemistry of Crop
Production. Cr. Svo. Pp. 193.
1920. University Tutorial Press.
5s. Qd.

Woodhead, S. A. Elementary

Chemistry of Agriculture. Gl.

Svo. Pp. 196. 1919. Macmillan.
3s. Qd.

213

Agriculture.

iv. GEOLOGY.

Marr, J. E. Agricultural Geology.
Cr . 8vo . Pp . 330 . 1903 . Methuen .
7s. 6d.

Rastall , R . H . Agricultural Geology .
DemySvo. Pp.342. 1916. Cam-
bridge University Press. 12s.

v. ZOOLOGY.

Bos, J. R. Agricultural Zoology.
Translated by J. R. Ainsworth-
Davis. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
332. 1904. Methuen. 5s.

Theobald, F. V. A Text-book of
Agricultural Zoology. 3rd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 571. 1919. Black-
wood. 10s. Qd.

vi. BACTERIOLOGY.

Lohnis, F. Laboratory Methods in
Agricultural Bacteriology. Trans-
lated by W. Stevenson and J. H.
Smith. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 147. 1913.
Griffin. 5s.

Percival, J. Agricultural Bacteri-
ology: Theoretical and Practical.
2nd edn . Large Cr . 8vo . Pp . 41 8 .
1920. Duckworth. 12s. 6d.

vii. ECONOMICS.

Agriculturist's Calculator, The.
A series of 46 Tables for Land
Measuring, Draining, Manuring,
Planting, Weight of Hay and

. Cattle by Measurement , Building,
etc. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 591. N.D.
Blackie. 9s.

Ashby, A. W. Allotments and
Small Holdings in Oxfordshire. A
Survey. Demy 8vo. Pp. 198.
1917. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
5s.

Bright, T. Agricultural Valuer's
Assistant. A Practical Handbook.
5th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.320. 1910.
Crosby Lockwood. 7s. Qd.

Agricultural Surveyor and

Estate Agent's Handbook of
Practical Rules, Formulae, Tables
and Data. 2nd edn. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp . 464 . 191 1 . Crosby Lockwood .
7s. 6d.

British Agriculture: The Nation's
Opportunity . Being the Minority
Report of the Departmental Com-
mittee of the Employment of
Sailors and Soldiers on the Land, by
E. G. Strutt, L. Scott, G. H.
Roberts, and others. Cr. 8 vo. Pp.
168. 1917. Murray. 3s. 6d.

Cully er, J. Tables for Measuring
and Manuring Land , and Thatcher's
Work. 19th imp. 18mo. Pp.
150. Pitman. 3s.

Curtis, C. E., and Gordon, R. A.
A Practical Handbook of Agricul-
tural Tenancies. Demy 8vo. Pp,
340. 1910. Crosby Lockwood.
10s. 6d.

Faber, H. Co-operation in Danish
Agriculture. 8vo. Pp. 198. 1918.
Longmans . 9s .

Gordon, L. S. Co-operation for
Farmers . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 247 . 1918 .
Williams and Norgate. 6s.

Henderson, R. The Young Estate
Manager's Guide. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
292. 1898. Blackwood. 7s. 6d.

The Estate Manager. 8vo. Pp.

563. 1910. W. Green. 15s.

Inwood's Tables for Purchasing
Estates and for the Valuation of
Properties. 30th edn. Revised
by W. Schooling. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 366 . 1920 . Crosby Lockwood .
8s. 6d.

Long, J. The Small Farm and
Its Management. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 346. 1920. Murray.
7s. 6d.

Newsham, .1 . C., and Philpott, T.
V. Agricultural Arithmetic: For
Estate Agents, Farmers, etc. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 264. 1913. Crosby
Lockwood. 4s. Qd.

Orwin , C . S . Farm Accounts .
New edn. in preparation. Cam-
bridge University Press.

Rogers , A . G . L . The Business Side
of Agriculture . Cr . 8 vo . Pp . 1 63 ..
1904. Methuen. 5s.

214

Agriculture.

Ruston, A. G. Rural Arithmetic.
Including Agricultural Measure-
ments and Calculations and Business
Transactions of the Farm . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.451. 1916. University Tutor-
ial Press. 5s.

Slater , A . Estate Economics . Demy
8vo. Pp. 278. 1917. Constable.
10s.

Tomkinson, G. W. State Help lor
Agriculture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 189.

1917. Fisher Unwin. 3s. Gd.

Wolff, H. W. Co-operation in
Agriculture. 2nd imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 378. 1914. King. 7s. Gd.

viii. ENGINEERING.

Brown, E. T. Farm Tractors. A
Practical Handbook on the Selection
and Management of a Tractor . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 160. 1920. Pearson.
3s. Gd.

Glayron, C. H. J. Land Drainage:
from Field to Sea. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
201. 1939. Country Lift. Cs.

Cleghorne, W. S. H. Farm Build-
ings and Building Construction in
South Africa. 8vo. Pp. 348.
1916. Longmans. 22s.

Farming by Motor . A Guide to all
types of Farm Tractors and Motor
Ploughing. Cr.Svo. 191 8. Temple
Press. Is.Gd.

Graham, P. A, Reclaiming the
Waste, Britain's Most Urgent
Problem — Land Reclamation. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 188. 1916. Country
Life. 3s. Gd.

Lawrence, C. P. Economic Farm
Buildings: Systematic Planning,
Improvement, Construction. Med.
8vo. Pp. 202. 1919. Library
Press. 10s. Gd.

Sherwood, G. The Farm Tractor
Handbook. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 176.

1918. Iliffe. 5s.

Vernon , A . Estate Fences : their
Choice, Construction, and Cost,
with a Chapter on Boundaries and
Fences in their Legal Aspect, by
T. W. Marshall. Re-issue. 8vo\
Pp.420. 1909. Spon. 10s. Gd.

ix. HISTORY.

Curtler , W . H > R . History of Eng-
lish Agriculture. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
380. '1909. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 7s. Gd.

Green , F . E . A History of the Eng-
lish Agricultural Labourer. His
Social Surroundings and Economic
Condition from 1894 to the Present
Time. DemySvo. Pp.366. 1920.
King. 16s. "

Haggard, Sir R. Rural England:
being an account of Agricultural
and Social Researches. New edn.
2 Vols. Cr.Svo. Pp. 630^, 632.
1906. Longmans. 15s.

Hasbach , W . A History of the Eng-
lish Agricultural Labourer. Trans-
lated from the German. 2nd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.486. 1920. King.
10s. Gd.

Macdonald, W. Makers of Modern
Agriculture. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 94.
1913. Macmillan. 2s. Gd.

Matthews , A . H . H . Fifty Years of
Agricultural Politics: being the
History of the Central Chamber of
Agriculture , 1865-191 5 . Demy 8vo .
Pp.446. 1915. 10s. Gd. Edition-
de-luxe (limited to 250 copies).
31s. Gd. Author: 28, Westminster
Palace Gardens, S.W.I.

Prothero, R. E. (Lord Ernie).
English Farming , Past and Present .
2nd edn. «VO. Pp. 520. 1919.
Longmans. 10s. Gd.

x. ANIMAL HUSBANDRY,
a. Dairying.

Barthel, C. Methods Used in the
Examination of Milk and Dairy
Products . Translated by W . Good-
win. 8vo. Pp.272. 1910. Mac-
millan. 7s. Gd.

Freudenreich , E. von. Dairy Bac-
teriology. A Short Manual for
Students in Dairy Schools, Cheese
Makers, and Farmers. Translated
by J. R. Ainsworth Davis . 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 178. 1900.
Methuen. 3s. Gd.

15

Agriculture.

Matthews, E. Economies in Dairy
Farming. Demy 8vo. Pp. 7&.
1903. Country Life. 9s. Qd.

Mayall, G. Cows, Cowhouses, and
Milk. 2ndedn. Cr.Svo. Pp.144.
1918. Bailliere. 4s. 6d.

Newsham, J. G. Dairy Farming.

Cr . 8 vo . Pp . 1 74 . 1 920 . Pearson .

3s. Qd.
O'Callaghan, M. A. Dairying in

Australasia, Farm and Factory.

Roy. 8vo. Pp. 700. 1912.

Oxford University Press (Angus

and Robertson). 20s.

Penlington, W. A. G. Science of
Dairying. Cr.Svo. Pp. 2G8. 1919.
Macmillan. 3s.

Richmond , H . D . Dairy Chemistry .
A Practical Handbook for Dairy
Chemists and others having Control
of Dairies. 3rd edn. Demv Svo.
Pp. 502. 1920. Griffin. ~25s.

The Laboratory Book of Dairy

Analysis. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
108/1912. Griffin. 3s.

Sadler, W. Bacteria as Friends and
Foes of the Dairv Farmer . Cr . Svo .
Pp. 128. 1912. Methuen. 2s.

Saker, D. G. Practical Dairying .
Cr.Svo. Pp. 131. 1921. Methnen.
6s.

Thomson, G. S. Milk and Cream
Testing and Grading Dairy Pro-
ducts. Cr. Svo. Pp. 224. 1911.
Crosby Lockwood . 5s .

The Dairying Industry. Part

1 . The Milk and Cream Supply —
City, Farm and Factory. Demy
Svo. Pp. 260. 1907. Crosby
Lockwood. lOv. 6d.

Dairying (British and Colonial).

The Science and Practice. Demy
Svo. Pp. 476. 1913. Crosby
Lockwood. 9s.

Walker -Tisdale, C. W. Milk
Testing. A simple practical Hand-
book for Dairv Farmers, Milk Dis-
tributors, etc. Cr. Svo. Pp. 90.
1920. Swarthmore Press. 3s. 6<i.

and Jones, J. Butter and

Cheese. Cr.Svo. Pp.151. 1920.
Pitman . 3s .

Walker-Tisdale, G . W., and Robin-
son, T . R . Practical Butter Mak-
ing . A Treatise for Butter Makers
and Students. 4th edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp.143. 1919. Swarthmore Press.
Rs.Gd.

and Woodnutt, W. E. Practi-
cal Cheese Making. A General
Guide to the Manufacture of Cheese .
Cr.Svo Pp.198. 1919. Swarth-
more Press. 5s. 6d.

Willoughby, E. F. Milk: Its Pro-
duction and Uses, with Chapters
on Dairy Farming, Diseases of
Cattle, and on the Hygiene and
Control of Supplies. Demy Svo.
Pp.271. 1903. Griffin. Is. 6d.

b. Live Stork.

Barton, F. T. Cattle. Sheep and
Pigs. Their Practical Breeding
and Keeping 2nd edn = Demy
Svo. Pp. 353. 1920. Jarrolds.
21s.

The Cottager's Pig: A Practical

Treatise on Pig Keeping tor the
Small Holder and Cottager. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 6:?. 1920. Jarrolds.
2s. 6rf.

Brigham, A. A. Progressive Poultry
Culture. The Keeping of Poultry
for Profit and Pleasure. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.239. 1912. Methuen.
5s.

Cheshire, F.R. Bees and Bee-Keep-
ing: Scientific and Practical. A
Complete Treatise on the Anatomy,
Physiology. Floral Relations, and
Profitable Management of the Hive-
Bee. New edn. 2 Vols. Cr.Svo.
1921 . Vol . 1 . Scientific . Pp . 344 .
12s . 6c?. Vol . 2 . Practical , with an
Appendix bringing the work up to
date, by J. B. Lamb. Pp. 750.
15s. Upcott, Gill.

Cowan, T. W. British Bee Keeper's
Guide Book to the Management of
Bees in Movable Comb Hives, and
the Use of Modern Bee Appliances.
23rd edn . Cr . Svo . Pp . 234 . 1919 .
Paper. 2s. 6d. Cloth. 3s. 6d.
* 'British Bee Journal."

British Bee-keeper's Practical

Note Book. 3rd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 72. N.D. "British Bee
Journal." Is.

216

Agriculture.

•Cowan, T. W. Wax Craft: All
about Beeswax — its History, Pro-
duction, Adulteration, and Com-
mercial Value . Cr .8vo . Pp . 172 .
1908. "British Bee Journal." 2s.

Digges, .1. G. The Practical Bee
Guide : A Manual of Modern Bee-
keeping. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
239. 1918. Simpkin, Marshall. 3s.

Geary, H. The Bee-keeper's Vade-
Mecum. Pocket size. Pp. 202.

1920. Stanley Paul. 2s. Qd.

Hanson, S. G. Commercial Egg
Farming. From Practical Experi-
ence. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 62. 1919.
Constable. Is. 9d.

Her rod -Hemp sail, W. Bee-keeping
Simplified for the Cottager and
Smallholder. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 52. 1918. "British Bee
Journal." Is.

Producing, Preparing, Exhibit-
ing, and Judging Bee Produce.
Cr.Svo. Pp.168. 1912. "British
Bee Journal." 2s.

Hodgins , J . E ., and Haskett , T . H .

Diseases of Live Stock . A Practical
Handbook lor Farmers and Stock -
owners. Demy Svo. Pp. 664.
1910. Bailliere. 12s. 6d.

Hurst, J. W. Utility Ducks and
Geese. Cr. Svo. Pp. 93. 1919.
Constable. 3s.

Live Stock Journal Annual , 1921 .
Roy . Svo . Pp . 335 . Dec . , 1920 .
Vinton. 3s. 6d.

Long, J. British Pigs: The Art of
Making them Pay. Cr. Svo. Pp.
140. 1918. Chapman & Hall. 4s.

M.R.C.V.S., An. The Farm Vet.
A Practical Veterinary Handbook
for Farmers. Demy Svo. Pp.
219. 1914. Macdonald & Martin.
3s. Qd.

Mackenzie , K . J . J . Cattle and the
Future of Beef-production in Eng-
land. Demy Svo. Pp.180. 1919.
Cambridge University Press. 7s. Qd.

Matheson , D . Cattle and Sheep . A
Practical Manual about Breeds and
Breeding, etc. Cr. Svo. Pp. 202.

1921. Pearson. 5s.

Mayall,G. Pigs, Pigsties, and Pork
2nd edn . Cr . Svo . Pp . 236 . 1921 ,
Bailliere. 7s. (id.

Sheep and Goats . Cr . Svo . Pp ,

136. 1912. Bailliere. 4s. Qd.

Moussu, G., and Dollar, J. A. W.

Diseases of Cattle, Sheep, Goats,
and Swine. Roy. Svo. Pp. 804.
1905. Bailliere.' 25s.

Pearse, A. W. The World's Meat
Future. An Account of the Live
Stock Position and Meat Prospects
of all Leading Stock Countries of
the World ; with full lists of Freez-
ing Works. 2nd edn. Demy Svo.
Pp. 351. 1920. Constable.* 21s.

Porter, J. The Stockfeeder's Com-
panion. Large Cr. Svo. Pp. 336.
1915 . Gurney & Jackson . 5s .

Sessions, H. Cattle Tuberculosis.
A Practical Guide to the Farmer,
Butcher, and Meat Inspector. 2nd
edn. Pp.126. 1905. Bailliere. 3s.

Toovey , T . W . Commercial Poultry
Farming: a description of the
King's Lang ley Poultry Farm. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 152. 1919. Crosby
Lockwood. 7s. 6^.

Wilson , J . The Breeding and Feed ing
of Farm Stock . Cr . Svo . Pp . 160 .
1921. Methuen. 6s.

Wood, T. B., and Marshall, F.
H. A. Physiology of Farm Ani-
mals. Part 1. General, by F. H.
A . Marshall . Demy Svo . Pp . 216 .
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
16s.

Youatt, W. The Complete Grazier
and Farmer's and Cattle Breeder's
Assistant. A Compendium of Hus-
bandry. Enlarged and Re -written
by W . Fream and W . E . Bear . 15th
edn. Roy. Svo. Pp. 1100. 1908.
Crosby Lockwood. 36s.

— The Horse. Revised and En-
larged by W. Watson. Svo. Pp.
598. 1915. Longmans. 10s. Qd.

c. Nutrition.

Hall , Sir A. D . The Feeding of Crops
and Stocks . An Introduction to the
Science of the Nutrition of Plants
and Animals. Large Cr. Svo. Pp.
314. 1919. Murray. 7s. 6d.

217

Agriculture.

Imperial Institute Monograph. Oil

Seeds and Feeding Cakes. With a
Preface by W. R. Dunstan. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 137. 1917. Murray.
2s. Gd.

Kellner , O . J . The Scientific Feeding
of Animals . Translated from the
German . 3rd imp . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
418. 1915. Duckworth. 7s. Gd.

Morris, T. N. Microscopic Analysis

of Cattle -Foods. Cr. 8vo. Pp/82.

1917 . Cambridge University Press .

3s.
Murray, J. A. The Chemistry of

Cattle Feeding and Dairying. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 356. 1914. Longmans.

7s. Gd.

Shanahan, E. W. Animal Food
Stuffs: their Production, and Con-
sumption, with special reference to
the British Empire . 8vo . Pp . 321 .
1920. Routledge. 10s. Gd.

Wood, T. B., and Hainan, E. T.

Composition and Nutritive Value
of Feeding Stuffs . 2nd edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 24. 1917. Cambridge
University Press. Is.

Woodruff, H. A. The Economics of
Feeding Horses . Cr . 8 vo . Pp . 128 .
1912. Bailliere. 3s. Gd.

xi. FIELD CROPS.

Bald , G . Indian Tea : its Culture and

Manufacture. 3rd edn. 8vo.

Thacker. 10s. Gd.
Balls, W. L. The Cotton Plant in

Egypt: Studies in Physiology and

Genetics. 8vo. Pp. 218. ^1919.

Macmillan. 6s. Gd.
The Development and Properties

of Raw Cotton. Large Cr. 8vo.

Pp.234. 1915. Black. 7s. Gd.

Barker, A. The British Corn Trade.
From the Earliest Times to the
Present Day. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 140.
1920. Pitman. 3s.

Bradbury, F. Flax Culture and
Preparation : A Concise and Com-
plete Description of the Process of
Flax Cultivation from the Selection
of Seed to the Preparation of Flax
for the Market. Demy 8vo. Pp.
166. 1920. Pitman. 10s. Gd.

Braham , F . Rubber Planter's Note-
Book. A Handy Book of Reference
on Para Rubber Planting. Fcap.
Svo. Pp. 116. 1011. Crosby
Loekwood . 5s .

Brown, E., and Hunter, H. H.

Planting in Uganda: Coffee, Para
Rubber, Cocoa: with a Chapter on
Fungoid Diseases by G. Massee..
Svo. Pp. 192. 1913. Longmans.
10s. Gd.

Brown, H. Rubber: Its Sources,
Cultivation , and Preparation . Demy
Svo. Pp.200. 1917. Murray. 6s.

Coghlan, H. L., and Hinchley, J.
W. Coconut Cultivation and Plant-
ation Machinery. Cr. Svo. Pp.
140. 1917. Crosby Loekwood.
4s.

Copeland, E. B. The Coco-Nut:
The Physiology , Diseases and Pests ,
Culture , and Products of the Coco-
Nut.. 2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp.
241. 1921. Macmillan. 20s.

Cowie, G. A. The Fertilization of
Tea. Demy Svo. Pp. 68. 1908.
Bale and Danielsson. 2s. Gd.

Crookes. Sir W. The Wheat Prob-
lem . 3rd edn . With a chapter on
Future Wheat Supplies by Sir R.
H.Rew. Cr.Svo. Pp.116. 1917.
Longmans. 3s. Gd.

Deerr , N . Cane Sugar : A Text -Book-
on the Agriculture of the Sugar
Cane, the Manufacture of the Sugar
Cane, and the Analysis of Sugar
House Products. Roy. Svo. Pp.
592. 1911. Norman Rodger. 20s.

Ellmore,W.P. The Cultivation of
Osiers and Willows. Cr. Svo. Pp.
106. 1919. Dent. 4s.

Faber , H . Forage Crops in Denmark .
The Feeding Value of Roots , selected
Strains of Roots, Quantities in the
Trade in Seed . Demy Svo . Pp .
113. 1920. Longmans. 6s.

Goulding, E. Cotton and other
Vegetable Fibres : Their Production
and Utilisation. Demy Svo. Pp.
212. 1919. Murrav . 7s. Gd.

218

Agriculture.

Gross, E. Hops in their Botanical,
Agricultural and Technical Aspect,
and as an Article of Commerce.
Translated from the German . Demy
8vo. Pp. 340. 1000. Scott","
Greenwood. 12s. 6d.

Hart- J. H. Cacao: A Manual on
Cultivation and Curing of Cacao.
DemySvo. Pp.317. 1911. Duck-
worth. 7s. 6rf.

Ibbetson, A. Tea: from Grower to
Consumer. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124.
1909 . Pitman . 3s .

Johnson , W . H . Cocoa : Its Cultiva-
tion and Preparation. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 186. 1912. Murray. 6s.

Rubber: Its Cultivation and

Preparation . 2nd edn . Demy Svo .
Pp.192. 1909. Crosby Lockwood .
10s. Grf.

Keable,B.B. Coffee: From Grower
to Consumer. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 130.
1909. Pitman. 3s.

Lock, R. H. Rubber and Rubber
Planting. Cr.Svo. Pp.260. 1918.
Cambridge University Press. Os. ttd.

Manders , A . S . (edited by) . Rubber
Cotton, Fibres, and other Tropical
Agricultural Products Handbook.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 1040. Pitman.
5s.

Millar, A. Wheat and its Products,
and the Modern Method of Produc-
ing WKeaten Flour. Cr. Svo. Pp.
144. 1916. Pitman. 3s,

Milligan, F. M. Some Essential
Notes on Oil Palm Cultivation.
Small Cr. Svo. Pp. 112. 1914.
Crosby Lockwood . 3s .

Munro, R. W., and Brown, L. C,

A Practical Guide to Coconut Plant-
ing . 2nd edn . Cr . Svo . Pp . 223 .
1920. Bale & Danielsson. 15s.

Newland , H . O . The Planting , Cul-
tivation and Expression of Coconuts ,
Kernels, Cacao, and Edible Vege-
table Oils and Seeds of Commerce.
DemySvo. Pp.111. 1919. Griffin.
6s.

Penzer, N. M. Cotton in British
West Africa, including Togoland
and the Cameroons. Demy Svo.
Pp. 54. 1920. Murby. 5s.

Ridley, H. N. Spices. Svo. Pp.
460 " 1912. Macmillan. 10s. <>d.

Rutherford's Planters' Note Book
of useful Memoranda for every -
one connected with the Planting
Industries of the Middle East.
7th edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 500.
1918. "Times of Ceylon." 20s.

Rutter, W. P. Wheat Growing in
Canada , the United States , and the
Argentine. Large Cr. Svo. Pp..
315. 1911. Black. 3s. Orf.

Smith, H. H. Soil and Plant Sani-
tation on Cacao and Rubber Estates ;
with Sections on Ceara Rubber Culti-
vation, Castilloa Rubber Cultiva-
tion, Funtumia Rubber Cultivation
and Rubber Tapping. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 684. 1911. Bale & Daniels-
son . 10s .

Coco -Nuts : the Consols of the

East. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.612.
1913. Bale and Danielsson. 12s. 6d.

The Fermentation of Cacao . Cr ..

Svo. Pp. 318. 1913. Bale &
Danielsson. 10s.

Tanner, A. E. Tobacco: From
Grower to Smoker. Cr. Svo. Pp.
128. 1912. Pitman. 3s.

Teetgen, A. B. Profitable Herb
Growing and Collecting. 2nd edn.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 206. 1919.

Country Life. 5s.

Thomson, W. A Practical Treatise
on the Cultivation of the Grape
Vine. 10th edn. Svo. Pp. 113.
190?.. Blackwood. 5s.

Todd, J. A. The World's Cotton
Crops. New edn. in preparation.
Black.

Ugarte, J. P. Coffee: its Cultiva-
tion and Preparation for the Market .
2nd edn . Large Cr . Svo . Pp . 101 .
1920. Crosby Lockwood. 7s. Qd.

Van Hall, G.J.J. Cocoa. Svo. Pp.
532. 1914. Macmillan. 17s.

Watt, Sir G. Wild and Cultivated
Cotton-Plants of the World: a
Revision of the Genus Gossypium,
framed primarily with the object
of aiding Planters and Investiga-
tors who may contemplate the Sys-
tematic Improvement of the Cotton
Staple . Roy . Svo . Pp . 420 . 1907 ...
Longmans . 35s .

219

Agriculture.

Wickham, H. A. Para Indian
Rubber : Plantation , Cultivation ,
and Curing. 8vo. Pp.178. 1908.
KeganPaul. 3s. Qd.]

Woodroffe , J . F . , and Smith , H . H .
The Rubber Industry of the Amazon ,
and How Its Supremacy can be
Maintained . Demy 8vo . " Pp . 483 .
1915. Bale & Danielsson. 21s.

xii. SOILS AND FERTILISERS.

Collins, S. H. Plant Products and
Chemical Fertilisers. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 252. 1919. Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

Chemical Fertilizers and Parasi-
ticides : Sources , Manufacture , Uses ,
and their Future . Demy 8vo . Pp .
285. 1920. Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

ITritsch, J. The Manufacture of
Chemical Manures . Translated
from the French. 2nd edn. Re-
vised by H. B. Stocks. Svo. Pp.
395. 1920. Scott, Greenwood.
15s.

Griffiths , A . B . A Treatise on Man-
ures : or the Philosophy of Manur-
ing. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 450.
1892. Pitman. 7s. Qd.

Hall , Sir A . D . Fertilisers and Man-
ures Large Cr . Svo . Pp . 384
1919. Murray. 8s.

The Soil. An Introduction to

the Scientific Study of the Growth
of Crops . 3rd edn . Large Cr . Svo .
Pp.352. 1920. Murray. 8s.

Knox , G . D . The Spirit of the Soil .
Cr. Svo. Pp. 255. 1915. Con-
stable. 2s. Qd.

Murray, J. A. Soils and Manures.
2nd imp. Ex. Cr. Svo. Pp. 367.
1919. Constable. 8s. Qd.

Russell, E. J. The Fertility of the
Soil. Roy.l6mo. Pp.128. 1913.
Cambridge University Press. 2s. Qd.

Lessons on Soil. Cr. Svo. Pp.

148 . 1912 . Cambridge University
Press . 3s .

A Student's Book on Soils and

Manures . 2nd edn . Cr . Svo . Pp .
240. 1919. Cambridge University
Press . 8s .

Manuring for Higher Crop

Production. 2nd edn. Demy
Svo. Pp.78. 1916. Cambridge
University Press. 4s. Qd.

Soil Conditions and Plant

Growth . New edn . in preparation .
Longmans .

Sornay, P. de. Green Manures and
Manuring in the Tropics. Trans-
lated from the French by F. W.
Flattely. Roy. Svo. Pp. 460.
1916. Bale & Danielsson . 16s.

Vendelmans , H . The Manual of
Manures. Cr.Svo. Pp.190. 1916.
Country Life. 5s.

Ville, G. Artificial Manures: Their
Chemical Selection and Scientific
Application to Agriculture. Re-
vised by Sir William Crookes and J.
Percival. Svo. Pp. 386. 1909.
Longmans. 11s. Qd.

Warington , R . The Physical Prop-
erties of Soil . Svo . Pp . 232 . 1900 .
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 7s. Qd.

Warrell , C . The Science of the Soi 1 :
for Farmers and Land Workers . Cr .
Svo. Pp. 168. 1920. Pitman.
3«. Qd.

220

ANATOMY.

i. GENERAL: PRACTICAL,
SURGICAL.

Beesly, L., and Johnston, T. B.

Surgical Anatomy for Students and
Practitioners. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 537. 1916. Frowde & Hodder .
16s.

Berry, R. J. A. An Atlas of Sec-
tional and Topographical Anatomy.
4to. Pp. 17 and 60 Plates. 1911.
W. Green. 42s.

Box, C.R., and Eccles, W.McA.
Clinical Applied Anatomy. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 479. 1900. Churchill.
12s. Qd.

Braune , W . An Atlas of Topograph-
ical Anatomy, after Plane Sections
of Frozen Bodies. Translated by
E. Bellamy. Large Imp, 8vo.
Pp.200. 1877. Churchill. 40s.

Brodie, C. G. Dissections. A
Graphic Handbook for Surgeons and
Students of Human Anatomy ,
2nd edn. Imp. Svo. Pp. 142
and 73 Plates. 1904. Pitman.
25s.

Buchanan, A.M. Manual of Anat-
omy: Systematic and Practical,
including Embryology. 5th' edn.
edited by a Committee of Anatom-
ists in London . Demy Svo . Pp .
1,755. 1919. Bailliere*. 30s.

Catechism Series. Anatomy. 3rd
edn. 6 Parts. Revised by J. R.
Whitaker and C. R. Whittaker.
Part 1 . Upper Extremity . Part 2 .
Lower Extremity. Parts. Head
and Neck. Part 4. The Abdomen.
Part 5. The Thorax. Part 6. The
Bones. Livingstone. Is. 9d. each.

Surgical Anatomy. 2nd edn. 3

Parts. Written by C.R. Whittaker.
Is. Qd. each. Also in one volume,
Pp. 177. 1920. Cloth, 5s. Qd.
Livingstone .

Clark, H. E. An Elementary Text-
Book of Anatomy. Cr. Svo. Pp.
283. N.D. Blackie. 6s.

Cooke, T. Tablets of Anatomy.
Being a Synopsis of Demonstrations
given in the Westminster Hospital
Medical School. 3 Parts. Post4to.
1898. Part 1. The Bones. Pp.
188. 7s. Qd. Part 2. Limbs,
Abdomen, Pelvis. Pp. 378. 10s.
Qd. Part 3. Head and Neck,
Thorax, Brain. Pp. 412. 10s. Qd.
Longmans .

Cunningham, D. J. Manual of
Practical Anatomy. Revised and
Edited by A. Robinson. 7th edn.
3 vols. Cr. Svo. Vol. 1. Superior
Extremity : Inferior Extremity . Pp .
481. 1919. Vol. 2. Thorax
and Abdomen. Pp. 554. 1920.
Vol.3. Head and Neck. Pp.
600. 1920. Frowde & Hodder.
12s. Qd. each.

Text-Book of Anatomy. Edited

by A. Robinson. 4th edn. 3rd
imp. Roy. Svo. Pp.1631. 1917.
Frowde & Hodder. 42s.

Ellis 's Demonstrations of Anat-
omy : being a Guide to the Know-
ledge of the Human Body by Dissec-
tion. 12th edn. Edited by C.
Addison. Small Svo. Pp.* 851.
1905. Murray. l2s.Qd.

Ewart, E. D. A Guide to Anatomy,
for Students of Medical Gymnastics,
Massage, and Medical Electricity.
Demy^Svo. Pp.313. 1921. Lewis.
10s.

Fagge , C . H . The Pocket Anatomy .
8th edn. Fcap. Svo. Pp. 312.
1920. Bailliere. !?».

Gray, H . Anatomy : Descriptive and
Applied. 21st edn. Edited by R.
Howden, with Notes on Applied
Anatomy, revised by A. J. Jex-
Blake and J. Clay. " Roy. 8vo.
Pp.1382. 1920. Longmans. 42s.

221

Anatomy.

Heath, G., and Lane, J. E. Prac-
tical Anatomy : a Manual of Dissec-
tions. 9th ed'n. Cr.Svo. Pp.714.
1902. Churchill. 15s.

Hughes, A. W., and Keith, Sir A.
A Manual ol' Practical Anatomy.
3 Parts. Small Roy. Svo. 1901-2.
Part 1 . Upper and Lower Extrem-
ities. Pp. 296. 12s. 6d. Part 2.
Abdomen and Thorax. Pp. 324.
10s . C>d . Part 3 . Head , Neck , and
Central Nervous System. Pp. 408.
12s. Qd. Churchill.

Jamieson, E. B. A Companion to
Manuals ol Practical Anatomy . 3rd
imp. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.543. 1918.
Frowdc & Hodder. 8s. Qd.

The Basle Nomenclature (B .N .A .)

being an Alphabetical List of Terms
showing the old Terminology, the
B.N.A. Terminology, and the sug-
gested English Equivalent. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 99. 1910. W. Green.
6s.

Johnston, T. B. Medical Applied
Anatomy . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 436 . 1915 .
Black. *12s. Qd.

MacEwen, J. A. C. Surgical Anat-
omy. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
551. 1916. Bailliere/12s.

Morris, Sir H. Treatise on
Human Anatomy . 5th edn . edited
by C . M Jackson . Roy . 8 vo . Pp .
1554. 1915. Churchill. 36s.

Morton, W. C. Principles of Anat-
omy : The Abdomen Proper . Demy
8vd. Pp. 174, and 28 large Cof-
oured Plates. 1911. Heinemann.
21s.

Orrin , H . G . An X-Ray Atlas of the
Systematic Arteries of the Body.
4to. 1920. Bailliere. 12s. Qd.

Parsons, F. G., and Wright, W.

Practical Anatomy. 2vols. Large
Cr. Svo. 1912. *Vol. 1. Pp. 467.
Vol.2. Pp.382. Arnold. 17s.

Paterson, A. M. The Anatomist's
Note Book. Demy Svo. Pp. 350.
1914. Frowde & Hodder . 6s. Qd.

Potter, S. O. L. A Compend of
Human Anatomy. 8th edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 446. 1917. Frowde &
Hodder. 6s. Qd.

Quain's Elements of Anatomy.

Edited by Sir E. A. S. Schafer, J.
Symington, and T . H . Brycc . Roy .
Svo. Vol.1. Embryology, by T.
H. Bryce. llth edn. Pp. 284.
1908. * 12s. Vol. 2. Part 2.
Splanchnology, by J. Symington.
Pp. 402. 1914. 14s. Vol. 3.
Neurology , by Sir E . A . S . Schafer &
J. Symington. 2 Parts, llth edn.
Pp. 431., 392. 1909. 14s. each
part. Vol. 4. Part 1. Osteology
and Arthrology, by T. H. Bryce.
Pp. 338. 1915. IT.s. Longmans.

Taylor, E. H. Applied Anatomy:
A Treatise for Students, House
Surgeons, and for Operating Sur-
geons. Roy. Svo. Pp.766. 1904.
Griffin. 36s.

Treves, Sir F., Keith, Sir A., and
Mackenzie ,W.G. Surgical Applied
Anatomy. 7th edn. Fcap. Svo.
Pp. 712*. 1918. Cassell. 12s.

Walmsley , T . A Manual of Practical
Anatomy. A Guide to the Dissec-
tion of the Human Body. Part 1.
The Upper and Lower Limbs . Svo .
Pp. 184. 1920. Longmans. 9s.

Whittaker, G. R. A Manual of
Surgical Anatomv. 3rd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.440. 1921. Livingstone.
15s.

ii. EMBRYOLOGY.

Assheton, R. Growth in Length:
Embryologieal Essays . Demy Svo.
Pp. 116. 1916. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press . 2s . Qd.

Balfour , F . M . A Treatise on Com-
parative Embryology . 2 vols . Med .
Svo. 1885. Vol.1? Pp.«28. 18s.
Vol.2. Pp.828. 21s. Macmillan.

Ballantyne , J . W . Manual of Ante-
natal Pathologv and Hygiene. 2
Vols. Roy. 'Svo. Vol. 1. The
Foetus. Pp. 544. 1920. Vol. 2.
The Embryo . Pp . 71 8 . 1 904 . W .
Green. 21s. each vol.

Feldman, W. M. The Principles of
Ante-Natal and Post -Natal Child
Physiology: Pure and Applied.
Svo. Pp. 721. 1920. Longmans.
30s.

222

Anatomy.

Hertwig, O. Tevt-Book of the
Embryo louy of Man and Mammals.
Translated by P:. L. Mark. 5th
edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 670. 1012.
Allen & Unwin. 21s.

Jonkinson , J . W . Three Lectures on
Experimental Embryology; with a
Memoir by R. K. Marett. Svo.
Pp . 128 . ioi 7 . Oxford : Clarendon
Press. 7s. 6rf.

Vertebrate Embryology, com-
prising the Early History of the
Embryo and its Foetal Membranes,
with chapters on Growth, Germ
Cells, the Development of the
Embryo, and a Discussion of the
Embryonic Organs. Demy Svo.
Pp.368. 1013. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 12s. Od.

Experimental Embryology, with

Chapters on Cell Division and
Growth, External and Internal
Factors, and Drieseh's Theories of
Development. Demy Svo. Pp.
350. 1009. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 12s.6rf.

Keith, Sir A. Human Embryology
and Morphology. 4th edn. Demy
8v>. Pp.500. 1021. Arnold. 30s.

MacBride , E . W . , Kerr , J . G . , and
others . Text Book o f Embryology .
3 vols. Med. Svo. Vol. 1. In-
vertebrata, by E. W. MacBride.
Pp. 724. 1014. 31s. 8rf. Vol.
2. Vertebrata (with the excep-
tion of Mammalia), by J. G. Kerr.
Pp. 601. 1910. 31s. 6rf. Vol. 3.
Mammalia, by R. Assheton, F. H.
A. Marshall, and J. T. Saunders.
In preparation. Macmillan.

Paterson, A. M. A Manual of
Embryology. A Manual for Stu-
dents. Crl Svo. Pp. 407. 1015.
Frowde & Hodder. 12s. Od.

Przibram, H. Experimental Zoo-
logy . Part 1 . Embryogeny . Rov .
Svo. Pp.164.. 1008. Cambridge
University Press . 12s .

iii. HISTOLOGY.

Catechism Series. Histology.

Livingstone. Is. Qd.
Goodall^A. Aids to Histology. 2nd

edn. Fcap. Svo. Pp.143. 1919.

Bailliere. 3s.

Langley , J . N . Practical Histology .
3rd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.328. 1920.
Heifer. 10s. 6,i.

Lee, A. B. The Microtomist's Vade
Mecum : a Handbook of the Methods
of Microscopic Anatomy. 8th edn.
Edited by J . B . Gatenby . Demy
Svo. Pp.604. 1921. Churchill.
28s.

Mann, G. Methods and Theory of
Physiological Histology. Svo. Pp.
504. 1902. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 15s.

Radasch, H. E. Elements of His-
tology. 3rd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
363. 1913. Frowde & Hodder.
6s.

Schafer , Sir E . A . S . The Essentials
of Histology : Descriptive and Prac-
tical. For the Use of Students,
llth edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 589.
1920. Longmans. 14s.

Squire, Sir P. W. Methods and
Formulae used in the Preparation of
Animal and Vegetable Tissues for
Microscopical Examination , includ-
ing the Staining of Bacteria. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 93. 1892. Churchill.
3s. Gd.

iv . OSTEOLOGY ; NEUROLOGY ;

GLANDS.
Dixon, A. F. Manual of Human

Osteology for Students. Cr. Svo.

Pp.316.' 1912. Frowde & Hodder.

12s. fid.
Frazer , J . E . The Anatomy of the

Human Skeleton. 2nd edn. Cr.

4to. Pp. 282. 1920. Churchill.

36s.
Leaf, C. H. The Surgical Anatomy

of the Lymphatic Glands. Demv

Svo. Pp. 72. 1898. Constable".

10s. Qd.
Lickley , J . D . The Nervous System .

An Elementary Handbook of the

Anatomy and Physiology of the

Nervous System . Fcap . 4to . Pp .

142. 1919. Longmans. 9s.
Obersteiner, Prof. The Anatomy

of the Central Nervous Organs in

Health and Disease. Translated

by A. Hill. 2nd edn. Large Svo.

Pp.566. 1900. Griffin. 80s.

223

Anatomy.

Paterson3 A. M. Anatomy of the
Peripheral Nerves. Demv 8vo.
Pp . 1 76 . 1919 . Frowde & Hodder .
12s. Gd.

The Human Sternum. Cr. 4to.

Pp.112. 1904. Constable. 10s. 6d.

Turner , P . Aids to Osteology . 2nd
edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 195.' 1920.
Bailliere. 4s. Gd.

Whitaker, J. R. Anatomy of the:
Brain and Spina! Cord. 5th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.278. 1921. Living-
stone. 12s. 6rf.

v . SURFACE ANATOMY .

Bjorkegren, M. E. Handbook of
Anatomy for Students of Massage.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 248.
1918. Bailiiere! 6s.

Jex- Blake. A. J. Physical Signs in
the Chest and Abdomen. Demy
8vo. Pp.124. 1921. Churchill.
9s. Gd.

Moorhead , T . G . Surface Anatomy .
Cr.Svo. Pp.158. 1905. Bailliere.
4s. Gd.

Rawling, L. B. Landmarks and
Surface Markings of the Human
Body. 5th edn.' Demy 8vo. Pp.
104. 1920. Lewis. 7s. Gd.

Whittaker, C. R. Essentials of
Surface Anatomy . 3rd edn . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 88. '1920. Churchill.
7s. Gd.

Windle, Sir B. C. A. A Handbook
of Surface Anatomy and Land-
marks. 3rd edn. Post Svo. Pp.
154. 1902. Lewis. 4s.

vi. ARTISTIC ANATOMY.

Armstead, H. W. The Artistic
Anatomy of the Horse. Text and
20 original Plates . Roy. 4 to. 1900.
Bailliere. 12s. Gd.

Cuyer, E. The Artistic Anatomy of
Animals. Authorised Translation.
Edited by G . Hay wood . Demy Svo .
Pp. 334.. 1905. Bailliere. 10s. Gd.

Thomson. A. A Handbook of
Anatomy for Art Students. 4th
edn. 8vo. Pp. 481. 1915. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 25s.

vii . COMPARATIVE ANATOMY .

Bourne, G. C. An Introduction to
the Study of the Comparative Anat-
omy of Animals. 2 vols. Cr. 8vo.
Vol. 1. Animal Organisation..
The Protozoa and Ccelenterata. 6th
edn. Pp.315. 1919. Vol.2. The
Ccelomate Metazoa. 9th edn. Pp.
336. 1909. Bell. 7s. Gd. per
vol.

Lang , A . Text Book of Comparative
Anatomy. Translated by H. M.
and M. Bernard. With Preface
to the English Translation by E.
Haeckel . 2 Vols . Svo . Pp . 580 . ,
032. 1891, 1896. Macmillan.
17s . each .

Rolleston, G. Forms of Animal
Life, a Manual of Comparative
Anatomy, with descriptions of se-
lected Types. 2nd edn. Revised
and enlarged by W. H. Jackson.
Roy. 8vo. *Pp. 970. 1888..
Oxford: Clarendon Press. 30s.

PHYSIOLOGY.

i. GENERAL AND PRACTICAL.
Alcock,N.H., and Ellison, F.O'B.

A Text book of Experimental Phys-
iology. Sm. Roy. 8vo. Pp.139.
1909. Churchill. 7s. fid.

Ashby, H. Notes on Physiology.
Revised by H . T . Ashby . 8th edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 368. 1917. Long-
mans. 7s. Gd.

Bainbridge, F. A., and Menzies.
J. A. Essentials of Physiology.
3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 492. 1919.
Longmans . 1 4s .

Barclay , H . C . Lectures on Element-
ary Anatomy and Physiology . Demy
8vo. Pp. 298. 1915. Bailliere.
6s.

Bayliss> W. M. An Introduction to
General Physiology. 8vo. Pp.
254. 1919. * Longmans. ^s. Qd.

Principles of General Physiology .

3rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 888.
1 920 . Longmans . 28s .

Brown, W. L. Physiological Prin-
ciples in Treatment. 3rd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 416. 1914. Bailliere.
8s. Gd.

Brubaker, A. P. A Compend of
Human Physiology. 13th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256.' 1912. Frowde
& Hodder. 6s.

Buckmaster,G. A., andKickman,
H. R. B. A Course of Practical
Physiology. Introductory to Phy-
siology and Medicine . Cr.Svp. Pp.
144. 1920. J. Wright. 5s.

Catechism Series. Physiology. 3rd
edn. 4 Parts. Revised by A.
Goodall . Part 1 . Muscles and
Nerves, Circulation, Heart, Blood
Vessels, Vaso-Motor Mechanism,
Blood, Lymphatics. Respiration.
Part 2 . Voice and Speech , Nutri-
tion, Digestion, Heat Production,
General Metabolism, Internal Se-
cretions, etc . Part 3. Excretion,
Kidneys, Skin, Senses. Part 4.
Nervous System , Reproduction .
Livingstone. Is. 9d. each.

Flack, M., and Hill, L. A Text-
book of Physiology. Med. 8vo.
Pp.800. 1919. Arnold. 25s.

Foster, Sir M. A Text-book of
Physiology. 8vo. Part 1. Book
1. Blood: the Tissues of Movement,
the Vascular Mechanism. 6th edn.
Pp . 408 . 1893 . 1 2s . Qd . Part 2 .
Book 2. The Tissues ol Chemical
Action, with their respective Mech-
anisms : Nutrition. 6th edn. Pp.
560. 1899. 12s. Gd. Part 4. Book
3. The Senses. 6th edn. Pp.342.
1900. 12s. Qd. Parts. Appendix
by A. S. Lea. Pp. 298. 1892.
8s. Qd. Macmillan.

Lectures on the History of Physi-
ology during the Sixteenth, Seven-
teenth, and Eighteenth Centuries.
Demy Svo. Pp.310. 1901. Cam-
bridge University Press. 12s. Qd.

and Langley , J . N . A Course

of Elementary Practical Physiology
and Histology. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.414. 1902. Macmillan. 8s. Gd.

and Shore , L . E . Physiology for

Beginners. New imp. Gl. Svo.
Pp.271. 1919. Macmillan. 3s.

Furneaux, W. S. Human Physiol-
ogy . 21st imp . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 264 .
1920. Longmans. 4s.

Haldane , J . S . The New Physiology ,
and other Addresses. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 167. 1919. Griffin. 8s. Gd.

Halliburton, W. D. A Primer of
Physiology. 3rd edn. Fcap. Svo.
Pp. 176.' 1920. Dent. 2s.

Handbook of Physiology. 15th

edn. Being the 26th of Kirkes'.
Square Demy Svo. Pp. 93C. 1920.
Murray . 25s .

(edited by) . Physiology and the

National Needs. By Various
Writers. Demy Svo/ Pp. 169.
1919. Constable. 8s. Qd.

Harris . D . F . The Functional Inertia
of Living Matter : a Contribution to
the Physiological Theory of Life.
Svo. Pp. 148. 1908. 'Churchill.
5s.

225

Physiology.

Hertwig, O, The Cell: Outlines of

General Anatomy and Physiology.

Translated by M. and H. J. Camp-

bell. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.

368 . 1909 . Allen & Unwin . 8s . 6d.
Hill, A. The Body at Work . Demy

8vo. Pp. 460. 1908. Arnold.

16s.
Hill , L . A Manual of Human Physi-

ology. 3rd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.

496V 1919. Arnold. 7s. 6rf.
-- Moore, B., Flack, M., and

others . Further Advances in Phy-

siology. Demy Svo. Pp. 448.

1909. Arnold. 16s.
Hutchison, R. Applied Physio logy.

Cr.Svo. P. 310. 1908. Arnold.

7s.

Huxley, T. H. Lessons in Element-
ary Physiology. New edn Re-
vised by J. Barcroft. Feap. Svo.
Pp.628. 1917. Maemillan. 6s.

Keith, Sir A. The Engines of the
Human Body. Demy Svo. Pp.
284. 1919. Williams & Norjrate.
12s. 6d.

-- The Human Body. Fcap. Svo.
Pp. 256. 1912. Williams & Nor-
gate. 2s. 6d.

Lack, L. A. H. An Introduction to
Physiology. Svo. Pp.226. 1905.
W. Green. 8s.

Landois , L, A Text-book of Human
Physiology. Including Histology
and Microscopical Anatomy, with
Special Reference to the Require-
ments of Practical Medicine . Trans-
lated and Edited by A . P . Brubaker
and A . A . Eshner . " 5th edn . Large
Svo. Pp. 1,027. 1904. Griffin.
36s.

Luciani, L. Human Physiology.
Translated by F . A . Welby , with a
Preface by J. N. Langley. In 5
Vols. 8vo. Vol. 1. Circulation
and Respiration. Pp.606. 1911.
21s. Vol. 2. Internal Secretion —
Digestion — Excretion — The Skin .
Pp. 566. 1913. 21s. Vol. 3.
Muscular and Nervous Systems.
Pp.678. 1915. 21s. Vol.4. The
Sense Organs. Pp.530. 1917. 21s.
Vol. 5. Metabolism — Tempera-
ture—Reproduction . etc . Pp . 430 .
1921. 30s. Maemillan.

Lyle . H . W . Manual of Physiology .
2nd edn. in preparation. Frowde
and Hodder.

McKendrick. J. G. Principles of
Physiology. Fcap. Svo. Pp.255.
1912. Williams &Norgate. 2s. Qd.

MacLeod, J. J. R. Physiology and
Biochemistry in Modern Medicine.
2nd edn. Roy. Svo. Pp. 935.
1919. Kimpton. 42s.

Paton, D. N. Essentials of Hitman
Physiology. 5th edn. Demy Svo.
Pp. 700. 1920. W. Green. 25s.

Pembrey , M . S . , Beddard , A , P . ,
and others . Practical Physiology .
3rd edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 498.
1910. Arnold. *16s.

Roberts . F . Synopsis of Physiology .
Cr. Svo. Pp.389. 1920. Church-
ill. 15s.

Roget, F. F. Altitude and Health.

Three Lectures delivered in London

for the Chadwick Trust . Demy Svo .

Pp.198. 1919. Constable. 12s. Qd.
Rutherford , A . H . The Ileo -Caeoal

Valve. Demy Svo. Pp.69. 1914.

Lewis. 6s.
Schafer, Sir E. A. S. (edited by).

A Text-Book of Physiology. By

British Phvsiologists . 2 vols.

Roy. Svo." Vol. 1. Pp. 1056.

1898. 31s. (>d. Vol. 2. Pp. 1389.

1900. 42s. Frowde & Hodder.
Experimental Physiolosy. New

edn. Svo. Pp.136. 1918*. Long-
mans. 6s.
Sherrington , C. S. Mammalian

Physiology. A Course of Practical

Exercises* Med. 4to. Pp. 168.

1919. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

12s. C)d.

Short, A. R. The New Physiology
in Surgical and General Practice.
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.302. 1920.
John Wright. 9s. Gd.

Starling , E . H . Principles of Human
Physiology. The Chapter on the
Sense Organs Revised and Largely
Rewritten by H. Hartridge. 3rd
edn. Roy. Svo. Pp. 1329. 1920.
Churchill. 25s.

Primer of Physiology. Fcap.

Svo. Pp. 128, 1904. Murray.
Is. 6d.

226

Physiology.

Stewart , G . N . A Manual of Physio-
logy, with Practical Exercises. 8th
edii. Demy Svo. Pp.1270. 1918.
Bailliere. * 21s.

Tait, J., and Krause, R. A. Aids
to Physiology. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
250. 1919. Bailliere. 4s.

Thornton, J. Human Physiology.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 472. 1920. Long-
mans. 10s. 6d.

Elementarv Practical Physiology.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 332. 1919*. Long-
mans . 6s .

Waller, A. D. Physiology: the
Servant of Medicine . Chloroform in
the Laboratory and in the Hospital.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1910. Uni-
versity of London Press. 5s.

H. CHEMICAL PHYSIOLOGY.

Bayliss, W. M. The Physiology of

Food and Economy in Diet. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 116. 1917. Longmans.

2s. Od.
The Nature of Enzyme Action .

4th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 198.

1919. Longmans. 8s.
Beatty, J. The Method of Enzyme

Action. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1917.

Churchill. 5s.

Halliburton, W. D. The Essentials
of Chemical Physiology for the Use
of Students. 10th edn. 8vo. Pp.
335. 1919. Longmans. 8s.

Chemical Side of Nervous Activ-
ity. Demy 8vo. Pp. 100. 1901.
Bale & Danielsson. 5s.

Mann , G . Chemistry of the Proteids .
8vo. Pp.624. 1906. Macmillan.
18s.

Starling, E. H. The Feeding of
Nations. A Study in Applied
Physiology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 156.
1919. Longmans. 5s.

iii. NERVES, BRAIN, SPECIAL
SENSES.

Gaskell, W. H. The Involuntary
Nervous System. New edn. 8vo.
Pp. 188. *1920. Longmans. 12s.

Crreenwood, M. Physiology of the
Special Senses. A Manual for
Students. Demy 8vo. Pp. 248.
1910. Arnold. 10s. 6d.

Leduc, S. The Mechanism of Life.
Translated by W. D. Butcher.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 172. 1911.
Heinemann . 6s .

Lucas, K. The Conduction of the
Nervous Impulse. Svo. Pp. 114.
1917. Longmans. 6s.

Luys, J. The Brain and Its Func-
tions. 5th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
345. 1907. Kegan Paul. 7s. Gd.

Whitaker, C. R. Nerves of the
Human Body. Demy Svo. Pp.
76. 1918. Livingstone. 4s. 6d.

iv. SECRETIONS, MUSCLES,
ELECTRO -PHYSIOLOGY.

Bainbridge, F. A. The Physiology
of Muscular Exercise. Svo. Pp*.
226. 1919. Longmans. 10s. 6rf.

Baines, A. E. Studies in Electro-
Physiology (Animal and Vegetable).
8 vo . Pp .* 320 . 1918. Routledge .
12s. 6d.

Biedermann, W. Electro Physiol-
ogy. Translated by F. A. Welby.
Svo. Vol.1, Pp.584. 1896. Vol.
2. Pp. 508. 189S. Macmillan.
17s. each.

Bose, Sir J. C . Comparative Electro-
Physiology: a Physico-Physiolog-
ical Study. Svo. Pp.804. 1907.
Longmans . 1 6s .

Cushny , A . R . The Secretion of the
Urine. Svo, Pp. 254. 1917.
Longmans . 1 Os .

Krogh., A. The Respiratory Ex-
change of Animals and Man . Roy .
Svo . Pp . 1S2 . 1916 . Longmans ,
9s.

Mackenzie, W. C. The Action of
Muscles : Including Muscle Rest
and Muscle Re-Education. Edited
by C Mackay. Demy Svo. Pp.
283. 1919. Lewis. 12*. 6rf.

Starling , E . H . Fluids of the Body .
Demy Svo. Pp. 194. 1909. Con-
stable. 6s.

Vincent, S. Internal Secretion and
the Ductless Glands. 2nd edn. in
preparation . Arnold .

227

Physiology.

V. SEXUAL PHYSIOLOGY. ETC.

Bell, W. B. The Sex Complex. A
Study of the Relationships of the
Internal Secretions to the Female
Characteristics and Functions in
Health and Disease. 2ndedn. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 268. 1920. Bailliere.
21s.

BJochj I. The Sexual Life of our
Time in its Relations to Modern
Civilisation. Translated from the
German by M . E . Paul . Med . 8vo .
Pp. 800. Heinemann. 21s. (Sale
limited to Members of the Medical ,
Legal and Scholastic Professions).

Bower, F. O., Kerr, J. G., and
Agar , W * E . Lectures on Sex and
Heredity. Cr. 8vo . Pp . 126 . 1919 .
Macmillan . 5s .

Dawson, E. R. The Causation of
Sex in Man % A New Theory of Sex
based on Clinical Materials, to-
gether with Chapters on Forecasting
or Predicting the Sex of the Unborn
Child , and on the Determination or
Production of either Sex at Will.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 240.
1917. Lewis. 9s.

The Declining Birth -Rate: Its
Causes and Effects . Prepared by
the Council of Public Morals.
2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 464.
1917. Chapman & Hall. 10s. Qd.

Ellis , H . Man and Woman : A Study
of Human Secondary Sexual Charac-
ters. 4th edn. Cr. Svo. Scott
Pub. Co. 7s. fid.

Heape, W. Sex Antagonism . Demy
Svo. Pp. 225. 191.3. Constable.
7s. fid.

Herbert, S. An Introduction to the
Physiology and Psychology of Sex.
2nd edn. Cr.8vo. Pp.136. 1919.
Black. 7s. Qd.

Sex Lore. A Primer on Court-
ship, Marriage and Parenthood .
Cr. Svo. Pp. 148. 1918. Black.
7s. fid.

Loewenfeld , L . On Conjugal Happi-
ness. Experiences , Reflections and
Advice of a Medical Man . Trans-
lated by R. E. S. Krohn. Demy
Svo. Pp. 303. 1913. Bale &
Danielsson. 7s. Qd.

March, N. H. Towards Racial
Health . 4th edn . Cr . Svo . Pp .
338. 1920. Routledge. 5s.

Marshall , F . H . A . The Physiology
of Reproduction. With Contribu-
tions by W. Cramer and J. Loch-
head. New edn. in preparation.
Longmans .

Menzies, K. Autoerotic Phenomena
in Adolescence. An Analytical)
Study of the Psychology and Psy-
chopathology of Onanism . Cr . Svo .
Pp. 96. 1919. Lewis. 5s.

Problems of Population and
Parenthood. Being the Second
Report of and the Chief Evidence
taken by the National Birth-rate
Commission, 1918 -1920. Demy Svo.
Pp. 590. 1920. Chapman & Hall.
25s.

Young, J. t Reproduction in the
Human Female. Roy. Svo. Pp..
234. 1911. W. Green. 21s.

228

BACTERIOLOGY.

Abderhalden, E. Defensive Fer-
ments of the Animal Organism
against Substances Out of Harmony
with the Body, the Blood-plasma
and the Cells : their Demonstration,
and their Diagnostic Significance
for Testing the Functions of Differ-
ent Organs. Translated by J. O.
Gavronsky and W. F. Lanchester.
3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.262. 1914.
Bale & Danielsson. 7s. 6rf.

Abel, R« Laboratory Hand-book
of Bacteriology. Translated by
M. H. Gordon. 2nd edn. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 261. 1913. Frowde &
Hodder . 6s .

Andrewes , Sir F . W . Lessons in Dis-
infection and Sterilization : an Ele-
mentary Course of Bacteriology.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.222. 1907.
Churchill. 3s. M.

Browning, C. H. (edited by).
Applied Bacteriology. Studies and
Reviews of some Present-day Prob-
lems, for the Laboratory Worker,
the Clinician, and the Administra-
tor. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 808. 1918.
Frowde & Hodder. 7s. 6d.

Burnet, E. The Campaign Against
Microbes. Translated from the
French by E. E. Austen. Demy
8vo. Pp. 200. 1909. Bale &
Danielsson. 5s.

Catechism Series. Bacteriology.
Revised by J . T . Grant . 2nd edn .
2 Parts. Livingstone. Is. Qd.
each.

Clemsha, W. W. Bacteriology of
Surface Water in the Tropics . Roy .
8vo. Pp. 169. 1912. Thacker.
10s. Gd.

Coles, A. C. Clinical Diagnostic
Bacteriology , including Serum Diag-
nosis and Cytodiagnosis . 8vo . Pp .
245. 1904." Churchill. 8s.

Dudgeon, L. S . The Bacteriology of
Peritonitis. Demy 8vo. Pp. 256.
1905. Constable. 7s. Gd.

Ellis , D . Iron Bacteria . Demy 8vo .
Pp.200. 1919. Methuen, 10s. 6d.

Emery, W. D'E. Clinical Bacteri-
ology and Haematology for Practi-
tioners. 6th edn. DemySvo. Pp.
324. 1921. Lewis. 15s.

Fowler, G. J. An Introduction to
Bacteriological and Enzyme Chem-
istry . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 336 . Arnold .
8s. Gd.

Gurney - Dixon , S . The Transmuta-
tion of Bacteria. DemySvo. Pp.
198. 1919. Cambridge LTniversity
Press. 10s. Gd.

Hewlett , R . T . A Manual of Bacteri-
ology. Clinical and Applied. 7th
edn. Post 8vo. Pp. 789. 1921.
Churchill. 21s.

Minett , E . P . Diagnosis of Bacteria
and Blood Parasites. 3rd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.102. 1920. Bailliere.
4s. Gd.

Moor, C. G., and Hewlett, R. T.

Applied Bacteriology : an Elemen-
tary Handbook for the use of Stu-
dents of Hygiene, Medical Officers
of Health, and Analvsts. 3rd edn.
8vo. Pp.502. 1906. Bailliere.
15s.

and Partridge W. Aids to Bac-

teriology. 3rd edn. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp. 286. 1919. Bailliere. 4s.

Muir, R., and Ritchie, J. A Man-
ual of Bacteriology . 7th edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 688. 1919. Frowde <fc
Hodder. Ifis.

Nuttall , G . H . F . Blood Immunity
and Blood Relationship . A Demon-
stration of certain Blood-Relation-
ships amongst animals bv means
of the Precipitin Test for Blood.
Including Original Researches by
G. S. Graham-Smith and T. S. P.
Strangeways. Med. Svo. Pp. 456.
1904. Cambridge University Press.
20s.

229

Bacteriology.

Pallin, W. A. A Treatise on Epi- Trouessart, E. L. Microbes, Fer-

zootic Lymphangitis. 2nd edn. ments and Moulds. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

Demy 8vo. Pp.96. 1904. Con- 328. 1894. Kegan Paul. 7*.6d.

stable. 3s. 6d. Woodhead, SirG. S. Bacteria and

Pitfield, R. L. A Compend of Bac- their Products. Cr.Svo. Scott

teriology. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. Pub. Co. fla.

280. 1913. Frowde& IJodder.es. Wright, Sir A. E. Handbook of the

Schottelius , M . Bacteria . Trans- Technique of the Teat and Capillary

lated by H. Geoghegan. Cr.Svo. Glass Tubs and its Application to.

Pp.345. 1912. Frowde & Hodder. Medicine and Bacteriology. Demy

8a. 6d. 8vo. Pp. 224. 1912. Constable.

Thoinot , L . H . , and Masselin , E . J . 10a . 6d .

Outlines of Bacteriology : A Practi- Studies on Immunisation and

cal Handbook for Students . Trans- their Application to the Diagnosis-

lated from the French by W. St. C. and Treatment of Bacterial

Symmers. Pocket Size". Pp.330. Infections. Demy 8vo. Pp. 506 >

1899. Griffin. 10s.6d. 1909. Constable! 16s.

230

MEDICINE.
A. HISTORICAL; BIOGRAPHICAL, Etc.

Allbutt, Sir T. C. The Historical
Relations of Medicine and Surgery
to the end of the 1 6th Century . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 142. 1905. Macmillan .

Barrett, Sir J. W. The War Work
of the Y .M .C .A . in Egypt . Demy
8vo. Pp. 232. 1919. Lewis.
10s. Gd.

--- A Vision of the Possible : What
the R.A.M.C. might become. An
Account of some of the Medical
Work in Egypt ; together with a
Constructive Criticism of the
R.A.M.C. Demy 8vo. Pp. 195.
1919. Lewis. 9s.

- and Deane , P . E . The Austra-
lian Army Medical Corps in Egypt .
An Illustrated and detailed account
of the early organisation and work of
the Australian Medical Units in
Egypt, 1914-15. Demy 8vo. Pp.
274. 1918. Lewis. 12s. Gd.

Bennett, A. H. English Medical
Women. Glimpses of their Work
in Peace and War. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
159. Pitman. 3s. Gd.

Broadbent, W. (edited by). The
Writings of the late Sir* William
Broadbent. Demy 8vo. Pp. 439.
1908. Frowde & Hodder. 15s.

Budge, Sir E. A. Wallis. Syrian
Anatomy, Pathology and Thera-
peutics, or the Book of Medicines.
The Syriac Text, edited with
Translation , etc . 2 vols . 8vo .
Pp . 882 . , 830 . 191 3 . Oxford
University Press . 42s .

Cholmeley , H . P . John of Gaddesden
and the Rosa Medicine . 8vo . Pp .
184. 1912. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 8s. Gd.

Crawfurd, R. The King's Evil,
with an Appendix of Proclamations
and Bibliography . Med.Svo. Pp.
188. 1911. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 8s. Gd.

Plague and Pestilence in Litera-
ture and Art. Med. 8v.o. Pp.
230. 1914. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 14s.

Douglas, G.G. The Laws of Health.
Cr.Svo. Pp.272. 1915. Blackie.
5s.

Edwardes , E . J . A Concise History
of Small-Pox and Vaccination in
Europe . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 1 50 . 1902 .
Lewis. 2.9. (irf,

Elliott, J. S . Outlines of Greek and
Roman Medicine. DemySvo. Pp.
177. 1914. Bale & Danielsson.
7s. Gd.

Forster , E . L . B . How to Become A
Woman Doctor. Pocket size. Pp.
146. 1918. Griffin. 3s.

Lister, Lord. Six Papers. (Early
Stages of Inflammation ; Anaesthet-
ics ; a New Method of Treating Com-
pound Fractures; Antiseptic Sur-
gery; Nature of Fermentation;
Present Position of Antiseptic Sur-
gery.) With a Short Biography
and Explanatory Notes by Sir R . J .
Godlee. Cr.Svo. Pp.202. 1921.
Bale & Danielsson. 10s.

Maccabe, F. F. War with Disease.
5th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.145. 1909.
Bailliere. 2s. Gd.

McKay, W. J. S. The History of
Ancient Gynaecology. 8vo. Pp.
322. 1901. Baillifere. 7s. Gd.

Mackenzie, Sir J. The Future of
Medicine. Demy 8vo. Pp. 238.
1919. Frowde & Hodder. 8s. Gd.

231

Medicine.

Mackenzie, W. L. Health and Dis-
ease. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 254. 1919.
Williams & Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Medical Directory, The. 1921.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 2,036. Dec.
1920. Churchill. 36s.

Medical Register, The. 1921. Roy
8vo. Pp. 1..336. Apl. 1921.
Constable. 21s.

Miles, A. The Edinburgh School of
Surgery before Lister. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.' 220. 1918. Black. 6s.

Milne , J . S . Surgical Instruments in
Greek and Roman Times. 8vo.
Pp.200. 1907. Oxford : Clarendon
Press. 14s.

Mitchell , P . (edited by) . Memoran-
da on Army General Hospital Ad-
ministration . By Various Authors .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 115. 1917.
Bailliere. 5s.

Moore, N. The Study of Medicine
in the British Isles. A History.
8vo. Pp. 210. 1908. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 15s.

Neuburger , M . The History of Med-
icine. Translated by E. Playfair.
Vol . 1 . Medicine from Remote
Antiquity to the Middle Ages. Cr.
4to. Pp. 404. 1910. Frowde &
Hodder . 25s .

Paget , S . Pasteur and after Pasteur .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1914. Black.
6s.

Parker, G. The Early History of
Surgery in Great Britain : its Organ-
isation and Development . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.214. 1920. Black. 7s. Qd.

Payne, J. F. English Medicine in
Anglo-Saxon Times. 8vo. Pp.
170. 1904. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. 8s. Qd.

Poland, J. A Retrospect of Surgery
during the Past Century. 8vo. Pp.
97. 1901. Murray. 6s.

Sprigge , S . S . Some Considerations
of Medical Education. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.112. 1910. Bailliere. 2s. Qd.

Sutton, J. B. Evolution and Dis-
ease. Cr.Svo. Scott Pub. Co. 5s.

Tibbetts , T . M . The Panel Doctor :
His Duties and Perplexities. 2nd
edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.68. 1916. Bale
& Danielsson. 2s. Qd.

Walsh, J. J. Medieval Medicine.
Cr.Svo. Pp.221. 1920. Black.
7s. Qd.

Warden, A. A. An English Hand-
book to the Paris Medical School.
2nd edn. 16mo. Pp. 56. 1910.
Churchill. 2s.

B. HYGIENE, PUBLIC HEALTH,

MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE,

AND TOXICOLOGY.

i. HYGIENE.

Allan , F . J . Aids to Sanitary Science .
2nd edn , Revised by R . A . Farrar .
18mo. Pp. 280. 1920. Bailliere.
4s. Qd.

Avery, M. A Text -book of Hygiene
for Training Colleges. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 340. 1919. Methuen. 7s. Qd.

Beveridge , W . W . O . , and Wanhill ,
C . F . The Sanitary Officers ' Hand-
book of Practical Hygiene . 2nd edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 244. 1912. E.
Arnold . 6s .

Brooke, G.E, Marine Hygiene and
Sanitation: a Manual for Ships*
Surgeons and Port Health Officers.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 418. 1920.
Bailliere. 15s.

Cavanagh.F. The Care of the Body.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 308.
1908. Methuen. 10s. 6rf.

Clouston, Sir T. S. The Hygiene
of Mind. A Treatise on Mental
Health. 7th edn. DemySvo. Pp.
308. 1918. Methuen. 10s. Qd.

Medicine.

Curwen , K . M . Simple Experiment-
al Hygiene, Physiology and Infant
Management, for the Use of School
Teachers. Cr.Svo. Pp.359. 1918.
Griffin. 6.5.

Darling, H. G. R. Elementary
Hygiene for Nurses, and others.
Svo. Pp. 160. 1017. Churchill.
3s.

Davies, A.M., and Melville , C . H .
A Handbook of Hygiene , 4th erln .
Pocket sue. Pp. 731. 1913.
Griffin. 12s. Qd.

Drummond, W. B. An Introduc-
tion to School Hygiene. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 217. 1915. Arnold. 3s.6ef.

ElHs , H . The Task of Social Hygiene .
3rd edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 430.
1920. Constable. 8s. 6d.

Ferguson, R. B. Aids to Mathe-
matics of Hygiene. 5th edn. Fcap.
Svo. Pp. 198. 1919. Bailliere.
3s. Qd.

Firth , R . H . The Theory and Prac-
tice of Hygiene. 3rd edn. Pp.
1010. 1908. Churchill. 24s.

Glaister, J. .Manual of Hygiene.
For Students and Nurses. 3rd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.435. 1921. Living-
stone. 7s. Qd.

Hale,G.W. Domestic Science. Cr.
Svo. Part 1. Pp. 340. 1915.
4s. Part 2. Pp. 310. 1916.
5s. Qd. Cambridge University
Press .

Hamer , W . H . Manual of Hygiene .
Svo. Pp. 634. 1902. Churchill.
12s. Qd.

Hope, E. W., Browne, E. A., and
Sherrington, C. S. A Manual of
School Hygiene . New edn . With
six additional chapters on Physiol-
ogy. Cr. Svo. Pp. 323. 1913.
Cambridge Uai versity Press . 6s .

Hutt, G. W. Crowley's Hygiene of
School Life. 2nd edn. *Cr. Svo.
Pp. 444. 1916. Methuen. 6s.

Jameson, W. W., and Marchant,
F. T. Synopsis of Hygiene. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 404. 1920. Churchill.
18s.

Kerr, J. Newsholme's * 'School
Hygiene": The Laws of Health in
Relation to School Life. 15th edn.
Large Cr. Svo. Pp. 352. 1918.
Allen & Unwin. 4s. Qd.

Knox , E . B . Military Sanitation and
Hygiene. Fcap. Svo. Pp. 358.
1911. Bailliere. 5s.

Lelean, P. S. Sanitation in War.
3rd edn. Fcap. Svo. Pp. 376.

1919. Churchill. 7s. 6d.

Lyster,R.A. School Hygiene . 2nd
edn . 8th imp . Cr . Svo . Pp . 396 .

1920. University Tutorial Press.
5s.

Text -book of Hygiene for Teach-
ers. 5th imp. Cr. Svo. Pp. 504.

1919. University Tutorial Press.
6s. Qd.

Macdonald , R . St . J . Field Sanita-
tion. Cr. Svo. Pp. 202. 1918.
Frowde & Hodder. 6s.

Macleod, H. W. G. Methods and
Calculations in Hygiene and Vital
Statistics. Cr. Svo. Pp. 158.
1904. Griffin. 6s.

Melville, G. H. Military Hygiene
and Sanitation. Demy Svo. Pp.
423. 1912. E. Arnold. 1 6s.

Melville -Davison, W. Some New
and Interesting points in Ships'
Hygiene. Demy Svo. Pp. 87.
1911. John Wright . 4s .

Moor, G. G., and Cooper, E. A.
Field Sanitation . Demy Svo. Pp.
228. 1918. Bailliere. 2s. Qd.

Notter, J. L., and Firth, R. H.
Hygiene. 9th edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
552. 1921. Longmans. 10s. Qd.

Practical Domestic Hygiene.

6th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.328. 1919.

Longmans . 5s .

Pakes, W. C. C., and Nankivell,
A . T . The Science of Hygiene : A
Text -book of Laboratory Practice
for Public Health Students. 2nd
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 176. 1912.
Methuen. 6s.

Parkes , L . C . , and Kenwood , H . R „

Hygiene and Public Health. 6th
edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 797. (1917)

1920. Lewis. 22s. Qd.

233

Medicine.

Porter, C. School Hygiene and the

Laws of Health: A Text-book for

Teachers and Students. 5th edn.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 382. 1920. Long-

mans . 6s .
- Elements of Hygiene and Public

Health. Cr. 8vo. Pp.426. 1917.

Frowde & Hodder. 1917. 12s. 6rf.
Ravenhill, A. Practical Hygiene.

2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.744. 1908.

E . J . Arnold . 5s .

Reynolds, E. S. Hygiene for

Beginners. New imp. Gl. 8vo.

Pp.249. 1919. Macmillan. 3s.
Smith, F. J. Domestic Hygiene for

Nurses, with some Physics and

Chemistry. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.

Pp.180. 1915. Churchill. 2s. Gd.
Stevenson, Sir T., and Murphy,

Sir S . F . A Treatise on Hygiene

and Public Health. 3 Vols. Roy.

Svo. Vol.1. 2nd edn. Pp.1013.

1896. 28s. Vol.2. Pp. 847. 1893.

32s. Vol.,". Pp.460. 1894. 20s.

Churchill.

Sturrork, W. D. First Principles
of Hygiene. Cr. Svo. P;>. 252.
1913! . Oxford: Claiendon Press.
3s.

Whitelegge, Sir A., and Newman,
Sir G . Hygiene and Public Health .
13th edn/ F«-ap. Svo. Pp. 796.
1917. Casscll. 10s. Gd.

Willoughby; E. F. Hygiene for
Students . G I . Svo . Pp . 584 .
1909. Macmillan. 5s.

ii. PUBLIC HEALTH.

Ayling, R. S. Public Abattoirs,
their Planning, Design, and Equip-
ment . 4to . Pp . 100 and 33 Plates .
190S. Spon. 12s. Gd.

Catechism Series. Public Health.
2nd edn . Revised by W . Robertson .
."Parts. Part 1.' Water. Part
2. Air and Ventilation, Warming,
Lighting, Climate. Part 3. Sew-
age and its Treatment. Part 4.
Vital Statistics, Dwellings, Meteor-
ology. Part 5. Epidemiology,
Food . Disinfectants , Hospitals . Is .
9d. each. Also in one Volume,
cloth. 9s. Livingstone.

Frederick, R. C., and Forster, A.

Public Health Chemical Analysis.
DemySvo. Pp.313. 1920. Con-
stable. 21s.

Glaister. J. A Text -Book of Public
Health. 2nd edn. DemySvo. Pp.
642. 1910. Livingstone. 15s.

Hope . E . W . A Text-Book of Public
Health . 8th edn . Demy Svo . Py> .
2fi7. (1915). 1920. Livingstone.
8s. Gd.

Kenwood, H. R. Public Health
Laboratory Work. (Chemistry )>
7th edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 420.
1920. Lewis. 15s.

McKail , D . Public Health Chemistry
and Bacteriology. A Practical
Manual. Cr.Svo'. Pp.409. 1912.
John Wright. 6s. Qd.

Parsons , H . F . Isolation Hospitals .
DemySvo. Pp.289. 1914. Cam-
bridge University Press. 15s.

Robertson, W. G. A. Manual of
Public Health. 4th edn. Cr.Svo.
Pp.272. 1921. Black. 8s. Gd.

Sommerville, D. Practical Sani-
tary Science. A Handbook for the
Public Health Laboratory. 2nd
edn . Demy Svo . Pp . 324 . 1914.
Bailliere. "l2s. Gd.

Aids to Public Health. Fcap.

Svo. Pp. 152. 1913. Bailliere.
3s.

Stewart. A. W. A Manual of Prac-
tical Chemistry for Public Health
Students. Cr.Svo. Pp. 88. 1913.
Bale & Danielsson. 3s. Gd.

Taylor, A . The Sanitary Inspector's
Handbook. 5th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
624. 1914. Lewis. 7s. Gd.

iii. WATER ANALYSIS.

Purvis, J. E., and Hodgson, T. R.
The Chemical Examination of
Water, Sewage, Foods, and other
Substances. DemySvo. Pp.236.
1914 . Cambridge University Press .
10s. Gd.

Stocks. H. B. Water Analysis, for
Sanitary and Technical Purposes.
Cr.Svo'. Pp.144. 1912. Griffin.
5s.

234

Medicine.

Thresh, J. C. The Examination of
Waters and Water Supplies. 2nd
edn. Roy. 8vo. 1913. Church-
ill. 21*.

A Simple Method of Water Ana ly-
sis : for the use of Medical Officers
of Health. 9th edn. Fcap Svo.
Pp. 72. 1913. Churchill. 3s.

iv. FOOD ANALYSIS AND
INSPECTION.

Blyth, A. W., and M. W. Foods:
their Composition and Analysis.
6th edn. Large Svo. Pp. 644.
1909. Griffin. 21s.

Burrell, B. A. An Elementary
Course on Food -Testing. Cr. Svo.
Pp.100. 1910. Bailliere. 25. fid.

Clayton, E. G. A Compendium of
Food Microscopy : with Sections on
Drugs , Water , and Tobacco . Demy
8vo.~ Pp. 472. 1909. Bailliere.
12s.

Greenish, H. G. The Microscopical
Examination of Foods and Drugs.
In the Entire, Crushed, and Pow-
dered States. 2nd edn. Roy. Svo.
Pp.406. 1910. Churchill. 12s. Od.

and Collin, E. An Anatomical

Atlas of Vegetable Powders: an
Indispensable Aid to the Micro-
scooic Analysis of Powdered Foods
and Drugs / 4to . Pp . 288 . 1904 .
Churchill. 12s. 6rf.

Howarth, W. J. Meat Inspection
Problems, with special reference
to the Developments of Recent
years. Demy Svo. Pp. 152.
1918. Bailliere. 7s. 6d.

Lane-Claypon. J. E. Milk and Its
Hygienic Relations. 8vo. Pp.
356. 1918. Longmans. 9s.

Litteljohn, A. R. Meat and Its
Inspection. A Practical Guide for
Meat Inspectors, Students, and
Medical Officers of Health . Demy
8x/o. Pp. 412. 1911. Bailliere*.
12s.

Mitchell, C. A. Flesh Foods: with
Methods for their Chemical , Micro-
scopical, and Bacteriological Ex-
amination: for Medical Men,
Analysts , and Inspectors . Cr . Svo .
Pp.351. 1900. Griffin. 10*. 6d.

Moor, C. G., and Partridge, W.

Aids to the Analysis of Food and
Drugs. 4th edn. Fcap. Svo. Pp.
280. 1918. Bailliere. 4s. 6d.
Ostertag, R. Handbook of Meat
Inspection. Translated by E. V.
Wile-ox. 4th edn. Roy. Svo. Pp.
942. 1913. Bailliere. 45s.

Parry, E. J. Food «nd Drugs. 2
Vols. Roy. Svo. 1911. Vol. 1.
The Analysis of Food and Drugs —
Chemical and Microscopical. Pp.
724. 23s. Vol. 2. The Sale of
Food and Drugs Acts , 1875—1907 .
Pp. 184. 8s^ 6d. Scott, Green-
wood.

Pearmain, T. H., and Moor, C.G.

The Analysis of Food and Drugs.
Fcap. Svo. Part 1. Milk and
Milk Products. Pp. 140. 1897.
Part 2. The Chemical and Biolog-
ical Examination of Water. Pp.
178. 1899. Bailliere. 6s. each.

Robertson, W. Meat and Food
Inspection . A Handbook for Med-
ical Officers of Health and Sani-
tary Inspectors. 2nd edn. Svo.
Pp'. 306. 1920. Bailliere. 18s.

Savage, W. G. Milk and the Public
Health. Svo. Pp. 478. 1912.
Macmillan. 12s. 6rf.

Food Poisoning and Food Infec-
tions. Demy Svo. Pp.258. 1919.
Cambridge University Press. 15s.

• The Bacteriological Examination

of Food and Water . 2nd edn . Demy
Svo. Pp. 200. 1916. Cambridge
LTniversity Press. 10.?.

Thresh, J. C., and Porter, A. E.

Preservatives in Food, and Food
Examination. Roy. Svo. Pp.
499. 1906. Churchill. 16s.

Wagner , E . Recipes for the Preserv-
ing of Fruit, Vegetables and Meat.
Translated from the German. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 125. 1908. Scott,
Greenwood. 6s.

Walker , A . H . The Food Inspector '»

Encyclopaedia. Demy Svo. Pp.

310. 1912. Bailliere. 8s. 6d.
The Inspection of Fish, Poultry,

Game, Fruit, Nuts, and Vegetables.

Demy Svo. Pp. 192. 1911.

Bailliere . 6s .

235

Medicine.

Walley's Meat Inspection. 5th edn.
Revised and enlarged by S. Stock-
man. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 308. 1909.

W. Green. 10s

v . EPIDEMICS , MEDICAL GEO -
GRAPH Y AND CLIMATOLOGY.

Anderson, D. E. The Epidemics of
Mauritius. Demy 8vo. Pp. 828.
1918. Lewis. 10s.

Bahr , P . H . A Report on Researches
on Sprue in Ceylon, 1912—1914.
Roy. 8vo. Pp.163. 1915. Cam-
bridge Un i vers i ty Press . 9s .

Begg, C. Sprue: its Diagnosis and
Treatment. Demy 8vo. Pp. 128.
1912. John Wright. 6s.

Clcmow, F. G. The Geography of
Disease. Cr.Svo. Pp. 624. 1903.
Cambridge University Press. 15*.

Giles , G . M . The Outlines of Trop-
ical Climatology. Med. 8vo. Pp.
113. 1904. Bale and Danielsson.
5s.

Climate and Health in Hot Coun-
tries, and the Outlines of Tropical
Climatology. Med. 8vo. Pp.130.
1904. Bale & Danielsson. 7s. 6d.

Gordon, W. The Place of Climat-
ology ia Medicine . Demy 8 vo . Pp .
67. * 191 3. Lewis. 3s. 6d.

The Influence of Strong Preva-
lent Rain -bearing Winds on the
Prevalence of Phthisis. Med. 8vo.
Pp. 122. 1910. Lewis. 7s. 6d.

Hutchmson, J. On Leprosy and
Fish Eating. Demy 8vo. * Pp.
441. 1906. Constable. 12s. 6d.

Jefterys, W. H., and Maxwell, J.
L. The Diseases of China, includ-
ing Formosa and Korea . 8vo . Pp .
736. 1911. Bale and Danielsson.
25s.

Johnston -Lavis, H. J. On the
Effects of Volcanic Action in the
Production of Epidemic Diseases in
the Animal and the Vegetable
Creation, and in the Production of
Hurricanes and Abnormal Atmos-
pherical Vicissitudes. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.81. 1914. Bale & Danielsson.
3s.

vi . TROPICAL HYGIENE .

Blackham, R. J. Aids to Tropical
Hygiene. New edition in prepara-
tion . Bailliere .

Boyce, Sir R. W. Health Progress
and Administration of the West
Indies. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp.
350. 1910. Murray. 10s. Qd.

Field, A. "Verb. Sap:" on going
to West Africa, Northern and
Southern Nigeria and the Coasts.
3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.251. 1906.
Bale and Danielsson. 2s. 6df.

Garry, T.G. Some Factors Influ-
encing Health in Tropical and Sub-
Tropical Countries. Cr. Svo. Pp.
96. 1911. .Bale & Danielsson.
2s. 6d.

Harston , G . M . The Care and Treat-
ment of European Children in the
Tropics. Cr.Svo. Pp. 219. 1912.
Bailliere. 8s. 6d.

Lukis , Sir P . , and Blarkham , R . J .
Tropical Hygiene for Residents in
Tropical and Sub-Tropical Climates .
3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.295. 1915.
Thacker. 5s.

Moore, Sir W. Manual of Family
Medicine and Hygiene for
India. 9th edn. Rewritten by
C. A. Sprawson. Demy Svo. Pp.
686. 1921. Churchill'. 10s. 6rf.

Muirhead, W. A. Practical Tropical
Sanitation. Demy Svo. Pp. 285.
1914. Murray. 15s.

Neli£an, A. R. Hints lor Residents
and Travellers in Persia. Cr. Svo.
Pp.202. 1914. Bale and Daniels-
son . 5s .

Ryan,J.C. Health Preservation in
'West Africa. Cr. Svo. Pp. 108.
19 14 . Bale and Danielsson . 5s .

Simpson, W. J. Tropical and Sub-
tropical Climates, and the Prin-
ciples of Personal Hygiene in them,
as applied to Europeans. Demy
Svo. Pp. 400. 1908. Bale and
Danielsson. 15s.

Maintenance of Health in the

Tropics. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
186. 1916. Bale and Danielsson.
3s. Od.

Medicine.

Strachan , H . Lessons in Elementary
Tropical Hygiene. 2nd edn.
Small Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1918.
Constable. 2s. QJi.

vii. SANITARY LAW.

Critchley, H. Aids to the Study of
Sanitary Law. Feap. 8vo. Pp.
88. 1904. Bailliere. 3s.

Ham, B. B. A Handbook of Sani-
tary Law, for the use of Candidates
for Public Health Qualifications.
8th edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 240
1920. Lewis. 5s.

Hime, T. W. Practical Guide to the
Public Health Acts: for Officers of
Health and Inspectors of Nuisances .
2nd edn. Pp. 1,096. 1901.
Bailliere. 15s.

Porter , C . Sanitary Law in Question
and Answer for the use of Students
of Public Health. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 180. 1920. Longmans.
6s. Gd.

Robertson, W., and McKendrick,
A. Public Health Laws. A
Synopsis of the Acts of Parliament
bearing on Public Health in the
United Kingdom. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
397. 1912. Livingstone. 5s.

and Porter, G. Sanitary Law

and Practice. A Handbook for
Students of Public Health and
Others. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 774.
1917. Sanitary Publishing Co.
15s.

viii. MEDICAL JURISPRU-
DENCE.

Atkinson , S . B . The Law in General
Medical Practice, or Clinical Juris-
prudence. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 139.
1908 . Frowde and Hodder . 5s .

Barnett, H. N. Legal Responsi-
bility of the Drunkard. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 76 . 1908 . Bailliere . 2s . Gd .

Brend, W. A. A Handbook of
Medical Jurisprudence and Toxi-
cology, for the Use of Students and
Practitioners. 3rd edn. Pocket
size. Pp. 324. 1919. Griffin.
10s. Gd.

An Enquiry into the Statistics of

Deaths from Violence and Un-
natural Causes in the United
Kingdom. Demy 8vo. Pp. 84.
1915. Griffin. 4s.

Brockbank , E . M . Life Insurance in
General Practice. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
302. 1908. Frowde and Hodder.
7s. Gd.

Brouardcl, P., and Benham, F. L.
Death and Sudden Death. 2nd
edn. 8vo. Pp. 350. 1902.
Bailliere. 10s. Gd.

Buchanan, R. J. M. Text-Book of
Forensic Medicine and Toxicology.
8th edn. 8vo. Pp. 428. 1920.
L i v ingstone . 10s.

Bucknill, J. C. The Care of the
Insane and their Legal Control.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1880. Mac-
mi llan. 3s. Gd.

Catechism Series. Forensic Medi-
cine. 2nd edn. Revised by A.
Allison. Livingstone. Is. 9d.

Collie, Sir J. Malingering. 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 680. 1917.
Arnold. 18s.

Medico-Legal Examinations and

the Workmen 's Compensation Act . ,
1906. Demy 8vo. Pp.132. 191£
Bailliere . 5s .

Glaister, J. A Text-Book of Medi- •
cal Jurisprudence and Toxicology.
4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 917.
1921 . Livingstone . 30s .

Hawthorne, C. O. Forensic Medi-
cine. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 352.
1912. Arnold. 7s. Gd.

Jones, A. B., and Llewellyn, J. L.

Malingering, or the Simulation of
Disease . With a chapter by W . M .
Beaumont on Malingering in Re-
lation to the Eye. Roy. 8vo.
Pp . 708 . 1917 . Hcinemann . 25s .

Knocker, D. (edited by). Accidents
in their Medico-Legal Aspect. A
Practical Guide, for the expert
witness, solicitor, and barrister,
consisting of a series of articles by
leading medical and surgical author-
ities as to the effects of injuries to
the various parts of the human
body, with special reference to the
Workmen's Compensation Act, etc.
Roy.Svo. Pp. 1,294. 1910. Also
Thin paper edition. 1912.
Bailliere. 30s. each.

237

Medicine.

McKendrick, A. Malingering and
its Detection under the Workmen's
Compensation and other Acts. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 96. 1912. Livingstone.
Is. Qd.

Back Injuries and their Signifi-
cance under the Workmen's Com-
pensation and other Acts. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 182. 1916. Livingstone.
2s. Qd.

Mann , J . D . Forensic Medicine and
Toxicology. Revised and Edited
by W. A. Brend. 5th edn. 8vo.
Pp. 750. 1914. Griffin. 21s.

Murrell, W., and Robertson, W.
G. A. Aids to Forensic Medi-
cine and Toxicology. 8th edn.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 164. 1914.
Bailliere. 3s.

Robertson, W. G. A. Manual of
Medical Jurisprudence and Toxi-
cology. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
426. 1921. Black. 12s. Qd.

Smith, F. J. Lectures on Medical
Jurisprudence and Toxicology. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 480. 1908.
Churchill. 8s. Qd.

Law for Medical Men . A book for

Practitioners, containing Abstracts
from Acts of Parliament interesting
to Medical Men. 8vo. Pp. 414.
1913. Churchill. 10s. Qd.

Sutherland, W. D. Blood Stains:
their Detection and the Determina-
tion of their Source . A Manual for
the Medical and Legal Professions.
8vo. Pp. 192. 1907. Bailliere.
10s. Qd.

Taylor, A. S. The Principles and
Practice of Medical Jurisprudence.
Edited by F. J. Smith. With a
Section on Indian Medical Juris-
prudence by W. J. Buchanan.
7th edn . 2 Vols . Roy . 8vo . Pp .
1860. 1920. Churchill. 63s.

Wellington, R. H. The King's
Coroner. Vol. 1. A Complete Col-
lection of the Statutes relating to the
Office, with a short history of the
same. Pp. 300. 1905. 8s. Qd.
Vol . 2 . The Procedure and Practice
in his Judicial and Ministerial
Capacities. Pp.164. 1906. 7s.6rf.
Bailliere.

ix. TOXICOLOGY.

Blyth, A. W., and M. W. Poisons:
their Effects and Detection. 5th
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 780. 1920.
Griffin. 36*.

Catechism Series. Toxicology. 2nd
edn. Revised by A. Allison.
Livingstone. Is. 9d.

Gadd, H. The Poisons and Phar-
macy Act, 1908. With Notes.
Cr.Svo. Pp.56. 1909. Bailliere.
Is.

Glaister, J. Poisoning by Arseni-
uretted Hydrogen or Hydrogen
Arsenide. Its Properties, Sources,
Relations to Scientific and Indus-
trial Operations, Symptoms, Post-
mortem Appearances , Treatment ,
and Prevention . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 290 .
1908. Livingstone. 5s.

And Logan, D. D. Gas Poison-
ing in Mining and other Industries.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 550. 1914.
Livingstone. 12s.

Legge, T. M., and Goadby, K. W.
Lead Poisoning and Lead Absorp-
tion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 308. 1912.
E.Arnold. 12s. Qd.

Murrell , W . What to Do In Cases of
Poisoning, llth edn. Roy. 32mo.
Pp.283. 1916. Lewis. 3s. Qd.

Oliver , Sir T . Lead Poisoning , from
the Industrial, Medical and Social
Points of View . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 304 .
1914. Lewis. 3s.

Oppenheimer, C. Toxines and
Anti-Toxines . Translated by C . A .
Mitchell. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 282.
1906. Griffin. 9s.

Rambousek, J, Industrial Poison-
ing. Translated by T. M. Legge.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 376. 1913. E..
Arnold. 14s.

238

Medicine.

C. PATHOLOGY.

i. PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY,

HISTOLOGY, LABORATORY

METHODS.

Cammidge, P. J. The Faeces of
Children and Adults: their Exam-
ination and Diagnostic Significance,
with Indications for Treatment.
Demy 8vo. Pp.516. 1916. John
Wright. I7s.6d.

dampbell, A. W. Histological
Studies on the Localisation of
Cerebral Function. Med. 4to.
Pp . 380 . 1905 . Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 22s.

Fl etcher , G . , and McLean , H . The

Link between the Practitioner and
the Laboratory. A Guide to the
Practitioner in his Relations with
the Pathological Laboratory. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 91. 1920. * Lewis.
4s. Qd.

Hall, J. W., and Herxheimer, G.

Methods of Morbid Histology and
Clinical Pathology. 8vo. Pp.306.
1905. W. Green. 9s.

Jaksch,V. Clinical Diagnosis. The
Chemical, Microscopical, and Bac-
teriological Evidence of Disease.
Translated by Sir A. E. Garrod.
5th edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 628.
1905. Griffin. 30s.

Lazarus -Barlow, W. S. The Ele-
ments of Pathological Anatomy and
Histology for Students. Roy.* 8vo.
Pp. 718. 1903. Churchill/ 24s.

Leyton, A. S. F. The Essentials of
Morbid Histology. For the use of
Students. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1912.
Longmans . 9s .

ii. EXAMINATION OF THE
URINE.

Bedford , G . H . A Clinical Handbook
of Urine Analysis. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 181. 1904. W. Green.
6s. Qd.

Carruthers, T. Urine Examination
Made Easy. A Plan of Examina-
tion, with Common Tests fully
described. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo~.
Pp.48. 1921. Churchill. 2s.

Hewat, A. F. The Examination of
the Urine and other Clinical Side-
room Methods. 6th edn. 1917.
Livingstone. 2s. Qd.

Mann, J. D. The Physiology and
Pathology of the Urine. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp. 338. 1913. Griffin.
7s. Qd.

iii. POST-MORTEM EXAMINA-
TION.

Beattie, J. M. Post -Mortem
Methods. Demy 8vo. Pp. 242.
1915. Cambridge Un ivers it v Press .
12s.

Box, C. R. Post-Mortem Manual.
A Handbook of Morbid Anatomy
and Post-Mortem Technique. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 370. 1919.
Churchill. 10s. Qd.

Gibson. A. G. A Handbook for the
Post-Mortem Room. 16mo. Pp.
148. 1911. Frowde and Hodder.
4s. 6d.

Kelynack, T. W. The Pathologist 's
.Handbook: A Manual for the Post-
Mortem Room. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
200. 1899. Churchill. 4s. Qd.

Miller, J. Post-Mortem Technique
and Practical Pathology. A Text-
book for Students and Practitioners .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 444. 1914. Black.
12s. Qd.

Rolleston, Sir H. D., and Kan-
thack, A. A. Manual of Practical
Morbid Anatomy. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
259. 1894. Cambridge University
Press . 7s .

Shennan, T. Post-Mortems and
Morbid Anatomy. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
512. 1912. Constable. 18s.

Thursfield, M., and Branson, W.
P. S. Medical Morbid Anatomy
and Pathology. Cr. 8vo. Pp.270.
1909. Lewis. 6s.

iv. GENERAL PATHOLOGY.

Adami, J. G., and McCrae, J. A.

Text-book of Pathology. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp. 870. 1914. Macmillan.
31s. Qd.

239

Medicine.

McKendrick, A. Malingering and
its Detection under the Workmen's
Compensation and other Acts. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 96. 1912. Livingstone.
Is. Qd.

Back Injuries and their Signifi-
cance under the Workmen's Com-
pensation and other Acts . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 182. 1916. Livingstone.
2s. Qd.

Mann, J. D. Forensic Medicine and
Toxicology. Revised and Edited
by W. A. Brend. 5th edn. 8vo.
Pp. 750. 1914. Griffin. 21s.

Murrell, W., and Robertson, W.
G. A. Aids to Forensic Medi-
cine and Toxicology. 8th edn.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 164. 3914.
Bailliere. 3s.

Robertson, W. G. A. Manual of
Medical Jurisprudence and Toxi-
cology. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
426. 1921. Black. 12s. Qd.

Smith, F. J. Lectures on Medical
Jurisprudence and Toxicology. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 480. 1908.
Churchill. 8s. Qd.

Law for Medical Men . A book for

Practitioners, containing Abstracts
from Acts of Parliament interesting
to Medical Men. 8vo. Pp. 414.
1913. Churchill. 10s. Qd.

Sutherland, W. D. Blood Stains:
their Detection and the Determina-
tion of their Source . A Manual for
the Medical and Legal Professions.
8vo. Pp. 192. 1907. Bailliere.
10s. Qd.

Taylor, A. S. The Principles and
Practice of Medical Jurisprudence.
Edited by F. J. Smith. With a
Section on Indian Medical Juris-
prudence by W. J. Buchanan.
7th edn . 2 Vols . Roy . 8vo . Pp .
1860. 1920. Churchill. 63s.

Wellington, R. H. The King's
Coroner . Vol . 1 . A Complete Col-
lection of the Statutes relating to the
Office, with a short history of the
same. Pp. 300. 1905. 8s. Qd.
Vol . 2 . The Procedure and Practice
in his Judicial and Ministerial
Capacities. Pp.164. 1906. 7s. Qd.
Bailliere.

ix. TOXICOLOGY.

Blyth, A. W., and M. W. Poisons:
their Effects and Detection. 5th
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 780. 1920.
Griffin . 36* .

Catechism Series. Toxicology. 2nd
edn. Revised by A. Allison.
Livingstone. Is. 9d.

Gadd, H. The Poisons and Phar-
macy Act, 1908. With Notes.
Cr.Svo. Pp.56. 1909. Bailliere.
Is.

Glaister, J. Poisoning by Arseni-
uretted Hydrogen or Hydrogen
Arsenide. Its Properties, Sources,
Relations to Scientific and Indus-
trial Operations, Symptoms, Post-
mortem Appearances, Treatment,
and Prevention . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 290 .
1908. Livingstone. 5s.

And Logan, D. D. Gas Poison-
ing in Mining and other Industries.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 550. 1914.
Livingstone . 1 2s .

Legge, T. M., and Goadby, K. W.
Lead Poisoning and Lead Absorp-
tion. DemySvo. Pp.308. 1912.
E.Arnold. 12s. Qd.

Murrell , W . What to Do In Cases of
Poisoning, llth edn. Roy. 32mo.
Pp.283. 1916. Lewis. 3s. Qd.

Oliver , Sir T . Lead Poisoning , from
the Industrial, Medical and Social
Points of View . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 304 .
1914. Lewis. 3s.

Oppenheimer, C. Toxines and
Anti-Toxines . Translated by C . A .
Mitchell. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 282.
1906. Griffin. 9s.

Rambousek, J. Industrial Poison-
ing. Translated by T. M. Legge.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 376. 1913. E.,
Arnold. 14s.

238

Medicine.

C. PATHOLOGY.

i. PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY,

HISTOLOGY, LABORATORY

METHODS.

Cammidge, P. J. The Faeces of
Children and Adults: their Exam-
ination and Diagnostic Significance,
with Indications for Treatment.
Demy 8vo. Pp.516. 1916. John
Wright. 17s. Qd.

Campbell, A. W. Histological
Studies on the Localisation of
Cerebral Function. Med. 4to.
Pp . 380 . 1905 . Cambridge Univer-
sity Press. 22s.

Fl etcher , G . , and McLean , H . The

Link between the Practitioner and
the Laboratory. A Guide to the
Practitioner in his Relations with
the Pathological Laboratory. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 91. 1920. " Lewis.
4s. Qd.

Hall, J. W., and Herxheimer, G.

Methods of Morbid Histology and
Clinical Pathology . 8vo . Pp . 306 .
1905. W. Green. 9s.

Jaksch,V. Clinical Diagnosis. The
Chemical, Microscopical, and Bac-
teriological Evidence of Disease.
Translated by Sir A. E. Garrod.
5th edn. Large 8vo. Pp. 628.
1905. Griffin. 30s.

Lazarus -Barlow, W. S. The Ele-
ments of Pathological Anatomy and
Histology for Students. Roy.* 8vo.
Pp. 718. 1903. Churchill.' 24s.

Leyton, A. S. F. The Essentials of
Morbid Histology. For the use of
Students. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1912.
Longmans . 9s .

ii. EXAMINATION OF THE
URINE.

Bedford, G.H. A Clinical Handbook
of Urine Analysis. 2nd edn. Cr,
8vo. Pp. 181. 1904. W. Green.
6s. Qd.

Garruthers, T. Urine Examination
Made Easy. A Plan of Examina-
tion, with Common Tests fully
described. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 48 . 1921 . Churchill . 2s .

Hewat, A. F. The Examination of
the Urine and other Clinical Side-
room Methods. 6th edn. 1917.
Livingstone. 2s. Qd.

Mann, J. D. The Physiology and
Pathology of the Urine. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp. 338. 1913. Griffin.
7s. Qd.

iii. POST-MORTEM EXAMINA-
TION.

Beattie, J. M. Post-Mortem
Methods. Demy 8vo. Pp. 242.
1915. Cambridge University Press .
12s.

Box, C. R. Post-Mortem Manual.
A Handbook of Morbid Anatomy
and Post-Mortem Technique. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 370. 1919.
Churchill. 10s. Qd.

Gibson, A. G. A Handbook for the
Post-Mortem Room. 16mo. Pp.
148. 1911. Frowde and Hodder.
4s. 6d.

Kelynack, T. W. The Pathologist 's
.Handbook: A Manual for the Post-
Mortem Room. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
200. 1899. Churchill. 4s. Qd.

Miller, J. Post-Mortem Technique
and Practical Pathology. A Text-
book for Students and Practitioners .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 444. 1914. Black.
12s. Gd.

Rolleston, Sir H. D., and Kan-
thack, A. A. Manual of Practical
Morbid Anatomy. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
259. 1894. Cambridge University
Press . 7s .

Shennan, T. Post-Mortems and
Morbid Anatomy. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
512. 1912. Constable. 18s.

Thursfield, M., and Branson, W.
P. S. Medical Morbid Anatomy
and Pathology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 270.
1909. Lewis. 6s.

iv. GENERAL PATHOLOGY.

Adami, J. G., and McCrae, J. A.

Text-book of Pathology. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp. 870. 1914. Macmillan.
31s. Qd.

239

Medicine.

Beattie J. M., and Dickson, W. E.
C. A Text-book of General Path-
ology for the use of Students and
Practitioners. 2nd edn. 8vo.
Pp. 541. 1921. Heinemann.
31s. Qd.

Burnford , J . M . Applied Pathology .
A Guide to the Application of
Modern Pathological Methods to
Diagnosis and Treatment. Demv
8v. Pp. 396. 1913. University",
of London Press. 10s. Qd.

Campbell, H. Aids to Pathology.
4th edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 256.
1921. Bailliere. 4s. Qd.

Catechism Series. Pathology. 2nd
edn. 5 Parts. Revised by J.
Miller . Part 1 . Animal Parasites ,
Degenerations and Infiltrations , Hy-
peraemia Oedema, Haemorrhage,
Necrosis , Gangrene , Thrombosis .
Part 2. Embolism, Tumours. Part
3. Diseases of Vessels, of Ductless
Glands, Heart, Blood. Part 4.
Inflammation , Phagocytosis , In-
fection, Fever, Immunity, Diseases
of the Lungs. Parts. Diseases of
Pleura, Abdomen, Brain and
Nerves. Is. 9d. each, also in one
volume, cloth, 9s. Livingstone.

French, H. Medical Laboratory
Methods and Tests. 3rd edn. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 210. 1913. Bailliere.
6s.

Green, T. H. A Manual of Pathology
and Morbid Anatomy. 12th edn.
Revised by W. C. Bosanquet and
W. W. Top ley. Demy 8vo. Pp.
613. (1918). 1920. Bailliere.
22s. Qd.

Herschell, G.? and Weiss, R. Ele-
mentary Clinical Pathology for
Nurses. 2nd edn. 1913. Churchill.
Is.

Hewlett, R. T. Pathology: General
and Special, for Students of Medi-
cine. 4th edn. Post 8vo. Pp.
640. 1917. Churchill. 12s. Qd.

Horder, Sir T. J. Clinical Pathol-
ogy* with a Full Account of
Vaccine Therapy. Demy 8vo. Pp.
224. 1910. Frowde and Hodder.
8s. Qd.

Lazarus -Barlow, W. S. A Manual
of General or Experimental Pathol-
ogy for Students and Practitioners.
2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 736.
1904. Churchill. 21s.

Panton, P. N. Clinical Pathology.

8vo. Pp. 456. 1913. Churchill.

14s.
Pembrey, M. S., and Ritchie, J.

(edited by). A Text-book of

General Pathology. Demy 8vo.

Pp.785. 1913. Arnold. 21s.

Woodhead, Sir G. S. Practical
Pathology . A Manual for Students
and Practitioners. 4th edn. 8vo.
Pp. 820. 1910. Frowde and
Hodder. 17s.

v. SPECIAL PATHOLOGY.

Adami, J. G. Inflammation. An
Introduction to the Study of
Pathology. 4th edn. Ex. Cr. 8vo.
Pp . 272 . 1909 . Macmillan . 6s . Qd.

Beattie, J. M., and Dickson, W. E.
C. Text-Book of Special Pathology.
New edition in preparation . Heine-
mann.

Garrod , Sir A . E . In-born Errors of
Metabolism. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 174.
1 909 . Frowde and Hodder . 3s . Qd .

Haig , A . Uric Acid as a Factor in the

Causation of Disease. 7th edn.

8vo. Pp. 952. 1908. Churchill.

14s.
Uric Acid in the Clinic. 8vo.

Pp.312. 1910. Churchill. 5s.
Uric Acid : an Epitome of the

Sub] ect . 2nd edn . 8vo . Pp . 170 .

1906. Churchill. 2s. Qd.

Macgregor, J. M. A Contribution
to the Pathology of the Endome-
trium. 8vo. Pp. 56. 1905. W.
Green. 10s. Qd.

Paton, D. N. The Nervous and
Chemical Regulations of Meta-
bolism. 8vo. Pp. 228. 1913.
Macmillan. 6s.

Robertson, A. W. Studies in
Electro-Pathology. 8vo. Pp.312.
1918. Routledge. 12s. Qd.

The Treatment of Inflammation

and Sepsis by Lipoid-Paraffin Dress-
ings. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 83. 1919.
Routledge. 3s. Qd.

240

Medicine.

Walker, E. W. A. The General
Pathology of Inflammation, Infec-
tion , and Fever . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 271 .
1904. Lewis. 4s. Gd.

vi. H^EMATOLOGY.

Barcroft, J. The Respiratory Func-
tion of the Blood. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
330. 1914. Cambridge University
Press. 21s.

Buckmaster, G. A. The Mor-
phology of Normal and Pathological
Blood. Demy 8vo. Pp. 244.
1906. Murray. 10s. Gd.

Burnham, F. W. E. Haemocytes
and Haemic Infections. A Hand-
book for Students and Practitioners .
Roy.Svo. Pp.462. 1913. Lewis.
1 5* .

Gruner, O. G. The Biology of the
Blood-Cells : with a Glossary of
Hsemato logical Terms. For the
use of Practitioners of Medicine.
Large 8vo. Pp. 392. 1913. John
Wright. 21s.

Jones, G. P. Blood Pictures: An
Introduction to Clinical Haema-
tology . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
91. 1921. John Wright. 6s. Qd.

Oliver, G. A Contribution to the
Study of the Blood and Blood
Pressure. Demy 8vo. Pp. 288.
1901. Lewis. 7s. Qd.

— Studies in Blood Pressure, Phy-
siological and Clinical. 3rd edn
Edited by W. D. Halliburton
Demy 8vo . Pp . 263 . 1916 . Lewis
9s.

Pappenheim, A. Clinical Examina-
tion of the Blood and its Technique,
A Manual for Students and Practi-
tioners. Translated from the Ger-
man by R. Donaldson. Cr. 8vo
Pp. 87. 1914. John Wright
3s. Qd.

D. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.

i. GENERAL TREATISES.

Ailchison, R. S. A Medical Hand-
Book for the use of Practitioners and
Students. 5th edn. Pocket size.
Pp. 390. 1920. Griffin. 10s. Qd.

Allbutt, Sir T. C., and Rolleston,
Sir H . D . (edited by) , A System of
Medicine. By Many Writers. 2nd
edn. 9 Vols. 8vo. Vol. 1.
Prolegomena and Infectious Dis-
eases. Pp. 1,228. 1911. 31s. Qd.
Vol . 2 . Part 1 . Infectious Diseases
(contd .) , Intoxications . Pp . 1 ,098 .
1912. 31s. Qd. Vol. 2. Part 2.
Tropical Diseases and Animal Para-
sites. Pp. 1,074. 1914. 31s. Qd.
Vol. 3. Certain General Diseases,
Diseases of the Stomach. Pp.
1,054. 1913. 31s. Qd. Vol. 4.
Part 1. Diseases of the Liver,
Pancreas, and Ductless Glands.
Pp. 778. 1914. 31s. Qd. Vol. 4.
Part 2. Diseases of the Nose,
Pharynx , Larynx , Trachea and Ear .
Pp. 584. 1909. 31s. Qd. Vol. 5.
Diseases of the Respiratory System ,

Disorders of the Blood. Pp. 984.

1912. 31s. Qd. Vol. 6. Diseases of

the Heart and Blood Vessels. Pp.

878. 1910. 31s. Gd. Vol. 7.

Diseases of the Muscles, the Tro-

phoneuroses , Diseases of the Nerves ,

Vertebral Column , and Spinal Cord .

Pp. 916. 1911. 31s. Gd. Vol. 8.

Diseases of the Brain and Mental

Diseases. Pp. 1,084. 1911. 31s. Gd.

Vol. 9. Diseases of the Skin.

General Index. Pp. 887. 1920.

31s. Qd. Macmillan.
Ballantyne, J. W. (edited by). En-
cyclopaedia Medica. 2nd edn. 15

Vols. Roy. 8vo. Vol. 1. Pp.

759. 1915*. Vol. 2. Pp. 685.

1915. Vol. 3. Pp. 680. 1916.

Vol. 4. Pp. 693. 1916. Vol. 5.

Pp.774. 1917. Vol.6. Pp.666.

1919. Vol. 7. Pp. 618. 1921.

Vols. 8 to 15 in preparation. W.

Green. 30s. per Vol.
Bristowe, J. S. A Treatise on the

Theory and Practice of Medicine.

7th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 1,285.

1890. Murray. 21s.

241

Medicine.

Carter , A . H . Elements of Practical
Medicine, llth edn. Revised by
A. G. Gibson. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 713.
1920. Lewis. 16s.

Catechism Series. Medicine. 2nd
edn. 5 parts. Revised by W. R.
.Tack and .1 . Henderson. Part 1.
Infectious Diseases. Part 2. Dis-
orders of Nutrition , Kidneys , Blood ,
Ductless Glands, etc. Part 3.
Diseases of the Alimentary Tract.
Part 4. Diseases of the Respiratory
and Circulatory Systems. Part 5.
Diseases of the Nervous System.
Is. 9d. each, also in one volume,
cloth, 9s. Livingstone.

Charteris, M. and F. J. The

Practice of Medicine. 9th edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 700. 1909. Churchill.
9s. Gd.

Comrie, J.D. (edited by). Black *s
Medical Dictionary. 6th edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp.' 858. 1916.
Black. 15s.

Craig, M. Psychological Medicine.
3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 496. 1917.
Churchill. 15s.

Dieulatoy, G. A Text -Book of
Medicine. 2nd English Transla-
tion from the 16th French edition
by V. K. Collins, and J.Alexander.
2 Vols. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 2,180.
1912. Bailliere. 30s.

Drummond, W, B. (edited by).
Dent's Medical Dictionary. Med.
8vo. Pp.696. Dent. 10s. Gd.

Dutton , T . Kimpton 's Pocket Medi-
cal Dictionary, for Practitioners,
Students, and Nurses. 2nd edn.
Kcap. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1915.
Kimpton. 3s. 6d.

Evans, W. Medical Science of
To-Day. Ex. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 324.
1912. Seeley. 7s. Gd.

Fagge, C. H., and Pye-Smith, P.
H. A Text-book of Medicine.
2 Vols. 4th edn. Roy. 6vo. Pp.
2,200. 1901-2. Churchill. 42*.

Fleming, R. A. A Short Practice of
Medicine. 3rd edn. 8vo. Pp.694.
1919. Churchill. 21s.

Gibson, G. A. (edited by). A Text
Book of Medicine. Bv British
Teachers. 2 Vols. Roy. 8vo.
1901. Vol. 1. Pp. 848. *Vol. 2.
Pp. 920. Frowde and Hodder.
1 5s . each .

Grimshaw,.J. The People's Medical
Guide. 8vo. Pp. 860. 1912.
Churchill. Ws.Qd.

Hoblyn , R . D . Dictionary of Terms
used in Medicine and the Collateral
Sciences. Revise.d hy J. A. P.
Price. 15th edn. Small Post 8vo.
Pp. 878. Bell. 10s. Gd.

Horder , Sir T . J . Medical Notes .
Pott8vo. Pp.124. 1921. Frowde
and Hodder. 6s.

Hudson, B. Aids to Medicine. 2nd
edn. Fcap.Svo. Pp.332. (1916).
1921. Bailliere. 4s.

Hurst , A . F . Medical Diseases of the
War. 2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp.
326. 1918. Arnold. 12s. Gd.

Jack,W.R. (LateWrieeler). Hand-
book of Medicine. 6th edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp.508. 1920. Livingstone.
125. 6d.

Medical Annual, The, 1921. A
Year Book of Treatment and Prac-
titioner's Index. Being a Review
of the World's Progress in Medicine
and Surgery. Arranged in Alpha-
betical order for Easy Consultation.
39th year. Associate Editors:
Medicine, C. F. Coombs; Surgery,
A. R. Short. Issued Annually.
Svo . Pp . 724 . May . John Wright *
20s.

Monro , T . K . Manual of Medicine .
4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 1,069.
(1917). 1921. Bailliere. 21*.

Murphy, J. K. (edited by). The
Practitioner's Encyclopdaeia of
Medicine and Surgery . In all their
Branches . 2nd edn . Cr . 4to . Pp .
1 ,463 . 191 3 . Frowde and Hodder .
35s.

242

Medicine.

Osier, Sir W. Aequanimitas . With
other Addresses to Medical Students ,
Nurses, and Practitioners of Medi-
cine. 2nd edn. 4th imp. Post
8vo. Pp.485. 1920. Lewis. 10s.

and McCrae, T. (edited by).

A System of Medicine. 5 Vols.
2nd edn. Roy. 8vo. 1915. Vol.
1. Bacterial Diseases; Infectious
Diseases, Non -Bacterial Fungus
Infections; The Mycoses. Pp.
1,093. Vol. 2. Protozoal Infec-
tions; Meta/oan Infections; In-
toxicants ; Diseases of Metabolism ;
Diseases of the Respiratory System,
etc. Pp. 1,144. Vol. 3. Dis-
eases of the Digestive System;
Diseases of the Urinary System.
Pp . 1 ,090 . Vol . 4 . Diseases of the
Circulatory System ; of the Blood ;
of the Lymphatic System; of the
Ductless Glands; etc. Pp. 1,076.
Vol. 5. Diseases of the Nervous
System ; of the Locomotor System .
Pp . 1 ,092 . Frowde and Hodder .
£7 15s. the set. or 35s. each Vol.

Ouain, Sir R. Dictionary of Medi-
cine. By Various Writers . Edited
by H. M. Murray. Assisted by
J. Harold and W. C. Bosanquet.
3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 1,910. 1910.
Longmans . 25s .

Roberts, F. T. The Theory and
Practice of Medicine. 10th edn.
Large 8vo. Pp, 15449. 1909.
Lewis. 12s. Qd.

Scott , T . B . Modern Medicine and
Some Modern Remedies. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 213. 1919. Lewis.
6s. Qd.

Squire, J.E. Medical Hints. Fcap.
8vo. Pp.128. 1915. Frowde and
Hodder. 3s. Qd.

Stedman , T . L . A Practical Medical
Dictionary of words used in Medi-
cine with their derivation and pro-
nunciation, including Dental,
Veterinary , Chemical , Botanical ,
Electrical, Life Insurance, and
other special terms ; Anatom ical
Titles, Pharmaceutical Prepara-
tions, Synonyms. 4th edn. Med.
8vo. Pp. 1,113. 1917. Frowde
and Hodder. 25s.

Taylor, Sir F. The Practice of
Medicine, llth edn. 8vo. Pp.
1,108. 1918. Churchill. 24s.

Thomson, S., and Steele, J. C.
A Dictionary of Domestic Medicine
and Household Surgery. Revised
by A. Westland. 39th edn. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 790. 1911. Griffin. 9s.

Tidy , H . L . A Synopsis of Medicine :
for Practitioners and Students.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 967. 1920. John
Wright. 21s.

Whitla, Sir W. A Manual of the
Practice and Theory of Medicine.
2 Vols. Cr.Svo. Pp. 1,900. 1908.
Bailliere. 25s.

Williams, L. Minor Maladies and
their Treatment. 4th edn. Pp.
412. (1918). 1920. Bailliere.
8s. Qd.

Woodwark, A. S. Manual of
Medicine. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 420-
1912. Frowde and Hodder. 12s. Qd-

ii. CLINICAL MEDICINE AND
DIAGNOSIS.

Brand, A. T., and Keith, J. R.
Clinical Memoranda for General
Practitioners. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 218.
1909 . Bailliere . 3s . Qd .

Burnet, J. The Pocket Clinical
Guide. 2nd edn. Fcap. 16mo.
Pp.147. 1915. Black. 3s. Qd.

Bury, J. Clinical Medicine: A
Practical Handbook for Practi-
tioners and Students. 3rd edn,
Revised by the Author. Assisted
by A. Ramsbottom. Large 8vo.
Pp.552. 1912. Griffin. 21s.

Grookshank, F. G. Essays and
Clinical Studies. Demy 8vo. Pp.
252. 1911. Lewis. 7s. Qd.

French, H. (edited by). An Index
of Differential Diagnosis of Main
Symptoms. By Various Contri-
butors. 3rd edn. Large 8vo. Pp.
931. (1917). 1920. John Wright.
42s.

Gee, S. J. Medical Lectures and
Clinical Aphorisms. With Recol-
lections by J. W. Legg. 4th edn.
Cr.Svo. 'Pp. 416. 1915. Frowde
and Hodder. 6s. Qd.

243

Medicine.

Phillips, L. P. Amoebiasis and the
Dysenteries. Demy 8vo. Pp.158.
1915. Lewis. 9s.

Rat , J . N . Framboesia (Yaws) . Pp .

60. 1904. Bale and Danielsson.

2s. Qd.
Rogers, Sir L. Dysenteries, their

Differentiation and Treatment.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 333. 1913.

Frowde and Hodder. 12s. Qd.

Ross, Sir R. The Prevention of
Malaria, with Contributions by
Leading Experts. Med. 8vo. Pp.
711. 1911. Murray. 24s.

Vincent , H . , and Muratet , L . Dy-
senteries. Cholera, and Exanthe-
matic Typhus. Edited by G. C.
Low. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 236. 1917.
University of London Press . 7s . Qd .

Willoughby, W. G., and Cassidy,
L. Anti-Malarial Work in Mace-
donia among British Troops. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 78. 1918. Lewis.
3s. Qd.

Wright, H. The Malarial Fevers of
British Malaya. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
100. 1902. Churchill. 3s.

h. Plague.

Simpson, W. J. A Treatise on
Plague. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 490.
1905 . Cambridge University Press .
21s.

Tuck, G. L. (Wu Lien -Teh). North
Manchurian Plague Prevention Ser-
vice Reports (1911-1913). Roy.
8vo. Pp. 193. 1914. Cambridge
University Press . 10s . Qd .

i. Small -Pox.

Collie, A. Small-Pox and its Diffu-
sion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 58. 1912.
John Wright. 2s.

Hanna, W. Studies in Small-Pox

and Vaccination . Cr . 4to . Pp . 52 .

1913. John Wright. 7s. Qd.
McVail, J. G. Half-a-Century of

Smallpox and Vaccination. Demy

8vo. Pp. 94. 1919. Livingstone.

5s. Qd.
Ricketts, T. F. The Diagnosis of

Smallpox. Med. 8vo. Pp. 170.

1908. Cassell. 16s.

Wanklyn, W. How to Diagnose
Small-Pox. Demy 8vo. Pp. 104.
1913. Murray. 5s.

j. Tetanus.

Courtois-Suffit, and Giroux, R.

Abnormal Forms of Tetanus . Edited
by Sir D. Bruce and F. Golla.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.249. 1918. Univer-
sity of London Press . 7s . Qd .

k. Typhoid Fever.

Vincent, H., and Muratet, L.

Typhoid Fevers and Paratyphoid
Fevers : Symptomatology, Etiology,
Prophylaxis . Translated and Edited
by J. D. Rolleston. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 315. 1917. University
of London Press . 7s. Qd.

Webb -Johnson, A. E. Surgical
Aspects of Typhoid and Para-
Typhoid Fevers. Demy 8vo. Pp.
190. 1919. Frowde and Hodder.
10s. Qd.

Wright, Sir A. E. A Short Treatise
on Anti-Typhoid . Demy 8vo . Pp .
86. 1904. Constable. 3s. Qd.

1. Venereal Diseases: Syphilis:
Gonorrhea.

Bayly, H. W. Venereal Disease: Its?
Prevention, Symptoms, and Treat-
ment. 8vo. Pp. 170. 1919.
Churchill. 10s. Qd.

The Clinical Pathology of Syphi-
lis and Para-Syphilis. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp.208. 1912. Bailliere. 5s.

Browning , C . H . , and McKenzie , J „

Recent Methods in the Diagnosis
and Treatment of Syphilis. 3rd
impression in preparation. Con-
stable.

and Watson, D, Venereal Dis-
eases. A Practical Handbook for
Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 352.
1919. Frowde and Hodder. 16s.

Burke, E . T . The Venereal Problem .
A Description of the Venereal
Diseases , their History , Prevalence ,
their effect upon the National Life „
their Propagation and Spread, and
Methods for their Control and
Eradication. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 224.
1919. Kimpton. 7s. Qd.

246

Medicine.

Carpenter, G. Syphilis of Children
in Every-dav Practice. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.112. 1901. Bailliere. 3s. Qd.

Findlay, L. Syphilis in Childhood.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.' 166. 1919. Frowde
and Hodder. 8s. Qd.

Fox, W. S. Syphilis and its Treat-
ment, with especial reference to
Syphilis of the Skin. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 203. 1920. Lewis. 36s.

Harrison, L. W. The Treatment of
Syphilis: a Critical Review. Imp.
8vo. Pp. 74. 1917. Oxford:
Clarendon Press. 2s. Qd.

— Diagnosis and Treatment of
Venereal Diseases in General Prac-
tice. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
490. 1919. Frowde and Hodder.
25s.

A Manual of Venereal Diseases for

Students. Cr.Svo. Pp.375. 1920.
Frowde and Hodder. 16s.

Hayes , R . The Intensive Treatment
of Syphilis and Locomotor Ataxia
by Aachen Methods . 3rd edn . Cr .
8vo. Pp. 100. 1919. Bailliere.
4s. Qd.

Jones , L . V . Gonorrhoeal Arthritis :
its Pathology, Symptoms, and
Treatment. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 52.
1901. Lewis. 2s. 6d.

Lambkin, F. J. Syphilis, its Diag-
nosis and Treatment. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 204. 1910. Bailliere. 5s.

Lumb, N. P. L. Gonococcal Infec-
tion in the Male: for Students and
Practitioners. 8vo. Pp.339. 1920
Bale and Danielsson. 25s.

The Systematic Treatment of

Gonorrhoea. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 131. 1920. Lewis. 5s.

Luys, G. A Text-book on Gonor-
rhoea and its Complications . Tran-
slated and Edited by A. Foerster.
3rd edn . in preparation . Bailliere .

McDonagh, J. E. R. Venereal
Diseases : Their Clinical Aspect and
Treatment. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 419.
1920 . Heinemann . 63s .

Mclntosh, J., and Fildes, P.
Syphilis. Demy 8vo. Pp. 227.
1911. Arnold. 10s. Qd.

Magian , A . C . A Modern Handbook
of Venereal Diseases. Being an
Outline of these Affections and of
their History and Treatment. 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 224. 1919.
Heinemann. 10s. Qd.

Marshall, C. F., and French, E.G.

Syphilis and Veneral Disease.
4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 446.
1921. Bailliere. 25s.

May, O. Prevention of Venereal
Diseases. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 257.
1918 . Frowde and Hodder . 7s. 6rf.

Pollock, G. E., and Harrison, L.
W. Gonococcal Infections. Cr.
8vo. Pp.243. 1912. Frowde and
Hodder. 6s.

Power, Sir D'A., and Murphy,
J. K. (edited by). A System of
Syphilis. 5 Vols. 2nd edn. Roy.
8vo. 1914. Vol. 1. Pp. 443.
8s. Qd. Vol. 2. Pp. 396. 8s. Qd.
Vol.3. Pp.342. 10s. Qd. Vol.4
(out of print). Vol. 5. Pp. 364.
10s. Qd. Frowde and Hodder.

Prevention of Venereal Disease,
The. Being the Report of and
the Evidence taken by the Special
Committee on Venereal Disease.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 272. 1921 . Williams
and Norgate. 21s.

Reid, Sir G. A. Prevention of Ven-
ereal Disease. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 463.
1920. Heinemann . 1 5s .

Russ, C. A New Treatment of
Gonorrhoea. Demy 8vo. Pp. 45.
1914. Lewis. 3s.

Thibierge, G. Syphilis and the
Army. Edited by C. F. Marshall.
Cr.Svo. Pp.232* 1918. Univer-
sity of London Press. 7s. Qd.

Watson, D. Gonorrhoea and its
Complications in the Male and
Female. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 395.
1914 . Kimpton . 1 5s .

Watson, J. K. The Venereal Dis-
eases Problem : A book more espec-
ially for Nurses and Midwives.
Cr.Svo. Pp.76. 1917. Bailliere.
3s. Qd.

247

Medicine.

m. Yellow Fever.

Boyce, Sir R. W. Yellow Fever and
Its Prevention. A Manual for
Medical Students and Practitioners .
Med.Svo. Pp.380. 1911. Murray.
10s, Qd.

iv. DISEASES DUE TO PARA-
SITES.

Alcock, A. Entomology for Medical
Officers. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 396.
1920. Gurney and Jackson . 18s.

Boyce, Sir R.W. Mosquito or Man?
The Conquest of the Tropical World .
3rd edn. Med.Svo. Pp. 280. 1910.
Murray. 10s. Qd.

Braun, M., and Luhe, M. A

Handbook of Practical Parasitol-
ogy. Translated by L. Forster.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 216. 1910. Bale
and Danielsson. 10s. Qd.

Clarke, J. J, Protozoa and Disease.
Part 1. Unicellular Organisms and
the Cell; the Four Classes of Pro-
tozoa : the Parasites of Malaria : the
Foundations of Parasitic Protozool-
ogy. Pp. 198. 1903. Part 2.
Causation of Smallpox and Syph-
ilis. Pp. 150. 1908. Part 3.
The Cause of Cancer. Pp. 124.
1912. Part 4. Rhizopod Pro-
tozoa, the Cause of Cancer and
other Diseases. Pp. 202. 1915.
Bailliere. 7s. Qd. each.

Da Costa, B. F. B. Sleeping Sick-
ness. A Record of Four Years'
War against it in Principe, Portu-
guese West Africa. Translated by
J. A. Wyllie. Large Roy. 8vo.
Pp.274. 1916. Bailliere. 7s. Qd.

Fantham, H. B., Stephens, J. W.

W., and Theobald, F. V. The

Animal Parasites of Man. Roy.

8vo. Pp. 964. 1916. Bale and

Danielsson. 45s.
Graham, J. Hydatid Disease in its

Clinical Aspects . Demy 8vo. Pp.

216. 1891. Frowde and Hodder.

16s.

Laveran, A., and Mesnil, F. Try-

panosomes and Trypanosomiases.
Translated and Edited by D.
Nabarro. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 538-
1907. Bailliere. 21s.

Lloyd, LI. Lice and their Menace to
Man. DemySvo. Pp.152. 1919.
Frowde and Hodder. 7s. Qd.

v. CONSTITUTIONAL
DISEASES.

a. Cancer.

Bell, R. Health at Its Best v.
Cancer and other Diseases. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 320. 1908. Fisher
Unwin . 5s .

Greighton, C. Some Conclusions on
Cancer. .Roy. 8vo. Pp.381. 1920.
Williams and Norgate. 42s.

Gould, Sir A. P. The Bradshaw
Lecture on Cancer. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 77. 1910. Bale and Daniels-
son. Zs.Qd.

Green, C. E. The Cancer Problem:
\ Statistical Study . 4th edn . Roy .
8vo. Pp. 149. 1917. W. Green.
21s.

Gruner, O. C. The exact Diagnosis
of Latent Cancer. Roy. 8vo.
Pp.86. 1919. Lewis. 7s. Qd.

Morris, Sir H. On the Treatment of
Inoperable Cancer. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 38. 1902. Bale and Daniels-
son. 3s. Qd.

Moullin, C. W. M. Treatment of
Sarcoma and Carcinoma by Injec-
tions of Mixed Toxins . Demy 8vo .
Pp . 60 . 1 898 . Bale and Danielsson .
3s. Qd.

Robson, Sir A. W. M. Cancer and
Its Treatment. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 70.
1905. Bailliere. 3s. Qd.

Ross, F. W. F. Cancer: The Prob-
lem of Its Genesis and Treatment.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 270. 1912.
Methuen. 7s. Qd.

Russell, R. Notes on the Causation
of Cancer. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 126.
1916. Longmans. 3s. Qd.

Saleeby, C. W. The Conquest of
Cancer: A Plan of Campaign.
Being an account of the Principles
and Practice hitherto of the Treat-
ment of Malignant Growths by
Specific on Cancrotoxic Ferment.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 420. ]907.
Chapman and Hall. 7s. Qd.

248

Medicine.

Shaw-MacKenzie, J. A. The

Nature and Treatment of Cancer.
4thedn. Pp.118. 1906. Bailliere.
2s. fid.

b. Rheumatism, Gout.

Bannatyne, G. A. Rheumatoid
Arthritis . 4th edn . 8 vo . Pp . 101 .
1906. John Wright. 7s. Gd.

Daniel , P . L . Arthritis : A Study of
the Inflammatory Diseases of the
Joints. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 523.
1911 . Bale and Danielsson . 12s . Od.

Lindsay , J. Gout. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
224. 1913. Frovvde and Hodder.
6s.

Llewellyn, L. J. Gout, with a sec-
tion on Ocular Disease in the Gouty,
by W. M. Beaumont. Svo. 1920.
Heinemann . 30s .

and Basset, A. Fibrositis

(Gouty, Infective, Traumatic), so-
called Chronic Rheumatism. Roy.
Svo. Pp.694. 1915. Heinemann.
30s.

Poynton, F. J., and Paine, A.

Researches on Rheumatism. Roy.
Svo. Pp. 480. 1913. Churchill.
15s.

Stockman, R. Rheumatism and
Arthritis. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 138.
1920. VV. Green. 15s.

vi. TUBERCULOSIS.

Bandelier, B., and Roepke, Dr.
A Clinical System of Tuberculosis.
Describing^ all forms of the Disease.
Translated by G. B. Hunt. Roy.
Svo. Pp. 538. 1913. Bale and
Danielsson. 21s.

Bardswell, N. D. Advice to Con-
sumptives: Home Treatment,
After Care, and Prevention. 2nd
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 169. 1920.
Black. 3s.6rf.

The Expectation of Life of the

Consumptive after Sanatorium
Treatment. Demy Svo. Pp. 130.
1910. Frowde and Hodder . 4s .

and Chapman, J. E. Diets in

Tuberculosis. Cr. Svo. Pp. 191.
190S . Frowde and Hodder . 6s . 6d .

Bruce, O. Lectures on Tuberculosis
to Nurses. Cr. Svo. Pp. 142.

1913. Lewis. 3s.

Burton -Fanning , F . W . The Open-
Air Treatment of Pulmonary Tuber-
culosis. 2nd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp.
184. 1916. Cassell. 5s.

Cheyne, Sir W. W. Tuberculous
Disease of the Bones and Joints.
Their Pathology, Symptoms and
Treatment. 2nd edn. Demy Svo.
Pp. 415. 1911. Frowde and
Hodder. 18s.

Clarke, H. Studies in Tuberculosis.
Cr.4to. Pp.78. 1909. Constable.
5s.

Cobbett, L. The Causes of Tuber-
culosis. Demy Svo. Pp. 724.
1917. Cambridge University Press.
23s.

Cornet, G. Tuberculosis in Chil-
dren (Scrofulosis). Translated by
J. E. Bullock. Roy. Svo. Pp
539. 1914. Bale and Danielsson
15s.

Acute General Military Tuber-
culosis. Translated by F. S.
Tinker. Demy Svo. Pp. 121.

1914. Bale and Danielsson . 6s.

Crei^hton, C. Contributions to the
Physiological Theory of Tuber-
culosis. Roy. Svo. Pp. 242.
1908. Williams and Norgate.
12s. C>d.

Crofton, W. M. Pulmonary Tuber-
culosis : its Diagnosis , Prevention
and Treatment . Cr . 8 vo . Pp . 128 .
1917. Churchill. 6s.

Day, J. R. Sea -water Treatment.
Demy Svo. Pp. 97. 1914. Bale
and Danielsson. 4s.

Diver, E. W. Consumption: its
Prevention and Treatment. 2nd
edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 149. 1911.
Bale and Danielsson. 2s. 6d.

Ely, L. W. Joint Tuberculosis.
Large Svo Pp.243. 1911. John
Wright. 12s. 6rf.

Fr.iser , J . Tuberculosis of the Bones
and Joints in Children. Roy. Svo.
Pp . 352 . 1914-. Black . 20s .

249

Medicine.

Ghon. A. The Primary Lung Focus
of Tuberculosis in Children. Trans-
lated by D. B. King. Roy. 8vo.
Pp.200. 1915. Churchill. 10s-6d.

Griffiths , F . G . Studies in Pulmon-
ary Tuberculosis : its Dissemina-
tion, Specific Diagnosis and Treat-
ment, and some Points in its
Pathology. Cr. 4to. Pp. 122.

1911. Bailliere. 5s.
Hericourt, J. The Social Diseases:

Tuberculosis , Syphilis , Alcohol-
ism, Sterility. Translated, with a
final chapter , by B . Miall . Cr . 8vo .
Pp . 256 . 1920 . Routledge . 6s .

Hort, E. C. Rational Immunisa-
tion in the Treatment of Pulmonary
Tuberculosis. Imp. 8vo. Pp. 91.
1909 . Bale and Danielsson . 3s . Qd.

Kelynack, T. N. (edited by).
Tuberculosis in Infancy and Child-
hood: Its Pathology, Prevention,
and Treatment. By Various
Authors. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 390.
1908. Bailliere. 12s. Qd.

King , D . B . Scheme for Dealing with
Tuberculous Persons in the County
of London : its application to other
Cities, with some observations on
the National Organisation of the
Campaign against Tuberculosis . Cr .
4to . Pp . 54 and 8 diagrams . 1915 .
Bale and Danielsson. 5s.

Laird , J . Notes on the Treatment of
Tuberculosis. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 84.

1912. John Wright. 2s. Qd.

Lees , D . B . The Diagnosis and
Treatment of Incipient Pulmonary
Tuberculosis. DemySvo. Pp.116.

1913. Lewis. 5s.

Maylard, A. E. Abdominal Tuber-
culosis. 8vo. Pp. 376. 190S.
Churchill. 12s. Qd.

Minchin, W. C. The Treatment,
Prevention, and Cure of Tuberculo-
sis and Lupus with Oleum Allii.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.126. 1915.
Bailliere. 5s.

Newsholme , Sir A . The Prevention
of Tuberculosis . 2nd edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 441. 1910. Methuen.
125. Qd.

Otabe, S. The Science and Art of
deep Breathing as a Prophylactic
and Therapeutic Agent in' Con-
sumption. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124»
1919. Bale and Danielsson. 5?.

Overend, W. The Radiography of
the Chest. Vol. 1. Pulmonary
Tuberculosis. Demy 8vo. Pp*.
130. 1920. Heinemann. 17s. 6d.

Pearson, S . V. The State Provision
of Sanatoriums. Demy 8vo. Pp.
88. 1913. Cambridge University
Press . 3s .

Rivers, W. G. Three Clinical
Studies in Tuberculous Predisposi-
tion. Demy8vo. Pp.272. 1917.
Allen and Unwin. 12s. (id.

Riviere, G. The Early Diagnosis of
Tubercle . 3rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
318. 1921. Frowde and Hodder.
15s.

The Pneumothorax Treatment of

Pulmonary Tuberculosis. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 202. 1917. Frowde and
Hodder . 6s .

Sutherland, H. G. Pulmonary
Tuberculosis in General Practice.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 290. 1916.
Cassell. 10s. Qd.

— (edited by). The Control and
Eradication of Tuberculosis : A
Series of International Studies bv
many Authors. Roy. 8vo. Pp*.
467 . 1911. W . Green . ] 5s .

Thomson, H. H. Consumption : Its
Prevention and Home Treatment.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.108. 1921.
Frowde and Hodder. 4s.

Consumption in General Prac-
tice. Demy 8vo. Pp. 350. 1912.
Frowde and Hodder . 14s.

Tuberculosis and Public Health.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 116. 1920. Long-
mans . 5s .

Walsham, H. The Channels of
Infection in Tuberculosis . Roy .
8vo. Pp. 150. 1904. Bale and Dan-
ielsson. 12s. Qd.

Walters, F. R. The Open -Air or
Sanatorium Treatment of Pulmon-
ary Tuberculosis. Svo. Pp. 339.
1909. Bailliere. 6s.

250

Medicine.

Walters , F . R . Sanatoria for the
Tuberculous , including a Descrip-
tion of many existing Institutions
and of Sanatorium Treatment
in Pulmonary Tuberculosis. 4th
edn. DemySvo. Pp.445. 1913.
Allen and Unwin. 12s. Gd.

Wolff-Eisner, A. The Ophthalmic-
and Cutaneous Diagnosis of Tuber-
culosis. Translated by B. I.
Robert. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 200.
1 908 . Bale and Danielsson . 7s . Gd .

viii. DISEASES OF THE NER-
VOUS SYSTEM.

a . General (including Alcoholism) .

Ash, E. The Problem of Nervous
Breakdown . Demy 8vo . Pp . 311 .
1919. Mills and Boon. 10s. Qd.

Ballance, Sir C. A., and Stewart,

Sir J . P . The Healin 2 of Nerves .

4to. Pp. 124. 1901. Macmillan.

12s. Gd.
Bristowe , J . S . Lectures and Essays

on Diseases of the Nervous System.

8vo. Pp. 403. 1888. Murray.

12s. Qd.
Brown, W. L. The Sympathetic

Nervous System in Disease. 8vo.

Pp. 178.' 1920. Frowde and

Hodder. 10s. Qd.
Dana, C. L. Text-hook of Nervous

Diseases . 9th edn . Roy . 8vo .

Pp . 665 . 1921 . J . Wright . 35s .

Harris, D. F. Nerves. Fcap. 8vo.

Pp. 254. 1913. Williams and

Norgate. 2s.6df.
Harris, W. Nerve Injuries and

Shock. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 127.

1915. Frowde and Hodder . 3s. Qd.
Hollander, B. Nervous Disorders

of Men . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .

260. 1916. KeganPaul. 4s.
Nervous Disorders of Women.

2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.238. 1916.

Kegan Paul. 4s.

Jones , E . Treatment of the Neuroses .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 241. 1920.
Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

Loosmore , G . Nerves and the Man :
A Popular Psychological and Con-
structive Study of Nervous Break-
down. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 235. 1920.
Murrav . Gs .

Mark, L. P. Acromegaly: A Per-
sonal Experience. Demy 8vo.
Pp.168. 1912. Bailliere. *7.«.6d.

Schofield, A. T. Functional Nerve
Diseases. Demy 8vo. Pp. 324..
1908. Methuen.* 10*. Qd.

Souttar , H . S . , and Twining , E . W.

Injuries of the Peripheral Nerves.
Folio. Pp.163. 1920. J.Wright.
18s. Gd.

Stewart , Sir J . P . The Diagnosis of
Nervous Diseases . 5th edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 584. 1920. Arnold.
30s.

and Evans, A. Nerve Injuries

and their Treatment. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 262. 1919.
Frowde and Hodder. 12s. Qd.

Thomson, H. G. Diseases of the
Nervous System . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.568. 1915. Cassell. 12s.

Tinel , J . Nerve Wounds : Symptom-
ology of Peripheral Nerve Lesions
caused by War Wounds. Author-
ised Translation by F. Rothwell.
Revised and Edited by C. A. Joll.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 329. 1918.
Bailliere. 17s. Gd.

Cooper, J. W. A. Pathological
Inebriety : its Causation and Treat-
ment. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 168. 1913.
Bailliere. 3s. Gd.

Hare, F. On Alcoholism: it*
Clinical Aspects and Treatment.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 282. 1912. Churchill.

5s.

Horsley, Sir V., and Sturge,M.D.
Alcohol and the Human Body.
An Introduction to the Study of the
Subject, and a Contribution to
National Health. 6th edn. Gl.
8vo. Pp.378. 1920. Macmillan.
3s.

Kelynack, T. N. (edited by). The
Drink Problem of To-Day in its
Medico-Sociological Aspects . 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 330. 1916.
Methuen. 10s. Gd.

Rivers , W . H . R . The Influence of
Alcohol and other Drugs on Fatigue .
Roy.Svo. Pp.144. 1908, Arnold.
7s. Gd.

251

Medicine.

Wingfield , H . The Forms of Alcohol-
ism and their Treatment . Cr . 8vo .
Pp . 84 . 1919 . Frowde and Hodder .

55.

b. Diseases of the Brain and Spinal
Cord.

Bolton, J. S. The Brain in Health
and Disease . Demy 8vo . Pp . 481 .
1914. Arnold. 18s.

Williamson, R. T. Diseases of the
Spinal Cord. Roy. 8vo. Pp.443.
1908. Frowde and Hodder. 15s.

Wyllie , J . Meningitis , Sinus Throm-
bosis and Abscess of the Brain.
With Appendices on Lumbar Punc-
ture and its Uses ; and Diseases of
the Nasal Accessory Sinuses. Post
8vo. Pp. 267. 1911. Lewis.
Qs.Qd.

c. Neurasthenia and other

special Disorders of the Nervous

System .

Appelt, A. The Real Cause of
Stammering and its Permanent
Cure. A Treatise on Psycho-
Analytical Lines. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 246. 1920. Methuen.
7s.

Auerbach, S. Headache. Its
Varieties, their Nature, Recogni-
tion and Treatment . Translated by

E. Playfair. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208.
1913. Frowde and Hodder. 6s.

Babinski, J., and Froment, J.
Hysteria or Pithiatism, and Reflex
Nervous Disorders. Edited by E.

F. Buzzard. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 332.
1918 . University of London Press .
7s. Qd.

Ballet, G. Neurasthenia. Trans-
lated from the French by P. C.
Smith . 3rd edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
438. 1911. Kimpton. 7s. Qd.

Barnett, H. N. Sea Sickness, its
True Cause and Cure. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.40. 1907. Bailliere. ls.6d.

Bruce, W. Sciatica. A Fresh Study,
with notes of nearly 700 cases.
Cr.Svo. Pp.188. 1913. Bailliere.
5s.

Gobb, I. G. A Manual of Neuras-
thenia . Nervous Exhaustion .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 382. 1920.
Bailliere. 15s.

Gowers , Sir W . R . The Borderland
of Epilepsy : Faints, Vagal Attacks,
Vertigo, Migraine, Sleep Symp-
toms, and their Treatment. 8vo.
Pp.127. 1907. Churchill. 4s. Qd.

Epilepsy and other Chronic Con-
vulsive Diseases: their Causes,
Symptoms, and Treatment. 2nd
edn. 8vo. Pp. 330. 1901.
Churchill. 10s. Qd.

Hartenburg, P. Treatment of
Neurasthenia. Translated by E.
Playfair. Cr.Svo. Pp.291. 1914.
Frowde and Hodder. 6s.

Hurst, A. F. Croonian Lectures on
the Psychology of the Special
Senses, and their Functional Dis-
orders. 8vo. Pp.131. 1920.
Frowde and Hodder. 12s. Qd.

Hurry, J. B . The Vicious Circles of
Neurasthenia and their Treatment.
8vo. Pp. 106. 1915. Churchill.
3s. Qd.

Hutchinson , J . On Facial Neuralgia
and its Treatment — with especial
reference to the -Surgery of the
Fifth nerve and the Gasserian
Ganglion. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.230. 1919. Bale and Daniels-
son. 15s.

Rixon , G . H . L . , and Matthew , D .
Anxiety Hysteria. Modern Views
on Sane Neurosis. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
124. 1920. Lewis. 4s. Qd.

Vittoz, R. Treatment of Neuras-
thenia by Means of Brain Control.
Translated from the French by H.
B. Brooke. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 132. 1913. Longmans. 4s.

d. Nervous Disorders Caused by
War, including Shell Shock.

Crile , G . W . A Physical Interpreta-
tion of Shock, Exhaustion, and
Restoration. An Extension of
the Kinetic Theory . Edited by A .
F.Rowland. 4to. Pp.248. 1921.
Frowde and Hodder . 25s .

252

Medicine.

Culpin, M. Psychoneuroses of War
and Peace. Demy 8vo. Pp. 130.
1920 . Cambridge University Press .
10.9 .

Eder, M. D. War Shock. The
Psychoneuroses in War ; Psy-
chology and Treatment . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 154. 1917. Heinemann. 5s.

Lepine , J . Mental Disorders of War .
Edited by C . A . Mercier . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 244. 1919. University of
London Press. 7s. Qd.

MacCurdy, J. T. War Neuroses.
Preface by W. H. R. Rivers.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 144. 1918.
Cambridge University Press. 7s. Qd.

Marr , H . C . Psychoses of the War .
Including Neurasthenia and Shell
Shock. Demy 8vo. Pp. 836.

1919. Frowde and Hodder. 16s.

Miller . H . C . (edited by) . Functional
Nerve Disease. An Epitome of
War Experience for the Practi-
tioner. Demy 8vo. Pp. 219.

1920. Frowde and Hodder. 8s. 6d.

Mott , Sir F . W . War Neuroses and
Shell Shock . Demy 8vo . Pp . 368 .
1919. Frowde and Hodder. 16s.

Read , C . S . Military Psychiatry in
Peace and War. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
176. 1920. Lewis. 10s. Qd.

Smith, G. E., and Pear, T. H.

Shell Shock and its Lessons.
2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1919.
Longmans. 2s. Qd.

Yealland. L. R. Hysterical Dis-
orders of Warfare . 8vo . Pp . 264 .
1918. Macmillan. 7s. Qd.

e . Mental Disorders ; Insanity ;
Psychiatry .

Ballard, E. F. An Epitome of
Mental Disorders. Post 8vo. Pp.
244. 1917. Churchill. 7s. Gd.

Bianchi , L . Text -book of Psychiatry
for Physicians and Students. Trans-
lated by J. H. MacDonald. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 920. 1906. Bailliere.
21s.

Clouston , Sir T . S . Unsoundness of
Mind. DemySvo. Pp. 392. 1911.
Methuen. 10s. 6d.

Clouston, Sir T. S. Clinical Lec-
tures on Mental Diseases. 6th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 750. 1804.
Churchill. 16s.

Cole, R. H. Mental Diseases: A
Text-book of Psychiatry for Medical
Students and Practitioners. 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 358. 3918.
University of London Press. 15s.

Handbook for Attendants on the
Insane . Published by the Authority
of the Medico-Psycholcgical Asso-
ciation. 6th edn. Pp.406. 1920.
Bailliere. fs.

Hart , B . The Psychology of Insanity .
3rd imp. Roy. 16mo. Pp. 116.
1919 . Cambridge University Press .
3s.

Kraepelin , E . Manic-Depressh e In-
sanity and Paranoia. Translated
from the German by R . M . Barclay .
Edited by G . M . Robertson . 8vo .
Pp.280. 1921. Livingstone. 21s.

Lectures on Clinical Psychiatry.

Authorised Translation, revised
and edited by T. Johnstone. 3rd
edn. Pp. 386. 1916. Bailliere.
12s.

Maudsley, H. Responsibility in
Mental Disease . 6th edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 340. 1906. Kegan Paul.
7s. Qd.

Mercier , C . A . Sanity and Insanity .

Cr. 8vo. Scott Pub. Co. 5s.
A Text-book of Insanity and

Other Mental Diseases. 2nd edn.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 348. 1914.

Allen & Unwin. 7s. Qd.

Crime and Insanity . Fcap . 8vo .

Pp. 255. 1911. Williams &
Norgate. 2s. Qd.

Overbeck- Wright, A. W. Lunacy
in India. 8vo. Pp. 416. 1921.
Bailliere. 21s.

Savage, Sir G. The Increase of
Insanity. Demy 8vo. Pp. 80.
1907. Cassell. 2s. Qd.

Schofield, A. T. The Management
of a Nerve Patient . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
280. 1905. Churchill. 5s.

Sherlock, E.B. TheFeeble-Minded.
A Guide to Study and Practice . 8vo .
Pp. 348. 1911. 'Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

253

Medicine.

Stoddart, W. H. B. Mind and Its
Disorders. A Text-book for Stu-
dents and Practitioners. 3rd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 600. 1919.
Lewis . 20s .

Tanzi, E. A Text-book of Mental
Diseases. Translated from the
Italian by W. F. Robertson and
T. C. Mackenzie. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
820. 1909. Heinemann. 24s.

Tredgold , A . F . Mental Deficiency
(Amentia). 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.551. 1920. Bailliere. 25s.

Younger , E . G . Insanity in Every
day Practice. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 144. 1917. Bailliere. 6s.

viii. DISEASES OF THE BLOOD,
LYMPHATICS AND GLANDS.

Coles, A. C. The Blood: How to
Examine and Diagnose its Diseases.
3rd edn. 8vo. Pp. 350. 1905.
Churchill. 10s. Qd.

Edmunds, A. Glandular Enlarge-
ments and other Diseases of the
Lymphatic System. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
230. 1908. Frowde & Hodder.
6s.

Gulland, G. L., and Goodall, A.
The Blood : A Guide to its Examin-
ation and to the Diagnosis and
Treatment of its Diseases. 2nd
edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp.400. 1914.
W. Green. 21s.

Hunter, W. Pernicious Anaemia: its
Pathology, Infective Nature, Symp-
toms, Diagnosis and Treatment,
including Investigations on the
Physiology of Haemolysis. Large
8vo. Pp.480. 1901. Griffin. 30s.

M cCarrison . R . The Thyroid Gland
in Health and Disease. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 304. 1918. Bailliere. 16s.

The Etiology of Endemic Goitre .

Demy 8vo. Pp.222. 1913. Bale
& Danielsson . 10s . Qd .

Murray , G . R . Diseases of the Thy-
roid Gland. Part 1. Myxcedema
and Cretinism. Demy 8vo. Pp.
120. 1900. Lewis. 7s. Qd.

ix. DISEASES OF THE HEART
AND CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.

Allbutt, Sir T. C. Diseases of the
Arteries , including Angina Pectoris .
2 Vols. 8vo. Pp. 550., 566.
1915. Macmillan. 30s.

Bishop, L. F. Arteriosclerosis. A
Consideration of the Prolongation of
Life and Efficiencv after Forty . 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo.~ Pp.389. 1915.
Frowde & Hodder . 12s . 6d .

Blackball -Morison, A. The Sensory
and Motor Disorders of the Heart :
Their Nature and Treatment . Demy
8vo. Pp. -268. 1914. Bailliere'.
7s. Qd.

Broadbent,Sir W. H., and Sir J.

F . H . Heart Disease and Aneurysm
of the Aorta, with special Refer-
ence to Prognosis and Treatment.
4th edn. Pp.496. 1906. Bailliere.
12s. Qd.

Brockbank, E. M. The Diagnosis
and Treatment of Heart Disease.
Practical Points for Students and
Practitioners. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 166. 1919. Lewis. 5s.

Brunton , Sir T . L . Collected Papers

on Circulation and Respiration .

First Series. 8vo. Pp.710. 1906.

Macmillan. 7s. Qd.
Therapeutics of the Circulation.

Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 536. 1916.

Murray . 6s .

Caton , R . The Prevention of Valvu-
lar Disease of the Heart. Demy
8vo. Pp. 102. 1904. Cambridge
University Press. 5s.

Cowan, J. Diseases of the Heart,
with Chapters by W . T . Ritchie and
A . J . Ballantyne . Demy 8vo . Pp .
447. 1914. Arnold. 15s.

Dampier -Bennett, A. G. Physical
Methods in the Treatment of Heart
Disease. Cr. 8vo. Pp.111. 1907.
John Wright. 3s. Qd.

Goulston , A . Cane Sugar and Heart
Disease. Demy 8vo. Pp. 116.
1914. Bailliere. 5s.

Haward, W. Phlebitis and Throm-
bosis : Hunterian Lectures . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.96. 1906. Bailliere. 7s. Qd.

254

Medicine.

Hay, J. Graphic Methods in Heart
Disease. 2ndedn. DemySvo. Pp.
202. 1921. Frowde & Hodder.
12s. Gd.

Lea. E. Heart: Past and Present.
Cr.Svo. Pp.308. 1919. Bailliere.
7s. Gd.

Mackenzie , Sir J . Diseases of the
Heart. 3rd edn. Cr. 4to. Pp.
525. 1918. Frowde & Hodder.
31s. Qd.

Principles of Diagnosis and Treat-
ment in Heart Affection . Demy 8vo .
Pp . 272 . 1916 . Frowde & Hodder .
8s. Gd.

Poynton, F. J. Heart Disease. In-
cluding Thoracic Aneurysm. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 320. 1907. Frowde &
Hodder. 6s.

Price , F . W . Diseases of the Heart .
Their Diagnosis, Prognosis, and
Treatment by Modern Methods,
with a Chapter on the Electro -
Cardiograph . Demy 8vo . Pp . 468 .
1918. Frowde & Hodder. 21s.

Ritchie, W. T. Auricular Flutter.
8vo. Pp. 156. 1914. W. Green.
10s. Gd.

Russell , W . The Sphygmometer : its
Value in Practical Medicine . Demy
8vo. Pp. 157. 1921. Bailliere.
7s. Gd.

Sutherland, G. A. The Heart in
Early Life. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 227.
1914. Frowde & Hodder . 6s. Gd.

Thorne , L . T . The 'Nauheim ' Treat -
ment, in England, of Diseases of the
Heart and Circulation. 5th edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.168. 1918. Bailliere.
5s.

Thorne, W.B. The Schott Methods
of the Treatment of Chronic Dis-
eases of the Heart : with an Account
of the Nauheim Baths, and of the
Therapeutic Exercises. 5th edn.
8vo. Pp. 140. 1906. Churchill.
5s.

Trotter, L. B. C. Embolism and
Thrombosis of theMesentericVessels .
DemySvo. Pp.156. 1913. Cam-
bridge University Press. 8s.

Verdon , W . Angina Pectoris . Demy
8vo. Pp. 430. 3920. Bailliere'.
18s. Gd.

Wilson, R. McN. The Hearts of
Man. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 202. 1918.
Frowde & Hodder . 6s .
— and Carroll , J . A . The Nervous
Heart : its Nature , Causation , Prog-
nosis, and Treatment. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.144. 1919. Frowde & Hodder.
6s.

Wilson, T. S. The Early Diagnosis
of Heart Failure, and other Essays
on the Heart and Circulation . Svo .
Pp. 617. 1915. Murray. 15s.

x. DISEASES OF THE RESPIRA-
TORY SYSTEM.

Adam, J. Asthma and its Radical
Treatment. Cr. Svo. Pp. 192.
1913. Kimpton. 6s.

Allen , R . W . The Bacterial Diseases
of Respiration, and Vaccines in
their Treatment. Roy. Svo. Pp.
246. 1913. Lewis. 9s.

Anderson, H. G. The Medical and
Surgical Aspects of Aviation , with
Chapters on Applied Physiology of
Aviation , by M . Flack , and the
Aero -Neuroses of War Pi lots, by O.
H. Gotch. DemySvo. Pp.271.
1919. Frowde & Hodder . 12s. Gd.

Berkart,J.B. "Nervous Asthma ."
The Pathology and Treatment . Svo .
Pp. 54. 1916. Oxford University
Press. 3s. Gd.

Brockbank, E. M., and Rams-
bottom, A. The Clinical Exam-
ination of Diseases of the Lungs.
Cr. Svo. Pp. 96. 1921. Lewis.
4s. Gd.

Gruchet , R . , and Moulinier , T . Air

Sickness : its Nature and Treatment .
Translated by J. R. Earp. Fcap.
Svo. Pp. 110. 1920. Bale &
Danielsson. 5s.

Hamilton, D. J. On the Pathology
of Bronchitis , Catarrhal Pneumonia ,
Tubercle, and Allied Lesions of
the Human Lung. Svo. Pp. 260.
1883. Macmillan. 8s.6rf.

255

Medicine.

Hood,D.W.G. Some of the Clinical
Aspects of Pneumonia . Demy 8vo .
Pp.125. 1907. Bale&Danielsson.
5s.

Knuthsen, L. F. B. Obstinate
Hiccough: the Physiology, Pathol-
ogy, and Treatment. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 180. 1902. Churchill. 6s.

Lindsay , J . A . Lectures on Diseases
of the Lungs. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.
520. 1906. Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

Mann, Dr. Atlas of Killian's
Tracheo-Bronchoscopy. 15 col-
oured Plates representing Patho-
logical Preparations from cases
examined during life by means of
Tracheo-Bronchoscopy. Translated
by T. Guthrie. Demy Folio. 1911.
Bale & Danielsson. 22s.

West, S. Diseases of the Organs of
Respiration. An Epitome of the
Etiology, Pathology. Symptoms,
Diagnosis and Treatment of Dis-
eases of the Lungs and Air Passages.
2nd edn. 2Vols. Large 8vo. Pp.
934. 1909. Griffin. 42s.

White, R. P. Catarrhal Fevers,
commonly called Colds: their
Causes, Consequences, Control and
Cure. DemySvo. Pp.119. 1902.
Lewis . 4s .

xi. DISEASES OF THE DIGES-
TIVE SYSTEM AND OF THE
STOMACH.

Abrahams, A. Indigestion. The
4th edn. of Herschell's Text -book.
DemySvo. Pp.228. 1920. Arnold.
10s. Qd.

Bolton, C. Ulcer of the Stomach.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 412. 1913.
Arnold. 15s.

Bosanquet, W. C. The Stomach,
Pancreas, and Intestines. Large
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 674. 1910. Bale &
Danielsson. 12s. Qd.

Brunton, Sir T. L. Disorders of
Digestion: Their Consequences and
Treatment. 8vo. Pp. 406. 1910.
Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

• On Disorders of Assimilation,

Digestion, etc. 8vo. Pp. 516.
1904. Macmillan. 10s. 6d.

Cobb, I. G. The Organs of Internal
Secretion, their Diseases and Thera-
peutic Application. A Book for
General Practitioners. 2nd edn.
Cr . 8vo . Pp . 288 . 1918. Bailliere .
8s. Qd.

Dutton, T. Indigestion clearly Ex-
plained, Treated, and Dieted. 7th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1911.
Kimpton. 3s. Qd.

Fenwick, W. S. Ulcer of the Stom-
ach and Duodenum , and its Conse-
quences. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 400.
1900. Churchill. 10s. Qd.

Hunter, G. Oral Sepsis as a Cause
of Septic Gastritis, Toxic Neuritis,
and other Septic Conditions; with
1 1 lustrat i ve Cases . Demy 8 vo . Pp .
30. 1901. Cassell. 3s.*0rf.

Langenhagen , M . de . Muco-Mem-
branous Entero-Colitis : Symptoms,
Complications. Etiology and Treat-
ment. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 121. 1903.
Churchill. 3s. Qd.

Peters, O. H. Observations upon
the Natural Histology of Epidemic
Diarrhoea. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 178.

1911. Cambridge University Press.
7s.

Pickerill, H. D. Stomatology in
General Practice; a Text-book of
Diseases of the Teeth and Mouth
for Practitioners. Demy 8vo. Pp.
280. 1912. Frowde & Hodder.
17s.

Saundby , R . The Treatment of Dis-
eases of the Digestive System . 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 191. 1914.
Griffin. 4s. Qd.

Smith , J . S . K . The Cure of Obesity
and Obese Heart. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
102. 1916. Churchill. 3s. Qd.

xii. DISEASES OF THE LIVER
AND GALL BLADDER.

Robson, Sir A. W. M. Diseases of
the Gall-Bladder and Bile-Ducts.
3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 501.
1904. Bailliere. 15s.

Rolleston , Sir H . D . Diseases of the
Liver, Gall Bladder, and Bile-
Ducts. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 828.

1912. Macmillan. 31s. Qd.

256

Medicine.

xiii.

DISEASES OF THE
INTESTINES.

Bigg. G. S. Indigestion, Constipa-
tion , and Liver Disorder . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 176. 1913. Bailliere. 3s. Gd.

Bryce, A. Intestinal Toxoemia, or
Auto-Intoxication in the causation
of Disease. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 192.
1921. Melrose. 6s.

Harley , , V . , and Goodbody , F . The
Chemical Investigation of Gastric
and Intestinal Diseases by the Aid
of Test Meals. Demy 8vo. Pp.
269. 1906. Arnold. 8s. Gd.

Hurst, A. F. The Sensibility of the
Alimentary Canal. Demy 8vo.
Pp . 83 . 1 9 1 1 . Fr owde & Hodder .
6s.

Constipation and Allied Intestin-
al Disorders . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo .
Pp . 460 . 1919 . Frowde & Hodder .
16s.

White , W . H . , Andrewes , Sir F .W . ,
Harley, V., Saundby, R., Lane,
Sir W. A., and Colyer, J. F.

Alimentary Toxcemia : its Sources,
Consequences , and Treatment . Roy .
8vo. Pp. 384. 1913. Longmans.
4s. Gd.

xiv. DISEASES OF THE
RECTUM AND PERITONEUM.

Ball, Sir C. B. The Rectum: Its
Diseases and Developmental De-
fects. Cr. 4to. Pp. 332. 1910.
Frowde & Hodder. 20s.

Cripps, H. On Diseases of the
Rectum and Anus. 4th edn. 8vo.
Pp.602. 1913. Churchill. 10s. Gd.

Edwards, F. S. Diseases of the
Rectum, Anus and Sigmoid Colon.
Being the 3rd edn. of Cooper and
Edwards' Diseases of the Rectum
and Anus. 8vo. Pp. 456. 1908.
Churchill. 10s. 6d.

Hawkins, H. P. Diseases of the
Vermiform Appendix: with a Con-
sideration of the Symptoms and
Treatment of the Resulting Forms
of Peritonitis. 8vo. Pp. 148.
1895. Macmillan. 7s.

Mummery , J . P . L . The Sigmoido-
scope . A Clinical Handbook on the
Examination of the Rectum and
Pelvic Colon . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 90 .
1906. Bailliere. 3s. Gd.

Diseases of the Rectum and Anus .

Demy 8vo. Pp. 358. 1914.
Bailliere. 10s.

xv. DISEASES OF THE GENITO -
URINARY SYSTEM.

Cammidge , P . J . Glycosuria and
Allied Conditions. Demy 8vo,
Pp. 475. 1913. Arnold. 'l8s.

Cooper, A. The Sexual Disabilities
of Man and their Treatment and
Prevention. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 274. 1920. Lewis. 7s. Gd.

Corbett - Smith , A . The Problem of
Sex Diseases. A Study in the Causes,
Symptoms, and Effects of Sexual
Disease, and the Education of the
Individual therein . 2nd edn . Roy .
8vo. Pp. 123. 1920. Bale &
Danielsson. 2s. Gd.

Corner, E. M. Male Diseases in
General Practice. An Introduction
to Andrology. Demy 8vo. Pp.
478. 1910. Frowde & Hodder.
17s.

Dalton, G. A Practical Manual of
Venereal and Generative Diseases :
Spermatorrhoea, Sterility and Im-
potence in both sexes . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
164. 1913. Kimpton. 5s.

Eccles, W. McA. The Imperfectly

Descended Test is: its Anatomy,

Physiology, and Pathology. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 152. 1903. Bailliere.

7s. Gd.
Fenwick , E . H . Obscure Diseases of

the Urethra. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1902.

Churchill. 6s. Gd.
Kidd, F. Common Diseases of the

Male Urethra. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.

144. 1919. Longmans. 6s.

xvi. DISEASES OF THE

KIDNEYS .

Billington , W . Movable Kidney : its
Etiology, Pathology, Diagnosis,
Symptoms, and Treatment. Demy
8vo. Pp. 168. 1910. Cas-ell.
7s. Gd.

257

Medicine.

Blum, V. Renal Diagnosis in Medi-
cine and Surgery. Translated by
W. B. Christopherson . Demy
8vo. Pp. 152. 1914. Bale &
Danielsson. 7s. Qd.

Herringham, Sir W. P., and
Williamson , H . Kidney Diseases .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 394. 1912.
Frowde & Hodder. 17s.

Kidd , F . Common Infections of the
Kidneys. Demy 8vo. Pp. 331.
1920. Frowde & Hodder. 18s.

Macleod, J. J. R. Diabetes: Its
Pathological Physiology. Demy
8vo. Pp. 224. 1913. Arnold.
10s. Qd.

Pavy , F . W . On Carbohydrate Meta-
bolism, with an Appendix on the
Assimilation of Carbohydrate into
Proteid and Fat, followed by the
Fundamental Principles and the
Treatment of Diabetes Dialectically
Discussed. DemySvo. Pp. 150.
1906. Churchill. 6s.

Wilson, H. W., and Howell, C. M.
H. Movable Kidney: Its Pathol-
ogy, Symptoms and Treatment.
DemySvo. Pp. 112. 1908. Arnold.
4s. Qd.

xvii. DISEASES OF THE
BLADDER.

Fenwick, E. H. Operative and In-
operative Tumours of the Urinary
Bladder : A Clinical and Operative
Study based on 500 Cases. 8vo.
Pp. 120. 1901. Churchill. 5s.

Ulceration of the Bladder:

Simple, Tuberculous and Malig-
nant : a Clinical Study . 8vo . Pp .
85. 1900. Churchill. .5s.

xviii. DISEASES OF THE
ABDOMEN.

Adams, J. E., and Cassidy, M. A.

Acute Abdominal Diseases, includ-
ing Abdominal Injuries and the
Complications of External Hernia.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 582. 1913.
Bailliere. 12s. Qd.

Battle , W . H . The Acute Abdomen .
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 306.
1914. Constable. 10s. 6d.

Bishop, E. S. Essentials of Pelvic
Diagnosis: with Illustrative Cases.
And an Appendix on the Examin-
ation of the Blood by C. H.
Melland. DemySvo. Pp. 297.
1903. John Wright. 9s. 6d.

Ghubbe. G. P. B. The Diagnosis
and Treatment of Intussusception.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 101.
1921. Frowde & Hodder. 7s. Qd.

Corner, E. M. Clinical and Patho-
logical Observations on Acute Ab-
dominal Diseases, Due to Condi-
tions of the Alimentary Tract and
the Uniformity of their Origin.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 98. 1904. Con-
stable. 3s. 6rf.

Lennander, K. G. Observations on
the Sensibility of the Abdominal
Cavity. Translated by A. E.
Barker. Demy 8vo. Pp. 76.
1903. Bale and Danielsson . 3s.

Sawyer, J. E. H. Physical Signs of
Diseases of the Thorax and Abdo-
men. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 200. 1908.
Bailliere. 5s.

xix. TROPICAL MEDICINE.

Balfour, A. War Against Tropical
Disease. Cr. 4to. Pp.219. 1920.
(Wellcome Bureau of Scientific Re-
search). Bailliere. 12s. Qd.

Brooke, G. E. Aids to Tropical
Medicine. 2nd edn. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp.238. 1917. Bailliere. 3s. Qd.

— — Medico Tropical Practice. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 522. 1920.
Griffin. 18s.

Brown, W.C. Sprue and its Treat-
ment . Fcap . 4to . Pp . 270 . 1 908 .
Bale & Danielsson. 6s.

Gastellani , A . , and Chalmers , A . J .
Manual of Tropical Medicine. 3rd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 2,448.
1919. Bailliere. 45s.

Crispin, E. S. The Prevention and
Treatment of Diseases in the
Tropics. Pocket size. Pp.96.
1912. Griffin. Is. Qd.

258

Medicine.

Daniels, G. W. Tropical Medicine
and Hygiene. 3 Parts. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo . Part 1 . Diseases due to
Protozoa. 1913. Part 2. Diseases
due to Metazoa, and an Article on
Venomous Snakes, by A. Alcock.
1914. Part 3. Diseases due to
Bacteria and other Vegetable Para-
sites, etc. 1917. Bale & Daniels-
son. 8s. Gd. each.

and Newham, H. B. G.

Laboratory Studies in Tropical
Medicine. 4th edn. Demy 8vo.
1918. Bale & Danielsson . 21s.

Fothergill, G. F. Blood Examina-
tion and its Value in Tropical Dis-
ease. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 42. 1907.
Kimpton. 2s. 6d.

Giles, G. M'. A Handbook of the
Gnats or Mosquitoes, including a
Revision of the Anophelinae. For
the use of Students of Tropical Medi-
cine, giving the Anatomy and Life-
History of the Culicidae . 2nd edn .
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 542. 1902.
Bale & Danielsson. 23s. Qd.

A Revision of the Anophelinae . A

First Supplement to the above.
Roy. 8vo. Pp.47. 1904. Bale
& Danielsson . 2s . Gd .

Graham -Smith, G. S. Flies in
Relation to Disease: Non-blood-
sucking Flies . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 405. 1914. Cambridge Uni-
versity Press. 15s.

Hindle, E. Flies in Relation to Dis-
ease : Bloodsucking Flies . Demy
8vo. Pp. 414. 1914. Cambridge
University Press . 15s .

Lambart , H . G . A Practical Hand-
book of the Tropical Diseases of
Asia and Africa. Large Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 339. 1914. Griffin. 10s. Qd.

Manson , Sir P . Tropical Diseases :
A Manual of the Diseases of warm
Climates. Edited by P. H. Manson -
Bahr. 7th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.
976. 1921. Cassell. 31s. Qd.

Lectures on Tropical Diseases.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 238. 1905.
Constable. 7s. Qd.

Masters, W. E. Essentials of Trop-
ical Medicine. Large 8vo. Pp.
609. 1920. Bale & Danielsson.
42s.

Wenyon, G. M., and O'Connor,
F . W . Human Intestinal Protozoa
in the Near East. Cr. 4to. Pp.
220. 1918. Bale & Danielsson.
10s. Qd.

xx. OCCUPATIONAL
DISEASES.

Gollis, E. L., and Greenwood, M.

The Health of the Industrial Work-
er . With a Chapter on Reclamation
of the Disabled, by A. J. Collis.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 470. 1921.
Churchill. 30s.

Hill, L. Caisson Sickness. Demy
8vo. Pp. 266. 1912. Arnold.
10s. Qd.

Mosso, A. Fatigue. Translated by
M . and W . B . Drummond . 3rd edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 334. 1915. Allen
& Unwin. 3s. Qd.

Oliver, Sir T. Diseases of Occupa-
tion : from the Legislative , Social ,
and Medical Points of View. 3rd
edn. DemySvo, Pp. 496. 1916.
Methuen. 15s.

Occupations from the Social,

Hygienic and Medical Points of
View. DemySvo. Pp.120. 1916.
Cambridge University Press. 8s. Gd.

Parry , L . A . The Risks and Dangers
to Health of Various Occupations
and their Prevention. Demv 8vo.
Pp. 196. 1900. Scott, Green-
wood. 8s. Gd.

Saundby, R. Old Age : Its Care and
Treatment . Demy 8 vo . Pp . 312.
1913. Arnold. 8s. Qd.

Weber, Sir H. On Longevity and
Means for the Prolongation of Life .
5th edn. 8vo. Pp. 314. 1919.
Macmillan. 12s.

259

SURGERY.

i. GENERAL TREATISES.

Back, I., and Edwards, A. T.

Synopsis of Surgery . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
480. 1920. Churchill. 15s.

Barnett, H. N. (edited by). The
Student's Text -book of Surgery.
By various contributors. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 796. 1916. Heine-
mann. 21s.

Bland - Sutton , Sir J . Selected Lec-
tures and Essays, including Liga-
ments and Morphology. 4th edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 330. 1920.
Heinemann. 15s.

Gaird, F. M., and Cathcart, C. W.
A Surgical Handbook, for Practi-
tioners, Students, House-Surgeons,
and Dressers. 19th edn. Pocket
size. Pp. 379. 1921. Griffin.
8s. 6d.

Catechism Series. Surgery. 3rd
edn. 5 parts. Written by C. R.
Whittaker. Is. 9d. each, also in
one volume , cloth 9s . Livingstone .

Cheyne , Sir W . W . , and Burghard ,
F . F . A Manual of Surgical Treat-
ment. Revised and Re-Written
with the assistance of T. P. Legg
and A. Edmunds. 5 Vols. Roy.
8vo. Vol. 1. Pp. 576. 1914.
27s. 6d. Vol.2. Pp.598. 1912.
27s. 6d. Vol.3. Pp.604. 1916.
27s. 6d. Vol. 4. Pp.650. 1913.
30s. Vol. 5. Pp. 648. 1917.
30s . Longmans .

Choyce, G. C., and Beattie, J. M.
(edited by) . A System of Surgery .
By various Contributors. 3 Vols.
Med. 8vo. Vol.1. Surgical Path-
ology, Tumours, General Surgery,
etc. Pp. 958. 1912. Vol. 2.
Surgical Diseases of the Breast,
Tongue and Mouth, Gastro-Intest-
tinal and Genito-Urinary Tracts,
etc. Pp. 1106. 1912. Vol. 3.
Surgical Diseases of the Caroid-

Vascular, Lymphatic, Respiratory
and Nervous Systems , Nose , Throat
and Ear , Muscles , Tendons , Joints »
Bones, etc. Pp. 902. 1914.
Cassell. 30s. per vol.

Gooke, A. Groundwork of Surgery.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 191. 1919. Heffer.
7s. 6d.

Gunning, J. Aids to Surgery. 4th
edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 428. 1920.
Bailliere. 4s. 6d.

Elder, A. V. The Ship -Surgeon's
Handbook. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
400. 1911. Bailliere. 6s.

Cask, G. E., and Wilson, H. W.
(edited by). Surgery. A Text-book
by Various Authors. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 1250. 1920. Churchill. 42s.

Groves, E. W. H. Synoj sis of
Surgery: For Students and Practi-
tioners. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
628. 1920. John Wright. 17s. 6d.

Howard, R. The Practice of
Surgery . 2nd edn . 2nd imp . Roy .
8vo. Pp. 1251. 1920. Arnold.
35s.

Lister , Lord . The Col lected Papers _
2 vols. Demy 4to. Pp. 1,015.
1909 . Vol . 1 . Introductory Essay ;
Physiology ; Pathology and Bac-
teriology. Vol. 2. Antiseptic
Surgery ; Surgery ; Addresses .
Oxford : Clarendon Press . 42s .

Morison, R. An Introduction to
Surgery. Large 8vo. Pp. 162.
1920. John Wright. 8s. Gd.

- Surgical Contributions from

1881 — 1916. 2 Vols. Large 8vo.
1916. Vol. 1. General Surgery.
Pp. 427. 15s. Vol. 2. Abdom-
inal Surgery. Pp. 953. 30s..
John Wright. The 2 vols, 42s.

Surgery.

Power , Sir D 'A . The Practitioner 's
Surgery . 3 Vols . Roy . 8vo . Pp .
672., 527., 587. 1919. Frowde &
Hodder. £4 14s. Qd.

Rose , W . , and Carless , A . A Man-
ual of Surgery for Students and
Practitioners. " 10th edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 1558. 1920. Bailliere.
33s.

Thomson, A., and Miles, A. A

Manual of Surgery. 3 vols. Cr.
8vo. Vol. 1. General Surgery.
5th edn. Pp, 828. 1919. 12s. Qd.
Vol. 2. Regional Surgery. 5th
edn. Pp. 939. 1915. 12s. Qd.
Vol. 3. Operative Surgery. 3rd
edn. Pp. 637. 1920. 16s.
Frowde & Hodder.

Warren , R . A Text-book of Surgery .
2 vols. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 1500.
1915. Churchill. 27s.

ii . OPERATIVE SURGERY .

Allingham , H . W . Operative Surg-
ery. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 382. 1903.
Bailliere. 7s. Qd.

Burghard, F. F. (edited by). A
System of Operative Surgery. By
British Surgeons . 5 vols . 2nd edn .
Roy. 8vo.' 1914. Vol. 1. Pp. 736.
21s. Vol.2. Pp.717. 21s. Vol.
3. Pp. 755. 21s. Vol. 4. Pp.
521. 24s. Vol. 5. Pp. 275.
18s. Frowde & Hodder. The set,
84s.

Catechism Series . Operative Surg-
ery. 2nd edn. 3 Parts. Written
by C. R. Whittaker . Part 1. Arteries ,
Nerves, Excisions, Thorax, Head
and Neck . Part 2 . Amputations .
Part 3. Abdomen. Is. 9d. each,
also in one volume, cloth. 5s. Qd.
Livingstone .

Corner, E. M., and Pinches, H. J.

Operations of General Practice . 3rd
edn. DemySvo. Pp. 354. 1910.
Frowde & Hodder. 17s.

Fitzwilliams , D . C . L . A Manual of
Operative Surgery, with Surgical
Anatomy and Surface Markings.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 458. 1913.
Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

Guthrie , C . C . Blood -Vessel Surgery
and its Application. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 376. 1912. Arnold. 15s.

Jacobson , W . H . A . The Operations
of Surgery. 6th edn. Revised by
R. P. Rowlands and P. Turner.
2 vols. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 1,040.,
940. 1915. Churchill. 50s.

Lockwood C.B. Clinical Surgery.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 397. 1911.
Frowde & Hodder . 6s .

MacLennan, A. Surgical Materials
and their Uses . Cr.Svo. Pp. 260.
1915. Arnold. 4s. Qd.

Orrin, H. C. Aids to Operative
Surgery. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 244.
1921. Bailliere. 6s.

Pearson, C. Y. Modern Surgical
Technique in its Relation to Opera-
tions and Wound-Treatment. 2nd
edn. DemySvo. Pp. 504. 1911.
Bale & Danielsson. 10s. Qd.

Schmieden, V., and Turnbull, A.

The Course of Operative Surgery.
A Handbook for Practitioners and
Students. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 369. 1920. Bailliere. 25s.

Short , A . R . When to Advise Opera-
tion in General Practice . Cr.Svo.
Pp. 279. 1916. John Wright.
7s. Qd.

Smith , E . A . Suture of Arteries . An
Experimental Research . Demy Svo .
Pp . 70 . 1909 . Frowde & Hodder .
2s. Qd.

Spencer, W. G. Animal Experi-
ments and Surgery. Cr. Svo. Pp.
187. 1920. University of London
Press . 6s .

Taylor, E. H. Operative Surgery:
The Head and Neck, the Thorax,
the Abdomen . Cr . 4to . Pp . 536 .
1914. Churchill. 32s.

Treves , Sir F . , and Hutchinson , J .

The Student's Handbook of Surgical
Operations. 3rd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 512. 1911. Cassell. 9s.

Tubby, A. H., and Jones, R. Mod-
ern Methods in the Surgery of
Paralyses . Ex . Cr . Svo . Pp . 326 .
1903. Macmillan. 10s.

261

Surgery.

Waring , H . J . Manual of Operative

. Surgery . 4th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .

778. 1912. Frowde & Hodder. 14*.

Wheeler, Sir W.I. deC. Handbook
of Operative Surgery. 3rd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 372. 1918.
Bailliere. 12s.

iii. DIAGNOSIS (INCLUDING
X-RAY DIAGNOSIS).

Carson, H. W. Aids to Surgical
Diagnosis. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 148.
1900. Bailliere. 3s. 6d.

Davidson, Sir J. M. Localization
by X-Rays and Stereoscopy . Roy .
8vo. Pp. 83. 1916. Lewis.
9s.

Gage, H. C. X-Ray Observations
for Foreign Bodies and their Local-
isation. Demy 8vo. Pp. 96.
1920. Heinemann. 6s.

Gould, Sir A. P. and E. P. Ele-
ments of Surgical Diagnosis. 5th
edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 722. 1919.
Cassell. 12s. 6d.

Rea, R. L. Chest Radiography at a
Casualty Clearing Station. Cr.
4to. Pp. 24 and Atlas. 1919.
Lewis. 15s.

iv. SURGICAL THERAPEUTICS
AND PATHOLOGY.

Bowlby, Sir A. A., and Andrewes,
SirF. W. Surgical Pathology and
Morbid Anatomy. 7th edn. Med.
8vo. Pp. 660. 1920. Churchill.
80s.

Doyen, E., and Spencer -Browne,
H. Surgical Therapeutics and
Operative Technique. Svols.Large
Roy. 8vo. Vol. 1. General Tech-
nique, Treatment of Cancer, Opera-
tions on the Bloodvessels, Nerves,
Surgery of the Head. Pp. 756.
1917. Vol. 2. Surgery of the
Head (contd.), of the Thorax,
Upper and Lower Extremities. Pp.
688. 1920. Vol. 3. Operations on
the Abdomen, Pelvis, and Genito-
Urinary Organs. Pp. 822. 1920.
Bailliere. 3 vols., £5.

Elmslie , R . C . The After Treatment
of Wounds and Injuries . 8vo . Pp .
332. 1919. Churchill. 15s.

Mummery, J. P. L. After -Treat-
ment of Operations . 4th edn . Cr »
8vo. Pp. 286. 1916. Bailliere.
6s.

Todd,A.H. A Practical Handbook
of Surgical After -Treatment. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 268. 1915. Arnold.
5s.

Turner, W., and Carling, E. R.

Treatment after Operation: with a
chapter on the Eye, by L. V.
Cargill. Demy 8vo. Pp. 248.
1912. University of London Press.
10s. 6d.

v. ANESTHETICS.

Barton, G. A. H. A Guide to the
Administration of Ethyl -Chloride.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 54.
1907. Lewis. 2s.

Blomfield, J. Anaesthetics. A
Practical Handbook. 4th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 151. 1918. Bailliere.
6s.

Boyle, H. E.G. Practical Anaesthet-
ics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 219.
1911. Frowde & Hodder. 6s.

Buxton, D. W. Anaesthetics: their
Uses and Administration . 6th edn .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 562. 1920.
Lewis. 21s.

Collum, R. W., and Gray, Sir H.
W.M. The Practice of Anaesthet-
ics and General Surgical Technique.
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 398. 1909.
Bale & Danielsson. 10s.

Gardner, H.B. Surgical Anaesthesia.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 232.
1916. Bailliere. 8s. 6d.

Hirschel, G. Text-book of Local
Anaesthesia, for Students and Prac-
titioners. Translated by R. E. S.
Krohn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 193.
1915. Bale & Danielsson. 8s. 6d.

Hobday, F. T. G. Anaesthesia and
Narcosis of Animals and Birds.
DemySvo. Pp.98. 1915. Baillidre..
5s.

Surgery.

Lawrie, E. Chloroform: A Manual
for Students and Practitioners . Cr .
4to. Pp. 120. 1901. Churchill.
5s.

Luke, T. D. Guide to Anaesthetics
for the Student and Practitioner.
4th edn. 8vo. Pp. 165. 1908.
W. Green. 5s.

Mortimer, J. D. Anaesthesia and
Analgesia. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 384.
1911 7 University of London Press .
6s.

Probyn- Williams, R. J. A Prac-
tical Guide to the Administration of
Anaesthetics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 236. 1909. Longmans. 5s. Qd.

Ross, J. S. A Handbook of Anaes-
thetics. With Chapters upon Local
and Spinal Anaesthesia, by W. Q.
Wood, and upon Intratracheal
Anaesthesia, by H. T. Thomson.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.226. 1919. Living-
stone. 7s. Qd.

Silk , J . F . W . Modern Anaesthetics .
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 206. 1920.
Arnold. 7s.6d.

vi. ASEPSIS AND ANTISEPSIS.

Lockwood, G. B. Aseptic Surgery.
3rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 287 . 1909 .
Frowde & Hodder. 6s.

Upcott, H. Antiseptic Methods for
Surgical Nurses and Dressers. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 60. 1907. Bailliere.
2s. Qd.

Vallack , A . S . Principles and Prac-
tice of Asepsis. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 106.
1905. Bailliere. 2s. Qd.

vii. NURSING.

Bishop, E. S. Lectures on Surgical
Nursing. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 143.
1909. John WTright. 2s. Qd.

Childe, C. P. Surgical Nursing and
Technique: A Book for Nurses,
Dressers , House Surgeons , etc . 3rd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 248. 1920.
Bailliere. 6s.

Darling , H . C . R . Surgical Nursing
and After-treatment. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.500. 1917. Churchill. 8s. Qd.

Howard, R. Surgical Nursing and
the Principles of Surgery for Nurses .
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 336. 1920.
' Arnold. 7s. Qd.

Miles, A. Surgical Ward Work and
Nursing. A Handbook for Nurses
and others. 4th edn. Demv 8vo.
Pp. 426. 1921. Scientific "Press .
10s. Qd.

viii. FRACTURES.

Groves , E . W . H . Modern Methods
of Treating Fractures . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 286. 1916. John Wright.
7s. Qd.

Imbert , L . , and Re" al , P . Fracture

of the Lower Jaw . Edited by Sir

. J. F. Colyer. Cr.Svo. Pp.188.

1918 . University of London Press .

7s. Qd.

Ler iche , R . The Treatment of Frac -
tures . Edited by F . F . Burghard .
2 vols. Cr. Svo. 1918. Vol. 1.
Fractures involving Joints. Pp.
240. Vol2. Fractures of the Shaft.
Pp. 330. University of London
Press. 7s. Qd. each vol.

Mennell, J. B. The Treatment of
Fractures by Mobilisation and Mas-
sage. Svo. Pp. 474. 1911.
Macmillan. 12s.

Pearson , M . G . , and Drummond ,
J. Fractured Femurs . Their Treat-
ment by Calliper Extension. Svo.
Pp. 104. 1919. Frowde &
Hodder. 10s. Qd.

Pringle, J. H. Fractures and Their

• Treatment. Roy. Svo. Pp. 396.

1910. Frowde & Hodder. 17s.

Romer, F. Modern Bonesetting for
the Medical Profession . Demy Svo .
Pp . 88 . 1915 . Heinemann . 5s .

Walton, A. J. Fractures and Separ-
ated Epiphyses. Demy Svo. Pp.
296. 1910. Arnold. 10s. Qd.

ix . MINOR SURGERY ; BANDAG-
ING ; EMERGENCIES , ETC .

Bidwell, L. A. Minor Surgery.
2nd edn. Demy Svo. Pp. 300.
1912 . University of London Press .
10s. Qd.

Surgery.

Cope,V.Z. Pye's Elementary Band-
aging and Surgical Dressing. 14th
edn. Pocket size. Pp.232. 1919.
John Wright. 3s. Qd.

Fitz Williams , D.G.L. A Practical
Manual of Bandaging. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 100. 1915. Bailliere. 4s.

MacLeod , J . M . H . Burns and their
Treatment. Including Dermatitis
from High Explosives . Fcap . 8vo .
Pp. 179. 1918. Frowde &
Hodder. 6s.

Pye's Surgical Handicraft. A Man-
ual of Surgical Manipulations,
Minor Surgery, and other Matters
connected with the work of House
Surgeons, Surgical Dressers, etc.
Edited and re-written by W. H.
Clayton -Greene. 8th edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 639. 1919. John
Wright. 21s.

Ran kin , W . Elements of Bandaging
and the Treatment of Fractures
and Dislocations. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
126. 1913. Frowde & Hodder. 6s.

Sargent, P. Surgical Emergencies.
Cr.Svo. Pp. 256. 1907. Frowde
& Hodder. 6s.

Williams. G. Minor Surgery and
Bandaging : For the use ol House-
Surgeons, Dressers, and Junior
Practitioners. 17th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.460. 1919. Churchill. 10s. 6d.

x. WAR SURGERY AND GUN-
SHOT WOUNDS.

D up uy , G . M . The Stretcher Bearer .

Oblong Fcap . 8vo . Pp . 160 . 1915 .

Frowde & Hodder. 2s.
Duval , P . War Wounds of the Lung :

Notes on their Surgical Treatment.

Authorised English Translation .

Large 8vo. Pp. 99. 1918. John

Wright. 8s. Qd.

Gray, Sir H. W. M. Early Treat-
ment of War Wounds . Demy 8vo .

Pp . 315 . 1919 . Frowde & Hodder .

10s.
Gre"goire, R., and Courcoax, Dr.

Wounds of the Pleura and Lung.

Edited by C. H. Fagge. Cr. 8vo.

Pp. 234. 1919. University of

London Press. 7s. Qd.

Groves, E. W. H. Gunshot Injuries
of Bones. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 128.
1915. Frowde & Hodder. 3s. 6d.

Hughes, B., and Banks, H. S.

War Surgery from Firing Line to
Base. With special chapters by L.
F . Smith and Miss C . Bilton . Roy .
8vo. Pp. 634. 1918. Bailliere.
30s.

Hull , A . J . , and other contributors .
Surgery in War. 2nd edn. 8vo.
Pp.640. 1918. Churchill. 25s.

Makins , Sir G . H . Gunshot Injuries
of the Arteries. Demy 8vo. Pp.
64. 1914. Frowde & Hodder.
2s. Qd.

Gunshot Injuries to the Blood-
Vessels. Founded on Experience
gained in France during the Great
War, 1914-1918. Large 8vo. Pp.
251. 1919. John Wright. 21s.

Morison, J. R. Bipp Treatment of
War Wounds. Fcap.Svo. Pp.71.
1918. Frowde & Hodder. 2s. Qd.

Murphy , J . K . Wounds of the Thor-
ax in War. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 156.
1915. Frowde & Hodder . 3s . Qd .

Ombredanne, Prof., and Ledoux-
Lebard, M. Localisation and
Extraction of Projectiles. Edited by
A. D. Reid. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 411.
1918. University of London Press.
12s. Qd.

Page,G.M. The Field Service Pock -
et-Book. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 174.

1917. Frowde & Hodder. 6s.

Penhallow , D . P . Military Surgery.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 575.

1918. Frowde & Hodder. 21s.

Sencert, L. Wounds of the Blood -
Vessels . Edited by F . F . Burghard .
Cr.Svo. Pp. 288. 1918. Univer-
sity of London Press . 7s . Qd .

Smith, F. Modern Bullet Wounds
and Modern Treatment, with Special
Regard to Long Bones and Joints,
Field Appliances and First Aid.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96. 1903.

Churchill. 3s.

Spencer, G. G. Gunshot Wounds.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 299. 1908. Frowde
& Hodder. 6s.

264

Surgery.

Wallace, G. War Surgery of the

Abdomen. 8vo. Pp. 152. 1918.

Churchill. 10s. 6d.
and Fraser, J. Surgery

at a Casualty Clearing Station . Cr .

8vo. Pp. 320. 1918. Black.

10s. Qd.

xi. REGIONAL SURGERY .
a. Head and Neck.

Ballance , Sir C . A . Some Points in
the Surgery of the Brain and its
Membranes. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.
468. 1908. Macmillan. 15s.

Essays on the Surgery of the

Temporal Bone. 2 Vols*. Demy
4to. Pp. 278., 372. 1919. Mac-
millan. 105s.

Bell,W.B. The Pituitary. A Study
of the Morphology, Physiology,
Pathology, and Surgical Treatment
of the Pituitary, together with an
Account of the Therapeutic Uses of
the Extracts made from this Organ .
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 368. 1919.
Bailliere. 30s.

Bourget, J. Mis-shapen Noses and
their Surgical Correction without
Cicatrix. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 72.
1920. Bailliere. 3s.

•Chatelin, G., and De Martel, T.
Wounds of the Skull and the Brain :
Clinical Forms and Medico-Surgical
Treatment. Edited by F. F. Burg-
hard. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 336. 1918.
University of London Press . 8s . Qd .

Martinier, P., and Lemerle, G.
Injuries of the Face and Jaw and
their Repair and the Treatment of
Fractured Jaws. Translated by
H . L . Whale . Small Cr . 8vo . Pp .
361. 1917. Bailliere. 5s.

Murray, R. W. Hare Lip and Cleft
Palate. Demy 8vo. Pp.29. 1902.
Churchill. 3s.

Owen , E . Cleft-Palate and Hare Lip :

the Earlier Operation on the Palate .

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 112. 1904.

Bailliere. 2s. Qd.
Rawling , L . B . The Surgery of the

Skull and Brain . Cr . 4to . Pp . 351 .

1912. Frowde & Hodder. 25s.
Surgery of the Head . Fcap . 8 vo .

Pp.150. 1915. Frowde & Hodder .

3s. Qd.

West, C. E., and Scott, S. R. The

Operations of Aural Surgery, to-
gether with those for the Relief of
the Intracranial complications of
Suppurative Otitis Media. Demy
8vo. Pp. 213. 1909. Lewis.
7s. Qd.

Whale, H. L. Injuries to the Head
and Neck. Demy 8vo. Pp. 342.
1919. Bailliere. 15s.

b. Lungs and Heart.

Ballance, Sir C. A. The Bradshaw
Lecture on the Surgery of the Heart .
Delivered before the Royal College
ofSurgeons, Dec. 11, 1919. Demy
8vo. Pp. 154. 1920. Macmillan.
10s. Qd.

Garre , G . , and Ouincke f H . Surgery
of the Lung. Translated from the
German by D. M. Barcroft. 2nd
edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 279. 1913.
Bale & Danielsson . 12s . Qd .

c . Abdomen .

Abadie , G . Wounds of the Abdomen .
Edited by Sir W . 4 . Lane . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 316. 1918. University of
London Press. 8s. Qd.

Barnard, H. L. Contributions to
Abdominal Surgery. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 411. 1910. Arnold. 16s.

Battle, W. H., and Corner, E. M.

The Surgery of the Diseases of the
Appendix Vermiformis and their
Complications. 2nd edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 308. 1911. Constable.
10s. Qd.

Bidwell, A. L. A Handbook of In-
testinal Surgery . 2nd edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 230. 1910. Bailliere.
6s.

Cripps, H. Cancer of the Rectum,
especially considered with regard to
its Surgical Treatment. 6th edn.
8vo. Pp. 266. 1913. Churchill.
5s.

Hill, W. On Gastroscopy. Demy
8vo. Pp. 54. 1912. Bale &
Danielsson . 3s . Qd .

Hood, D. W. G. The Early Treat-
ment of Appendicitis . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 42. 1900. Bale & Danielsson .
2s. Qd.

265

Surgery.

Lane, Sir W. A. Operative Treat-
ment of Chronic Intestinal Stasis.
4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 340.
1918. Frowde & Hodder. 20s.

Lockwood , C . B . Appendicitis : its
Pathology and Surgery. 2nd edn.
8vo. Pp.356. 1906. Macmillan.
10s.

Maylard, A. E. Practice and Prob-
lem in Abdominal Surgery. Med.
8vo. Pp. 402. 1913. Churchill.
8s. Qd

Morison, J. R., and Richardson,
W.G. Abdominal Injuries. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 116. 1915. Frowde &
Hodder. 3s. Qd.

Mummery , J . P . L . Diseases of the
Colon and their Surgical Treatment.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 328. 1910.
Bailliere. 10s.

Owen, E. Appendicitis: A Plea for
Immediate Operation. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 214. 1914. John Wright.
8s. Qd.

Robson, Sir A. W. M., and Cam -
midge, P. J. Gall-Stones: Their
Complications and Treatment. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 326. 1909.. Frowde &
Hodder. 6*..

and Moynihan, Sir B. G. A.

Diseases of the Stomach and their
Surgical Treatment. 2nd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.524. 1904. Bail-
liere. 15s.

Wallis, Sir F. C. Surgery of the
Rectum for Practitioners. Demy
8vo. Pp. 370. 1912. Frowde &
Hodder. 17s.

T Surgery of the Rectum. 8vo.

Pp. 174. 1907. Bailliere. 6s.

d . Amputations .

Broca, A. Ligations and Amputa-
tions for Students and Practitioners.
Translated by E. Ward. DemySvo.
Pp. 285. 1917. John Wright.
8s. Qd.

Huggins , G . M . Amputation Stumps
— Their Care and After Treatment.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1918.
Frowde & Hodder. 7s. Qd.

e. Genito- Urinary Organs.

Clarke, W. B. Handbook of the
Surgery of the Kidneys . Demy 8vo .
Pp . 209 . 191 1 . Frowde & Hodder .
12s. Qd.

Deanesly, E. Modern Methods of
Diagnosis in Urinary Surgery. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 104. 1907. Lewis. 8s.

Freyer, Sir P . J . Clinical Lecture*
on Enlargement of the Prostate,
with a description of the Author's
Operation of Total Enucleation of
the Organ. 5th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 182. 1920. Bailliere. 10s.
Qd.

— Clinical Lectures on the Surgical
Diseases of the Urinary Organs .
2nd edn. in preparation . Bailliere »

Herring, H. T. The Sterilisation of
Urethral Instruments, and their
Use in some Urinary Complaints.
Demy 8vo . Pp . 1 92 . 1 903 . Lewis .
5s.

Kidd , F . Urinary Surgery : A Review .
8vo. Pp. 446*. 1910. Longmans.
7s. Qd.

Lumb , N . P . L . The Urethroscope in
the Diagnosis and Treatment of
Urethritis . Demy 8vo . Pp . 64 and
13 Plates. 1919.' Bale & Daniels-
son. 10s. Qd.

Walker , J . W . T . Surgical Disease*
and Injuries of the Genito-Urinary
Organs. 2nd edition in prepara-
tion. Cassell.

Estimation of the Renal Func-
tion in Urinary Surgery . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 274. 1908. Cassell. 7s. Gd.

Wallace, Sir C. S. Prostatic En-
largement. Demy 8vo. Pp. 222.

1907. Frowde & Hodder. 14s.

xii. SURGICAL DISEASES.

a. Hernia.

Eccles , W . McA . Hernia : Its Etiol-
ogy j Symptoms , and Treatment .
3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 254.

1908. Bailliere. 7s. Qd.

Moullin, C. W. M. The Surgica)
Treatment of Ulcer of the Stomach ..
Demy 8vo. Pp. 53. 1902. Bale
& Daniclsson. 2s. Qd.

266

Surgery.

Murray, R. W. Hernia: Its Cause
and Treatment. 2nd edn. 8vo.
Pp. 192. 1910. Churchill. 6s.

Turner, P. Inguinal Hernia: The
Imperfectly Descended Testicle and
Varicocete. 8vo. Pp. 110. 1919.
Churchill. 10s. Qd.

b. Tumours.

Bland -Sutton, Sir J. Tumours,
Innocent and Malignant. 6th edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 780. 1917.
Cassell. 21s.

Cathcart. G. W. The Essential
Similarity of Innocent and Malig-
nant Tumours . A Study of Tumour
Growth. Imp. 8vo. Pp.79. 1907.
John Wright . 3s .

Emery, W. D'E. Tumours: their
Nature and Causation. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 166. 1918. Lewis. 6s.

Fenwick, W. S. Cancer and other
Tumours of the Stomach. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 380. 1902. Churchill.
10s. 6d.

Kettle, E. H. The Pathology of
Tumours. Demy 8vo. Pp. 232.
1916. Lewis. 12s. Qd.

Lockyer, G. Fibroids and Allied
Tumours (Myoma and Adenomy-
oma): their Pathology, Clinical
Features, and Surgical Treatment.
Super Roy . 8vo . Pp.624. 1919.
Macmillan. 63s.

Moullin, G. M. The Biology of
Tumours. Demy 8vo. Pp. 55.
1916. Lewis. 2s. Qd.

White, G. P. Tumours: Pathology
of Growth. Demy 8vo. Pp. 247.
1913. Constable. 10s. Qd.

Wyllie, J. Tumours of the Cerebel-
lum. Post 8vo. Pp. 119. 1908.
Lewis . 4s .

c. Diseases of the Locomotive
System .

Bristow, W. R. Treatment of the
Joint and Muscle Injuries. Demy
8vo. Pp. 160. 1917. Frowde &
Hodder. 6s.

Broca , A . Disabilities of the Loco-
motor Apparatus : the Result of
War Wounds. Translated by J.
R. White, edited by Sir R.
Jones. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 268. 1918.
University of London Press . 7s.Qd.

Jones, Sir R. Injuries to Joints .
2nd edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 196.
1920 . Frowde & Hodder . 6s .

Shenton, E. W. H. Disease in Bone
and its Detection by the X-Rays.
8vo. Pp. 84. 1911. Macmillan.
4s. Qd.

White, J. R. Chronic Traumatic
Osteomyelitis : Its Pathology and
'Treatment. Demy 8vo. Pp. 159.
1919. Lewis. 12s. Gd.

Whitelocke, R. H. A. Sprains and
Allied Injuries of Joints. 2nd edn.
DemySvo. Pp.299. 1910. Frowde
& Hodder. 8s. Qd.

xiii. ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY.

Broca , A . , and Ducroquet , D . Arti -
ficial Limbs. Translated and edited
by R. C. Elmslie. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
172. 1918. University of London
Press. 7s. Gd.

Galot , F . Indispensable Orthopaedics .
Translated from the French by A.
H. Robinson. 2nd edn. in prep-
aration. Bailliere.

Dampier -Bennett, A. G. Re-edu-
cation of Co-ordination by Move-
ments : with special Reference to
Locomotor Ataxy. 8vo. 1907.
John Wright. 10s. Qd.

Daw, S. W. Orthopaedic Effects of
Gunshot Wounds and their Treat-
ment. Fcap.Svo. Pp.242. 1919.
Frowde & Hodder. 7s. Qd.

Falconer, W. W. Arthrometry, or
the Measurement of the Movements
of Joints . Notes of a New and Sim-
ple System for showing the Mobility
of injured limbs by means of an
Instrument called an Arthrometer.
DemySvo. Pp. 27. 1918. Bale &
Danielsson. 2s. Gd.

Jansen , M . On Bone Formation , its
Relation to Tension and Pressure.
8vo. Pp. 124. 1921. Longmans »
20s.

267

Surgery.

Jones, Sir R ., (edited by). Ortho-
paedic Surgery of Injuries. By Vari-
ous Authors. 2 Vols. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 540., 692. 1921. Frowde &
Hodder. 70s.

Notes on Military Orthopaedics.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 143. 1918.
Cassell. 3s. Qd.

Lorenz, A., and Saxl, A. Ortho-
paedics in Medical Practice. Trans-
lated by L. C. P. Ritchie. Demy
8vo. Pp. 300. 1913. Bale &
Danielsson. 7s. Qd.

Roth . P . B . Notes on Military Ortho-
paedics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 56. 1916.
Kimpton . 1 s . Qd .

Orthopaedics for Practitioners.

An Introduction to the Practical
Treatment of the Commoner De-
formities. 8vo. Pp. 207. 1920.
Arnold. 10s. Qd.

xiv. DEFORMITIES AND THEIR
SURGICAL TREATMENT.

Barwell, R. Lateral Curvature of
the Spine and Pelvic Deviations.
6th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 115.
1905. Bailliere. 8s.

Bennie , P . B . and A . B . Rational
and Effective Treatment of Hip
Disease. Demy 8vo. Pp. 120.
1907. Bailliere. 5s.

Bigg , R . H . Caries of the Spine , be-
ing an advanced chapter of the
Spine, its Deformities, Debilities,
and Deficiencies. 8vo. Pp. 82.
1902. Churchill. 2s. Qd.

An Essay on the General Priu-

ciples of the Treatment of Spinal
Curvatures . 8 vo . Pp . 248 . 1 906 .
Churchill. 5s.

Chance, E. J. On the Nature,
Causes, and Treatment of Bodily
Deformities . Edited by J . Poland .
Cr. 8vo. Vol.1. Pp.335. 1905.
7s. Gd. Vol. 2. Pp. 338. 1919.
18s. Murray.

Clarke, J. J. Congenital Disloca-
tion of the Hip. DemySvo. Pp.
100. 1910. Bailliere. 3s. Qd.

Jansen, M. Achondroplasia : its
Nature and its Cause. A Study of
the Stunting of Growth in the
Different Stages of Development of
the Skeleton . Demy 4to . Pp . 106 .
1912. Bailliere. 6s.

Smith , J . S . K . Lateral Curvature
of the Spine and Flat Foot : Their
Treatment by Exercises. Demy
8vo. Pp. 137. 1911. John Wright.
6s. Qd.

Tubby, A. H. Deformities, includ-
ing Diseases of the Bones and Joints .
2nd edn. 2 Vols. 8vo. Pp.916.,
890. 1912. Macmillan. 45s.

268

OPHTHALMOLOGY.

i. GENERAL TREATISES AND

OPERATIVE
OPHTHALMOLOGY .

Adams , P . E . H . Pathology of the
Eye. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1912.
Frowde & Hodder . 6s .

Axenfeld, T. Bacteriology of the
Eye. Translated by A. MacNab.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 418. 1908.
Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

Ballantyne , A . J . A Pocket Book of
Ophthalmology. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
119. 1920. Livingstone. 5s. 6d.

Berry, G. A. Manual of Practical
Ophthalmology. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
590. 1904. 'Frowde & Hodder.
12s. Qd.

Catechism Series. Diseases of the
Eye. Written by W. G. Sym.
Livingstone. Is. 9d.

Elliot, R. H. Tropical Ophthalmol-
ogy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 550. 1920.
Frowde & Hodder. 31s. Qd.

Forrest, J. Eye, Nose, Throat, and
Ear. A Manual for Practitioners
and Students. Demy 8vo. Pp.
412. 1914. Kimpton. 10s. Qd.

Grimsdale, H. B ., and Brewerton,
E. W. Ophthalmic Operations.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 436. 1920.
Bailliere. 21s.

Harman,N.B. Aids to Ophthal-
mology . 6th edn . Fcap . 8vo . Pp .
234. 1919. Bailliere. 3s. Qd.

Higgens, C. A Manual of Ophthal-
mic Practice. 2nd edn. Revised
by A. W. Ormond. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
383. 1903. Lewis. 7s. Qd.

Hinshelwood , J . Congenital Word -
Blindness. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 121.
1917. Lewis. 4s.

Letter, Word, and Mind-Blind-
ness. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 88. 1900.
Lewis. 3s.

Jessop, W. H. H. Manual of
Ophthalmic Surgerv and Medicine..
2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.~ Pp. 550. 1908.
Churchill. 10s. Qd.

Juler , H . E . A Handbook of Ophth-
almic Science and Practice. 3rd
edn . Demy 8vo . Pp . 733 . 1904 .
Murray. 21s.

Marshall, G. D. Diseases of the
Eyes. 8vo. Pp.320. 1912. Uni-
versity of London Press. 10s. Qd.

May, G. H. Manual of the Diseases
of the Eye : for Students and Practi-
tioners . 4th edn . Demy 8vo , Pp .
452. 1920. Bailliere." 18s.

Maynard, F. P. Manual of Oph-
thalmic Operations. 2nd edn.
Roy.Svo. Pp.267. 1921. Living-
stone . 21s .

Mayou , M . S . Diseases of the Eye^
3rd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 342 . 1920 .
Frowde & Hodder. 10s. Qd.

Parsons , J . H . The Ocular Circula-
tion. Demy 8vo. Pp. 84. 1903.
Bale & Danielsson. 3s.

Diseases of the Eye. 3rd edn.

8vo. Pp. 676. 1918. Churchill.
18s.

The Pathology of the Eye. 4

Vols. Roy. 8vo. Vols. 2 and 3.
( Vols . 1 and 4 out of print) . Frowde
and Hodder. 15s. each.

Ramsay , A . M . Clinical Ophthal-
mology for the General Practition-
er. Cr. 4to. Pp. 520. 1920.
Frowde & Hodder. 42s.

Diathesis and Ocular Diseases.

Cr.Svo. Pp. 192. 1909. Bailliere.
5s.

Grant, J. D., Whale, H. L.

and West. G. E. Injuries of the
Eyes, Throat, Nose and Ears.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1915..
Frowde & Hodder. 3s. Qd.

269

Ophthalmology.

Swanzy,H.R. Handbook of the
Diseases of the Eye and their Treat-
ment. Revised and edited by L.
Werner. 12th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 689. 1919. Lewis. 22s. Qd.

Sym , W . G . Diseases and Injuries of
the Eye . A Text -"book for Students
and Practitioners. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
493. 1913. Black. 12s. Qd.

Yarr, Sir M. Manual of Military
Ophthalmology for the Use of Medic-
al Officers of the Home, Indian, and
Colonial Services. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp.228. 1909. Cassell. 6s.

ii. EXAMINATION OF THE
EYE; OPHTHALMOSCOPY.

Al 1 butt , Sir T . C . On the Use of the
Ophthalmoscope. 8vo. Pp. 422.
1871. Macmillan. 15s.

Fisher, .1. H. Ophthalmo logical
Anatomy, with some Illustrative
Cases. Roy. 8vo. Pp.196. 1904.
Frowde & Hodder. 8s. Qd.

Frost, W. A. The Fundus Oculi.
An Ophthalmoscopic Atlas, Illus-
trating its Physiological and Patho-
logical Conditions. 4to. 47
Plates. 1901. Frowde & Hodder.
63s.

Cowers , Sir W . R . . and Gunn , M .
A Manual and Atlas of Medical
Ophthalmoscopy . 4th edn. 8vo.
Pp.330. 1904. Churchill. 14s.

Gray, K. J. The Human Eye. 24
fully-covered diagrams, describing
and illustrating its Structures,
Functions, Diseases and Attach-
ments, with special reference to
it as an Optical Instrument. Ob-
long 4to. Sampson, Low. 21s.

Hardwicke, W. W. Sight Testing
Made Easy. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.88. 1920. Churchill. 5s.

Hartridge G. The Ophthalmoscope .
A Manual for Students. 6th edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.160. 1939. Churchill.
6s. 6d.

Landolt, E. and M. Defective
Ocular Movements and their Diag-
nosis. 8vo. Pp. 97. 1913.
Frowde & Hodder. 6s. Qd.

Maddox, E. E. Ophthalmological
Prisms and the Decentring of Lenses .
A Practical Guide to the Uses and
Construction of Prisms and Prismat-
ic Combinations, and the Centring
of Spectacle Lenses . 5th edn . Pp .
205. 1907. John Wright. 6s. Qd.

Thompson, S. P. Optical Tables
and Data, for the use of Opticians.
2nd edn. Oblong 8vo. Pp. 130.
1907. Spon. 7s. Qd.

Thomson , A . The Anatomy of the
Human Eye. 67 Stereoscopic
photographs in box, with letter-
press and Key plates. Roy. 8vo.
Pp.62. 1912. Oxford : Clarendon
Press . 63s .

iii.

DISEASES OF THE
CONJUNCTIVA .

Boldt,J. Trachoma. Translated by
J. H. Parsons and T. Snowball.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 284. 1904.
Frowde & Hoddrr. 8s. Qd.

MacCaUan, A. F. Trachoma and
its Complications in Egypt. Demy
8vo. Pp. 80. 1913. Cambridge
University Press . 7s . Qd.

Mayou, M. S. The Changes Pro-
duced by Inflammation in the
Conjunctiva. DemySvo. Pp.179.
1905. Bale & Danielsson. 10s. Qd.

iv. DISEASES OF THE LENS:
CATARACT.

Elliot, R. H. The Indian Opera-
tion of Couching for Cataract . Rov .
8vo. Pp. 106. 191 . Lewis.
7s. Qd.

Herbert, H. Cataract Extraction.
Srdedn. Pp.399. 1908. Bailliere.
12s. Qd.

v. DISEASES OF THE OPTIC
NERVE.

Onodi,A. The Optic Nerve and the
Accessory Sinuses of the Nose. A
Contribution to the Study of Canal-
icular Neuritis and Atrophy of the
Optic Nerve of Nasal Origin.
Translated by L. Luckhoff. Small
4to. Pp. 110. 1910. Bailliere.
10*. Qd.

270

Ophthalmology.

Parsons, J. H. The Neurology of
Vision. Two Lectures : The Affer-
ent Visual Paths ; The Innervation
of the Pupil. Demy 8vo. Pp. 70.
1904. Frowde & Hodder. 2s. Qd.

vi. PARALYSIS OF THE EYE.

Hughes, E. L. Squint, and Ocular
Paralysis : with a short account of
the Disturbances of Muscle Balance .
DemySvo. Pp.216. 1907. Lewis.
7s. Qd.

Worth, G. A. Squint, its Causes,
Pathology and Treatment. 5th
edn . Demy '8vo . Pp . 260 . 1921 .
Bailliere. 12s. Qd.

vii. WOUNDS AND INJURIES.

Beaumont, W. M. Injuries of the
Eyes of the Employed, and the
Workmen's Compensation Act:
Problems in Prognosis. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 168. 1907. Lewis. 5s.

Lagrange , F . Fractures of the Orbit
and Injuries of the Eye in War.
Translated by H. Child and edited
by J. H. Parsons. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
260. 1918. University of London
Press. 7s. Qd.

viii. GLAUCOMA.

Elliot, R. H. Glaucoma: A Text-
book for the Students of Ophthal-
mology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 562.
1918. Lewis. 25s.

Glaucoma. A Handbook for the

General Practitioner. Demy 8vo.
Pp.71. 1917. Lewis. 4s.

Henderson, T. Glaucoma. An
Inquiry into the Physiology and
Pathology of the Intra-Ocular Pres-
sure . Demy 8vo . Pp . 238 . 1910 .
Arnold. 10s. Qd.

ix. COLOUR BLINDNESS.

Edridge-Green, F. W. The Physi-
ology of Vision : with special refer-
ence to Colour Blindness. 8vo.
Pp.292. 1920. Bell. 12s.

The Hunterian Lectures on Col-
our-Vision and Colour-Blindness .
8vo. Pp.76. 1911. KeganPaul.
5s.

x. REFRACTION AND OPTICAL
DEFECTS.

44 An Ophthalmic Surgeon." The
Optician's Handbook. An Intro-
duction to the Study of the Refrac-
tion of the Eye, its "Anomalies, and
their Estimation and Correction by
means of Glasses . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 73 .
N.D. Hatton Press. 4s.

Blair, C. Errors of Refraction , and
their Treatment . A Clinical Pocket
book for Practitioners and Students .
2nd edn. Pp. 106. 1910. John
Wright. 2s. Qd.

Clarke , E . Problems in the Accom-
modation and Refraction of the
Eye : a brief Review of the Work of
Donders and the Progress made
during the last fifty years. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 120. 1914. Bailliere.
2s. Qd.

Errors of Accommodation, and

Refraction of the Eye : a Handbook
for Students. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.252. 1918. Bailliere. 7s. 6d.

Hartridge , G . The Refraction of the
Eye. . A Manual for Students.
16th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 294.
1919. Churchill. 7s. Qd.

Lohmann, W. Disturbances of the
Visual Functions. Translated by
A. MacNab. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 185.
1913. Bale and Danielsson. 15s.

Morton, A. S. Refraction of the
Eye : its Diagnosis and the Correc-
tion of its Errors. 7th edn. Small
8vo. Pp.104. 1906. Lewis. 5s.

Muirhead, I. B. Extra-Ocular
Pressure and Myopia. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 104. 1916. Bale and Dan-
ielsson. 3s. Qd.

Parsons, J.H. Elementary Ophth-
almic Optics, including 'Ophthal-
moscopy and Retinoscopy. 8vo.
Pp.170. 1901. Churchill. 6s. 6d.

xi. THERAPEUTICS;
SPECTACLES, etc.

Adam, C. Handbook of Treatment
for Diseases of the Eye (Ophthalmic
Therapeutics). Translated from the
German by W. G. Sym and E. M.
Lithgow. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 264.
1911. Heinemann. 10s.

271

Ophthalmology .

Burnham, G. H. The Combined Percival , A . S . The Prescribing of

Treatment in Diseases of the Eye. Spectacles. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 100. 1906. Lewis. Pp. 168. 1912. John Wright.

3*. 5s. 6d.

Fergus, F. Elementary Ophthalmic
Optics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 106. 1903.
Blackie. 3s. 6d.

Raxwortby, H. C. Prescription
Pitfalls, and How to Avoid them,,
for Opticians . Demy 8vo . Pp . 38 .
1918. Hatton Press. Is. 6d.

272

OTOLOGY ; RHINOLOGY ;
LARYNGOLOGY.

i. GENERAL TREATISES.

Biggs, G. N. Diseases of the Ear,
Nose, and Throat. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 486. 1914. University of
London Press . Ws.Gd.

Friel , A . R . Obiter Scripta : Throat ,
Nose, and Ear. For the General
Practitioner. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 40.
1914. John Wright. 2s, Qd.

Kelson, W. H. Diseases of the
Throat , Nose and Ear . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 285. 1915. Frowde and
Hodder. 10s. 6rf.

Lamb, W. Practical Guide to the
Diseases of the Throat, Nose and
Ear : for Senior Students and
Practitioners. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.384. 1917. Bailliere. 10s. 6d.

Laurens, G. Oto-Rhino-Laryngo-
logy : for the Student and Practi-
tioner . Translated from the French
by H. C. Fox. Demy 8vo. Pp.
339. 1919. John Wright. 17s.6d.

McBride , P . Diseases of the Throat ,
Nose and Ear. A Clinical Manual
for Students and Practitioners.
3rd edn . Roy . 8vo . Pp . 762 .
1900. Frowde and Hodder. 25s.

McKenzie, D. Diseases of the
Throat, Nose and Ear. Roy. 8vo.
Pp.661. 1920. Heinemann. 42s.

Diagnosis of Diseases in Throat ,

Nose, and Ear. 2nd edition in
preparation . Heinemann . ,-

Parker, G. A., and Colledge, L.

Diseases of the Nose and Throat,
and their Treatment. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 624. 1921.
Arnold . 25s .

Porter, W. G. Diseases of the
Throat, Nose, and Ear. For
Practitioners and Students . Revised
by A . L . Turner . 3rd edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 300. 1919. John
Wright. 12s. 6d.

Stuart -Low, W. The Care of the
Nose and Throat. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
79. 1919. Bailliere. 3s. Qd.

Syme , W . S . , and S . G . A Hand-
book of Diseases of the Ear, Nose,
and Throat. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 337.
1920. Livingstone. 9s.

Thomson , Sir St . C . Diseases of the
Nose and Throat, comprising Affec-
tions of the Trachea and (Esopha-
gus. A Text-book for Practi-
tioners and Students. 2nd edn.
Med.Svo. Pp.858. 1916. Cassell.
30s.

Tilley , H . Diseases of the Nose and
Throat. 4th edn. DemySvo. Pp.
864. 1919. Lewis. 28s.

Yonge. E. S. Handbook of the
Diseases of the Nose and Throat.
8vo. Pp. 416. 1909. W. Green.
9s.

ii. DISEASES OF THE EAR.

Bourgeois, H., and Sourdille, Dr.
War Otitis and War Deafness:
Diagnosis, Treatment, Medical Re-
ports . Edited by J . Dundas Grant .
Cr. 8vo. Pp.249. 1918. Univer-
sity of London Press . 7s . 6d .

Gray , A . A . Otosclerosis (Idiopathic
Degenerative Deafness) . Demy 8vo .
Pp.211. 1917. Lewis. 15s.

Diseases of the Ear , with Stereo-
scope and Stereoscopic Plates.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 400. 1910.
Bailliere. 15s.

The Labyrinth of Animals, in-
cluding Mammals, Birds, Reptiles
and Amphibians . 1908. 4to. Vol.
1. With 31 Stereoscopic Plates.
Pp.210. 21s. Vol.2. Pp.265.
25s. Churchill.

273

Otology; Rhinology; Laryngology.

Heath, G. J. Diagnosis and Treat-
ment in Otitis Media (Mastoid
Disease). Demy 8vo. Pp. 58.
1919. Hail lie-re. 2s. Qd.

Hovell , T . M . A Treatise on Diseases
of the Ear, including the Anatomy
and Physiology of the Organ . 2nd
edn. 8vo. Pp. 850. 1901.
Churchill. 21*.

Lake, R. Handbook of Diseases of
the Ear for the Use of Students and
Practitioners. 4th edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 302. 1912. Bailliere.
7s. Qd.

Love, J. K. Diseases of the Ear in
School Children. An Essay on the
Prevention of Deafness. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 94. 1919. John Wright.
5s. Qd.

The Deaf Child. A Manual for

Teachers and School Doctors. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 192. 1911. John
Wright. 5*. Qd.

Milligan, Sir W., and Wingrave,
W. A Practical Handbook of the
Diseases of the Ear. 8vo. Pp.
624. 1911. Macmillan. 18s.

Politzer, A. A Text-book of the
Diseases of the Ear: for Students
and Practitioners . Translated and
edited by M . J . Ballin . 5th edn .
8vo. Pp. 906. 1909. Bailliere.
25s.

Tod, F. H. Diseases of the Ear.
New edition in preparation . Frowde
and Hodder.

Wrightson, Sir T. An Enquiry into
the Analytical Mechanism of the
Internal Ear. With an Appendix
on the Anatomy of the Parts con-
cerned , by Sir A . Keith . 8vo . Pp .
268. 1918. Macmillan. 12s. Qd.

Yearsley, M. Text-book of Diseases
of the Ear. 8vo. Pp.463. 1908.
Kegan Paul. 18s.

ill. DISEASES OF THE NOSE.

Dighton, C. A. A Manual of Dis-
eases of the Naso-Pharynx , with
special reference to the part played
by them in Disease of the Ear and
the Treatment of these conditions .
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 182. 1912.
Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

Keegan, D. F. Rhinoplastic Opera-
tions : with a description of Recent
Improvements in the Indian
Method. Roy. 8vo. 1900.
Bailliere. 5s. *

Onodi, A. Relations of .he Lachry-
mal Organs to the Nose and Nasal
Accessory Sinuses. Translated by
D. Mackenzie. Imp. 8vo. Pp.
252. 1913. Bale and Danielsson.
10s.

The Anatomy and Topography of

the Accessory Air Sinuses of the
Nose in Childhood. Translated by
C. Prausnitz. Imp. 8vo. Pp.429.

1911. Bale and Danielsson. 21s.

Turner, A. L. Accessory Sinuses of
the Nose: their Surgical Anatomy
and the Diagnosis and Treatment of
their Inflammatory Affections. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 225. 1901. W. Green.
12s.

and Porter, W. G. The Skia-

graphy of the Accessory Nasal
Sinuses. 4to. Pp. 57 and Plates.

1912. W. Green. 16s.

Waggett , E . B . Diseases of the Nose .
3rd imp. Cr.Svo. Pp.294. 1912.
Frowde and Hodder. 6s.

Williams, P. W. Rhinology: A
Text Book of Diseases of the Nose
and the Nasal Accessory Sinuses.
8vo. Pp. 290. 1910. Longmans.
12s. Qd.

Yonge, E. S. Hay Fever and
Paroxysmal Sneezing. 8vo. Pp.
158. 1910. W. Green. 6s.

iv. DISEASES OF THE THROAT.

Bar well , H . Diseases of the Larynx .
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.300. 1910.
Frowde and Hodder . 6s .

Brunings , W . Direct Laryngoscopy ,
Bronchoscopy , and (Esophagoscopy .
Translated and edited by W. G.
Howarth. Demy 8vo. Pp. 384.
1912. Bailliere. 15s.

Mann , M . S . Text Book of Tracheo-
Bronchoscopy , Technical and Prac-
tical . Translated by A . R . Moodie .
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 292. 1920. Bale
and Danielsson . 31s. Qd.

274

GYNAECOLOGY AND OBSTETRICS.

i. DISEASES OF WOMEN.

Berkeley, C. (edited by). Diseases

of Women. By Ten Teachers.

Med.Svo. Pp.662. 3 91 9. Arnold.

30s.
Bland -Sutton, Sir J., and Giles,

A. E. The Diseases of Women.

A Handbook for Students and

Practitioners of Medicine . 7th edn .

Demy 8vo. Pp. 571. 1916.

Heinemann. 15s.

Fothergill, W. E. Manual of
Diseases of Women. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.452. 1910. W. Green. 9s.

Paramore , R . H . The Statics of the

Female Pelvic Viscera . Vol . 1 .

Demy 8vo. Pp. 401. 1918.

Lewis. 18s.
Phillips, Sir J. Outlines of the

Diseases of Women. A Concise

Handbook for Students. 4th edn.

Cr.Svo. Pp.296. 1906. Griffin.

7s. Qd.
Stevens , T . G . Diseases of Women .

New edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 460.

1919 . University of London Press .

20s.

ii. GYNAECOLOGY,
a. Pathology.

Orthmann, E. G. A Handbook of
Gynaecological Pathology. Trans-
lated from the German by C. H.
Roberts . Demy 8vo . 1904 . Bale
and Danielsson. 5s.

Hoberts, G. H. Outlines of Gynae-
cological Pathology and Morbid
Anatomy. Small Roy. 8vo. Pp.
360. 1901. Churchill. 21s.

b. General.
Aarons , S . J . Aids to Gynaecology .

5th edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 132.

1916. Bailliere. 3s.
Ballantyne, J. W. Essentials of

Gynaecology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 279.

1905. W. Green. 5s.

Bell, W. B. The Principles of
Gynaecology. A Manual for Stu-
dents and Practitioners. 3rd edn.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 688. 1919.
Bailliere. 38s.

Berkeley, G., and Bonney, V. A

Guide to Gynaecology in General
Practice. 2nd edn. Cr. 4to. Pp.
491. 1919. Frowde and Hodder.
31s. Qd.

Cameron, S. J. A Manual of
Gynaecology for Students and Prac-
titioners. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo.
Pp. 575. 1919. Arnold. 25s.

Catechism Series. Gynaecology.
4th Reprint. Written by B. P.
Watson. Livingstone. Is. 9d.

Eden, T. W., and Lockyer, C.

Gynaecology: General, Regional,
and Operative, for Students and
Practitioners . 2nd edn . Roy . 8vo .
Pp.944. 1920. Churchill. 42s.

(edited by). The New System of

Gynaecology. By many Writers.
3 Vols. Cr.4to. Pp. 788., 884.,
880. 1917. Macmillan. £6 6s.

Herman, G. E., and Maxwell, R.
D. The Student's Handbook of
Gynaecology. 2nd edn. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 588. 1913. Cassell.
10s.

Jellett, H. A Practice of Gynae-
cology, being the 4th edn. of
' 'A Short Practice of Gynaecology."
Roy . 8vo . Pp . 632 . 1916 . Churchill .
21s.

A Short Practice of Gynaecology,

being a shortened edition of the
above. Roy.Svo. Pp.436. 1917.
Churchill. 15s.

Solomons, B. A Handbook of
Gynaecology. For the Student and
General Practitioner. Demy 8vo.
Pp.248. 1919. Bailliere. 12s.

275

Gynaecology and Obstetrics.

c. Diagnosis; Operations;
Therapeutics .

Aarons , S . J . Gynaecological Thera-
peutics. Cr.Svo. Pp.192. 1910.
Bailliere. Qs.

Harbour, A. H. F., and Watson,
B. P. Gynaecological Diagnosis
and Pathology. New imp. in
preparation . W . Green .

Berkeley, C., and Bonney, V. A

Text-book of Gynaecological Sur-
gery. 2nd edn. Med. 8vo. Pp.
842. 1920. Cassell. 42s.

Giles , A . E . Gynaecological Diagno-
sis. A Manual for Students and
Practitioners . Demy 8vo . Pp . 222 .
1906. Bailliere. 7*. Qd.

Gynaecological Nursing . Cr . 8vo .

Pp.202. 1912. Bailliere. 4s. Qd.

McKay, W. J. S. Operations upon
the Uterus, Perineum, and Round
Ligaments. 2nd edn. Demy 4to.
Pp. 472. 1911. Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

Sloan , S . Electro -Therapy in Gynae-
cology. DemySvo. Pp. 298. 1917.
Heinemann. 12s. Qd.

d. Disorders; Diseases.

Birnbaum , R . A Clinical Manual of
the Malformations and Congenital
Disease of the Fretus. Translated
and annotated by G. Blacker.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 394. 1912.
Churchill. 15*.

Fenwick, B. Uterine Fibroids and
other Pelvic Tumours. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 166. 1913.
Bale and Danielsson. 3s. Qd.

Giles, A. E. Sterility in Women.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 243. 1919.
Frowde and Hodder. 10s.

Lewers, A. H. N. Cancer of the
Uterus. A Clinical Monograph on
its Diagnosis and Treatment. 8vo.
Pp. 341. 1902. Lewis. 10s. Qd.

McCann, F. J. Cancer of the
Womb. Its Symptoms, Diagnosis,
Prognosis and Treatment. Roy.
8vo. Pp.172. 1907. Frowde and
Hodder . 20s .

Wertheim , E . , and Micholitsch , T .
The Technique of Vagino-Peritcneal
Operations . Translated by C . Lock-
yer. 8vo. Pp. 336. 1907. Mac-
in il Ian. 25s.

e. Cancer of the Breast.

C reign ton, C. Cancer and other
Tumours of the Breast .1 Roy . 8 vo .
Pp. 296. 1902. Williams and
Norgate. 12s. Qd.

Leaf, C. H. Cancer of the Breast:

Clinically Considered. Demy 8vo.

Pp.164. 1912. Constable. 10s. Qd.
The Clinical Causes of Cancer of

the Breast. Demy 8vo. Pp. 64.

1904. Constable. 2s.

Lockwood, C. B. Cancer of the
Breast. Demy 8vo. Pp. 237.
1913 . Frowde and Hodder . 12s . Qd.

ill. OBSTETRICS,
a. General: Labour.

Ballantyne, J. W. Essentials of
Obstetrics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 251.
1904. W. Green. 5s.

Berkeley, C., and Bonney, V.
The Difficulties and Emergencies of
Obstetric Practice . 3rd edn. 8vo.
Pp.809. 1920. Churchill. 426.

Edgar, J. C. The Practice of
Obstetrics. 4th edn. Super Roy.
8vo. Pp. 1,062. 1913. Frowde
and Hodder. 30s.

Greenwood, W. O. Scopolamine-
Morphine : Semi-Narcosis during
Labour. Cr.Svo. Pp.129. 1018.
Frowde and Hodder. 6s.

Jardine, R. Clinical Obstetrics.
3rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 744.
1910. Kimpton. 21s.

Lea , A . W . W . Puerperal Infection .
Cr. 4to. Pp. 400. 1910. Frowde
and Hodder. 25s.

Moses , O . St . J . Manual of Obstet-
rics. For the use of Students and
Junior Practitioners. 8vo. Pp.
536. 1920. Churchill. 21s.

Nail, S. Aids to Obstetrics. 8th
edn. Revised by C. J. N. Long-
ridge. Fcap.Svo. Pp.224. 1921.
Bailliere. 3s.

276

Gynaecology and Obstetrics.

Oldfield, G. Herman's Difficult
Labour: A Guide for Students and
Practitioners. 6th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 574. 1920. Cassell. 16s.

Robinson , G . D . An Atlas of Normal
Labour, with an Appendix showing
Sylvester's and Schultze's Methods
of Artificial Respiration. Cr. 4to.
Pp . 104 and Plates . 1921. Heine-
mann . 25s .

Swayne , J . G . and W . G . Obstet-
ric Aphorisms. For the use of
Students commencing Midwifery
Practice, llth edn. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp.232. 1913. Churchill. 3s. Qd.

Tweedy , E . H . , and Wrench , G . T .

Practical Obstetrics. 4th edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 540. 1919.
Frowde and Hodder. 21s.

b. Midwifery.

Andrews, H. R. Midwifery for
Nurses. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
310. 1920. Arnold. 6s.

Barbour, A. H. F., and Watson,
B . P . Midwifery Primer . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.173. 1911. W. Green. ls.6d.

Berkeley, G. A Handbook of Mid-
wifery : for Midwives , Maternity
Nurses, and Obstetric Dressers.
5th edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 550.
1920. Cassell. 7s. Qd.

Andrews ,H . R . , and Fairbairn ,

J . S . (edited by) . Midwifery. By
Ten Teachers . 2nd edn . 8vo . Pp .
784. 1920. Arnold. 30s.

Bourne, A. W. Synopsis of Mid-
wifery. Cr. 8vo. "Pp. 212. 1913.
John "Wright . 7s . Qd .

Calder, A. B. Lectures on Mid-
wifery for Junior Students and
Midwives. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 266. 1912. Bailliere. 6s.

Questions and Answers on Mid-
wifery for Midwives . 4th edn . Pp .
184/1919. Bailliere. 2s.

Catechism Series. Midwifery. 2nd
edn. 2 Parts. Revised by R. M.
Barclay. Livingstone. Is. 9d.
each.

<Cullingworth , C. J. A Short
Manual for Monthly Nurses. 6th
edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 136. 1907.
Churchill. Is. Qd.

Donald, A. An Introduction to the
Study of Midwifery . For the use of
Young Practitioners, Students and
Midwives. 8th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.192. 1920. Griffin. 5s.

Eden, T. W. A Manual of Mid-
wifery. 5th edn. 8vo. Pp. 760.
1919.' Churchill. 24s.

Fairbairn, J. S. A Text-book for
Midwives. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 328. 1918. Frowde and
Hodder. 22s. Qd.

Fothergill, W. E. Manual of Mid-
wifery. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
507. 1907. W. Green. 9s.

Handbook to Midwives and Mater-
nity Nurses. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.288. 1918. W. Green. 15s.

Hart, D. B. A Guide to Midwifery.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 765. 1912.
Heinemann . 1 2s . Gd .

Jardine , R . Practical Text-Book of
Midwifery for Nurses. 7th edn.
Cr. 8vo." Pp. 312. 1920. Kimp-
ton. 7s. Qd.

Jellett, H. A Short Practice of

Midwifery for Nurses. 5th edn.

Cr.Svo. Pp.480. 1918. Churchill.

8s. Qd.
A Short Practice of Midwifery.

8th ein. Demy Svo. Pp. 564.

1921. Churchill. 18s.

and Madill, D. G. Manual of

Midwifery. For Students and Prac-
titioners. 3rd edn. Svo. Pp.
1,212. 1921. Bailliere. 42s.

Johnstone, R. W. Text -book of
Midwifery . For Students and Prac-
titioners. 3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.
495. 1918. Black. 15s.

Kerr, J. M. Operative Midwifery.
A Guide to the Difficulties and
Complications of Midwifery Prac-
tice. 3rd edn. Roy. Svo. Pp.
742. 1916. Bailliere. 30s.

Longridge , G . J . N . , and Banister ,
J . B . A Manual for Midwives .
3rd edn. Cr. Svo. Pp. 356.
1920. Churchill. 7s. Qd.

277

Gynaecology and Obstetrics.

Marks, G. C. Maternity Nurses'
Charts and Case Book. 1908.
Baillicre. Is.

Pupil Midwives' Register of

Cases. 1911. Bailliere. Is. 6d.

The Maternity Nurses' Daily

Guide , or Pocket book of Reference*.
3rd edn. Pocket size. Pp. 148.
1918. Bailliere. 2s.

Norton, F. The Midwife's Com-
panion. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 108. 1914.
Churchill. Is.

Skinner, M. L. Midwifery Made
Easy. Fcap.Svo. Pp.132. 1913.
Bailliere. 2s. 6d.

Watson, J. K. A Complete Hand-
book of Midwifery for Midwives and
Nurses. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
384. N.D. Scientific Press. 1 Os. 6d.

Wrench , G . T . Practical Midwifery
for Nurses and Midwives. 8vo.
Pp. 838. 1908. Frowde and
Hodder. 7s. 6d.

c. Popular.

Bull, J. Hints to Mothers on the
Management of their health during
the period of Pregnancy. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 354. 1909. Longmans.
Is. 9d.

The Maternal Management of

Children in Health and Disease.
Fcap.Svo. Pp.366. 1905. Long-
mans. 2s.

Campbell, H. Y. Practical Mother-
hood. DemySvo. Pp.555. 1910.
Longmans . 8s .

Chavasse, P. H. Advice to a Wife
on the Management of her Own
Health, and on the Treatment of
some of the Complaints incidental
to Pregnancy, Labour, and Suck-
ling. 17th. edn. revised by G. T.
Wrench. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 356.
1921. Churchill. 2s. 6d.

Advice to a Mother on the Man-
agement of her Children . 18th edn .
edited by T . D . Lister . Fcap . 8vo .
Pp.852/ 1919. Churchill. 2s. 6d.

Cunnington, C. W. Nursery Note*
for Mothers. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150.
1913. Bailliere. 2s. 6d.

Hewer, J . L . Our Baby : for Moth-
ers and Nurses. 16th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 167. 1920. John
Wright. 2s. 6rf.

King, F. T. Feeding and Care of
Baby. New imp. DernySvo. Pp.
162. 1921. Macmillan. 2s.

Westland,A. The Wife and Mother :
A Medical Guide to the Care of
Health and the Management of
Children. 7th edn. Cr.Svo. 1920.
Griffin. 5*.

Wrench, G. T. The Healthy Mar-
riage . A Medical and Psychological
Guide for Wives. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 308. 1916. Churchill.
4s. 6d.

278

DISEASES AND HYGIENE OF
CHILDREN.

i. GENERAL; NUTRITION,
Etc.

Ashby, H. T. Infant Mortality.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 240. 1915.

Cambridge University Press . 12s .6d.
Brockbank , E . M . Children — Their

Care and Management. Cr. 8vo.

Pp. 271. 1912. Frowde and

Hodder. 3s, 6d
Cameron , H . C . Diet and Disease in

Infancy. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 216.

1915. "Churchill. 10s. Qd.
Cunning, Mrs. J., and Campbell,

Miss A. The Healthy Girl. Cr.

8vo. Pp.201. 1916. Frowde and

Hodder . 5s .
Davis, F. Childhood: its Nature,

Nurture, Psychology and Education

in Relation to Social Life. Roy.

8vo. Pp. 100. 1912. Bale and

Danielsson. 7s. 6d.
Feldman, W. M. A Manual of

Nursery Hygiene. 2nd edn. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 182. 1912. Bailliere.

2s.6df.
Fordyce, A. D. The Hygiene of

Infancy and Childhood, and the

Underlying Factors of Disease.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 300. 1910.

L i v ingstone . 6s .
Diet in Infancy: the essential

introduction to the studv of disease

in childhood. Cr. 8vo." Pp. 184.

1908. W. Green. 3s. 6d.
Forsyth, D . Children in Health and

Disease. A Study in Child Life.

Demy 8vo. Pp. 362. 1909.

Murray . 1 2s .
Fowler , J . S . Infant Feeding . Cr .

8vo . Pp . 240 . 1909 . Frowde and

Hodder. 6s.
Gorst , Sir J . E . The Children of the

Nation: How their Health and

Vigour should be promoted by the

State. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.

307. 1907. Methuen. * 10s. 6d.

Hellier, J. B. Infancy and Infant-
Rearing : A Guide to the Care of
Children in Early Life. 2nd edn.
Cr . 8vo . Pp . 178 . 1908 . Griffin .
3s. 6d.

McCaw , J . Aids to the Feeding and
Hygiene of Infants and Children ..
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 120. 1903.
Bailliere. 3s.

Mackenzie , W . L . The Health of the

School Child. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128.

1906. Methuen. 3s. Qd.
MacMillan, J. C. Infant Health,

A Manual for District Visitors,

Nurses, and Mothers. Fcap. 8vo.

Pp. 136. 1915. Frowde and

Hodder. 2s. 6d.
Moll, A. The Sexual Life of the

Child . Translated by M . E . Paul .

Demy 8vo. Allen and Unwin.

159. (Sold only to the Medical,

Legal and Scholastic Profession).

Newman, Sir G. Infant Mortality:
A Social Problem. Demy 8vo.
Pp.364. 1906. Methuen. 10s. 6d.

Pritchard, E. The Infant: Nutri-
tion and Management. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 265. 1914. Arnold. 3s. 6d.

Steven, E. M. Medical Supervision
in Schools , being an account of the
systems at work in Great Britain,
Switzerland , Germany , Canada , and
the United States . Small 4to. Pp.
278. 1910. Bailliere. 5s.

Vincent, R. The Nutrition of the
Infant . 4th edn Demy 8vo . Pp .
362. 1913. Bailliere. 10s. 6d.

Wallace, J. S. Child Welfare: and
the Teachings of certain Dentists,
School Medical Officers, Medical
Officers of Health and other Medical
Men. DemySvo. Pp.122. 1919.
Bailliere. 5s.

Young, H. Medical Education and
Infant Feeding . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 120 .
Rout ledge. 3s. 6d.

279

Diseases and Hygiene of Children.

ii. DIAGNOSIS: DISEASES AND
TREATMENT.

Binet , A . , and Simon , T . Mentally
Defective Children . Translated by
W. B. Drummond. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
192. 1914. Arnold. 3s.

Burnet, J. Manual of Disea5es of
Children. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
424. 1919. Livingstone. 8s. Qd.

Cameron, H. C. The Nervous
Child. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 210. 1919.
Frowde and Hodder. 6s.

Elder , G . , and Fowler , J . S . The
Diseases of Children: A Clinical
Handbook . Pocket size . Pp . 404 .
1899. Griffin. 10s. Qd.

Fenwick , W . S . Disorders of Diges-
tion in Infancy and Childhood .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 391. 1897.
Lewis. 10s. Qd.

Fordyce,A.D. Diseases of Children.
New edn. Cr.Svo. Pp. 506. 1921.
Black. 18s.

Freyberger, L. The Pocket Formu-
lary for the Treatment of Diseases
in Children, with an Appendix on
Poisons , their Symptoms and Treat-
ment. 5th edition in preparation.
Heinemann .

Garrod, A. I-:., Batten, F. E., and
Thursfield, J. H. (edited by).
Diseases of Children. Super Roy.
8vo. Pp. 1195. 1913. Arnold.
30s.

Goodhart, Sir J. F., and Still, G.
F. The Diseases of Children,
llth edn. 8vo. Pp.960. 1921.
Churchill. 32s.

Gutbrte, L. G. Functional Nervous
Disorders in Childhood . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 310. 1907. Frowde and
Hodder. 8s. 6d.

Hollander, B. Abnormal Children.
2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.232. 1916.
Kegan Paul. 4s.

Hutchison, R. Lectures on Diseases
of Children. 4th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 428. 1920. Arnold. 21s.

Ireland, W. W. The Mental Affec-
tions of Children , Idiocy , Imbecility
and Insanity. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.
450. 1900.' Churchill. 14s.

Jansen, M. Feebleness of Growth
and Congenital Dwarfism, with
special reference to Dysostosis
Cleido-Craniates . Roy. 8vo. Pp.
94. 1921. Frowde and Hodder.
12s. Qd.

Kelynack , T . N . (edited by) . De-
fective Children. Demy 8vo. Pp.
480. 1915. Bale and Danielsson.
7s. Qd.

Kirmisson, E. A Handbook of the
Surgery of Children. Translated
with notes by J. K. Murphy. 8vo.
Pp. 834. 1910. Frowde and
Hodder . 20s .

Lapage,C.P. Feeblemindedness in
Children of School Age. With an
Appendix on Treatment and Train-
ing, by M. Dendy. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
824. 1920. Longmans. 10*. Qd.

McCaw, J. Aids to the Diagnosis
and Treatment of Diseases of
Children. 5th edn. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp.416. 1920. Bailliere. 6s.

Diseases of Children. A Manual

for Students and Practitioners.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 536. 1914.
Bailliere. 12s.

Macdonald, D. M. Practical Pre-
scribing and Treatment in the
Diseases of Infants and Children.
16mo. Pp. 199. 1915. Frowde
and Hodder. 6s.

Miller, R. Medical Diseases of

Children: for General Practitioners

and Senior Students. Demy 8vo.

Pp. 541. 1911. John Wright.

12s. Qd.
Romer, P. H. Epidemic Infantile

Paralysis (Heine-Medin Disease).

Translated by H. R. Prentice.

Roy. 8vo. Pp. 220. 1913. Bale

and Danielsson. 7s. Qd.
Shuttleworth , G . E . , and Potts , W

A. Mentally Deficient Children

their Treatment and Training

5th edn . In the Press . Lewis .
Smith, E. Diseases of Children.

3rd edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 850.

1909. W. Green. 10s. Qd.

Still, G.F. Common Disorders and
Diseases of Childhood. 3rd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 861. 1918.
Frowde and Hodder. 20s.

280

Diseases and Hygiene of Children.

Sutherland, G. A. Treatment of
Diseases in Children. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 409. 1912.
Frowde and Hodder . 12s . Qd .

Taylor, J. Paralysis and other
Diseases of the Nervous System in
Childhood and Early Life. 8vo.
Pp.520. 1905. Churchill. 12s. Qd.

Thomson , J . The Clinical Study and
Treatment of Sick Children. 3rd
edn. Med. 8vo. Pp. 912. 1921.
Oliver and Boyd. 32s. Qd.

Vulpius, O. The Treatment of

Infantile Paralysis. Translated by

A. H. Todd. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 328.

1912. Bailliere. 10s. Qd.
Wallace , J . S . Occasional Papers on

the Prevention of some Common

Diseases in Childhood. Demy 8vo.

Pp.112. 1912. Bailliere. 4s. Qd.
Whipham, T. R. G. The Medical

Diseases of Children. Demy 8vo.

Pp. 428. 1912. University of

London Press . 10s . Qd .
Young, M. The Mentally Defective

Child. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 151. 1916.

Lewis . 4s .

281

DENTISTRY.

i. GENERAL.

Dentists' Register, The. 1921.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 163. Apl. 1921.
Constable. 3s.4d.

Pedley, R. D., and Harrison, F.
Our Teeth: How Built up, How
Destroyed, How Preserved. Demy
8vo. Pp.97. 1908. Blackie. 5*.

Sturridge, E. Periodontal Disease
and its Treatment by Ionic Medica-
tion. DemySvo. Pp.139. 1920.
Kimpton. 10s. 6d.

Underwood , A . B . G . Synopsis of
Dentistry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 216.
1920. Churchill. 9s. 6d.

Underwood A. S. Studies in Com-
parative Odontology. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 160. 1903. Bailliere. 5s.

ii. ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY.

Gabell , D . Aids to Dental Anatomy
and Physiology, 3rd edn. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 144. 1921. Bailliere.
3s. Qd.

Hopewell - Smith , A . An Introduc-
tion to Dental Anatomy and Phy-
siology, Descriptive and Applied.
Roy. 4to. Pp. 892. 1918.
Churchill. 18s.

Dental Microscopy. 3rd edn.

Roy. 8vo. Pp. 240. 1914. Bale
and Danielsson. 15s.

Mummery, J. H. The Microscopic
Anatomy of the Teeth . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 389. 1919. Frowde and
Hodder. 25s.

Tomes, C. S. A Manual of Dental
Anatomy, Human and Compara-
tive. Edited by H. W. M. Tims
and A. Hopewell-Smith. 8vo.
Pp.624. 1914. Churchill. 18s.

Widdowson,T.W. Notes on Dental
Anatomy and Dental Histology,.
Human and Comparative. 3rd
edn. DemySvo. Pp.197. 1915.
Bale and Danielsson. 7s. 6d.

ill. MEDICINE AND DISEASES.

Crow, D. A. Pyorrhoea Alveolaris

in its Clincial 'Aspect. Cr. 8vo.

Pp. 128. 1921. Bailliere. 6s.
Pickerill , H . P . The Prevention of

Dental Caries and Oral Sepsis.

2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 390

1914. Bailliere. 14s.

Wallace, J. S. The Cause and Pre-
vention of Decay in Teeth. An
Investigation into the Causes of the
Prevalence of Dental Caries, with
suggestions on its Prevention . 2nd
edn. 8vo. Pp. 108. 1902.
Churchill. 5s.

——Supplementary Essays on the
Cause and Prevention of Dental
Caries. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 89. 1906.
Bailliere. 3s. (>d .

Wallis, C. E. An Atlas of Dental
Extractions, with Notes on the
Causes and Relief of Dental Pain.
2nd edn. Roy.Svo. Pp. 26 and 11
Plates. 1919. Churchill. 6s.

(

Witkowski . The Tightening of Loose
Teeth, some Technical Innovations.
Translated from the German by E.
Neumann and W. M. Gabriel.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.86. 1912. Bailliere.
5s.

iv. OPERATIVE DENTISTRY.

Alderson, W. E. Dental Anaesthe-
tics : A Text -book for Students and
Practitioners, with a Contribution
on Analgesia by J. Bolam. 2nd
edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 100. 1912.
John Wright. 3s.

282

Dentistry.

Bennett, N. G. (edited by). The

Science and Practice of Dental

Surgery. Cr.4to. Pp.797. 1914.

Frowde and Hodder. 42s.
Coleman, F. Extraction of Teeth.

2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 185.

1914. Lewis. 5s.
and Hilliard, H. Anaesthetics

in Dental Surgery. Cr. 8vo. Pp.

308. 1912. Lewis. 7s. Qd.

Colyer , Sir J . F . Dental Surgery and

Pathology. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp.

913. 1919. Longmans. 32s.
and S. Dental Disease in its

Relation to General Medicine. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 198. 1911. Longmans.

6s.
Gibbs, J. H. The Extraction of

Teeth. Demy 8vo. Pp. 16°.

1912. Livingstone. 8s. Qd.

Luke, T, D., and Ross, J. S.

Anaesthesia in Dental Surgery.
4th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.264. 1919.
Heinemann. 8s. Qd.

Mills , G . P . , and Humphreys , H .

Surgery for Dental Students . 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.352. 1919.
Arnold . 14s .

Sewill, H. Dental Surgery, includ-
ing Special Anatomy and Patho-
logy. A Manual for Students and
Practitioners . 4th edn . Edited by
W. J. England and J. S. Sewill.
Large Cr. 8vo. Pp. 634. 1901.
Bailliere. 12s.

Tomes , Sir J . A System of Dental
Surgery. Revised and Enlarged by
C. S. Tomes and W. S. Nowell.
Post 8vo . Pp . 790 . 1906 . Churchill .
15s.

Underwood, A. S., and B. A

Handbook on Surgery; intended
for Dental and Junior Medical
Students. Cr.Svo. Pp.252. 1912.
Bale and Danielsson. 3s. Qd.

Underwood , A . S . , and Gabell , D .

Aids to Dental Surgery. 3rd edn.
in the Press. Bailliere.

v. MECHANICAL AND
METALLURGY.

Buxton. J. L. D. Handbook of
Mechanical Dentistry. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 269. 1920. Churchill. 16s.

Fenchel, A. Metallurgy, with Special
consideration of Dental Metallurgy.
Translated by H. J. Morris. Demy
8vo. Pp. 299. 1911. Bale and
Danielsson . 7s . Qd .

Griffiths, A. B. Dental Metal-
lurgy : a Manual for Students and
Dentists. Demy 8vo. Pp. 200.
1908. Scott, Greenwood.* 8s. 6d.

Hepburn, W. B. Notes on Dental
Metallurgy . For the Use of Dental
Students and Practitioners. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 262. 1915.
Bailliere. 7s. 6d.

Hunter, G. Mechanical Dentistry.
A Practical Treatise on the Con-
struction of the various kinds of
Artificial Dentures. 7th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 280. 1920. Crosby
Lockwood . 5s .

Mamlock , H . J . Porcelain Filling of
Teeth (Inlays). Translated from
the German by W. M. Gabriel.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 88. 1913.
Bailliere. 5s.

Smith, E. A. A Manual of Dental
Metallurgy. 4th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.301. 1920. Churchill. 12s. Qd.

vi. MATERIA MEDICA AND
THERAPEUTICS.

Barritt, W., and A. The Simplex
Handbook of Dental Materia Medica
and Therapeutics . Oblong 8vo. Pp.
352. 1914. Kimpton. 7s. Qd.

Glassington , C . W . Dental Materia
Medica, Pharmacology and Thera-
peutics. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
300. 1911. Churchill. 7s. Qd.

Widdowson , T . W . Notes on Dental Sturridge, E. Dental Electro-
Surgery and Pathology. Demy Therapeutics. 2nd edn. Demy
8vo. Pp. 357. 1915. Bale and 8vo. Pp. 320. 1918. Kimpton.
Danielsson. 10s. Qd. 16s.

283

DERMATOLOGY (SKIN DISEASES).

Adamson, H. G. Modern Views
upon the Significance of Skin Erup-
tion. DemySvo. Pp.103. 1912.
Bale & Danielsson. 3.9. Gd.

Davis, H. Skin Diseases in General
Practice. Their Recognition and
Treatment. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 352. 1921. Frowde &
Hodder . 25s .

Evans , W . The Diseases of the Skin .
8vo. Pp. 392. 1912. University
of London Press. 10s. Qd.

<Jardiner, F. A Handbook of Skin
Diseases. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 180. 1919.
Livingstone. 6s.

Jamieson, W. A. Diseases of the

Skin. 4th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.

680. 1894. Frowde & Hodder.

21s.
Care of the Skin in Health . Cr .

8vo. Pp. 190. 1912. Frowde &

Hodder. 2s. Qd.

Low , R . C . Carbonic-Acid Snow as a
Therapeutic Agent in the Treatment
of Diseases of the Skin. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.129. 1911. W. Green. 5s.

MacLeod , J . M . H . Diseases of the
Skin. A Text-book for Students
and Practitioners . Roy . 8vo . Pp .
1327. 1920. Lewis. 70s.

Practical Handbook of the Path-
ology of the Skin . An Introduction
to the Histology, Pathology, and
Bacteriology of the Skin, with
Special Reference to Technique.
DemySvo. Pp.432. 1903. Lewis.
15s.

Morris , Sir M . Diseases of the Skin :
An Outline of the Principles and
Practice of Dermatology . 6th edn .
Cr.Svo. Pp.770. 1917. Cassell.
12s. Qd.

Paul, C. N. The Influence of Sun-
light in the Production of Cancer
of the Skin. Cr.4to. Pp. 57. 1918.
Lewis. 10s. Gd.

Radcliffe -Crocker, H. Diseases of
the Skin: their Description, Path-
ology, Diagnosis, and Treatment;
with Special Reference to the Skin
Eruption of Children. 3rd edn.
2 Vols. Med. 8vo. Pp. 1421.
1905. I^wis. 30s.

Schultz , F . The X-Ray Treatment of
Skin Diseases. Translated by J.
Burnet. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 178.

1912. Heinemann. 12s. Qd.

Sequeira, J. H. Diseases of the
Skin. 3rd edn. Roy.Svo. Pp.658.
1919. Churchill. 38s.

Sibley, W. K. The Treatment of
Diseases of the Skin. New edi-
tion in the Press. Arnold.

Startin, J. (edited by). Pharma-
copoeia of Diseases of the Skin.
6th edn. Pp. 64. 1907. John
Wright. 2s. Qd.

Walker, N. An Introduction to
Dermatology. 6th edn. 8vo. Pp.
381. 1919.' W. Green. 20s.

Walsh, D. Diseases of the Skin. A
Handbook for Students and Practi-
tioners. Demy 8vo. Pp. 316.

1913. Bailliere. 7s. Qd.

The Hair and its Diseases ; includ-
ing Ringworm, Greyness, and Bald-
ness. 2nd edn. Pp. 102. 1908.
Bailliere. 3s. Qd.

White, R. P. Occupational Affec-
tions of the Skin. A brief account
of the Trade Processes and Agents
which give rise to them . 2nd edn .
Demy 8vo . Pp . 374 . 1920. Lewis.
25s.'

Whitfield, A. A Handbook of Skin
Diseases and their Treatment. 2nd
edn. 8vo. Pp.320. 1921. Arnold.
18s.

284

THERAPEUTICS.

i. GENERAL TREATISES .

Brown , W . L . , and Murphy , J . K .

(edited by). The Practitioner 's En-
cyclopaedia of Medical Treatment,
Methods of Treatment and Agents
in Treatment. Cr. 4to. Pp. 897.
1915. Frowde & Hodder . 35s .

Bruce, J. M., and Billing, W. J.

Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
An Introduction to the Rational
Treatment of Disease, llth edn.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 676. 1918.
Cassell. 9s.

Calwell , W . A Text-book of Medical
Treatment. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 634.
1910. Arnold. 16s.

Carrel, A., and Dehelly, G. The

Treatment of Infected Wounds.
Translated by H. Child. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.278. 1918. Bailliere.
6s.

Farquharson , R . A Guide to Thera-
peutics. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
417. 1891. Murray. 7s. 6d.

Fothergill , J . M . , and Murrell , W .

The Practitioner's Handbook of
Treatment: or the Principles of
Therapeutics . 4th edn . 8vo . Pp .
708. 1897. Macmillan. 15s.

Goldsbrough,G.F. First Principles
in Therapeutics. Med. 8vo. Pp.
144. 1916. Bale & Danielsson.
7s. 6d.

Hewlett, R. T., and Nankivell, A.
T. The Principles of Preventive
Medicine . Large Cr . 8vo . Pp . 544 .
1921. Churchill. 21s.

Hutchison, R., and Sherren, J.

(edited by) . An Index of Treatment .
A Complete Guide to Treatment in
a form convenient for Reference.
By various contributors. 7th edn.
Large 8vo. Pp.1142. 1919. John
Wright. 30s.

Keith , Sir A . Menders of the Maimed .
The Anatomical and Physiological
Principles underlying the Treatment
of Injuries to Muscles, Nerves,
Bones , and Joints . Demy 8vo . Pp .
336. 1919. Frowde & Hodder.
16s.

Latham , A . , and English , Sir T . G .

(edited by) . A System of Treatment .
By Many Writers. 8vo. 1912.
Vols. 1 & 2 General Medicine
and Surgery. Vol. 3. Special
Subjects. Vol. 4. Obstetrics and
Gynaecology . Church i 11 . 30s . each .

Leftwich , R . W . A Pocket -Book of
Treatment. 3rd edn. Small Cr.
8vo. Pp. 343. 1916. Arnold.
7s. Qd.

• Aids to Rational Therapeutics,

with U.S.A. Pharmacopoeia equiv-
alents. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 244.
1918. Bailliere. 4s. 6<J.

Swietochowski , G. De. Mechano-
Therapeutics in General Practice.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.155. 1914. Lewis.
4s. 6d.

Tirard, N. I. C. Text-book of
Medical Treatment (Diseases and
Symptoms) . 8vo . Pp . 700 . 1900 .
Churchill. 15s.

Whitla, Sir W. A Dictionary of
Treatment, including Medical and
Surgical Therapeutics. 6th edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 1093. 1920.
Bailliere . 30s .

Yeo, I. B., Crawfurd, R., and
Buzzard, E. F. A Manual of
Medical Treatment, or Clinical
Therapeutics. 5th edn. 2 Vols.
Cr.Svo. Pp.1680. 1913. Cassell.
30s.

285

Therapeutics.

ii. PRESCRIBING.

Burnet, .1. The Pocket Prescriber.
5th edn. Fcap. 16mo. Pp. 98.
1919. Black. 2s.

Hints on Prescription Writing.

4th edn. 18mo. Pp. 32. 1920.
Wm. Bryce. 2*.

Colbeck, E. H., and Chaplin, A.
The Science and Art of Prescribing.
2nd edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 210.
1919. Kimpton. 5s.

Griffiths ,W . H . Lessons on Prescrip-
tions and the Art of Prescribing.
Pott. 8vo. Pp.158. 1903. Mac-
millan. 3s. Qd.

Hogarth, C. W., and others (com-
piled by). The Preserver's Phar-
macopoeia for General Use. 2nd
edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.30. 1913.
Frowde & Hodder. Is.

Lucas , E . W . The Book of Prescrip-
tions, with Notes on the Pharma-
cology and Therapeutics of the more
important Drugs and an Index of
Diseases and Remedies. 10th edn.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 392. 1915.
Churchill. 7s. Qd.

Mac Donald, D. M. The Student's
Pocket Prescriber and Guide to
Prescription Writing. 6th edn.
32mo. Pp. 200. 1919. Living-
stone. 2s. fid.

The Practitioner's Practical Pre-
scriber. 16mo. Pp. 198. 1913.
Frowde & Hodder. 6*.

Marshall , C . A Manual of Prescrib-
ing for Students and Practitioners of
Medicine. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 382.
1908. Churchill. 6s. Qd.

Prichard . A. H . Practical Prescrib-
ing ; with Clinical Notes . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.315. 1913. Frowde & Hodder.
7s. Qd.

iii. DIETETICS.

Burnet , Sir R . W . Foods and Diet-
aries: A Manual of Clinical Dietet-
ics . 5th edn . Large Cr . 8vo . Pp .
216. 1917, Griffin. 4s.

Cammidge, P. J. Diabetic Dieting
and Cookery. Demy 8vo. Pp.
230. 1920. University of London
Press. 10s. Qd.

Curgenven, J. S. The Child's
Diet. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.123.

1914. Lewis. 3s.

Fothergill, J. M. Food for the
Invalid, the Convalescent, the
Dyspeptic, and the Gouty. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 178. 1894.
Macmillan. 3s. Qd.

Gillespie , A . L . The Natural History

of Digestion. Cr.Svo. Scott Pub.

Co. 7s. Qd.
Goodfellow, J. The Dietetic Value

of Bread. Cr.Svo. Pp.348. 1892.

Macmillan. 6s.

Hutchison, R. Food and the Prin-
ciples of Dietetics . 4th edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 637. 1916. Arnold.
18s.

McCay, D. The Protein Element in
Nutrition. Demy 8vo. Pp. 216.
1912. Arnold. iOs. Qd.

McKUlop, M. Handbook of Food
Values. Cr.Svo. Pp.142. 1916.
Rout ledge. Is. Qd.

Pavlov, I. P. The Work of the Diges-
tive Glands. Translated by Sir W.
H. Thompson. 2nd edn. 8vo.
Pp. 280. 1910. Griffin. 12s. Qd.

Poole, W. II., and Mrs. Cookery
for the Diabetic. Cr.Svo. Pp.72.

1915. Longmans. 2s. Qd.

Sohn, C. E. Nutrition. A Guide to
Food and Dieting. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
272. 1914. Kimpton. 3s. Qd.

Starling , E . H . Recent Advances in
the Physiology of Digestion. 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.166. 1911.
Constable.* 6s.

Stewart, D . The Essentials of Food .
Cr.Svo. Pp.190. 1911. Bale &
Danielsson. 3s. Qd.

Sutherland G. A. (edited by). A
System of Diet and Dietetics . 8vo .
Pp . 905 . 1908 . Frowde & Hodder .
30s.

Tibbies, W. Dietetics, or Food in
Health and Disease. Demy 8vo.
Pp.638. 1914. Bailliere. 14s.

Wallace, J. S . The Role of Modern
Dietetics in the Causation of Dis-
ease. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 94. 1905.
Bailliere. 4s. Qd.

286

Therapeutics.

iv. MINERAL WATERS.

Cotar, G. The Mineral Waters of
Vichy. For the Use of General
Practitioners. PostSvo. Pp.216.
1913. Lewis. 4s.

Yeo , I . B . Therapeutics of Mineral
Springs and Climates . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
760. 1904. Cassell. 12s. Qd.

v . MASSAGE AND MOVEMENT
CURES .

Camus, J., and others. Physical

and Occupational Re-education of

the Maimed . Translated by W . F .

Castle. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 208. -1918.

Bailliere. 5s.
Copestake, B.M. G. The Theory

and Practice of Massage . 3rd edn .

DemySvo. Pp.286. 1920. Lewis.

12s. Qd.
Deane, H. E. Gymnastic Treatment

for Joint and Muscle Disabilities.

Cr. 8vo. Pp. 146. 1918. Frowde

& Hodder. 5s.

Despard , L . L . Text Book of Massage

and Remedial Gymnastics. 2nd

,edn. 3rd imp. Roy. 8vo. Pp.

436. 1920. Frowde & Hodder.

22s. Qd.

Handbook of Massage for Be-
ginners. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1915.
Frowde & Hodder. 7s. Qd.

Dowse, T. S. Lectures on Massage
and Electricity in the Treatment of
Disease. 6th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 447. 1906. John Wright.
9s. Qd.

Massage Primer for Learners.

8th edn. Pp. 151. 1916. John
Wright. 2s.

Eccles, A. S. The Practice of
Massage: its Physiological Effects
and Therapeutic" Uses . 2nd edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp.374. 1898. Bail-
liere. 7s. Qd.

Ellison, M. A. A Manual for Stu-
dents of Massage . 3rd edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 204. 1909. Bailliere.

Fox, R. F., McKenzie, R. T.,
Hernaman- Johnson, F., and
Mennell , J . B . Physical Remedies
for Disabled Soldiers. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 291. 1917. Bailliere. 7s. Qd.

Frenkel , H . S . Treatment of Tabetic-
Ataxia by the Aid of Gymnastic
Exercise. Translated from the
German by L. Freyberger. 2nd
edn. DemySvo. 1917. Heine-
mann. 12s. Qd.

Hood , W . P . The Immediate Treat-
ment of Injuries by Friction and
Movement. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 188.
1902. Macmillan. 4s. Qd.

Kleen,E.A.G. Massage and Medical
Gymnastics : with Contributions by
J. Arvedson, P. Haglund, E.
Zander. Translated by M. L.
Dobbie. 2nd edn. Roy. 8vo.
Pp . 632 . 1920 . Churchill . 32s .

Mennell, J. B. Massage: Its Prin-
ciples and Practice. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 552. 1920.
Churchill. 21s.

Palmer , M . D . Lessons on Massage .
5th edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 350.
1918. Bailliere. 12s.

Timberg, R. Home Exercises for
Spinal Curvatures. 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 80. 1920. Heinemann.
6s.

Waddington , V . What Every Mass-
euse Should Know: Comfortable
Grasps for Joint Movements . Demy
16mo. Pp.121. 1917. Methuen.
3s. Qd.

vi. SERUM THERAPY AND
IMMUNISATION.

Bayliss, W. M. Intravenous Injec-
tion in Wound Shock. 8vo. Pp.
184. 1918. Longmans. 9s.

Bosanquet , W . C . , and Eyre , J . W .
H. Serums, Vaccines, and Toxins
in Treatment and Diagnosis. 3rd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 456. 1916.
Cassell. 9s.

Calmette , A . Venoms , Venomous
Animals and Antivenomous Serum
Therapeutics. Translated by E.
E. Austen. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 419.
1908. Bale & Danielsson . 15s.

Crofton , W . M . Therapeutic Immun-
isation : Theory and Practice. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 2 J 918. Churchill.
7s. Qd.

287

Therapeutics.

Digby , K . H . Immunity in Health .
The Functions of the Tonsils and
other Subepithelial Lymphatic
Glands in the Bodily Economy.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 130. 1919.
Frowde & Hodder. 8s. Gd.

Emery, W. D'E. Immunity and
Specific Therapy. An Account of
the Main Phenomena of Infection
and Immunity, and their Applica-
tion in the Prevention, Diagnosis,
and Treatment of Disease. 2nd
edn. in preparation. Lewis.

Hewlett, R. T. Serum and Vaccine
Therapy, Bacterial Therapeutics
and Prophylaxis, Bacterial Diag-
nostic Agents. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.416. 1910 . Churchill. 8s. Gd.

Jones , D . W . C . An Introduction to
Therapeutic Inoculation. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.188. 1911. Macmillan.3s.6d.

Metchnikoff, E. Immunity in Infec-
tive Diseases. Translated by F. G.
Binnie. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 608.
1 907 . Cambridge Un iversity Press .

21.9.

Muir, R. Studies on Immunity.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 227. 1909.
Frowde & Hodder. 8s. Qd.

Paton , D . M . New Serum Therapy .
Cr.Sro. Pp.320. 1906. Bailliere.
6s.

Shera, A. G. Vaccines and Sera.
Their Clinical Value in Military
and Civilian Practice. Fcap. 8vo.
Pp.217. 1918. Frowde & Hodder.
7s. Gd.

Sternberg, G. M. Infection and
Immunity. Large Cr. 8vo. Pp.
293 . 1 905 . Murray . 7s . 6d .

Wright, Sir A. E. On Pharmaco-
Therapy and Preventive Inocula-
tion. DemySvo. Pp.136. 1905.
Constable. 4s. Gd.

Wolff -Eisner, A. Clinical Immun-
ity and Sero-Diagnosis . Translated
by R . W . Matson . DemySvo. Pp.
198. 1911. Bailliere. 7s. Gd.

vii. VACCINATION;
S ALVARSAN .

Allen , R . W . Vaccine Therapy : Its
Theory and Practice, 4th edn.
DemySvo. Pp.454. 1912. Lewis.
10s. Gd.

Practical Vaccine Treatment.

For the General Practitioner. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 320. 1919. Lewis.
9s.

Copeman , S . M . Vaccination , with
special reference to its Natural
History and Pathology. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.268. 1899. Macmillan. 6s.

McDonagh, J. E. R. Salvarsan in
Syphilis and Allied Diseases . Demy
8vo. Pp. 170. 1912. Frowde &
Hodder. 8s. Gd.

Martindale, W. H., and Westcott,
W. W. "Salvarsan" or "60<i"
(Dioxy-Diamino-Arsenobenzol) ; its
Chemistry, Pharmacy, and Thera-
peutics. DemySvo. Pp.92. 1911.
Lewis. 5s.

Mil lard, C. K. The Vaccination
Question in the Light of Modern
Experience. An Appeal for Re-
consideration. Demy 8vo. Pp.
261. 1914. Lewis. 7s. Gd.

Stop ford -Taylor, G., and Mac-
Kenna, R. W. Treatment of
Syphilis by Salvarsan. DemySvo.
Pp.96. 1914. Heinemann. 5s.

viii. TUBERCULIN.

Armstrong , W . E . M . I . K . Ther-
apy, with Special Reference to
Tubercu losis . Demy 8 vo . Pp.91.
1914. Lewis. 5s.

Bandelier, B., and Roepke, Dr.

Tuberculin in Diagnosis and Treat-
ment. Translated by W. B.
Christopherson . 2nd edn. Roy.
8vo. Pp. 323. 1913. Bale &
Danielsson. 15s.

Bardswell, N. D. Preliminary
Report on the Treatment of Pulmon-
ary Tuberculosis with Tuberculin.
DemySvo. Pp.163. 1914. Lewis.
6s.

288

Therapeutics.

Barr, W. I. K. Therapy (Immun-
korper — Immune Substances) in Pul-
monary Tuberculosis. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 92. 1916. John Wright.
3s. Qd.

Clark, H. Dispensary Treatment of
Pulmonary Tuberculosis. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 288. *1915. Bailliere. 15s.

Cochrane , A . W . R . , and Sprawson ,
C.A. A Guide to the Use of Tuber-
culin . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
189. 1915. Bale & Danielsson.

7s. Qd.

Riviere, G., and Egmont, E.

Tuberculin Treatment. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.263. 1913. Frowde
&Hodder. 6s. Qd .

Robertson, N. The Treatment of
Tuberculosis by Means of Spengler's
Immune Bodies (I . K . Therapy) .
Cr.Svo. Pp.165. 1917. Bailliere.
5s.

Robin, A. Treatment of Tuberculo-
sis . Ordinary Therapeutics of Med-
ical Men. Translated by L. Blanc,
and H. de Me"ric. 8vo. Pp. 624.
1913. Churchill. 21s.

Sahli, II . Tuberculin Treatment,
including a Discussion of the Nature
and Action of Tuberculin and of
Immunity to Tuberculosis. Trans-
lated by W. B. Christopherson .
DemySvo. Pp.206. 1912. Bale
& Danielsson. 7s. Qd.

ix. GLIMATOTHERAPY, ETC.

Braun, J. The Curative Effects of
Baths and Waters . Abridged Trans-
lation from the 3rd German edn.,
with Notes by Sir H . Weber . Demy
8vo. Pp. 658. 1875. Murray.
18s.

Fox , R . F . The Principles and Prac-
tice of Medical Hydrology. 8vo.
Pp. 312. 1913. * University of
London Press. 6s.

Luke, T. D,, and Forbes, N. H.
Natural Therapy. A Manual of
Physiotherapeutics and Climatol-
ogy. DemySvo. Pp.316. .1913.
John Wright. 5s.

Macfie , R . C . Air and Health . 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 353. 1909.
Methuen. 10s. Qd.

Waller , H . E . Theory and Practice of
Thyroid Therapy. For General
Practitioners. Demy 8vo. Pp.
1 66 . 1911. Bale & Danielsson . 5s .

Weber, Sir H., and Parkes, F.

Climatotherapy and Balneotherapy .
The Climates and Mineral Water
Health Resorts (Spas) of Europe.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 833. 1907.
Murray . 1 5s .

x . X -RAYS ; RADIUM ; THERMO-
THERAPY .

Dominici , M . , and Warden , A . A .

The Technique and Results of
Radium-Therapy in Malignant Dis-
ease. 1912. Churchill. 2s.
Finzi , N . S . Radium Therapeutics .
DemySvo. Pp.120. 1913. Frowde
& Hodder. 7s. Qd.

Green, A. A. R. An X-Ray Atlas
of the Skull. 4to. Pp. 38 "and 11
Plates. 1918. Longmans. 10s. Qd.

Lyth , E . R . Studies on the Influence
of Thermal Environment on the
Circulation and the Body-heat.
Demy Svo. Pp. 80. 1913! Bale
& Danielsson. 2s. Qd.

Taylor, G. G. S. Clinical Records

of * 'Light ' 'and * 'X-Ray ' ' Therapy .

Roy. Svo. Pp. 33. 1904. Bale

& Danielsson . 5s .
Walsh, D. The Rontgen Rays in

Medical Work. With Section on

Apparatus by L. Jones. 4th edn.

Demy Svo. Pp. 452. 1907.

Bailliere. 15s.

Walsham, H., and Orton, G. H.

The Rontgen Rays in the Diag-
nosis of Diseases of the Chest . Demy
Svo. Pp.80. 1906. Lewis. 6s.
Wickham, L. Radium Therapy.
Translated by S. E. Dore. Roy.
Svo. Pp. 326. 1910. Cassell.
15s.

xi. ELECTROTHERAPY, ETC.

Crook, H. E. High Frequency Cur-
rents. Their Production, Physical
Properties, Physiological Effects
and Therapeutical Uses . 2nd edn .
Demy Svo. Pp. 244. 1909.
Bailliere. 8s. Qd.

289

Therapeutics.

Cumberbatch, E. P. Essentials of
Medical Electricity. 5th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 404. 1921. Kimpton.
10«. Qd.

- Diathermy, its Production and
Uses in Medicine and Surgery . Demy
8vo. Pp.203. 1921. Heinemann.
21s.

Friel, A. R. Electric lonization: A
Practical Introduction to its Use
in Medicine and Surgery. Demy
8vo. Pp.78. 1920. John Wright.

8s.

Garton , W . Electro-Therapeutics for
Military Hospitals. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
56. 1917. Lewis. 2s. Qd.

Harris, J. D. Lectures on Medical
Electricity to Nurses. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.96. 1913. Lewis. 8s.

Harris, W. Electrical Treatment.
3rd edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.365. 1919.
Cassell. 10s. Qd.

Humphris, F. H. Electro-Thera-
peutics for Practitioners . 2nd edn .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 810. 1921.
Frowde & Hodder. 21s.

Jones, H. L. Medical Electricity.
A Practical Handbook for Students
and Practitioners . 8th edn . Re-
vised by L. W. Bathurst. Demy
8vo. Pp. 590. 1920. Lewis.
22s. <;,/.

Magill, E. M. Notes on Galvanism
and Faradism . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.240. 1919. Lewis. 6s.

Parsons, J. J. The Healing of Ro-
dent Cancer by Electricity. Cr.
Svo. Pp.90. 1906. Bale & Dan -
ielsson. 5s.

Redding, J. M. Aids to Electro-
Therapeutics. PottSvo. Pp.204.
1920. Bailltfre. 5s.

Saber to 11, C. Diathermy in Medical
and Surgical Practice. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.150. 1920. Cassell. 7s. Qd.

Turner, D. A Manual of Practical
Medical Electricity, the Rontgen
Rays, Finsen Light, Radium and
its Radiations , and High Frequency
Currents. 4th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.458. 1905. Bailliere. 10s. 6d.

Webb, J. G. Electro-Therapy: Its
Rationale and Indications. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 90. 1920. Churchill.
5s.

xli. PSYCHO -THERAPEUTICS;
HYPNOTISM.

Brown, H. Advanced Suggestion
(Neuroinduction). 2nd edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 414. 1921. Bailliere.
10s. Qd.

Hilger , W . Hypnosis and Suggestion .
Their Nature, Mode of Action, Sig-
nification and Position amongst
Remedial Measures. Translated
from the German by R. W.
Felkin. Demy 8vo. Pp. 233.
1912. Heinemann. 10s. Qd.

Moll, A. Hypnotism. Cr. 8vo.
Scott Pub . Co . 7« " Qd .

Schofield , A . T . Unconscious Thera-
peutics: or the Personality of the
Physician . 2nd edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
330. 1906. Churchill. 5s.

Tuckey, C. L. Treatment by Hyp-
notism and Suggestion ; or Psycho-
Therapeutics . 7th edn . With an
additional Chapter on Treatment
by Suggestion during the War, by
A.P.Allan. Demy 8vo. Pp.427.
1921. Bailliere. 12s.

Wingfield , H . E . An Introduction to
the Study of Hypnotism: Experi-
mental and Therapeutic . 2nd edn .
Cr.Svo. Pp.203. 1920. Bailliere.
7s. Qd.

290

PHARMACY AND MATERIA MEDIC A.

i . GENERAL .

Beddoes , T . P . Prescribers' Formu-
lary and Index of Pharmacy . Based
on the 1914 B. P. 2nd edn.
Pocket size. Pp. 148. 1915.
Bailliere. 2s. Qd.

Bennett, R. R. Materia Medica and
Pharmacy, for Medical Students;
with an Appendix on Incompati-
bility. 4th edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.
288. 1921. Lewis. 7s. Qd.

Medical and Pharmaceutical

Latin for Students of Pharmacy and
Medicine. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
458. 1914. Churchill. 7s. Qd.

Oossley -Holland , W . The Pharm-
acy Handbook . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 232 .
1914. Frowde & Hodder. 7s. Qd.

Porster , E . L . B . How to Become a
Dispenser . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 98 . 1917 .
Fisher Unwin. 2s. Qd.

Hale -White, Sir W. Materia Med-
ica, Pharmacy, Pharmacology and
Therapeutics. 17th edn. Fcap.
8vo. Pp. 728. 1920. Churchill.
10s. Qd.

Ince, J. The Latin Grammar of
Pharmacy, for the Use of Medical
and Pharmaceutical Students . 9th
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 376. 1918.
Bailliere. 7s. Qd.

Lucas , E . W . The Book of Receipts :
containing a Veterinary Materia
Medica ; Pharmaceutical Formu-
laries for the Manufacture of Pro-
prietary Articles, Toilet Prepara-
tions, Dietetic Articles, etc., with
numerous Chemical and other
Tables. Cr. 8vo. Pp.460. 1907.
Churchill. 8s. Qd.
— and Stevens, H. B. Practical
Pharmacy. 3rd edn. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 431/1921. Churchill. 27s.

First Lines in Dispensing. 2nd

edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 180. 1919.
Churchill. 6s.

MacEwan , P . Pharmaceutical

Formulas. 'P.F.' being 'The
Chemist and Druggists' Book of
Useful Recipes for the Drug Trade.
9th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 1,078.
1919 . * 'The Chemist and Druggist' '
Office. 17s. Qd. «.d ,- -^ ^

Pharmaceutical Pocket Book for
Practitioners and Students, The.
10th edn. 18mo. Pp.360. 1921.
Pharmaceutical Press . 3s . Qd .

Stark, A. G. Aids to Practical
Pharmacy . 2nd edn . Fcap . 8vo .
Pp.165. 1911. Bailliere. 3s.

Sutherland, W. G., and Warwick,
F . J . Dispensing Made Easy : with
numerous Formulae and Practical
Hints to secure Accuracy, Simplic-
ity, Rapidity, and Economy. 4th
edn. Pp. 102. 1910. John Wright.
Sfi.Qd.

Whitla , Sir W . Elements of Pharm-
acy, Materia Medica, and Therapeu-
tics . 10th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 686 .
1915. Bailliere. 10s. Qd.

Wootton , A . G . Chronicles of Pharm-
acy. 2Vols. 8vo. Pp. 440., 340.
1910. Macmillan. 21s.

Year Book of Pharmacy, 1920.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 632. Oct., 1920.
Churchill. 12s. Qd.

ii. PHARMACOPOEIAS.

The British Pharmacopoeia, 1914.
Demy 8vo. Pp.633. 1914. Con-
stable. 10s. Qd.

Craig , W . Poso logical Tables . Being
a Tabular Arrangement of all the
Medicines contained in the 1914
B.P., with Dose, etc. 32mo.
1915. Livingstone. Is. Qd.

Gadd , H . W . A Synopsis of the British
Pharmacopoeia, 1914, and of the
Poison Laws of Great Britain and
Ireland. 10th edn. Pocket size.
Pp.200. 1918. Bailliere. 2s.

291

Pharmacy and Materia Medica.

Lucas , E . W . , and Stevens , H . B .
The Book of Pharmacopoeias and
Unofficial Formularies . Based upon
the 1914 B.P. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
532. 1915. Churchill. 7s. Qd.

Martindale, W. H., and Westcott,
W . W . The Extra Pharmacopoeia .
17th edn. 2 Vols. Fcap. 8vo.
Vol. 1. Pp. 1145. 1920. 27*.
Vol.2. Pp.720. 1921. 17s. Qd.
Lewis.

Squire, Sir P. W. Companion to
the British Pharmacopoeia, com-
paring the strength of its various
Preparations with those of the
United States and other Foreign
Pharmacopoeias, etc. 19th edn.
8vo. Pp. 1708. 1918. Churchill.
25s.

— Pocket Companion to the British
Pharmacopoeia. Based upon the
1914 B.P. 2ndedn. Fcap. 8vo.
i. 1056. 1915. Churchill. 12s.

The Pharmacopoeias of Thirty of

the London Hospitals, arranged in
Groups for Comparison. 8th edn.
12mo. Pp.494. 1910. Churchill.
5s.

The Pharmacopoeia of the Hospi-
tal for Diseases of the Throat . 7th
edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 76. 1914.
Churchill. 2s. Qd.

Thompson , C . J . S . A Compend ium
of the Pharmacopoeias and Formu-
laries (official and unofficial) with
Practical Aids to Prescribing and
Dispensing. Revised in accordance
with the 1914 B.P. 5th edn.
12mo. Pp.404. 1915. Bale and
Danielsson. 6*.

iii. MATERIA MEDICA.

Catechism Series . Materia Medica .
2nd edn. Revised according to
the 1914 B.P. Revised by J. A.
Whitla. In one volume, cloth,
5s. Qd. 3 Parts. Is. Qd. each.
Livingstone.

Collie , A . E . Aids to Materia Medica .
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 124. 1919.
Bailliere. 3s.

Fernie, W. T. Herbal Simples
Approved for Modern Uses of Cure.
A Handbook of Curative Herbal
Simples supplied from the Garden,
Field, Hedgerow, and Store - c loset .
3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.596. 1914.
John Wright. 6s. Qd.

Ghosh, R. A Treatise on Materia
Medica and Therapeutics . 8th edn .
by B. H. Deare and B. N. Ghosh.
8vo. Pp.710. 1920. Simpkin,
Marshall. 9s. Qd.

Greenish, H. G. A Text-book of
Materia Medica: for Students of
Pharmacy and of Medicine. 3rd.
edn. 8vo. Pp. 580. 1920.
Churchill. 27s.

Marshall , C . A Text -book of Materia
Medica for Students of Medicine.
8vo. Pp. 648. 1905. Churchill.
10s. Qd.

Nunn , A . W . Materia Medica , Step
by Step. Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 240.
1911. Churchill. 3s. Qd.

Southall,W. Organic Materia Med-
ica : A Handbook treating of the
more important of the Animal and
Vegetable Drugs. 8th edn. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 410. (1915). 1919.
Churchill. 12s. Qd.

Waring , E . J . , and Lukis , Sir C . P .

Remarks on the Uses of some of the
Bazaar Medicines and Common
Medical Plants of India. 6th edn.
Fcap. 8vo. Pp. 347. 1907.
Churchill. 6s.

iv. PHARMACOLOGY.

Brickdale, J. M. F. A Text-book
of Pharmacology and Medical Treat-
ment for Nurses. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
406. 1920. Oxford University
Press. 25s.

Cow, D. V. Synopsis of Pharmacol-
ogy. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132. 1920.
Churchill. 7s. Qd.

Cushny, A. R. A Text-book of
Pharmacology and Therapeutics ,
or the Action of Drugs in Health and
Disease. 7th edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp.
712. 1918. Churchill. 24s.

292

Pharmacy and Materia Medica.

Dixon, W. E. Practical Pharma-
cology, for the use of Students of
Medicine. Demy 8vo. Pp. 96.
1919 . Cambridge University Press .
75. 6d.

A Manual of Pharmacology . 5th

edn . in preparation . Arnold .

Francis, F., and Brickdale, J. M.

F. The Chemical Basis of Phar-
macology. Demy 8vo. Pp. 384.
1908. "Arnold. 15s.

Freyberger, L. The Practitioner's
Pocket Pharmacology and Formu-
lary . Fcap . 8vo . Pp . 545 . 1917 .
Heinemann. 12s. Qd.

Gadd, H. W. Drugs: their Produc-
tion , Preparation , and Properties .
Cr.Svo. Pp. 192. 1904. Bail-
Here. 5s.

Martindale , W . H . Digitalis Assay .
A Method of Chemical Standardisa-
tion to Equal Physiological Assay.
DemySvo. Pp.47. 1913. Lewis.
2s.

Pembrey, M.S., and Phillips, C.
D . F . The Physiological Action of
Drugs. An Introduction to Prac-
tical Pharmacology. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 1,908. 1901. Arnold. 5s. fid.

Sainsbury, H. Drugs and the Drug
Habit. DemySvo. Pp.321. 1909.
Methuen. 10s. Qd.

White, Sir W.H. (edited by). Text-
book of Pharmacology and Thera-
peutics. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 1050.
1901. Frowde & Hodder. 21s.

NURSING.

GENERAL AND MEDICAL.

Ashdown, A. M. A Complete Sys-
tem of Nursing. Demy 8vo. Pp.
746. 1920. Dent. 12s. Gd.

Bryan , M . T . The Nurses ' Complete
Medical Dictionary. Pocket size.
Pp.208. 1912. Bailliere. 2s. Gd.

Cook,J.B. Index of Practical Nurs-
ing. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.176.
1920. Bailliere. 6*.

Cuff, H. E. Lectures on Medicine to
Nurses. 7th edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
265. 1920. Churchill. 7s. Gd.

Domville, E. J. A Manual for Hos-
pital Nurses and others engaged in
Attending on the Sick. 9th edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.160. 1907. Church ill.
Is.

Fitzwilliams , D. C. L. A Nursing
Manual for Nurses and Nursing
Orderlies. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 406.
1914. Frowde & Hodder. 6s. Gd.

Forsyth, D. Lectures on Medical
Diseases, for Nurses. Cr.Svo. Pp.
230. 1914. Bailliere. 3s. Gd.

Groves, E.W.H., and Brickdale,
J. M. F. Text Book for Nurses:
Anatomy, Physiology, Surgery and
Medicine. 2nd edn. 4th imp.
Roy. 8vo. Pp. 456. 1921.
Frowde & Hodder. 25s.

Gullan,M.A. Theory and Practice
of Nursing. Demy 8vo. Pp.230.
1920. Lewis. 10s. Gd.

Hassard, E. M., and Mrs A. R.
Practical Nursing . For Male Nurses
in the R .A .M .C . and other Forces .
Cr.Svo. Pp.352. 1910. Frowde
& Hodder. 4s. Gd.

Henderson , J . Medicine for Nurses .

Cr . 8 vo . Pp . 270 . 1921 . Arnold .

8s. Gd.
Humphry , L . A Manual of Nursing :

Medical and Surgical. 39th edn.

Cr.Svo. Pp.267. 1917. Griffin.

3s. 6d.
Luckes, E. C. E. General Nursing.

10th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.860.Kegan

Paul. 5s.

Morten, H. (edited by). A Com-
plete System of Nursing. By Med-
ical Men and Nurses . 4th edn . Cr .
Svo. Pp. 402. 1915. Dent.
9s. Gd.

(compiled by). The Nurse's

Dictionary, with Phonetic Punctua-
tion by M. I. Burdett. 10th edn.
Pocket size. Pp. 208. N.D.
Scientific Press. 3s. Gd.

Stewart, I., and Cuff, H. E.
Practical Nursing. 5th edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp.458. 1919. Black wood.
6s.

Watson, J. K. A Handbook for
Nurses; with Examination Ques-
tions based on the Contents of the
Chapters . 6th edn . Cr . Svo . Pp .
788 . 1921 . Scientific Press . 10s . Gd.

Weeks - Shaw , C . , and Radford , W .
A Text-book of Nursing for Home
and Hospital Use. 2nd edn. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 358. 1890. Arnold.
4s. Gd.

Woodwark , A . S . Medical Nursing .
Cr.Svo. Pp.324. 1914. Arnold.
5s.

294

VETERINARY.

i. PHYSIOLOGY AND
ANATOMY .

Bradley , O . C . Outlines of Veterin-
ary Anatomy . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 244 .
1897 . Bailliere . 10s . 6d.

A Guide to the Dissection of the

Dog. DemySvo. Pp.249. 1919.
W. Green. 'l5s.

The Topographical Anatomy of

the Limbs of the Horse. Roy. 8vo.
Pp. 183. 1920. W. Green. 21s.

and Browne, T. G. Atlas of

the Horse : Its Anatomy and Physi-
ology. Fcap. folio. Pp. 38 and
13 Plates by G. Dupuy. 1918.
Bailliere. 7s. Qd.

Paton , D . N . , and Orr , J . B . Essen-
tials of Veterinary Physiology . 3rd
edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp. 693. 1920.
W . Green . 25s .

Share -Jones, J. T. The Surgical
Anatomy of the Horse. 4 Vols.
Demy 4to . Vol . 1 . Head and
Neck. Pp. 172. 1906. Vol. 2.
The Fore Limb. Pp. 202. 1907.
Vol . 3 . The Hind Limb . Pp . 230 .
1908. Vol. 4. The Foot and
Trunk. Pp.270. 1914. Bailliere.
16s. 6rf. each.

Smith , Sir F . Manual of Veterinary
Physiology. 5th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp". 908. 1921. Bailliere. 35s.

Strangeway, T. Veterinary Anat-
omy. 10th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp'. 617. 1917. W. Green"! 25s.

ii. MEDICINE AND
SURGERY .

Cadiot,P. J., and Dollar, J.A.W.

Studies in Clinical Veterinary Medi-
cine , and Surgery . Roy . 8vo . Pp .
620. 1903. Bailliere. 15s.

Courtenay, E., and Hobday, F. T.
G. Manual of the Practice of
Veterinary Medicine. 3rd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 472. 1913.
Bailliere. 12s.

Dollar, J. A. W. Regional Veterin-
ary Surgery and Operative Tech-
nique. Reissue. 8vo. Pp. 1164.
1920. Bailliere. 25s.

Fleming, G., and Craig, J. Vet-
erinary Obstetrics : including the
Diseases and Accidents Incidental
to Pregnancy and Parturition . 3rd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 536. 1917.
Bailliere. 18s.

Hoare, E. W. (edited by). A Sys-
tem of Veterinary Medicine. By
Various Writers. 2 Vols. Roy.
8vo. 1913-14. Vol. 1. Microbial
Diseases. Pp. 1344. Vol. 2.
General Diseases, including a
Section on Parasites. Pp. 1644.
Bailliere . 55s .

Hobday , F . T . G . Surgical Diseases
of the Dog and Cat : with Chapters
on Anaesthetics and Obstetrics.
3rd edn. in preparation . Bail Here.

MacCabe, F. F. Horse-Mastership.
A Lecture , with Notes on the School-
ing of Jumpers , the Bacteriology of
Coughing, and the Diseases carried
by Horse-Flies, Ticks, and Tse-tse
Flies. Cr. 8vo. Pp.82. 1911.
Bailliere. 3s. Qd.

Reeks , H . C . The Common Colics of
the Horse: their Causes, Symp-
toms, Diagnosis and Treatment.
3rd edn. Pp.386. 1914. Bailliere.
6s. Qd.

Diseases of the Horse 's Foot . 2nd

edn. in preparation. Bailliere.

Smy the , R . H . Wounds of Animals
and their Treatment . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
204. 1918. Bailliere. 7s. Qd.

Thompson , H . E lementary Lectures
on Veterinary Science for Agricul-
tural Students , Farmers , and Stock -
keepers. 4th edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 560. 1919. Bailliere. 15s.

295

Veterinary.

Twort, F. W., and Ingram, G. L.

Johne's Disease: a Monograph.
(Enteritis chronica pseudotuber-
culosa bovis). Demy 8vo. Pp.
192. 1913. Bailliere. 10s. 6d.
Williams, W. The Principles and
Practice of Veterinary Medicine.
9th edn. Revised by W. O.
Williams and F. S. H. Baldrey.
8vo. Pp.1004. 1909. Bailliere.
25s.

iii. THERAPEUTICS; TOXI-
COLOGY, etc.

Banham, G. A., and Young, W. J.
Table of Veterinary Posology and
Therapeutics, with Weights, Meas-
ures, etc., for the use of Students
and Practitioners. Revised in
accordance with the 191 4 B .P . 4th
edn. Fcap. 8vo. Pp.288. 1918.
Bailliere. 5s.

Hoare, E. W. A Manual of Veterin-
ary Therapeutics : A Guide to the
Treatment of Diseases of Domestic
Animals. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 968. 1916. Bailliere. 21s.

Jowett, W. Notes on Blood-Serum
Therapy, Preventive Inoculation,
and Toxin and Serum Diagnosis.
For Veterinary Practitioners and
Students. Cr. 8vo. Pp.212. 1907.
Bailliere. 6s.

Lander, G. D. Veterinary Toxicol-
ogy. Demy 8vo. Pp. 324. 1912.
Bailliere. 8s. 6d.

Nunn , J . A . Veterinary Toxicology .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 204. 1907.
Bailliere. 5s.

Peacey, E. Common Diseases of
Pigs and their Diagnosis, including
Swine Fever and its Treatment with
Serum. Cr. 8vo. Pp.122. 1918.
Bailliere. 4s. 6rf.

Scott, W. Clinical Bacteriology and
Vaccine Therapy for Veterinary
Surgeons . Demy 8vo . Pp . 236 .
1913. Bailliere/ 8s. 6d.

Smythe, R. H. Veterinary Parasit-
ology. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 144. 1911.
Bailliere. 6s.

Steel, J. H. A Treatise on the Dis-
eases of the Ox ; being a Manual of
Bovine Pathology for Veterinary
Students and Practitioners. 8vo.
Longmans. 21s.

iv. GENERAL.

Barton , F . T . The Horse : Ailments
and Accidents . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 202 .
1907. Arnold. 2s.6rf.

Horses and Practical Horse -

Keeping. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 644. Jarrolds. 21s.

Cross, H. E. The Camel and Its
Diseases , being Notes for Veterinary
Surgeons and Commandants of
Camel Corps. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 159.
1917. Bailliere. 5s.

Fleming, G., and MacOueen, J.
Practical Horse-Shoeing . 1 1th edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 140. 1916.

Bailliere. 3s. Qd.

Galvayne, S. The Twentieth Cen-
tury Book on the Horse. 3rd edn.
Demy 4to. Pp. 372. 1912.
Bailliere. 25s.

Leese, A. S. Tips on Camels, for
Veterinary Surgeons on Active
Service. Roy. 8vo. Pp. ;"6.
1917. Bailliere. 2s. Qd.

Linton, R. G. Veterinary Hygiene.
Roy. 8vo. Pp.443. 1921. W.
Green. 26s.

296

TEXTILES.

i.

HISTORICAL AND
ECONOMIC.

Chapman, S. J. The Lancashire
Cotton Industry . Demy 8vo . Pp .
320. 1904. Sherratt & Hughes.
7s. Qd.

The Cotton Industry and Trade .

Cr.Svo. Pp.183. 1905. Methuen.
5s.

Clapham, J. H. The Woollen and
Worsted Industries . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
316. 1907. Methuen. 7s. Qd.

Daniels, G. W. The Early English
Cotton Industry ; with some un-
published letters of Samuel Cromp-
ton. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 245. 1920.
Longmans. 8s. Qd.

Horner, J. The Linen Trade of
Europe during the Spinning Wheel
Period. DemySvo. Pp. 605. 1920.
M'Caw, Stevenson & Orr. 25s.

Hawlley, T. C. The Silk Industry

and Trade. 8vo. Pp.188. 1919.

King. 10s. 6d.
Economics of the Silk Industry.

A Study in Industrial Organisation .

8vo. Pp.365. 1919. King.10s.6rf.

ii. RAW MATERIALS .

Barker, A. F., and Priestley, E.

WTool Carding and Combing . With
Notes on Sheep Breeding and Wool
Growing. Cr.Svo. Pp.276. 1919.
Cassell. 7s. Qd.

Bigwood,G. Cotton. (Staple Trades
and Industries.) Demy 8vo. Pp.
212. 1918. Constable. 6s. Qd.

Bowman , F . H . The Structure of the
Cotton Fibre and its Relation to
Technical Applications. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 490. 1908. Macmillan.
10s. Qd.

The Structure of the Wool Fibre

and its Relation to the Use of Wool
for Technical Purposes. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.496. 1908. Macmillan. 10s. Qd.

Carter, H. R. Combers and Comb-
ing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 144. 1915.
Bale & Danielsson. 5s. Qd.

— — Ramie (Rhea) China Grass, the
new Textile Fibre . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
140. 1911. Technical Pub. Co.
6s. Qd.

Flax and its Products, Demy

8vo. Pp. 317. 1920. Bale &
Danielsson. 10s. Qd.

Cordage Fibres: their Cultiva-

,^ tion. Extraction and Preparation J
for the Market . Demy 8vo . Pp .
124. 1909. Bale & Danielsson.
2s. Qd.

Jute and its Manufacture . Demy

8vo. Pp. 198. 1921. Bale &
Danielsson. 5s.

Georgievics, G. Chemical Technol-
ogy of Textile Fibres. Translated
from the German. New edn. in
preparation . Scott , Greenwood .

Mitchell , C . A . , and Prideaux , R .
M. Fibres used in Textile and
Allied Industries . Demy 8vo . Pp .
200. 1910. Scott, Greenwood.
8s. Qd.

Ormerod,F. Wool. (Staple Trades

and Industries). Demy 8vo. Pp.

229. 1918. Constable. 6s. Qd.
Priestman, H. Principles of Wool

Combing. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.

Pp.248. 1921. Bell. 12s.
Woodhouse, T., and Kilgour, P.

Cordage and Cordage Hemp and

Fibres. Cr. 8vo. Pp.123. 1919.

Pitman . 3s .

iii. SPINNING AND DOUBLING,
a . Cotton .

Balls , W . L . Handbook of Spinning
Tests for Cotton Growers. Demy
8vo. Pp.59. 1920. Macmillan.
3s. Gd.

Dobson, B. Some Difficulties in
Cotton Spinning. Cr. 4to. Pp.
131. 1901. Heywood. 2s. Qd.

297

Textiles.

Dobson,B. Humidity in Cotton
Spinning . New edn . revised by W .
Midgley. Cr. 4to. Pp. 145.
1901. "Heywood. 3s. 6d.

Lomax,J.W. Fine Cotton Spinning.
A Practical Manual . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
130. 1913. Emmott. 3s. 6d.

Nasmith,J. Student's Cotton Spin-
ning . 4th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 636 .
1920. Hey wood. 15s.

Taggart, W. S. Cotton Spinning.
SVols. Cr. 8vo. Vol.1. Includ-
ing all Processes up to the end of
Carding . 6th edn . Pp . 322 . 1919 .
8s.6rf. Vol.2. Including the Pro-
cesses up to the end of Fly-frames.
6th edn . Pp . 306 . 1 021 .* 8 v . 6d .
Vol . 3 . 5th edn . Pp . 520 . 1 920 .
10s. Macmillan.

Thornley, T. Cotton Spinning.
Elementary , or First Year . 4th edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 320. 12s.6d. Inter-
mediate, or Second Year. 3rd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp.320. 1916. 8s. 6d.
Honours, or Third Year. 2nd edn .
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 216. 1907. 6*.
Scott, Greenwood.

Cotton Waste ; its Production ,

Manipulation and Uses. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 412. 1921.
Scott. Greenwood. 17s. 6<J.

Wakefield, S. Cotton Doubling and
Twisting. 4 Vols. Demy 8vo.
1916. 40s. Also in sections, paper
covers . Sec . 1 . Yarn Testing . 4* . ;
Sec . 2 . Doubler Winding, 4s. : Sec.
3. Ring and Flyer Twisting,
Us. 6d.; Sec. 4. Twiner Twisting,
6s. 6rf.; Sec. 5. Clearing and
Gassing, 5s. 6rf. : Sec. 6. Preparing,
Reeling, and Bundling, 5s.; Sec. 7.
Threads and their Manufacture,
8s . 6rf. ; Sec . 8 . Costs , Waste , and
Organisation, 6s. 6d. Marsden .

b. Woollen and Worsted.

Priestman,H. Principles of Worsted

Spinning. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo.

Pp. 365. 1921. Longmans. 15s.
Principles of Woollen Spinning.

8vo. Pp. 332. 1908. Longmans.

10s. 6rf.

Turner , H . Worsted Spinners ' Prac-
tical Handbook. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
148 . 1915 . Scott , Greenwood . 7s .

Vickerman, G. Woollen Spinning.
A Text Book for Students in Tech-
nical Colleges, and for skilled prac-
tical men in Woollen Mills. Cr.
8vo. Pp.364. 1894. Macmillan.
7s. 6d.

c. Jute, Flax, Silk.

Carter, H. R. The Spinning and
Twisting of Long Vegetable Fibres
(Flax, Hemp, Jute, Tow, and
Ramie). 2nd edn. Med. 8vo.
Pp.434. 1919. Griffin. 24s.
— Flax, Hemp and Jute Spinners'
Catechism. Demy 8vo. Pp. 276.
1 910 . Bale & Dahielsson . 7s . Qd .
- Rope, Twine, and Thread Mak-
ing. DemySvo. Pp.151. 1909.
Bale <fc Danielsson. 5s.

Modern Flax, Hemp and Jute

Spinning and Twisting. A Prac-
tical Handbook for the Use of Flax,
Hemp, and Jute Spinners, Thread,
Twine and Rope Makers. Demy
8vo. Pp. 200. 1907. Scott,
Greenwood. 8s. Gd.

Leggatt, W. The Theory and Prac-
tice of Jute Spinning. New edn.
Demy 8vo . Pp . 300 . 1 921 . Wm .
Kidd. 21s.

Rayner, H. Silk Throwing and
Waste Silk Spinning . New edn . in
preparation. Scott, Greenwood.

Sharp, P. Flax, Tow, and Jute
Spinning. Cr. 8vo. N.D. Simp-
kin, Marshall. 5s.

iv. WEAVING AND SIZING.

Bell, T. F. Jacquard Weaving and
Designing. Demy 8vo. Pp. 311.
1895. Longmans . 1 4s .

Brown, A. A Practical Treatise on-
the Construction of the Power Loom
and the Art of Weaving . 10th edn .
Sm. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 162. 1921.
Simpkin, Marshall. 5s.

Gruner, A- Power-Loom Weaving
and Yarn Numbering, According
to Various Systems . with Conversion
Tables. Translated from the Ger-
man. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 150. 1900.
Scott, Greenwood. 8s. 6d.

Heylin, H. B. The Cotton Weavers *
Handbook. 2nd edn. in prepara-
tion . Griffin .

298

Textiles.

Hooper, L. Weaving for Beginners,
with Plain Directions for Making a
Hand Loom, Mounting it, and
starting the Work. Demy 4to.
Pp.122. 1920. Pitman. 5s.

Hand-Loom Weaving, Plain and

Ornamental. New imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.368. 1920. Pitman. 10s. Gd.

Kinzer , H . , and Walter , K . Theory
and Practice of Damask Weaving.
Translated from the German . Roy .
8vo. Pp. 110. 1903. Scott,
Greenwood. 9s. Gd.

Kretschmar, C. Yarn and Warp
Sizing in all its Branches. Trans-
lated from the German . Roy . 8vo .
Pp. 181. 1911. Scott, Green-
wood. 12.v. Gd.

Leggatt, W. Theory and Practice
of the Art of Weaving Linen and
Jute Manufactures , by Power Loom .
Part 1 . Letterpress . 4s . Part 2 .
Diagrams. 6s. Wm. Kidd .

Marsden, R. Cotton Weaving.
Sm. Post 8vo. Pp.533. 1895.
Bell. 10s. Gd.

Nisbet, H. Preliminary Operations
of Weaving . Vol . 1 . Preparation
of Grey or Plain Warps . Demy 8vo .
Pp. 414. 1914. Emmott. 10s. Gd.
— Theory of Sizing for Manufactur-
ers of Textile Fabrics. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 86. 1912. Emmott. 3s. Gd.

Taylor, J. T. Cotton Weaving and
Designing. New Imp. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.360. 1919. Longmans. 9s.

Woodhouse, T. Healds and Reeds

for Weaving: Setts and Porters.

Cr. 8vo. Pp.97. 1920. Emmott.

4s. 6d.
and Milne, T. Jute and Linen

Weaving. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 618.

1914. Macmillan. 15s.

v. DYEING AND PRINTING.

Beech, F. The Dyeing of Cotton
Fabrics . A Practical Handbook for
the Dyer and Student. 2nd edn.
Demy" 8vo. Pp. 272. 1917.
Scott, Greenwood. 12s. Gd.

The Dyeing of Woollen Fabrics.

DemySvo. Pp.228. 1902. Scott,
Greenwood. 8s. Gd.

Blackwood , W . Engraving for Calico
Printing. Med. 8vo. Pp. 291.
1913. Griffin. 12s. Gd.

Ganswindt,A. Dyeing Silk, Mixed
Silk Fabrics and Artificial Silks.
Translated from the German by C .
Salter. Demy 8vo. Pp. 230.
1921. Scott, Greenwood. 12s. Gd.

Hurst, G. H. Silk Dyeing. Small
Post 8vo. Pp.226. 1892. Bell.
7s. Gd.

Knecht, E., and Fothergill, J. B.
The Principles and Practice of
Textile Printing. Med. 8vo. Pp.
631. 1912. Griffin. 42s.

Paterson. D. The Colour Printing
of Carpet Yarns : a Manual for Col-
our Chemists and Textile Printers.
DemySvo. Pp.136. 1900. Scott,
Greenwood . 8s . Gd.

- Colour Matching on Textiles.
A Manual intended for the use of
Students of Colour Chemistry, Dye-
ing and Textile Printing. Demy
8vo. Pp.132. 1901. Scott, Green-
wood. 8s. Gd.

Textile Colour Mixing . 2nd edn .

DemySvo. Pp.140. 1915. Scott,
Greenwood. 8s. Gd.

Rothwell , G . F . S . Textile Printing .
A Practical Manual, including the
Processes used in the Printing of
Cotton, Woollen, Silk, and Half-
Silk Fabrics. 2nd edn. in prepara-
tion . Griffin .

vi . BLEACHING AND
FINISHING.

Beaumont, R. The Finishing of
Textile Fabrics (Woollen, Worsted,
Union, and other Cloths). Demy
8vo. Pp. 260. 1909. Scott,
Greenwood . 12s . Gd.

Garter, H. R. Bleaching and Dye-
ing of Flax, Hemp and Jute Yarns
and Fabrics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 176.
1911. Bale & Danielsson . 2s. Gd.

Duerr, G., and Turnbull, W.
Bleaching and Calico Printing.
Large 8vo . Pp 153 . 1896 . Griffin .
12s^ Gd.

Polleyn, F. Dressings and Finish-
ings for Textile Fabrics and their
Application. Demy 8vo. Pp.
280. 1911. Scott, Greenwood.
8s. Gd.

299

Textiles.

• 'Practical Bleacher . ' ' Modern
Bleaching and Finishing. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.70. N.D. Heywood. 2s.

Tailfer , L . Practical Treatise on the
Bleaching of Linen and Cotton Yarn
and Fabrics . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo .
Pp.337. 1917. Scott, Greenwood.
17s.

Trotman , S . R . , and Thorp , E . L .
The Principles of Bleaching and
Finishing of Cotton. 2nd edn.
Large 8vo. Pp.359. 191 8. Griffin.
21s.

Woodhouse, T. The Finishing of
Jute and Linen Fabrics . Demy 8vo .
Pp.326. 1916. Emmott. 8s. Qd.

vii. DESIGNING, TESTING,
RESEARCH.

A si ion hurst, T. R. Design in Tex-
tile Fabrics. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 256.
1907. Cassell. 4s.6rf.

Barker, A. F. An Introduction to
the Study of Textile Design . 2nd
edn. Demy 8vo. Pp.230. 1919.
Methuen. 8s. Qd.

- and Midgley, E. Analysis of
Woven Fabrics. Demy 8vo. Pp.
316. 1914. Scott, 'Greenwood.
8s. 6d.

Beaumont, R. Colour in Woven
Design. A Treatise on the Science
and Technology of Textile Colour-
ing in Woollen, Worsted, Cotton,
and Silk Materials. 2nd edn. Med.
8vo. Pp. 372. 1912. Pitman.
21s.

Dumville, J., and Kershaw, S.
Worsted Cone Draw ing. DemySvo.
Pp.104. 1921. Heywood. 7s. Qd.

Herzfeld, J. The Technical Testing
of Yarns and Textile Fabrics, with
Reference to Official Specifications.
Translated from the German. 3rd
edn. revised by D. T. Xisbet.
8vo. Pp. 217. 1920. Scott,
Greenwood. 17s. 6d.

Nisbet, H. Grammar of Textile
Design . 2nd edn . Demy 8vo . Pp .
514. 1919. Scott, Greenwood.
21s.

North , B . , and Bland , N . Chem is-
try for Textile Students . A Manual
suitable for Technical Students in
the Textile and Dyeing Industries.
Demy 8 vo . Pp . 379 . 1 920 . Cam-
bridge University Press. 30s.

Stephenson, C., and Suddards, F.
A Text-book Dealing with Orna-
mental Design for Woven Fabrics.
3rd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 286.
1905. Methuen/ 8s. Qd.

Watson, W. Textile Design and Col-
our; Elementary Weaves and Fig-
ured Fabrics. New edn. in the
Press . Longmans .

Advanced Textile Design. 8vo.

Pp. 474. 1913. Longmans. 14s.

Woodhouse, T., and Milne, R.
Textile Design: Pure and Applied.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 528. 1912. Mac-
m ilia! i. 12s. 6d.

viii. GENERAL MANUFACTURE.

Beaumont, R . Woollen and Worsted :
The Theory and Technology of the
Manufacture of Woollen, Worsted,
Union Yarns, and Fabrics. 2nd
edn. Roy. 8vo. Pp.716. 1919.
Bell. 42s.

— Union Textile Fabrication, with
numerous original Diagrams, Sec-
tional Drawings, and Photographic
Reproductions of Spun and Woven
Specimens . Demy 8vo . Pp . 376 .
1920. Pitman. 21s.

Standard Cloths: Structure and

Manufacture (General, Military and
Naval). Demy 8vo. Pp.* 342.
1916. Scott, Greenwood. 14s. Gd.
Carter, H. R. The Manufacture of
Linen, Hemp, and Jute Fabrics.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 97. 1909. Bale
& Danielsson. 3s. 6d.
Chamberlain, J., and Qiiilter, j.
H. Knitted Fabrics. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.155. 1919. Pitman. 3s.
Davis, W. Hosiery Manufacture . A
Treatise showing the Development
and Application of the Principles of
Knitted Fabric Manufacture . Demy
8vo. Pp.146. 1920. Pitman. 9s.
Foltzer, J. Artificial Silk and its
Manufacture. Translated from the
French by T. Woodhouse. Demy
8vo. Pp. 256. 1921. Pitman.
21&-.

.'500

Textiles.

Hooper, L. Silk. Its Production
and Manufacture. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
134. 1911. Pitman. 3s.

Hunter, J. A. Wool. From the
Raw Material to the Finished Pro-
duct. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 128. 1912.
Pitman . 3s .

Lord, R.T. Decorative and Fancy
Textile Fabrics. For Manufac-
turers and Designers of Carpets,
Damask, Dress " and all Textile
Fabrics. Demy 8vo. Pp. 200.
1898 . Scott , Greenwood . Ss . Gd .

Moore, A. S. Linen. From the
Field to the Finished Product.
Cr.Svo. Pp.141. 1914. Pitman.
3s.

Peake, R. J. Cotton. From the
Raw Material to the Finished Pro-
duct. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132. 1909.
Pitman. 3s.

Radcliffe, J. W. The Manufacture
of Woollen and Worsted Yarns.
Cr.Svo. Pp.350. 1915. Emmott.
6s.

Reiser, N. Faults in the Manufac-
ture of Woollen Goods and their
Prevention. Translated from the
German. Cr.Svo. Pp.170. 1903.
Scott , Greenwood . 6s .

ix. TEXTILE MACHINERY .

Booth, N. The Ring Spinning
Frame : a Guide for Overlookers and
Students. Cr.Svo. Pp.76. 1912.
Scott, Greenwood. 4s.

Dobson, B. Evolution of the Spin-
n ing Mach ine . Cr . 8 vo . Pp . 1 64 .
1915. Marsden. 2s.

Lander, G. H. Ventilation and
Humidity in Textile Mills and
Factories. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 184.
1914. Longmans. 6s.

Nasmith, J. Recent Cotton Mill
Construction and Engineering . 3rd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 382. 1909.
Hey wood. 7s. Gd.

Roberts, T. Tappet and Dobby
Looms: Their Mechanism and Man-
agement. Cr.Svo. Pp.228. 1912.
Emmott. 3s. Gd .

Ta£gart, W. S. Textile Mechanics.
8vo. Pp. 123. 1915. Routledge.
fe.&f.

— — Cotton Machinery Sketches. Sup..
Royal Svo. Pp. 134. 1911.
Macmillan. 3s.

Thornley, T. Cotton Combing
Machines . Demy Svo . Pp . 343 .
1902. Scott, Greenwood. 8s. Gd.

x. CALCULATIONS AND
REFERENCE BOOKS, etc.

Barker , A . F . Wool and the Textile
Industries: Raw Material to Fin-
ished Fabric, in English, French,
Italian and Spanish. With a
Technical Glossary (in Pocket)^
Svo. Pp.42. 1919. Jowett and
Sowry. 10s.

Blanco, A. E. (compiled by). Piece
Goods Manual . Fabrics described ;
Textile, Knit Goods, Weaving
terms explained ; with Notes on the
Classification of Samples. Demv
Svo. Pp.196. 1918. King. 5s."

Bradbury, F. Calculations in Yarns
and Fabrics. 3rd edn. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 322. 1920. Halifax: F.
King. 6s. Gd.

Carter, H. R. Practical Mill and
Factory Arithmetic. Demy Svo.
Pp . 186 . 1911 . Bale and Daniels-
son. 2s. Gd.

Co 3k . Cotton Spinning Calculations .
Cr.Svo. Pp.94. 1915. Marsden.

2s.

Cotton Year Book , 1 921 . 16th edn .
Cr.Svo. Pp.708. 1921. Mars-
den. 7s. Gd.

Hardman, A. H. Productive Costs
in Cotton Spinning Mills. Cr.
Svo. Pp. 132. 1912. Emmott.
3s. Gd.

Heylin, H. B. Cottons, Linens,
Woollens, Silks; How to Buy and
Judge Materials . Cr.Svo. Pp.101.
1919. Heywood. 3s.

A Handbook for Buyers and

Sellers in the Cotton Trade . Being
a Handbook for Merchants, Ship-
ping Manufacturers , etc . Med . Svo ..
Pp.242. 1913. Griffin. 10s. Gd.

301

Textiles.

Mackie, J . How to Make a Woollen
Mill Pay. Cr.Svo. Pp.76. 1904.
Scott , Greenwood . 4s . Qd .

Palmer, T. F. Dictionary of
Technical Textile Terms. (Tri-
lingual). Vol.1. English-French-
Spanish. Pocket si/e. Pp. 68.

1920. Hirschfeld. 5s.

Reiser, N. Spinning and Wcsxving
Calculations, especially relating to
Woollens. Translated from the
German. Demy 8vo. Pp. UK).
1 904 . Scott , Greenwood . 12s. Qd.

Taggart, W. S. Cotton Spinning
Calculations. New edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.255. 1920. Macmillan.7s.6d.

Textile Manufacturer's Year Book.

1 921 . Cr . 8y o .. Pp . 344 . March ,
1921. Emmott. 3s. Gd.

Whitwam, J. H. Textile Calcula-
tions. Manufacture and Mechan-
ism. Demy 8vo. Pp.488. 1920.
Pitman. 25.?.

Winter-bottom , J. Cotton Spinning
Calculations and Yarn Costs: a
Practical and Comprehensive Man-
ual of Calculations, Yarn Costs and
other Data involved in adapting
the Machinery in all Sections, and
for all Grades, of Spinning and
Doubling. New edn. in the Press.
Longmans .

Woodhouse, T., and Brand, A.
Textile Mathematics. Parts 1 and
2. Cr.Svo. Pp. 122 each. 1921.
Blackie. 2s. Qd. each.

Wool Year Book, 1921. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.612. 1921. Marsden. 7s. 6d.

xi. LACE, EMBROIDERY, etc.

Brinton, R. S. Carpets. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.130. 1919. Pitman. 3s.

Channer , G . C . , and Roberts , M . E .

Lace Making in the Midlands. Past
and Present. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 90.
1900. Methuen. 3s. Qd.

Milroy, M. E. W. Home Lace
Making . A Handbook for Teachers
and Pupils. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 64. 1917. Scott, Greenwood.
2s. 6d.

Okey , T . An Introduction to the Art
of Basket Making. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 162. 1915. Pitman. 5s.

Poole, B. W. The Clothing Trades
Industry. Cr.Svo. Pp. 110. 1920.
Pitman . 3s .

Smith, W. The Chemistry of Hat
Manufacturing. Lectures delivered
before the Elat Manufacturers' Asso-
ciation. Revised and edited by A.
Shonk. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 132. 1906.
Scott , Greenwood . Ss. Gd.

Symonds, M. Elementary Em-
broidery. Fcap. 4to. Pp. 164.
1915. Pitman. 7s. 6d.

Walker, L. Varied Occupations in

Weaving and Cane and Straw Work .

Gl. 8vo. Pp. 242. 1901. Mac-

ni ill. -i ii. 3s. Qd.
Varied Occupations in String

Work. Gl. 8vo. Pp. 270. 1914.

Macmillan. 3*. Qd.

Wilkinson, M. E. Art Needlework
and Design, Point Lace. A Manual
of Applied Art. Oblong Quarto.
1907. Scott, Greenwood. 4s. Gd.

xii. BOOT AND SHOE
MANUFACTURE.

Harding, J. S. The Boot and Shoe
Industry. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 136.
1918. Pitman. 3s.

Hasluck, P. N. (edited by). Boot
and Shoe Pattern Cutting and
Clicking. Cr.Svo. Pp.168. 1906.
Cassell. 3s.

Plucknett, F. Introduction to the
Theory and Practice of Boot and
Shoe Manufacture . 8vo . Pp . 336 .
1916. Longmans. 7s. 6d.

xiii . LEATHER WORK .

Christie, Mrs. A. H. Embroidery Carter, E. E. Artistic Leather

and Tapestry Weaving. 4th edn
Cr . 8vo . Pp . 320 . 1 920 . Pitman .
10s. Qd.

Work. A Handbook on the Art of
Decorating Leather. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
63. 1912. Spon. 3s. Gd.

302

Textiles.

Ellis, B. E. Gloves and the Glove Leland, G. G. Leather Work:
Trade. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 156. 1921. Stamped, Moulded, Cut, Cuir-

Pitman. 3s. Bonilli, Sewn, etc. Srdedn. Fcap,

4to. Pp. 96. Pitman. 5s.

308

GRAPHIC ARTS.

i. PRINTING AND ITS ALLIED
BRANCHES.

dimming , D . Handbook of Litho-
graphy. An Exhaustive , Practical
treatise on the various methods
adopted in working the process.
2ndedn. Cr.Svo. Pp.243. 1919.
Black. Ws.Gd.

Fletcher , F . M . Wood -block Print-
ing. A description of the craft of
woodcutting and colour printing
based on the Japanese Practice.
Cr.Svo. Pp.132. 1916. Pitman.
Bf.64.

Harrap, C. Transferring. The
Practice of Transferring to Stone,
Zinc and Aluminium as applied to
Planographic Printing. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 162. 1912. Raithby, Law-
rence. 8s. Gd.

Hart, H. Rules for Compositors and
Readers at the University Press,
Oxford. Revised by Sir J. Murray
and H . Bradley . 24th edn . 24mo .
Pp.120. 1921. Oxford Univer-
sity Press. 2s.

Her rick, T. P. Embossing, Block-
ing, Die-Stamping. A Practical
Guide . 4th edn . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 84 .
N .D . Raithby , Lawrence . Is.Qd.

Jacob! , C . T . Printing : A Practica 1
Treatise on the Art of Typography
as applied more particularly to the
Printing of Books . 6th edn . Small
post 8vo. Pp. 446. 1919. Bell.
10s. 6d.

Some Notes on Books and Print-
ing : a Guide for Authors, Pub-
lishers and others . 4th edn . Demy
8vo. Pp. 180. 1912. Bell. 6s.

Joyner, G. Display Work (Typo-
graphy). Demy 8vo. Pp. 42.
1919 . Raithby , Lawrence . Is . 9rf.

Joyner, G. Practical Printing. A
Handbook of the Art of Typogra-
phy . 2 Vols . 6th edn . Large Cr .
8vo. 1911 Vol.1. ArtsofCom-
position , Press and Machine Work .
Pp.840. Vol.2. Colour Printing,
Warehouse Work, Stereotyping,
Electrotyping, Estimating/ etc.
Pp . 530 . Raithby , Lawrence . 9s .
the 2 vols.

Kirkbride, J. Engraving for Illus-
tration, Historical and Practical
Notes. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 72. 1903.
Scott, Greenwood. 2s. Qd.

Legros, L. A., and Grant, J. C.
Typographical Printing Surfaces:
the Technology and Mechanism of
their Production . 8vo . Pp . 756 .
1916. Longmans. 67s. Qd.

Naylor, T. E. Principles and Prac-
tice of Newspaper Make-up. The
Production of Newspapers from the
standpoint of the Practical Journal-
ist and Printer . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 80 .
191 8 . Raithby , Lawrence . 2s . Qd.

Paton, H. Etching, Dry-Point and
Mezzotint. A Practical Treatise for
the Painter-etcher . 2nd edn . Med .
8vo. Pp. 213. 1909. Raithby,
Lawrence. 15s.

Peddie, R. A. An Outline of the
History of Printing: to which if*
added the History of Printing in
Colours. New impression in pre-
paration . Graf ton .

Philip , A . J . The Production of the
Printed Catalogue: Preparation,
Printing and Publication . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 151. 1910. Grafton. 6s.

Possnett, V. Stonework: How and
Why. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 112. 1912.
Raithby, Lawrence. 2s. Qd.

Practical Notes on Stereotyping
and Electrotyping. 2nd edn.
Cr.Svo. Pp.152. 1914. Raithby,
Lawrence. 3s. Qd.

Rhodes, H. J. The Art of Litho-
graphy . Demy 8vo . Pp . 344 .
1914. Scott , Greenwood . 1 2s . Qd .

304

Graphic Arts.

Southward, J. Modern Printing:
A Text-book for the Trade Classes in
Typography and the Auxiliary Arts .
3rd edn. Revised, re-arranged,
and brought up-to-date by the
editor of The British Printer, with
the assistance of experts in all
departments. 2 Vols. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 448., 398. 1915. Raithby,
Lawrence. 6s. each.

Stewart, J. Compositor's Russian
Primer. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 40. 1917.
Raithby, Lawrence. 2s. Qd.

Thorp, J. Printing for Business:
A Manual of Printing Practice in
Non-Technical Idiom. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 180. 1919. John Hogg.
10s. Qd.

Wilkinson, W. T. Photo -Mechani-
cal Processes : Photo -Zincography,
Photo -Lithography, Photogravure
and Collotype . 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 216. N.D. Raithby, Law-
rence , 4s .

Williams, H. W. Greek in Type.
An Essay for Printers, designed to
provide practical acquaintance with
the Language for purposes of print-
ing. 8vo. Pp.32. N.D. Raithby,
Lawrence . Is.

ii. BOOKS AND BOOKBIND-
ING.

Adam, P. Practical Bookbinding.

Translated from the German. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 180. 1903. Scott,

Greenwood . 6s .
Aldis, H. G. The Printed Book.

Roy. 16mo. Pp. 140. 1916.

Cambridge University Press. 3s. Qd.
Cockerell,D. Bookbinding and the

Care of Books . 4th edn . Cr . 8vo .

Pp.352. 1920. Pitman. 10s. Qd.

Coutts, H. T., and Stephen, G. A.
Manual of Library Bookbinding.
Cr.Svo. Pp.264. ' 1911. Grafton.
10s. Qd.

Crane, W. The Decorative Illustra-
tion of Books. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp. 350. 1916. Bell. 8s. Qd.

Davenport, C. The Book: Its
History and Development. Ex.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 264. 1907. Con-
stable. 7s. Qd.

Home, H. P. The Binding of Books.
2nd edn. 8vo. Pp. 245. 1915.
Kegan Paul. 5s.

Philip , A . J . The Business of Beck-
binding. Cr.Svo. Pp.223. IS 12.
Grafton. 7s. Qd.

Plomer, H. R. Short History of
English Printing, 1476-1900. 2nd
edn. 8vo. Pp 288. 1915. Kegan
Paul. 5s.

Pollard, A. W. Early Illustrated
Books. 2nd edn. 8vo. Pp.262.
1917. Kegan Paul. 5s.

Zaehnsdorf, J. W. Bookbinding.
9th edn . Small post 8vo . Pp . 190 .
1920. Bell. 7s. Qd.

iii. PAPER AND STATIONERY.

Bromley, H. A. Out lines of Station-
ery Testing. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 74.
1913. Griffin. 3s.

Dawe, E. A. Paper and Its Uses.

With 35 Samples of Paper. 2nd

edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160. 1919.

Crosby Lock wood. 8s. Qd.
Graham, V. (compiled by).

Printers' and Stationers' Ready

Reckoner and Compendium. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 112. 1904. Scott,

Greenwood. 4s. Qd.

Maddox, H. A. What a Stationer
and Printer Ought to know About
Paper. 2nd edn. Cr.Svo. 1919.
Raithby, Lawrence. Is. Qd.

iv. MISCELLANEOUS.

Brown , J . D . A Manual of Practical
Bibliographv. Fcap. Svo. Pp.
175. Rout ledge. 3s.

Cannons , H . G . T . A Bibliography
of Industrial Efficiency and Factory
Management : Classified and Anno-
tated . (Books , Magazine Articles ,
etc.) 4to. Pp. 167. 1920.
Rout ledge. 10s. Qd.

Educational Expert, An. Manu-
script Writing and Lettering.
A Handbook showing the Historical
Development and Practical Applica-
tion to Modern Handwriting of
several Manuscript Styles derived
from Ancient Roman Letters.
Fcap.4to. Pp.178. 1918. Pit-
man . 5s .

305

Graphic Arts.

Hope,SirW.H.St.J. Heraldry for Johnston, E. Manuscript and In
Craftsmen and Designers. Cr. 8vo. scription Letters for Schools and
Pp.496. 1913. Pitman. 10s. 6d. Classes and the Use of Craftsmen.

16 Plates with full Notes and

Johnston, E. Writing and Illuminat- Descriptions. 3rd edn. Portfolio,
ing and Lettering. 10th edn. Cr. 1920. Pitman. 7s. 6rf.

8vo Pp. 512. 1918. Pitman. Lascelles, T. w. Engraving. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 128. 1920. Pitman.
3s.

306

PHOTOGRAPHY, PHOTO-MICRO-
GRAPHY, CINEMATOGRAPHY.

i. PHOTOGRAPHY.

Abney , Sir W . de W . A Treatise on

Photography . 10th edn . Cr . 8vo .

Pp. 444. 1918. Longmans. 8s.
Instantaneous Photography. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 95. 1896. Sampson,

Low . Is .
Negative Making. Post 8vo.

Pp. 113. 1893. Sampson, Low.

Is.
and Clark, L. Platinotype

Printing. Post 8vo. Pp. 175.

1895. Sampson, Low. 2s. Qd.
Bayley, R. G. Photography Made

Easy. Cr.Svo. Pp.264. 1920.

Iliffe. 3s.
Photographic Enlarging . 3rd

edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 170. 1920.

Iliffe. 3s. Qd.
The Complete Photographer . 6th

edn. DemySvo. Pp.432. 1920.

Methuen. 15s.

Bedford, E. J. Nature Photo-
graphy for Beginners . Sq . Demy

8vo. Pp. 168. N.D. Dent.

9s. Qd.
Beeson, F. T., and Williams, A.

Amateur Photography. Pott 8vo.

Pp . 288 . 1920 . Nelson . 2s . Qd .
Bennett, H. W. Intensification and

Reduction. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 124.

1904. Iliffe. Is. Qd.
Brown, G. E., and Mackie, A.

Photographic Copyright. Cr. 8vo.

Pp . 90 . 1912 . Henry Greenwood .

Is.
Clark, L. Platinum Toning. Cr.

8vo. Pp.96. Iliffe. Is. Qd.
Cole, R. S. A Treatise on Photo-
graphic Optics. 2nd edn. Pp.

330 . N .D . Sampson , Low . 2s . Qd .
Crabtree, J. H. Camera Work for

Pleasure, Utility and Profit. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 142. '1920. Routledge.

Davis, C. F. L. Telephotography.
2nd edn. by L. Booth. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.128. 1921. Rout ledge. 3s. Qd.

D'Heliecourt, R. Photographic
Enamels . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 94 . 3 905 .
Iliffe. ls.6d.

Ferguson, W. B. (edited by). The
Photographic Researches of Ferdin-
and Hurter and Vero C. Driflfield.
Being a Reprint of their Published
Papers, together with a History of
their Early Work and a Biblio-
graphy of Later Work on the same
subject. Quarto. Pp.386. 1920.
Royal Photographic Society of Great
Britain. 25s.

Gamble, W. Photography and Its
Applications. Cr. 8vo. *Pp. 144.
1920. Pitman. 3s.

Garrett, A. E., and Vogel, H.
The Advance of Photography, its
History and Modern Applications.
8vo. Pp.395. 1911. KeganPaul.
12s. Qd.

Gower, H. D., Jast, L. S., and
Topley, W. W. The Camera as
Historian. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 259.
1916. Sampson , Low . 6s .

Harris, G. T. Practical Slide
Making. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 131. 1904.
Iliffe. Is.Qd.

Hewitt, C. Practical Professional
Photography. 2 Vols. Cr. Svo.
Pp. 126., Hi. 1902-4. Iliffe.
Is. Qd. each.

Hibbert, L. J. A Manual of Photo-
graphic Technique : describing
Apparatus, Materials, and the de-
tails of Procedure. Pott Svo. Pp.
128. 1921. Pitman. 2,s.6d.

Hughes, A. L. Photo-Electricity.
Demy Svo. Pp. 152. 1914.
Cambridge University Press. 8s.

307

Photography . Photo-Micrography , Cinematography.

Johnson, G. L. Photography in
Colours. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
316. 1919. Routledge. 6s.

Johnson , R . The Art of Retouching
Negatives and Finishing and Col-
ouring Photographs. 10th edn.
Revised by T. S. Brace and A.
Braithwaite . Demy 8vo . Pp . 100 .
1920. Marion. 5s.

Jones, G. Photography of To-Day.
Cr.Svo. Pp.342. 1920. See ley.
7s. Qd.

Lambert, F. C. Lantern Slide
Making. Cr.Svo. Pp.141. Iliffe.
ls.6d.

Lummer, O. Contributions to
Photographic Optics. Translated
by S . P . Thompson . 8vo. Pp.148.

1900. Macmillan. 7*. Qd.

Marriage, E. Elementary Tele-
photography . Demy 8 vo . Pp . 1 1 7 .

1901. Iliffe. 3s.6*d.

Meldola, R. The Chemistry of
Photography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 398.
1913. Macmillan. 7s.

Mortimer, F. J. Magnesium Light
Photography. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 96.
Iliffe. Is. 6rf.

and Coulthurst, S. L. The Oil

and Bromoil Processes. 2nd edn.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 99. 1912. Iliffe.
Is. Qd.

Norton, G., and Bonner, J. The

Lantern and How to Use it. Cr.
8vo. Pp.143. Iliffe. Is. Qd.

Orford , H . Lens Work for Amateurs .
4th edn. Cr.Svo. Pp.231. 1919.
Pitman. 3s. Qd.

Penlake, R. How to Colour Photo-
graphs and Lantern Slides. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 177. Iliffe. Is. Qd.

Pigg, J. I. The Photographic
Instructor. Revised by P. R.
Salmon. Cr.Svo. Pp.260. 1921.
Chapman and Hall. 3s. Qd.

Piper, C. W. A First Book of the
Lens. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 170. 1901.
Iliffe. 3s. Qd.

Robinson, H. P. The Studio and
What to do in it . 3rd edn . Cr . 8vo .
Pp.166. 1905. Iliffe. 3s. Qd.

Smith, R. E. B. Toning Bromide
Prints. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 104. 1904.
Iliffe. ls.6d.

Sparrow, F. W. The Principles of
Simple Photography. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.130. 1902. Iliffe. Is. Qd.

Taylor , J . T . The Optics of Photo-
graphy and Photographic Lenses.
3rd edn.' with a new chapter on
Anastigmatic Lenses, by P. F.
Everitt. Cr.Svo. Pp.270. 1904.
Pitman. 4s.

Taylor, W. Photographic Chemicals
and How to Make Them . Cr . 8vo .
Pp. 107. Iliffe. Is. Qd.

Townsend, G. F. Chemistry for
Photographers. 5th edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.129. Iliffe. Is.Qd.

Vogel, E. Practical Pocket-book of
Photography : A Short Guide to the
Practice of all the usual Photo-
graphic Processes for Professionals
and Amateurs. 2nd edn. 12ino.
Pp . 223 . 1903 . Allen and Unwin .
2s. Qd.

Wall, E. J. The Dictionary of
Photography and Reference Book
for Amateurs and Professional
Photographers. 10th edn. Edited
by F.J.Mortimer. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
696. 1920. Iliffe. 12s. Qd.

Carbon Printing. Cr. Svo. Pp.

104. Iliffe. Is. Qd.

Warren, E. J. The Platinotype
Process. Cr.Svo. Pp.84. Ilifle.
ls.6d.

Watkins , A . Photography : its Prin.
ciples and Applications. 2nd edn.
Ex. Cr. Svo. Pp. 349. 1920.
Constable. 12s. Qd.

Wheeler, O. A Primer of Photo-
graphy. Cr.Svo. Pp.210. 1910.
Methuen. 3s.6rf.

ii. PHOTO -MICROGRAPHY.

Bousfield, E. C. Guide to the
Science of Photo-Micrography . 2nd
edn. Svo. Pp. 174. 1892.
Churchill. 6s.

Duncan, F. M. First Steps in
Photo-Micrography. Cr. Svo. Pp.
104. Iliffe. Is. Qd.

308

Photography, Photo-Micrography, Cinematography.

Hind, H. L., and Randies, W. B.

Handbook of Photo -Micrography.
8vo. Pp.304. Rout ledge. 8s. Gd.

Pringle, A. Practical Photo-Micro-
graphy. 3rd edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp.
176. 1902. Iliffe. 3s. Gd.

Spitta, E. J. Photomicrography.
Demy 4to. Pp. 163. 1899.
Scientific Pfess. 15s.

West , G . The Practical Principles of
Plain Photo-Micrography . Cr . 4to .
Pp. 159. 1916. Author: Univer-
sity College, Dundee. 4s. Gd.

iii. CINEMATOGRAPHY.

Cinema, The. Its Present Position
and Future Possibilities : being the
Report and chief evidence taken by
the Cinema Commission of Enquiry ,
instituted by The National Council
of Public ^Morals. Demy 8vo.
Pp. 362. 1917. Williams and
Norgate. 12 v. Gd.

Donaldson, L. Cinematography for
Amateurs. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 94.
Iliffe. Is. Gd.

Foster, R. B. Hopwood's Living
Pictures. Their History, Photo-
Production, and Practical Working.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 387.
1915. Hatton Press. 6s.

Ibbetson, W. S. The Kinema Op-
erators ' Handbook ; Theory and
Practice. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 160.
1921. Spon. 4s. Gd.

Jones, B. E. (edited by). The
Cinematograph Book . Large Cr .
8vo. Pp. 224. 1919. Cassell.
4s.

Talbot, F. A. Practical Cinemato-

fraphy. Cr. 8vo. Pp.274. 1913.
leinemann. 3s. Gd.

SCIENTIFIC MANAGEMENT,
ESTIMATING AND COSTING, etc.

i. SCIENTIFIC AND WORKS'
MANAGEMENT.

Arnar , J . The Human Motor and the

Scientific Foundations of Labour.

8vo. Pp. 470. 1920. Rout ledge.

305.
Batey, J. The Science of Works'

Management. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 232.

1914. Scott , Greenwood . 5s.

Burton, F. G. The Commercial
Management of Engineering Works.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 448.
1911. Scientific *Pub. Co. 15s.

Elbourne, E. T. Factory Adminis-
tration and Cost Accounts. A
Reference Book of the Principles
and Practice of Industrial Adminis-
tration and Costing for Present Day
Requirements. 3rd edn. Roy.
8vo . Pp . 832 . 1921 . Longmans .
45s.

The Management Problem. Cr.

8vo. Pp. 153. 1920. Library
Press. 4s.6rf.

Gilbreth, F. Mot ion -Study for the
Handicapped : with 73 Photographs ,
presenting the author's latest inven-
tions in fatigue -saving, fatigue-
registering , etc . Cr . 8vo . Pp . 173 .
1920 . Routledge . 8s. Qd.

Hutch ins. B. L., and Harrison, A.
History of Factory Legislation.
2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. 314.
1911. King. 7s. 6d.

Hutton , J . E . Welfare and Housing .
A Practical Record of War-Time
Management. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 200.
1918. Longmans. 5s.

McKillop, M., and A. D. Effi-
ciency Methods: an Introduction to
Scientific Management. 2nd imp.
Cr. 8vo. Pp. 223. 1920. Rout-
ledge . .">s .

Wilson , R . M . The Care of

Machinery. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 250.
1 921 . Frowde and Hodder . 1 Os . fid .

ii. INDUSTRIAL ORGANISA-
TION.

Amar, J. The Physiology of Indus-
trial Organisation and the Re-em-
plovment of the Disabled. Edited
with Notes and Introduction by
A. F. S. Kent. Super Roy. 8vo\
Pp. 396. 1918. Library* Press.
30s .

Cowee, G. A. Practical Safety
Methods and Devices. Roy. 8vo\
Pp.443. 1910. Rout ledge.] 2s. 6dv

Fisher, B. Industrial Loyalty: its
Value, Creation, Preservation. Cr.
8vo. Pp. 79. 1918. Routledge.
2s. 6rf.

Fleming. A. P. M., and Pearce, J.
G. The Principles of Apprentice
Training, with special reference to
the Engineering Industry . Cr.Svo.
Pp.216. 1916~ Longmans. 4s.6rf..

Freeman , A . Boy Life and Labour :
The Manufacture of Inefficiency.
DemySvo. Pp.268. 1914. King.
4s.

Hamilton, C. Technical School
Organisation and Teaching. 8vo.
Pp. 190. 1913. Routledge. 3s.

Hazell. W. H. Office Organisation
for Printers. DemySvo. Pp.109.
1919. Raithby, Lawrence. 6s.

Herford, R. O., Hildage, H. T.,
and Jenkins, H. G. Outlines of
Industrial Administration based on
a Course of Lectures given at
Sheffield University. Demy 8vo^
Pp. 132. 1920. Pitman. 6s.

310

Scientific Management, Estimating and Costing.

loteyko, J. The Science of Labour
and its Organisation . Cr . 8vo . Pp .
207. 1919. Rout ledge. 3s. Gd.

Jackman , W . T . The Development
of Transportation in Modern Eng-
land. 2Vols. Roy.Svo. Pp. 476.,
368. 1916. Cambridge University
Press . 24s .

Lawson, F. M. Industrial Control.
The Application to Industry of
Direction. Control and Light.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 144. 1920.
Pitman. 8s. Gd.

Lee, J. Management. A Study of
Industrial Organisation. Demy
8vo . Pp . 135 . 1921 . Pitman . 5s .

Proud, E. D. Welfare Work:
Employers' Experiments for Im-
proving Working Conditions in
Factories. 3rd edn. Demy 8vo.
Pp.388. 1918. Bell. 10s.

Souster, E. G. W. The Design of
Factory and Industrial Buildings.
With Chapters on Welfare Work and
Industrial Research Departments.
DemySvo. Pp.166. 1919. Scott,
Greenwood . 1 Os . Gd .

Spencer , H . The Commercial Organi-
sation of Engineering Factories.
8vo. Pp. 221. 1914. Spon.
12s. Gd.

Williamson, J. G. Counting House
and Factory Organisation. A Prac-
tical Manual of Modern Methods
Applied to the Counting House and
Factory. Demy 8vo. Pp. 180.
N.D. Pitman. 6*.

Wright, H. T. Organisation as
applied to Industrial Problems.
8vo. Pp. 287. 1920. Griffin.

21.9.

iii. ESTIMATING AND
COSTING.

Burton, F. G. Engineering Esti-
mating and Cost Accounts. 2nd
edn. Cr. 8vo. Pp. 134. 1900.
Technical Pub . Co . 4s .

Elbourne , E . T . The Costing Prob-
lem. Cr. 8vo. Pp.145. 1919.
Library Press. 4s. Gd.

The Federation Printers' Cost-
Finding System and Accountancy
Systems. Demy 8vo. 1919.
Raithby, Lawrence. 10s.

Lunt , H . J . Manual of Cost Accounts .
Demy 8vo. Pp. 152. 1920. Pit-
man . 6s .

Matheson, E. The Depreciation of
Factories, Mining, Municipal and
Industrial Undertakings, and their
Valuation. 4th edn. 8vo. Pp.
230. 1910. Spon. 12s. Gd.

Newman, E. W. Theory and Prac-
tice of Costing. Demy 8vo. Pp.
202. 1921. Pitman. 10s. Gd.

Pearn, S., and F. Workshop Costs.
2nd edn. Folio. Pp. 34 and 42
Forms. 1905. Technical Pub. Co.
15s.

Ridgway, A. G. Cost Accounts in
Principle and Practice. DemySvo.
Pp. 120. N.D. Pitman. 5s.

Smith , D . , and Pickworth , P . G . N .

Engineers' Costs and Economical
Workshop Production. 2nd edn.
Demy 8vo. Pp. 248. 1919.
Emmott. 7s. Gd.

Smith, T. S. Concise Costing for
Housing. Folio. Pp. 54. 1920.
Technical Journals , Ltd . 5s .

311

DICTIONARIES OF TECHNICAL

TERMS IN ENGLISH AND

OTHER LANGUAGES.

Fletcher , J . J . A Pocket Glossary of
English-French, French-English
Technical Terms . 4th edn. Pocket
size. Pp. 200. 1917. Crosby
Lockwood . 2s .

Garcia, A. Dictionary of Railway
Terms: Spanish-English, English-
Spanish. Demy 8vo. Pp. 356.

1912. Constable. 12s. Qd.

Halse, E. A Dictionary of Spanish,
Spanish-American, Portuguese, and
Portuguese -American Mining,

Metallurgical, and Allied Terms,
with English-Spanish-Portuguese
Supplement. 2nd edn. Cr. 8vo.
Pp.454. 1914. Griffin. 12s. 6d.

Hewlett, G. English-Spanish and
Spanish-English Sea Terms and
Phrases. Pocket size. Pp. 368.
1907. Griffin. 4s.

Hodgson, E. S. Tri-Lingual Artil-
lery Dictionary. 3 Vols. Pocket
size. 1918. Vol. 1. English -
French-Italian. Pp. 100. Vol. 2.
French-Italian-English. Pp. 115.
Vol. 3. Italian-French-English.
Griffin. 5s. each.

Horner, J. G., and Holtzmann, O.
A Pocket Glossary of English-
German, German-English Technical
Terms. Pocket size. Pp. 300.

1913. Crosby Lockwood . 3s. 6d.

Huelin, D. C. Technological Dic-
tionary in the English, Spanish,
German and French Languages,
containing Technical Terms and
Locutions employed in Arts /Trades,
and Industry in General, Military,
and Naval Terms . 4 Vols. Cr.Svo.
Vol. 1. Eiiglish-Spanish-German-
French. Pp. 609. 1906.

Vol. 2. German-English-French-

Spanish. Pp.720. 1908. Vol.
3. French - German - Spanish-
English. In preparation. Vol. 4.
Spanish -French- English- German.
Pp.750. 1910. Spon. 15s. each.

Jackson, W. Dictionary of English
and Spanish Technical and Commer-
cial Terms used principally in the
Iron, Steel, Hardware ami Engineer-
ing Trades. Kiiglish-Spanish,
Spanish -English. 16mo. Pp. 1<>4.
1911. Spon. 3s.

Lucas, F. English-French and
French-English Dictionary of the
Motor Car, Cycle, and Boat. Cr.
8vo. Pp.171*. 1915. Spon. 3s.

Meycliar, L. English -Russian and
Russian -English Engineering Dic-
tionary . Embracing Terms relating
to Mechanical and Marine Engineer-
ing and Naval Architecture . 1 6mo .
Pp. 100. 1909. Spon. 3.s.

Monteverde, R. D. A Pocket
Glossary of English-Spanish, Span-
ish-English Technical Terms. 2nd
edn. Pocket size. Pp.309. 1917.
Crosby Lockwood . 3s. Qd.

Purington , G . W . , and Toderovich ,
G. Russian-English, English-Rus-
sian Mining Terms and Relative
Technical Words. Pocket Size.
Pp.128. 1920. Griffin. 7s. 6d.

Serraillier, L. A Railway Technical
Vocabulary. French, English, and
American Technical Expressions
relating to Railway Management.
Cr.Svo. Pp.220. *1897. Pitman.
7s. Qd.

312

Dictionaries of Technical Terms.

Slater, J. A. Dictionary of the Topham, J. French Technical
World's Commercial Products: with Words and Phrases. An English-
French, German, and Spanish equi- French and French-English Dic-
valents for the Names of the Pro- tionary* 3rd edn. Pocket size,
ducts. 2nd edn. Demy 8vo. Pp. Pp.320. 1919. Marlborough. 5s.
165. N.D. Pitman. 3s. 6d. Webber, E. International Technical

Steenbeck, W. H. Engineers' and Dictionary in Four Languages.

Erectors' Pocket Dictionary. Eng- English - Italian - French -German.

lish-German -Dutch. Pitman. 2s. (yd. Fcap. 16mo. Pp. 921. 1917.

Pitman. 15s.

313

LIST OF PUBLISHERS.

*The Publishers denoted by the asterisk have kindly contributed, or under-
taken to contribute, towards the cost of this Catalogue on the basis of
payment according to the number of Titles of their books included.

Aeroplane and General Publishing

Co . , 61 , Carey Street , W .C .2 .
Allen and Unwin, Ltd., 40, Museum

Street, W.C.I.
*Allman and Son, 17, Creechurch

Lane, E.C.3.
*Arnold (Edward) , 41 and 43 , Maddox

Street, W.I.
* Arrowsmith ( J .W .) , Ltd . , 1 1 , Quay

Street, Bristol.

Bailliere, Tindall and Cox, 8, Henri-
etta Street, Covent Garden , W.C.2.

Bale and Danielsson, Ltd., 83-91,
Great Titchfield Street, W.I.

*Batsford (B. T.), Ltd., 94, High
Holborn, W.C.I.

*Bell (Geo .) and Sons , Ltd . , 6 , Portu-
gal Street, W.C.2.

Benn Brothers, Ltd., 8, Bouverie
Street, E.C.4.

*Black (A. and C.), Ltd., 4-6, Soho
Square , W J .'

Blackie and Son, Ltd., 50, Old
Bailey, E.C .4.

*Blackwood (Wm.), and Sons, 36,
Paternoster Row , E .C .4 .

British Bee Journal, 23, Bedford
Street, W.C.2.

*Brown (James) and Son, 52-58,
Darnley Street, Pollokshields,
Glasgow .

*Bryce (W.), 54, Lothian Street,
Edinburgh .

Burrow (E. J.), and Co., Ltd., 89,
Kingsway , W .C .2 .

*Cambridge University Press, St.
Dunstan's House, 133-137, Fetter
Lane , E .C .4 .

Cassell and Co., Ltd., La Belle
Sauvage , Ludgate Hill , E .C .4 .

*Cassier (Louis) Co., Ltd., Bedford
Street, W.C.2.

*Chambers (W. and R.), Ltd., 38,
Soho Square, W.I.

*Chapman and Hall, Ltd., 11, Henri-
etta Street, Covent Garden, W.C .2.

*Christophers , 22 , Berners Street W .1

*Churchill (J. and A.), 7, Great
Marlborough Street, WJ .

*Clowes (W.) and Sons, Ltd, 94,
Jermyn Street, S.W.I.

*Constable and* Co., Ltd., 10-12,
Orange Street, Leicester Square,
W.C.2.

* ' 'Country Life ' ' Office , 17-21 , Tavis-
tock Street , Covent Garden , W .C .2 .

*Crosby Lockwood , 7 , Stationer's Hall
Court , Ludgate Hill , E .C .4 .

Denny (A. and F.), 147, Strand,
W.C. 2.

*Dent (J. M.), and Sons , Ltd ., 10-13 ,
Bedford Street, W.C .2.

*Duekworth and Co., 3, Henrietta

Street, Covent Garden, W.C .2.
*Emmott and Co . , Ltd . , 20 , Bedford

Street, W.C .2.
Faraday Society, 10, Essex Street,

Strand, W.C .2.
Fisher, Unwin, Ltd., 1, Adelphi

Terrace, W.C .2.
*Frowde and Hodder, The "Lancet 'r

Building, 1 and 2, Bedford Street,

W.C.2.
*Gieves Publishing Co., Ltd., 13,

Paternoster Row , E .C .4 .
Grafton and Co., 8, Coptic Street,

Bloomsbury, W.C.I.
Green (W.) and Son., Ltd., 2 and 4,

St . Giles Street , Edinburgh .
Griffin (Charles) and Co., Ltd., 12,

Exeter Street, Strand, W.C .2.

315

List of Publishers.

*Gurney and Jackson , 33 , Paternoster

Row, E.C .4.
Harper Brothers , 45 , Albemarle Street ,

W.I.

*Harrap (G.) and Co., Ltd., 2 and 3,
Portsmouth Street. Kingswav,
W.C.2.

*Hatton Press, 123, Fleet Street,
E.C.4.

"Heffer ( W .) and Sons . , Ltd . , 4 , Petty
Cury, Cambridge.

*Heinemann (VV), 20 and 21 , Bedford
Street, W.C.2.

*Hey wood (John) , Ltd ., 20 and 22,
St. Bride Street, E.C.4.

His Majesty's Stationery Office, Im-
perial House , 19 , Kingswav , W .C .2 .

Hodder and Stoughton, St. Paul's
House, Warwick Square, E.C.4.

Hogg (John), 13, Paternoster Row,
E.C.4.

*Ilifle and Sons., fctd., 20, Tudor
Street, E.C.4.

Imray, Laurie, Ltd., 156, Minories,
E.I.

"Mack (T. C. and E. C.), Ltd., 35,
Paternoster Row, E.C.4.

*Jarrolds, Ltd., 10 and 11, Warwick
Lane, E.C.4.

* Johnston (W . and A . K .) Ltd . , Eclina
Works , Edinburgh .

*Kegan, Paul and Co., Ltd., 68-74,
Carter Lane , E .C .4 .

*Kidd (Wm.) and Sons, 7, Whitehall

Street, Dundee.
Kimpton (Henry), 263, High Holborn,

W.C.I.

*King (F.) and Sons, Halifax.
King (P. S.) and Son, Ltd., 2 and 4,

Great Smith Street, Westminster,

S.W.I.

*Lane (John), Vigo Street, W.I.
*Lewis (H. K.) and Co., Ltd., 136,

Gower Street, W.C.I.
"Library Press, Ltd., 26, Portugal

Street, W.C .2.
*Livingstone (E. and S.), 17,Teviot

Place, Edinburgh.
*Locomotive Publishing Co . , Ltd . , 3,

Amen Corner, E.C.4.

*Longmans, Green and Co., 38-41,

Paternoster RoV , E .C .4 .
Lovell, Reeve and Co., Ltd., 6,

Henrietta Street, Covent Garden,

W.C .2.
*Macdonald and Evans, 20. Essex

Street, W.C .2.
*Macdonald and Martin, 6, Essex

Street, W.C .2.

*Macmillan and Co., Ltd.. 10-15 ,
St. Martin's Street, Leicester
Square, W.C .2.

*Marlborough (E.) and Co., 51, Old
Bailey, E.C .4.

Marsden, 10-11, Fetter Lane, E.C .4.

*M'Caw, Stevenson and Orr, Ltd.,
Belfast.

*Melrose (A.), Ltd., 3, York Street,

Covent Garden, W.C .2.
*Methuen and Co., Ltd., 36, Essex

Street, Strand, W.C .2.

*Munro (Jas.) and Co., Ltd., 60,
Brown Street, Glasgow.

•*Murby (Thomas) and Co., 1 , Fleet
Lane, E.C .4.

*Murray (John), 5()a, Albemarle
Street, W.I.

*Nelson (T.) and Sons, Ltd., 35,
Paternoster Row , E .C .4 .

*Newnes (G.), Ltd., 8-11, Southamp-
ton Street, Strand, W.C .2.

*Nisbet (J.) and Co., Ltd., 22,
Berners Street, W.I

*Oliver and Boyd, Twceddale Court,
High Street, Edinburgh.

*Oxford University Press (including
Clarendon Press), Amen Corner,
E.C .4.

Pearson (C. A.), Ltd., 16-18, Henri-
etta Street , Covent Garden , W .C .2 .

*Philip (Geo.) and Son., Ltd., 32,

Fleet Street, E.C .4.
*Pitman (Sir Isaac) and Sons, Ltd.,

39 and 41 , Parker Street , W .C .2 .
*Raggett and Co., 30, Red Lion

Square, W.C.I.
*Raithby, Lawrence and Co., Ltd.,

231 and 232, Strand, W.C .2.
*Reed (Thomas), and Co., Ltd., 184,

High Street West, Sunderland.

316

List of Publishers.

*Rentell (S) and Co., Ltd., 36-39,
Maiden Lane, W.C.2.

*Rider (Wm.) and Son, Ltd., 8-11,
Paternoster Row , E .C .4 .

Rivingtons, 34, King Street, Covent
Garden, W.C.2.

*Rodger (Norman), 2, St. Dunstan's
Hill,E.C.3.

*Routledge (G .) and Sons , Ltd . , 68-74 ,
Carter Lane, E.C.4.

*St . Catherine Press , Stamford Street ,
S.E.I.

*Sampson , Low and Co . , Ltd . , 100 ,
Southwark Street , S .E .1 .

*Sanitary Publishing Co., Ltd., 8,
Breams Buildings, Chancery Lane,
E.C.4.

*Scientific Press, Ltd., 28 and 29,
Southampton Street, W.C.2.

*Scientific Publishing Co., 53, New
Bailey Street, Salford, Manchester.

*Scott, Greenwood and Son, 8, Broad-
way , Ludgatc Hill , E .C .4 .

*Scott Publishing Co . , Ltd . , 1 , Pater-
noster Buildings , Paternoster
Square , E .C .4 .

Seeley, Service and Co., Ltd., 38,
Great Russell Street, W.C.I .

Sherratt and Hughes, 27, St. Ann
Street, Manchester.

Simpkin, Marshall and Co., Ltd., 4,
Stationers' Hall Court, E.C.4.

*S.P.C.K., 6,
W.C.2.

St. Martin's Place,

*Spon (E. and F. N.), Ltd., 57,
Haymarket, S.W.I.

Stanford (E.), Ltd., 12-14, Long
Acre, W.C.2.

Swarthmore Press, 40, Museum Street ^
W.C.I.

Technical Bookshop, 723, Salisbury
House, E.C.2.

Technical Publishing Co., Ltd., 1>
Gough Square, E.C.4.

*Temple Press, Ltd., 7-15, Rosebery
Avenue, E.C.I.

*Thacker ( W .) and Co . , 2 , Creed Lane ,
Ludgate Hill, E.C.4.

*Thin (James), 54-56, South Bridge,.
Edinburgh .

*Trade Papers Publishing Co., Ltd.
329 , High Holborn , W .C .1 .

*Transport. Ltd., Queen Anne's
Chambers, Westminster, S.W.I .

* University Tutorial Press, Ltd., 25,

High Street, New Oxford Street ,
W.C.2.

University of London Press , Ltd . , St .
Paul's House, Warwick Square ^
E.C.4.

*Vinton and Co., Ltd., 8, Breams
Buildings, Chancery Lane, E.C.4.

Warne (F.) and Co., 1-4, Bedford
Court, Bedford Street, W.C.2.

* Watts and Co., 17, Johnson's Court »

Fleet Street, E.C.4.

* Williams andNorgate, 14, Henrietta

Street, Covent Garden, W.C.2.

* Wireless Press, Ltd., 12 and 13,

Henrietta Street, Covent Garden,
W.C.2.

*Witherby and Co., 326, High
Holborn , W .C .1 .

* Wright (John) and Sons, Ltd.,

Stonebridge, Bristol.

317

INDEX OF AUTHORS, COLLABORATORS
AND TRANSLATORS.

Aarons, S. J. 275, 276
Abadie, G. 265
Abady, J. 146
Abbey, G. 185
Abbott, E. 8

P. 34,36, 37

T. K. 182

Abderhalden, E. 229

Abegg, R. 122

Abel, R. 229

Abercromby, R. 162

Abney, Sir W. de W. 102, 307

Abrahams, A. 256

Abrami, P. 245

Ackworth, A. T. 65

Acorn. 208

Acton, E. H. 202

Adam, C. 271

J. 6,255

Mrs. J. 6

P. 305

Adami, J. G. 193,239,240
Adams, H. 34, 48, 49, 50, 61, 66, 72

H. C. 57

J. E. 258

P. E. H. 269

W. P. 79

Adamson, H. G. 284
J. W. 4

— R. 6, 13
Adcock, K. J. 148
Addis, A. W. C. 52
Addison, C. 221
Addymari, F. T. 104 , 213*
Adiassewich, A. 45
Adie, R. H. 130, 213
Adlam, G. H. J. 150
Adler, H. 187
Agar, W. E. 196, 228
Agnew, W. A. 117
Ahrons, E. L. 83
Aikman, C. M. 213
Ainslie, D. 9, 11, 12, 13
Ainsworth -Davis , J . R . 211 , 21 2 , 214 ,

215
Aitchison, L. 156

R. S. 241

Aitken, T. 52
Akers, C. E. 142
Albee, E. 4
Alcmaeon. 6
Alcock, A. 248, 259

N. H. 225

R. A. 198

Alderson, W. E. 282
Aldis, H. G. 305

W. S. 100

Aldous. J. C. P. 96
Aldridge, H. A. 68
Alexander, F. M. 193, 197
J. 45, 242

j. H. 109

S. 8

T. 42

W. 49

Altbrd, C. J. 171
Aliotta, A. 1
Allan, A. P. 290

F. J. 57, 232

Allanach, W. 106

Allbutt, Sir T. C. 1, 231, 241, 254,

270
Allen, 132

A. F. 136

A. W. 151, 154, 174

C. C. 72

C. E. 83

C. J. 52

G. T. 52

H. 87, 153

H. S. 96

J. P. 61

R. G. 114

R. W. 255, 288

Alleyne, S. F. 8
Allingham, H. W. 261

W. 162, 181

Allison, A. 237, 238
Allman, G. J. 21
Allmand, A. J. 128

Allsop, F. C. 115, 116, 117, 119

R. O. 57

Alport, A. C. 245
Amar, J. 310

319

Name Index.

Amedeo, M. R. 77
Ami, H. M. 178
Amos. P. A. 139

S. 1

Anderson, D. E. 230
H. G. 255

Sir J. 43

T. W. 164

T. 167

- Sir W. 81

And^s, L. E. 139, 141, 148
Andrew, R. C. 211
Andrewes, Sir F. W. 229, 257, 262
Andrews, E. R. 143

E. S. 27, 40, 42, 43, 44, 50, 60,

67, 72, 81, 107

- H- R. 277

- S. T. G. 93

T. 21

Angles, J. W. 33
Anglin, S. 49
Ansted, A. 181
Appelt, A. 252
Appleton, H. A. 141
A . R . B . 52 , 83
Arber, A. 198

- E. A. N. 170, 205
Archbutt, L. 74
Archer, R. L. 175
Archibald, R. C. 34

- R, D. 112
Archimedes. 3, 22
Aristotle. 6

Ark wright, J. A. 245

- J. P. 64

Annand-Delille, P. 24:"
Armitage, F. P 122
Armstead, H. W. 224
Armstrong, E. F. 130

- H. E. 1.

H. G. 245

S. F. 212

- W. E. M. 288
Arnall. 52
Arnold, E. V. 6

- H. T. 180
J. O. 156

R. B,. 8

Arrhenius, S. 134

Arrol, Sir W. and Co. 49

Arthur, D. 104

Arup, P. S. 132
Arvedson, J. 287
Asch, D. 149

W. 149

Ash, E. 251
Ashby, A. W. 214

Ashby, H. 225

*H. T. 279

Ashcroft, H. J. 64
Ashdown, A. M. 294
Ashenhurst. T. R. 300
Ashford, C. E. 112
Ashton, W. 169
Askling, C. W. 87
Ask with, E. H. 30, 32
Assheton, R. 222, 223
Aston, W. G. 80, 92
Atack, F. W. 125, 147
Atcherley, L. W. 49
Athorton, W. H. 44, 70
Atkins, E. A. 77
W. 119

- W. R. G. 201
Atkinson, E. H. De V. 23

- G. F. 198

- J. C. 192

- S. B. 237
Attwood, E. L. 70, 71
Audley, J. A. 149
Auerbach, S. 252
Aught ie, H. 42, 74
Auld, S. J. M. 183, 213
Austen, E. E. 229, 287

- Sir W. C. R. 153
Austin, E. 117

Avan K in i. 92

A vebury . Lord , 4 , 1 67 , 1 87 , 1 97 , 1 i»S

201

Aveling, F. 8
Avery, A. H. 113

- M. 232
44 Avion." 92
Axenfeld, T. 209

Ay ling, R. S. 63, 234
Ayre, A. L. 70
Ayrton, W. E. 109
Babbage, C. 37
Babinski, J. 252
Back, I. 260
Bacon, G. 91

- R. 2, 3

Badger, F. E. G. 53
Badham, M. D. 204
Bagnall, J. E. 204
Bahr, P. H. 230
Bailey, G. C. 91

- G. H. 122, 133
Baillie. J. B. 10

T. C. 109
Bain, A. 13, 15
Bainbridge, F. A. 225, i»i»7
Baines, A. E. 17, 201, 227
Bairstow, L. 91, 92

320

Name Index.

Baker, G. S. 70

H. F. 21, 23

j. G. 205

- J. L. 137

R. T. 205

T. 50

T. T. 101, 119, 132

W. M. 25, 28, 30, 32, 36, 40

Bald, C. 218

Baldrey, F. S. H. 296

Baldwin, J. M. 9, 15

Bale, M. P. 56, 73, 77, 84, 87

Bales, T. 62

Balfour, A. 258

F.M. 222

T.B. 170, 199, 201, 202, 203,

204

Baifour-Browne, F. 187
Ball, Sir C. B. 257

J . D . W . 66

Sir R. S. 39, 40, 56, 159, 160,

167

W. P. 193

W. V. 50

W. W.R. 21, 22

Ballance, Sir C. A. 251, 265
Ballantyne , A . J . 254 , 269

J . W . 222 , 241 , 275 , 276

Ballard,E. F. 253

F. 66

P.B. 15, 17

W.E. 62

Ballet, G. 252
Ballin,M. J. 274
Balls, W.L. 218, 297
Balsillie, D. 9
Baly,E. C. C. 127
Bamford , H . 44
Bandelier , B . 249 , 288
Bangay, R. D. 120
Bariham , G . A . 296
Banister, J. B. 277
Banks, H. S. 264
Bannatyne , G . A . 249
Barber , T . W . 49 , 72
Barbour , A . H . F . 276 , 277

-W. 150
Barclay , A . E . 105

H. C. 225

R . M . 253 , 277

W.R. 118

Barcroft , D . M . 265

J. 226, 241

Bardswell , N . D . 249 , 288
Barker, G. 132
Barbara, G. B. 116
Barker, A. 218

Barker, A. E. 258

A . F . 297 , 300 , 301

A. H. 28, 47, 142

— Sir D. W. 181, 182

E. R. 114

Barlow, 37

C.W.C. 106,159

G. 96

- W . S . L . 239 , 240
Barnaby, S. W. 70, 85
Barnard, F. P. 4

H. C. 176

H. L. 265

J. E. 196

R . J . A . 40

S . 25 , 30

Barnes, A. A. 53

Barnett , E . de B . 130,131,145,146,
150

H.N. 237, 252, 260

Barr, J. R. 112

W. 289

Barrett, C. G. 187

E.G. 75 , 77

Sir J. W. 231

Barritt , A . 283

W. 283

Barren , P . A . 80
Barrow , 1 . 21
Barrowcliff, M. 151
Barter, S. 64
Barthel, C. 215
Bartlett, F. C. 13
Barton , E . H . 40 , 42 , 102

F. T. 216, 296

G. A. H. 262

Barwell, H. 274

R. 268

Barwise, S. 57
Basset , A . 249

A . B . 29

Bassett, H. LI. 122
Bastin, H. 187, 204
Bate, A. H. 112
Bateman , H . 29 , 100
Bater, C. H. 137
Baterden , J . R . 208
Bates, A. 68

E . L . 24 , 33 , 42

Bateson , W . 193
Batey, J. 84, 310
Bath, W. H. 187
Batstone, S. C. 117
Batten , F . E . 280
Battle, J. R. 74

W. H. 258,265

Bauer, G. 85, 89

321

Name Index.

Bauer, H. 122

Bausor, H. W. 122, 125, 133, 134

Baxandall, G. A. 33

Bay ley, R.C. 307

T. 125

Bayliss, W. M. 195, 225, 227, 287
Bayly, H. W. 246
Beacall,T. 147
Beadle, C. 142, 148
Beale.SirW.P. 164
Bean, W..T. 208
Bear, W.E. 217
Beare, J. I. 6

T. H. 40

Beard more, N. 58
Beattie, J. C. 162

J.M. 239,240,260

Beatty, J. 227
Beaumont , R . 299 , 300

W.M. 271

W. W. 118

Beavan , R . 191
Beazeley, A. 52, 55
Bea/ley C. R. 175
Bet-k,E. G. 67
Beddard, A. P. 226

F.E. 185, 190, 198

Beddoes,T.P. 291

W.F. 208

Bedford. C.H. 239

E. J. 807

Beech, F. 299
Beesly, L. 221
Beano, F.T. 307
Bega, C. 236
Bell, G. J. 44

J. 119, 196

R. 248

R..T.T. 30,82

T.F. 298

W. B. 228, 265, 275

Bellamy, E. 221
Bellasis,E. S. 53, 55
Bellot,H. H. L. 172
Bellow, H.R. 149
Beneden, P. J. 190
Benett, W. 11
Bengough , G . D . 133 , 154
Benham, F. L. 237
Benn, A. W. 4, 6
Bennett, A. 203

A.G.D. 254,267

A. H. 231

H. G. 149

H. W. 307

N. G. 283

R. R. 291

Bennett, S. B. 57

W. 193

Bennie, A. B. 268

P.B. 268

Benson, S. F. 93
Bentham, G. 3, 198,205
Bentley, VV. 72, 75
Bergson , H . 9,10
Berinser. C. 156

J. J. 156

Berkart , J . B . 255
Berkeley. 10

C ." 275 , 276

H. 22

H.R. 151

M. J. 204,205

Bernard, D. H. 182

H.M. 224

Bernstein, 15
Bernthsen, A. 131
Berrimnn, A. E. 79, 92
Berry, A. 159

*A. G. V. 144

A. J. 134, 162

G. A. 269

G.G. 7

R. J. A. 221

W.H. 91

Bersch, J. 141, 146
Berthelot , M . 150
Bertrand, G. 134
Besant, W. II. 29,40,42
Bevan, E. J. 135, 148

J.O. 6

Beveridge , W . W . 0 . 232
Bevis, A. W. 47

J.F. 198

Beyer, O. W. 18
Beyschlag, F. 165
Bianchi, L. 253
Bichel,C.E. 150
Bickford, J. S. V. 79
Biddulph -Smith, T. 145
Bidgood, J. 184
Bidwetl, A.L. 265

L. A. 263

Biedermann, E. A. 113

W. 227

Bigelow,M.A. 184
Bigg,G. S. 257

R. H. 268

Biggs, G. N. 273
Bigwood, G. 297
Biles, Sir J. H. 70
Billington, W. 257
Binet, A. 15, 19, 280
Binnie, Sir A. R. 56

322

Name Index.

Binnie, F. G. 288
Binns, C. F. 149
Binstead, H. E. 64
Bird, C. 166

H. 49

Birks, F. 60
Birnbaum , R . 276
Bishop, E. S. 258, 263

L. F. 254

Bjorkegren , M . E . 224
Bjorling, P. R. 56, 72, 146
Black, J. 3
Blackburn, C. J. 91
Blacker, G. 276
Blackhall-Morison, A. 254
Blackham, R. J. 236
Blackmur, W. J. 77
Blackwood, W. 299
Blagrove , G . H . 62
Blaine, R. G. 28, 37, 56
Blair, C. 271
Blake, A. J. J. 221, 224

E. 120

E. G. 62

E.H. 57

W. J. 94

Blanc , L . 289

Blanco, A. E. 301

Bland, N. 300

Bland-Sutton. Sir J. 260, 267, 275

Blpnford, H. F. 162

Bligh, S.M. 15

W. G. 49

Bloch, I. 228

L . 59

Blocksidge, E. W. 70
Blok, A. 59
Blomfield, J. 262
Blount,B. 66, 136
Bloxam, A. G. 122, 136
Blum, V. 258
Blyth, A. W. 235, 238

M. W. 235,238

Blythe,E. 109
Bocher , M . 23
Bockmann, F. 151
Bodmer , G . R . 56
Boelter,W.R. 184
Bohle, F. 113, 117
Bo lam, J. 282
Boldt, J. 270
Bolton , E . R . 139

J. S. 252, 256

Bon,G.Le. 20, 103
Bonacina, L. C. W. 162
Bonar, J. 6
Bone , W . A . 144

Bonhote, J. L. 192
Bonner, J. 308
Bonney, G.E. 115, 118

S. G. 168

T. G. 167, 168

V. 275, 276

Bonnier, G. 198
Boodle, L. A. 203
Booth, N. 301

W. H. 57, 83, 142, 143

Boraston, J. M. 192
Borchardt, W. G. 25, 34, 36, 40
Borradaile, L. A. 186
Bos, J.R. 214
Bosanquet, B. 9, 11, 12, 13

W. C. 240, 243, 256, 287

Bose, Sir J. C. 199, 201, 227
Bosvvell, P. G. H. 169
Bosworth , G . F . 21 1
Bottler, M. 150
Bottomley, J. T. 37
Bottone, A. E. Ill

S. R. Ill, 115, 117, 118, 120

Boulenger, G. A. 191, 192
Boulger , G . S . 1 98 , 206 , 208

P . S . 203

Boumois, H. P. 52, 58
Boulton, 4

B.C. 64

Boulvin > M . J . 81
Bourcart . E . 152
Bourgeois , H . 273
Bourget , J . 265
Bourne, A. A. 25, 30, 36

A. W. 277

G. C. 224

Bourry , E . 65
Bousfleld. E. C. 308

G. 208

P. 19

Boutroux , E . 6

Bowden -Smith, E.G. 56, 84

Bower, C. O. 157

F. O. 2, 189, 202, 228

W.R. 96

Bowers, R. S. 47, 64
Bowie, P.G. 67
Bowker, W.R. Ill , 117
Bowlby, Sir A. A. 262
Bowley, A. L. 22, 38
Bowling , G . S . 39
Bowman , F . H . 297
Box, C.R. 221,239

T . 43 , 53

Boyce, Sir R. W. 236, 248
Boycott, G. W.M. 71
Boyd, J. 208

323

Name Index.

Boyle, H.E. G. 262
Boys,C. V. 72, 100
Brace, T. S. 308
Brackenbury, L. 15
Bradbury, F. 218, 301
Bradby, M. K. 18, 19
BradleV, F. A. 56

F. H. 9

O. C. 192, 295

Bragg, Sir W. H. 103, 105, 164

- W.L. 164
Bragstad, O. S. 114
Braham, F. 218
Braithwaite, A. 308
Brame, J. S. S. 123, 143
Bram ley-Moore, S. 79
Brand /A. 302

- A.T. 243
Brand is, SirD. 208
Branford , B . 22
Branson, W. P. S. 239
Brassey, 70

Braun, J. 289

-M. 248
Braune, W. 221
Brearley, A. W. 157
H. 157

- J. H. 145
Breitland, W. J. 128
Bremner, A. G. 88
Brenchley, W. E. 202, 212
Brend, W. A. 237,238
Brent, C. 182
Bresslau, E. 193

Brett, G. S. 15

Brew, W. 114

Brewer, R. W. A. 79

Brewerfon, E. W. 209

Brickdale, J. M. F. 245, 292, 293,

294

Bridge, R.S. 176
Bridger, A.E. 15
Bridges, J. H. 2
Briggs, F. W. 146

H. 50

•> W. 1,25,26,32,33,34,39,40,

42,122, 133, 134
Brigham , A . A . 21 6
Bright, C. 91

T. 214

Brightmore, A. W. 49, 57
Brill, A. A. 19
Brindley. 3

Brinton , R.S. 302
Briscoe, H. V. A. 129
Brislee, F. J. 143
Bristow, W.R. 267

Bristowe, J. S. 241, 251
Britten, F. J. 78
Broad , C . D . 9
Broadbent, F. Ill

Sir J.F.H. 254

W. 231

- Sir W. H. 231, 254
Broadfoot, S. K. Ill
Broca, A. 266, 267

Brockbank, E. M. 237, 254, 255. 279

Brodetsky, S. 24

Brodie,C.G. 221

Bromley, H. A. 148, 305

Brook , J . 45

Brooke , G . E . 232 , 258

H.B. 252

T. 145

Brooker, A. 107
Brooks, E.E. 106, 117
G. 89

— L. 178

Brooksmith, J. 36
Brose, H. L. 104
Broun rdel, P. 237
Brough, B. H. 50

J. W. 172

Broughton, H. H. 74
Broun, A. F. 208
Brown, 182

— A. 298

A.J. 137

C. 162

-C.H. 181

E. 218

E. T. 215

E. W. 1, 160

-G.E. 307

- Sir H . 55
-H. 218, 290

— J. C. 122, 133
J.D. 305

- J.R. 182
L.C. 219

-R.N.R. 176

S. E. 96

-S.W. 120
W. 17

- W.C. 245, 258

W. L. 156, 225, 251 , 285

W.N. 68,78

Browne, A. J. J. 168, 169

C. L. 72

E . A . 233

F. B. 187

H. S. 262

T.G. 295

Browning, C. H. 229, 246

324

Name Index.

Brownlie , T . A . 55
Brubaker , A . P . 225 , 226
Bruce , B . J . 1 23

SirD. 246

G.R. 85

J.M. 285

0 . 249

W. 252

W. I. 105

Bruck, W.F. 212

Bruges , C . E . 58

Brunings, W. 274

Brunner, R. 139

Brunt , D . 15

Brunton, Sir T. L. 254, 256

Bryan, G. H. 25, 26, 31 , 32, 34, 39,

40 , 42 , 92

M.T. 294

Bryant, V. S. 123, 176
— — W. W. 2
Bryce . A . 257
— T. H. 222
Bryson , T . 50
Buchanan, A.M. 221

• E.E. 37

J. F. 154, 157

J.Y. 96

R. J. M. 237

Buck , P . C . 103

R . C . 26 , 34

Buckley , R . B . 55
Buckmaster, G. A. 225, 241
Bucknill, J. C. 237
Buckton, G. B. 187
Budden , E . 30
Budge, SirE. A. W. 231
Buhler,F. A. 136
Bull, J. 278
Buller, A.H.R.204
Bullork, A.B. 11

.I.E. 249

W. 208

Bulman, H. F. 172

Bunting, W. L. 178

Burbury, S. H. 100

Burch/G. J. 101

Burchett , R . 30

Burdett, M. I. 291

Burghard, F. F. 260, 261, 263, 264,

265

Burke, E. T. 246
Burleigh, D. H. 133
Bur ley, G. W. 75
Burls, G. A. 88, 94
Burnet . E . 229

J. 6, 243, 280, 284, 286

Sir R . W . 286

Burnford,.T.M. 240
Burnham, F. W. E. 241

G . H . 272

M. H. 171

Burns , C . D . 6

D. 172, 173

G..J.61

Burnside , W . 27 , 49

W. S. 26

Burrell , B . A . 235

E.J. 61

Bursill, A. 116
Burstall , F . W . 88 , 100
Burton, E. F. 128

F. G. 310, 311

W. K. 56

Burton-Fanning, F. W. 249
Bury, J. 243

J.B. 9

Busquet , R . 53
Butcher ,W.D. 227
Butler,D.B. 66

E. 54, 73, 79, 87, 143

E. A. 187

E. J. 212

H..T. 79

But ler- Jones, F. 137
Buttel-Reepen, H. 197
Butterfield , W . J . A . 143
Butterworth , F . 85
Buxton , D . W . 262

J. L.D. 283

Buzzard , E . F . 252 , 285
Byam , W . 244

Byles , C . B . 52
Byrom,T.H. 145,171
Bythell, W..T. S. 105
Cadbury , G . 68
Cadiot ," P . J . 295
Cahen,E. 165

Cain,J.C. 123,124,146,147
Caird,F.M. 260

W. J. 181

Calcare . 66
Caldecott , W . A . 155
Calder,A.R. 277
Caldwell,W. 9
Calisch,L. 117
Callan,T. 146
Callendar , H . L . 81 , 84 , 99
Calmette,A. 287
Calot,F. 267
Calthrop, E.R. 55
Calvert , A . F . 151 , 165 , 169
G. T. 151

H.T. 58, 122, 137

Calwell,W. 285

325

Name Index.

- 'Cambridge Graduates . " 2
Cameron, C. A. 213

H. C. 279, 280

S. J. 275

Camm.F.J. 75,93

S. 93

Cammidge , P . J . 239 , 257 , 266 , 286
Campbell , Miss A . 279

A. 143, 144

A.W. 239

H. 240

H.J. 184,226

H. Y. 278

.I.E. 27

M. 226

N. R. 96, 106

Campin,F. 72
Camus, J. 287
"Candidus." 79
Candolle, A.de. 202
Candy, H. C. H. 96,125,132
Cannons , H . G . T . 805
Cantell,M.T. 66
Cantrill,T.C. 172

Capito, C. A. A. 39
Cap*tick,.T. W. 103
Card,S.F. 94,180
Carey, A.E. 52, 55

F. S. 28

Cargill,L. V. 262
Carless, A. 261
Carling,E.R. 262
Carnegie, D. 124,153
Carpenter, A. 182

G. 247

G.H. 187

J. A. 123

W.B. 196

W.L. 140

Carpmael,H. 119
Carr,F.H. 151

H. W. 9, 104

Carrel, A. 285
Carroll, J. A. 255

J.H. 244

Carruthers, T. 239
Carslaw,H.S. 28,34,35
Carson, H.W. 262
Carter, A. H. 242

• E.E. 302

H.G. 205

H.R. 297,298,299,300,307

T. 114

Case,J. 81,112
Caspari,W.A. 142
Cassidy, L. 246

M . E . 258

Castel 1 -Evans, J. 125
Castellani, A. 258
Castle, F. 24, 36, 37, 47

W. F. 287

Catchpool.E. 103

Cathcart , C . W . 77 , 260 , 267

E.P. 134

Caton , R . 254
Caunt,G.W. 28,52
Cavanagh , F . 232
Cave,C. J.P. 162
Caven , R . M . 126 , 129 , 133
Cavendish, H. 106
Cavers, F. 198,202
Cayley,A. 21
Chad wick, O. 51
Chalkley, A. P. 88, 89
Challenger, F. 144, 147
Chalmers, A. J. 258

J. A. 173

J.B. 44

T. W. 45, 140, 148

Chamberlain, A. 198

J. 800

Chamberlin,T.C. 166
Chambers, G. F. 159, 160

-G.M. 50
Chance, E.J. 268
Chandley,C. 146
Channer,C.C. 302
Chaplin, A. 244,286
Chapman, A. C. 187

A.E.
E.H.

175
162

.I.E. 249

R.W. 159

S. J. 297

Chappell, 87

Charlesworth , F . 24 , 83 , 42 ,
Charleton, A. G. 173
Charnock , G . F . 72
Charpentier, P. 208
Charteris, F. J. 242

M. 242

Chatley , H . 45 , 49 , 53 , 56, 92 , 162
Chatterton, F. 62
Chavasse, P.H. 278
Chcremeteff, A. 203
Cheshire, F. R. 216
Cheyne , S ir W . W . 249 , 260
Child, H. 271,285

J.M. 25, 30,35

Childe,C.P. 263
Chisholm, G.C. 176,177

J. 57

Chivers , G . T . -34
Cholmeley,H. P. 231

326

Name Index.

Chope , R . H . 37

Choyee,C.C. 260

Chree,C. 162

Christ ian,M. 139

Christiansen, C. 97

Christie, A. H. 302

Christopher, .I.E. 145

Christopherson , W . B . 258 , 288 , 289

Christy, C. 142

Chrystal,G. 26

Chubbe, C.P.B. 258

Church , A . H . 123 , 141 , 198

Churchill, J.H. 244

Churchward , A . 197

Clapham,C.B. 36,43,45

J. H. 297

Claparede,E. 18
Clapperton , G . 148
Clark , A . G . 94

D. K. 52, 72

H. 289

H . E . 221

J . B . 37

L. 45, 160, 307

Clarke.A.G. 79

E. 271

G. A. 162

H. 249

H.T. 131, 132

J . J . 248 , 268

J. W. 56, 58, 61

R. F. 18

W.B. 266

Clarkson, G.T. 94

S. S. 136

Claude, G. 129
Claxton, W.J. 184
Clay, A. S. 51

F. 12

J. 221

R . S . 100

Claypon, J.E.L. 235
Clayton, C.H.. I. 215

E.G. 235

S . C . 53

W. 140

Clayton- Greene , W . H . 264
Cleghorne, W. S.H. 215
Cleland.E.D. 173
Clemow,F.G. 236
C lemesha , W . W . 58,229
Clerk , D . 88
Clibbens,D. A. 127
Clifford, W.K. 21
Clinton, W. C. 59, 116
Clodd,E. 194
Clough,G.W. 151

dough , W . T . 1
Clouston , Sir T . S . 232 , 253
Clouth,F. 142
Clowes, F. 100,123,133
Cobb , I . G . 252 , 256
Cobbett , L . 249
Cochrane , A . W . R . 289
Cockerell,D. 305
Cockin,T.H. 172
Cocking, W.C. 67
Cocks , O . IT . 24
Cockshott . A . 31
Codd,L. 126
— - M. A. 88, 115
Coffey,P. 18
Coghlan,H.L. 218

jle. 181

ien,J.B. 124,131,143
Colbeck,E.H. 286
Cole, G. A. .T. 164,166,168

M.J. 196

R.H. 253

R. S. 307

S. W. 134

W.H. 53

Coleman,F. 283

J.B. 123,133,213

P. 32

T.E. 54,58,62,66

W.S. 187

Coles, A. C. 196,229,254
Colledge,L. 273
Collen,H.L. 178
Collet, H. 57
Collie, A. 246

A.E. 292

Sir J. 19, 237

Collin , A . 147

E. 235

Collings,E.R. 85
Collingwood , R . G . 8
Collins, H.F. 154

J.H. 165

S. H. 220

V. E. 242

Collis,A.G. Ill
A . J . 259

F. L. 259

Collum,R.W. 262
Coltman-Rogers , C . 208
Colver. E. de W. S. 150
Colwell, H.A. 105,134
Co Iyer, F. 56

SirJ.F. 257,263,283

S. 283

Compayre" , G . 4
Comrie', J.D. 242

327

Name Index.

Comrie,P. 36
Connan.J.C. Ill
Connor, W. J. 84
Const a nt ine , E . 85
Con way, A. W. 104

Sir M . 20

Cook , 301

C.W. 70

E.T. 208

J . B . 294

M.T. 212

SirT. A. 12

Cooke , A . 260

B. W. 53

-J.B. 126

M.C. 198,203,204

T. 221

Coolidge, J. L. 29,34
Coombs , C . F . 242

257
201
233

Cooper, A.

C.S.

E. A.

E.S.

145

I.C.G. 70

J.W.A. 251

- W.R. 109, 115, 155
Cope.Z. 245,264
Cope land, E. B. 218
Copeman , S . M . 288
Copestake,B. M. G. 287
Coppock , J . B . 1 34 , 171
Corbett-Smith, A. 257
Corbin,H.E. 97

T.W. 49,72

Corder,G.A. 165

Corner , E . M . 257 , 258 , 261 , 265
Cornet, G. 249
Corstorph i ne , G . S . 1 69
Costa, B. F. B. Da. 248
Coste,.T.F. 142,143,146
Cotar, C. 287
Cottam.A. 161
Cotter, J.R. 99
Cotterill, J.H. 42
Cottrell, H.E.P. 129
Coulthurst, S.L. 308
Coup land, W. C. 10
Cour, J. L. La. 114
Courcoax , Dr . 264
Coursey,P.R. 120
Courtenay,E. 295
Courtois-Suffit. 246
Coutts,H.T. 305
Coux,H.dela. 137
Cow,D.V. 292
Cowan , J . 254
T.W. 216,217

Coward, H. F. 125

T. A. 192

Cowee,G.A. 310
Cowell,W.B. 140
Cowie.G.A. 218
Cowley,W.L. 92
Cox,J. 39,103

-L.E. 202

S. H. 165, 171

Coyle , D . 114
Crabtree.H. 45

- J. H. 187, 307
Cracknell , A . G . 24 , 26 , 31 , 37
Craig, E. H. C. 143. 169

- J. 295

M. 242

- W. 291

Cramer, W. 134,228
Cramp, W. 112, 113
Crane, W. 305
Crapper,E.H. 118
Crawford , W . J . 40 , 81
Crawfurd,R. 231,285
Creagh-Osborne, F. 94
Cree.A. 74
Creedy,F. 118
Creighton , C . 248 , 249 , 276

—.I.E. 17
Cremona, L. 32, 40
Cressy,E. 4
Crile.G.W. 252
Crimp, W.S. 58
Cripps,H. 257,265
Crisp, F. 196
Crispin, E.S. 258
Critchell, J. T. 4
Critchley, H. 237
Croce, B. 9, 11, 12, 13
Crocker, H. R. 284
Crockett , T. 175
Crofton. W.M. 249,287
Crook, H.K. 289

- T. 165

Crookes , Sir W . 1 33 , 1 37 , 2 1 8 , 220
Crookshank , F . G . 243
Cross, C. F. 135, 148

F. 120. 180

H.E. 296

-H.H.U. 118
M. I. 196

W.E. 100

Crossley-Holland , W . 291
Crotch, A. 119

Crow , D . A . 282
Crow ley. 233
Crowther, J. A. 2.97,103
Crozier,J.B. 6

328

Name Index.

Cruchet,R. 255
Cryer,T. 42,47
Cubitt, H. 63
Cutf,H.E. 294
Cullingworth, C. J. 277
Cullis . C . E . 27
Cullyer,J. 214
Culpin , M . 253
Cumberbatch , K , P . 244 , 290
dimming, A. C. 124, 134

D. 304

L. 106

Cunning,J. 260,279
Cunningham , B . 54,61

D.J. 22

E. 104

J. T. 187, 191

Cunnington , C . W . 278

S. 21

Cunynghame , H . H . 78
Curgenven , J . S . 286
Curr, A.L. 177
Curry, C. E. 100, 106

W.T. 56

Curtis, A. H. 165

C.E. 208, 214

Curtler, W. H. R. 215
Curwen , K . M . 233
Cushny , A . R . 227 , 292
Cutler,H.A. 52
Cuyer,E. 224

Da' Costa , B . F . B . 248
Dahlstrom, K. P. 84
Dakin, W. J. 186, 190
Dalby,W.E. 81,83
Dale,,T.B. 37,47
Dales , J . H . 47
Dallinger, W. H. 196
Dalton, G. 257

J. 3

Dampier-Bennet , A . G . 254 , 267
Dana,C.L. 251

Danby, A. 169
Dancaster , E . A . 66 , 1 29
Dander, M.M. 94
Daniel, P. L. 249
Daniels, C.W. 259

G. W. 297

Darby, J.C.H. 114
Darbyshire, H. 75
D'Arcy,C.F. 11
Dargon, J. 91
Darling, C. R. 97,99

H . C . R . 233 , 263

Darwin, C. 3, 185, 190, 194, 197,

198,202

SirF. 1,3,194,199,202

Darw in, Sir G . H . 1 , 160
Davenport, C. 305

J . A . 66

Davey,H. 56

N. 89

David, H.E.F. 147
Davidge , H . T . 109
Davidson , Sir J . M . 262

P. W. 78

Davies , A . M . 170 , 187 , 233

B . H . 79

D. 51

F. H. 72, 117

G. M. 165

G. MacD. 169

J. 153

P.J. 58

S. H. 137

Davis, A. 3

C. F. L. 307

F. 279

G . B . 58

H. 284

H.N. 81

J.R.A. 199, 202, 211, 212,

214, 215

R. F. 32

R. H. 71

W. 300

W. A.

W.B.

Davison, C.

233
Daw, A. W.

S. W.

Z. W.

]32
193
26,28,30,32, 35, 167,

74, 172
267

74, 172
Dawe,E.A. 305
Dawson , E . R . 228

P. 117

Day,J.R. 249
Deakin , R . 26 , 34
Dean, A. 61
Deane,H.E. 287

P.E. 231

Deanesly,E. 266
Deare , B . H . 292
Dearie, N.B. 1
DeBary,A. 199,202
Deeley,R.M. 74
Deerr,N. 218
Dehelly, G. 285
Delbos, L. 45, 182
Delille,P.A. 245
Dell,. T. A. 18
DeMartel,T. 265
De Montmorencv , J . E .
Dendy,A. 194

G. 4

329

Name Index.

Denby,M. 280
Deniker, .1. 197
Denning , D . 64
Dennis, H..T. 48
Denny, A. 189

C. W. 119

G . A . 173

Denton,F.M. 112/113
Depe>et,C. 185
Des.iint,A. 68
Descartes . 10
Desch.C.H. 66,156
Despard, L. L. 287
Detmer.W. 202
Deussen, P. 9
Devey,R.G. 116

De Villamil, R.« 42, 93, 103
Devi Hers, R. 92,94
DeVries.D. 75

H. 194

Dewar,SirJ. 102
Dewey.J. 6

De Wulf , M . 6
Dexter, S. G. F. 18
D ' He 1 iecourt , R . 307
Dichmann, C. 157
Dick,J.R. 114
Dickson, A. A. C. 173

H.N. 162

J.M. 146

L.E. 26

W.E. 240

Dieterich, K. 141
Dieulafoy,G. 242
Digby.K.H. 288
Digges,.T.G. 217
Dighton,C.A. 274
Dilling, W..T. 285
Dimond. L. 244
Diophantus. 22
Diver, E. W. 219
Dixie, A. E. 94
Dixon , A . C . 23

A.F. 223

C. 192

F.E. 50

H.H. 202

S. G. 229

W.E. 293

Dobbie,M.L. 287
Dobbin, L. 123,151
Dobbs,H.J. 30*

W.J. 24,39,40

Dobell.C. 190
Doberick.W. 37
Dobson,B. 297,298.301
Dodd, S. 278

Dodgson, J. W. 213
Dollar, J. A. W. 217,295
Dolmage, C. G. 159
Dominici,M. 289
Dommett,W.E. 37, 45, 71, 72*79,

88, 94
Domville, E. J. 294

Fife,C.W. 71

Don,J. 57,98,181
Donald, A. 277
Donaldson,L. 309

R. 241

Doncaster, L. 194, 195, 196
Donington, G. C. 123
Donkin,B. 88

E.M. 85

S.B. 85

Donnan, F. G. 1 . •.

Dore,S.E. 289
Dorey , A . 46
Douulas,A.H. 6

C. 6

C.C. 231

Dover. A. T. 116 117, 118
Dow.J.S. 59
Downie,J.R. 154
Dowse, T.S. 287
Dowsett, H. M. 120, 121
Dowson , J . E . 143
Doyen , E . 262
Doyle, K.D. 55
Draper, C. H. 99

J. W. 4

Dreaper,W.P. 123,147
Drever,J. 15
Drew.W.H. 81
Dreyer, J.L.E. 159
Driesch, II. 9
Driffield, V.C. 307
Drinkwater, H. 194
Dron,R.W. 169
Drought, C.W. 245
Druce,G.C. 199,201 205,206
Druery.C.T. 205
Drummond , I . M . 184

J. 263

M. 18,202,259

W.B. 18,233,242,259,280

Drury,F.E. 61

Drysdale, C. V. 113,115
Dubosc,A. 142
Duchene , E . A . 92
Ducroquet , D . 267
Duddington , N . A . 10
Dudgeon , G . C . 211

L.S. 229

Duerr, G. 299

330

Name Index.

Duff, C.M. 9
Duly,S.J. 165
Dumbleton , G . R . 94
Dumesny, P. 151
Bumville, B. 18

J. 300

Dunbar . 58
Duncan , D . 3

F.M. 212, 308

J. 39, 42, 81, 97

W. G. 173

Dundas Grant , J . 273
Dunk,.T.L. 103
Dunkerley,S. 43,54
Dunkley , W . G . 35 . 47 , 73
Dunlop , H . C . 37
Dunn.J.T. 1

W. 67

Dunnicliff , H . B . 123 , 130
Dunraven , Earl of . 3 80
Dunstan , A . K . 1 , 123 , 127 , 131 ,

144

Dunstan, W. R. 218
Dunton,W.F. 116
Buprat.L. 11
Bupr£,A. 129
Dupuy, G.M. 264
Durell, C.V. 30,31
Durham , H . W . 77
Durrant,J.H. 190

R. G. 130

Duthie, A. L. 68, 149

J . F . 206

Button, T. 242,256
Duval , P . 264
Dwerryhouse , A . R . 168
Dye,F. 58,59
— F. W. 60
Dyer, Sir W. T. T. 205,206
Dykes, W.R. 199
Dymes,T.A. 199
Dymond,T.S. 213
Dyson, Sir F. W. 159

S . S . 1 36

Eagles , T . H . 31
Ealand, C. A. 187, 196
Earp , J . R . 255
Easdale,W.C. 58
Eason , A . B . 100
Eastlake , A . 144
Eastman, C. R. 170
Eastwood , G . S . 26
Eaton, R.B. 61
Eccles , A . S . 287

J . R . 99 , 100

W. H. 120

W . McA . 221 , 257 ,' 266

Eck , J . 59 , 100
Ecker,A. 192
Eddington , A . S . 104 , 160
Ede, G. 153
Fden,T.W. 275,277
Eder,M.D. 19,253
Edgar,.!. 75

J.C. 276

Edgcumbe,K. 115
Edge,F.J. 52
Edmonds, H. 199
Edmondson , T . W . 31 , 33
Edmunds , A . 254 , 260
Edridge-Green, F. W. 271
Edser,E, 97,99,100
Edwardes, E. J. 231

Ker,D.R. 213

Edwards, A. T. 260
C. A. 153

F . S . 257

J. 28, 187

Egmont , E . 289
Eichhorn,G. 120
Eiffel, G. 92
Einstein, A. 104
Eisner, A. W. 251,288
Eissler.M. 154,174
Ekin,T.C. 54 .
Elbourne , E . T . 310 , 311
Elbs,K. 129

Elder, A. V. 260

- G . 280
Elderton,E.M. 38,44

W.P. 38

Elgie,J.H. 162
Eliot. M.E.Y. 51
Eliott, A. W.M. 45
Elliot, G. F. S. 197, 199

H.S. 194

R. H. 269, 270, 271

Elliott, C. 206

E.B. 27

J.S. 231

Ellis. 221

-A.G. 111,113,

B . E . 303

C. W. 65

D. 199, 229

E. T. 199

G . 47 , 64

G. S.M. 199

H. 228, 233

Ellison, F. O'B. 225

M . A . 287

Ellmore,W.P. 218
Elmslie,R.C. 262,267
Elsden.J.V. 171

331

Name Index.

Eltringham , H . 1 88
Ely.L.W. 249
Emery , W . D 'E . 229 , 267 ,r288
Emsley.H.H. 101
Emtage, W.T. A. 100,106
England, W. J. 283
English, Sir T. C. 285
Ensoll,R. 125
Erdmann , J . E . 6
Eriksson, J. 212
Ermen,W.F.A. 68
Ernie, Lord. 215
Erskine-Murray, J. 120
Esch,W. 142
Eshner,A.A. 226
Espin,T.E. 160
Etchells E.F. 67
Etheridge,R. 170
Eucken, R. 9, 11
Evans , A . 251

A. H. 192, 203

— E. 199

E. A. 143

E.R. G. R. 180

J.C. 125

J.W. 164

T.J. 33

W. 242, 284

Everest, A. E. 147
Everett, A. 149

J.D. 125, 149

Everitt, P.P. 308

Ewart , A . J . 199 , 202 , 203

E. D. 221

Ewing, Sir J . A . 39 , 43 , 81 , 82 , 99 ,

106

Eyre,J.W.H. 287
Faber,H. 214,218

O. 67

Fabre,J.H. 188
Fage,A. 93

Fagge , C . H . 221 , 242 , 264
Fairbairn, J. S. 277
Fairgrieve, J. 175, 177
Fairie,.!. 165
Fairweather, W. C. 1
Falconer, J. D. 169

W.W. 267

Falconnet, H. 142
Fanning, F. W.B. 249
Fantham , H . B . 1 91 , 248
Faraday , M . 2,4
Farmer, J.B. 199
Farnsworth , A . W . 67
Fanjuharson , R . 285
Farrar,R.A. 57,232
Farrell, F..T. 147

Farrow, F.R. 62
Fawcett,C.B. 179
Fawdry,R.C. 22,40
Feldman , W . M . 222 , 279
Felkin R.W. 290
Fenchel,A. 283
Fenton , H . J . H . 123 , 127 , 133
Fenwick , B . 276

-E.H. 257,258

-W.S. 256,267,280
Fer6 . C . 19
Fergus, F. 272
Ferguson , R . B . 233

T. 51

-W.B. 307

Fergusson, F. F. 54
Fernie,F. 114

W. T. 292

Ferrers , N . M . 30
Fidler, H. 67

- T. C. 49, 54
Field, A. 236

E.R. 171

Sir M. 183

S. 119

Fielden.J.R. 26
Fierz -David, H.E. 147
Fife,C.W.D. 71
Figgis, J.N. 6
Fildes, P. 247

Filon, L.N. G. 32

Finch, R.J. 177

Findlay, A. 127, 130, 136, 145

- L. 247
Finn,M. 106
Finzi,N.S. 289
Firth, J.B. 125,127

- R. H. 233
Fischer, E. 181, 199

F. 137

Fisher, B. 310

G.M. 7

H.K.C. 114

-J.H. 270
O. 167

- W.R. 203
Fitzgerald , G . F . 106

- S. 208

Fitzsimons, F. W. 191
Fitzwilliams , D . C . L . 261 , 264 ,

294

Flack , M . 225 , 226 , 255
Finitely, F. W. 220
Fleming, A. P. M. 114,310

G. 295,296

J.A. 103.106,114,119.120

R. A. 242

332

Name Index.

Fletcher , Sir B . F . 4 , 58 , 62 , 63 , 64

C. 239

F . M . 304

H. P. 58, 62, 63, 64

J. J. 312

Fleure, H. .1. 179
Fleury,P. 68
Flint, R. 6
Flower, Sir W. H. 3
Fock,A. 164
Foden , J . 84
Foerster, A. 247
Foltzer,.!. 300
Forbes, A. C. 208

G. 3, 159

N. H. 289

Fordham , Sir H . G . 175
Fordyce,A.D. 279,280
Forei, A. 188

Forrest , J . 269

S . N . 24 , 171

Forster, A. 234

E . L . 13 . 132 , 231 . 291

G. 171

L. 248

Morley,H. 126

Forsyth, A. R. 23, 29, 30

'D. 279, 294

Fort , M . 147
Fortescue, C. L. 120
Fortescue-Brickdale , J . M . 245 , 292 ,

293 , 294
Foster, Sir C.LeN. 171

F. 89

G.C. 106

Sir M . 225

M. 245

R . B . 309

Fothergill, C. F. 259

J.B. 299

J.M. 285, 286

W.E. 275,277

Foucar, L. J. 151

Fourier, J. 99

Fournier D 'Albe , E . E . 106 , 1 23

Fowler. 61

G.H. 182

G. J. 229

J . S . 279 , 280

R. H. 30

— — W. H. 82, 84, 89, 109

W. W. 188, 189, 190

Fox, H.C. 273

R.F. 287, 289

R.H. 3

W. S. 247

Francis , F . 293

Franke , G . 144
Frank land, W. B. 22
Franzen , H . 146
Fraser. A. C. 7

— J . 249 , 265
Fray, J. 101
Frazer, J. E. 223
Fream, W. 211, 217
Frederick , R . C . 234
Freeman, A. 99, 310

E. A. 175

N . H . 37

W. G. 212

Fremont t C . 75
French , C . H . 26

E. G. 247

H. 240, 243

J. W. 102

Frenkel, H. S. 287

Fresenius, T. W. 133

Fretwell, W. E. 62

Freud, S. 19

Freudempcher, P. W. 173

Freudenreich , E. von. 215

Freund, I. 123

Freundlich, E. 104

Freyberger, L. 280, 287, 293

Freyer, Sir P. J. 266

Frier, J.D. 93

Friel, A. R. 273, 290

Friend, J. N. 127, 129, 140, 141, 153

Frith, J. 113

Fritsch , F . E . 199 , 203

J. 220

Froment , J . 252
Frost, P. 24, 30

W . A . 270

Fry, G. C. 177
Fryer, A. 203
— —P. J. 140, 212
Fuller. Sir B. 15

B. A. G. 9

Fullerton, W. 61

Furneaux, W. S. 184, 188, 191, 199,

225

Filters, T.C. 74
Gabell, D. 282, 283
Gabriel, W.M. 282,283
Gadd,H. 238

H. W. 291,293

Gadow, H. 193
Gage, H. C. 262
Gairns, J. F. 83
Gaisford, H. 81
Galileo. 2
Galloway, J. H. 68
Galton, Sir F. 3, 194, 197

333

Name Index.

Galvayne, S. 296
Gamble, F. W. 185, 192

W. 307

Gammon, J. C. 67
Ganswindt, A. 299
Gant, L. W. 118
Garbe , R . 83
Garcia, A. 312
Garcke,E. 109
Gardiner, C. J. 166

F. 284

G. G. 132

J.S. 186

Gardner, H.B. 262

P. 4

W.M. 145, 147

Garlick, A. 18

Garnett,W. 107

Garnsey, H. E. F. 170, 199, 201, 204

Garrard , A . 88

C. Ill

F. J. 78

Garratt, H. A. 81

Garre, C. 265.

Garrett , A . E . 126 , 307

A. ff. 54

Garrod, Sir A. E. 239, 240, 280
Garry, T.G. 236
Carton, W. 290
Cask, G.E. 260
Gaskell,.T.F. 245

- W . H . 227
Caster, L. 59
Gatehouse, F. B. 66
Gates , P . 75

R.R. 194

S.B. 24

Gavronsky, J. O. 229
Gay, A. ill
Geary, H. 217
Geddes, A.E.M. 162

P. 194, 195, 199

Gee, G.E. 154

S . J . 243

W. W. H. 38, 98, 110

Geen , B . 67

Geerligs, H.C.P. 138

Geiger, H. 105

Geikie, Sir A. 166, 167, 168, 176

J. 166

Gemmell, G. H. 123
Geoghegan , H . 230
George, H. B. 175
Georgi, F. 77
Georgievics, G. 147, 297
Gerhardi,C.H.W. 115
Gerrans, H.T. 41

Ghambashidze , D . 165
Ghon , A . 250
Ghosh , B . N . 292

R . 292

Gibb, D. 24
Gibbs , G . H . 283
Gibson, A. G. 239. 242

A. H. 49, 54, 56

C.R. 1, 109

G.A. 26,28,33,242,244

H. 184

J. 9

R. J. H. 200, 202

W. 169

- W.R.B. 9, 10, 13
Gilbreth, F. 310
Giffen, SirR. 88
Giles, A.E. 275,276

G.M. 236,259

Gill, Sir D. 8

J. 180

— J. F. 109

N. J. 91

Gilhnders, A.T. 188

Gillespie, A.L. 286

Gillett, H. J. 66

Ginsburg.B. W. 182

Giroux.R. 246

Gissing, F. T. 146

Giua, M. 156

Giua Lollini, C. 156

Gladwyn, S. C. 153

Giaisher,,T. W. L. 21

Glaister, J. 233, 234, 237, 238

Glassington, C. W. 283

Ghzebrook, SirR.T. 1, 39, 97, 99,

100, 106

Gleichen, A. 101
Glover, E. P. 24

J. 53

W. 15

Goadby,K.W. 238
Godfray, H. 159, 160
Godfrey, C. 26, 31, 32, 36, 37
Godlee, Sir R. J. 3, 231
Goebel, K. E. 202
Goerens , P . 1 56
Golding, A. A. 177

H. A. 25,45

Goldsbrough, G.F. 285
Golla, F. 246
Gomt.er7, T. 7
Goodall, A. 223, 225, 254

E.W.245

Gooday,W.E. 144
Goodbody, F. 257
Goodchild. W. 165

334

Name Index.

Goodeve , T . M . 43
Goodfellow, J. 286
Goodhart, Sir J. F. 280
Goodman, J. 43
Goodrich, W.F. 60
Goodwill, S. G. 39
Goodwin, H. B. 35
Gordon, L. S. 214

M . H . 229

R.A. 214

W. 236

Gorst, Sir J. E. 279
Gosse, P. H. 196
Gossin, H. 97
Gotch, O. H. 255
Goudie, W. J. 85, 89
Gould, Sir A. P. 248. 262

E . P . 262

Goulding, E. 218
Goulston , A . 254
Gower, A. R. 153

H.D. 307

Gowers, Sir W. R. 17, 252, 270
Gowland.W. 155
Grace. 53

J . H . 27 , 33

Graham , J . 28 , 43 , 248

P. A. 215

V. 305

Graham-Smith, G. S. 229, 245, 259
Grahame- White, C. 91
Grandmongin , E . 147
Granger , F . S . 15
Granjon, R. 77
Grant, D. 151

F. L. 36

H.C. J. 180

J. 139

J. C. 304

J . D . 269 , 273

J . T . 229

Grasby, W. C. 211

Gray /A. 3, 23, 40, 45, 97, 106

A. A. 273

F. W. 127

H. 221

Sir H. W. M. 262, 264

J. 84

J.G. 40

K. J. 270

S.O. 203

Greaves , J . 42
Green , A . A . R . 289

A. G. 147

A.H. 166

C . E . 248

F. E. 211, 215

Green , F . W . E . 271

J.A. 15

J . R . 199 , 201 , 202

T . H . 240

Greene , J . A . 143

W.H.C. 264

Greenhill, Sir A. G. 23, 42, 92
Greenish , H . G . 235 , 292
Greenly, H. 72
Greenstreet, W. J. 2, 11
Greenwell, A. 56, 171
Greenwood, H.C. 146

M. 227, 259

W.H. 153, 154

W . 0 . 276

Gre"goire , R . 264
Gregorius , R . 144
Gregory, E. S. 205

-J.W. 166,167,176,178

Sir R.A. 1,39,97,175,176

Grew. E. S. 160
Grey, C. G. 94

G. W. 62

Gribble , T . G . 51

Grierson , R . 60

Griffiths, A. B. 156, 191, 220, 283

A. P. 134

E. A. 75

E.D. 1

E.H\ 99

F. G. 250

H.D. 173

W. H. 286

Grimsdale , H . B . 269
Grimshaw, J. 242

R. 75

Gronvold, H. 193
Groom, P. 199, 203

T.R. 77

Gross, E. 219
Grossmann,J. 136,151
Groth , L . A . 77

P. 164

Grove, W.B. 204,205

Groves, E. W.H. 260,263,264, 294

Groves-Showell,P. 180

Grubb,H. C. 63

Gruner , A . 298

O .C . 241 , 248

Grunwald, J. 78
Guest, J. J. 75
Guillemard,F.H.H. 179
Gullan , M . A . 294
Gulland, G. L. 254
Gulliver, G. H. 155

J.H. 12

Gunn, J. 79

335

Name Index.

Gunn , J . A . 10

- M . 270

Gunther, R. T. 212
Guppy, H.B. 199
Gurden , R . L . 52
Gurney, E. 103
Gurney-Dixon, S. 229
Guth? ie , C . C . 261

L. G. 280

T. 256

Guttentag, W.E. 144
Guttmann , 0 . 1 50 , 172
Gwynne-Vaughan,D.T. 198
H.D.F. 83
Haas, P. 125, 135
Haberlandt, G. 202
Hack wood, R. W. 52
Haddon, A.C. 197
Haddow, A.N. 75
Hadley, IT. E. 39, 97, 106
Haeckel,E. 224
Haeder, H. 81, 88
Haenig, A. 75
Haig,H. A. 202
Haggard, Sir R. 211,215
Haglund, P. 287
Hail?, A. 240
Hainbach , R . 149
Hainsworth,C. H. 118
Hake,C.N. 150

W. 129

Haldane,E. S. 10

J. S. 100, 194,225

Halden,G. M. 53

Hale, A. J. 123, 129, 131

C. W. 233

Hale- White, Sir W. 291

Haler, P.J. 24, 72

Hall, Sir A. D. 211, 218, 217, 220

C. A. 196, 200

C. J. J. Van. 219

H.R. 81

H. S. 26, 31, 34, 35, 36

J. W. 154,239

T. C.F. 165

W. 37, 180

Hallett,G.W.T. 48
Halliburton, W. D. 225, 227, 241
Hainan, E.T. 218
Halse, E. 312
Ham , B . B . 237
Hamel, G. 91
Hamer,W. H. 233
Hamilton, C. 310

D . J . 255

Sir W.R. 23

Hammick . D . L . 103

Hammond , A . R . 189
Hampshire, C. H. 134
Hanby , W . 93
Handy, C. E. 47
Hankin , E . H . 92
Hanna , W . 246
Hannay, A. H. 8
Hansel', C. W. 106
Hansen, I.. F. 181
Hanson . C . 0 . 208

- S. (;. 217
Harbord, F..W. 154
Harby, W. 49

Harcourt, I,. F. V. 50, 55, 59
Harden, A. 126, 130, 137
Hardie, R. P. 0
Hard in?,. T. S. 302

-M.E. 245
Hardman, A. H. :«)1
Hardwicke, W. W. 270
Hardy, E. 40

-G. H. 23,28, 188

- M . K . 203
Hare, A.T. 11«

- F. •_>.-»!
Hnrker, A. 168
HarlofT.W.H.T. 138
Harley, V. 257
Barman, N. B. 269
Harmer, Sir S. F. 185
Harold, J. 243
Harper, C.G. 48

- H. 91, 123
Harra,., C. 304
Harris, D. F. 225, 251

— G.T. 307

.T.D. 290

-P.W. 121

W. 251, 290

Harrison, A. 310

A. B. 57

C. 69

F . 282

J . 33

L. W. 247

P.T. 61

Harrow , B . 104
Harston , G . M . 236
Hart,B. 253
D . B . 277

H . 304

J . B . 99

J.H. 219

J. W. 58, 80

Hart-Smith,. T. 129
Hartenburg, P. 252
Hartmann ; E . 10

336

Name Index.

Hartmann,R. 193
Hartog, M. 194
Hartridge, G. 270,271

H . 226

Harvey, A. 149

-F. W. 24

W.H. 204, 205

Harvey -Gibson , R . J . 200
Hasbach, W. 215
Haskett, T. TI. 217
Haslam, A. P. 109

G. 192

Hasluck , P . N . 43 , 47 , 58 , 64 , 67 , 68 ,

75, 147, 302
Hassard, A.R. 294

E . M . 294

Haswell, W. A. 186

Hatch, F. H. 164, 168, 169, 171, 173

Hatfield, W.H. 154

Hatschek, E. 128

Hatton, J. L. S. 30, 32

Haiisbrand; E. 136

Hausner, A. 139

Havelock, J. H. 116

T. H. 24

Havilland, G. de. 79
Haward , W . 254
Hawkhead, J. C. 121
Hawkins, C. C. Ill, 113

H.L. 170

H.P. 257

Hawthorne , C . O . 237
Hay, A. 112, 113

J. 255

Hayes , R . 247
Hayward, F. H. 15
J.W. 81

R.B. 23

W . R . 206

Haywood , G . 224
Ha/ell, W.H. 310
Heape , W . 228
Hearn , G . R . 51
Hearson, H.R. 154
Heath, C. 222

C. J. 274

F . G . 200 , 202

R. S. 32, 41, 100

SirT.L. 3,22,34,159,161

Heaton , E . W . 177
Heaviside,O. 106
Heawood, E. 175
Hedges , K . 106
Heerman , P . 147
Hegel. G. W.F. 10
Heil,A. 142
Heilbron,I.M. 126. 131

Hellier, J.B. 279
Hellins,H.H. 57
Hellyer , S . S . 58
Helmholtz , H . L . F . 103

H . von . 3

Hempsall, W. H. 217
Henderson , A . 30

G. G. 128, 132

J . 242 , 294

J . F . 184

R . 214

T. 271

W.D. 184

Hendrick,E. 123
HennelL T. 54
Henrici, O. 23
Henry. A. 208

P. 80

T. A. 135

Henslow, G. 200, 202, 212
Henslowe, L. 94
Henstock , J . 121
Kenwood , J . H . 146
Hepburn, W.B. 283
Hepworth, M. W. C. 162
— -T.C: 148
Herbert, A. 76

H. 270

S. 194,228

T.E. 119

Herbertson, A. J. 175, 177, 178

F . D . 177

Herford, R. O. 310
Hericourt , J . 250
Heriot, T.H.P. 138
Herman , G . E . 275 , 277

R.A. 100

Hernaman - Johnson, F. 287
Herrick, T. P. 304
Herring, H. T. 266
Herring-Shaw, A. 58
Herringham , Sir W . P . 258
Herrmann , G . 56 , 74
Herrod-Hempsall, W. 217
Herschel. 3
Herschell, G. 240
Hertwig,O. 223,226
Hertz, H. 39, 106
Herxheimer , G . 239
Herz,W. 122
Herzfeld, J. 300
Hewat, A. F. 239
Hewitt, C. 188, 307
Hewlett, G. 312

R. T. 184, 229, 240, 285, 288

Heylin,H.B. 298,301
Heywood, H. 27

337

BB

Name Index.

Hibbert,E. 134

L..T. 307

W. 118

Hicks, J. A. 144

J. W. 158

W.M. 41

Hickson, S..T. 191
Higgens , C . 269
Higgins. A. L. 51

-S.H. 147

Higgs, G. G. 79

H. 38

Highton, H.P. 133, 134
Hildage,H.T. 310
Hilditch, T. P. 122, 127, 131
Hilger, W. 290
Hill, A. 223, 226

A.M. 36

C. W. 73, 74

F.T. 93

J.G. 119

L. 225,226. 250

M..I.M. 34

T. G. 135

W. 265

Killer, E. G. 84
Hillhouse, W. 201
Hihii.nl. H. 283
Hilton. H. 27,33, 164
Hime.H. W.L. 30

T.W. 237

Hinchley, J. W. 136,218

Hind,H.L. 309

Hindle,E. 259

Hinks, A. R. 159, 176

Hinshelwood, J. 269

Hiorns, A. H. 153, 154, 155, 156

Hird,D. 194

H.C. 37

Hirsch, W. 19
Hirschel, G. 262
Hjort, J. 183
Hoare,C. 37

E . W . 295 , 296

Hobart,H.M. 111,112,118
Hobbs. 115

F.D. 92

L.M. 81

Hobday, F. T. G. 262, 295
Hobhouse.L.T. 7, 10
Hobkirk,C.P. 205
Hoblyn, R. D. 242
Hobson, E. W. 22, 23, 35
Hodgett, E. A. B. 143
Hodgins, J. E. 217
Hodgkinson, W.R. 124
Hodgson, E. S. 312

Hodgson, H. H. 152

J.E. 173

J.T. 83,84

R.B. 75,77

T. R. 234

Hodson, F. 1
Hoernes, H. 95
Hoffding, H. 7, 15
Hofmann, E. 188
Hogarth, C. W. 286

D.G. 178

Hogben.L.T. 3
Hogner.P. 100
Holden-Stone , G . de . 79
Holdich, SirT. 178
Hole, W. 146
Holland, W. C. 291
Hoi lander, B. 251, 280
Holman, H. 13, 18
Holmes, A. 168
Holms, A.C. 70
Holt,E.B. 10

-H.G 68

R.B. 53

Holt-Buttermi, H. 47 •
Holt-Thomas , G . 91
Holtzmann , 0 . 312
Holzwarth , H . 89
Hood,C. 154

-D. W.C. 256, 265

G.F. 123

W.P. 287

Hooker, Sir J.D. 2,3, 198,205, 206

Sir W. J. 3, 205

Hooper, J. 65

L . 299 , 301

Hooton, W.M. 129, 133
Hoover, T. J. 174
Hope, E. W. 233, 234

SirW.H.St.J. 305

Hopewell-Smith, A. 282
Hopkinson, B. 21, 39

J. 21

Horder, Sir T. J. 240, 242, 245
Hornby, J. 145, 146
Home, H. P. 305
Horner,D.W. 163

J. 157, 297

J.G. 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 84,

312

Horsley, Sir V. 251
Hort,E.C.250
Horth, A.C. 78
Horton, C.M. 72
Horwood , A . R . 200

C. B. 173

Hoskins, G. G. 63

338

Name Index.

Hoskins,H.P. 63
Hoskold,H.D. 50
Hough, W. S. 6
Houston, Sir A. C. 57
Houstoun , R . A . 97 , 100
Hovell,T.M. 274
Hovenden, F. 25
Hovestadt, H. 149
Hovgaard , W . 70
Howard , A . L . 208

R . 260 , 263

Howarth, O. J. R. 175, 177, 178

W. G. 274

W. J. 235

Howden . R . 221
Howe, F. J. O. 114

J. A. 169, 171

Howell, C. M. H. 258
Howes, G. B. 184, 186
Howorth , J . 149
Hoyle,B. 121
Hubbaid, R. 151

T. O'B. 92

Hubner , J . 147
Hudson , B . 242

H.P. 25

O. F. 154

R.W.H.T. 30

— W.H. 192

W.Ii.H. 36

Huelin , D . C . 312
Huggins , G . M . 266
Hushes, A. J. 180

A.L. 307

A.M. 123

A. W. 222

B. 264

E . L . 271

H.W. 172

T . H . 1 76

V. A.B. 84

W. 176, 177

Hull, A. J. 264

E. 167

Humber, W. 44
Hume. 10
Humphreys , H . 283
Humphr is , F . H . 290
Humphry, L. 294
Humph rys , N . H . 145
Hunnybun , E . W . 206
Hunsaker , J . C . 92
Hunter , A . 49

C . 283

G. 256

Hunt, G. B. 249
Hunter, H. H. 218

Hunter, J. 3

J. A. 301

W . 3 , 254

W. T. 176

Huntington, A. K. 153
Hurd, A. 70
Hurry, J. B. 252
Hurst, A. F. 242, 252, 257

C . 81 , 83

C. H. 186

G. H. 68, 140, 141, 144, 299

H.E. 97

J.T. 50, 61, 63, 64

J.W. 217

Hurter, F. 307
Husband , J . 33 , 49
Huskisson , W . M . 88
Hut chins, B. L. 310
Hutchinson , H . N . 170

J. 236, 252, 261

R . 226 , 244 , 280 , 285 , 286

R. W. 106, 107, 109

Hutt,C. W. 233
Hutton,F. H. 118

J . E . 310

R. S. 129

W. S. 50, 72, 84

Huxlev, J. S. 185

L. 3

T.H. 2, 3, 10, 175, 184, 180,

191, 194, 226
Huygens, C. 101
Hyatt -Woolf, C. 101
Hyndman, H. H. F. 105
Ibbetson , A . 219

W.J. 24

W. S. 100, 112, 116, 118, 309

Ibbotson, F. 156
Illingvvorth, S.R. 2
Imbert , L . 263
Imms, A.D. 186, 213
Ince , J . 291
Inchley, W. 43, 81, 84
Ingham , A . E . 73
Ingle, H. 141, 213
Ingram , G . L . 296
Innes , C . 60

C. H. 47, 56

Innocent, C. F. 61
Inwood , 214
loteyko, J. 311
Ireland, W.W. 280
Irvine, M. C. W. 13
Isler,C. 57
J.F.L. 117
Jack , G . 64

W.R. 242

339

Name Index.

Jackman, W.T.
Jackson, A. 76
B.D.

C.E.

C.M.

— c.s.

D.H.

F.G.

311

3 , 200 , 206
97
222
37,40
85
48, 64,78

H. 208

J. W. 197

P. G. 84

W. 312

W.H. 224

Jacobi,C.T. 304
Jacobson, W. H. A. 261
Jaeger, F.M. 22
Jaggard, W.R. 61
Jagger,J.E. 47
Jaggers, E. M. 124
Jago,W. 129
Jaksch,V. 239
James, T.C. 131

W.H.N. 113,115,117

Jameson, W.W. 233

Jamieson , A . 43 , 81 , 90 , 1 07 £110

E . B . 222

W. A. 284

Jane,F.T. 70,85,94
Janet, P. 7

Jansen , M . 267 , 268 , 280

Jaqnes,A. 127

Jardine,R. 276,277

Jarvis,W.H. 53

Jast, L.S. 307

Jeans, J. H. 100, 107, 160

J . S . 154

Jefferys, W.H. 236
Jefferson, 182
Jeffery,F.H. 129

H. J. 198

Jehl,F. 117
Jellett.H. 275,277
Jenkins, H. G. 310

J.T. 183, 191

Jenkinson . 53

J. W. 223

Jennings , A . S . 69
Jennison , H . 141
Jessop,C.M. 30,35
Jervis -Smith, F.J. 72
Jessop,W.H.H. 269
Jevons,F.B. 10,194
H.A. 13

W. S. 13

Jex-Blake , A . J . 221 , 224
Jobling , E . 128 , 146
Johns , C . A . 192 , 206 , 208

Johnson , A . E . 132

A.E .W. 246

A. F.M. 200

G.L. 308

J.C.F. 173

J. H. 117

R. 114, 308

T.M. 116

V.E. 45,91, 113

W.E. 35

W.H. 219

Johnston , E . 305 , 306

G. A. 11

J.B. 191

J. F. W. 213

K. 177

T.B. 221,222

Lavis,H.J. 236

Johnstone,J. 191,194

S. J. 152

T. 253

Joll,C.A. 251
Jolley,A.C. 115
Joly,C.J. 23

J. 105

N. 2

Jones, A. B. 237

A.C. 33, 199

A.J. 15

B.E. 47, 64, 309

C . 129 , 808

C.P. 241

D.C. 38

D.E. 39,97,106

D.W.C. 288

E. 19, 251

E.E. C. 11, 13

F.B. 137

F. W. 191, 197

H. 7
H.F.
H.L.

200
290

H . Maunaughten . 17

H. S. 86

J. 216

J. H. 154

J.T. S. 295

L. 289

L. A. 172

L.M.M. 79

L. V. 247

M. W. 69

SirR. 267, 268

R. 261

T. 47

T.G. 47

T.H. 93

340

Name Index.

Jones, T. W. 53
W. 134

W.H. 119

W.N. 200

Jordan, C. H. 70

H.G. 42,47

Jorgensen , A . 1 37
Josf , L. 202
Jowett,W. 296
Joyner, G. 304

Judd , J . W . 166 , 167 , 194
Jude , A . 98

R.H. 97,107

Judge, A. W. 88,93
Jukes -Browne, A. J. 168, 169
Juler,H.E. 269
Julian, H.F. 174

J. 68

Julius,?. 147
Jung,C.G. 19
Juptner, H. F. v. 154
Jutsum,J.M. 180
Kanthack , A . A . 239

R. 102

Kapp,G. 109,114,118
Kapper,F. 114
Kassner,T. 173

Kay, S.A. 134
Kaye,G.W.C. 105,126
Kayser,E. 168
Keable,B.B. 219
Kean,F.J. 88,94
Keane , A . H . 177 , 179 , 197

C. 132

C.A. 131

Keary,C.F. 7
Keatinge , M . W . 18
Keeble,F.W. 202
Keegan , D . F . 274
Keen,G.R. 209
Keim.A.W. 68

Keith , Sir A . 197 , 222 , 223 , 226 ,
274 , 285

J.R. 243

R.D. 244

Kelland,P. 23
Kellas,A.M. 125
Kellner,O.J. 218
Kelsey,W.R. 97,112
Kelson, W.H. 273
Keltic, Sir J. S. 175,179
Kelvin , Lord . 3 , 7 , 21 , 101
Kelynack , T . N . 250 , 251 , 280

T. W. 239

Kemp, P. 109,113
Kempe , H . R . 89 , 113 , 114
Kempson , E . W . E . 112

Kennedy , A . 52

Sir A.B. W. 72

A.M. 245

N. 51

R. 91, 93

Kennelly, A. E. 110
Kenwood , H . R . 233 , 234
Ker,C.B. 245

D.R. E. 213

Kerr, G. 186
G . L . 172

J. 5, 233

J. G. 223, 228

J.M. 277

Kershaw , G . B . 59

J.B.C. 142,143,155

J. W. 88

S. 300

Kettle, E.H. 267
Kew,H.W. 191
Key,A.C. 144
Keynes , J . N . 13
Kickman , H . R . B . 225
Kidd,F. 257,258,266

W. 194

Kilgour,P. 297
Kimball, A. L. 100
Kimmins, C. W. 18
Kinch , E . 123
King,D.B. 250

F.T. 278

H.E. 81

J. 71

Kingsbury, J. E. 119
Kingscott , P . C . R . 134
Kingsley, J. S. 191
Kinzer,H. 299
Kingzett , C . T . 123
Kinzbrunner, C. 110,114
Kipping, F.S. 129,131
Kirby,W.E. 188,189
Kirkaldy, J. W. 184
Kirkbride.J. 304
Kirkpatrick , T . S . G . 173
Kirkup , T . 5
Kirmisson,E. 280
Kirschke,A. 88
Kitchin,D.B. 10
Kleen,E.A.G. 287
Klein, A. 13

F. 27

Klemin,A. 94
Klingenberg, G. Ill
Kloes , J . A . Van Der . 65
Knapp,A.W. 139
Knecht, E. 134, 147, 299
Knight ,J.H. 79

341

Name Index.

Knight, R. S. G. 134

S.R. 26, 35

W. 12

Knoblauch, E. 201
Knocker, D. 237
Knott,C.G. 21,22,25,96,167
Knox,A. 162,179

A. V. 105

E.B. 233

G.D. 220

J. 126, 152

R. 105

Knuth,P. 202
Knuthsen,L.F.B. 256
Koczorowski , I A . 45
Koenigsberger , L. 3
Koller,T. 151
Koppcschaar, E. 188
Kozmin,P.A. 139
Kraepelin,E. 253
Krauch,C. 132
Krause,R.A. 227
Kretschmar, C. 299
Krogh,A. 227
Krohn,R.E.S. 228,262
Krusch,P. 165
Kulpe.O. 7,17

L.H. 53
Laby.T.H. 126
Lachlan.R. 31
Lack,L. A. H. 226
LaCour,J.L. 114
Lafar.F. 138
Lagrange,F. 271
Laird, J. 250
Lake, P. 166,168,176

- R. 274
Lakeman.A. 66
Lamarck, J.B. 194
Lamb . 53

C.G. 107

H. 28,39,41,42,103

J. 88

J.B. 216

W. 273

Lambart,H.C. 259
Lambert, F.C. 308

S. 45

T. 139,155

Lambkin, F.J. 247
Lamprecht,R. 171
Lancaster, M. 117
Lanchester , F . W . 73 , 91 , 92

H.V. 68

W.F. 229

Land,H.C. 189
Landauer,J. 132

Lander, C.H. 301

G.D. 129, 296

Landois , L . 226
Landolt,E. 270

M. 270

Landon,J.W. 41
Landseer, SirE. 193
Lane.J.E. 222

Sir W . A . 257 , 265 , 26fi

Claypon , J . E . 235

Lang, A. 224

W.H. 201

Lange.K.R. 145
Langenhagen , M . de . 256
Langley , J . N . 223 , 225 , 226
Langmaid. J. 81

Lankester , Sir E . R . 170 , 1 85 , 186
Lantsberry.F.C. A.H. 144
Lapage , C . P . 280
Lap worth, C. 166
Larard , C . E . 25
Larkman.A.E. 28,110

A.H. 110

Larmor , Sir J . 89 , 96 , 103
L*rner,E.T. 113
Larsen,A. 150
Larter.A.T. 143
Lascelles.T. W. 306
Lasche,O. 89
Latham, A. 244,285

E. 55

Latter, O.K. 185,189
Lattey,R.T. 97
Laurance,L. 102
Laurens , G . 273
Laurie, A. P. 69,141

C.L. 200

S. S. 5

Laveran , A . 248
Lavis,H.J.J. 236
Law,E.F. 155

H. 52

Lawn,J.G. 171
Lawrence, C. P. 215
Lawrie,E. 263
Laws, B.C. 92
Lawson,A.W. 104

F.M. 311

G. 31

Laxton , 63
Laycock,W.F. 147
Lazarus-Barlow , W . S . 239 , 24a
Lea,A.S. 225

A. W. W. 276

E. 255

F.C. 54

Leach, A. F. 5

342

Name Index.

Leaf, C.H. 223,276

H.M. 116

Lean, B. 124
Leaning, J. 63
Leathern, J. G. 24,28,35
LeBas,G. 127
LeBon,G. 20,103
Lecky,S.T.S. 180
Ledeboer, J. H. 92
Ledingham , J . C . G . 245
Ledoux-Lebard , M . 264
Leduc, S. 227
Lee,A.B. 223

J. 119,311

V. 13

Leeds, F. H. 143
Lees , C . H . 98
- D . B . 250
Leese,A.S. 296
Lelevre , L . 65
Leffmann, H. 132
Leftwich , R . W . 244 , 285
Legg,J.W. 243

T.P. 260

Legge , F . 103

T.M. 238

Leggatt, W. 298,299
Leggett,B. 121
Legros , L . A . 304
Lehfeldt , R . A . 126 , 127 , 1 29
Lehner,S. 148

Leibniz. 10
Leighton, G. R. 192
Leland,C.G. 64,78,303
Lelean,P.S. 233
Lemaire , H . 245
LeMaitre, W. 92
Lemerle, G. 265
Lempfert,R. G. K. 162
Lennander , K . G . 258
Lenzmann . 244
Leonard , E . M . 5
Lepine,J. 253
Leri,A. 19
Leriche,R. 263
Lesion , G . L . 51
Letts , E . A . 126
Leudesdorf, C. 32
Leupp , F . E . 3
Levett,R. 35
Levy,D.M. 174

H. 92

— — S. I. 129, 150
Lewers, A.H.N. 276
Lewes, G. H. 5

V.B. 123,143,145

Lewis, E.I. 129,131

Lewis, E. W. 142
H.M. 63

L.P. 53

S. J. 122

W. C.McC. 127

W. J. 164, 175

Leyton, A. S. F. 239
Libby,W. 5
Lickley, J.D. 223
Lidgett , A . 144
Lieckfeld, G. 88
Lilly, W.E. 49
Lindsay, C.T. 48

J. 7, 249

J. A. 256

Lord. 76

Lineham , W . J . 48 , 73
Ling, A. R. 138
Lintern , W . 52
Linton , R . G . 296
Lister, J.J. 186

Lord. 231, 260

T . D . 278

Lithgow , E . M . 271
Littlejohn , A . R . 235
Little , A . 178

A. G. 3

H.F. V. 129

Liveing , G . D . 102
Livens, G.H. 107
Liversedge , A . J . 73
Liversidge, J. G. 86
Livingstone , R . 112
Llewellyn , J . L . 237 , 249
Lloyd, A. H. 7

E. W. 211

F.E. 184

LI. 244,248

L.L. 147

R.E. 184, 185

Lluria,E. 195
Lochhead, J. 228
Lock,G.W. 174
J.B. 35, 36,41

R. H. 195,219

Lockwood, 63

C. B. 261, 263, 266, 276

Lockyer,C. 267,275

SirJ.N. 102,159,160

Lodge, A. 28

G. A. 171

G. E. 193

SirO.J. 2,3,36,39,103

R.C. 11

Logan, D.D. 238
Loewenfeld,L. 228
Loewenthal, R. 147

343

Name Index.

33,34, 35,36,39,41,

19
212

276, 277

Logan,F.W.A. 45
Lohmann,W. 271
Lohnis.F. 214
Lommel , E . 101

von . 97

Lomax,J.W. 298
Lones,T.E. 155
Loney, S.L.

42
Long,C.E.

H.C.

J. 214,217

Longmuir, P. 157
Longridge, C. J. N
Loosmore , C . 251
Lord,R.T. 301
Lorenz,A. 268
Loring,F.H. 127
Lossky,N.O. 10
Lott.F.E. 138
Louch M . 18

Louis, H. 52,153,169,174
Love,A.E.H. 29,39,44,167

J. K. 274

Loveday.T. 15,17
Lovell,M.S. 191
Lovett,W.J. 70.71
Lovibond, J. W. 102
Low.B. 19

D.A. 31,33,43,47,73,81

G. C. 246

R.C. 284

W.S. 278

Lowndes,M.E. 15
Lowry,T.M. 122
Lowson , J . M . 200
W. 129

Lucas, E.W. 286,291,292

F. 312

K. 227

Luciani,L. 226
Luckes, E.C.E. 294
Luckhoff, L. 270
Ludlam,E.B. 124,129
Luff, A. P. 125
Luhe.M. 248
Luke,T.D. 263,283,289
Lukis,SirC.P. 236,292
Lulham,R. 186
Lumb,A.D. 165

N. P.L. 247,266

Lummer,O. 308
Lummis-Paterson , G . W . 112
Lunge, G. 132,136,145,146,151
Lunt,H.J. 311

J. 130

Lupton,A. 173

Lupton, S. 126
Lustgarten , J . 117
Luttringer, A. 142
Luys,G. 247

J. 227

Lyall.M. 7

Lycett , J . 94

Lydall,F. 118

Lyde,L.W. 177,178

Lydekker , R . 3 , 170 , 185 , 191 , 193

Lycll,SirC. 166

Lyle,H.W. 226

Lyman , T . 102
Lyster,R.A. 233
Lyth,E.R. 289
M.R.C.V.S. 217
MacAlister,D.A. 169
McAulay,A. 23,38
Macaulay , F . S . 27 , 81

W.H. 99

Macbeth, A. K. 125
MacBride , E . W . 186 , 223
McBride.P. 273
Maccabe.F.F. 231,295
MacCall,W.T. 112
MacCallan, A. F. 270
McCann,F.J. 276
McCarrison , R . 254
M'Carthy,F.L. 34
McCartney, H. P. 46
McCaskill.A. 1
McCaw.J. 279,280
McCay,D. 286
M'Clelland,W. J. 35
McConnell,P. 211
McCrae,J.A. 239

T. 243

McCulloch,C. 74
MacCurdy, J.T. 253
McDermaid,N. J. 71
McDonagh , J . E . R . 247 , 288
Macdonald , D . M . , 280 , 286

G. 18

G. W. 150

H.M. 107

J. 211

J.H. 253

R.St.J. 233

W. 215

McDougall , W . 15 , 16 , 17 , 20
McDowall, S. A. 97
MacEwan , P . 291
MacEwen, J. A. C. 222
MacFadyen , A . 184
McFarlane.J. 177
Macfarlane , W . 1 53 , 154 , 156
Macfie,R.C. 195,289

344

Name Index.

McGibbon, W. C. 86
McGowan,G. 132
Macgregor , J . G . 41

J. M. 240

McGrigor, G.D. 164
MacHattie,A. 180
McIntosh,J. 247

J. G. 138,141,142

W. C. 192

McKail,D. 234
McKay, R. F. 43
Mackay, J. S. 25,31
McKay, W.J.S. 231,276
McKendrick , A . 237 , 238

J. G. 226

Mackenna , R . W . 288
McKenzie,D. 273,274

J. 246

Mackenzie , Sir J . 231 , 255

J. A. S. 249

J.E. 138

J. S. 10, 11

K. J. J. 217

N.T. 55

R.T. 287

T. 43

T.C. 254

. W. C. 222, 227

W . L . 232 , 279

Mackie , A . 307

J. 302

McKillop, A.D. 310

M. 286, 310

MacKinder,H. J. 178
McKinnon,E.C. 116
McKisack , H . L . 244
Mackrow , C . 71
M'Lachlan,N. W. 25
McLaren, R. S. 73
Maclaiirin;R.C. 101.
McLean, A. 98
Maclean, H. 131,239

M. 110

MacLennan , A . 261
Macleod,H. W. G. 233

J. 186

J. J. R. 226, 258

J.M.H. 264,284

W.A. 156

MacMahon, P. A. 27
McMillan . 86

D. 79

MacMillan, J. C. 279

W.G. 153,155

McMinnies, W. G. 92
MacMunn , N . E . 175
NacNab,A. 269,271

MacNab, J. 182

W. 150

MacNamara , N . C . 16 , 1 95
Macnaught en- Jones , H. 17
McNeile,A.M. 28

J . D . 28

Macpherson, H. 3
McPherson, J. A. 57
McQueen, E.N. 16
MacQueen , J . 296
Macrobert , T . M . 23
McTaggart , J . McT . E . 10
McVail,J.C. 246
McWilliam, A. 157
Maddox,E.E. 270

H. A. 148,305

Madill,D.G. 277
Magian,A.C. 247
Magie , W . F . 97
Magill,E.M. 290
Maginnis, A. G. 71
Magnus, L. 7

Sir P. 39

Maguire,T.M. 179

W.R. 59

Maher,M. 16
Maitland,F. 2
Maitre,W.le. 92
Makins, Sir G. H. 264
Makower,W. 105
Malatesta, G. 145
Malcolm,H.W. 120
Mallik,D.N. 101
Mamlock,H. J. 283
Manacorda, H. 16
Manders , A . S . 142 , 219
Mann, Dr. 256

G. 223, 227

H.L. 25

J. D. 238, 239

M.S. 274

Manson , G . L . 61

Sir P. 259

Bahr, P. H. 259

March, H. 244

N.H. 228

Marchant, F.T. 233

W.H. 121

Marett , R . R . 16 , 197 , 223
Mark,E.L. 223

H.T. 5

L. P. 251

Marks, E.C.R. 73,74

Sir G. C. 56,278

L. S. 81

Marlow,T.G. 136
Marquand, H. S. 119

345

Name Index.

Marr,H.C. 253

j. E. 166, 168, 169, 214

Marriase.E. 308
Marsh, C.F. 67

J.E. 127

Marsden , R . 299
Marshall, A. 150

A.M. 186, 192

C. 286,292

C . D . 269

F.H.A. 217,223,228

H. 151, 164

H.R. 16

T. W. 215

W. J. 88

Marson , P . 149
Martel,T. de. 265
Martin . 86

A.B.R. 121

G. 122,124,126,129,186,146,

147, 150, 151

H.N. 184

J. 178

M. J. 121

N. 67

W. A. 76

W.D. 86, 88

W.R. 181

Martindale , W . H . 288 , 292 , 293
Martineau,G. 188
Martinier.P. 265
Maryon , H . 78
Maskelyne,N.S. 164
Maslen,A..T. 200
Mason, A. C. 7

F.A. 147

Massee , G . 200 , 204 , 212
Masselin. E.J. 280
Master, H. 137
Masterman , A . T . 186 , 192
Masters, W.E. 259
Mastin,J. 165

Mather, T. 109
Matheson,D. 217

E. 311

Mathews,G.B. 23,27,32
Matson,R.W. 288
Matthew, D. 252
Matthews, A. H.H. 215

C. G. 138

E. 216

E.R. 54,55,60

G.F. 37

R.B. 91,94

Mattos, A.T.de. 188
Maudsley,H. 16,253
Maunder, E.W. 160

99, 103, 106, 107
236

275

59

269

107, 112, 113, 114,

269

28

Maurice, W. 172,173
Maw,P.T. 209
Mawson , E . 0 . 55

F. 171

Maxim , Sir H . S . 3
Maxted , E . B . 128 , 151
Maxwell, Capt. 181

F. 138

F. W. 35, 183

J.C.

J.L.

R.D.

W.H.

May,C.H.

O. 247

P. 139

Mayall,G. 216,217

J. 196

May cock, W. P,

116, 117

Mayer, C. 142,148
Maylard , A . E . 250 , 266
Maynard , F . P .
Mayo,C.H.P.
Mayor, J.B. 7
Mayou , M . S . 269 , 270
Meade,A. 145
Meares, J. W. 54,110
Meek, A. 192
Mees , C . E . K . 102
Meldola , R . 124 , 131 , 308
Mel lanby , A . L . 48 , 70
Melland.C.H. 258
Mellone.S.H. 13,16
Mellor, J. W. 25, 130, 134, 149 15fi
Melville, C.H. 233

D*vison,W. 233

Mennell.F.P. 168
- J. B. 263, 287
* 'Mentor.'* 145, 146
Menzies , J . A . 225

— K. 228
Mercer, J.E. 103

J. W. 28, 35

Mercier.C. 17,213,253

Cardinal. 7

Meredith, C. M. 18
M6ric,H.de. 289
Merrifield,J. 181
Merrington , E . M . 16
Merritt,W.H. 165
Merz,J.T. 5,7
Mesnil,F. 248
Messum,S. 183
Metcalfe . 4

C.C. 116

Metchnikoff, E. 288

346

Name Index.

Metson , G . 63
Meycliar,L. 312
Meyer, B.E. 7,14
Meysey -Thompson , R . F . 193
Miall,B. 188,250

L.C. 3, 184, 189

Mtehaelis>D.M.L. 41
Michell,S. 56
Micholitsch,T. 276
Middleton , E . C . 91

G.A.T. 49,51,59,64

R,E. 51,57

Midgley,E. 300
Miers, Sir H. A. 164
Milburn,T. 212
Miles, A. 232,261,263
Mill, II. R. 175,179

J. S. 6, 13

Millais,J. G. 192,193
Millar, A. 69,219

J.B. 31

W.J. 73, 82, 180

Millard,C.K. 288
Miller, II. C. 253
J. 239, 240

J.S. 77

R. 280

Milligan, F. M. 219

Sir W. 274

Millington, J. P. 3
Millis,C.T. 25,77

G.P. 283

Milne,.!. 33,167

J.J. 32

.1. S. 232

R. 300

. R.M. 22,41

T. 299

W.P. 27, 28

Milner,H.B. 168
Milroy,.T.A. 135

M.E.W. 302

T. H. 135

Milson,F. 151
Minchin,G.M. 41,42,47

W. C. 250

Minett,E.P. 229
Minikin, R. C.R. 54
Minto , W . 18
Miremont , C . de . 161 , 1 80
Mitchell, A. 9

C. A. 128, 133, 137, 138, 141,

148, 235, 238,297

C. F. 61 » 65

F. S. 69

G. A. 61, 65

j. 71

Mitchell, P. 232

P. C. 184, 195

W. 16

Mivart, St. G. 2
Moggridge , J . T . 189
Molesworth , Sir G . L . 46 , 50

H . B . 62

W.H. 110

Molinari,E. 137
Moll, A. 279,290
Monahan, A. 7

A..T. 14

Monckton, C. C.F. 121
Monro,T.K. 242
Montagu , Lord . 80
Montel,A. 68
Monteverde , R . D . 312
Moodie,A.R. 274

Moor , C . G . 229 , 233 , 235

S. A. 202

Moore, A. S. 301

B. 135, 195,226

E. C. S. 54

F. 189

G.E. 11

H. 96, 143

Sir J. W. 162

N. 232

S.B. 79

T. 77

T. S. 129

SirW. 236

Moorhead , T . G - 224
Mordin,R. 120
More,C.G. 79
Moreton.H.W. 115
Morgan, A. P. 93

C. Lloyd. 16, 19, 187, 195-

G. T. * 131

J. D. 118

J. J. 156, 157

Morison . A . B . 254

C. G.T. 211

J.R. 264, 266

R. 260

Morley , A . 39 , 43 , 44 ,"81

H. F. 126

Morrell,R.S. 141
Morrice,G.C. 27
Morris , C . 181

F.O.

Sir H

H. J.

I.H.

SirM

T.N.

189

222,248
283
33, 48

284
218

347

Name Index.

Morrow , J . 89
Morse, H. W. 126
Morten, H. 294 «
Mortimer, F. J. 308

G. 155

J.D. 263

Morton , A . S . 271

E.R. 105

W. C. 222

Moses, O. St.. T. 276
Moss,C.E. 203,206

H. 84

Mosso,A. 259
Mott,SirF.W. 18,253
Mottelay, P, F. 8
Moulinier, T. 255

Moullin , C . W . M . 248 , 266 , 267

Moulton, Lord. 2

Moussu,G. 217

Mowat,H. 105

Moynihan , Sir B . G . A . 266

Mudge.G.P. 184,200

Mueller, F. 205

Muir,J. 104

M.M.P. 124,126,133

R. 229,288

SirT. 27

Muirhead, I.E. 271

J.H. 11

W.A. 236

Mulhall,M.G. 38
Mukerji,N.G. 211
Mumford.E.E.R. 18
Mummery , J . H . 282

J. P. L. 257, 262, 266

Munby,A.E. 64,130
Mundella, V. A. 1
Munro.J. 86,110

R.D. 84

R.W. 219

Muratet,L. 246

Murdoch, W.H.F. 110,115

Murphy, J. K. 242, 247, 264, 280,

285

SirS.F. 234

Murray, A. J. 71

D.A. 28.29,

G.R. 254

H.M. 243

Sir J. 183

J.A. 213,218,220

J.E. 120

R.W. 265,267

Murrell,W. 238,285
Muscio,B. 17
Muter, J. 132
Myddleton . 3

Myers, C. S. 17,19

J.E. 125

Nabarro , D . 248
Naegeli , C . 196
Nall,S. 276

Nankivell, A. T. 233, 285
Nash, J.T. C. 195
Nasmith , J . 298 , 301
Nave , J . 204
Nayler, W. A. 33,41
Naylor,C.H. 99

-T.E. 304

W. 151

Neale,R.E. 110, 111
Neave, G. B. 131
Neilson , R . M . 89
Neligan, A.R. 236
Nernst, W. 126
Nettlefold, J. S. 68
Neuburger , M . 232
Neumann , E . 282
Neville, H. A. D. 213

-S. 113
Newbijjin, M.I. 175, 176, 178

M.T. 193

Newby , E . J . 91
Newcombe, S. 160
Newell, A. G. 245
Newham, H.B. G. 259
Newland,C.B. 19

H.O. 219

Newlands,B.E.R. 138

J. A. R. 138

Newman, E. W. 311

Sir G. 234, 279

L.F. 213

Newsham, J. C. 209, 211, 212, 214,

216

Newsholme, Sir A. 233, 245, 250
Newsome,H.F. V. 58
Newth, G. S. 124, 130, 132
Newton, Sir I. 24

T. 77

Nicholls , Capt . 182

— A. E. 181

H. A. A. 211

Nicholson, H. A. 170

R.T. 80

W. 143

Nicol,G. 71
Nicoll, M. 19
Nielson , T . 49
Nietzki , R . 147
Nisbet,D.T. 300

H. 299, 300

J. 209

Nixon, R.C.J. :M

848

Name Index.

Noble, Sir A. 158
Norie, J. W. 182
Normandy, F. 124
North, N. 300
Norton , F . 278
Northcliffe , Viscount . 80
Norton , G . 308
Norwell , A . 41
Nottage, W.H. 121
Notter, J.L. 233
Nowell, W. S. 283
Noyer, J. 151
Nunn , A . W . 292

J . A . 296

T . P . 22 , 26

Nutt, P. 91

Nuttall, G. H. F. 189, 229/245

Obersleiner, Prof. 223

O'Callaghan, M. A. 216

O 'Connor , F . W . 259

H . 59 , 145

O'Dea, J..T. 26, 36. 37
O 'Donahue , T . A . 51 , 171
O'Donoghue, C. H. 186
Ogden , C . K . 9
Ogg, A. 99

Ogley,D.H. 60, 107, 117
Okey, T. 302
Okill, J. 88
01dfield,C. 277
Oldham, F. 124
Oliver, C. E. 69

D . 200 , 206

F. W. 55, 195, 200

G. 241

Sir T. 238, 259

Ombre" danne , Prof. 264
Onodi , A . 270 , 274
Onslow, M. W. 135, 203
Oppenheimer , C . 128 , 238
Oram , Sir H . J . 86
Orford , H . 102 , 308
Ormandy, W. R. 144
Ormerod, F. 297
Ormsby,M.T. M. 51
Orr, A. J. 73

J. 211

J. B. 295

M. A. 161

Orrin , H . C . 222 , 261
Orton, G.H. 289
Orthmann,E. G. 275
Orwin, C. S. 214
Osborn, G. 26
Osborne, F. C. 94

T. B. 135

Oschwald, U. A. 115

Oscroft.P. W. 130
0'Shea,L.T. 124
Osier, Sir W. 243
Osmond, F. 156
Ostertag , R . 235
Ostwald, W. 126, 130, 132
Otabe, S. 250
O'Toole,!. 46
Oulton, L. 114
Outram , J . F . 63
Overbeck- Wright, A. W. 253
Overend, W. 250
Owen,E. 265, 266

H. 182

W.D. 121

Owens, E. W. 180
Page , C . M . 264

J.M. 29

W. 5

Paget , S . 232

Paine , A . 249

Painton, E.T. 114

Paisseau , G . 245

Pakes, W.C.C. 233

Pallin, W. A. 230

Palmer, A. R. 107, 110, 115

J. H. 35

M.D. 287

T. F. 302

- W.S. 9

Pamely, C. 74
Panton , A . 26

P. N. 240

Pappenheim, A. 241

Paramore, R. H. 275

Park, J. 51 , 54, 155, 156, 166, 169

W.E. 93

Parker, C. A. 273

G. 232

G. W. 42, 101, 160

J. 99, 172

M. A. 132

P. A.M. 54

T. J. 7, 184, 186

W.N. 186

Parkes , F . 289

L. C. 233

O. 70

Parkinson, B. R. 146

S. 40, 101

T. W. F. 175

Parr, A. 76

G. D. A. 110, 114, 115, 173

Parry, E. J. 141, 142, 235

L. A. 259

Parson, J. 53
Parsons , F . G . 222

349

Name Index.

Parsons , H . de B . 84

H . F . 234

J. H. 16, 102, 269, 270, 271

J. J. 290

S.J. 154

Part, G. M. 168

Partington, J. R. 25, 99, 130, 151

Partridge. W. 124, 229, 235

Partsch, J. 178

Passmpre, A. C. 62, 65

Pasteur, 4

Patchell, W.H. 173

Paterson, A.M. 222, 223, 224

D . 299

G. W. L. 112, 116, 173

W. E. 38

Paton , D . M . 288

D. N. 226, 240, 295

H . 304

Patrick, G. T. W. 7
Pattison, J.T. 155
Paul. C. N. 284

.T.H. 137

M . E . 228 , 279

N.M. 9, 10

Pavlov, T. P. 286
Pavy, F. W. 258
Pawson, H. C. 211
Payne, J. F. 232

W.H. 4

Paynter, J. E. 33
Peacey, E. 296
Peacock, D. H. 3
Peake, A. H. 53

R. J. 801

Pear, T. H. 253
Pearce, E. K. 189

J. G. 310

W. J. 69

Pearmain, T. H. 235
Pearn, F. 311

S. 311

Pearse, A. W. 217
Pearson, 182

C. Y. 261

J.C. 77

J. H. 62

K. 3, 43, 44, 45, 49, 54, 195

M. 134

M . G . 263

N. 10, 16

S. V. 250

Peattie, J. 84
Peddic, A. 46

R . A . 2 , 304

Pedley, R. D. 282
Peel , R . 172

Peel,T. 81
Pelly, S. A. 170
Pembrey , M . S . 226 , 240 , 293
Pendlebury, C. 36
Pendred, V. 83
Pendry, H. W. 120
PenhaHow,D.P. 261
Pen lake, R. 308
Penlington, W. A. G. 216
Penman , D . 178
Pennington, A. S. 191
Penrose, H. E. 107, 121
Penzer.N. M. 219
Percival, A. S. 25, 101, 272

G. A. 117

- J. 212,213, 214, 220
Perk in, A. G. 147

F. M. 46, 124, 130, 133, 144

H. 173

-W.H. 41, 124, 125, 129, 131
Perol, P. 244
Perrin , J . 103
Perrott , A . D . 34

— S.W. 53
Perry, 8

— J . 25 , 28 , 45 , 82
Peters, O. H. 256
Petherbridge,F.R. 213
Petit, G. 142
Pettigrew , W . F . 83
Pfeffer, W. 203
Philip, A. 119

A. J. 304,305

J.C. 127

Philipson, J. 65
Phillimore, J. 80
Phillips, C.D.F. 293
-H. J. 156

— Sir J. 275

T. A. 169

L. P. 246

W. 204

Philpott.T. V. 211
Piaggio, H.T. H. 29
Picard,H. K. 155
Pick*rd,J. A. 156
Pickering, W. H. 160
Pickerill, H. D. 256

H.P. 282

Pickford, A. G. 32
Pickworth, C. N. 37

P.C.N. 311

Pidduck,F. B. 107
Pigg, J. J. 308
Piggot , H . E . 35
Piggott , H . 177
Pilcher,R.B. 124, 137

350

Name Indec.

Pilkington, W. 51
Pillsbury, W.B. 7, 16
Pilon, H. 105
Pinches, H. J. 261
Pinkerton , P . 33

R . H . 31 , 41 , 42

Pintner, R. 17
Piper, C. W. 308
Pippard, A. J. S. 93
Pirie , G . 41
Pite, B. 62
Pitfield, R.L. 230
Planck , M . 99
Play fair, E. 232, 252
Plimmer,R. H. A. 135
Plomer,H.R. 305
Plotinus. 9
Plucknett, F. 302
Plues , M . 205 , 206
Plummer, H. C. 160
Pogson , F . L . 9
Poincare", H. 2
Poland, J. 232, 268
Politzer, A. 274
Pollard. A. F. C. 54

A . W . 305

H. 158

Polleyn, F. 299
Pollock, C.E. 247

W. 88

Pomponazzi, P. 6
Poole, B. W. 302

H.E. Ill

J. 120

W. H. 286

Pope, F. G. 131

T . H . 1 37

Sir W. J. 164

Popplewell, W. C. 44, 51, 74,
Porritt , B . D . 142
Porter, A. 191

A. E. 235

A. W. 40, 106

B. C. 180

C . 234 , 237

— C . T . 82

J . 217

W . G . 273 , 274

Poschl, V. 128
Possnett , V . 304
Potter, M. C. 201, 213

S. O.L. 222

T. 66

Potts, H.E. 128, 142

W. A. 280

Poulsen, A. 66

Poulton, E. B. 189, 195, 196

Powell, A. R. 134
Power, F.D. 171

Sir D'A. 247, 261

Powles, H. H. P. 72, 85
Poynting, J. H. 96, 98, 176
Poynton, F. J. 249, 255
Poyser, A. W. 106, 107
Praeger, R.L. 200
Prain , Sir D . 206
Prasad , G . 29
Pratt, A. 206

H.B. 95

H. K. 82, 85

Prausnitz, C. 274
Preece, Sir W. H. 120

W.L. 120

Prendergast , M . 70
Prentice , H . R . 280
Prescott, J. 40
Preston , H . 124

T. 35, 99, 101

Price . E . A . 36

F. W. 255

J . A . P . 242

T. S. 130, 131

W. 76

W. A. 115

Prichard, A. H. 286
Prideaux, E. B. R. 127 , 134

R . M . 297

Priestley, E. 297

J/3, 4

Priestman, H. 297, 298
Primrose , H . S . 75

J . S . G . 75 , 154 , 1 55

Pringle, A. 309

J. H. 263

Pringle-Pattison, A. S. 7
Pritchard , E . 279

J . L . 93

Probyn-Williams, R. J. 263
Procter, H. R. 149

R. A. 160, 161

Prost, E. 133

Prothero, R.E. 215

Protheroe, E. 185

Proud, E. D. 311

Pryde , J . 38

Przibraro , H . 223

Pull, E. 76, 85

Pullen, W. W. F. 33, 43, 45, 73, 82

85
Punnett , M . 36

R. C. 189, 195

Puppe , J . 73
Purchase, W.R. 63
Purdav, H.F.P. 88

351

Name Index.

Purington, C. W. 312
Purves, A. 157
Purvis, J.E. 234
Putsch, A. 144
Py craft, W. P. 192
Pye. 264

Pye-Smith, P. H. 242
Quain , Sir R . 222 , 243
Quatrefages, A. de. 197
Quig*in , A . H . 197
Quilter, J. H. 300
Quincke, H. 265
Radasch, H. E. 223
Radcliffe,.!. W. 801
Radcliffe-Crocker, H. 284
Radford , E . M . 22

W. 294

Radhakrishnan , S . 7
Raffety,C. W. 105
Raikes, H. P. 59
Rainy, H. 244
Rambaut, A. A. 162
Rambousek , J . 238
Ramsay, Sir A. C. 169

A.M. 269

A.R. J. 147

Sir W. 3, 100, 126

Ramsbottom , A . 243 , 255
Ramsey, A. S. 40, 42, 101
Rand,B. 13
Randau, P. 78
Randies, W. N. 309
Rankin,D..T. 165

R. 116

W. 264

Raukine, W. J. M. 43, 49, 73, 82, 90

Raphael, F. C. 115

Rappoport, S. 8

Rastall, R. H. 165, 166, 168, 214

Rat, J.N. 246

Rausenberger , F. 158

Ravenhill, A. 234

Rawling,L.B. 224, 265

Rawlley,T. C. 297

Rawson, C. 147

Raxworthy, H. C. 272

Rayleigh, Lord. 96, 99, 103, 105

Raymond, J. 4

Raymond-Barker, E. 114

Rayner, H. 298

M.C. 200

Raynes, F. W. 59, 60
Rea, J.T. 63

R . L . 262

Read, C. 13, 197

C. S. 253

H.H. 164

, P . 263
Reaney, M. J. 19
Redding, J.M. 290
Redfern, J.B. 117
Redgrave , G . R . 66
Redgrave, H. S. 127
Redmayne , Sir R . A . S . 171 , 172
Redwood, SirB. 144

I. I. 144

Reed, F.R.C. 166, 169

H.L. 35

S. J. 89

T. 86

Reeks, H. C. 295
Reepen, H. B. 197
Regan, C. T. 192
Rehling,M.M. 201
Reid. Sir A. 247

C. 168

G. 59

Sir G. A. 195

J. A. 62

Reiser, F. 157

N . 801 , 302

Remsen, I. 124, 130
Rendle, A. B. 200
Rennie. 4

J. 185,200

Renwick, W. G. 65
Revis, C. 139
Rew,SirR.H. 139,218
Reynolds,E.S. 234

O. 21

S.H. 191

W.D. 45

Rhead,E. L. 153, 157
Rhodes, H. J. 304

J.E. W. 168

W.G. 113

Riach,M. A. S. 93
Ribot.T. 16,20
Richards, C. H. 30

P. A.E. 134

W.A. 154

Richardson, A. 70

C. A. 10

H. 177

J. 82, 88

L.F. 54

O. W. 104, 105

S. S. 107

W. 147

W.G. 266

Richmond, H.D. 216
Richter, V. 131
Rickaby, J. 10, 11
Ricketts, T. F. 246

352

Name Index.

Ricks, G. 65

Rideal, E. K. 57, 128, 129, 155

S. 57, 138, 139

Rider, J. H. 118

Ridgeway , Sir W . 193

Ridgway, A. C. 311

Ridley ,*H.N. 206, 219

Riemer, J. 172

Riesz, M. 23

Rignano , E . 2

Riley,.!. W. 65

*W. J. 62

Rimmer, E. J. 64, 85

Rings , F . 67

Rintoul, W. R. 98

Rip ley, W. Z. 197

Ripper, W. 82

Ritchie, A.E. 169

D.G. 8

E.G. 49

J. 195, 229, 240

L . C . P . 268

W.T. 254, 255

Rivers, W. C. 250

W. H.R. 20, 251, 253

Riviere, C. 250, 289
Rivington, 62
Rixon, C. H. L. 252
Robb, A. A. 104
Robert , B . 1 . 251
Roberts , C . 93

C. H. 275

C. W. 86

F . 226

F . T . 243

G . II . 214

J. 110

M. E. 302

R.D. 166

T. 301

W.M. 41

Roberts -Austen, Sir W. C. 153
Robertson , A . W . 240

D. 113

F.D.S. 213

G.M. 253

J. 46

J.B. 144

J.M. 8

L.S. 85

N. 289

P. W. 133

W. 234, 235, 237

W.F. 254

W. G. A. 234, 238

Robin, A. 289
Robinson , A . 221

Robinson, A. H. 267

F.E. 36

G.D. 277

G. R. 216

H. 56

H.C. 76

H.P. 308

J.L. 41, 183

W. 124, 213

Robson, A. G. 73, 76

Sir A. W. M. 248, 256, 266

.J.H. 47

W. A. 91

Roepke,Dr. 249, 288
Roesler,E. 87
Rogers , A . G . L . 214

C . C . 208

F.H. 80

Sir L. 245, 246

R. A. P. 11, 33

W.M. 206

Roget,F.F. 226
Rohland , P . 128
Rohr , M . von . 102
Rolfe-Martin , A . B . 121
Rolleston, G. 224

Sir H. D. 239, 241, 256

J.D. 246

Romanes , G . J . 19 , 195

Romer, F. 263

Romer, P. H. 280

Ronaldson, J.H. 165

Rood , O . N . 102

Roper, A. G. 195

Roscoe, Sir H. E. 102, 124, 126, 130

Rose , E . M . 88

SirT.K. 155

W. 261

W.N. 25

Rosemberg , P . 77
Rosenberg, E. 110

F. 33

Rosenhain. W. 149, 156
Ross, E.H. 189

F. W.F. 248

G.R.T. 10

J. S. 263, 283

P . 26

Sir R. 245,246

Rossetti, G. A. 46
Roth, P. B. 268
Rothery , G . C . 69
Rothwell, C.F. S. 299

F. 251

Rounthwaite , H . M . 86
Routh , E . J . 40 , 41
Rowarth , E . 47

353

cc

Name Index.

Rowe , E . 65
Rowland , A . F . 252
Rowlands, R. P. 261
Rownson, 46
Roxburgh, W. 157
Royds , R . 82
Royle,H.M. 146
Rubencamp, R. 142
Rudd , .1 . H . 65

W.A. 48

Ruff, F. 90

Ruge, A. 14

Rugg, W. G. 180, 181, 182

Ruggiero, G. de. 8

Ruhe, A. 10

Ruhmer, E. 121

Russ,C. 247

S. 105

Russell, A. 118, 114

A.E. 244

B. 10, 14, 22

E. J. 213, 220

E.S. 186

H. 189

I. 178

J. C. 176

J.W. 31

L. J. 14

R. 248

T . H . 205

W. 255

Ruston, A. G. 143, 215
Rutherford, 219
-A. H. 226

SirE. 105

Rutley, F. 164, 168
Rutter, W.P. 219
Ryan, J. C. 236
Rye.E.C. 189
Ryland, F. 12, 16
S.Y.K. 83
Saberton, C. 290
Sabine,M.H. 90
Sachs, J. von. 199, 201
Sackur, O. 127
Sadler, H. 160

W. 216

Sadtler, S. S. 132
Sage , A . R . 62
Sahli, H. 289
Sahni,B. 200
Sainsbury, H. 293
Saker, D. G. 216
Saleeby, C. W. 248
Salisbury, E. J. 199

R. D. 166, 176

Salmon, G. 33

Salmon, P. R. 308

V.G. 51

Salomons, Sir D. 116
Salter, C. 140, 144, 146, 299

C.T.C. 138

W.M. 8

Salvadori, G. 16
Sampson, R. A. 160
Samson , C . G . 62
Samuel, A.M. 192
Sand, H. J. S. 147
Sandeman , E . A . 150
Sanders, C. F. 7
Sanderson, F. W. 42, 107
Sandiford,P. 19
Sandon , F . 25
Sands, D.L. 115
Sanford,P.G. 150
Sankey, H.R. 82, 88
Sargeant,E. W. 56

-F.P. 125
Sargent, A. J. 177

P. 244,264

Satterly.J. 96, 99, 107
Saundby, R. 244, 256, 257, 259
Saunders, B. 78

E. 189

J.T. 223

Sauvage, E. 83
Savage, SirG. 253

W.G. 235

Savill,T.D. 244

Savin,.!. 117

Savoia, H. 157

Sawyer, J.E.H. 258

Saxelby, F.M. 25

Saxl. A. 268

Sayers, H.M. 118

Scales, T. S. 196

Scarlett, R. H. 99

Schafer, Sir E. A. S. 222, 223, 226

Scharff,R.F. 185, 193

Schaub,E.L. 20

Scheithauer,W. 144

Schenck,H. 201

Schcrer, R. 139

Schiaparelli, G. 159

Schidrowitz, P. 142

Schiller, F. C. S. 14

Schimper,A.F.W. 203

Schindler,K. 67

SchlJck,M. 104

Schmidt, H. 138

O. 193, 195

Schmieden , V . 261
Schnabel,C. 153
Schoeller, W.R. 134

Name Index.

Schofield , A . T . 251 , 253 , 290
Schonland, S. 196
Schooling, W. 214
Schopenhauer , A . 12
Schorlemmer , C. 124
Schott,G.A. 106,107
Schottelius , M . 230
Schryver, S. B. 135
Schubert, A. 77
Schultz , F . 284

G. 147

Schulze, F. 17

Schuster, Sir A. 3, 96, 98, 101, 102

E. 194

Schutzenberger, Prof. 128
Schwartz, Dr. von. 171
Schwarz , R . H . L . 167 , 169
Schweizer, V. 142
Schwendener, S. 196
Scorer, A. G. 190
Scott, A. 126

A. A.H. 67

C. A. 33

D. G. 201

170, 184, 202,203
244
145
L. 214

R.F. 27

R.H. 162

S.R. 265

T . B . 243

W. 58, 296

W. A. 65

Mitchell, F. 69

Scripture, E.W. 17
Seabrook, A. H. 144
Se"ailles, G. A. 7

Searle . A . B . 65 , 66 , 128 , 145 , 149
150

G. F. C. 44, 103

Seaton,A.E. 86

E.C. 245

Sedgwick,A. 186
Seeligmann, T. 142
Sencert,L. 264
Sennett . R . 86
Senter, G. 127, 130
Sequeira, J.H. 284
Seth,J. 8,12
Sessions, H. 217
Seward , A . C . 2 , 170 , 195
Sewell, T. 110 } 112
Sewill,H. 283

J. S. 283

Sexton , A . H . 67 , 73 , 133 , 134 , 143
153, 154, 155, 157

Sexton, M.J. 85 I,;
Seymour, A. 148
Shakespear , G . A . 96
Shanahan, E. W. 218
Shand,A.F. 16
Share- Jones , J . T . 295 . i . "• t
Sharp , D . 190
J. 57, 157

P. 298

Sharpe,E.M.B. 190
Shaw, A.H. 58

B. 75

C. W. 294

H. 93

J.H. 87

N. 209

S. 150

T.R. 73, 76

W.J. 121

SirW.N. 97,100,163

Mackenzie , J . A . 249

Shelley, C. P. B. 76
Shennan,T. 239
Shenstone , W . A . 1 30
Shenton,E. W.H. 267
Shepherd, E.C.M. 80

J. W. 133

Sheppard, S. E. 127
Shera , A . G . 288
Sherborn , C . D . 185
Sherlock , E . B . 253
Sherren , J . 285
Sherrin , G . C . 80
Sherrington , C . S . 226 , 233
Sherwood, G. 215
Shield, W. 54

Shipley, Sir A. E. 3,185,186,190,

191, 196
Shone, I. 59
Shonk,A. 302
Shore. A. 121

L. F. 225

Short , A . R . 226 , 242 , 244 , 261
Showell,P.G. 180
Shuckard, W.E. 190
Shuttleworth , G . E . 280
Sibley>W.K. 284
Siddons,A.W. 26,31,32,37,98
Sidgwick , A . 14

H. 8, 12

Silberstein , L . 23 , 24 , 101 , 102 , 104
Silk, A. E. 54

J.F.W. 263

Sillem,C. 191
Sim,J. 172

T,R. 205

Simmonds , C . 138

355

Name Index.

Simmons, A. T. 97, 176, 177

W.H. 141

Simms,F.W. 51
Simon , T . 280
Simpson, F.M. 5

W.J. 236,246

Sindall.R.W. 148
Sivewright, Sir J. 120
Skelton , R . A . and Co . 67
Skinner, M.L. 278

W.R. 172

Slack, J.E. 46
Slade,J.H. 42
Slater, A. 158,215

J. A. 318

Slaughter,.!. W. 19
Sleeper, M.B. 121
Slesaor,H.H. 10
Slingo,SirW. 107
Sloan, S. 276
Slosson.E.E. 104,122
Smart, E. 174

E.H. 82

Smeaton . 4
Smiles, S. 3
Smith, A. C. 257

A.H. 282

B. 36, 176

C. 26,32, 33

C. A. 44,82,88

C.F. 118,115

D. 311

D. W. 180

E. 280

E.A. 155,156,261,283

E.C.B. 56, 84

E.M. 19

SirF. 295

F. 264

F. J. 234,238,244

F. J. J. 72

G. 185

G.E. 197,253

G.F.H. 165

G.S.G. 229,245,259

G. W. 185

H.G. 164,205

H.H. 219,220

H..T.S. 21

J . C . 69 , 142

J.H. 26,32,35,36,99,129,

214

J.S.K. 256,268
L.F. 264
P.C. 252
P.H.P. 242
R.E.B. 308

Smith, R.H. 28,33, 46,82

S. 151

S.P. 112, 113

S.W. 153

T. A. 73

T.B. 145

T. G. 88

T. S. 311

W. 302

W.G. 197

W.H. 48,89

W.J. 213, 244

Smyth, W.H. 159
Smythe,J.A. 155

R.H. 295,296

Snaith.G.L. 179
Snell, Sir J.F.C. 73
Snowball, T. 270
Snowman , J . 244
Soddy.F. 2,103,105
Sohn,C.E. 135,286
Solereder,H. 203
Sollas.H. 167

So 1ms - La u bach, G. 170
Solomon, H.G. 115

- M. 117
Solomons,B. 275
Somerscales , A . N . 86 , 87
Somerville, W. 211
Sommerville, D. 234

D.M.Y. 34

Sender, O.W. 205
Sorapure, V.E. 244
Sorley,W.R. 6,8,12,13
Sornay,P.de. 220
Sorsbie,R.F. 166
Sothern, J. W.M. 87,39,14$

R.M. 87

Sourdille, Dr. 273
Souster.E.G.W. 311
South, R. 190
Southall,W. 292
Southcombe , J . E . 141
Southerns, L. 98
Southward , J . 305

Souttar, H. S.
Soxhlet,D. H.

251
147

Spackman , C . 66
Spaight, J.M. 91
Spanton,J.H. 48
Sparrow , F . W . 308
Spencer, A. S. 67

H. 3,4,11,12,16,20,311

J.F. 127, 130

L. J. 164

C . G . 264

W. G. 261

356

Name Index.

Spencer , Browne , H . 262
Spielmann , P . E . 1 31
Spiers , F . S . 196
Spikes, W.H. 73
Spitta,E.J. 196,309
Spon . 90

Spooner,H.J. 48,80,88,151
Sprague , E . H . 25 , 41 , 44, 49 , 50 ,
55

J.T. 119

Sprawson , C . A . 236 , 289
Sprigge, S. S. 232
Springett , B . H . 82
Squire , J . E . 243

Sir P. W. 223, 292

Staee,W.T. 8
Stacey,W.F. 163
Staig,R.A. 186
Stainton, H.T. 190
Stallo,.T.B. 98
Standage , H . C . 139 , 149
Stanford , R . V . 131
Stanley, H. 73,98

R. 121

Stansbie, J. H. 78,153
Stanton,W.F. 45
Stark, A. C. 291

Starling , E . H . 226 , 227 , 286

S. G. 97, 107, 110

Startin,J. 284
Stave ley, E. F. 190
Stead, J.P:. 156
Stebbing , E . P . 209

F. C. 181

L.S. 11

T.R.R. 191

Stedman , T . L . 243
Steel, J.H. 296
Steele,.J.C. 243

.I.E. 71

W..T. 41

Steenbeck, W.H. 313
Steinheil,A. 102
Stelfox,S.H. 40
Stenhouse, E. 176

Step , K . 191 , 205 , 206 , 209
Stephen , D . J . 8
-1 — G. A. 305

Sir L . 8

Stephens, H. 211

J.W.W. 248

Stephenson, C. 300

G. 63

Stephensons . 3
Stern , H . A . 25
Sternberg , G . M . 288
Steven , E . M . 279

Stevens, F. H. 31,34,36,120

H.B. 291,292

H. P. 142, 148

T . G . 275

W.M. 244

Stevenson , Sir T . 234

W. 209,214

Stewart, A. M. 97

A.W. 124,128,131,234

B. 51,98

D. 286

G. 85

G.N.
H.L.

227

8

I. 294

J. 305

J. M'K. 11

Sir J.P. 251

R.W. 98,99,101,103,107,

133

Stieglitz.J. 133
Still, A. 110

G. F. 280

Stirling, W. 160
Stobbs,T. 46,153
Stock, C.H. 62
Stockbridge, F. P. 18
Stockl,A. 8
Stockman,R. 249

Stocks , H . B . 139 , 141 , 1 51 , 234
Stoddart . 86

W.H.B. 254

Stokes, Sir G. G. 96,101

R. 155

R. S. G. 165

Stone, G. 171

— - G. deH. 79

H. 209

Stoneman , B . 201
Stoney.J. 29

Stopes , M . C . 144 , 1 70 , 201
Stopford -Taylor, G. 288
Storey, F. W. 201
Storring,C. 18
Story-Masketyne , N . 164
Stout, G. F.' 16, 38
Strachan , H . 237
Strachey, SirR. 206
Strange, W. L. 55
Strangeway . 295
Strangewnys , T . S . P . 229
Strasburger, E. 201
Stratford , E . Wingfield- . 17
Straton,C.R. 187
Stratton , G . M . 18
Stretton , C . E . 83
Strickland , F . 80

357

Name Index.

Stromeyer , C . E . 85
Strong, C. A. 16

T.B. 2

Struben, A.M. A. 183
Strutt,E.G. 214
Stuart, A. H. 24,72

Low, W. 273

Sturch,F. 65
Sturge,M.D. 251
Sturridge , E . 282 , 283
Sturrock, W.D. 234
Sturt, H. 14
Sudborough , J . J . 131
Suddards , F . 300
Suess,E. 167
Suffit,C. 246
SutMing, E.R. 150
Suggate , A . 50
Sully, J. 16,19,20
Summer, P. H. 95
Summers , A . L . 145 , 165
Supino, G. 88
Suplee.H.H. 89
Sutcliffe, G.L. 66

J. A. L. 141

Sutherland , G . A . 255 , 281 , 286

W.D. 238

W. G. 291

Sutton,F. 134

Sir J . B . 282 , 260, 267 , 275

Svedberg.T. 128
Swaine,A.T. 167

W. 101

Swainston , C . M . 181 , 182
Swallow, M. G. S. 89
Swan.K.R. 1
Swanton , E . W . 190 , 204
Swanwick, F.T. 85
Swanzy . 270
Swayne.J.G. 277

W.C. 277

Sweet, H. 18
Swietochowski , G . De . 285
Swift, H.B. 119
Swinburne, J. 82
Swinhoe.C. 189,190
SwintOii, A. J. 91
Svik'nham, Lord. 158
Sykes.W.J. 138
Sylvester, C. 94,112,114,118
-1— J.J. 21
Sym,W.G. 269,270,271
Syme,S.G. 273

W.S. 273

Symington, J. 222
Symmers , W . St . C . 230
Symonds , M . 302

Taggart , W . S . 298 , 301 , 302
Tailfer,L. 300
Tait,J. 181,182,227

P.G. 7,21,22,28,41

Talbot , F . A . 71 , 95 , 144 ,309
Tancock , E . 0 . 160
Tanner, A. E. 219

H. 212

Tansley.A.G. 18
Tanzi,E. 254
Tarleton,F. A. 24,42
Tat low, J. 4

Tayler, A. J. W. 52, 74, "82, 88, 209
Taylor, A. 234
A. E. 11, 12

A. S. 238

A.T. 83

E.G.R. 177

E.H. 222,261

SirF. 243

F.G. 29

F.N. 50, 57, 59

G. 75, 163, 179

G. G. S. 289

G.S. 288

H.G. 73

H.S. 128, 143

J. 132, 281

.I.E. 40

J.T. 299, 308

S. 103

T. 46

W. 308

W.T. 115

W. W. 126, 128

Teago,F.J. 109
Teed, P. L. 130
Teetgen,A.B. 219
Telford . 4

Terry, C.W. 65

H. L. 142

Thatcher, E. 77
Thearle, S..T.P. 71
Theobald , F . V . 190 , 214 , 248
Thesing,C. 184
Thibierge,G. 247
Thilly,F. 8

Thiselton-Dyer , Sir W . T . 205 , 206

Thoday,D. 201

Thoinot,L.H. 230

Thole, F.B. 123,127,131,133

Thomalen,A. 110

Thomas, E.M. 201

G.H. 91

H.H. 169

J. 132

J.B. 71

358

Name Index.

Thomas, P. 134

W.N. 51

Thompson , A . B . 169

A. W.H. 30

C.J. S. 292

D'A.W. 187

H. 76, 295

H. G. 4

H . S . 206

J. S. 4

R.F.M. 193

R.L. 178

S.P. 4,28.101,108,110,

112, 270, 308

— T. 110

— Sir W.H.

286
158

Thomsen , C . F .

J. 128

Thomson , A . 224 , 261 , 270

A.L. 192

G. 59

G.H. 17

93
216
251
250
263

J. 96, 281,

J.A. 2,4,5,184,185,187,

191, 194, 195, 196

J.A. K. 8

J . B . 22

J. H. 144

SirJ.J. 98,104,108,128

M. 196

S. 243

Sir St. C. 273

W. 219

Thorburn, A. 192, 193
Thorn, W.H. 84

W.T. 87

Thorne,L.T. 255

P.C.L. 137

W.B. 255

Thornley.T. 298,301
Thornton , A . 40 , 134

J. 176, 184, 227

Thorp , E . L . 300

J. 305

Thorpe, J. F. 147

SirT.E. 4,122,126,133,137

W.H. 50

Threlfall.H. 51
Thresh, J. C. 235
Thrift, W.E. 101
Thurston , A . P . 93

C.B. 177

Thursfield, J. H. 280

M. 239

Tibbetts,T.M. 232
Tibbies , W . 139 , 286
Tidy,H.L. 243
Tiffany, F. 209

Tilden , Sir W . A . 122 , 124 , 126
Tilley,H. 273
Tillyard,R. J. 190
Timberg,R. 287
Timiriazeff , C . A . 203
Tims,H.W.M. 282
Tinel,J. 251
Tinker, F. S. 249
T inkier, C. K. 137,144
Tinney,W.H. 173
Tirard,N. I.C. 285
Tisdale,C. W.W. 216
Titchener, E. B. 7, 12, 17, 18
Titherley , A . W . 131
Tod. 86, 87

F . H . 274

Todd,A.H. 262,281

J. 182, 219

T.W. 244

Toderovich , G . 312

Tod hunter , 1 . 29 , 34 , 36 , 44
Tognoli,E. 133
Tolkowsky , M . 101
Tomes, C. S. 282,283

Sir J. 283

Tomkinson , C . W . 215
Tompkins , A . E . 87
Tonge,J. 145,172
Toovey,T.W. 217
Topham,J. 313

W.H. 25

Top ley , W . W . 240 , 307
Torr,C. 71
Torrens , J . 244
Torrey, J. 142
Torrilhon , G . L . 142
Townsend, C. F. 308

F. 207

J.S. 104

Tozer,H.F. 175
Traill, T.W. 85
Traube , M . R . 18
Travis . 53
Tredgold, A. F. 254
Treiber,T. 75
Treves,SirF. 222,261
Trewman , H . F . 118
Triggs,H.I. 68
Trimble, C.J. A. 25
Trinks,W. 82
Trotman , S . R . 149 , 300

359

Name Index.

Trotter, A. P. 60

L.B.C. 255

W. 20

Trouessa rt , E . L . 230
Truscott, S. J. 165,174
Tubby, A. H. 261,268
Tubeuf, C. von. 213
Tuck , G . L . 246
Tucker, R. 21

T.G. 13

Tuckey , C . L . 290

C.O. 33,41

Tudsbery, J.H.T. 57
Tunzelmann , G . W . de . 108
Turck.H. 13
Turnbull,A. 2,261

W. 299

Turner, A. L. 4,273,274

C.C. 91

D. 105,290

G.C. 23,25

H. 298

H.H. 104, 160, 161

H.W. Ill

L.B. 121

P. 224,261,267

T. 163, 154, 157

SirW. 4

W. 262

W.E.S. 128, 129

Tutt,J.W. 190
Tutton, A.E. H. 164
Tweedy, E. H. 277
Twelvetrees , W . N . 62 , 67
Twining, E.W. 251
Twiss,D.F. 131
Twort,F.W. 296
Tyler, E. A. 124
Tyndall,J. 1,168
Ugarte.J.P. 219
Upcott , H . 263
Underwood , A . B . G . 282

A.S. 282,283

Unstead,J.F. 175,177
Unwin,A.H. 209

P.W. 32

R. 68

W.C. 38,48, 55

Urquhart, J. W. 116,117
Urwick,E.J. 12
Usborne, P. O. G. 50
Usherwood , T . S . 25
Usill,G.W. 51
Valentin. W. G. 124
Valentine, C.W. 18

E. J. 171

Vallack, A.S. 263

Vallery-Radot, R. 4
Van Hall, C. J. J. 219
Van Liew, C. C. 18
Van 't Hoff, J. H. 126, 127
Varisco,B. 11

P. 16

Vassall,A. 98
Vaughan , D . T . G . 198
Vendelmans, H. 220
Venn.J. 14
Verdon,W. 255
Vermuyden . 8
Vernon,A. 215

H.M. 195

- Harcourt, L. F. 50,55,59
Vickerman,C. 298

Villa, G. 17

Villamil, R. De. 42, 92, 103

Villavecchia, V. 137

Ville,G. 220

Vinall, J. W.T. 179

Vincent, C. 151

- H. 246

R. 279

- S. 227

Vines, S. H. 199,201
Vittoz,R. 252
Vogel.E. 308

H. 807

Vo*t,J.H.L. 165
Voit,E. 102
Vries,D.De. 75

- H.D. 194
Vulpius.O. 281
Wabner,R. 173
Waddington, V. 287
Wade,C.F. 85

J. 131

W. L. 95

Wadia,D.N. 169
Wadmore, J. M. 127
Waele,A.de. 141
Waggett.E.B. 274
Wagner, E. 235

P. A. 174

- R. 137

Wagstaff, C. J. L. 103
Wahl,A. 147
Wakefield, S. 298
Wake , R . 65
Waldo, F. 163
Walford,E.W. 80
Walkden,S.L. 93
Walker, A. H. 235

C. 156

C.E. 17

E. W. A. 241

360

Name Index.

Walker, G.T. 108

- G. W. 167

J. 101, 125, 128, 130

J. W.T. 266

L. 302

L. J. 8

M. 112

N. 284

S.F. 85,116,117,173

W . J . 92 , 94

W.M. 151

Tisdale, C. W. 216

Wall,E.J. 308

Wallace, A. R. 3,167,193,196

C. 265

Sir C. S. 266

J. 52, 94

J . S . 279 , 281 , 282 , 286

W. M. 55

Wallas, G. 20
Waller, A. D. 227

H. E. 289

Walley, J.T. 39,236
Wallis,B.C. 175,177,178

C . E . 282

F. Ill

Sir F. C. 266

Budge , Sir E . A . 231

Tayler,A.J. 52,74,82,88,

209

Walmsley, R.M. Ill

T. 222

Walsh, D. 284,289

J . J . 232

Walshan , H . 250 , 289
Walsingham, Lord. 190
Walston, Sir C. 12
Walter, A. F. 182

K . 299

Walters , F . B . 31

F . R . 250 , 251

Walton, A. J. 263

- T. 71

Wang, C. Y. 155, 169
Wanhill, C.F. 232
Wanklyn , W . 246
Wansbrough , W . D . 29 , 83 , 84 , 85
Warburton,C. 190
Ward , E . 266

F. 185

H. 121

H. M. 207,209, 213

J. 10, 17, 196

S. 12

Warden, A. A. 232, 289
Wardt, R. G. de. 119
Waring, E. J. 292

WTaring, H. J. 262
Warington , R . 220
Warming , E . 201 , 203
Warn,R.H. 77
Warnes,A.R. 145
Warrell,C. 220
Warren, A. G. 82

E . J . 308

R. 261

W.H. 50

Warwick, F. J. 291
Washbourn, J. W. 245
Wash burn, M.F. 12
Wasmann , E . 196
Watkins,A. 308

Watson , B . P . 275 , 276 , 277

D. 246, 247

B.C. 244

E.R. 127

G.N. 23

80
59
100

J. 1,8, 66, 78, 213

J. K. 247, 278,294

T. H. 71

W. 98, 217, 300

Watt. 4

A. 119, 141, 148, 149

Sir.G. 219

II. J. 17, 103

Watts. 126

F. 20, 212

H.C. 93

W. M. 102,207

G.W.
H.S.
H. W

W.W. 167

Weatherburn , C . E . 24
Weatherhead , R . 161
Webb, A. D. 38
C.C.J. 8

E. 17

II . J. 212

J . C . 290

T. W. 160

W. 68

W. M. 191

Johnson , A . E . 246

Webber, E. 313

F. C.

W. H

Weber, A.

C.O.

146

SirH.

Webster, A. D.
Weeks -Shaw, C.
Weigall,A.G. 212

65
Y.
8

142

259,289
209, 210
294

361

Name Index.

Weininger,O. 18
Weisbach,.!. 56,74
Weismann, A. 196
Weiss, F.E. 213

R. 240

Welhy,F.A. 3,226,227 .
Wellington,R.H. 238
Wells, G.C. 51

G. J. 88

H. G. 187

P. A. 65

S.H. 40,48

Welton,.T. 14
Wenyon,C.M. 259
Werner, L. 270
Wertheim,E. 276
West.C.E. 265,269^

F.W. 58

G. 309

G. S. 204

M. 19

S. 256

Westaway, F. W. 2
Westcott, G. J. B. 28
W.W. 288,292

Westell, W. P. 185,192,193,201
Westermarck , E. 11
Westinghouse , G . 8
Westland . A . 278
Weston.F.E. 133,140

H.C. 147

Whale, G. 95

H. L. 265, 269

Whall,C.W. 150

W.B. 181, 182, 183

Wharton , Sir W . J . L . 183
Wheat ley, O. 66
Wheeler. 242

O. 308

R.V. 144

Sir W.I. deC. 262

Wheen,C.W. 54
Whellens, W.H. 210
Whetham, W. C. D. 96, 108, 128
Whewell, W. 21

Whinyates , L . 125
Whipham,T.R.C. 281
Whitaker , J . R . 221 , 224
Whitbv,G.S. 142
155

267

91

60

73

155

117, 120

71

White, J. R. 267

J. W. 207

256,281
SO

Sir W. H. 291,293

W. H. 98, 257

W.L. 60

Whitehead , A . N . 2,8,22,27,30,

82

S. E. 146

Whitelaw,J. 51
Whitelegge, Sir A. 234
Whiteley,R. L. 126,130
Whitelocke,R.H.A. 267
Whitiield,A. 284
Whiting, A. J. 244
Whitla,.T.A. 292

Sir W. 248,285, 291

Whitney ,W.D. 18

Whittaker,C. M. 148

C.R. 198,221,222,224,227,

260, 261

E.T. 23,41, 102

T. 8,12

W.E.deB. 80

Whitwam,J.H. 802
Whymper, R. 139
Wibberley,T. 212
Wiekham,H.A. 220

L. 289

Widdowson , T . W . 282 , 283
Widgery.A.G. 11
Wight, J.T. 42
Wigley,T.B. 78
Wilcockson, W.H. 165
Wilcox.E.V. 235
Wilcla.H. 74,89
Wildgoose,A. 73
Wilkes,W.H. 182
Wilkinson, M. E. 302

W.T. 805

Willcocks, Sir W. 55
Williams, A. 307

G. 182,264

H.E. 132

H. W. 805

J. 83

L. 243

M. M. 212

M.V. 11

P. W. 274

R. J.P. 263

W. 296

Ellis, C. 65

Williamson, A. P. W. 181,182

B . 29 , 42

H. 52,258

362

Name Index.

Williamson, "J. 51,67

J . G . 311

R . T . 252

Willis ,J.C. 207,212

M. 200

S..T. 121

Willoughby , E . F . 216 , 234

W. G. 246

Willows, R.S. 98,128
Wilmore,A. 178
Wilson, E. 118

F. IT. 172

F . J . 126

H. 78

H. A. 98, 104

H.M. 137

H . R . 53

IT. W. 258, 260

J. 190, 217

J.C. 31

N.J. 114

O. Q. 190

• R . M . 244 , 310

R . McN . 255

S. 119

T. S. 255

Barker , Sir D . 181 , 182

Wimperis, H. E. 80, 89, 94,
Winchester, C. 92
Windelband , W . 14
Windle, Sir B.C. A. 224
Wingfield,H. 252

H . E . 290

Stratford, E. 17

Wingrave,W. 274
Winn,W. 210
Winterbottom , J . 302
Witkowsld. 282
Witthaus , R . A . 125
Wodehouse,E. 1.1
Wohlgemuth, A. 17
Wolf, A. 14

Wolff, C.E. 83

II. W. 212, 215

Eisner , A . 251 , 288

Wollaston , T . V . 191
Wolstenholme , J . 22 , 37
Wood, A. 103

C.A. 176

F . 52 , 59

Sir H.T. 5

J. 213

J. K. 148

J- T. 149

L.E. 112

30

P. W
T.B.

139,213 217,21g

Wood, W. Q. 263
Wood-Jones, F. 191
Woodall,H. 146
Woodburn, W. 36
Woodcock, W.H. 66
Woodhead, Sir G. S. 230, 240

S. A. 213

T. W. 201

Woodhouse, T. 297, 299, 300, 302
Woodnutt , W . E . 216
Woodroffe, J. F. 220
Woodruff, H. A. 218
Woods, IT. 170

R. J. 44,45

Woodward, B. B. 191

C..T. 38

H. B. 167, 168, 169

W.H. 5

Woodwark , A . S . 243 , 294
Woolf, C.H. 101
Woollard, L. 71
Woolaston, T. R. 73
Woollatt, G.H. 130
Wootton, A. C. 291

W.O. 165

Wordingham, C.H. Ill
Workman, W. P. 31 , 36, 37, 38
Worster-Drought, C. 245
Worth , C . A . 271
Worthington , A . M . 42
Wraight, E. A. 156
Wrapson , J . P . 38
Wren, H. 132
Wrench, G. T. 277, 278
Wrey, C. 212
Wright, A. C. 69, 136, 141, 147

Sir A. E. 197, 230, 246, 288

A. W.O. 253

C. O. 48

C.R. A. 141

G.F. 168, 197

H. 245, 246

H.E. 138

H. T. 311

J. 115

J.E. 27

K.M. 201

I,. 102, 197

M.R. 98, 99

R. S. 102

W. 222

W.B. 168

Wrightson, J. 212,

SirT. 274

Wryde,.T. S. 71

Wu Lien -Teh . 246

Wundt, W. M. 12, 17, 18, 20

363

Name Index.

Wurtz, Prof. 128
Wyatt, H. 80
Wylie, A.M. 172

J. G. 252, 267

J. A. 248

Xydis, C. 51
Yarr, SirM. 270
Yates, R. F. 77, 130
Yealland, L.R. 253
Yeaman, C. H. Ill
Years ley, M. 188, 274
Yeo, I. B. 285,287
Yonge,E. S. 273,274
Yorke , J . P . 98
Youatt, W. 217
Young, A. 27

A. P. Ill, 118

A. W. 44

C. 63

C. A. 161

E. 177

E. W. 50

F. 80

Young, G. C. 23

H. 279

J. 228

J.E. 115

J. W. A. 22

M . 281

R.B. 174

S. 128

W.H. 23,26,

-W. J. 296.
Younger, E. G. 254
' Youngson, P. 84, 87
Yule,G. U. 38.
Zaehnsdorf, J. W. 305
Zander, E. 287
Zeeman, P. 102
Zeidler, J. 117
Zeller, E. 8
Zerr, G. 142, 148
Ziehen, T. 18
'/ ii unit TII , A. 244
Zimmer,G. F. 74
Zittel , K . A . von . 167 , 170

364

SUBJECT INDEX.

Abdomen, Diseases of the, 258

— Surgery of the , 265
Accumulators, Electric, 116
Acetylene, 59, 143
Acids, 150

Acoustics for Musicians, 103
Adhesives, 139
Aerated Waters , 137
Aerial Navigation, 94
Aero Engines, 94
Aerofoils, 93
Aeronautics, 91 et seq.
Aeroplanes, 91 et seq.

— Design and Construction , 93
Aesthetics, 12
Afforestation , 208 et seq .
Agglutinants , 139
Agriculture, 211 et seq.
Aircraft , 91 et seq .

Air Gas, 59
Airscrews, 93
Airships, 95
Air Sickness, 255
Alcohol, 137

Alcoholometric Tables , 126
Algae, 203
Algebra, 25, 26, 27
Alkalies, 150
Alloys, Non-Ferrous, 154
Alternating Current (Electrical En-
gineering), 112, 113, 114
Aluminium, 155
Ammonia, 145, 151
Amputations, 266
Anaesthetics, 262, 282, 283
Analysis :

Air, 100

Chemical , 132 et seq . , 213

Food, 235

Gas, 146

Metallurgical, 156

Spectrum, 102

Water, 234

Analytical Chemistry, 132
Anatomy , 221 et seq .

— Dental, 282

— Veterinary, 295

Ancient Lights , Questions affecting , 62

Animal Biology, 186

— Geography, 193

— Husbandry, 215

— Life, 187

— Mind, 19

— Portraiture, 185

— World, 185
Animals, Anatomy of, 224
Animate Nature, The system of, 2
Anthracite, 144
Anthropology, 197
Antimony, 131, 155
Antisepsis, 263

Ants, 187, 189

Appendicitis, 265, 266

Arbitration (Building) , 63

Arc Lamps, 59, 117

Arches , 49 , 50

Archimedes , Method and Works of, 22

Architecture, 4 , 48, 58, 61, 62, 70, 71

Arithmetic, 21, 36

Armature Construction, 111

Arsenic , Organic Compounds of, 131

Arthritis , 249

Artificial Lighting, 59

Artillery, 158

Art Needlework, 302

Asbestos and the Asbestos Industry.

165

Asepsis and Antisepsis , 263
Asphalt, 145, 169
Assaying, 156
Astronomy, 159 et seq.

— Nautical, 180
Atlases, Astronomical, 161

— Geological , 168
Atmosphere, The, 162

— Gases of, 100
Atolls, 191

Atomic Theory, 126, 128
Atoms, 103
Aviation , 91 et seq .
Aviators, Reference Books for, 94
Axial Fans , 60
Bacteriology, 214, 229, 230
Balloons. 95

Bandaging and Dressing (Surgical) ,263
264

365

Subject Index.

Banket, The, 174

Basket Making, 302

Batrachians, 102

Batteries, Electric, 115, 116, 118

Bees and Bee-Keeping, 187 et seq.,

216, 217
Beeswax, 217
Beetles, 188
Bells, Electric, 117
Benzol , 146

Bequerel Rays, The, 105
Beri-beri,245

Biographies of Men of Science, 2
Biological Chemistry, 184
Biology, 10, 184 et seq.
Birds, 'l 92
Bitumen, 145, 169
Bladder, Diseases of the, 258
Blast Furnace Practice, 157
Blasting, 172
Bleaching, 299, 300
Blood and Blood Pressure , 241

— Diseases of, 254
Blowpipe Analysis, 132
Boat Building,* 64
Boiler Chemistry, 137
Boilers, 72, 84/85

Books and Book-Binding, 305

Boot and Shoe Manufacture, 802

Boring , 57 , 172

Botany, 198 et seq., 212

Brain,* The, 227, 252, 265

Brakes, for Electric Tramway Cars,

118

Brassfounding, 157
Bread Making, 139
Brewing, 137

Bricks and Brickmaking, 65
Bridges, 49, 50
Briquetting, 144
Bronzing, Gilding, etc., 69
Builders, Mechanics for, 42
Builders' Quantities, 62, 63
Building Construction, 61 et seq.

— Law , 63

— Materials , 64
— Stones, 169

Butter and Cheese Making, 216
Butterflies , 187 et seq .

Cabinet-making, 64, 65
Cables, Electric, 114
Cacao, Cultivation and Curing of, 219
Caisson Sickness , 259
Calcareous Cements, 66
Calculus, 27, 28, 29
Camels, notes on for Veterinary Sur-
geons , 296

Canal Engineering, 53
Cancer, 248, 267, 276
Candles, Manufacture of, 140
Cane Sugar, 218
Carbon Compounds, 130
Carbons, for Electric Lighting, Manu-
facture of, 117
Carpentry, 64
Carpets , 302
Carving, Wood, 64, 65
Casein, 139
Cast Iron, 154
Catalysis, 128
Cataract Extraction , 270
Caterpillar, Life of the, 188
Cattle and Cattle Breeding, 216», 217
Celluloid, 151, 152
Cellulose, 135
Cement, 66
Centrifugal Fans, 60

— Pumps , 56

Ceramics and Ceramic Industries, 65,

149

Cerebro-Spinal Fever, 245
Channels, Design of for Irrigation, 55
Charts (Navigation), 182
Chemical Calculations, 125

— Crystallography, 164

— Engineering, 136

- Fertilisers, 220

- Physiology, 227

Chemicals, Manufacture of, by Elec-
trolysis, 129

Chemistry, 122 et seq., 213

Chemists, Famous, 122

Child Study, 18

Children, Diseases and Hygiene, 279
et seq .

China Grass , 297

Chlorine and Chlorine Products, 151

Chloroform, 263

Chocolate, 139

Cholera, 245

Cinematography, 309

Civil Engineering, 49 et seq .

Clays and Clay Industries, 65, 149

Climate, 162

Climatology, 236

Climatotherapy, 289

Clinical Medicine, 243

Clock Repairing, 78

Clouds, 162

Coach Building, 65

Coal and Coal Mining, 144, 165, 169,
170, 172

Coal Fields (Kent; Scotland), 169

— Tar, 145

Coast Erosion and Protection , 55

366

Subject Index.

Cob and Pise Work, 65

Cocoa, 139, 219

Coconut Cultivation and Planting,

218, 219

Coffee, Cultivation of, 219
Coils, Induction, 115, 116
Coins, History of, 4
Cold Storage, 82
Colliery and Field Surveying, 51

— Working and Management, 172
Colloids, 128

Colour, in Relation to Chemical Con-
stitution, 127

— Blindness, 271

— Spectra, 102
Columns and Struts, 49
Comets, 160

Commerce, History of, 4
Commercial Engineering, 73

— Geography , 177

Compass (Magnetic) in Aircraft, 94
Compass Work. 181
Compressed Air (Mining), 172

— Air Power Transmission, 74
Concrete, 66

— Roads and their Construction , 52
Conifers , 208 , 210
Conjunctiva, Diseases of the, 270
Constipation , 257
Constitutional Diseases, 248
Consumption , 249 , 250 , 251
Continuous Current Electrical En-
gineering, 112, 114

Copper, 154, 155

Coral and Atolls, 191

Cordage Fibres , 297

Corrosion and Protection of Metals, 67

— of Iron and Steel, The, 153
Cosmogomy, Problems of, 160
Costing, 311

Cotton, 218, 219, 297

— Doubling, 298

— Manufacture, 301

— Spinning, 298, 301, 302

— Waste, 298

— Weaving , 298 , 299
Cranes, their construction, 74
Crayfish, The, 191
Creation, Story of, 194
Creative Chemistry, 122

— Evolution , 9
Crops, Field, 218
Crystallography, 164
Currency, History of, 4

Current: (Electrical Engineering), 112

113
Cyanide Process for Extraction of

Gold, 174

Cyanogen Compounds, Chemistry of,

132
Cycles. Motor. 80

— Electric Lighting for, 118
Cytology, 196

Dairying, 215
Dams, Construction of, 54
Decoration, House, 68
Decorative Design , 48
Deformities and their Surgical treat-
ment, 268
Dentistry, 282, 283
Dermatology (Skin Diseases), 284
Design, Machine, 47 et seq.

— Textile, 300

— of Structures , 44
Diamonds , 101 , 173

Diathermy, in Medicine and Surgery,

290
Dictionaries of Technical Terms in

English and other Languages, 312,

31 3 (See also ' 'Terms . ")
Dietetics , 286

Digestive System, Diseases of the, 256
Diphtheria ,'245
Dirigibles, 95
Discoveries : —

Astronomical, 160

Chemical, 122, 129

Geographical, 175

Twentieth Century, 4
Diseases (various), 244 et seq.
Disinfectants, 139
Diving, 71

Dock Engineering, 54
Domestic Sanitation , 58 , 59
Doubling, 297, 298
Drainage, 56 et seq.
Draughtsmanship, 47 et seq.
Dreams, 19
Drilling, 75, 76
Drugs, 139, 235, 293
Drying Machinery, etc., 136
Dust Destructors , 60
Dyestuffs and Dyeing, 146, 299
Dynamics, 40, 128
Dynamo, 111, 112
Dynamometers, 72
Dysentery, 245

Ear, Diseases of, 273, 274
Earth, The, 167, 176
Earthenware, 150
Earthquakes, 167
Earthworms and their allies , 190
Eclipses, 160

367

Subject Index.

Economic Geography , 177

— Geology, 169

— Mineralogy, 164
Education, History of, 4
Egyptian Irrigation, 55
Elasticity of Materials, 43

— Mathematical Theory of, 41 , 44
Electric Furnaces, 155
Electrical Engineering, 109 et seq.
Electricity, 104 et seq.

— Medical, 290

— Applied to Mining, 173
Electro-Chemistry, 128
Electrolysis, 12rf
Electromagnet ism, 106 — 108
Electro-Metallurgy, 155
Electrons, 103

Electro Plating, 118, 119

Electro-Physiology, 227

Electrotherapy, 283, 289

Electrotyping, 304

Elementary Science, 1

Embossing, 304

Embroidery, 302

Embryo logy, 222

Emery, 75

Enamelling on Metal, 78

Endogenetic Structures, 167

Energy, Conservation of, 98

— Thermal Measurement of, 99

Engine Design, Graphic Methods of,

47
Engines :

Aero ,94

Diesel, 88

Internal Combustion , 87 — 89

Marine, 85, 86

Steam , 81 , 82
Engineering :

Agricultural, 215

Chemical, 136

Civil, 49 et seq.

Electrical, 109 et seq.

Gas, 145

Mechanical, 72 et seq.
Engineers, Geology for, 166
English Poor Relief, Early History of,

5

Engraving, 304, 306
Entomology , 1 87 et seq .
Epidemics ,'236
Epilepsy, 252

Estimating, 50, 62, 63, 89, 311
Ethics, 11
Euclid, 34
Eugenics, 195
Evolution, 9, 10, 103, 193

Examination Guides on Navigation,

181
Examination Papers (Mathematics) >

22

Exogenetic Structures, 167
Experimental Chemistry, 123, 124

— Psychology, 17

Explosives and their Manufacture, 15O
Eye, Diseases and Injuries of, 269 —
271

Fans, Centrifugal and Axial, 60

Farming, 211, 212

Farm Tractors, 215

Fats, 139

Feeding of Animals and Crops, 217,

218

Fermentation, 137
Ferments, 128
Ferns, 204
Fertilisers, 220
Fevers , 244 et seq .
Fibres, Textile, 297
Field Crops , 218
Field and Colliery Surveying, 51
Files and Filing,' 75
Filters and Filter Presses, 136
Finishing of Textile Fabrics, 299, 300
Fiords, 167

Fire Protection in Buildings, 68
Fishes and Fisheries, 191
Fitting, Electric, 116
Flax, 218,297

— Spinning, 298

Flight, Theory and Practice of, 91 , 92
Flora, 205

Flour and Bread Making, 139
Fluids, Mechanics of, 42
Fly, The, 188, 189
— in relation to Disease, 259
Foods, 139,286
- Analysis and Inspection, 235
Forensic Medicine , 237 , 238
Foreshores, Maintenance of, 55
Forestry , 208 et seq .
Forging, 77, 78, 154
Formulae (Engineering), 50
Fortification, 158
Fossils, 170

Foundations for Machinery, 72, 73
Foundry Work, 74, 157
Fractures and their Treatment, 263
Frog, The, 192

Frozen Meat Trade, History of, 4
Fuels ,142
Fungi, 204
Fungoid Diseases of Plants, etc., 212

368

Subject Index.

Furnaces, Electric, 155
Furniture Making, 64

Gall Bladder, Diseases of the, 256
Galvanized Iron, 153
Gas, 100, 104, 143, 146

— Engineering , 145

— Manufacture, 145
Gauges , 46
Gearing, 73, 83
Gelatine, 139
Gem-Stones, 165
General Science, 1
Generators, Electric, 111, 112
Genetics, 193

Genito-Urinary System, Diseases of

the , 257
Geodesy, 50, 51
Geodynamics, 167
Geographical Distribution of Animals,

193

-Plants, 203
Geography, 175 et seq.
Geology, 105, 166 et seq., 214
Geometrical Drawing, 48
Geometry, 29 et seq.
Geophysical Investigations, 1
Gilding, Bronzing, etc., 69
Girders , 44 , 49 , 50
Glands :

Anatomy of, 223

Diseases of, 254

Glass and Glass Manufacture, 149
— Blowing, Methods of, 130
Glaucoma, 271
Glazing, Colour, 69
Gloves and the Glove Trade, 303
Glow Worm, The, 188
Glues , 64 , 1 39
Glycerine, 140
Gold and Gold Mining, 154, 155, 165,

173

Goldsmiths' Work, 78
Gonorrhea, 246
Gout, 249

Graining and Marbling, 68
Grape Vine, Cultivation of, 219
Graphic Arts, 304
Graphics, 33
Grasses, 206. 207, 212
Grasshopper, Life of the, 188
Gravitation, 104
Grinding Machinery, 76
Gums, 141

Gun-Shot Wounds, 264
Guns, Theory of the Recoil of, 158
Gutta Percha, 142

Gynaecology, 231 , 275 et seq.
Gyroscope , 45
Gyrostat ics , 45

Haematology, 241

Hand -Letter ing, 48

Harbour Engineering , 53 , 54

Hat Manufacturing, Chemistry of, 302

Head, Surgery of, 265

Headache, 252

Heart, Diseases of the, 254

— Surgery of, 265
Heat, 39, 99

— Engines, 81—83

— Treatment of Metals, 157
Heating of Buildings, 60

Hemp, Fabrics, Manufacture of, 300

— Spinning, 298
Herbals, 198 et seq., 219
Heredity, 193, 228
Hernia , 266

High Explosives , 150

— Temperatures , 99
Histology, 223, 239
History, Natural, 185

— of Science, Education, Learning,
Commerce, etc., 4

Hoisting Machinery, 74
Hops, 219
Horology, 78
Horse, The, 193

— Anatomv, Diseases, etc., of, 295,
296

Horse-Shoeing, 296
Hospitals, Isolation, 234
Housecraft Science, 1
House Decoration, 68
Human Geography, 179
Hydraulic Motors , 56
Hydraulics, 43, 53
Hydrodynamics, 42
Hydrogen, Chemistry and Manufac-
ture of, 130

Hydrographic Surveying, 183
Hydrology, Medical^ 289
Hydrostatics , 39 , 41 , 42
Hygiene, 58, 232, 236

— of Children, 279
- Veterinary, 296

Hypnotism , 290

Ice Age, 167, 168

Ice-making, 82

Ideas (Scientific) of To-day, 1

Igneous Rocks, 168

Illumination, 59, 116, 117

Immunisation, Therapeutic, 287, 288

369

DD

Subject Index.

Incandescent Electric Lamps, 116,

117

India Rubber, 142
Indicators (Chemical), Theory and

Use of, 134

Induction Coils, 115, 116
Industrial Chemistry, 136 et seq.

— Engineering, 73

— Organisation, 310, 311

— Training, 1
Industry, History of, 5

— and Science ,1,2

Infant Feeding and Hygiene, 279

Infectious Diseases , 244 et seq .

Inflammation, Pathology of, 240, 241

Ingots and Ingot Moulds, 157

Injectors, Steam, 84, 85

Ink Manufacture, 148

Inorganic Chemistry, 124, 129

Insanity, 253

Insecticides, 152

Insectivorous Plants, 198

Insects, 187

Installation. Electrical, 116

Instruments :

Electrical, 115

Engineering, 49, 51, 75

Optical, 101, 102
Insulation of Electrical Machines, 111 ,

114

Internal Combustion Engines , 87
International Language and Science, 1
Intestines, Diseases of the,, 257
Introduction to Science , 2
Inventions, 4, 72, 122
lonization, 104, 105
Iron and Steel, 153

— Construction , 67
Ironfounding, 157
Ironwork, Strains in, 49
Irrigation , 55

Island Life, 167
Isolation Hospitals, 234

Japanning, Metal, 78

Jena Glass , 149

Joinery, 64, 65

Jute: its manufacture, 297, 300

— Spinning, 298

— Weaving, 299

Kidneys, Diseases of the, 257
Kinetic Theory of Gases , 100

Laboratories, Chemical, 130
Laboratory Work and Arts, 130
Lace and Lace Making, 302

Lacquering and Bronzing Brass Ware ,

78
Land Forms, 167

— Reclamation , 55

— Surveying, 50 et seq .
Language (International) and Science, 1

— History of, 12, 13

Lantern, Use of in Scientific Demon-
strations, 102

— Slide Making, 308
Laryngology, 273, 274
Lathes and Lathe Work , 75 , 76
Law, Mining, 171

— Sanitary, 237
— , Science of, 1
Laying-off, 70, 71
Lead, 154, 155, 165

Lead (Sheet), Weights and Measure-
ments of, 45
Leather Manufacture, 148

— Work, 302

Lecithin and Allied Substances, 181
Levelling, 51
Life, Origin of, 193

— and Science , 2 , 184
Lifting and Conveying, 74
Light, 100, 101

Lighthouses and Lightships, 71
Lighting, Artificial, 59, 60, 116, 117,

118

Lightning Conductors, 106, 107
Limes, 66
Linen Manufacture, 300

— Weaving, 299
Liquid Fuels, 143

-Steel, 153
Liquids, Motions of, 103

— Viscosity of, 127
Lithography, 304
Liver, Diseases of the, 256
Locomotive Engineering, 83

— System, Diseases of, 267
Logarithms, 36, 37
Logic, 13

Lubricants and Lubrication, 74, 139,

140, 144

Lunar Theory, Treatise on, 160
Lungs, Diseases of, 255, 256

— Surgery of, 265

Lymphatic System, Diseases of, 254

Machine Drawing, Design, &c., 47 et

seq., 109

Machines, Theory of, 43
Magnesium, Organometallic, 132
Magnetic Compass in Aircraft, 94
Magnetism, 106 — 108, 162, 181

370

Subject Index.

Magnetos, 118

Malarial Diseases, 245

Mammals, 193

Man, 2, 197

Management, Scientific and Works,

310, 311

Manganese Ores, 165
Manures, 220
Map Work, 176
Maps, Astronomical, 161

— Geological, 168

Marble and Marble Working, 65, 66

Margarine, 139

Marine Engines , 85 — 87

— Meteorology, 162

— Signalling,* 182

— Surveying, 183
Masonry) 49, 50, 65

Massage and Movement Cures, 287
Materia Medica, 291 et seq.
Mathematics, 21 et seq.

— (Mining), 171
Matter , Properties of, 103
Measurements :

Electrical, 115

Mechanics, 45
Meat Inspection , 235 , 236
Mechanical Dentistry, 283
• — Engineering , 72 et seq .
Mechanics , 39 et seq .
Medical Geography, 236

— Jurisprudence, '232, 237

— Students, Chemistry for, 125
Medicine, 231 et seq.

— Veterinary , 295 , 296
Mediaeval Thought and Science, 1
Mendelism, 195, 196
Mensuration, 33

Mental Development, 18

— Disorders , 253

— Tests , 17

Mesopotamia, Irrigation of, 55
Metallography, 156
Metallurgy, 153 et seq.
Metallurgical Dentistry , 283

Metal Work (Turning /Welding, etc.),

76 et seq .
Metals, 153
' — in Aircraft Construction, 93

— Corrosion of, 67

— Heat Treatment of, 157
Metaphysics, 8
Meteorology, 162 et seq.
Meters, Electricity, 115
Method and Science , 2
Metric System , 45 , 46
Mica Mining, 173

Microscopy, 196, 197

— Dental , 282
Midwifery, 277, 278
Military Engineering, 158

— Geography, 179

— Ophthalmology , 270

— Sanitation , 233

— Surgery, 264

Milk and Milk Testing, 215, 216, 235
Milling Machines and Practice, 75, 76
Mind, The, 15, 16, 17

— Animal, 19
Mine Drainage , 56

— Surveying , 50 et seq .
Mineral Oils, 143

— Waters , 137 , 287

— Waxes, 144
Mineralogy, 164, 165
Mining, 171 et seq.

— Geology, 169
Model Drawing, 48
Molecular Association, 128

— Physics, 103, 104
Mollusca, Life of the, 191
Moon. The, 160
Morphology :

Animal, 185

Plant, 201
Mosses, 204

Moths, British, 188, 189, 190
Motor Car, Electrical Application to,

118
Engineering , 79 . 80

— Cycles, 80, 118
Motors, 56, 88, 111, 112
Mould, Vegetable, 190
Municipal Engineering, 57, 58
Muscles, Action of, 227
Mycology, Technical, 138

Nation, The, and Science, 2
Natural History, 185
Nature Study, 184
Nautical Astronomy, 180

— Tables and Terms , 181
Naval Architecture, 70, 71
Navigation, 180 et seq.

— Aerial, 94

Neck, Surgery of, 265
Needlework, Art, 302
Nerves and Nervous System, 227

— Disorders of, 252
Neurasthenia , 252
Neurology, 223
Nickel, 155
Nitro-Explosives, 150
Non-Ferrous Metals and Alloys, 154

371

Subject Index.

Nose , Diseases of, 273 , 274
Nucleic Acids , 134
Nursing, 263, 276, 294

Obstetrics, 275 et seq.

— Veterinary , 295
Occupational Diseases, 259
Oceanography, 182

Oil and Oil Fields, 139, 169

— Engineering, 74

— Motors , 88

— Tank Steamers , 71
Operative Surgery, 261
Ophthalmology, 269 et seq.
Ophthalmoscopy, 270
Optic Nerve, Diseases of, 270
Optics, 100, 101
Ordnance Survey Maps , 176
Ore Deposits, 169

— Dressing, 174

Organic Chemistry, 124, 130
Organism, The, Science and Philoso-
phy of, 9
Origin of Life, 193
— Species, 194
Ornamental Stones, 66
Orthopaedic Surgery, 267
Osmotic Pressure, 127
Osteology, 223
Otology, 273, 274
Oxy-Acetylene Welding, 77
Ozone, 129

Paint and Painting, 68, 141
Palaeobotany , 170
Palaeontology, 170
Paper and Paper Making, 148, 305
Paralysis, Ocular, 271
Parasites , Diseases due to , 248
Patent Laws ,1,2
Pathology, 239 et seq.

— Surgical, 262
Pattern Making, 74, 75
Pearls, 190, 191
Peat, 146

Pedagogy, History of, 4
Per-acids and their Salts, 130
Peritoneum, Diseases of the, 257
Permanent Way, Railways and Tram-
ways, 52

Petrol Air Gas , 59
Petroleum, 143
Petrology, 168
Pharmacology, 292, 293
Pharmacopeias , 291 , 292
Pharmacy, 291 et seq.
Philosophy, 6 et seq.

Photo-Chemistry, 127
-Electricity, 307

Photographs, Telegraphic Transmis-
sion of , 119,121
Photography, 307
Photomicrography. 196, 308, 309
Physical Chemistry, 127

— Geography, 176
Physics , 96 et seq .
Physiography, 175
Physiological Chemistry, 134

— Psychology, 17
Physiology, 225, et seq.

— Dental , 282

— Plant, 201
-Veterinary, 295

Pigments, 141
Pistols, Automatic, 158
Pitch, Manufacture of, 145
Plant Constituents , 135

— Disease and Pests, 212
Plants and Plant Life, 198 et seq.

— Poisonous, 212
Plague, 231, 246
Plating, Electro, 118, 119
Platinum Metals, 165
Plumbing, 57, 58

Plywood, Manufacture and use of, 64

Pneumatics , 39 , 40 , 42

Poisonous Plants, 212

Poisons and Poisoning, 238

Polyphase Currents, 110

Pond Life, 187

Poor Relief, Early History of, 5

Popular Science, 1

Portable Steam Engines, 82

Portland Cement, 66

Post -Mortem Examination, 239

Pottery, 65, 149

Poultry Farming, 216, 217

Power Plant, Electric, 111

— Transmission, 73, 74
Precious Metals, The, 155

— Stones, 165
Prescribing , 286

Preserved Foods, Manufacture of, 139-
Printing, 304, 305,

— Inks , 148

— Telegraph System, The
Baudot, 120

— Textile, 299
Producer Gas, 143

Progress, Origin and Growth of, 9
Projection , Optical , 102
Propellers for Aircraft, 93
-Marine, 70, 85, 86
Proteids, Chemistry of, 227

372

Subject Index.

Proteins, Chemical Constitution of,
135

— The Vegetable, 135
Psychiatry, 253
Psycho-Analysis, 19

— Therapeutics , 290
Psychological Medicine, 242
Psychology, 15, et seq.
Public Health, 232, 234, 237
Pumps and Pumping , 56
Punjab Rivers and Works, 55
Pyrometry, 99

Qualitative Chemical Analysis, 133
Quantitative Chemical Analysis , 133
Quantities , Builders , 62 , 63
Quarrying, 171
Quaternions , 23

Radiation, 105
Radio-Activity, 104, 105

— Telegraphy, 120, 121
Radium, 105

— Therapeutics, 289
Railways :

Electric, 117, 118

Permanent Way, 52

Signalling, 52, 53

Surveying, 51

Tube, 53

Rain, Work of, 168
Rams, Hydraulic, 56
Rare Earth Industry, 152

— Earths, 129, 130
Rationalism, History of English, 4
Reagents, Chemical, 132, 133
Rectum, Diseases of, 257

— Surgery of, 265, 266
Refraction of the Eye, 271
Refractory Materials, 150, 169
Refrigeration, 82

Refuse Disposal, 60

Re-inforced Concrete, 66, 67

Relativity, 104

Repairs, Building, 62, 63

Reptiles, 192

Resins, 141

Respiratory System, Diseases of the,

255

Rheumatism, 249
Rhino logy, 273, 274
Rifle and'Rifle Shooting, 158
River Development, 176

— Engineering, 53
Rivers, 176

— as Sources of Water Supply, 57

— Work of , 168

Road Making, 52
Rock Asphalts, 169
Rocks, 168
Rontgen Rays, 105

— in Medical Work, 289
Roofing Tiles , 65

Royal Society of Arts, History of,
Rubber and Rubber Planting, 142,
218 — 220

Salt, 150
Salvarsan, 288
Sands, 65

— Refractory, 169
Sanitation, 57, 232 et seq.
Saw Mills, 77

Scenery, Scientific Study of, 169
Sciatica , 252
Screw-cutting , 75 , 76
Scumbling, 69
Seamanship, 180 et seq.
SeaSickness, 252
Seasons, Biology of the, 184
Sea Water Distillation, 124
Seaweeds, 203, 204
Secretions, Internal, 227
Seismology, 167
Serum Therapy, 287, 288
Sewerage , 57 et seq .
Sex, 193, 228
Sextent, The, 180
Sexual Physiology, 228
Shaft-Sinking, 172
Shale Oils, 144
Shales, 65

Sheet Lead, Weights and Measure
ments of, 45

— Metal Work, 77
Shell Shock, 252
Shells, 191

Ships and Shipbuilding, 70, 71
Shore Protection, 55
Signalling, Marine, 182

— Railway, 52, 53

Silica and the Silicates, 149
Silk Dyeing, 299

— Industry, 297

— Manufacture ,300 , 301

— Spinning, 298

Silver, Metallurgy of, 154, 15£
Silversmiths ' Work , 78
Sizing, Materials used in, 68

— Yarn and Warp , 299
Skin Diseases , 284
Slide Rule , 36
Small-Pox, 231, 246
Smithing, 77, 78

373

Subject Index.

Smoke Prevention , 142

Soap and Soap Manufacture, 139 — 141

Soap Bubbles , 100

Social Psychology, 20

Socialism*, History of, 5

Sociology, 20

Soils, 169, 220

Solar System, 160

Soldering, 77

Sound, 102, 103

Space and Time, Theory of, 104

Species, Origin of, 194

Spectacles , Prescribing of, 272

Spectroscope, The, 132

Spectroscopy, 102, 127

Spices, 219

Spiders, 187, et seq.

Spinal Cord, Diseases of, 252

Spinning , 297 , 298

— Machine, 301

Sprue , and its treatment , 236 , 258
Stable Sanitation, 58
Staffordshire Potteries. History of,

150

Stained Glass Work, 150
Staining, 68
Stars, 160, 161, 181
Statics, 40

Stationary Steam Engines, 82
Stationery, 305
Statistics (Mathematics), 38
Steam Boilers , Construction and

Management, 84, 85
Steam Engines, 43, 81, 82, 83

— Heating, 60
Steamships , 70
Steel , 153

— and Iron Construction, 67

— Ships, 71

Stencils and Stencilling, 68
Stereochemistry, 128
Stereotyping, 304
Stoichiometry, 128
Stomach, Diseases of the, 256
Stone, Artificial and Masonry, 65

— Mining and Quarrying, 171
Stratigraphy, 168

Straw and String Work , 302
Strength of Materials , 43
Stresses and Thrusts , 49
Structures, Theory and Design of, 44,

49

Struts and Columns , 49
Submarine Telegraph, 120
Submarines, 71
Submerged Forests, 168
Sugar; its manufacture, etc., 138, 218

Sulphate of Ammonia, 151
Sun, The, 160, 161
Superheating on Locomotives , 83
Surface Tension and Surface Energy ,

128
Surgery, 260 et seq.

— Dental, 282

— Veterinary, 295
Surgical Anatomy, 221
Surveying :

Hydrographic. 183
Land and Mine, 50 et seq.
Marine, 183

Sweetmeats, Manufacture of, 139
Switchboards, (Electric), 111
Synthesis, Essays in Scientific, 2
Syphilis, 246, 247

Tacheometer Surveying, 51
Tanning, 148
Tapestry Weaving, 302
Tars, 144, 145

Tea, Cultivation of, 218, 219
Teaching of Scientific Method, 1
Technical Electricity, 109, 110
Technical Terms , see * 'Terms . ' '
Teeth, Anatomy, etc., of, 282, 283
Telegraphy, 119 — 121
Telephony, 119—121
Telephotography, 307, 308
Temperatures, High, 99
Terms : —

Aeronautics , 94

Architecture , 61 , 62

Biology, 184

Botany, 200

Building Trades, 61, 62

Mechanical Engineering, 72

Medical, 242, 243

Nautical, 181

Optics, 101

Textile, 302

Wireless Telegraphy, 121

and Dictionaries of, in English and

other Languages, 312, 313
Terrestrial Magnetism, 162
Testing, Electrical Engineering, 114,

115

— of Chemical Reagents, 132
Tetanus , 246

Textile Machinery, 301
Textiles, 297 et seq.
Theodolite Surveying, 51
Theology and Science, 2
Therapeutics, 285 et seq.

— Dental, 283

— Gynaecological, 276

374

Subject Index.

Therapeutics, Ophthalmic, 271

— Surgical , 262

— Veterinary, 296
Thermo-Chemistry, 127, 128
Thermodynamics, 99, 127
Thermo -Therapy, 289
Throat, Diseases of, 273, 274
Thrusts and Stresses , 49
Thyroid Therapy, 289
Ticks, 187

Tidal Lands, 55

Tides, 160, 176, 182

Tiles, 65

Timber , 208 et seq .

Time and Space, Theory of, 104

Tin, Metallurgy of, 155

— Ores, 165, 169

— Plate Industry, The, 154
Tobacco, 219

Tools , Machine , 76 , 75
Topographical Geology, 169
Tow Spinning, 298
Town Planning, 68
Toxicology , 232 , 237 , 238

— Veterinary . 296
Traction, Electric, 117
Tractors, Farm, 215

Trade Unionism, History of, 5
Tramways, Electric, 117, 118

— Permanent Way, 52
Transformers, 113*
Transmission, Electrical Engineering,

114

Trees , 208 et seq .
Trigonometry, 34, 35
Tropical Hygiene , 236

— Medicine, 258

Tube Railways, Setting out of, 53

— Wells, 55
Tuberculin, 288, 289
Tuberculosis , 249 , 288 , 289
Tumours , 267

Tungsten Ores, 165
Turbines, 56, 89
Turning, Metal, 76
Typhoid Fever , 246
Typography, 304

Urinary Surgery, 266
Urine, 'Examination of, 239
Utilitarianism, History of English, 4.

Vaccination , 231 , 246 , 288
Valency, Theory and Studies in, 127
Valuation, Mine, 171
Valves and Valve Gearing, 83
Varnishes and Varnishing, 68, 69, 141

Vectors, 23, 113
Vegetable Mould, 190
Venereal Diseases , 246 , 247
Ventilation , 60 , 172

— of Electrical Machinery, 110
Veterinary , 295 , 296

Vinegar, Manufacture and Examina-
tion of , 138

Viscosity of Liquids , 127
Vitalism , History and Theory of, 9
Volcanoes, 167
Volumetric Analysis, 133, 134

War, Nervous Disorders Caused by,

252

War and Science, 2
War Ships, 70
War Surgery, 264
Warp Sizing, 299
Wasps, 187, 189

Waste Products, Utilisation of, 151
Watch Repairing, 78
Water, 137, 168"

— Analysis , 234

— Hammer in Hydraulic Pipe Lines,
54

— Power, 54, 56

— Purification , 57

— Supply , 53 et seq .
Waterworks, 56, 57
"Waxes, 139, 144
Weather, 162
Weaving, 298, 299, 302

Weights and Calculations (Mechanics)

45

Welding, etc., 77, 119
Well Sinking, 57
Wells, Tube, 55
Whales, 193
Wheat, 218, 219
Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony,

120, 121

Wire -rope Ways, 74
Wiring, Electric, 116
Women, Diseases of, 275
Wood Products, 151

— Pulp, 148

Woodwork and Allied Trades , 64
Wood Working Machinery, 77
Woollen Industry, 297

— Manufacture , "301

— Spinning , 298
Worsted Industry, 297

— Manufacture, '300, 301

— Spinning, 298

X-Rays, 104, 105, 164

375

Subject Index.

X-Rays Diagnosis (Surgical), 262 Yellow Fever, 248

— Therapy, 289 Zinc, and its Alloys, 155

— Treatment of Skin Diseases, 284 — Industry, 155

— Organometallic compounds of,
Yarns, Sizing of, 299 132

— Technical Testing of, 300 — Oxide, 69

— Woollen and Worsted, Manufac- Zoology, 185, 214
ture of, 300, 301 Zoophytes, British, 191

376

THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE
STAMPED BELOW

AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS

WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY
WILL INCREASE TO 5O CENTS ON THE FOURTH
DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY
OVERDUE.

JOL-30 4947

LD 21-100m-12,'43(879Gs)

British so

466602
ienoe guild.

Catalogu|e
and. ~CG chin

of British
c&l

scientific

Q

SR3t L

466602

» D7

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY